Page Range | 49855-50281 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
81 FR 50281 - Continuation of the National Emergency With Respect to Lebanon | |
81 FR 49961 - Sunshine Act Meetings | |
81 FR 50012 - Government in the Sunshine Act Meeting Notice | |
81 FR 50035 - Sunshine Act Meeting | |
81 FR 49869 - Truth in Lending (Regulation Z) | |
81 FR 50012 - Meeting of the Public Safety Officer Medal of Valor Review Board | |
81 FR 49962 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 49965 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 49970 - Dominion Carolina Gas Transmission, LLC; Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review of the Transco to Charleston Project | |
81 FR 49970 - Commission Information Collection Activities (FERC-547); Comment Request; Extension | |
81 FR 49971 - PennEast Pipeline Company, LLC; Notice of Availability of the Draft Environmental Impact Statement for the Proposed Penneast Pipeline Project | |
81 FR 49927 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 49908 - Requirements for MODUs and Other Vessels Conducting Outer Continental Shelf Activities With Dynamic Positioning Systems; Training Certification Programs | |
81 FR 49998 - Chemical Transportation Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 49958 - Opportunity To Enter Into a Joint Venture With the National Technical Information Service for Data Innovation Support; Extension of Proposal Submission Period | |
81 FR 50044 - U.S. Department of State Advisory Committee on Private International Law (ACPIL): Public Meeting on Family Law | |
81 FR 50058 - Quarterly Publication of Individuals, Who Have Chosen To Expatriate, as Required by Section 6039G | |
81 FR 50003 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Form 50900: Elements for the Annual Moving to Work Plan and Annual Moving to Work Report | |
81 FR 50000 - Implementation of the Privacy Act of 1974, as Amended; Amended System of Records Notice, Active Partners Performance System | |
81 FR 50007 - Notice of Wild Horse and Burro Advisory Board Meeting | |
81 FR 49927 - Foreign-Trade Zone 24-Pittston, Pennsylvania; Application for Subzone; Michaels Stores Procurement Company, Inc.; Hazleton, Pennsylvania | |
81 FR 50042 - Virginia Disaster #VA-00064 | |
81 FR 49981 - Environmental Impact Statements; Notice of Availability | |
81 FR 50035 - Order Granting Application of Investors' Exchange LLC for a Limited Exemption from Exchange Act Rule 10b-10(a)(2)(i)(A) pursuant to Rule 10b-10(f) | |
81 FR 49927 - Foreign-Trade Zone (FTZ) 38-Spartanburg, South Carolina; Notification of Proposed Production Activity; Benteler Automotive Corporation (Automotive Suspension and Body Components); Duncan, South Carolina | |
81 FR 49934 - Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, et al.; Notice of Consolidated Decision on Applications for Duty-Free Entry of Electron Microscope | |
81 FR 50043 - Pennsylvania Disaster # PA-00070 | |
81 FR 49949 - University of Pittsburgh, et al.; Notice of Decision on Application for Duty-Free Entry of Scientific Instruments | |
81 FR 49976 - Certain New Chemicals; Receipt and Status Information for June 2016 | |
81 FR 49982 - Request for Scientific Views: Draft Aquatic Life Ambient Estuarine/Marine Water Quality Criteria for Copper-2016 | |
81 FR 50043 - Kansas Disaster # KS-00096 | |
81 FR 49961 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 49963 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 49964 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions and Approvals | |
81 FR 49964 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 49957 - Endangered and Threatened Species; Initiation of 5-Year Review for North Atlantic Right Whale | |
81 FR 49908 - Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability; Accessibility of Web Information and Services of State and Local Government Entities | |
81 FR 49997 - Office of the Director, National Institutes of Health; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 49997 - National Institute Of Environmental Health Sciences; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 49998 - National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 49996 - National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 49998 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 50056 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals | |
81 FR 49974 - Combined Notice of Filings | |
81 FR 49973 - Combined Notice of Filings | |
81 FR 49973 - Combined Notice of Filings #1 | |
81 FR 50045 - Progressive Rail Incorporated-Continuance in Control Exemption-Iowa Southern Railway Company | |
81 FR 50044 - Iowa Southern Railway Company-Lease and Operation Exemption-Appanoose County Community Railroad, Inc. | |
81 FR 49959 - Procurement List; Additions and Deletions | |
81 FR 49960 - Procurement List; Proposed Additions and Deletions | |
81 FR 49984 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 49985 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 49968 - Call for U.S.-China Energy Performance Contracting Pilot Projects To Be Recognized at the 7th Annual U.S.-China Energy Efficiency Forum | |
81 FR 50066 - Advisory Committee on Disability Compensation, Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 50006 - Renewal of Agency Information Collection for Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act Program | |
81 FR 49967 - Agency Information Collection Renewal | |
81 FR 50057 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Information Collection Renewal; Submission for OMB Review; Margin and Capital Requirements for Covered Swap Entities: Exemptions | |
81 FR 49965 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; Student Support Services Annual Performance Report | |
81 FR 50014 - Brookwood-Sago Mine Safety Grants | |
81 FR 50013 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Notice of Issuance of Insurance Policy | |
81 FR 49898 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; James River, Hopewell, VA | |
81 FR 49926 - Mountain Run Watershed Dam No. 50, Culpeper County, Virginia | |
81 FR 50046 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Extension of an Approved Information Collection Request: Transportation of Hazardous Materials, Highway Routing | |
81 FR 50045 - Determination Regarding Waiver of Discriminatory Purchasing Requirements With Respect to Goods and Services of the Republic of Moldova | |
81 FR 50054 - Notice of Buy America Waiver | |
81 FR 49922 - Request for Nominations of Members for the National Agricultural Research, Extension, Education, and Economics Advisory Board and Specialty Crop Committee | |
81 FR 49958 - New England Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting | |
81 FR 50000 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Application for Relief Under Former Section 212(c) of the Immigration and Nationality Act, Form I-191; Revision of a Currently Approved Collection | |
81 FR 49903 - Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability in Air Travel: Negotiated Rulemaking Committee Fourth Meeting | |
81 FR 49925 - Ontonagon Resource Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 49923 - Sabine-Angelina Resource Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 50009 - Notice of Availability of the Eastern Interior Proposed Resource Management Plan/Final Environmental Impact Statement, Alaska | |
81 FR 50008 - Notice of Intent To Prepare a Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement for the Alpine Satellite Development Plan for the Proposed Greater Mooses Tooth 2 Development Project, Alaska | |
81 FR 50011 - Notice of Public Meeting, Albuquerque District Resource Advisory Council Meeting, New Mexico | |
81 FR 49940 - Countervailing Duty Investigation of Certain Cold-Rolled Steel Flat Products From Brazil: Final Affirmative Determination | |
81 FR 49946 - Certain Cold-Rolled Steel Flat Products From Brazil: Final Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value | |
81 FR 49938 - Certain Cold-Rolled Steel Flat Products From India: Final Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value | |
81 FR 49925 - Assessment Report of Ecological, Social and Economic Conditions, Trends and Sustainability for the Manti-La Sal National Forest | |
81 FR 49932 - Countervailing Duty Investigation of Certain Cold-Rolled Steel Flat Products From India: Final Affirmative Determination | |
81 FR 49928 - Proposed Information Collection; Comment Request; Application for NATO International Competitive Bidding | |
81 FR 49995 - National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program; List of Petitions Received | |
81 FR 49975 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; On-Highway Motorcycle Certification and Compliance Program | |
81 FR 50047 - Notice of Funding Opportunity for FY 2017 Positive Train Control Grant Funds | |
81 FR 49953 - Certain Cold-Rolled Steel Flat Products From the Republic of Korea: Final Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value | |
81 FR 49929 - Certain Cold-Rolled Steel Flat Products From the United Kingdom: Final Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value | |
81 FR 49943 - Countervailing Duty Investigation of Certain Cold-Rolled Steel Flat Products From the Republic of Korea: Final Affirmative Determination | |
81 FR 49950 - Certain Cold-Rolled Steel Flat Products From the Russian Federation: Final Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value and Final Affirmative Determination of Critical Circumstances, in Part | |
81 FR 49935 - Countervailing Duty Investigation of Certain Cold-Rolled Steel Flat Products From the Russian Federation: Final Affirmative Countervailing Duty Determination and Final Negative Critical Circumstances Determination | |
81 FR 50244 - Expansion of Provisional Unlawful Presence Waivers of Inadmissibility | |
81 FR 50003 - Final Fair Market Rents for the Housing Choice Voucher Program and Moderate Rehabilitation Single Room Occupancy Program Fiscal Year 2016; Revised | |
81 FR 49909 - Safety Zone, Banks Channel; Wrightsville Beach, NC | |
81 FR 50023 - Proposed Extension of Information Collection; Coal Mine Rescue Teams; Arrangements for Emergency Medical Assistance and Transportation for Injured Persons; Agreements; Reporting Requirements; Posting Requirements | |
81 FR 50022 - Proposed Extension of Information Collection; Ventilation Plan and Main Fan Maintenance Record | |
81 FR 49956 - Marine Mammals; File No. 14245 | |
81 FR 50056 - Notice and Request for Public Comment | |
81 FR 50011 - Stainless Steel Wire Rod From Italy, Japan, Korea, Spain, and Taiwan; Determination | |
81 FR 50024 - Arts and Artifacts Indemnity Panel Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 50026 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Update Public Disclosure of Exchange Usage of Market Data | |
81 FR 50036 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change Relating to Tied to Stock Orders | |
81 FR 50029 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Modify NASDAQ Options Market LLC Pricing at Chapter XV | |
81 FR 50041 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ BX, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Update Public Disclosure of Exchange Usage of Market Data | |
81 FR 50024 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Update Public Disclosure of Exchange Usage of Market Data | |
81 FR 50028 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; National Stock Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change to NSX Rule 11.25(a), Stating it Will Utilize IEX Market Data From the CQS/UQDF for Purposes of Order Handling, Routing, and Related Compliance Processes | |
81 FR 49987 - Medical Device User Fee Rates for Fiscal Year 2017 | |
81 FR 49993 - General Wellness: Policy for Low Risk Devices; Guidance for Industry and Food and Drug Administration Staff; Availability | |
81 FR 49983 - Information Collections Being Submitted for Review and Approval to the Office of Management and Budget | |
81 FR 49921 - Petitions for Reconsideration and Clarification of Action in Rulemaking Proceeding | |
81 FR 49974 - Commission Information Collection Activities (Ferc-539); Comment Request | |
81 FR 49967 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Survey on the Use of Funds Under Title II, Part A: Improving Teacher Quality State Grants-State-Level Activity Funds | |
81 FR 49966 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Impact Aid Program Application for Section 7002 Assistance | |
81 FR 49902 - Proposed Establishment of Class E Airspace; Iron Mountain, MI | |
81 FR 50012 - Meeting of the Office of Justice Programs' Science Advisory Board | |
81 FR 50052 - Voluntary Intermodal Sealift Agreement Open Season | |
81 FR 49876 - Airworthiness Directives; Bombardier, Inc. Airplanes | |
81 FR 49924 - Information Collection; Forest Industries and Logging Operations Data Collection Systems | |
81 FR 49873 - Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Airplanes | |
81 FR 49871 - Special Conditions: ATR Model ATR-42-200/-300/-320/-500 and ATR-72-102/-202/-212/-212A Airplanes; Seats With Non-Traditional, Large, Non-Metallic Panels | |
81 FR 49869 - Special Conditions: Embraer S.A. Model EMB-545 and EMB-550 Airplanes; Installation of an Airbag System To Limit the Axial Rotation of the Upper Leg on Single- and Multiple-Place Side-Facing Seats | |
81 FR 49878 - Revised Critical Infrastructure Protection Reliability Standards | |
81 FR 49899 - Air Plan Approval; Alabama: Volatile Organic Compounds | |
81 FR 49911 - Air Plan Approval; Alabama: Volatile Organic Compounds | |
81 FR 49911 - Partial Approval and Partial Disapproval of Implementation Plans; State of Iowa; Infrastructure SIP Requirements for the 2008 Ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standard | |
81 FR 49863 - Rulemaking Activities Being Discontinued by the NRC | |
81 FR 49855 - Reauthorization of the United States Grain Standards Act | |
81 FR 49868 - Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Final Coverage Determination; Test Procedures for Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products; Correction | |
81 FR 49969 - Updating Weatherization Health and Safety Guidance | |
81 FR 50011 - Notice of Meeting, Front Range Resource Advisory Council | |
81 FR 49928 - In the Matter of: Donald V. Bernardo, a/k/a Don Bernardo, 8930 Houston Ridge Road, Charlotte, NC 28277; Order | |
81 FR 49986 - Change of Address for the Food and Drug Administration Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition | |
81 FR 49894 - Change of Address; Technical Amendment | |
81 FR 50004 - Federal Property Suitable as Facilities To Assist the Homeless | |
81 FR 49897 - Amendments to Designated Areas | |
81 FR 50046 - Membership in the National Parks Overflights Advisory Group Aviation Rulemaking Committee | |
81 FR 49904 - Clarification and Update of the Trade Fair Certification Program | |
81 FR 49913 - Onshore Oil and Gas Operations; Federal and Indian Oil and Gas Leases; Onshore Oil and Gas Order Number 1, Approval of Operations | |
81 FR 50194 - National School Lunch Program and School Breakfast Program: Eliminating Applications Through Community Eligibility as Required by the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010 | |
81 FR 50170 - Administrative Reviews in the School Nutrition Programs | |
81 FR 50151 - Local School Wellness Policy Implementation Under the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010 | |
81 FR 50132 - National School Lunch Program and School Breakfast Program: Nutrition Standards for All Foods Sold in School as Required by the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010 | |
81 FR 50212 - Amendments to the Commission's Rules of Practice | |
81 FR 50068 - Hazardous Materials: Oil Spill Response Plans and Information Sharing for High-Hazard Flammable Trains |
Food and Nutrition Service
Forest Service
Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards Administration
Natural Resources Conservation Service
Foreign-Trade Zones Board
Industry and Security Bureau
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
National Technical Information Service
Air Force Department
Army Department
Defense Acquisition Regulations System
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Office
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
Food and Drug Administration
Health Resources and Services Administration
National Institutes of Health
Coast Guard
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services
Indian Affairs Bureau
Land Management Bureau
Office of Natural Resources Revenue
Justice Programs Office
Mine Safety and Health Administration
National Endowment for the Humanities
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
Federal Railroad Administration
Federal Transit Administration
Maritime Administration
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration
Community Development Financial Institutions Fund
Comptroller of the Currency
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http://listserv.access.thefederalregister.org and select Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow the instructions.
Grain Inspection Packers and Stockyards Administration, USDA.
Final rule.
The Department of Agriculture (USDA) Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards Administration (GIPSA) is revising existing regulations and adding new regulations under the United States Grain Standards Act (USGSA), as amended, in order to comply with amendments to the USGSA made by the Agriculture Reauthorizations Act of 2015. Specifically, this rulemaking eliminates mandatory barge weighing, removes the discretion for emergency waivers of inspection and weighing, revises GIPSA's fee structure, revises exceptions to official agency geographic boundaries, extends the length of licenses and designations, and imposes new requirements for delegated States.
Effective July 29, 2016.
Barry Gomoll, 202-720-8286.
Persons with disabilities who require alternative means for communication (Braille, large print, audio tape, etc.) should contact the USDA Target Center at (202) 720-2600 (voice and TDD).
On September 30, 2015, President Obama signed into law the Agriculture Reauthorizations Act of 2015, Public Law 114-54 (The Reauthorization Act). In addition to extending certain provisions of the USGSA (7 U.S.C. 71-87k) to 2020, the Reauthorization Act also made several changes to the existing law. Therefore, GIPSA issued a proposed rule in the
• Remove the requirement to officially weigh inbound barge shipments at export port locations (§ 800.15 and § 800.216);
• approve requests for waivers of official inspection and weighing requirements for export grain in “emergencies or other circumstances that would not impair the objectives of the [USGSA] whenever the parties to a contract for such shipment mutually agree to the waiver and documentation of such agreement is provided to the Secretary prior to shipment” (§ 800.18);
• base the portion of fees assessed on tonnage on the 5-year rolling average of export tonnage volume (§ 800.71);
• adjust fees annually to maintain a 3 to 6 month operating reserve for inspection and supervision services (§ 800.71);
• remove the provision that allows applicants to request service from an official agency outside an assigned geographic region after 90 days of nonuse of service (§ 800.117);
• waive the geographic boundaries established for official agencies between two adjacent official agencies if both official agencies agree in writing to the waiver (§ 800.117);
• without changing current termination dates, terminate inspection licenses every 5 years instead of every 3 years (§ 800.175);
• require delegated States to notify GIPSA of any intent to temporarily discontinue official inspection or weighing services at least 72 hours in advance, except in the case of a major disaster (§ 800.195);
• review delegated states every 5 years and certify that they comply with the requirements for delegation under the USGSA (§ 800.195);
• require designated official agencies to respond to concerns identified during GIPSA's consultations with customers as part of the renewal of a designation (§ 800.196); and
• extend the minimum length of designation for official agencies from 3 years to 5 years (§ 800.196).
GIPSA last made changes to its fee schedule on May 1, 2013 (78 FR 22151-66). At that time, GIPSA determined that the existing fee schedule for inspection and weighing services would not generate sufficient revenue to adequately cover program costs through fiscal year 2017. To correct this problem and to build an operating reserve, GIPSA increased fees by 5 percent in fiscal year 2013 and an additional 2 percent for each successive year through fiscal year 2017.
In addition, GIPSA restructured its tonnage fees to more accurately reflect the administrative and supervisory costs at the national and local level. In order to establish an equitable tonnage fee for all export tonnage utilizing the official system, GIPSA began assessing the national tonnage fee on all export grain inspected and/or weighed (excluding land carrier shipments to Canada and Mexico) by delegated States and designated agencies. GIPSA also shifted workers compensation costs from the national to the local level to fully reflect where those workers compensation costs originated.
Prior to the Reauthorization Act, GIPSA used projected future tonnage volumes as a basis to calculate tonnage fees. The Reauthorization Act amended the USGSA to require that tonnage fees be based on the five-year rolling average of export tonnage volumes. In order to comply with this new tonnage fee requirement, GIPSA proposed to adjust both the national and local tonnage fees on a yearly basis. GIPSA proposed that the national tonnage fee would be the national program administrative costs (the costs of management and support of official inspection and weighing) for the previous fiscal year divided by the average export tonnage for the previous 5 fiscal years. Also, the local tonnage fees would be the Field Office administrative costs (the costs of management, support, and maintenance of each Field Office) for the previous fiscal year divided by the average tonnage serviced by that Field Office for the previous 5 fiscal years.
The Reauthorization Act further requires adjustment of all of GIPSA's fees for the performance, supervision, and administration of official inspection and weighing services at least annually to maintain a 3 to 6 month operating reserve. Given that the number of
In addition to these annual reviews of fees, GIPSA will continue to evaluate the financial status of the official inspection and weighing services to ensure that the revenue for each service covers the cost to GIPSA of providing that service. Also, GIPSA will continue to seek out cost saving measures and implement appropriate changes to reduce costs and minimize the need for fee increases.
This action is authorized under the USGSA (7 U.S.C. 79(j)), which provides for the establishment and collection of fees that are reasonable and, as nearly as practicable, cover the costs of the services rendered, including associated administrative and supervisory costs. The tonnage fees cover the GIPSA administrative and supervisory costs for the performance of GIPSA's official inspection and weighing services; including personnel compensation and benefits, travel, rent, communications, utilities, contractual services, supplies, and equipment.
The Reauthorization Act requires changes to GIPSA's exception program for official agencies to operate outside of their geographically assigned areas. Prior to the Reauthorization Act, the regulations provided for three types of exceptions: Timely service, nonuse of service for 90 consecutive days, and barge probe inspections. The Reauthorization Act amended the USGSA to eliminate the nonuse of service exception and add a provision for geographically adjacent agencies to provide service in each other's assigned geographic territories at an applicant's request if both agencies agree in writing. GIPSA proposed to revise the current regulations to comply with the changes to the USGSA by the Reauthorization Act.
GIPSA currently has 95 agreements for agencies to operate outside of their assigned territories and GIPSA will continue to honor those agreements. Under GIPSA's proposed rule, an agency would be permitted to provide service at a location in another adjacent agency's territory, provided that both agencies and the applicant for service submit an agreement in writing to GIPSA.
As required by the Reauthorization Act, GIPSA proposed to impose new requirements on State agencies that GIPSA delegates to perform export inspection and weighing services at export port locations under the USGSA. The Reauthorization Act requires the Secretary to certify that State agencies continue to meet statutory requirements. Accordingly, GIPSA will review each delegated state every 5 years to determine that it meets the criteria for delegation set forth in the USGSA. GIPSA proposed to implement a process mirroring the existing process that GIPSA uses to renew the designations of official agencies. The Reauthorization Act also requires that a delegated State must notify GIPSA in writing of any intent to discontinue providing official service at least 72 hours prior to discontinuation. GIPSA proposed to add this requirement to the section of the regulations concerning responsibilities of delegated States (7 CFR 800.195(f)).
The Reauthorization Act amended the USGSA (7 U.S.C 77(a)(1)) to state, “The Secretary shall waive the foregoing requirement [that all grain exported from the U.S. be officially inspected and weighed] in emergency or other circumstances that would not impair the objectives of this chapter whenever the parties to a contract for such shipment mutually agree to the waiver and documentation of such agreement is provided to the Secretary prior to shipment.” This change to the USGSA substituted the word “shall” in place of the former word “may,” indicating that GIPSA no longer has discretion to approve waivers of official inspection and weighing requirements in emergencies. For this reason, GIPSA determined that it is important to clarify what constitutes an emergency.
In the proposed rule, GIPSA proposed to define the term “emergency” in 7 CFR 800.00 as “a situation outside the control of the Service or a delegated State that prevents prompt issuance of certificates in accordance with § 800.160(c).” The proposed rule linked the definition of “emergency” to the timely issuance of certificates. Upon further reflection, linking waivers to certification does not cover situations where no service is provided. Certificates would never be issued in circumstances where no official inspection or weighing occurs. Accordingly, GIPSA is revising the definition of “emergency” from the proposed rule to more closely tie emergency situations to the ability of GIPSA or a delegated State to provide official services in a timely manner when requested. The issuance of certificates, as described in 7 CFR 800.160(c), provides that a certificate must be issued by the close of business on the next business day after inspection or weighting. The proposed regulation incorporated that time period. Currently, 7 CFR 800.18(b)(6) provides a 24-hour period for granting a waiver for circumstances in which service is not available. Because GIPSA is no longer linking emergency waivers with only the issuance of certificates in 800.160(c), GIPSA has decided to set the determination for emergency waivers based on this same time frame as 800.18(b)(6).
Timely service delivery ensures that GIPSA will continue to facilitate the marketing of cereals and oilseeds and issue certificates in accordance with the regulations. To that end, the emergency waiver provisions provide a mechanism for grain shipments to continue in a situation that prevents service delivery within 24 hours of the scheduled service time.
GIPSA received nine comments in response to the proposed rule published January 25, 2016, in the
Several commenters suggested changes to GIPSA's proposed definition of the term “emergency.” The grain industry associations suggested that GIPSA remove the terms “outside of the control of the Service or a delegated State” from the definition. They felt this would allow GIPSA to use excuses to avoid issuing emergency waivers. The farm organization commented that waivers of official inspection and weighing, even in emergency situations, could impair the objectives of the USGSA. They suggested that GIPSA define “emergency,” as narrowly as possible.
GIPSA notes that the intent of Congress in changing the language of the USGSA is to remove the Secretary's discretionary authority to deny emergency waivers. But, GIPSA does not agree with the industry associations' comment that GIPSA does not have the authority to define the term through the rulemaking process. Without a concrete definition, what constitutes an emergency is ambiguous and requires clarification.
For example, the industry associations' suggestion that any situation that prevents service should constitute an emergency is far too broad. This suggestion makes possible “emergency” situations in cases where the applicant or other interested party could have otherwise taken steps to allow official inspection or weighing to occur. GIPSA does agree, however, with the industry associations' comment that whether the situation is under the control of GIPSA should not matter for determining an emergency. But, GIPSA also agrees with the farm organization's comment that excessive waivers could impair the USGSA as they allow grain to be exported from the U.S. without official inspection or weighing.
Therefore, GIPSA finds it important to define “emergency” in the regulations to prevent future confusion over what does and does not constitute an emergency. GIPSA is adopting a definition of “emergency” to describe situations outside of the control of the applicant for service, as defined in the regulations. Under this definition, applicants would still be responsible for complying with the requirements for obtaining official service listed in 7 CFR 800.46.
The industry associations and farm organization both addressed the issuance of waivers in circumstances other than emergencies. The industry associations point out that the language of the USGSA provides for mandatory waivers in instances other than emergencies for “other circumstances that would not impair the objectives of the USGSA when the buyer and seller agree to waive official inspection and weighing requirements.” The associations requested that GIPSA revise the language in 7 CFR 800.18(b)(7)(A) and (B) to be inclusive of this. The associations contend that waivers must be granted regardless of whether an “emergency” exists. The farm organization maintains that by allowing grain to ship without certification of quality or quantity, waivers impair the objectives of the USGSA and should not be granted in non-emergency situations.
7 CFR 800.18 provides for two categories of waivers: (1) Emergency and (2) other circumstances that do not impair the objectives of the USGSA. The Reauthorization Act removed GIPSA's discretionary authority to approve such waivers but added to the second category the condition that the parties to a contract must mutually agree to the waiver and provide documentation to GIPSA. The proposed rule incorporated portions of this language in 7 CFR 800.18, but review of the comments showed that this interpretation would be misconstrued to connect “emergency waivers” with the “other circumstances” waivers.
In the Congressional findings and declaration of policy (7 U.S.C. 74), the objectives of the USGSA include “that grain may be marketed in an orderly and timely manner and that trading in grain may be facilitated” and “that the primary objective of the official United States standards for grain is to certify the quality of grain as accurately as practicable.”
GIPSA already provides for waivers in “other circumstances that would not impair objectives of [the USGSA]” in 7 CFR 800.18. GIPSA provides waivers for: Elevators that ship fewer than 15,000 metric tons in a calendar year, grain exported for seeding purposes, grain shipped in bond, grain exported by rail or truck to Canada or Mexico, grain not sold by grade (7 U.S.C. 77 provides for this specific category of waiver), service not available, and high quality specialty grain shipped in containers. GIPSA has determined that these circumstances, as described in the regulations, do not impair the objectives of the USGSA and that granting them helps facilitate the marketing of U.S. grain. GIPSA has historically used the notice-and-comment process of the
The grain industry associations recommend that GIPSA use the midpoint of the 3 to 6 month reserve figure as the determination of when fees are to be adjusted. They suggest that fees should be raised or lowered based on whether they exceed or fall below 4.5 months reserve. They agreed with GIPSA's proposal of 2 percent increase per $1 million above or below the target amount, though they disagreed with GIPSA's proposal of a 5 percent limit per year on increases or decreases and suggested there be no limit.
GIPSA agrees with the recommendation of setting the trigger for adjusting fees at the midpoint of 4.5 months reserve. This target should better help GIPSA to maintain a 3 to 6 month operating reserve. GIPSA disagrees with the grain industry associations' suggestion that there be no limit. GIPSA believes that a yearly limit on fee increases and decreases is necessary to provide a more stable fee structure from year to year, which affects all sectors of the industry. While a large decrease would likely be welcomed by producers, marketers, and consumers, GIPSA believes that the possibility of a large increase in future years would be untenable to these same groups. In the April 15, 2013, fee rule (78 FR 22151), GIPSA increased fees by 5 percent in the first year and by 2 percent in each ensuing year, in order
The grain industry associations recommended that GIPSA suspend the fee for supervision of official agency inspection and weighing, which GIPSA has done with a notice in the June 28, 2016, edition of the
The grain industry associations recommended that GIPSA perform annual reviews of all fees in Schedule A of 7 CFR 800.71 in order to keep them in balance with each other. GIPSA currently conducts such a review approximately every five years. GIPSA proposed adding language to the regulations declaring its intent to continue periodic reviews. These reviews are intended to ensure that the fees for service are closely aligned with GIPSA's costs to provide these services. These reviews, along with departmental approval, comment solicitation, and comment review are often lengthy and costly processes. Because the automatic increases and decreases of all fees should maintain a 3 to 6 month operating reserve, GIPSA believes a complete review of fees every year would impose unnecessary time and money costs that would exceed any potential gain to stakeholders.
The grain industry associations recommended that GIPSA perform an annual review of expenses and work to bring those expenses down. They also mentioned that GIPSA should publish financial data for the preceding fiscal year by the beginning of the ensuing calendar year.
GIPSA is aware that the export grain industry is highly competitive and operates on slim margins. Accordingly, GIPSA takes measures to reduce costs whenever possible. In the recent past, GIPSA reduced cost by taking advantage of employee attrition to not fill positions after retirement, using intermittent and seasonal employees in export offices, and using alternative work schedules in order to reduce employee overtime hours. GIPSA publishes extensive financial data in its annual report to Congress. Additionally, GIPSA has made and will continue to make financial information available on its public Web site prior to the release of the annual report to Congress.
The commenter representing an official inspection agency association recommended that GIPSA change the proposed language in 7 CFR 800.117(b)(3) to reflect the intent of Congress to remove GIPSA's discretion to approve waivers of official agency boundaries based on signed agreements. They acknowledge that GIPSA must still be notified of such agreements and review the agreements for compliance with the USGSA. Another commenter expressed support for allowing such agreements between adjacent official agencies. Since the Reauthorization Act amended the USGSA to read that “the Secretary shall allow a designated official agency to cross boundary lines” if certain provisions are met (7 U.S.C. 79(f)(2)), GIPSA agrees with the recommendation and is changing the language contained in the proposed rule.
The grain industry association commenters recommended a few changes to GIPSA's proposed rule language concerning delegations of State agencies. They recommended that a delegated State must notify all affected export port locations and elevator operators, in addition to notifying GIPSA, 72 hours in advance of any intent to discontinue service. They also recommended including language requiring GIPSA to notify Congress within 24 hours of any disruption.
The Reauthorization Act only requires delegated States to notify GIPSA of any intent to discontinue service, while requiring GIPSA to “immediately take such actions as are necessary to address the disruption and resume inspections or weighings” (7 U.S.C. 77(d)(1)). Under such circumstances, it would fall on GIPSA to provide notification to customers. GIPSA declines to include language in the regulations concerning its requirement to notify Congress, as that is already required by the USGSA (7 U.S.C. 77(d)(2)) and inclusion in the regulations is unnecessary.
Additionally, the industry commenters recommended that the reviews of delegated States should start no later than September 30, 2016, and that funding for the reviews be derived solely from appropriated funds. GIPSA intends to conduct formal reviews for each of the five delegated States mirroring the existing process that GIPSA uses to renew the designations of official agencies. GIPSA intends to conduct the first review prior to September 30, 2016, and plans to conduct reviews for every State before certain provisions of the USGSA are set to expire on October 1, 2020. GIPSA finds that the inclusion of language in the regulations concerning the funding of delegation review through appropriated funds to be unnecessary. The USGSA only authorizes user fees to cover the costs incidental to official inspection and weighing and related supervision and administration activities (7 U.S.C. 79(j) and 7 U.S.C. 79a(l)). Appropriated funds are authorized to perform compliance activities (7 U.S.C. 87h), which includes delegation reviews.
Based on the above review of comments received in response to 81 FR 3970, GIPSA is amending the regulations of 7 CFR part 800 as outlined in the proposed rule, with exceptions noted in the comment review.
The Office of Management and Budget has designated this rulemaking as not significant under Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review” and Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulation Review.” Since grain export volume can vary significantly from year to year, estimating the impact in any future fee changes can be difficult. GIPSA recognizes the need to provide predictability to the industry for inspection and weighing fees. While not required by the Reauthorization Act, this rulemaking limits the impact of a large annual change in fees by setting an annual cap of 5 percent for increases or decreases in inspection and weighing fees. The statutory requirement to maintain an operating reserve between 3 and 6 months of operating expenses ensures that GIPSA can adequately cover its costs without imposing an undue burden on its customers.
Currently, GIPSA regularly reviews its user-fee financed programs to determine if the fees charged for performing official inspection and weighing services adequately cover the cost of providing those services. This policy remains unchanged in this proposed regulation. GIPSA will continue to seek out cost saving measures and implement appropriate changes to reduce its costs to provide alternatives to fee increases.
This rulemaking is unlikely to have an annual effect of $100 million or more or adversely affect the economy. The changes to the regulation in this
The Small Business Administration (SBA) defines small businesses by their North American Industry Classification System Codes (NAICS). This rulemaking affects customers of GIPSA's official inspection and weighing services in the domestic and export grain markets (NAICS code 115114). Fees for that program are in Schedules A (Tables 1-3) and B of section 800.71 of GIPSA's regulations (7 CFR 800.71).
Under the USGSA, all grain exported from the United States must be officially inspected and weighed. GIPSA provides mandatory inspection and weighing services at 45 export facilities in the United States and 7 facilities for U.S. grain transshipped through Canadian ports. Five delegated State agencies provide mandatory inspection and weighing services at 13 facilities. All of these facilities are owned by multi-national corporations, large cooperatives, or public entities that do not meet the requirements for small entities established by the SBA. Further, the provisions of this rulemaking apply equally to all entities. The USGSA requires the registration of all persons engaged in the business of buying grain for sale in foreign commerce. In addition, those persons who handle, weigh, or transport grain for sale in foreign commerce must also register. The regulations found at 7 CFR 800.30 define a foreign commerce grain business as persons who regularly engage in buying for sale, handling, weighing, or transporting grain totaling 15,000 metric tons or more during the preceding or current calendar year. Currently, there are 108 businesses registered to export grain, most of which are not small businesses.
Most users of the official inspection and weighing services do not meet the SBA requirements for small entities. Further, GIPSA is required by statute to make services available to all applicants and to recover the costs of providing such services as nearly as practicable, while maintaining a 3 to 6 month operating reserve. There are no additional reporting, record keeping, or other compliance requirements imposed upon small entities as a result of this rulemaking. GIPSA has not identified any other federal rules which may duplicate, overlap, or conflict with this rulemaking. Because this rulemaking does not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, an initial regulatory flexibility analysis is not provided.
This rulemaking has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, “Civil Justice Reform.” This rulemaking does not preempt State or local laws, regulations, or policies unless they represent an irreconcilable conflict with this rulemaking. This rulemaking does not have retroactive effect.
This rulemaking has been reviewed under Executive Order 13132, “Federalism.” The policies in this rulemaking do not have any substantial direct effect on States, on the relationship between federal government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among various levels of government, except as required by law. This rulemaking does not impose substantial direct compliance costs on State and local governments. Because States already retain records for their ordinary operations, § 800.195(g)(4) should not have a significant impact on State governments. Therefore, consultation with the States is not required.
This rulemaking has been reviewed under Executive Order 13175, “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments.” To our knowledge, this rulemaking does not have tribal implications that require tribal consultation under Executive Order 13175. If a Tribe requests consultation, GIPSA will work with the USDA Office of Tribal Relations to ensure meaningful consultation is provided where changes, additions, and modifications identified in this rulemaking are not expressly mandated by the Reauthorization Act.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 35), the information collection and record keeping requirements included in this rulemaking have been approved by the OMB under control number 0580-0013, which expires on January 31, 2018.
GIPSA is committed to complying with the Government Paperwork Elimination Act, which requires Government agencies in general to provide the public the option of submitting information or transacting business electronically to maximum extent possible.
GIPSA is committed to complying with the E-Government Act, to promote the use of the Internet and other information technologies to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to Government information and services, and for other purposes.
Administrative practice and procedure, Exports, Grains, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, GIPSA amends 7 CFR part 800 as follows:
7 U.S.C. 71-87k.
(b) * * *
(b) * * *
(7)
(ii) To qualify for an emergency waiver, the exporter or elevator operator must submit a timely written request to the Service for the emergency waiver and also comply with all conditions that the Service may require.
(a)
(1)
(2)
(b)
(1)
(i)
(ii)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(c)
(d)
(A) If you operate a business that buys, handles, weighs, or transports grain for sale in foreign commerce, you must pay $135.00.
(B) If you operate a business that buys, handles, weighs, or transports grain for sale in foreign commerce and you are also in a control relationship (see definition in section 17A(b)(2) of the Act) with respect to a business that buys, handles, weighs, or transports grain for sale in interstate commerce, you must pay $270.00.
(ii) If you request extra copies of registration certificates, you must pay $2.20 for each copy.
(2)
(3)
(b) * * *
(3)
(a)
(f) * * *
(11)
(g) * * *
(4)
(e) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) The applicant meets the conditions and criteria specified in the Act and regulations;
(iii) The applicant is better able than any other applicant to provide official services; and
(iv) The applicant addresses concerns identified during consultations that the Service conducts with applicants for service to the satisfaction of the Service.
(h)
(c)
(1) Shipping export grain without inspection or weighing;
(2) Violating any Federal law with respect to the handling, weighing, or inspection of grain;
(3) Deceptively loading, handling, weighing, or sampling grain; and
(4) Exporting grain without a certificate of registration.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Rulemaking activities; discontinuation.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is discontinuing eight rulemaking activities. The purpose of this action is to inform members of the public that these rulemaking activities are being discontinued and to provide a brief discussion of the NRC's decision to discontinue them. These rulemaking activities will no longer be reported in the NRC's portion of the Unified Agenda of Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions (the Unified Agenda).
Effective July 29, 2016, the rulemaking activities discussed in this document are discontinued.
Please refer to Docket IDs NRC-1999-0002, NRC-2001-0012, NRC-2002-0013, NRC-2006-0008, NRC-2008-0200, NRC-2009-0227, or NRC-2009-0079 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Leslie Terry, Office of Administration, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-1167; email:
Each year the NRC staff develops the NRC's Common Prioritization of Rulemaking report, which is used to develop rulemaking program budget estimates and to determine the relative priority of rulemaking activities. During the most recent review of ongoing and potential rulemaking activities, the NRC staff identified seven rulemaking activities in various stages of development, which the Commission approved to be discontinued. For transparency, the NRC staff is including in this action an additional eighth activity that the Commission has already provided initial direction to discontinue.
A discussion of the NRC's decision to discontinue these eight rulemaking activities is provided in Sections III through X of this document.
When the NRC staff identifies a rulemaking activity that can be discontinued, they will request, through a Commission paper, approval from the Commission to discontinue it. The Commission provides its decision in an SRM. If the Commission approves discontinuing the rulemaking activity, the NRC will inform the public of the decision to discontinue it.
A rulemaking activity may be discontinued at any stage in the rulemaking process. For a rulemaking activity that has received public comments, the NRC will consider those comments before discontinuing the rulemaking activity; however, the NRC will not provide individual comment responses.
After Commission approval to discontinue the rulemaking activity, in the next edition of the Unified Agenda, the NRC will update the entry for the rulemaking activity to indicate that it is no longer being pursued. The rulemaking activity will appear in the completed section of that edition of the Unified Agenda but will not appear in future editions.
The NRC began an enhanced participatory process to evaluate alternative courses of action for control of solid materials at NRC-licensed facilities that have very low amounts of, or no amount of, radioactivity. As part of this process, the NRC published an Issues Paper in the
The agency received over 900 comment letters containing around 2,379 individual comments on the Issues Paper, in addition to those summarized from the public meeting transcripts. The comments were summarized in NUREG/CR-6682, “Summary and Categorization of Public Comments on Controlling the Disposition of Solid Materials,” published in September 2000 (ADAMS Accession No. ML040720691). Comments were received from essentially every stakeholder group, including environmental and citizen's groups, members of the general public, scrap and recycling companies, steel and cement manufacturers, hazardous and solid waste management facilities, U.S. Department of Energy, State agencies, Tribal governments, scientific organizations, international organizations, NRC licensees, and licensee organizations. Most of the comments focused on the specific technical approach or criteria that should be developed and reflected a broad spectrum of viewpoints on the issues related to control of solid materials. The NRC staff considered all the comments received.
The NRC staff submitted a draft proposed rule to the Commission, SECY-05-0054, “Proposed Rule: Radiological Criteria for Controlling the Disposition of Solid Materials,” dated March 31, 2005 (ADAMS Package Accession No. ML041550790). The NRC staff proposed this rule to the Commission because the NRC wanted to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the NRC regulatory process by establishing criteria for the disposition of solid materials in the regulations. This proposed rule would have added radiological criteria for controlling the disposition of solid materials that have no, or very small amounts of, residual radioactivity resulting from licensed operations, and which originate in restricted or impacted areas of NRC-licensed facilities. In the SRM for SECY-05-0054, dated June 1, 2005 (ADAMS Accession No. ML051520185), the Commission disapproved publication of the proposed rule
This rulemaking continued to be on hold while the Commission was focused on enhancing security and emergency preparedness and response as well as beginning preparations for new authorizations under the Energy Policy Act of 2005, including new nuclear facility licensing and regulation.
The NRC has decided not to proceed with this rulemaking activity because, even though there has been a recent increase in decommissioning, the current regulatory framework provides for case by case approval of alternate disposal procedures under 10 CFR 20.2002. To date, the NRC has received a limited number of licensee requests per year. The NRC staff is conducting a low-level waste programmatic assessment. As part of this assessment, the NRC staff will conduct a scoping study of various low-level waste issues. If the NRC staff determines a need to pursue rulemaking as a result of this study, then the NRC staff will request Commission approval for the rulemaking.
The NRC published an advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPR) in the
The agency received 19 comment letters on the ANPR from States, licensees, the Nuclear Energy Institute, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Conference of Radiation Control Program Directors' E-24 Committee, the Southeast Compact Commission, and a private individual. There was no consensus on a preferred option; some commenters supported the entombment option while other commenters did not. In general, comments from the eight utilities and the Nuclear Energy Institute stated that they would like to have entombment available as a decommissioning option; however, none committed to using entombment as a decommissioning process.
The NRC has decided not to proceed with this rulemaking activity because the three decommissioning options, which include entombment for power reactors, are currently being considered within the rulemaking for reactor decommissioning. Specifically, in the SRM for SECY-14-0118, “Request by Duke Energy Florida, Inc., for Exemptions from Certain Emergency Planning Requirements,” dated December 30, 2014 (ADAMS Accession No. ML14364A111), the Commission directed the NRC staff to proceed with rulemaking on reactor decommissioning.
On August 28, 2002 (67 FR 55175), the NRC published a proposed rule in the
The NRC received 25 comments from individuals, industrial groups, environmental organizations, and State and Federal government agencies. A summary of comments and issues raised by commenters includes the following: (1) Proposed release limits were inconsistent with part 20 of title 10 of the
The NRC has decided not to proceed with this rulemaking activity because the concerns are being considered in other regulatory processes. Specifically, there is ongoing work related to SECY-03-0068, “Interagency Jurisdictional Working Group Evaluating the Regulation of Low-Level Source Material or Materials Containing Less than 0.05 Percent by Weight Concentration Uranium and/or Thorium,” dated May 1, 2003 (ADAMS Package Accession No. ML030920468), and recent discussions with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency that would allow certain low-level wastes to be disposed of in Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (commonly known as RCRA) sites. In addition, the NRC has decided not to proceed with this rulemaking activity because the NRC has, on a case-by-case basis, successfully dealt with the issues this rulemaking activity would have addressed.
On May 4, 2006 (71 FR 26267), the NRC published an ANPR in the
The ANPR included 73 questions about the proposed rulemaking scope and plan. The NRC received 15 comment submittals from the regulated industry, consensus standard committees, private individuals, and a foreign regulatory body. Many of the public comments supported the concept of a risk-informed, performance-based regulatory framework and the development of technology-neutral regulations. Some public comments recommended that it was too soon to develop the proposed framework and that the NRC and the industry needed to pilot the licensing of advanced reactor technology using the current 10 CFR parts 50 and 52 frameworks to identify challenges. Some comments did not support the framework as described in the ANPR because it did not require specific design standards and asserted that it did not adequately employ consensus standards that have been demonstrated as adequate and safe for existing reactors. The NRC staff considered all the comments received.
In SECY-07-0101, “Staff Recommendations Regarding a Risk-Informed and Performance-Based Revision to 10 CFR part 50,” dated June 14, 2007 (ADAMS Package Accession No. ML070790253), the NRC staff requested that the Commission defer the rulemaking activity until after the development of the licensing strategy for the Next Generation Nuclear Plant (NGNP) or receipt of an application for design certification or a license for the Pebble Bed Modular Reactor. In the SRM for SECY-07-0101, dated September 10, 2007 (ADAMS Accession No. ML072530501), the Commission approved the NRC staff's recommendation to defer the rulemaking activity. In the same SRM, the Commission approved the NRC staff's proposal to provide a recommendation on initiating a rulemaking 6 months after the development of the licensing strategy for the NGNP was finalized. In 2011, the U.S. Department of Energy decided not to proceed with Phase 2 design activities because of fiscal constraints, competing priorities, projected cost of the prototype, and inability to reach a cost share agreement with the industry. As a result, the NRC no longer has a viable demonstration project to reference. Therefore, the NRC has decided not to proceed with this rulemaking activity or continue to expend resources tracking this rulemaking, which is now 10 years old. The NRC has several initiatives underway that would further risk-inform and performance-base the regulatory framework. Discontinuing this particular rulemaking would not preclude other ongoing or future risk-informed, performance-based initiatives.
The NRC is open to new opportunities to explore a risk-informed, performance-based licensing strategy. In the past 2 years, there has been renewed U.S. industry and Executive Branch interest in advanced non-light water reactors (LWRs). The NRC is working to develop a regulatory process to address the unique aspects of these designs within the current regulatory framework. A new risk-informed, performance-based framework has the potential to address some of these unique aspects assuming that the necessary supporting data is available. Currently the advanced non-LWR designs have not reached a level of maturity that would support development of a regulatory basis for rulemaking.
When supporting data is available, the NRC staff would reevaluate the need for rulemaking.
On April 11, 2008, the NRC published a proposed rule in the
The NRC received 19 comment letters from States, licensees, industry organizations, and individuals. Almost all of the comment letters were opposed to expanding the NSTS as proposed for the following reasons: (1) The rule is premature and should be delayed to allow time to refine the burden estimates in the regulatory analysis using actual experience from the current NSTS; (2) the NSTS should be fully operational and successfully tracking currently required sources before the NRC adds additional sources to NSTS; and (3) there needs to be additional justification of the security risks posed by these sources before incurring the additional regulatory burden. The NRC staff considered all the comments received.
Based on public comments, the NRC staff requested the Commission to defer completion of the NSTS final rule (SECY-09-0011, “Deferral of Rulemaking: Expansion of National Source Tracking System (RIN 3150-AI29),” dated January 15, 2009 (ADAMS Accession No. ML083540566)).
On May 11, 2009, a copy of a draft final rule was provided to the Agreement States for review. The Executive Boards of the Organization of Agreement States and the Conference of Radiation Control Program Directors provided comments. The agency received 26 comments from individual states. All of the comments received from the States, except one, opposed the NSTS expansion final rule. Most of the commenters cited a risk that implementing the rule would shift limited personnel resources away from what they believe are more near-term and tangible health and safety aspects of radiation protection.
The Commission was unable to reach a decision on the NRC staff's recommendation to defer the NSTS final rule (SRM for SECY-09-0011, dated May 28, 2009 (ADAMS Accession No. ML091480775)). Instead, the Commission directed the NRC staff to conduct a data and system operations and performance analysis of the NSTS based on system operation with Category 1 and 2 sources and report to the Commission. The NRC staff conducted these analyses and reported to the Commission.
The NRC has decided not to proceed with this rulemaking activity because the existing regulatory basis, draft proposed rule, and final proposed rule are now out of date. This rulemaking was developed and proposed as the NSTS was being developed and deployed in late 2008. Since 2009, the NRC published 10 CFR part 37, “Physical Protection of Category 1 and Category 2 Quantities of Radioactive Material” (78 FR 16922; March 19, 2013); gained significant experience in the management and operation of the National Source Tracking System (
In SECY-12-0066, “Criminal Penalties for the Unauthorized Introduction of Weapons into Facilities Designated by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission and for Sabotage of Nuclear Facilities or Fuel,” dated April 26, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML120200150), the NRC staff recommended, in part, that the Commission defer a decision on whether to proceed with a rulemaking to revise 10 CFR 73.81, “Criminal penalties,” to add certain radioactive material or other property to the scope of criminal penalties for sabotage authorized under in Section 236, “Sabotage of Nuclear Facilities or Fuel,” of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (AEA).
In SECY-12-0066, the NRC staff noted that the NRC had not previously issued regulations to implement the authority of Section 236 of the AEA. Instead, the NRC has viewed the language of this statute as plain enough to enable the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) to initiate prosecutions for criminal acts, particularly involving the most significant facilities that the NRC regulates, including nuclear power reactors and fuel cycle facilities. This rulemaking would have allowed the NRC to identify certain radioactive material or other property for inclusion within the scope of Section 236.a(7) of the AEA if the Commission determined that this material or other property was significant to public health and safety or common defense and security. The NRC staff evaluated whether further rulemaking was needed to expand nuclear facilities, nuclear waste, or nuclear fuel covered under the scope of Section 236 of the AEA. The NRC staff evaluated (1) materials in 10 CFR part 73, appendix I, “Category 1 and 2 Radioactive Materials” (material list in appendix A to 10 CFR part 37); (2) production reactor spent nuclear fuel and naval reactor spent nuclear fuel, and (3) source material in the physical form of uranium hexafluoride.
In SECY-12-0066, the NRC staff discussed why these materials were chosen for evaluation and the application of Section 236.a(3) of the AEA. The NRC staff stated that “Including certain radioactive material or other property within the scope of the criminal penalties in Section 236 of the AEA may provide DOJ with additional tools for combating terrorists and other malevolent actors.” However, the NRC staff noted that a determination of the list of radionuclides and quantities to use in a subsequent rulemaking would need to be coordinated with NRC activities to implement Recommendation 2 of the 2010 Radiation Source Protection and Security Task Force Report [task force recommendations appear in SECY-11-0169, “U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Implementation Plan for the Radiation Source Protection and Security Task Force Report” (ADAMS Package Accession No. ML113070551)], as well as consideration of ongoing actions related to chemical security. The NRC staff indicated that it could not develop the required regulatory basis for a rulemaking to expand the scope of Section 236 of the AEA to include these materials until these activities are completed. The Commission approved the NRC staff's recommendation in the SRM for SECY-12-0066, dated June 18, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML121700765).
The NRC staff completed the additional activities discussed in SECY-12-0066 and informed the Commission that there was no compelling reason to revise 10 CFR 73.81 to implement the scope authority provided by Section 236 of the AEA to provide criminal sanctions for sabotage of nuclear facilities, nuclear waste, and nuclear fuel or other property.
The NRC has decided not to proceed with this rulemaking activity because the NRC staff has concluded that a rulemaking to modify 10 CFR 73.81 to implement the new authority of Section 236 of the AEA would not serve as an effective deterrent for individuals intent on committing sabotage of nuclear facilities, nuclear waste, or nuclear fuel or other property and is not warranted at this time.
In COMSECY-04-0037, “Fitness-for-Duty Orders to Address Fatigue of Nuclear Facility Security Force Personnel,” dated June 21, 2004 (ADAMS Accession No. ML040790094), the NRC staff requested Commission approval to issue security orders concerning fitness-for-duty enhancements to address fatigue concerns for security force personnel at five classes of NRC-licensed facilities: (1) Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installations, (2) Decommissioning Reactors, (3) Category I Fuel Cycle Facilities, (4) Gaseous Diffusion Plants, and (5) the Natural Uranium Conversion Facility. In the SRM for COMSECY-04-0037, dated September 1, 2004 (ADAMS Accession No. ML042450533), the Commission directed the NRC staff to pursue the rulemaking process rather than issuing security orders for those materials facilities and personnel for whom the NRC staff believes fatigue related requirements are necessary.
On June 18, 2014 (FR 79 34641), the NRC published a draft regulatory basis for public comment in the
During the public comment period the two Category I fuel cycle licensees proposed an alternative to the Security-Force Fatigue rulemaking. Specifically, the affected licensees proposed adding a fatigue management program for security officers into their security plans. On April 22, 2015 (80 FR 22434), the NRC published the final regulatory basis that explained that the NRC had decided to separate the regulatory basis activities for the Security-Force Fatigue at Category I Fuel Cycle Facilities to allow staff time to explore the alternative to rulemaking proposal.
The NRC has decided not to proceed with the Security-Force Fatigue rulemaking activity because, after reviewing the two licensees' proposed changes to their security plans to manage security officer fatigue, NRC licensing staff considers the proposal a viable option because it will establish fatigue requirements that can be readily inspected and enforced for the two Category I fuel cycle licensees within their security plans.
On May 17, 2011 (76 FR 28336), the NRC published a proposed rule in the
The agency received nine comment letters addressing multiple issues. Comments on the proposed rule were submitted on behalf of several affected States, by industry representatives, NRC licensees, and an individual. The comments and responses were grouped into eight areas: General, procedural, definitions, performance requirements, jurisdiction/authority, backfitting, reporting, and corrections. Most of the comments were generally opposed to the proposed changes to the regulations. Several comments questioned the cost amounts used in the regulatory analysis. All the commenters opposed the probabilistic risk assessment. The NRC staff considered all the comments received.
The NRC staff submitted a draft final rule to the Commission in SECY-12-0071, “Final Rule: Domestic Licensing of Source Material—Amendments/Integrated Safety Analysis (RIN 3150-A150),” dated May 7, 2012 (ADAMS Accession No. ML12094A344). The draft final rule was revised from the proposed rule based on comments from Agreement States and the public. In the SRM for SECY-12-0071, dated May 3, 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13123A127), the Commission disapproved publication of the draft final rule. The Commission directed the NRC staff to revise the rule and associated guidance to address issues given in the SRM and to resubmit the rule for Commission consideration.
In COMSECY-15-0002, “Termination of Rulemaking to Revise Title 10 of The
The NRC staff is including discussion of this decision in this document to inform members of the public.
The NRC is no longer pursuing the eight rulemaking activities for the reasons discussed in this document. In the next edition of the Unified Agenda, the NRC will update the entry for these rulemaking activities with reference to this document to indicate that they are no longer being pursued. These rulemaking activities will appear in the completed section of that edition of the Unified Agenda but will not appear in future editions. Should the NRC determine to pursue anything in these areas in the future, it will inform the public through a new rulemaking entry in the Unified Agenda.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy.
Final rule; correction.
On July 18, 2016, the U.S. Department of Energy published a final rule establishing a final coverage determination and test procedures for miscellaneous refrigeration products. This correction addresses technical errors in the preamble and regulatory text. Neither the errors nor the corrections in this document affects the substance of the rulemaking or any of the conclusions reached in support of the final rule.
Mr. Joseph Hagerman, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Office, Mailstop EE-5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-4549. Email:
Michael Kido, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-8145. Email:
The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) published a final rule in the
In final rule FR Doc. 2016-14389, published in the issue of Monday, July 18, 2016, (80 FR 46767), the following corrections are made:
1. On page 46783, first column, second paragraph, 5th line, the existing text “10 CFR 430.23 (dd)” is corrected to read as “10 CFR 430.23 (ff)”.
2. On page 46792, third column, amendatory instruction 10.b. is corrected to read as follows:
3. On page 46794, third column, second paragraph, “(dd)” is corrected to read as “(ff)”.
In Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 1026 to 1099, revised as of January 1, 2016, on page 749, in supplement I to part 1026, under section 1026.41,the heading
ii. The periodic statement is not required for any portion of the mortgage debt that is discharged under applicable provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. If the consumer's bankruptcy case is revived—for example if the court reinstates a previously dismissed case, reopens the case, or revokes a discharge—the servicer is again exempt from the requirement in § 1026.41.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final special conditions; request for comments.
These special conditions are issued for the Embraer S.A. (Embraer) Model EMB-545 and EMB-550 series airplanes. These airplanes will have a novel or unusual design feature when compared to the state of technology envisioned in the airworthiness standards for transport-category airplanes. This feature is an airbag system designed to limit the axial rotation of the upper leg on single-place and multiple-place side-facing seats. The applicable airworthiness regulations do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for this design feature. These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.
This action is effective on Embraer on July 29, 2016. We must receive your comments by September 12, 2016.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2016-6925 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Jayson Claar, FAA, Airframe and Cabin Safety Branch, ANM-115, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-2194; facsimile 425-227-1320.
The FAA has determined that notice of, and opportunity for prior public comment on, these special conditions is impracticable because these procedures would significantly delay issuance of the design approval and thus delivery of the affected airplanes.
In addition, the substance of these special conditions has been subject to the public-comment process in several prior instances with no substantive comments received. The FAA therefore finds that good cause exists for making these special conditions effective upon publication in the
We invite interested people to take part in this rulemaking by sending written comments, data, or views. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the special conditions, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data.
We will consider all comments we receive by the closing date for comments. We may change these special conditions based on the comments we receive.
On March 26, 2015, Embraer applied for a type design change for their new Model EMB-545 and EMB-550 airplanes. These airplanes, currently approved under type certificate no. TC00062IB, are conventional configurations with low wing and T-tail empennage. The primary structure is metal with composite empennage and control surfaces. The EMB-545 is designed for a maximum of 9 passengers and the EMB-550 is designed for a maximum of 12 passengers. Both are equipped with two Honeywell HTF7500-E medium-bypass-ratio turbofan engines mounted on aft-fuselage pylons.
Both airplane models have an interior configuration that includes single- and multiple-place side-facing seats (both seating configurations referred to as side-facing seats) that include an airbag system in the shoulder belt for these seats, per special conditions no. 25-495-SC; and an airbag system to limit the axial rotation of the upper leg (femur).
Under the provisions of Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) 21.101, Embraer must show that the Model EMB-545 and EMB-550 airplanes meet the applicable provisions of the regulations listed in type certificate no. TC00062IB, or the applicable regulations in effect on the date of application for the change, except for earlier amendments as agreed upon by the FAA.
If the Administrator finds that the applicable airworthiness regulations (
Special conditions are initially applicable to the model for which they are issued. Should the type certificate for that model be amended later to include any other model that incorporates the same novel or unusual design feature, or should any other model already included on the same type certificate be modified to incorporate the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would also apply to the other model under § 21.101.
In addition to the applicable airworthiness regulations and special conditions, the Model EMB-545 and EMB-550 airplanes must comply with the fuel-vent and exhaust-emission requirements of 14 CFR part 34, and the noise-certification requirements of 14 CFR part 36.
The FAA issues special conditions, as defined in 14 CFR 11.19, in accordance with § 11.38, and they become part of the type certification basis under § 21.101.
The Model EMB-545 and EMB-550 airplanes will incorporate the following novel or unusual design features:
An airbag system designed to limit the axial rotation of the upper leg on single-place and multiple-place side-facing seats.
The FAA has developed a methodology to address all fully side-facing seats (seats positioned in the airplane with the occupant facing 90 degrees to the direction of airplane travel), and documented those requirements in special conditions 25-495-SC specifically for these airplanes, including special conditions for the installation of airbag systems in shoulder belts. Special condition 2(e) of those special conditions contain safety criteria to address the potential for serious upper-leg injuries.
Serious leg injuries, such as femur fracture, can occur in aviation side-facing seats. Such injuries could threaten the occupant's life directly or eliminate the occupant's ability to evacuate the airplane. Limiting upper-leg axial rotation to a conservative limit of 35 degrees (approximately the 50-percentile range of motion) should limit the risk of serious leg injury. Research suggests that the angle of rotation can be determined by observing lower-leg flailing in typical high-speed video of the dynamic tests. Alternately, the anthropomorphic test dummy could be instrumented to directly measure upper-leg axial rotation. This requirement complies with the intent of the § 25.562(a) injury criteria in preventing serious leg injury.
To comply with special condition 2(e) on some seat positions, Embraer proposes to install leg-flail airbags. This airbag is not addressed in special conditions 25-495-SC. Therefore, the FAA must issue new special conditions to address this leg-flail airbag installation. These special conditions are similar to other special conditions previously issued for airbags.
The FAA has issued special conditions in the past for airbag systems on lap belts for some forward-facing seats. These special conditions for the airbag system in the shoulder belt are based on the previous special conditions for airbag systems on lap belts with some changes to address the specific issues of side-facing seats. The special conditions are not an installation approval. Therefore, while the special conditions relate to each such system installed, the overall installation approval is a separate finding, and must consider the combined effects of all such systems installed.
These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.
As discussed above, these special conditions are applicable to Model EMB-545 and EMB-550 airplanes. Should Embraer apply at a later date for
This action affects only certain novel or unusual design features on one model series of airplanes. It is not a rule of general applicability.
The substance of these special conditions has been subjected to the notice and comment period in several prior instances and has been derived without substantive change from those previously issued. It is unlikely that prior public comment would result in a significant change from the substance contained herein. Therefore, because a delay would significantly affect the certification of the airplane, the FAA has determined that prior public notice and comment are unnecessary and impracticable, and good cause exists for adopting these special conditions upon publication in the
Aircraft, Aviation safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
The authority citation for these special conditions is as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701, 44702, 44704.
Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the following special conditions are issued as part of the type certification basis for Embraer Model EMB-550 and Model-545 series airplanes.
In addition to the requirements of §§ 25.562 and 25.785, and special conditions no. 25-495-SC, the following special conditions are part of the type certification basis for the Embraer Model EMB-545 and EMB-550 series airplanes with leg-flail airbags installed on side-facing seats.
1. For seats with a leg-flail airbag system, the system must deploy and provide protection under crash conditions where it is necessary to prevent serious injury. The means of protection must take into consideration a range of stature from a 2-year-old child to a 95th-percentile male. At some buttock popliteal length and effective seat-bottom depth, the lower legs will not be able to form a 90-degree angle relative to the upper leg; at this point, the lower leg flail would not occur. The leg-flail airbag system must provide a consistent approach to prevention of leg flail throughout that range of occupants whose lower legs can form a 90-degree angle relative to the upper legs when seated upright in the seat. Items that need to be considered include, but are not limited to, the range of occupants' popliteal height, the range of occupants' buttock popliteal length, the design of the seat effective height above the floor, and the effective depth of the seat-bottom cushion.
2. The leg-flail airbag system must provide adequate protection for each occupant regardless of the number of occupants of the seat assembly, considering that unoccupied seats may have an active leg-flail airbag system.
3. The leg-flail airbag system must not be susceptible to inadvertent deployment as a result of wear and tear, or inertial loads resulting from in-flight or ground maneuvers (including gusts and hard landings), and other operating and environmental conditions (vibrations, moisture, etc.) likely to occur in service.
4. Deployment of the leg-flail airbag system must not introduce injury mechanisms to the seated occupant, or result in injuries that could impede rapid egress.
5. Inadvertent deployment of the leg-flail airbag system, during the most critical part of the flight, must either meet the requirement of § 25.1309(b), or not cause a hazard to the airplane or its occupants.
6. The leg-flail airbag system must not impede rapid egress of occupants from the airplane 10 seconds after airbag deployment.
7. The leg-flail airbag system must be protected from lightning and high-intensity radiated fields (HIRF). The threats to the airplane specified in existing regulations regarding lightning (§ 25.1316) and HIRF (§ 25.1317) are incorporated by reference for the purpose of measuring lightning and HIRF protection.
8. The leg-flail airbag system must function properly after loss of normal airplane electrical power, and after a transverse separation of the fuselage at the most critical location. A separation at the location of the leg-flail airbag system does not have to be considered.
9. The leg-flail airbag system must not release hazardous quantities of gas or particulate matter into the cabin.
10. The leg-flail airbag system installation must be protected from the effects of fire such that no hazard to occupants will result.
11. A means must be available to verify the integrity of the leg-flail airbag system's activation system prior to each flight, or the leg-flail airbag system's activation system must reliably operate between inspection intervals. The FAA considers that the loss of the leg-flail airbag system's deployment function alone (
12. The airbag inflatable material may not have an average burn rate of greater than 2.5 inches per minute when tested using the horizontal flammability test defined in part 25, appendix F, part I, paragraph (b)(5).
13. The leg-flail airbag system, once deployed, must not adversely affect the emergency-lighting system (
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final special conditions; request for comments.
These special conditions are issued for ATR Model ATR-42-200/-300/-320/-500 and ATR-72-102/-202/-212/-212A airplanes. These airplanes will have a novel or unusual design feature when compared to the state of technology envisioned in the airworthiness standards for transport-category airplanes. This design feature is seats with non-traditional, large, non-metallic panels. The applicable airworthiness regulations do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for this design feature. These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.
This action is effective on ATR on July 29, 2016. We must receive your comments by September 12, 2016.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2016-8246 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
John Shelden, Airframe and Cabin Safety, ANM-115, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-2785; facsimile 425-227-1149.
The FAA has determined that notice of, and opportunity for prior public comment on, these special conditions is impracticable because these procedures would significantly delay issuance of the design approval, and thus delivery, of the affected airplanes.
In addition, the substance of these special conditions has been subject to the public-comment process in several prior instances with no substantive comments received. The FAA therefore finds that good cause exists for making these special conditions effective upon publication in the
We invite interested people to take part in this rulemaking by sending written comments, data, or views. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the special conditions, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data.
We will consider all comments we receive by the closing date for comments. We may change these special conditions based on the comments we receive.
On March 2, 2016, ATR applied for a change to type certificate no. A53EU for the installation of seats constructed of non-traditional, non-metallic materials in the Model ATR-42-200/-300/-320/-500, and ATR-72-102/-202/-212/-212A airplanes.
The Model ATR-42/-72 series airplanes are twin-engine, turbopropeller-powered, transport-category airplanes with maximum passenger capacity up to 74, depending upon airplane model.
Under the provisions of Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) 21.101, ATR must show that the Model ATR-42-200/-300/-320/-500 and ATR-72-102/-202/-212/-212A airplanes, as changed, continue to meet the applicable provisions of the regulations listed in type certificate no. A53EU, or the applicable regulations in effect on the date of application for the change, except for earlier amendments as agreed upon by the FAA.
If the Administrator finds that the applicable airworthiness regulations (
Special conditions are initially applicable to the model for which they are issued. Should the type certificate for that model be amended later to include any other model that incorporates the same novel or unusual design feature, or should any other model already included on the same type certificate be modified to incorporate the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would also apply to the other model under § 21.101.
In addition to the applicable airworthiness regulations and special conditions, the Model ATR-42-200/-300/-320/-500 and ATR-72-102/-202/-212/-212A airplanes must comply with the fuel-vent and exhaust-emission requirements of 14 CFR part 34, and the noise-certification requirements of 14 CFR part 36.
The FAA issues special conditions, as defined in 14 CFR 11.19, in accordance with § 11.38, and they become part of the type certification basis under § 21.101.
The Model ATR-42-200/-300/-320/-500 and ATR-72-102/-202/-212/-212A airplanes will incorporate the following novel or unusual design feature:
Passenger seats that incorporate non-traditional, large, non-metallic panels in lieu of the traditional metal frame covered by fabric.
In the early 1980s, the FAA conducted extensive research on the effects of post-crash flammability in the passenger cabin. As a result of this research and service experience, the FAA adopted new standards for interior surfaces associated with large surface-area parts. Specifically, the rules require measurement of heat release and smoke emission (part 25, Appendix F, parts IV and V) for the affected parts. Heat release has been shown to have a direct correlation with post- crash-fire survival time. Materials that comply with the standards (
At the time these standards were written, the potential application of the requirements of seat heat release and smoke emission was explored. The seat frame itself was not a concern because it was primarily made of aluminum and only small amounts of non-metallic materials. Research determined that the overall effect on survivability was negligible, whether or not the food trays met the heat-release and smoke-emission requirements. The requirements therefore did not address seats. The preambles to both the Notice of Proposed Rule Making (NPRM), Notice No. 85-10 (50 FR 15038, April 16, 1985), and the Final Rule at Amendment 25-61 (51 FR 26206, July
Subsequently, the Final Rule at Amendment 25-83 (60 FR 6615, March 6, 1995) clarified the definition of minimum panel size: “It is not possible to cite a specific size that will apply in all installations; however, as a general rule, components with exposed surface areas of one square foot or less may be considered small enough that they do not have to meet the new standards. Components with exposed surface areas greater than two square feet may be considered large enough that they do have to meet the new standards. Those with exposed surface areas greater than one square foot, but less than two square feet, must be considered in conjunction with the areas of the cabin in which they are installed before a determination could be made.”
In the late 1990s, the FAA issued Policy Memorandum 97-112-39, “Guidance for Flammability Testing of Seat/Console Installations,” October 17, 1997 (
In October of 2004, an issue was raised regarding the appropriate flammability standards for passenger seats that incorporated non-traditional, large, non-metallic panels in lieu of the traditional metal covered by fabric. The FAA Seattle Aircraft Certification Office and Transport Standards Staff reviewed this design, and determined that it represented the kind and quantity of material that should be required to pass the heat-release and smoke-emissions requirements. The FAA has determined that special conditions would be issued to apply the standards defined in 14 CFR 25.853(d) to seats with large, non-metallic panels in their design. Traditional seat panels would not be covered by the special conditions.
These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.
As discussed above, these special conditions are applicable to the Model ATR-42-200/-300/-320/-500 and ATR-72-102/-202/-212/-212A airplanes. Should ATR apply at a later date for a change to the type certificate to include another model incorporating the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would apply to that model as well. These special conditions apply to new seat-certification programs. Previously approved seats are not affected by these special conditions.
This action affects only certain novel or unusual design features on two model series of airplanes. It is not a rule of general applicability.
The substance of these special conditions has been subjected to the notice and comment period in several prior instances and has been derived without substantive change from those previously issued. It is unlikely that prior public comment would result in a significant change from the substance contained herein. Therefore, because a delay would significantly affect the certification of the airplane, which is imminent, the FAA has determined that prior public notice and comment are unnecessary and impracticable, and good cause exists for adopting these special conditions upon publication in the
Aircraft, Aviation safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
The authority citation for these special conditions is as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701, 44702, 44704.
Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the following special conditions are issued as part of the type certification basis for ATR Model ATR-42-200/-300/-320/-500 and ATR-72-102/-202/-212/-212A airplanes for new seat-certification programs.
1. Compliance with 14 CFR part 25 Appendix F, parts IV and V, “Heat release and smoke emission,” is required for seats that incorporate non-traditional, large, non-metallic panels that may be either a single component or multiple components in a concentrated area in their design.
2. The applicant may designate up to and including 1.5 square feet of non-traditional, non-metallic panel material per seat place that does not have to comply with special condition 1, above. A triple seat assembly may have a total of 4.5 square feet excluded on any portion of the assembly (
3. Seats need not meet the test requirements of 14 CFR part 25 Appendix F, parts IV and V, when installed in compartments that are not otherwise required to meet these requirements. Examples include airplanes:
a. With passenger capacities of 19 or fewer;
b. that do not have smoke-emission and heat-release test requirements in their certification basis, and that are not required by 14 CFR 121.312 to conduct such tests; or
c. that are exempted from smoke-emission and heat-release testing.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all The Boeing Company Model 757-200 and -200CB series airplanes. This AD was prompted by an evaluation by the design approval holder (DAH) indicating that the lap splices at stringer S-14R, lower fastener row, are subject to widespread fatigue damage (WFD). This AD requires external dual frequency eddy current (DFEC) or internal high frequency eddy current (HFEC) inspections of the lap splice, inner skin
This AD is effective September 2, 2016.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of September 2, 2016.
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data & Services Management, P.O. Box 3707, MC 2H-65, Seattle, WA 98124-2207; telephone: 206-544-5000, extension 1; fax: 206-766-5680; Internet:
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Eric Schrieber, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe Branch, ANM-120L, FAA, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), 3960 Paramount Boulevard, Lakewood, CA 90712-4137; phone: 562-627-5348; fax: 562-627-5210; email:
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to all The Boeing Company Model 757-200 and -200CB series airplanes. The NPRM published in the
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. The following presents the comments received on the NPRM and the FAA's response to each comment. Boeing indicated its support for the NPRM.
United Airlines generally concurred with the NPRM, but requested that repairs be incorporated into a subsequent revision of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 757-53A0102, dated October 8, 2015. According to United Airlines, the lack of certain approved repairs adds a significant level of burden on the operators.
We acknowledge United Airlines' comment and concerns. We have been advised that Boeing is working on revising the referenced service information to include repair information, but Boeing cannot provide a fixed date when the next revision will be published. To delay this AD until this service information is available is inappropriate since we have determined that an unsafe condition exists and that inspections must be conducted to ensure continued safety. If the updated service information is approved and published, any operator may request approval of an alternative method of compliance (AMOC) as specified in paragraph (j) of this AD. We may also consider further rulemaking after reviewing any updated service information. We have not changed this AD regarding this issue.
United Airlines requested that the note under step 3.B.1. of the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 757-53A0102, dated October 8, 2015, be changed so that any FAA-approved repair that meets the minimum 3 rows on either side of the lap splice would qualify as exempt from the initial and repeat inspections. United Airlines stated that this change would remove the need to request approval of an AMOC.
The FAA does not make changes to service bulletins. The commenter's request could be incorporated into the AD, but we do not agree with the requested change because each existing repair affected by this AD needs to be evaluated in accordance with paragraph (g) of this AD. For any repair in the affected area, operators may request approval of an AMOC as specified in paragraph (j) of this AD. We have not changed this AD regarding this issue.
Aviation Partners Boeing stated that accomplishing the supplemental type certificate (STC) ST01518SE does not affect the actions specified in the NPRM.
We agree with the commenter. We have redesignated paragraph (c) of the NPRM as (c)(1) and added new paragraph (c)(2) to this final rule to state that installation of STC ST01518SE does not affect the ability to accomplish the actions required by this final rule. Therefore, for airplanes on which STC ST01518SE is installed, a “change in product” AMOC approval request is not necessary to comply with the requirements of 14 CFR 39.17.
Paragraph (h)(2) of the NPRM describes a standard service information exception; however that exception does not apply to Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 757-53A0102, dated October 8, 2015. Therefore, we have removed paragraph (h)(2) of the NPRM from this AD.
We reviewed the relevant data, considered the comments received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD with the changes described previously and minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
We also determined that these changes will not increase the economic burden on any operator or increase the scope of this AD.
We reviewed Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 757-53A0102, dated October 8, 2015. The service information describes procedures for performing repetitive external DFEC or internal HFEC inspections of the lap splice, inner skin fasteners, at stringer S-14R, STA 440—STA 540, and corrective action if necessary. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We estimate that this AD affects 572 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:
We have received no definitive data that will enable us to provide cost estimates for the on-condition actions specified in this AD.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective September 2, 2016.
None.
(1) This AD applies to all The Boeing Company Model 757-200 and -200CB series airplanes, certificated in any category.
(2) Installation of Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) ST01518SE (
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 53, Fuselage.
This AD was prompted by an evaluation by the design approval holder indicating that the lap splices at stringer S-14R, lower fastener row, are subject to widespread fatigue damage. We are issuing this AD to detect and correct cracking of the fuselage skin lap splice. Such cracking could result in reduced structural integrity of the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
At the applicable time specified in paragraph 1.E., “Compliance,” of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 757-53A0102, dated October 8, 2015, except as required by paragraph (h) of this AD: Do an external dual frequency eddy current inspection or internal high frequency eddy current inspection for cracking of the lap splice, inner skin lower fastener row, at stringer S-14R, station (STA) 440 through STA 540, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 757-53A0102, dated October 8, 2015. Repeat either inspection thereafter at the time specified in paragraph 1.E., “Compliance,” of Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 757-53A0102, dated October 8, 2015.
Where Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 757-53A0102, dated October 8, 2015, specifies a compliance time “after the original issue date of this service bulletin,” this AD requires compliance within the specified compliance time after the effective date of this AD.
If any crack is found during any inspection required by this AD, before further flight, repair using a method approved in
(1) The Manager, Los Angeles Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the ACO, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (k) of this AD. Information may be emailed to:
(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.
(3) An AMOC that provides an acceptable level of safety may be used for any repair, modification, or alteration required by this AD if it is approved by the Boeing Commercial Airplanes ODA that has been authorized by the Manager, Los Angeles ACO, to make those findings. To be approved, the repair method, modification deviation, or alteration deviation must meet the certification basis of the airplane, and the approval must specifically refer to this AD.
(4) Except as required by paragraph (h) of this AD: For service information that contains steps that are labeled as Required for Compliance (RC), the provisions of paragraphs (j)(4)(i) and (j)(4)(ii) of this AD apply.
(i) The steps labeled as RC, including substeps under an RC step and any figures identified in an RC step, must be done to comply with the AD. An AMOC is required for any deviations to RC steps, including substeps and identified figures.
(ii) Steps not labeled as RC may be deviated from using accepted methods in accordance with the operator's maintenance or inspection program without obtaining approval of an AMOC, provided the RC steps, including substeps and identified figures, can still be done as specified, and the airplane can be put back in an airworthy condition.
For more information about this AD, contact Eric Schrieber, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe Branch, ANM-120L, FAA, Los Angeles ACO, 3960 Paramount Boulevard, Lakewood, CA 90712-4137; phone: 562-627-5348; fax: 562-627-5210; email:
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Boeing Alert Service Bulletin 757-53A0102, dated October 8, 2015.
(ii) Reserved.
(3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Data & Services Management, P. O. Box 3707, MC 2H-65, Seattle, WA 98124-2207; telephone: 206-544-5000, extension 1; fax: 206-766-5680; Internet:
(4) You may view this referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Bombardier, Inc. Model CL-600-2C10 (Regional Jet Series 700, 701, & 702), Model CL-600-2D15 (Regional Jet Series 705), Model CL-600-2D24 (Regional Jet Series 900), and Model CL-600-2E25 (Regional Jet Series 1000) airplanes. This AD was prompted by reports of corrosion found on the slat and flap torque tubes in the slat and flap control system. This AD requires replacement of the slat and flap torque tubes in the slat and flap control system. We are issuing this AD to prevent rupture of a corroded slat or flap torque tube. This condition could result in an inoperative slat or flap system and consequent reduced controllability of the airplane.
This AD is effective September 2, 2016.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of September 2, 2016.
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Bombardier, Inc., 400 Côte-Vertu Road West, Dorval, Québec H4S 1Y9, Canada; Widebody Customer Response Center North America toll-free telephone: 1-866-538-1247 or direct-dial telephone: 1-514-855-2999; fax: 514-855-7401; email:
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Cesar Gomez, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe and Mechanical Systems Branch, ANE-171, FAA, New York Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), 1600 Stewart Avenue, Suite 410, Westbury, NY 11590; telephone: 516-228-7318; fax: 516-794-5531.
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to certain Bombardier, Inc. Model CL-600-2C10 (Regional Jet Series 700, 701, & 702), Model CL-600-2D15 (Regional Jet Series 705), Model CL-600-2D24 (Regional Jet Series 900), and Model CL-600-2E25 (Regional Jet Series
Transport Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA), which is the aviation authority for Canada, has issued Canadian AD CF-2016-03R1, dated February 18, 2016 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for certain Bombardier, Inc. Model CL-600-2C10 (Regional Jet Series 700, 701, & 702), Model CL-600-2D15 (Regional Jet Series 705), Model CL-600-2D24 (Regional Jet Series 900), and Model CL-600-2E25 (Regional Jet Series 1000) airplanes. The MCAI states:
There have been a number of reports of corrosion found on the torque tubes in the slat and flap control system. Investigation revealed that the current design of the flap and slat torque tubes do not have proper corrosion protection and are not entirely sealed which leads to moisture ingress and internal corrosion. A corroded tube may rupture resulting in an inoperative slat or flap system, or in a worst case scenario, could result in reduced controllability of the aeroplane. This [Canadian] AD mandates the replacement of affected slat and flap system torque tubes with [new or] modified torque tubes.
This [Canadian] AD was revised to add the statement that accomplishment of the initial Service Bulletin (SB) 670BA-27-067, dated 15 January 2015 also meets the requirements of this AD and to correct the editorial error for the release date of SB 670BA-27-067, Revision A.
You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. We considered the comment received. The commenter supported the NPRM.
We reviewed the relevant data, considered the comment received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD as proposed except for minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
We reviewed Bombardier Service Bulletin 670BA-27-067, Revision A, dated February 23, 2015. This service information describes procedures for replacement of the slat and flap torque tubes in the slat and flap control system. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We estimate that this AD affects 509 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:
According to the manufacturer, some of the costs of this AD may be covered under warranty, thereby reducing the cost impact on affected individuals. We do not control warranty coverage for affected individuals. As a result, we have included all costs in our cost estimate.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective September 2, 2016.
None.
This AD applies to the airplanes, certificated in any category, identified in paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2), (c)(3), and (c)(4) of this AD.
(1) Bombardier, Inc. Model CL-600-2C10 (Regional Jet Series 700, 701, & 702) airplanes, serial numbers 10002 through 10342 inclusive.
(2) Bombardier, Inc. Model CL-600-2D15 (Regional Jet Series 705) airplanes, serial numbers 15001 through 15361 inclusive.
(3) Bombardier, Inc. Model CL-600-2D24 (Regional Jet Series 900) airplanes, serial numbers 15001 through 15361 inclusive.
(4) Bombardier, Inc. Model CL-600-2E25 (Regional Jet Series 1000) airplanes, serial numbers 19001 through 19041 inclusive.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 27, Flight controls.
This AD was prompted by reports of corrosion found on the slat and flap torque tubes in the slat and flap control system. We are issuing this AD to prevent rupture of a corroded slat or flap torque tube. This condition could result in an inoperative slat or flap system and consequent reduced controllability of the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
Within the compliance times specified in paragraph (g)(1), (g)(2), or (g)(3) of this AD, as applicable: Replace the slat and flap torque tubes in the slat and flap control system with new or modified slat and flap torque tubes, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Bombardier Service Bulletin 670BA-27-067, Revision A, dated February 23, 2015.
(1) For airplanes that have accumulated 28,000 total flight hours or less as of the effective date of this AD, or 137 months or less since the date of issuance of the original Canadian certificate of airworthiness or date of issuance of the original Canadian export certificate of airworthiness as of the effective date of this AD: Before the accumulation of 34,000 total flight hours or within 167 months since the date of issuance of the original Canadian certificate of airworthiness or date of issuance of the original Canadian export certificate of airworthiness, whichever occurs first.
(2) For airplanes that have accumulated more than 28,000 total flight hours but not more than 36,000 total flight hours as of the effective date of this AD, and more than 137 months but not more than 176 months since the date of issuance of the original Canadian certificate of airworthiness or date of issuance of the original Canadian export certificate of airworthiness as of the effective date of this AD: At the earlier of the times specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) and (g)(2)(ii) of this AD.
(i) Within 6,000 flight hours or 30 months, whichever occurs first, after the effective date of this AD.
(ii) Before the accumulation of 38,000 total flight hours, or within 186 months since the date of issuance of the original Canadian certificate of airworthiness or date of issuance of the original Canadian export certificate of airworthiness, whichever occurs first.
(3) For airplanes that have accumulated more than 36,000 total flight hours as of the effective date of this AD, or more than 176 months since the date of issuance of the original Canadian certificate of airworthiness or date of issuance of the original Canadian export certificate of airworthiness as of the effective date of this AD: Within 2,000 flight hours or 10 months, whichever occurs first, after the effective date of this AD.
This paragraph provides credit for actions required by paragraph (g) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using Bombardier Service Bulletin 670BA-27-067, dated January 15, 2015.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1) Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) Canadian AD CF-2016-03R1, dated February 18, 2016, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(2) Service information identified in this AD that is not incorporated by reference is available at the addresses specified in paragraphs (k)(3) and (k)(4) of this AD.
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Bombardier Service Bulletin 670BA-27-067, Revision A, dated February 23, 2015.
(ii) Reserved.
(3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Bombardier, Inc., 400 Côte-Vertu Road West, Dorval, Québec H4S 1Y9, Canada; Widebody Customer Response Center North America toll-free telephone: 1-866-538-1247 or direct-dial telephone: 1-514-855-2999; fax: 514-855-7401; email:
(4) You may view this service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.
Final rule.
The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission) directs the North American Electric Reliability Corporation to develop a new or modified Reliability Standard that addresses supply chain risk management for industrial control system hardware, software, and computing and networking services
This rule is effective September 27, 2016.
Daniel Phillips (Technical Information), Office of Electric Reliability, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, (202) 502-6387,
Simon Slobodnik (Technical Information), Office of Electric Reliability, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, (202) 502-6707,
Kevin Ryan (Legal Information), Office of the General Counsel, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, (202) 502-6840,
1. Pursuant to section 215(d)(5) of the Federal Power Act (FPA),
2. The record developed in this proceeding supports our determination under FPA section 215(d)(5) that it is appropriate to direct the creation of mandatory requirements that protect aspects of the supply chain that are within the control of responsible entities and that fall within the scope of our authority under FPA section 215. Specifically, we direct NERC to develop a forward-looking, objective-based Reliability Standard to require each affected entity to develop and implement a plan that includes security controls for supply chain management for industrial control system hardware, software, and services associated with bulk electric system operations.
3. Section 215 of the FPA requires a Commission-certified Electric Reliability Organization (ERO) to develop mandatory and enforceable Reliability Standards, subject to Commission review and approval. Reliability Standards may be enforced by the ERO, subject to Commission oversight, or by the Commission independently.
4. The NOPR,
5. Recognizing that developing supply chain management requirements would likely be a significant undertaking and require extensive engagement with stakeholders to define the scope, content, and timing of the Reliability Standard, the Commission sought comment on: (1) the general proposal to direct that NERC develop a Reliability Standard to address supply chain management; (2) the anticipated features of, and requirements that should be included in, such a standard; and (3) a reasonable timeframe for development of a Reliability Standard.
6. In response to the NOPR, thirty-four entities submitted comments on the NOPR proposal regarding supply chain risk management. A list of these commenters appears in Appendix A.
7. On January 28, 2016, Commission staff led a Technical Conference to facilitate a dialogue on supply chain risk management issues that were identified by the Commission in the NOPR. The January 28 Technical Conference addressed: (1) The need for a new or modified Reliability Standard; (2) the scope and implementation of a new or modified Reliability Standard; and (3) current supply chain risk management practices and collaborative efforts.
8. Twenty-four entities representing industry, government, vendors, and academia participated in the January 28 Technical Conference through written comments and/or presentations.
9. We address below the comments submitted in response to the NOPR and comments made as part of the January 28 Technical Conference.
10. Pursuant to section 215(d)(5) of the FPA, the Commission determines that it is appropriate to direct NERC to develop a new or modified Reliability Standard(s) that address supply chain risk management for industrial control system hardware, software, and computing and networking services associated with bulk electric system
11. In its NOPR comments, NERC acknowledges that “supply chains for information and communications technology and industrial control systems present significant risks to [Bulk-Power System] security, providing various opportunities for adversaries to initiate cyberattacks.”
12. We recognize, however, that most commenters oppose development of Reliability Standards addressing supply chain management for various reasons. These commenters contend that Commission action on supply chain risk management would, among other things, address or influence activities beyond the scope of the Commission's FPA section 215 jurisdiction.
13. As discussed below, we conclude that our directive falls within the Commission's authority under FPA section 215. We also determine that, notwithstanding the concerns raised by commenters opposed to the NOPR proposal, it is appropriate to direct the development of mandatory requirements to protect industrial control system hardware, software, and computing and networking services associated with bulk electric system operations. Many of the commenters' concerns are addressed by the flexibility inherent in our directive to develop a forward-looking, objective-based Reliability Standard that includes specific security objectives that a responsible entity must achieve, but affords flexibility in how to meet these objectives. The Commission does not require NERC to impose any specific controls nor does the Commission require NERC to propose “one-size-fits-all” requirements. The new or modified Reliability Standard should instead require responsible entities to develop a plan to meet the four objectives, or some equally efficient and effective means to meet these objectives, while providing flexibility to responsible entities as to how to meet those objectives. Moreover, our directive comports well with the NOPR comments submitted by NERC, in which NERC explained what it believes would be the features of a workable supply chain management Reliability Standard.
14. We address below the following issues raised in the NOPR, NOPR comments, and January 28 Technical Conference comments: (1) the Commission's authority to direct the ERO to develop supply chain management Reliability Standards under FPA section 215(d)(5); and (2) the need for supply chain management Reliability Standards, including the risks posed by the supply chain, objectives of a supply chain management Reliability Standard, existing CIP Reliability Standards, and responsible entities' ability to affect the supply chain.
15. In the NOPR, the Commission stated that it anticipates that a Reliability Standard addressing supply chain management security would,
16. Commenters contend that the Commission's proposal to direct NERC to develop mandatory Reliability Standards to address supply chain risks could exceed the Commission's
17. Southern states that it agrees with the Trade Associations that expanding the focus of the NERC Reliability Standards “to include concepts such as security, integrity, and supply chain resilience is beyond the statutory authority granted in Section 215.”
18. Southern questions how a mandatory Reliability Standard that achieves all of the objectives specified in the NOPR “could effectively address [the Commission's] concerns and still stay within the bounds of [the Commission's] scope and mission under Section 215.”
19. The Trade Associations and Southern also observe that, while the NOPR indicates that the Commission has no direct oversight authority over third-party suppliers or vendors and cannot indirectly assert authority over them through jurisdictional entities, the NOPR proposal appears to assert that authority.
20. The Trade Associations also maintain that the Commission's use of the term “industrial control system” in the scope of its proposal suggests that the Commission is seeking to address issues beyond CIP and cybersecurity-related issues. The Trade Associations seek clarification that the Commission does not intend for NERC broadly to address industrial control systems, such as fuel procurement and delivery systems or system protection devices, but intends for its proposal to be limited to CIP and cybersecurity-related issues.
21. We are satisfied that FPA section 215 provides the Commission with the authority to direct NERC to address the reliability gap concerning supply chain management risks identified in the NOPR. We reject the contention that our directive could be read to address issues outside of the Commission's FPA section 215 jurisdiction. However, to be clear, we reiterate the statement in the NOPR that any action taken by NERC in response to the Commission's directive to address the supply chain-related reliability gap should respect “section 215 jurisdiction by only addressing the obligations of responsible entities” and “not directly impose obligations on suppliers, vendors or other entities that provide products or services to responsible entities.”
22. Our directive does not suggest, as the Trade Associations contend, a new mandate above and beyond FPA section 215. The Commission's directive to NERC to address supply chain risk management for industrial control system hardware, software, and computing and networking services associated with bulk electric system operations is not intended to “define `energy security' as a new policy mandate” under the CIP Reliability Standards.
23. We reject Southern's argument that FPA section 215 limits the scope of the NERC Reliability Standards to “ensur[ing] that a given BES Cyber System asset is protected from vulnerabilities once connected” to the bulk electric system.
24. With regard to concerns that the NOPR's use of the term “industrial control system” signals the Commission's intent to address issues beyond the CIP Reliability Standards or cybersecurity controls, we clarify that our directive is only intended to address the protection of hardware, software, and computing and networking services associated with bulk electric system operations from supply chain-related cybersecurity threats and vulnerabilities.
25. In the NOPR, the Commission observed that the global supply chain, while providing an opportunity for significant benefits to customers, enables opportunities for adversaries to directly or indirectly affect the operations of companies that may result in risks to the end user. The NOPR identified supply chain risks including the insertion of counterfeits, unauthorized production, tampering, theft, or insertion of malicious software, as well as poor manufacturing and development practices. The NOPR pointed to changes in the bulk electric system cyber threat landscape, evidenced by recent malware campaigns targeting supply chain vendors, which highlighted a gap in the protections under the current CIP Reliability Standards.
26. Specifically, the NOPR identified two focused malware campaigns identified by the Department of Homeland Security's Industry Control System—Computer Emergency Readiness Team (ICS-CERT) in 2014.
27. NERC acknowledges the NOPR's concerns regarding the threats posed by supply chain management risks to the Bulk-Power System. NERC states that “the supply chains for information and communications technology and industrial control systems present significant risks to [Bulk-Power System] security, providing various opportunities for adversaries to initiate cyberattacks.”
28. IRC, Peak, Idaho Power, CyberArk, NEMA, Resilient Societies and other commenters share the NOPR's concern that supply chain risks pose a threat to bulk electric system reliability. IRC states that it supports the Commission's efforts to address the risks associated with supply chain management.
29. Idaho Power agrees “that the supply chain could pose an attack vector for certain risks to the bulk electric system.”
30. Other commenters do not agree that the risks identified in the NOPR support the Commission's NOPR proposal. The Trade Associations, Southern, and NIPSCO contend that the two malware campaigns identified by ICS-CERT and cited in the NOPR do not actually represent a changed threat landscape that defines a reliability gap. Specifically, the Trade Associations state that the two identified malware campaigns “seek to inject malware, while a product is in the control of and in use by the customer and not, as the NOPR suggests, the vendor.”
31. The Trade Associations and Southern also contend that there is no information from various NERC programs and activities that leads to a reasonable conclusion that supply chain management issues have caused events or disturbances on the bulk electric
32. We find ample support in the record to conclude that supply chain management risks pose a threat to bulk electric system reliability. As NERC commented, “the supply chains for information and communications technology and industrial control systems present significant risks to [Bulk-Power System] security, providing various opportunities for adversaries to initiate cyberattacks.”
33. Even among the comments opposed to the NOPR, there is acknowledgment that supply chain reliability risks exist. The Trade Associations state that their “respective members have identified security issues associated with potential supply chain disruption or compromise as being a significant threat.”
34. We disagree with the Trade Associations' arguments suggesting that the two malware campaigns identified in the NOPR do not represent a change in the threat landscape to the bulk electric system. First, while the Trade Associations are correct that the ICS-CERT alerts referenced in the NOPR describe remediation steps for customers to take in the event of a breach, the vulnerabilities exploited by those campaigns were the direct result of vendor decisions about: (1) How to deliver software patches to their customers and (2) the necessary degree of remote access functionality for their information and communications technology products.
35. The NOPR stated that the reliability goal of a supply chain risk management Reliability Standard should be a forward-looking, objective-driven Reliability Standard that encompasses activities in the system development life cycle: from research and development, design and manufacturing stages (where applicable), to acquisition, delivery, integration, operations, retirement, and eventual disposal of the responsible entity's information and communications technology and industrial control system supply chain equipment and services. The NOPR explained that the Reliability Standard should support and ensure security, integrity, quality, and resilience of the supply chain and the future acquisition of products and services.
36. The NOPR recognized that, due to the breadth of the topic and the individualized nature of many aspects of supply chain management, a Reliability Standard pertaining to supply chain management security should:
• Respect FPA section 215 jurisdiction by only addressing the obligations of responsible entities. A Reliability Standard should not directly impose obligations on suppliers, vendors or other entities that provide products or services to responsible entities.
• Be forward-looking in the sense that the Reliability Standard should not dictate the abrogation or re-negotiation of currently-effective contracts with vendors, suppliers or other entities.
• Recognize the individualized nature of many aspects of supply chain management by setting goals (the “what”), while allowing flexibility in how a responsible entity subject to the
• Given the types of specialty products involved and the diversity of acquisition processes, the Reliability Standard may need to allow exceptions (
• Provide enough specificity so that compliance obligations are clear and enforceable. In particular, the Commission anticipated that a Reliability Standard that simply requires a responsible entity to “have a plan” addressing supply chain management would not suffice. Rather, to adequately address the concerns identified in the NOPR, the Commission stated a Reliability Standard should identify specific controls.
37. The NOPR recognized that, because security controls for supply chain management likely vary greatly with each responsible entity due to variations in individual business practices, the right set of supply chain management security controls should accommodate,
38. NERC states that a Commission directive requiring the development of a supply chain risk management Reliability Standard: (1) Should provide a minimum of two years for Reliability Standard development activities; (2) should clarify that any such Reliability Standard build on existing protections in the CIP Reliability Standards and the practices of responsible entities, and focus primarily on those procedural controls that responsible entities can reasonably be expected to implement during the procurement of products and services associated with bulk electric system operations to manage supply chain risks; and (3) must be flexible to account for differences in the needs and characteristics of responsible entities, the diversity of bulk electric system environments, technologies, risks, and issues related to the limited applicability of mandatory NERC Reliability Standards.
39. While sharing the Commission's concern that supply chain risks pose a threat to bulk electric system reliability, some commenters suggest that the Commission address certain threshold issues before moving forward with the NOPR proposal. IRC notes its concern that the NOPR proposal is overly broad, which IRC states could hamper industry's ability to address the Commission's concerns.
40. NERC, the Trade Associations, Southern, Gridwise, and other commenters request that, should the Commission find it reasonable to direct NERC to develop a new or modified Reliability Standard for supply chain management, the Commission adopt certain principles for NERC to follow in the standards development process. As an initial matter, NERC and other commenters state that the Commission should identify the risks that it intends NERC to address.
41. NERC states that the focus of any supply chain risk management Reliability Standard “should be a set of requirements outlining those procedural controls that entities should take, as purchasers of products and services, to design more secure products and modify the security practices of suppliers, vendors, and other parties throughout the supply chain.”
42. In post-technical conference comments, while still opposing the NOPR proposal, APPA suggests certain parameters that should govern the development of any supply chain-related Reliability Standard.
43. We direct that NERC, pursuant to section 215(d)(5) of the FPA, develop a forward-looking, objective-driven new or modified Reliability Standard to require each affected entity to develop and implement a plan that includes security controls for supply chain management for industrial control system hardware, software, and services associated with bulk electric system operations. Our directive is consistent with the NOPR comments advocating flexibility as to what form the Commission's directive should take.
44. We agree with NERC and other commenters that a supply chain risk management Reliability Standard should be flexible and fall within the scope of what is possible using Reliability Standards under FPA section 215. The directive discussed below, we believe, is consistent with both points. In particular, the flexibility inherent in our directive should account for, among other things, differences in the needs and characteristics of responsible entities and the diversity of BES Cyber System environments, technologies and risks. For example, the new or modified Reliability Standard may allow a responsible entity to meet the security objectives discussed below by having a plan to apply different controls based on the criticality of different assets. And by directing NERC to develop a new or modified Reliability Standard, the Commission affords NERC the option of modifying existing Reliability Standards to satisfy our directive. Finally, we direct NERC to submit the new or modified Reliability Standard within one year of the effective date of this Final Rule.
45. The plan required by the new or modified Reliability Standard developed by NERC should address, at a minimum, the following four specific security objectives in the context of addressing supply chain management risks: (1) Software integrity and authenticity; (2) vendor remote access; (3) information system planning; and (4) vendor risk management and procurement controls. Responsible entities should be required to achieve these four objectives but have the flexibility as to how to reach the objective (
46. The new or modified Reliability Standard should also require a periodic reassessment of the utility's selected controls. Consistent with or similar to the requirement in Reliability Standard CIP-003-6, Requirement R1, the Reliability Standard should require the responsible entity's CIP Senior Manager to review and approve the controls adopted to meet the specific security objectives identified in the Reliability Standard at least every 15 months. This periodic assessment should better ensure that the required plan remains up-to-date, addressing current and emerging supply chain-related concerns and vulnerabilities.
47. Also, consistent with this reliance on an objectives-based approach, and as part of this periodic review and approval, the responsible entity's CIP Senior Manager should consider any guidance issued by NERC, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) or other relevant authorities for the planning, procurement, and operation of industrial control systems and supporting information systems equipment since the prior approval, and identify any changes made to address the recent guidance. This periodic reconsideration will help ensure an ongoing, affirmative process for reviewing and, when appropriate, incorporating such guidance.
48. The new or modified Reliability Standard must address verification of: (1) The identity of the software publisher for all software and patches that are intended for use on BES Cyber Systems; and (2) the integrity of the software and patches before they are installed in the BES Cyber System environment.
49. This objective is intended to reduce the likelihood that an attacker could exploit legitimate vendor patch management processes to deliver compromised software updates or patches to a BES Cyber System. One of the two focused malware campaigns identified by ICS-CERT in 2014 utilized similar tactics, executing what is commonly referred to as a “Watering Hole” attack
50. As NERC recognizes in its NOPR comments, NIST SP-800-161 “establish[es] instructional reference points for NERC and its stakeholders to leverage in evaluating the appropriate framework for and security controls to include in any mandatory supply chain management Reliability Standard.”
51. The new or modified Reliability Standard must address responsible entities' logging and controlling all third-party (
52. This objective addresses the threat that vendor credentials could be stolen and used to access a BES Cyber System without the responsible entity's knowledge, as well as the threat that a compromise at a trusted vendor could traverse over an unmonitored connection into a responsible entity's BES Cyber System. The theft of legitimate user credentials appears to have been a critical aspect to the successful execution of the 2015 cyberattack on Ukraine's power grid.
53. DHS noted the importance of controlling vendor remote access in its alert on the Ukrainian cyberattack: “Remote persistent vendor connections should not be allowed into the control network. Remote access should be operator controlled, time limited, and procedurally similar to “lock out, tag out.” The same remote access paths for vendor and employee connections can be used; however, double standards should not be allowed.”
54. NIST SP-800-53 and NIST SP-800-161 provide several security controls which, when taken together, reduce the probability that an attacker could use legitimate third-party access to compromise responsible entity information systems. In the Systems and Communications (SC) control family, for example, control SC-7 addressing boundary protection requires that an entity implement appropriate monitoring and control mechanisms and processes at the boundary between the entity and its suppliers, and that provisions for boundary protections should be incorporated into agreements with suppliers. These protections are applied regardless of whether the remote access session is user-initiated or interactive in nature.
55. In the Access Control (AC) control family, control AC-17 requires usage restrictions, configuration/connection requirements, and monitoring and control for remote access sessions, including the entity's ability to expeditiously disconnect or disable remote access. In the Identification and Authentication (IA) control family, control IA-5 requires changing default “authenticators” (
56. The new or modified Reliability Standard must address how a responsible entity will include security considerations as part of its information system planning and system development lifecycle processes. As part of this objective, the new or modified Reliability Standard must address a responsible entity's CIP Senior Manager's (or delegate's) identification and documentation of the risks of proposed information system planning and system development actions. This objective is intended to ensure adequate consideration of these risks, as well as the available options for hardening the responsible entity's information system and minimizing the attack surface.
57. This third objective addresses the risk that responsible entities could unintentionally plan to procure and install unsecure equipment or software within their information systems, or could unintentionally fail to anticipate security issues that may arise due to their network architecture or during technology and vendor transitions. For example, the BlackEnergy malware campaign identified by ICS-CERT and referenced in the NOPR resulted from the remote exploitation of previously unidentified vulnerabilities, which allowed attackers to remotely execute malicious code on remotely accessible devices.
58. NIST SP 800-53 and SP 800-161 provide several controls which, when taken together, reduce the likelihood that an information system will be deployed and/or remain in service with potential vulnerabilities that have not been identified or adequately considered. For example, in the NIST SP 800-53 Systems Acquisition (SA) control family, control SA-3 provides that organizations should: (1) Manage information systems using an organizationally-defined system development life cycle that incorporates information security considerations; and (2) integrate the organizational information security risk management process into system development life cycle activities.
59. The new or modified Reliability Standard must address the provision and verification of relevant security concepts in future contracts for industrial control system hardware, software, and computing and networking services associated with bulk electric system operations. Specifically, NERC must address controls for the following topics: (1) Vendor security event notification processes; (2) vendor personnel termination notification for employees with access to remote and onsite systems; (3) product/services vulnerability disclosures, such as accounts that are able to bypass authentication or the presence of hardcoded passwords; (4) coordinated incident response activities; and (5) other related aspects of procurement. NERC should also consider provisions to help responsible entities obtain necessary information from their vendors to minimize potential disruptions from vendor-related security events.
60. This fourth objective addresses the risk that responsible entities could enter into contracts with vendors who pose significant risks to their information systems, as well as the risk that products procured by a responsible entity fail to meet minimum security criteria. In addition, this objective addresses the risk that a compromised vendor would not provide adequate notice and related incident response to responsible entities with whom that vendor is connected.
61. The Department of Energy (DOE) Cybersecurity Procurement Language for Energy Delivery Systems document outlines security principles and controls for entities to consider when designing and procuring control system products and services (
62. NIST SP 800-161 also provides specific recommendations in control SA-4 pertaining to systems acquisition processes, which are relevant for consideration during the standards development process, including but not limited to: (1) Defining requirements that cover regulatory requirements (
63. NERC comments that although the CIP Reliability Standards do not explicitly address supply chain procurement practices, existing requirements mitigate the supply chain risks identified in the NOPR. In particular, NERC states that requirements in Reliability Standards CIP-004-6, CIP-005-5, CIP-006-6, CIP-007-6, CIP-008-5, CIP-009-6, CIP-010-2, and CIP-011-2 “include controls that correspond to controls in NIST SP 800-161.”
64. For example, NERC explains that responsible entity compliance with Reliability Standard CIP-004-6, addressing the implementation of cybersecurity awareness programs, may include reinforcement of cybersecurity practices to mitigate supply chain risks. NERC also states that requirements in Reliability Standard CIP-004-6 (addressing personnel risk assessment) and requirements in Reliability Standards CIP-004-6, CIP-005-5, CIP-006-6, CIP-007-6, and CIP-010-2 (addressing electronic and physical access) apply to any outside vendors or contractors.
65. The Trade Associations, Arkansas, G&T Cooperatives, NIPSCO, Luminant, Southern, NextEra, and SCE contend that the existing CIP Reliability Standards, at least partly, address supply chain risks that are within a responsible entity's control.
66. The Trade Associations state that, while the existing CIP Reliability Standards do not contain explicit provisions addressing supply chain management, “transmission owners and operators already have significant responsibilities to perform under various Commission-approved CIP standards that already address supply chain issues.”
67. The Trade Associations also contend that the CIP Reliability Standards provide adequate vendor remote access protections by mandating: (1) Controls that restrict personnel access (physical and electronic) to protected information systems; (2) controls that prevent direct access to applicable systems for interactive remote access sessions using routable protocols; (3) the use of encryption for connections extending outside of an electronic security perimeter; (4) the use of two factor authentication when accessing medium and high impact systems; and (5) integration controls which require changing known default accounts and passwords.
68. NIPSCO, Luminant, and G&T Cooperatives point to Reliability Standard CIP-007-6 as an existing Reliability Standard that addresses supply chain risks. Reliability Standard CIP-007-6 requires responsible entities to have processes under which only necessary ports and services should be enabled; security patches should be tracked, evaluated, and installed on applicable BES Cyber Systems; and anti-virus software or other prevention tools should be used to prevent the introduction and propagation of malicious software on all Cyber Assets within an Electronic Security Perimeter.
69. Commenters also identify existing voluntary guidelines that, they contend, augment the existing CIP Reliability Standards to further address any potential risks posed by the supply chain. Southern points to voluntary cybersecurity procurement guidance materials developed by the DHS and the DOE as examples of procurement language that could be used in the course of vendor negotiations. Southern states that the DHS and DOE guidelines recognize the need for flexibility and allow for multiple contractual approaches.
70. Commenters suggest that the Commission direct NERC to develop cybersecurity procurement guidance documents as opposed to a mandatory Reliability Standard. AEP, NextEra, and Southern state that the Commission could direct NERC to develop guidance documents addressing supply chain risk management based, in part, on the DHS and DOE voluntary cybersecurity procurement guidance materials.
71. While we recognize that existing CIP Reliability Standards include requirements that address aspects of supply chain management, we determine that existing Reliability Standards do not adequately protect against supply chain risks that are within a responsible entity's control. Specifically, we find that existing CIP Reliability Standards do not provide adequate protection for the four aspects of supply chain risk management that underlie the four objectives for a new or modified Reliability Standard discussed above.
72. With regard to software integrity and authenticity, we agree with commenters who state that the existing CIP Reliability Standards contain requirements for responsible entities to implement a patch management process for tracking, evaluating, and installing cybersecurity patches and to implement processes to detect, prevent, and mitigate the threat of malicious code. These provisions, however, do not require responsible entities to verify the identity of the software publisher for all software and patches that are intended for use on their BES Cyber Systems or to verify the integrity of the software and patches before they are installed in the BES Cyber System environment.
73. Mandatory controls in the existing CIP Reliability Standards referenced by commenters do not provide sufficient protection against attacks that compromise software and software patch integrity and authenticity. For example, while Reliability Standard CIP-007-6, Requirement R2 requires responsible entities to enforce a patch management process for tracking, evaluating, and installing cyber security patches for applicable systems, including evaluating security patches for applicability, the requirement does not address mechanisms to acquire the patch file from a vendor in a secure manner and methods to validate the integrity of a patch file before installation.
74. With respect to mandatory configuration controls, Reliability Standard CIP-010-2, Requirement R1 requires responsible entities to authorize and document all changes to baseline configurations and, where technically feasible, test patches in a test environment before installing. However, NERC's technical guidance document for CIP-010-2, Requirement R1, Part 1.2 does not require the authorizer to first verify the authenticity of a patch. Similarly, the testing of patches in a test environment under Requirement R1.5 would likely provide insufficient protection as many malware variants are programmed to execute only after the system is rebooted several times. Regarding patch source monitoring, the guidelines and technical basis section for Reliability Standard CIP-007-6 suggests that responsible entities should obtain security patches from original sources, where possible, and indicates that patches should be approved or certified by another source before being assessed and applied.
75. In sum, the current CIP Reliability Standards do contain certain controls addressing the risks posed by malware, as stated by commenters. Verifying software integrity and authenticity, however, is a reasonable and appropriate complement to these controls, is not required by the current Standards, and is supported by the
76. On the subject of vendor remote access, which includes vendor user-initiated Interactive Remote Access and vendor machine-to-machine remote access, existing CIP Reliability Standards contain system access requirements, including a requirement for security event monitoring. However, the CIP Reliability Standards do not require remote access session logging for machine-to-machine remote access, nor do they address the ability to monitor or close unsafe remote connections for both vendor Interactive Remote Access and vendor machine-to-machine remote access.
77. The existing requirements referenced by NERC, the Trade Associations, and other commenters do not adequately address access restrictions for vendors. For example, while Reliability Standard CIP-004-6, Requirements R4 and R5 provide controls that must be applied to vendors such as restricting access to individuals “based on need,” these Requirements do not include post-authorization logging or control of remote access. The existing CIP Reliability Standards do not require a responsible entity to monitor data traffic that traverses remote communication to their BES Cyber Systems. The absence of post-authorization monitoring and logging presents an opportunity for unmonitored malicious or otherwise inappropriate remote communication to or from a BES Cyber System. The inability of a responsible entity to rapidly terminate a connection may allow malicious or otherwise inappropriate communication to propagate, contributing to a degradation of a BES Cyber Asset's function. Enhanced visibility into remote communications and the ability to rapidly terminate a remote communication could mitigate such a vulnerability.
78. Reliability Standard CIP-005-5, Requirement R1 provides controls for vendor machine-to-machine and vendor user-initiated Interactive Remote Access sessions by restricting all inbound and outbound communications through an identified Electronic Access Point for bi-directional routable protocol connections. Reliability Standard CIP-005-5, Requirement R2 provides controls for vendor interactive remote access sessions by requiring the use of encryption and requiring multi-factor authentication. However, the provisions of Reliability Standard CIP-005-5, Requirement R2 addressing interactive remote access management do not apply to vendor machine-to-machine remote access. The Reliability Standard CIP-005-5, Requirement R2 controls addressing interactive remote access management only apply to remote connections that are user-initiated (
79. For both Interactive Remote Access and machine-to-machine remote access, Reliability Standard CIP-007-6, Requirement R3 requires monitoring for malicious code and Requirement R4 requires logging of successful and unsuccessful login attempts, as well as logging detected malicious code. However, Reliability Standard CIP-007-6 does not address the risks posed by inappropriate activity that could occur during a remote communication. The lack of a requirement addressing the detection of inappropriate activity represents a risk because the responsible entity may not be aware if an authorized user is performing inappropriate activity on a BES Cyber Asset via a remote connection. This risk is higher for machine-to-machine communication due to the lack of authentication and encryption requirements in the existing CIP Reliability Standards, lowering the threshold for a malicious actor to execute a man-in-the-middle attack to gain access to a BES Cyber System and conduct inappropriate activity such as reconnaissance or code modification.
80. Therefore, we recognize that the current CIP Reliability Standards do contain certain controls addressing the risks posed by vendor remote access, as noted by commenters. However, the current CIP Reliability Standards do not require monitoring remote access sessions or closing unsafe remote connections for either vendor Interactive Remote Access and vendor machine-to-machine remote access. Accordingly, we determine that vendor remote access is not adequately addressed in the approved CIP Reliability Standards and, therefore, is an objective that must be addressed in the supply chain management plans directed in this final rule.
81. The existing CIP Reliability Standards do not address information system planning. Recent cybersecurity incidents
82. The existing CIP Reliability Standards also do not provide for procurement controls for industrial control system hardware, software, and computing and networking services. As discussed above, procurement controls are intended to address the threat that responsible entities could enter into contracts with vendors who pose significant risks to their information systems or procure products that fail to
83. With regard to commenters' suggestion that the Commission direct NERC to develop cybersecurity procurement guidance documents as opposed to a mandatory Reliability Standard, we agree that the voluntary efforts identified by commenters could provide guidance or otherwise inform NERC's standard development process. We conclude, however, that relying on voluntary guidelines to address the supply chain risks described above is not sufficient to fulfill the Commission's responsibilities under FPA section 215.
84. NERC, G&T Cooperatives, Arkansas and others state that responsible entities have limited influence over vendors and contractors, and, therefore, a limited ability to affect the supply chain for industrial control system hardware, software, and computing and networking services associated with bulk electric system operations.
85. G&T Cooperatives contend that they “have minimal control over their suppliers and are not able to identify all potential vulnerabilities associated with each and every supplier and their products/parts.”
86. NERC, Trade Associations, G&T Cooperatives and Arkansas also raise a concern that the Commission's proposal could place compliance risk on responsible entities for actions beyond their control and, ultimately, incent responsible entities to avoid upgrades that could trigger such compliance risk.
87. G&T Cooperatives state that “placing the compliance risk of vendor and supplier security vulnerability on Responsible Entities could incent Responsible Entities to avoid upgrades to their industrial control system hardware, software, and other services.” G&T Cooperatives explain that there are three primary incentives for a responsible entity to avoid upgrades if faced with compliance risks: (1) New regulations would result in additional costs for vendors and suppliers that would be passed on to the end-user; (2) since security patches are not issued by vendors for unsupported hardware and software, there is less security patch management responsibility for the responsible entity; and (3) avoiding new hardware and software reduces the risk of introducing undetected security threats.
88. Our directive to NERC to develop a new or modified Reliability Standard that addresses the objectives outlined above balances the supply chain risks facing the bulk electric system against any potential challenges raised by vendor relationships. We believe that the concerns raised in comments with respect to responsible entities' relationships with vendors in relation to supply chain risks are valid. Our directive is informed by this concern and reflects a reasonable balance between the risks facing bulk electric system reliability from the supply chain and concerns over vendor relationships. The directive strikes this balance by addressing supply chain risks that are within responsible entities' control, and we do not expect a new or modified supply chain Reliability Standard to impose obligations directly on vendors. Moreover, entities will not be responsible for vendor errors beyond the scope of the controls implemented to comply with the Reliability Standards.
89. With respect to concerns that the Commission's proposal could place compliance risk on responsible entities for actions beyond their control, which some commenters argue would prompt responsible entities to avoid upgrades that could trigger such compliance risk, we reiterate that the intent of the directive is to address supply chain risks that are within the responsible entities' control. As part of NERC's standard development process, we expect NERC to establish provisions addressing compliance obligations in a manner that avoids shifting liability from a vendor for its mistakes to a responsible entity. Finally, we view the argument that a new or modified Reliability Standard will result in a substantial increase in costs to be speculative because, beyond requiring NERC to address the four objectives discussed above, or some equally effective and efficient alternatives, our directive does not require NERC to develop a Reliability Standard that mandates any particular controls or actions.
90. The Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA)
91. The Commission will submit the information collection requirements to OMB for its review and approval. The Commission solicits public comments on its need for this information, whether the information will have practical utility, the accuracy of burden and cost estimates, ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected or retained, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondents' burden, including the use of automated information techniques.
92. The information collection requirements in this Final Rule in Docket No. RM15-14-002 for NERC to develop a new or to modify a Reliability Standard for supply chain risk management, should be part of FERC-725 (Certification of Electric Reliability Organization; Procedures for Electric Reliability Standards (OMB Control No. 1902-0225)). However, there is an unrelated item which is currently pending OMB review under FERC-725, and only one item per OMB Control No. can be pending OMB review at a time. Therefore, the requirements in this Final Rule in RM15-14-002 are being submitted under a new temporary or interim collection number FERC-725(1A) to ensure timely submittal to OMB. In the long-term, Commission staff plans to administratively move the requirements and associated burden of FERC-725(1A) to FERC-725.
93. Burden Estimate and Information Collection Costs: The requirements for the ERO to develop Reliability Standards and to provide data to the Commission are included in the existing FERC-725. FERC-725 includes information used by the Commission to implement the statutory provisions of section 215 of the FPA. FERC-725 includes the burden, reporting and recordkeeping requirements associated with: (a) Self-Assessment and ERO Application, (b) Reliability Assessments, (c) Reliability Standards Development, (d) Reliability Compliance, (e) Stakeholder Survey, and (f) Other Reporting. In addition, the Final Rule will not result in a substantive increase in burden because this requirement to develop standards is covered under FERC-725. However because FERC is using the temporary information collection number, FERC-725(1A), FERC will use “placeholder” estimates of 1 response and 1 burden hour for the burden calculation.
94. The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA)
95. The Commission is required to prepare an Environmental Assessment or an Environmental Impact Statement for any action that may have a significant adverse effect on the human environment.
96. This Final Rule is effective September 27, 2016. The Commission has determined, with the concurrence of the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB, that this rule is not a “major rule” as defined in section 351 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996. This Final Rule is being submitted to the Senate, House, and Government Accountability Office.
97. In addition to publishing the full text of this document in the
98. From the Commission's Home Page on the Internet, this information is available on eLibrary. The full text of this document is available on eLibrary in PDF and Microsoft Word format for viewing, printing, and/or downloading. To access this document in eLibrary, type the docket number of this document, excluding the last three digits, in the docket number field.
User assistance is available for eLibrary and the Commission's Web site during normal business hours from the Commission's Online Support at (202) 502-6652 (toll free at 1-866-208-3676) or email at
By the Commission.
The following Appendix will not appear in the
(Issued July 21, 2016)
LaFLEUR, Commissioner
In today's order, the Commission elects to proceed directly to a Final Rule and require the development of a new reliability standard on supply chain risk management for industrial control system hardware, software, and computing and networking services associated with bulk electric system operations. I fully support the Commission's continued attention to the threat of inadequate supply chain risk management procedures, which pose a very real threat to grid reliability.
However, in my view, the importance and complexity of this issue should guide the Commission to proceed cautiously and thoughtfully in directing the development of a reliability standard to address these threats. I am concerned that the Commission has not adequately considered or vetted the Final Rule, which could hamper the development and implementation of an effective, auditable, and enforceable standard. I believe that the more prudent course of action would be to issue today's Final Rule as a Supplemental Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (Supplemental NOPR), which would provide NERC, industry, and stakeholders the opportunity to comment on the Commission's proposed directives. Accordingly, and as discussed below, I dissent from today's order.
Last July, as part of its NOPR addressing revisions to its cybersecurity critical infrastructure protection (CIP) standards, the Commission raised for the first time the prospect of directing the development of a standard to address risks posed by lack of controls for supply chain management.
The record developed in comments responding to the Supply Chain NOPR and through the January 28, 2016 technical conference reflects a wide diversity of views
Yet, the Commission is proceeding straight to a Final Rule without in my view engaging in sufficient outreach regarding, or adequately vetting, the contents of the Final Rule. As to those contents, it is worth noting that the four objectives that will define the scope and content of the standard were not identified in the Supply Chain NOPR. Therefore, even though the Final Rule reflects feedback received on the Supply Chain NOPR, and is not obviously inconsistent with the Supply Chain NOPR, no party has yet had an opportunity to comment on those objectives or consider how they could be translated into an effective and enforceable standard.
First, I believe that meaningful stakeholder input on the content of any proposed rule is essential to the Commission's deliberative process. This is especially important in our reliability work, as any standard developed by NERC must be approved by stakeholder consensus before it may be filed at the Commission. I do not believe that the record developed to date establishes that the Final Rule will lead to an appropriate solution to address supply chain risks. I note that much of the feedback we received in response to the Supply Chain NOPR was not focused on the merits of particular approaches to address supply chain threats. Yet, in this order, the Commission directs the development of a standard based on objectives not reflected in the Supply Chain NOPR, depriving the public of the ability to comment, and the Commission of the benefit of that public comment.
In retrospect, given both the preliminary nature of the consideration of the issue and the lack of a concrete idea regarding what a proposed standard would look like, I believe that the Supply Chain NOPR was, in substance, a
I am also concerned about the consequences for the standards development process of the Commission's decision to proceed straight to a Final Rule. In particular, I am concerned that the combination of insufficient process and discussion to develop the record and inadequate time for standards development (since the Commission substantially truncated NERC's suggested timeline)
I do not believe that the Final Rule's flexibility is a justification for proceeding straight to a Final Rule. Indeed, given the inadequate process to date, I fear that the flexibility is in fact a lack of guidance and will therefore be a double-edged sword. The Commission is issuing a general directive in the Final Rule, in the hope that the standards team will do what the Commission clearly could not do: translate general supply chain concerns into a clear, auditable, and enforceable standard within the framework of section 215 of the Federal Power Act. While the Commission need not be prescriptive in its standards directives, the Commission's order assumes that the standards development team will be able to take the “objectives” of the Final Rule and translate them into a standard that the Commission will ultimately find acceptable. I believe that issuing a Supplemental NOPR would benefit the standards development process by enabling additional discussion and feedback regarding the design of a workable standard.
A compressed and possibly compromised standards development process also has real consequences for the Commission's consideration of that proposed standard, whenever it is filed for our review. Unlike our authority under section 206 of the FPA, the Commission lacks authority under section 215 to directly modify a flawed reliability standard. Instead, to correct any flaws, the statute requires that we remand the standard to NERC and the standards development process.
Given the realities of the standards development and approval process, we are likely years away from a supply chain standard being implemented, even under the aggressive schedule contemplated in the order. I believe that the Commission should endeavor to provide as much advance guidance as possible before mandating the development of a standard, to increase the likelihood that NERC develops a standard that will be satisfactory to the Commission and reduce the need for a remand. I worry that the limited process that preceded the Final Rule and the expedited timetable will make it extremely difficult for NERC to file a standard that the Commission can cleanly approve. Had the Commission committed itself to conducting adequate outreach, I believe we could have mitigated the likelihood of that outcome, and more effectively and promptly addressed the supply chain threat in the long term. “Delaying” action for a few months thus would, in the long run, lead to prompter and stronger protection for the grid.
The choice the Commission faces today on supply chain risk management is not between action and inaction. Rather, given the importance of this issue, I believe that more considered action and a more developed Commission order, even if delayed by a few months, is better than a quick decision to “do something.” Ultimately, an effective, auditable, and enforceable standard on supply chain management will require thoughtful consideration of the complex challenges of addressing cybersecurity threats posed through the supply chain within the structure of the FERC/NERC reliability process. In my view, the Commission gains very little and does not meaningfully advance the security of the grid by proceeding straight to a Final Rule, rather than taking the time to build a record to support a workable standard.
Accordingly, I respectfully dissent.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Final rule; technical amendment.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or we) is amending our regulations to reflect a change in the address for the Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition (CFSAN). This action is editorial in nature and is intended to improve the accuracy of our regulations.
This rule is effective July 29, 2016.
John Reilly, Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition (HFS-024), Food and Drug Administration, 5001 Campus Dr., College Park, MD 20740.
We are amending our regulations in 21 CFR parts 1, 5, 70, 71, 73, 80, 100, 101, 102, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 112, 117, 118, 130, 161, 170, 171, 172, 173, 175, 176, 177, 178, 180, 181, 184, 189, 190, 211, 507, 701, 710, 720, and 1250 to reflect a change in the address for CFSAN. The street address listed currently in our regulations for CFSAN is 5100 Paint Branch Pkwy., College Park, MD 20740. The street has been renamed and the street number has been changed; the new street address is 5001 Campus Dr., College Park, MD 20740. Consequently, we are amending our regulations to reflect the new street address.
Publication of this document constitutes final action on these changes under the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553). Notice and public procedure are unnecessary because we are merely updating the street address for CFSAN.
Cosmetics, Drugs, Exports, Food labeling, Imports, Labeling, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Authority delegations (Government agencies), Imports, Organization and functions (Government agencies).
Color additives, Cosmetics, Drugs, Labeling, Packaging and containers.
Administrative practice and procedure, Color additives, Confidential business information, Cosmetics, Drugs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Color additives, Cosmetics, Drugs, Medical devices.
Color additives, Cosmetics, Drugs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Administrative practice and procedure, Food labeling, Food packaging, Foods, Intergovernmental relations.
Food labeling, Nutrition, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Beverages, Food grades and standards, Food labeling, Frozen foods, Oils and fats, Onions, Potatoes, Seafood.
Food grades and standards, Infants and children, Nutrition, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Food labeling, Infants and children, Nutrition, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Signs and symbols.
Administrative practice and procedure, Foods, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Food packaging, Foods, Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB's).
Food packaging, Foods.
Foods, Fruits and vegetables, Incorporation by reference, Packaging and containers, Recordkeeping requirements, Safety.
Food packaging, Foods.
Eggs and egg products, Incorporation by reference, Recordkeeping requirements, Safety.
Food additives, Food grades and standards.
Food grades and standards, Frozen foods, Seafood.
Administrative practice and procedure, Food additives, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Administrative practice and procedure, Food additives.
Food additives, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Food additives.
Adhesives, Food additives, Food packaging.
Food additives, Food packaging.
Food additives, Food packaging.
Food additives, Food packaging.
Food additives.
Food additives, Food packaging.
Food additives.
Food additives, Food packaging.
Dietary foods, Foods, Food additives, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Drugs, Labeling, Laboratories, Packaging and containers, Prescription drugs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Warehouses.
Animal foods, Labeling, Packaging and containers, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Cosmetics, Labeling, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Cosmetics.
Confidential business information, Cosmetics.
Air carriers, Foods, Maritime carriers, Motor carriers, Public health, Railroads, Water supply.
Therefore, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and under authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, 21 CFR parts 1, 5, 70, 71, 73, 80, 100, 101, 102, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 112, 117, 118, 130, 161, 170, 171, 172, 173, 175, 176, 177, 178, 180, 181, 184, 189, 190, 211, 507, 701, 710, 720, and 1250 are amended as follows:
15 U.S.C. 1333, 1453, 1454, 1455, 4402; 19 U.S.C. 1490, 1491; 21 U.S.C. 321, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335a, 342i, 343, 350c, 350d, 350e, 352, 355, 360b, 360ccc, 360ccc-1, 360ccc-2, 362, 371, 373, 374, 381, 382, 387, 387a, 387c, 393; 42 U.S.C. 216, 241, 243, 262, 264.
5 U.S.C. 552; 21 U.S.C. 301-397.
21 U.S.C. 321, 341, 342, 343, 348, 351, 360b, 361, 371, 379e.
21 U.S.C. 321, 342, 348, 351, 355, 360, 360b-360f, 360h-360j, 361, 371, 379e, 381; 42 U.S.C. 216, 262.
21 U.S.C. 321, 341, 342, 343, 348, 351, 352, 355, 361, 362, 371, 379e.
21 U.S.C. 371, 379e.
21 U.S.C. 321, 331, 337, 342, 343, 348, 371.
15 U.S.C. 1453, 1454, 1455; 21 U.S.C. 321, 331, 342, 343, 348, 371; 42 U.S.C. 243, 264, 271.
21 U.S.C. 321, 343, 371.
21 U.S.C. 321, 342, 350a, 371.
21 U.S.C. 321, 343, 350a, 371.
21 U.S.C. 342, 344, 371.
21 U.S.C. 321, 336, 342, 346, 346a, 348, 371.
21 U.S.C. 342, 371, 374; 42 U.S.C. 264.
21 U.S.C. 321, 331, 342, 350h, 371; 42 U.S.C. 243, 264, 271.
21 U.S.C. 331, 342, 343, 350d note, 350g, 350g note, 371, 374; 42 U.S.C. 243, 264, 271.
21 U.S.C. 321, 331-334, 342, 371, 381, 393; 42 U.S.C. 243, 264, 271.
21 U.S.C. 321, 336, 341, 343, 371.
21 U.S.C. 321, 341, 343, 348, 371, 379e.
21 U.S.C. 321, 341, 342, 346a, 348, 371.
21 U.S.C. 321, 342, 348, 371.
21 U.S.C. 321, 341, 342, 348, 371, 379e.
21 U.S.C. 321, 342, 348.
21 U.S.C. 321, 342, 348, 379e.
21 U.S.C. 321, 342, 346, 348, 379e.
21 U.S.C. 321, 342, 348, 379e.
21 U.S.C. 321, 342, 348, 379e.
21 U.S.C. 321, 342, 343, 348, 371; 42 U.S.C. 241.
21 U.S.C. 321, 342, 348, 371.
21 U.S.C. 321, 342, 348, 371.
21 U.S.C. 321, 342, 348, 371, 381.
Secs. 201(ff), 301, 402, 413, 701 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 321(ff), 331, 342, 350b, 371).
21 U.S.C. 321, 351, 352, 355, 360b, 371, 374; 42 U.S.C. 216, 262, 263a, 264.
21 U.S.C. 331, 342, 343, 350d note, 350g, 350g note, 371, 374; 42 U.S.C. 243, 264, 271.
21 U.S.C. 321, 352, 361, 362, 363, 371, 374; 15 U.S.C. 1454, 1455.
21 U.S.C. 321, 331, 361, 362, 371, 374.
21 U.S.C. 321, 331, 361, 362, 371, 374.
42 U.S.C. 216, 243, 264, 271.
Office of the Secretary, Office of Natural Resources Revenue (ONRR), Interior.
Final rule.
ONRR convened two technical conferences on November 20, 2015 to discuss amending the boundaries of four of the designated areas it uses to calculate the index-based major portion prices in its regulations. At the technical conferences, the participants discussed issues regarding the appropriate boundary line between the North Fort Berthold and South Fort Berthold Designated Areas and adding additional counties to one or both of the two designated areas in the Uintah and Ouray Reservation.
Elizabeth Dawson, ONRR, telephone at (303) 231-3653, or email to
With this final rule, ONRR amends the four designated areas to define them as follows:
1. North Fort Berthold—all lands within the Fort Berthold Reservation boundary north of the Missouri River, including the Turtle Mountain public domain lease lands north of the Missouri River that the Fort Berthold Agency of the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) administers, with the dividing line of the Missouri River being the county lines that follow the Missouri River.
2. South Fort Berthold—all lands within the Fort Berthold Reservation boundary south of the Missouri River, including the Turtle Mountain public domain lease lands south of the Missouri River that the Fort Berthold Agency of the BIA administers, with the dividing line of the Missouri River being the county lines that follow the Missouri River.
3. Uintah & Ouray—Emery, Uintah, and Grand Counties.
4. Uintah & Ouray—Duchesne, Wasatch, and Carbon Counties.
Under the new Indian Oil Valuation Amendments to 30 CFR 1206.54 (80 FR 24794 dated May 1, 2015), ONRR uses designated areas to calculate index-based major portion prices for lessees to comply with the major portion provisions in their leases. Designated areas are those areas ONRR identifies as unique based on their location and the crude type produced from their respective Indian lands.
When ONRR proposed the new Indian Oil Valuation Amendments, it proposed sixteen initial designated areas. Generally, these designated areas were the Indian reservation boundaries. However, there were five designated areas which were not the reservation boundaries: Oklahoma; North Fort Berthold; South Fort Berthold; Uintah & Ouray: Uintah and Grand Counties; and Uintah and Ouray: Duchesne County.
Under the new Indian Oil Valuation Amendments, to modify or change an existing designated area, ONRR must convene a technical conference. In implementing the new Indian Oil Valuation Amendments, ONRR discovered two potential issues. First, the preamble describes the dividing line between the North Fort Berthold Designated Area and the South Fort Berthold Designated Area as the Little Missouri River. Second, ONRR found at
To address these issues, ONRR held two technical conferences. ONRR published notice of the technical conferences in the
ONRR also solicited comments on the proposed changes through November 30, 2015. On February 17, 2016, ONRR consulted with the Ute Indian Tribe on adding the Wasatch, Carbon, and Emery Counties to the two Uintah and Ouray Designated Areas. Also, on March 4, 2016, ONRR consulted with representatives of the Three Affiliated Tribes on changing the boundary line between the North Fort Berthold and South Fort Berthold Designated Areas.
The final rule and the preamble of the proposed rule specifically allow lessees/operators, Tribes, and Indian mineral owners to petition ONRR to convene a technical conference to review, modify, or add designated areas where there is a significant change that affects the location and quality differentials. The rule has not yet been in effect for a period of time sufficient to demonstrate that there has been a significant change in the market on the Fort Berthold Reservation. Should the markets change in the future, the lessees/operators, Tribes, or individual Indian mineral owners can petition ONRR to change the designated areas in the future. The purpose of this technical conference was to change the boundary between the two Fort Berthold designated areas, not to add another designated area. Therefore, adding a designated area was outside the scope of this technical conference.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulations.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the SR 156/Benjamin Harrison Memorial Bridge across the James River, mile 65.0, at Hopewell, VA. The deviation is necessary to facilitate bridge maintenance and repairs. This deviation
This deviation is effective without actual notice from July 29, 2016 through 6 a.m. on Friday, September 30, 2016. For the purposes of enforcement, actual notice will be used from 8 p.m. on Monday, July 25, 2016, until July 29, 2016.
The docket for this deviation, [USCG-2016-0668] is available at
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Mr. Michael Thorogood, Bridge Administration Branch Fifth District, Coast Guard, telephone 757-398-6557, email
The Virginia Department of Transportation, who owns and operates the SR 156/Benjamin Harrison Memorial Bridge across the James River, mile 65.0, at Hopewell, VA, has requested a temporary deviation from the current operating regulations set out in 33 CFR 117.5, to facilitate replacement of the service elevators for both lift towers, install new electrical wiring, bird screens, and structural steel of the bridge. Under this temporary deviation, the bridge will be in the closed-to-navigation position from 8 p.m. to 6 a.m.; Monday through Thursday; July 25, 2016 to July 29, 2016; August 1, 2016 to August 5, 2016; September 5, 2016 to September 9, 2016; September 12, 2016 to September 16, 2016; and alternative dates from September 19, 2016 to September 23, 2016; and September 26, 2016 to September 30, 2016. The bridge will open for vessels on signal during scheduled closure periods, if at least 24 hours notice is given. The bridge is a vertical lift bridge has a vertical clearance of 50 feet in the closed-to-navigation position above mean water.
The James River is used by a variety of vessels including deep-draft vessels, tug and barge traffic, and recreational vessels. The Coast Guard has carefully coordinated the restrictions with waterway users in publishing this temporary deviation.
Vessels able to pass through the bridge in the closed-to-navigation position may do so at anytime. The bridge will be able to open for emergencies during scheduled closure periods, if at least 30 minutes notice is given. The Coast Guard will also inform the users of the waterway through our Local Notice and Broadcast Notices to Mariners of the change in operating schedule for the bridge so that vessel operators can arrange their transits to minimize any impact caused by the temporary deviation.
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Direct final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving a revision to the Alabama State Implementation Plan (SIP) submitted by the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (ADEM) on October 26, 2015. The revision modifies the definition of “volatile organic compounds” (VOC). Specifically, the revision adds three compounds to the list of those excluded from the VOC definition on the basis that these compounds make a negligible contribution to tropospheric ozone formation. This action is being taken pursuant to the Clean Air Act (CAA or Act).
This direct final rule is effective September 27, 2016 without further notice, unless EPA receives adverse comment by August 29, 2016. If EPA receives such comments, it will publish a timely withdrawal of the direct final rule in the
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R04-OAR-2016-0129 at
Richard Wong, Air Regulatory Management Section, Air Planning and Implementation Branch, Air, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 61 Forsyth Street SW., Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960. The telephone number is (404) 562-8726. Mr. Wong can also be reached via electronic mail at
Tropospheric ozone, commonly known as smog, occurs when VOC and nitrogen oxides (NO
Section 302(s) of the CAA specifies that EPA has the authority to define the meaning of “VOC,” and hence what compounds shall be treated as VOC for regulatory purposes. It has been EPA's policy that compounds of carbon with negligible reactivity need not be regulated to reduce ozone and should be excluded from the regulatory definition of VOC.
EPA issued final rules approving the addition of three compounds to the list of those compounds excluded from the regulatory definition of VOC. The three compounds are: trans 1-chloro-3,3,3-trifluoroprop-1-ene (Solstice
On October 26, 2015, ADEM submitted a SIP revision
These changes are consistent with section 110 of the CAA and meet the regulatory requirements pertaining to SIPs. Pursuant to CAA section 110(l), the Administrator shall not approve a revision of a plan if the revision would interfere with any applicable requirement concerning attainment and reasonable further progress (as defined in CAA section 171), or any other applicable requirement of the Act. The revision to Rule 335-3-1-.02(gggg) is approvable under section 110(l) because it reflects changes to federal regulations based on findings that the three aforementioned compounds are negligibly reactive.
In this rule, EPA is finalizing regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, EPA is finalizing the incorporation by reference of Alabama Regulation section 335-3-1-.02 “Definitions,” effective November 24, 2015, which revised the definition of VOC. Therefore, this material has been approved by EPA for inclusion in the State implementation plan, has been incorporated by reference by EPA into that plan, is fully federally enforceable under sections 110 and 113 of the CAA as of the effective date of the final rulemaking of EPA's approval, and will be incorporated by reference by the Director of the Federal Register in the next update to the SIP compilation.
Pursuant to section 110 of the CAA, EPA is approving the revision to the Alabama SIP changing the VOC definition. EPA has evaluated Alabama's October 26, 2015, submittal and has determined that it meets the applicable requirements of the CAA and EPA regulations and is consistent with EPA policy.
EPA is publishing this rule without prior proposal because the Agency views this as a noncontroversial submittal and anticipates no adverse comments. However, in the proposed rules section of this
If EPA receives such comments, then EPA will publish a document withdrawing the final rule and informing the public that the rule will not take effect. All public comments received will then be addressed in a subsequent final rule based on the proposed rule. EPA will not institute a second comment period. Parties interested in commenting should do so at this time. If no such comments are received, the public is advised that this rule will be effective on September 27, 2016 and no further action will be taken on the proposed rule.
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable federal regulations.
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), nor will it impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by September 27, 2016. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. Parties with objections to this direct final rule are encouraged to file a comment in response to the parallel notice of proposed rulemaking for this action published in the proposed rules section of today's
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(c) * * *
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
This action proposes to amend Class E en route airspace around the Iron Mountain VHF omnidirectional range/distance measuring equipment, Iron Mountain, MI. This action would add additional airspace to facilitate the vectoring of Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) aircraft under control of the Minneapolis Air Route Traffic Control Center (ARTCC) in the Great Lakes area located north and northwest of the Iron Mountain, MI, VHF Omnidirectional Range/Distance Measuring Equipment (VOR/DME) navigation aid. This proposed action would enhance the safety and management of aircraft operations within the National Airspace System (NAS).
Comments must be received on or before September 12, 2016.
Send comments on this proposal to the U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590; telephone (202) 366-9826. You must identify FAA Docket No. FAA-2016-6271; Docket No. 16-AGL-15, at the beginning of your comments. You may also submit comments through the Internet at
FAA Order 7400.9Z, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, and subsequent amendments can be viewed online at
FAA Order 7400.9, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, is published yearly and effective on September 15.
Raul Garza Jr., Central Service Center, Operations Support Group, Federal Aviation Administration, Southwest Region, 10101 Hillwood Parkway, Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone: 817-222-5874.
The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority. This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part, A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it would establish Class E airspace in the Iron Mountain, MI area.
Interested parties are invited to participate in this proposed rulemaking by submitting such written data, views, or arguments, as they may desire. Comments that provide the factual basis supporting the views and suggestions presented are particularly helpful in developing reasoned regulatory decisions on the proposal. Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, aeronautical, economic, environmental, and energy-related aspects of the proposal. Communications should identify both docket numbers and be submitted in triplicate to the address listed above. Commenters wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments on this notice must submit with those comments a self-addressed, stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: “Comments to Docket No. FAA-2016-6271/Airspace Docket No. 16-AGL-15.” The postcard will be date/time stamped and returned to the commenter.
An electronic copy of this document may be downloaded through the Internet at
You may review the public docket containing the proposal, any comments received and any final disposition in person in the Dockets Office (see
Persons interested in being placed on a mailing list for future NPRMs should contact the FAA's Office of Rulemaking (202) 267-9677, to request a copy of Advisory Circular No. 11-2A, Notice of Proposed Rulemaking Distribution System, which describes the application procedure.
This document would amend FAA Order 7400.9Z, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 6, 2015, and effective September 15, 2015. FAA Order 7400.9Z is publicly available as listed in the
The FAA is proposing an amendment to Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) Part 71 by amending Class E en route airspace in the Iron Mountain, MI, area, for the Iron Mountain VOR/DME. The FAA is proposing to add additional controlled airspace to the southern and northern boundaries of the Iron Mountain en route airspace area, and remove exclusionary information from the regulatory text. This proposed action would provide controlled airspace enabling Minneapolis ARTCC greater latitude to use radar vectors and altitude changes within the entire area north and northwest of the Iron Mountain, MI, VOR/DME and remove unnecessary exclusion language for clarity.
The FAA also would amend Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface at Iron Mountain, MI, to reflect the name change of the navigation aid from Iron Mountain VORTAC to Iron Mountain VOR/DME.
Class E airspace areas are published in Sections 6005 and 6006, respectively, of FAA Order 7400.9Z, dated August 6, 2015, and effective September 15, 2015, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1. The Class E airspace designations listed in this document will be published subsequently in the Order.
The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current, is non-controversial and unlikely to result in adverse or negative comments. It, therefore: (1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that will only affect air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this rule, when promulgated, would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
This proposal will be subject to an environmental analysis in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1F, “Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures” prior to any FAA final regulatory action.
Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (Air).
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 14 CFR part 71 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.
That airspace extending upward from 1,200 feet above the surface within an area bounded by lat. 47°05′00″ N., long. 086°40′39″ W.; to lat. 47°05′00″ N., long. 088°27′44″ W.; to the Iron Mountain VOR/DME; to lat. 46°16′21″ N., long. 089°47′13″ W.; to lat. 46°52′34″ N., long. 090°13′09″ W. on the eastern boundary of the Wisconsin E5 airspace area; then northeast along the boundary of the Wisconsin and Minnesota E5 airspace areas to the intersection of the 35 NM radius of the Thunder Bay Airport; then counterclockwise along the 35 NM radius of the Thunder Bay Airport to the intersection of the southern boundary of the Upper Peninsula E6 airspace area; then southeast along the boundary of the Upper Peninsula E6 airspace area to the point of beginning.
That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within an 8.7-mile radius of Iron Mountain VOR/DME, and within 5.2 miles west and 8.3 miles east of the Iron Mountain ILS localizer south course extending from the 8.7-mile radius to 21 miles south of the Iron Mountain/Kingsford, Ford Airport, and within 4.4 miles each side of the Iron Mountain ILS localizer north course extending from the 8.7-mile radius to 16 miles north of the airport.
Office of the Secretary, Department of Transportation.
Notice of fourth public meeting of advisory committee.
This notice announces the fourth meeting of the Advisory Committee on Accessible Air Transportation (ACCESS Advisory Committee).
The fourth meeting of the ACCESS Advisory Committee will be held on August 16 and 17, from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Daylight Time.
The meeting will be held at the Crystal City Marriott at Reagan National Airport, 1999 Jefferson Davis Highway Arlington, Virginia 22202. Attendance is open to the public up to the room's capacity of 150 attendees. Since space is limited, any member of the general public who plans to attend this meeting must notify the registration contact identified below no later than August 9, 2016.
To register to attend the meeting, please contact Kyle Ilgenfritz (
The fourth meeting of the ACCESS Advisory Committee will be held on August 16 and 17, 2016, from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Daylight Time. The meeting will be held at the Crystal City Marriott at Reagan National Airport, 1999 Jefferson Davis Highway Arlington, Virginia 22202. At the meeting, the ACCESS Advisory Committee will continue to address whether to require accessible inflight entertainment (IFE) and strengthen accessibility requirements for other in-flight communications, whether to require an accessible lavatory on new single-aisle aircraft over a certain size, and whether to amend the definition of “service animals” that may accompany passengers with a disability on a flight. This meeting will include reports from the working groups formed to address the three issues listed above. We expect that the working groups may present proposals to amend the Department's disability regulation on one or more of these issues. Prior to the meeting, the agenda will be available on the ACCESS Advisory Committee's Web site,
The meeting will be open to the public. Attendance will be limited by the size of the meeting room (maximum 150 attendees). Because space is limited, we ask that any member of the public who plans to attend the meeting notify the registration contact, Kyle Ilgenfritz (
Members of the public may submit written comments on the topics to be considered during the meeting by August 9, 2016, to FDMC, Docket Number DOT-OST-2015-0246. You may submit your comments and material online or by fax, mail, or hand delivery, but please use only one of these means. DOT recommends that you include your name and a mailing address, an email address, or a phone number in the body of your document so that DOT can contact you if there are questions regarding your submission.
To submit your comment online, go to
To view comments and any documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
The ACCESS Advisory Committee is established by charter in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 5 U.S.C. App. 2. Secretary of Transportation Anthony Foxx approved the ACCESS Advisory Committee charter on April 6, 2016. The committee's charter sets forth policies for the operation of the advisory committee and is available on the Department's Web site at
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to
DOT anticipates that the ACCESS Advisory Committee will have two additional two-day meetings in Washington, DC The meetings are tentatively scheduled for following dates: fifth meeting, September 22-23, and the sixth and final meeting, October 13-14. Notices of all future meetings will be published in the
Notice of this meeting is being provided in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act and the General Services Administration regulations covering management of Federal advisory committees.
Issued under the authority of delegation in 49 CFR 1.27(n).
International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
Advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPRM).
The U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) is intending to update the Trade Fair Certification Program, which recognizes and endorses U.S. participation in selected, privately organized, foreign trade fairs, in the coming months. Proposed changes will be announced through the
Comments on the proposed changes to the Program are due 20 days upon the date of publication in the
You may submit comments, identified by the regulations.gov docket number ITA-2016-0005, by any of the following methods:
•
•
Commerce Department will accept anonymous comments (enter “N/A” in the required fields if you wish to remain anonymous). Attachments to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word, Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe PDF file formats only.
Vidya Desai, Senior Advisor, Trade Promotion Programs, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1300 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Ronald Reagan Building, Suite 800M—Mezzanine Level—Atrium North, Washington, DC 20004; Telephone (202) 482-2311; Facsimile: (202) 482-7800; Email:
A summary of the points from the 1993 document (58 FR 26116, April 30, 1993) in this document are below in Section I. However, comments are specifically being requested on Potential Concepts for Program Changes found in Section II.
• A $2,000 non-refundable participation fee
• Applications must be received no later than 9 months prior to the commencement of the fair for which Certification is sought, but no earlier than the conclusion of the prior event.
• Overseas trade fairs must commit to recruiting a minimum of 10 U.S. exhibitors for Trade Fair Certification consideration.
• The USFCS logo will be authorized for use by a Certified Trade Fair to aid in recruitment of U.S. exhibitors.
• For fairs occurring in cities or locales where there is no USFCS Office, or where the Commerce staff responsible for the industry theme of such if fair is not local, the presence of Commerce staff at the fair may be considered a value added service and incur additional fees for the organizer.
• First time and horizontal fairs are not eligible for Certification.
• Applicants applying for Certification of an existing trade fair must have experience in recruiting U.S. exhibitors for that show or another show with the same industry theme.
• Applications for Certification must include satisfactory documentation, in English, of the commitment of necessary exhibit space by the owner or lessor of the facility in which the fair will be held. Documentation should consist of: (1) A lease or letter from the owner or lessor stating that the applicant holds the necessary exhibition space, or (2) a letter demonstrating an offer of specific exhibition space by the owner or lessor of the facility; and a letter indicating the applicant's acceptance of the terms.
• Only applications submitted by U.S. persons or entities will be considered. For this purpose, the U.S. subsidiary, branch or agent of a foreign firm is considered a U.S. person or entity. Applications for fairs in which the applicant does not lease exhibit space directly, but relies on their parent foreign fair organizer to obtain exhibit space, must be submitted by the foreign fair organizer and co-signed by the U.S. subsidiary, branch or agent.
• Certified fair organizers must provide a list of recruited U.S. exhibitors to the Commerce Project Officer. The list should include the exhibitor's name, address, products displayed and the name, email address and phone number of the exhibitor's international sales contact.
• In order for the fair organizer to consider a participant a U.S. exhibitor, the participant must be (1) a U.S. citizen, U.S. corporation, or a foreign corporation that is more than 95% U.S.-owned and (2) the products it exhibits at the fair must be: (a) manufactured or produced in the United States, or (b) if manufactured or produced outside of the United States, marketed under the name of a U.S. firm and have U.S. content representing at least fifty-one percent of the value of the finished good or service.
The following reiterates the Trade Fair Certification (TFC) Program as set out in 58 FR 26116 of April 30, 1993:
The Department of Commerce established the TFC Program in 1983 to encourage qualified private sector fair organizers to recruit U.S. exhibitors for overseas trade fairs. The Program provides the private sector with greater opportunities to work with Commerce in support of U.S. participation in overseas trade fairs. Private sector organizers of a Certified Trade Fair assume the responsibilities of organizing the fair, or U.S. participation in it. Certification assures the private sector organizer of Commerce recognition and support of its efforts to recruit U.S. exporters.
Certification provides a means for U.S. exporters to verify that a particular trade fair will be a good promotional medium providing good export opportunities. Prospective U.S. exhibitors at Certified Trade Fairs know that Commerce personnel will be available to assist them and to counsel them about export matters that may arise before, during or after the show. Certification thus indirectly serves the U.S. manufacturer or service provider seeking export opportunities.
Certification is for one fair only; fairs that have been certified previously must apply for certification again for any future anticipated event. This allows Commerce to evaluate the latest market conditions in determining whether to
There is no fee required to submit an application. If Certification is approved, a participation fee of $2,000 is required. The participation fee is due within 10 days of notification of acceptance into the program.
Certification indicates that Commerce has found the applicable fair to be a good export opportunity warranting participation by U.S. exporters. Certification indicates that the fair and the organizer have met basic criteria and that the organizer is qualified to perform in a manner supportive of Commerce's objectives. However, Certification does not constitute a guarantee of the fair's success or of the organizer's or exhibitor's performance. Commerce limits Certification to fairs that in its judgment, most clearly meet the program objectives and selection criteria set out herein.
(a) The fair must be a good export opportunity for the featured industry or industries. The fair must have good potential for U.S. export promotion. In applying this criterion, Commerce will consider such factors as: Whether the fair's industry theme is included in Commerce's Top Market reports, Country Commercial Guides, and input from US&FCS offices in the relevant region;
(b) The degree to which the fair provides promise of foreign market exposure for the latest technology or techniques in an industry or in a commercially recognized category of goods or services in the sector or field promoted by the fair;
(c) Whether the fair provides a unique opportunity for export promotion within a particular market;
(d) The appropriateness of the fair for a minimum of 10 U.S. exhibitors, ideally located in an identifiable U.S. pavilion within the show; and
(e) Whether U.S. exhibitors are likely to exhibit goods or services representing U.S. industry in the particular field involved.
(f) The theme, timing and location of the fair; previous exhibitors' experience with the organizer; the USFCS office's familiarity with the fair (and if applicable, its recommendation in its end-of-show report for the previous event); and whether Commerce's support would contribute to the enhancement of the U.S. exhibitor's export potential.
In order for a fair organizer to consider a participant a U.S. exhibitor, the participant must be (1) a U.S. citizen, U.S. corporation, or a foreign corporation that is more than 95% U.S.-owned and (2) the products it exhibits at the fair must be: (a) Manufactured or produced in the United States, or (b) if manufactured or produced outside of the United States, marketed under the name of a U.S. firm and have U.S. content representing at least fifty-one percent of the value of the finished good or service.
Applicants will be notified via email 4-6 weeks from the date of application submission as to their selection status.
A Certified Trade Fair Organizer is expected to:
(a) Pay the $2,000 non-refundable participation fee for Trade Fair Certification to Commerce within 10 business days of notice that the fair has been certified;
(b) Designate an individual on the organizer's staff to act as the point-of-contact for Commerce staff on all aspects of the show with Commerce personnel;
(c) Provide the following exhibition services:
• Display space comparable with industry standards for similar trade events;
• Freight forwarding and exhibit set-up services including, but not limited to, the unloading of participants' equipment at the exhibition site, delivery to the participants' booths, unpacking, placement in display area, storing packing crates, repacking and loading for onward shipment, customs clearance, and any other services required to assure the prompt and orderly receipt and dispatch of material in and out of the exhibition site;
• Installation of a display system, chairs, tables, standard company identification and standard opening identification signs;
• Utilities and hook-up services; and
• Assistance in hiring interpreters, clerical personnel or booth attendants as required by participants.
All fees to be charged to participants for standard and supplementary services must be stated in the organizer's application and be within reasonable range of such charges in the market as can be verified by Commerce's post in-country.
(d) Undertaking, as appropriate, a comprehensive promotional campaign, such as in-country pre-show press conferences and meetings to reach importers, distributors, agents, buyers and end-users;
(e) Provide, at no cost to the Post, space and a furnished booth for use as the Business Information Office (BIO). If a U.S. pavilion is utilized, the BIO should be co-located with the exhibitors in the U.S. pavilion.
(f) In keeping with Commerce's mandate, show evidence of efforts to target infrequent exporters (new-to-market firms) and small and medium sized firms in its recruitment efforts.
(g) If the fair is located at a site where there is no US&FCS office or where the Commerce staff responsible for the show's industry theme is not local, pay the per-diem and travel-related expenses that exceed the allocation for such expenses in the participation fee, subject to Commerce's guidelines.
(h) Provide a list of recruited U.S. exhibitors to the Commerce project officer 45 days prior to the commencement of the fair.
(i) Certify that the products and services the recruited U.S. exhibitors seek to market at the fair:
1. Are manufactured or produced in the United States, or
2. If manufactured or produced outside of the United States, are marketed under the name of a U.S. firm and have U.S. content representing at least 51 percent of the value of the finished good or service.
(j) Prominently display the US&FCS logo or International Trade Administration (ITA) emblem on event promotional materials, exhibition booth fascia, and throughout the U.S. pavilion, if one is organized, in accordance with applicable Commerce Department logo use policies.
The Trade Fair Certification Program is the principal program Commerce uses to support private sector recruitment and organization of overseas trade fairs. As a condition of using the US&FCS logo or ITA emblem for a Certified Trade Fair, it must be the dominant logo used to promote the fair to U.S. exhibitors;
• If other U.S. Government or non-government logos are used, they must appear smaller than the US&FCS logo or ITA emblem and may not be co-mingled with the US&FCS logo or ITA emblem.
• Documentation of the use of the US&FCS logo or ITA emblem should be sent to Commerce for recordkeeping. Advance review of the use is not required. Fair organizers are encouraged to ask Commerce for guidance on the proper use of its logos/emblems.
• Failure to abide by Commerce policies on the proper use of its logos/emblems may result in the fair being de-certified.
Commerce support provided for Certified Trade Fairs will generally be the same for all certified fairs, but minor variances may exist, depending on the circumstances of the fair, and the specific needs of the organizer and of Commerce.
For a Certified Trade Fair, Commerce is expected to:
(a) Provide a certificate designating that the fair as being certified by the U.S. Department of Commerce;
(b) Authorize the use of the US&FCS logo and the ITA emblem on appropriate fair publicity materials, in accordance with applicable Commerce Department logo use policies;
(c) Provide authorization for the use of other Commerce-approved references that indicate the Department recognizes and supports the fair, in accordance with Commerce policies;
(d) Provide a designated project officer to assist the organizer and act as a Commerce point-of-contact;
(e) Provide the organizer, upon request, with relevant public Commerce reports and publications;
(f) Encourage potential U.S. exhibitors, through Commerce's normal course of export counseling or through contacts with business and trade associations, to consider participation in the Certified Trade Fair and refer inquiries to the show organizer; and
(j) Upon request and to the extent available, arrange counseling for U.S. exhibitors by U.S. Export Assistance Center Trade Specialists and Industry and Analysis Industry Analysts in advance of the fair.
In addition to the general Commerce support listed above, the designated US&FCS office for the Certified Trade Fair is expected to:
(a) Furnish the organizer with a list of key local associations, distributors, agents, government entities, and other relevant information;
(b) Promote the fair locally by including an announcement of the event in its commercial newsletter or the equivalent;
(c) Upon request and subject to the availability of resources, provide staff at a Business Information Office to counsel U.S. exhibitors, facilitate contacts between exhibitors and visitors, and promote US&FCS services. The BIO cannot be used for any other purpose, unless agreed to by the US&FCS office; and
(d) Upon request and subject to the availability of resources, provide additional services, such as: A U.S. exhibitor briefing; reception; promotional mailing; ribbon-cutting ceremony; press conference; etc. If the costs of these additional services exceed the allocation of the participation fee for the US&FCS Office, the organizer will incur an additional fee. Such costs will be determined by the Senior Commercial Officer at the designated US&FCS Office.
Authority for the Trade Fair Certification Program is provided by 15 U.S.C. 4721, which authorizes US&FCS to promote U.S. exports and support U.S. commercial interests abroad, and the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act (MECEA) of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2455(f) and 2458(c)), as incorporated into ITA's annual appropriations act, Public Law 114-113, 129 Stat. 2287.
The Department of Commerce intends to make significant changes to the Trade Fair Certification Program in the future. Some of the potential concepts under consideration may include, but are not limited to, the bulleted list below. We welcome public comments on these concepts.
• The Department is considering changing the application timeframe from rolling applications to an annual application period, meaning applications will be collected during a 45-60 day application period held once a year.
• The Department is considering increasing the price of the Program.
• The Department is considering offering Trade Show Organizers an a la carte menu of services instead of one standard service. Prices will be associated with each service option.
• The Department is considering tiers of service with different levels of Departmental engagement priced at different levels.
• The Department is considering raising the minimum number of U.S. exhibitors from 10 to 25 or more.
• The Department is considering changing the minimum number of U.S. exhibitors from 10 exhibitors to a set percentage of the total number of exhibitors.
• The Department is considering issuing a formal Memorandum of Agreement, outlining the responsibilities of both parties and signed by both parties, for selected shows.
All comments submitted in response to this document will be made available to the public so should not include any privileged or confidential business information. The file name should begin with the character “P” (signifying that the comments contain no privileged or confidential business information and can be posted publicly), followed by the name of the person or entity submitting the comments.
Civil Rights Division, Department of Justice.
Supplemental advance notice of proposed rulemaking; extension of comment period.
On May 9, 2016, the Department of Justice (Department) published a Supplemental Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (SANPRM) in the
The comment period for the SANPRM, published on May 9, 2016 (81 FR 28657), is extended. All comments must be received by October 7, 2016.
You may submit comments, identified by RIN 1190-AA65 (or Docket ID No. 128), by any one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Rebecca Bond, Chief, Disability Rights Section, Civil Rights Division, U.S. Department of Justice, at (202) 307-0663 (voice or TTY). This is not a toll-free number. Information may also be obtained from the Department's toll-free ADA Information Line at (800) 514-0301 (voice) or (800) 514-0383 (TTY). This document is available in alternate formats for people with disabilities.
The Department of Justice published a Supplemental Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (SANPRM) in the
The Department has decided to grant a 60-day extension of the comment period until October 7, 2016. Given the importance of both providing title II entities with clear guidance regarding their ADA obligations for Web access and providing persons with disabilities equal access to State and local government programs, services, and activities, the Department seeks to continue moving the rulemaking process forward. Additionally, a title II Web accessibility rule is likely to facilitate the creation of an infrastructure for Web accessibility that will be very important in the Department's preparation of the title III Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on Web site accessibility for public accommodations. Further delays in this title II rulemaking, therefore, will have the effect of hindering the title III Web rulemaking's timeline as well. The Department believes that this 60-day extension provides sufficient time to allow interested parties to provide comments on this SANPRM. Comments on the SANPRM may be provided by October 7, 2016, via the methods described above.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of availability of dynamic positioning training certification programs.
The Coast Guard is providing the following information on dynamic positioning training certification programs.
July 29, 2016.
For information about this document, call Ms. Mayte Medina, U.S. Coast Guard, 202-372-1492
On November 28, 2014, the Coast Guard published in the
Since the comment period closed, the Coast Guard has received inquiries regarding availability of dynamic positioning training certification programs. We are aware of three industry accepted training certification programs for dynamic positioning:
• The Offshore Service Vessel Dynamic Positioning Authority's (OSVDPA) MPP-1-001, the OSVDPA's Manual of Policies and Procedures (Version 1) (January 2016);
• The Nautical Institute's Dynamic Positioning Operator's Training and Certification Scheme Version 1.1 (January 2015); and,
• Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd's Recommended Practice for Certification Scheme for Dynamic Positioning Operators (DNVGL-RP-0007).
The Coast Guard is providing this information to assist the public in locating dynamic positioning training certification programs, and does not endorse or recommend any such program. To the extent that programs not listed above may exist, their absence from the list is due entirely to the fact that the Coast Guard is unaware of them, and does not constitute or imply a determination that programs on the list are preferable to any that may exist and are not included on the list.
This document is issued under authority of 5 U.S.C. 552(a).
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
The Coast Guard proposes to establish a temporary safety zone on the navigable waters adjacent to Harbor Island and Wrightsville Beach, NC. This proposed safety zone would restrict vessel movement on portions of Masonboro Inlet, Banks Channel, and Motts Channel during the PPD Ironman NC event on October 22, 2016. This action is necessary for the safety of life on the surrounding navigable waters during this event. We invite your comments on this proposed rulemaking.
Comments and related material must be received by the Coast Guard on or before August 15, 2016.
You may submit comments identified by docket number USCG-2016-0288 using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
If you have questions about this proposed rulemaking, call or email Petty Officer Ryan Phillips, Coast Guard Sector North Carolina, Coast Guard; telephone (910)772-2212, email
On October 22, 2016, PPD Ironman NC notified the Coast Guard that as part of the PPD Ironman NC event approximately 2500 swimmers will compete along a course starting at Masonboro Inlet from 7 a.m. to 11 a.m. on October 22, 2016. The course begins at approximate location latitude 34°11′13″ N. longitude 077°48′53″ W., continuing north in Banks Channel crossing at the approximate location latitude 34°12′14″ N. longitude 077°48′04″ W. into Motts channel heading west stopping at Sea Path Marina where swimmers will exit the water approximately at latitude 34°12′44″ N. longitude 077°48′25″ W. in Wrightsville Beach, NC.
The purpose of this rulemaking is to ensure the safety of swimmers and rescue crews from hazards associated with vessel traffic and other hazards. The Coast Guard proposes this rulemaking under authority in: 33 U.S.C. 1231; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
The COTP proposes to establish a safety zone from 7 a.m. to 11 a.m. on October 22, 2016. The safety zone would cover all navigable waters starting at the approximate position latitude 34°11′13″ N., longitude 077°48′53″ W., heading north to approximate position latitude 34°12′14″ N., longitude 077°48′04″ W., traveling west and ending at approximate position latitude 34°12′44″ N., longitude 077°48′25″ W. The duration of the zone is intended to ensure the safety of swimmers during the scheduled 7 a.m. to 11 a.m. swimming event. Except for vessels authorized by the COTP North Carolina or her designated representative, no person or vessel except safety crew designated by PPD Ironman NC may enter or remain in the safety zone. All persons and vessels granted permission to enter the zone must comply with the instructions of the COTP North Carolina or her designed representative.
Notification of the temporary safety zone will be provided to the public via marine information broadcasts. The regulatory text we are proposing appears at the end of this document.
We developed this proposed rule after considering numerous statutes and Executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on a number of these statutes and Executive orders and we discuss First Amendment rights of protestors.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the
This regulatory action determination is based on the size, location, duration, and time-of-day of the safety zone. Coast Guard would issue a Broadcast Notice to Mariners via VHF-FM marine channel 16 about the zone, and the rule would allow vessels to seek permission to enter the zone.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
While some owners or operators of vessels intending to transit the safety zone may be small entities, for the reasons stated in section IV.A above this proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on any vessel owner or operator.
If you think that your business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction qualifies as a small entity and that this rule would have a significant economic impact on it, please submit a comment (see
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Public Law 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this proposed rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
This proposed rule would not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this proposed rule under that Order and have determined that it is consistent with the fundamental federalism principles and preemption requirements described in Executive Order 13132.
Also, this proposed rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it would not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. If you believe this proposed rule has implications for federalism or Indian tribes, please contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this proposed rule would not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rulemaking elsewhere in this preamble.
We have analyzed this proposed rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have made a preliminary determination that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This proposed rule involves: a safety zone lasting 4 hours that would prohibit entry into the proposed safety zone. Normally such actions are categorically excluded from further review under paragraph 34(g) of Figure 2-1 of Commandant Instruction M16475.lD. We seek any comments or information that may lead to the discovery of a significant environmental impact from this proposed rule.
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
We view public participation as essential to effective rulemaking, and will consider all comments and material received during the comment period. Your comment can help shape the outcome of this rulemaking. If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this rulemaking, indicate the specific section of this document to which each comment applies, and provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
Documents mentioned in this NPRM as being available in the docket, and all public comments, will be in our online docket at
Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, and Waterways.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard proposes to amend 33 CFR part 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2) Persons or vessels requesting entry into or passage through any portion of the safety zone must first request authorization from the Captain of the Port, or a designated representative. The Captain of the Port or his designated representative can be contacted at telephone number (910) 343-3882 or by radio on VHF Marine Band Radio, channels 13 and 16.
(d)
(e)
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve a revision to the Alabama State Implementation Plan submitted by the Alabama Department of Environmental Management on October 26, 2015. The revision modifies the definition of “volatile organic compounds” (VOC). Specifically, the revision adds three compounds to the list of those excluded from the VOC definition on the basis that these compounds make a negligible contribution to tropospheric ozone formation. This action is being taken pursuant to the Clean Air Act.
Written comments must be received on or before August 29, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R04-OAR-2016-0129 at
Richard Wong, Air Regulatory Management Section, Air Planning and Implementation Branch, Air, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 61 Forsyth Street SW., Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960. Mr. Wong can be reached via telephone at (404) 562-8726 or via electronic mail at
In the Rules and Regulations section of this
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to partially approve and partially disapprove elements of a State Implementation Plan (SIP) submission from the State of Iowa for the 2008 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for ozone. Infrastructure SIPs address the applicable requirements of Clean Air Act (CAA) section 110, which requires that each state adopt and submit a SIP
Comments must be received on or before August 29, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R07-OAR-2016-0407, to
Heather Hamilton, Air Planning and Development Branch, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 7, 11201 Renner Boulevard, Lenexa, KS 66219;
Throughout this document “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to EPA. A detailed technical support document (TSD) is included in this rulemaking docket to address the following: A description of Clean Air Act section 110(a)(1) and (2) infrastructure SIPs; the applicable elements under sections 110(a)(1) and (2); EPA's approach to the review of infrastructure SIP submissions, and EPA's evaluation of how Iowa addressed the relevant elements of sections 110(a)(1) and (2). This section provides additional information by addressing the following questions:
The EPA is proposing to partially approve and partially disapprove the infrastructure SIP submission from the State of Iowa received on January 17, 2013. Specifically, EPA proposes to approve the following elements of section 110(a)(2): (A), (B), (C), (D)(i)(II)—prong 3 only, (E) through (H), and (J) through (M). EPA proposes to disapprove element (D)(i)(II)—prong 4. EPA will not be acting on sections (D)(i)(I)—prongs 1 and 2, and (I).
A Technical Support Document (TSD) is included as part of the docket to discuss the details of this proposal, including analysis of how the SIP meets the applicable 110 requirements for infrastructure SIPs.
The state submission has met the public notice requirements for SIP submissions in accordance with 40 CFR 51.102. The submission also satisfied the completeness criteria of 40 CFR part 51, appendix V. In addition, as explained above and in more detail in the TSD which is part of this document, the revision meets the substantive SIP requirements of the CAA, including section 110 and implementing regulations.
The EPA is proposing to partially approve and partially disapprove the January 17, 2013 infrastructure SIP submission from the State of Iowa, which addresses the requirements of CAA sections 110(a)(1) and (2) as applicable to the 2008 ozone NAAQS. As stated above, EPA proposes to approve the following elements of section 110(a)(2): (A), (B), (C), (D)(i)(II)—prong 3 only, (E) through (H), and (J) through (M). EPA proposes to disapprove element (D)(i)(II)—prong 4. Details of the submission are addressed in a TSD as part of the docket to discuss the proposal.
We are processing this as a proposed action because we are soliciting comments on this proposed action. Final rulemaking will occur after consideration of any comments.
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this proposed action:
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
The statutory authority for this action is provided by section 110 of the CAA, as amended (42 U.S.C. 7410).
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Ozone, Prevention of significant deterioration, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, EPA proposes to amend 40 CFR part 52 as set forth below:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(e) * * *
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Proposed order.
The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) is proposing to amend its existing Onshore Oil and Gas Order Number 1 (Onshore Order 1) to require the electronic filing (or e-filing) of all Applications for Permit to Drill (APD) and Notices of Staking (NOS). Currently, Onshore Order 1 states that an “operator must file an APD or any other required documents in the BLM Field Office having jurisdiction over the lands described in the application,” but allows for e-filing of such documents in the alternative. This proposal would change that structure to make e-filing the required method of submission, subject to limited exceptions. The BLM is making this change to improve the efficiency and transparency of the APD and NOS processes.
Send your comments on this proposal to the BLM on or before August 29, 2016. The BLM need not consider, nor include in the administrative record for the final order, comments received after this date. If you wish to comment on the information collection requirements in this proposed order, please note that the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) is required to make a decision concerning the collection of information contained in this proposed order between 30 and 60 days after publication of this document in the
You may submit comments on the proposed order to the BLM by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
You may submit comments on the proposed collection of information by fax or electronic mail to OMB by any of the following methods:
•
•
On all submissions to OMB, please indicate “Attention: Approval of Operations, OMB Control Number 1004-XXXX,” regardless of the method used. If you submit comments on the proposed collection of information, please provide the BLM with a courtesy copy of your comments at one of the addresses shown above.
Before including your address, telephone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, be advised that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask in your comment for the BLM to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
Steven Wells, Division Chief, Fluid Minerals Division, 202-912-7143 for information regarding the substance of the order or information about the BLM's Fluid Minerals Program. For information on procedural matters or the rulemaking process, please contact Mark Purdy, Regulatory Affairs Division, 202-912-7635. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal
This proposed order is administrative in nature and would not change the content of what must be submitted in an APD or NOS, only the method of submission; therefore, this proposed order has a 30-day public comment period. Please make your comments as specific as possible by confining them to issues directly related to the content of this proposed rule, and explain the basis for your comments. The comments and recommendations that will be most useful and likely to influence agency decisions are:
1. Those supported by quantitative information or studies; and
2. Those that include citations to, and analyses of, the applicable laws and regulations.
The BLM is not obligated to consider or include in the Administrative Record for the final order comments received after the close of the comment period (see
The BLM regulations governing onshore oil and gas operations are found at 43 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) part 3160, Onshore Oil and Gas Operations. Section 3164.1 provides for the issuance of Onshore Oil and Gas Orders to implement and supplement the regulations found in part 3160. Onshore Order 1 has been in effect since October 21, 1983, and was most recently amended in 2007 (see 72 FR 10308 (March 7, 2007)).
Through this proposal, the BLM is proposing to modify Onshore Order 1 to require operators to submit NOSs and APDs through the BLM's electronic permitting (e-permitting) system, as opposed to the current system, which allows either hardcopy or electronic submission. Under the proposed order, the BLM would consider granting waivers to the e-filing requirement for individuals who request a waiver because they would experience hardship if required to e-file (
An APD is a request to drill an oil or gas well on Federal or Indian lands. An operator must have an approved APD prior to drilling.
The BLM has recently experienced a decrease in the number of APDs received due to current market conditions. Historically, the BLM received an average of about 5,000 APDs per year for wells on Federal and Indian lands, of which Indian lands account for about 16%. In FY 2015, the BLM received approximately 4,500 APDs. In FY 2016 to date, through the end of June 2016, BLM has received 1,010 APDs. In coming years, due to the recent drop in oil prices and persistently low natural gas prices, the BLM conservatively estimates that an average of 3,000 APDs will be submitted per year. The BLM anticipates these market conditions to continue for the near term.
Over the last few years, roughly half of the APDs submitted to the BLM were submitted using the e-permitting system (Well Information System, or WIS). The other half of the APDs were submitted in hard copy. The available data show that use of the BLM's e-permitting system for APDs and NOSs is common and broad-based among operators, and therefore is not a novel concept. More importantly, the data show that the use of e-filing has increased over time, with the rate nearly doubling from 26 percent in FY 2010 to 51 percent in FY 2014. As of 2014, approximately 411 operators had used the BLM's legacy WIS to e-file NOSs, APDs, well completion reports, sundry notices, and other application materials. Those operators represent an estimated 85 percent of the operators that conduct drilling and completion operations on Federal and Indian leases nationwide.
The BLM's legacy WIS system is a web-based application that operators can use to submit permit applications and other types of information electronically over the Internet. The WIS system was an extension of the BLM's current Automated Fluid Minerals Support System (AFMSS). AFMSS is a database used to track various types of oil and gas information on Federal and Indian lands, including the processing of APDs.
The BLM has developed and deployed an update to its Automated Fluid Minerals Support System called AFMSS II. The APD module within AFMSS II replaces the legacy WIS system. In December 2015, the BLM began phasing in AFMSS II's APD module and conducting training for staff and operators. As of the date of this proposal, the APD module is fully operational, and the BLM anticipates that WIS will be phased out in the third quarter of calendar year 2016. Therefore, the BLM anticipates that the number of operators who use the APD module will continue to increase.
The goal of the AFMSS II system and the proposed amendments to Onshore Order 1 is to improve operational efficiency and transparency in the processing of APDs and NOSs by requiring operators to use BLM's updated e-permitting system as the default approach to APD filing. Although data show that voluntary use of the e-permitting system has increased over time, the proposal is necessary to move towards 100 percent electronic APD submission.
This shift presents potential advantages to operators, including operators owned by individual Indian tribes, because the new AFMSS II system is expected to streamline the application process. The system will expedite processing and enhance transparency resulting in savings to both operators and the U.S. Government by:
• Reducing the number of applications with deficiencies by providing users the ability to identify and correct errors through error notifications during the submission process;
• Utilizing the auto-fill function to automatically populate data fields based on users' previously submitted information;
• Allowing operators to track the progress of their application throughout the BLM review process;
• Facilitating the use of pre-approved plans, such as Master Development Plans and Master Leasing Plans; and
• Allowing users to directly interface with BLM applications.
The AFMSS II system was developed in response to the Government Accountability Office's (GAO) and the Department of the Interior Office of the Inspector General's (OIG) recommendations in GAO report 13-572 (GAO-13-572) and OIG report CR-EV-MOA-0003-2013 (Report No. CR-EV-MOA-0003-2013). Both reports recommended that the BLM ensure that all key dates associated with the processing of APDs are completely and accurately entered and retained in AFMSS, and in any new system that replaces AFMSS, to help assess compliance with deadlines and identify ways to improve the efficiency of the APD review process. Additionally, the OIG report recommends that the BLM: (1) Develop, implement, enforce, and report performance timelines for APD processing; (2) Develop outcome-based performance measures for the APD process that help enable management to improve productivity; and (3) Ensure that the modifications to AFMSS enable accurate and consistent data entry, effective workflow management, efficient APD processing, and APD tracking at the BLM Field Office level. The APD module developed for AFMSS II addresses these recommendations from the OIG and the GAO.
This proposal would revise existing Onshore Order 1, which primarily supplements 43 CFR 3162.3 and 3162.5. Section 3162.3 covers conduct of operations, applications to drill on a lease, subsequent well operations, other miscellaneous lease operations, and abandonment. Section 3162.5 covers environmental and safety obligations.
This section of the preamble explains the handful of changes that the BLM is proposing to make to the existing provisions of Order 1. However, in order to provide context for the proposed changes, we have included the subsections where BLM's proposed changes are being made in their entirety—
The proposed revision to section III.A. would require operators to file APDs using the BLM's electronic commerce application, AFMSS II, for oil and gas permitting and reporting. The BLM hopes to move towards an electronic submission rate of 100 percent. Receiving a portion of the APDs electronically and a portion in hard copy introduces a number of inefficiencies and necessitates multiple records management systems. In addition, the BLM anticipates that submission through the e-permitting system will improve processing times, public participation, and transparency.
Similarly, the proposed revision to section III.C. would require operators to file NOSs using the BLM's e-permitting system for oil and gas permitting and reporting. As for APDs, the BLM hopes to move towards an electronic submission rate for NOSs of 100 percent. As with APDs, receiving a portion of the NOSs electronically and a portion in hard copy introduces a number of inefficiencies and necessitates multiple records management systems. In addition, we expect that submission through the e-permitting system will improve processing times, transparency, and public participation.
Section III.E.1. currently requires the BLM to post information about the APD or NOS in an area of the local BLM Field Office that is readily accessible to the public. Section III.E.1. also calls for this information to be posted on the Internet when possible, though this is not required. Currently, some offices are posting information about an APD or an NOS on their local Field Office Web site. Under the proposed revision to section III.E.1., the BLM would still post hardcopy information about the APD or NOS in the applicable BLM Field Office, but it would also post the information on the Internet in all cases. The BLM is making this change to increase consistency, transparency, and efficiency for both operators who file APD submissions and the public. In addition to revising section III.E.1. to require the BLM to post information about APDs and NOSs online in all cases, the BLM has also clarified that section to ensure consistency with 43 CFR 3162.3-1(g), which requires the BLM to post certain information about an APD or NOS at least 30 days before approval for publication inspection. In addition to consistency with the regulations, this change is also consistent with the BLM's statutory obligations to protect confidential business obligation.
Although this proposed revision would update how the BLM posts APD and NOS information, it would not change the type of information that would be posted, which is specified in 43 CFR 3162.3-1(g). This section already identifies what information should be posted: The company/operator name; the well name/number; and the well location described to the nearest quarter-quarter section (40 acres), or similar land description in the case of lands described by metes and bounds, or maps showing the affected lands and the location of all tracts to be leased, and of all leases already issued in the general area. Where the inclusion of maps in such posting is not practicable, the BLM provides maps of the affected lands available to the public for review. In addition, as under the current order, this posting requirement would apply only to APDs or NOSs proposing to drill into and produce Federal minerals. The posting requirement would not apply to APDs or NOSs for Indian minerals, which are not made publicly available.
Proposed section III.I. is a new section that would allow operators to request a waiver from the requirements in proposed sections III.A. and III.C. This section would be different from section X., which addresses the requirements for requesting a variance from this Order. Unlike a variance from the substantive requirements of Order 1, a waiver under this proposed order is limited to the means of submission of an APD (electronic or hardcopy). A waiver under section III. would also be different from a waiver under section XI., which addresses lease stipulations. Unlike a waiver from the requirement(s) of a lease stipulation, a waiver under this proposed order is not a permanent exemption from the BLM's requirement to file applications electronically. The BLM's approval of a waiver request under this proposed order would apply specifically to those applications identified in the waiver request. In connection with any request for a waiver under section III.I., the operator would need to explain the reason(s) that prevents it from using the e-permitting system. The waiver would be subject to BLM approval.
Under the proposed order, the BLM would not consider an APD or NOS that the operator did not submit through the e-permitting system, unless the BLM approves a waiver from the e-permitting
While the order would require that all operators e-file NOSs and APDs, as a practical matter, it would likely have a greater impact on operators that do not currently use the BLM's e-permitting system. Operators that already use the e-permitting system would likely continue to use the system, regardless of the proposed order, and therefore will not be impacted by the proposed changes.
The proposed requirements are estimated to pose relatively small compliance costs (see discussion in the
The requirements may also result in cost savings to the impacted operators by reducing the amount of time spent correcting deficiencies in APDs. The filing of APDs through the modernized AFMSS II is expected to reduce the number of APD submissions that have deficiencies and, for APDs where deficiencies exist, reduce the time it takes for the operator to correct those deficiencies. Reduced APD processing times would benefit impacted operators in that they would be able to commence drilling and develop the mineral resources sooner. On Indian lands, this would be very beneficial to the tribes and Indian allottees since they are the direct recipients of the royalties generated from the minerals that they own.
There will also be improved transparency during the application and review process for APDs that are e-filed. With the transition to AFMSS II, the operator is able to check the status of the APD, and the public is able to find and access information online, in one location. In the interim, the BLM continues to maintain hard copy records for APDs submitted in hard copy consistent with records management and retention requirements.
All entities involved in the exploration and production of crude oil and natural gas resources on Federal and Indian leases and that submit APDs or NOSs after the effective date of the final rule would be subject to its requirements.
We estimate that the proposed amendments would impact about 484 operators,
In addition, we estimate that the proposed amendments would pose additional costs for those operators that currently do not use the BLM's e-permitting system. Specifically, those 73 entities
We estimate that the proposed amendments would also benefit operators, since operators are expected to receive cost savings from more expedited APD processing. We estimate that receiving an APD via the e-permitting system rather than in hard-copy would reduce processing time by 27 percent or 60 days. Further, we estimate the cost savings to the operator of that increased efficiency to be $6,195 per APD. Given that the order would impact about 1,500 APDs per year, we estimate that the total cost savings could be about $9.3 million per year.
Together, the total benefits are expected to exceed the total costs, and the rule is expected to result in total cost savings of about $7 million per year on aggregate. We expect these aggregate benefits to translate to individual operators. For purposes of illustration, even if we assume an individual operator incurs costs as result of the proposed amendments because they do not currently use BLM's existing e-filing system and have to learn the new system, such an operator would still be expected to receive a net cost savings on a per-APD basis, given that the cost savings will exceed the combined administrative and other compliance costs. On a per APD basis, we expect increased costs of $1,716 per year—$516 in administrative burden/compliance costs, plus $1,200 in other compliance costs. Those costs are expected to be offset, however, by cost savings of $6,195 per APD. Therefore, on net, an operator submitting one APD per year would be expected to realize a net reduction in costs of $4,479 ($6,195
As noted elsewhere in the preamble, some operators are owned by individual Indian tribes. Those operators typically develop the minerals owned by and for the benefit of the tribe. We expect the impacts and benefits of this proposal to apply to these operators to the same extent and in the same manner as to other entities operating on Federal or Indian lands. On net, we anticipate that the benefits of permitting-time efficiencies associated with 100% e-filing, will significantly outweigh any costs, especially as operators become more familiar with the AFMSS II system.
The proposed order does not meet the criteria for economic significance under Executive Order 12866. The proposed order would not have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities. The proposed order would not create inconsistencies or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency. In addition, the proposed order would not materially affect the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, loan programs, or the rights and obligations of their recipients.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA), generally requires an agency to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis of any rule subject to notice and comment rulemaking requirements under the Administrative Procedure Act, unless the agency certifies that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities (see 5 U.S.C. 601-612). Congress enacted the RFA to ensure that government regulations do not unnecessarily or disproportionately burden small entities. Small entities include small businesses, small governmental jurisdictions, and small not-for-profit enterprises.
The Small Business Administration (SBA) has developed size standards to carry out the purposes of the Small Business Act and those size standards can be found in 13 CFR 121.201. The BLM reviewed the SBA classifications and found that the SBA specifies different size standards for potentially affected industries. The SBA defines a small business in the crude petroleum and natural gas extraction industry (North American Industry Classification System or NAICS code 211111) as one with 1,250 or fewer employees. However, for the natural gas liquid extraction industry (NAICS code 211112), it defines a small business as one with 750 or fewer employees.
The BLM reviewed the SBA size standards for small businesses and the number of entities fitting those size standards as reported by the U.S. Census Bureau in the 2012 Economic Census. The data show the number of firms with fewer than 100 employees and those with 100 employees or more (well below the SBA size standards for the respective industries). According to the available data, over 95% and 91% of firms in the crude petroleum and natural gas extraction industry and the natural gas liquid extraction industry, respectively, have fewer than 100 employees. Therefore, we would expect that an even higher percentage of firms would be considered small according to the SBA size standards. Thus, based on the available information, the BLM believes that the vast majority of potentially affected entities would meet the SBA small business definition.
We examined the potential impacts of the proposed order and determined that up to 484 small entities would be subject to the proposed order's requirements and could face administrative burdens of about $3,920 per entity per year. In addition, up to 73 small entities could face other compliance costs of $1,200 per entity per year. However, we estimate that the administrative and other compliance costs would be offset as a result of improved APD processing times. We estimate that cost savings from faster APD processing could be $6,195 per APD. Moreover, we expect that the administrative burdens of the rule will lessen over time as operators become more familiar with the BLM's new e-permitting system.
Based on this review, we have determined that, although the proposal would impact a substantial number of small entities, it would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Therefore, a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required.
This proposed order is also not a major rule under 5 U.S.C. 804(2) of the RFA, as amended by the SBREFA. This proposed order will not have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more. In fact, the BLM estimates that the benefits would exceed the costs, and that the rulemaking could result in net savings of $7 million per year. Similarly, this proposed order will not cause a major increase in costs or prices for consumers, individual industries, Federal, State, tribal, or local government agencies, or geographic regions, nor does this proposed order have significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or the ability of U.S.-based enterprises to compete with foreign-based enterprises. This proposed order is administrative in nature and only affects the method for submitting APDs and NOSs. The BLM prepared a preliminary economic threshold analysis as part of the record, which is available for review.
Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA), agencies must prepare a written statement about benefits and costs before issuing a proposed or final rule that may result in aggregate expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year.
The proposed order does not contain a Federal mandate that may result in expenditures of $100 million or more for State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or for the private sector, in any one year. Thus, the proposed order is also not subject to the requirements of sections 202 or 205 of UMRA. This proposed order is also not subject to the requirements of section 203 of UMRA because it contains no regulatory requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect small governments, because it contains no requirements that apply to such governments, nor does it impose obligations on them.
In accordance with Executive Order 12630, the BLM has determined that the proposed order would not have significant takings implications. The proposed order would not be a governmental action capable of interfering with constitutionally protected property rights. Therefore, the proposed order will not cause a taking of private property or require a takings implication assessment under the Executive order.
This proposed order would not have federalism implications. The proposed order would not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in accordance with Executive Order 13132, a Federalism Assessment is not required.
The BLM evaluated possible effects of the proposed order on federally recognized Indian tribes. Since the BLM approves proposed operations on all Indian onshore oil and gas leases (other than those of the Osage Tribe), the proposed order has the potential to affect Indian tribes, particularly those tribes with tribally-owned and -operated oil and gas drilling or exploration companies, which currently submit APDs and/or NOSs. In conformance with the Secretary's policy on tribal consultation, the BLM has extended an invitation to consult on the proposed rule to affected tribes, including tribes that either: (i) Own an oil and gas company; or (ii) own minerals for which the BLM has recently received an APD. Over the years, oil and gas development on Indian and allotted lands has been focused in the States of Colorado, Montana, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, Texas, and Utah. Based on BLM records, the BLM anticipates that there are nearly 40 tribes for which the BLM has received or will foreseeably receive APDs or NOSs in connection with the development of tribal or allotted mineral resources.
This rule complies with the requirements of Executive Order 12988. Specifically, this proposed order does not unduly burden the Federal court system and meets the requirements of sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of the Executive Order. The BLM has reviewed the proposed order to eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity and the proposed order has been written to minimize litigation and provide clear legal standards.
The Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521) provides that an agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information, unless it displays a valid OMB control number. Relevant authorities (44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and (k)) provide that collections of information include any request or requirement that persons obtain, maintain, retain, or report information to an agency, or disclose information to a third party or to the public. This proposed order contains information collection requirements that are subject to review by OMB under the PRA. OMB has approved the existing collection of information associated with onshore oil and gas operations under control number 1004-0137 (expiration date: January 31, 2018). In accordance with the PRA, the BLM has asked OMB for a new control number for the information-collection provisions in this proposed order and is inviting public comment on that request. When this proposed order is finalized and becomes effective, the BLM intends to ask OMB to combine the requirements and burdens of this proposed order with existing control number 1004-0137. For reference, the current burdens for control number 1004-0137 (920,464 hours and $32.5 million in non-hour costs) can be viewed at
A copy of the information collection request may be obtained from the BLM by electronic mail request to Steven Wells at
Completion of the new collection of information request would be required to obtain or retain a benefit for the operators of Federal and Indian onshore oil and gas leases, or units or communitization agreements that include Federal and Indian leases (except on the Osage Reservation or the Crow Reservation, or in certain other areas). The frequency of the collection would be “on occasion.” The BLM has requested a 3-year term of approval for the new control number.
The BLM requests comments on the following subjects:
1. Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper functioning of the BLM, including whether the information will have practical utility;
2. The accuracy of the BLM's estimate of the burden of collecting the information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
3. The quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
4. How to minimize the information collection burden on those who are to respond, including the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other forms of information technology.
If you would like to comment on the information collection requirements of this proposed rule, please send your comments directly to OMB, with a copy to the BLM, as directed in the
• Application for Permit to Drill or Re-Enter (Form 3160-3).
• Sample Format for Notice of Staking (Attachment 1 to 2007 Onshore Order 1, 72 FR at 10338).
APDs: As revised here, section III.A. of Onshore Order 1 would require an operator to file an APD and associated documents using the BLM's electronic commerce application for oil and gas permitting and reporting. In addition to amending Onshore Order 1, this would have the effect of revising OMB control number 1004-0137. As discussed above, the BLM plans to seek OMB approval to incorporate the burdens of this proposed order into control number 1004-0137 after this proposed order is finalized and effective.
NOSs: As revised here, section III.C. of Onshore Order 1 would continue to provide that an NOS may be submitted voluntarily. Section III.C. would also require an operator who chooses to file an NOS to use the BLM's electronic
Waiver Requests: Proposed section III.I. is a new section that would allow operators to request a waiver from the requirements in proposed sections III.A. and III.C. The request would have to be supported by an explanation of why the operator is not able to use the e-permitting system. In those exceptional cases, the BLM would review the operator's request and determine whether a waiver allowing the operator to submit hard copies is warranted.
Although the proposed order would direct the method by which operators must submit an APD or an NOS, it does not direct operators to obtain, maintain, retain, or report any more information than what is already required by the existing Onshore Order 1. The BLM recognizes operators may encounter a learning curve as they familiarize themselves with the database system, like any new software system to which users must adapt. However, that learning curve is expected to be temporary.
Furthermore, the BLM has sponsored multiple outreach strategies and training forums for its AFMSS clients, which should further mitigate the extent of industry's learning curve. These outreach efforts include:
• Easily accessible internet-based resources, including user-guides, audiovisual modules, user toolkits, and FAQs, that are available to operators or their agents, and
• Live trainings provided to users to allow for a more robust discussion with the BLM on how to use the system. The following table outlines the locations where the BLM has sponsored these trainings:
Nonetheless, the BLM provides an estimate of the incremental burdens of e-filing and waiver submittal, which are itemized in the following table. These burdens would apply to both tribally and non-tribally-owned operators. In the case of APDs, these burdens are in addition to those estimated under OMB control number 1004-0137.
This proposed order does not constitute a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment. The BLM has analyzed this proposed order and determined it meets the criteria set forth in 43 CFR 46.210(i) for a Departmental Categorical Exclusion in that this proposed order is “. . . of an administrative, financial, legal, technical or procedural nature . . . .” Therefore, it is categorically excluded from environmental review under the National Environmental Policy Act, pursuant to 43 CFR 46.205 and 46.210(c) and (i). The BLM also has analyzed this proposed order to determine if it involves any of the extraordinary circumstances that would require an environmental assessment or an environmental impact statement, as set forth in 43 CFR 46.215, and concluded that this proposed order does not involve any extraordinary circumstances.
In developing this proposed order, we did not conduct or use a study, experiment, or survey requiring peer review under the Data Quality Act (Pub. L. 106-554, app. C 515, 114 Stat. 2763, 2763A-153 to 154).
Under Executive Order 13211, agencies are required to prepare and submit to OMB a Statement of Energy Effects for significant energy actions. This Statement is to include a detailed statement of “any adverse effects of energy supply, distribution, or use (including a shortfall in supply, price increases, and increase use of foreign supplies)” for the action and reasonable alternatives and their effects.
Section 4(b) of Executive Order 13211 defines a “significant energy action” as “any action by an agency (normally
The BLM determined that this proposed order involves changes to BLM processes. In accordance with Executive Order 13352, this proposed order would not impede facilitating cooperative conservation. The proposed order takes appropriate account of and respects the interests of persons with ownership or other legally recognized interests in land or other natural resources; properly accommodates local participation in the Federal decision-making process; and provides that the programs, projects, and activities are consistent with protecting public health and safety.
The principal author of this proposed rule is Catherine Cook of the BLM, Division of Fluid Minerals, assisted by Mark Purdy, BLM, Division of Regulatory Affairs, and the Department of the Interior's Office of the Solicitor.
Administrative practice and procedure, Government contracts, Indian-lands, Mineral royalties, Oil and gas exploration, Penalties, Public lands—mineral resources, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For reasons set out in the preamble, the Bureau of Land Management proposes to amend the appendix following the regulatory text of the final rule published in the
This appendix does not appear in the BLM regulations in 43 CFR part 3160.
Amend the Onshore Oil and Gas Order Number 1 by revising sections III.A, III.C, and III.E, and adding section III.I to read as follows:
The operator must file an APD and associated documents using the BLM's electronic commerce application for oil and gas permitting and reporting. The operator may contact the local BLM Field Office for information on how to gain access to the electronic commerce application.
Before filing an APD or Master Development Plan, the operator may file a Notice of Staking with the BLM. The purpose of the Notice of Staking is to provide the operator with an opportunity to gather information to better address site-specific resource concerns while preparing the APD package. This may expedite approval of the APD. An operator must file a Notice of Staking using the BLM's electronic commerce application for oil and gas permitting and reporting. Attachment I, Sample Format for Notice of Staking, provides the information required for the Notice of Staking option.
For Federal lands managed by other Surface Managing Agencies, the BLM will provide a copy of the Notice of Staking to the appropriate Surface Managing Agency office. In Alaska, when a subsistence stipulation is part of the lease, the operator must also send a copy of the Notice of Staking to the appropriate Borough and/or Native Regional or Village Corporation.
Within 10 days of receiving the Notice of Staking, the BLM or the FS will review it for required information and schedule a date for the onsite inspection. The onsite inspection will be conducted as soon as weather and other conditions permit. The operator must stake the proposed drill pad and ancillary facilities, and flag new or reconstructed access routes, before the onsite inspection. The staking must include a center stake for the proposed well, two reference stakes, and a flagged access road centerline. Staking activities are considered casual use unless the particular activity is likely to cause more than negligible disturbance or damage. Off-road vehicular use for the purposes of staking is casual use unless, in a particular case, it is likely to cause more than negligible disturbance or damage, or otherwise prohibited.
On non-NFS lands, the BLM will invite the Surface Managing Agency and private surface owner, if applicable, to participate in the onsite inspection. If the surface is privately owned, the operator must furnish to the BLM the name, address, and telephone number of the surface owner if known. All parties who attend the onsite inspection will jointly develop a list of resource concerns that the operator must address in the APD. The operator will be provided a list of these concerns either during the onsite inspection or within 7 days of the onsite inspection. Surface owner concerns will be considered to the extent practical within the law. Failure to submit an APD within 60 days of the onsite inspection will result in the Notice of Staking being returned to the operator.
The BLM and the Federal Surface Managing Agency, if other than the BLM, must provide at least 30 days public notice before the BLM may approve an APD or Master Development Plan on a Federal oil and gas lease. Posting is not required for an APD for an Indian oil and gas lease or agreement. The BLM will post information about the APD or Notice of Staking for Federal oil and gas leases to the Internet and in an area of the BLM Field Office having jurisdiction that is readily accessible to the public. If the surface is managed by a Federal agency other than the BLM, that agency also is required to post the notice for at least 30 days. This would include the BIA where the surface is held in trust but the mineral estate is federally owned. The posting is for informational purposes only and is not an appealable decision. The purpose of the posting is to give any interested party notification that a Federal approval of mineral operations has been requested. The BLM or the FS will not post confidential information.
Reposting of the proposal may be necessary if the posted location of the proposed well is:
a. Moved to a different quarter-quarter section;
b. Moved more than 660 feet for lands that are not covered by a Public Land Survey; or
c. If the BLM or the FS determine that the move is substantial.
The timeframes established in this subsection apply to both individual APDs and to the multiple APDs included in Master Development Plans and to leases of Indian minerals as well as leases of Federal minerals.
If there is enough information to begin processing the application, the BLM (and the FS if applicable) will process it up to the point that missing information or uncorrected deficiencies render further processing impractical or impossible.
a. Within 10 days of receiving an application, the BLM (in consultation with the FS if the application concerns NFS lands) will notify the operator as to whether or not the application is complete. The BLM will request additional information and correction of any material submitted, if necessary, in the 10-day notification. If an onsite inspection has not been performed, the applicant will be notified that the application is not complete.
b. Within 30 days after the operator has submitted a complete application, including incorporating any changes that resulted from the onsite inspection, the BLM will:
1. Approve the application, subject to reasonable Conditions of Approval, if the appropriate requirements of the NEPA, National Historic Preservation Act, Endangered Species Act, and other applicable law have been met and, if on NFS lands, the FS has approved the Surface Use Plan of Operations;
2. Notify the operator that it is deferring action on the permit; or
3. Deny the permit if it cannot be approved and the BLM cannot identify any actions that the operator could take that would enable the BLM to issue the permit or the FS to approve the Surface Use Plan of Operations, if applicable.
c. The notice of deferral in paragraph (b)(2) of this section must specify:
1. Any action the operator could take that would enable the BLM (in consultation with the FS if applicable) to issue a final decision on the application. The FS will notify the applicant of any action the applicant could take that would enable the FS to issue a final decision on the Surface Use Plan of Operations on NFS lands. Actions may include, but are not limited to, assistance with:
(A) Data gathering; and
(B) Preparing analyses and documents.
2. If applicable, a list of actions that the BLM or the FS need to take before making a final decision on the application, including appropriate analysis under NEPA or other applicable law and a schedule for completing these actions.
d. The operator has 2 years from the date of the notice under paragraph (c)(1) of this section to take the action specified in the notice. If the appropriate analyses required by NEPA, National Historic Preservation Act, Endangered Species Act, and other applicable laws have been completed, the BLM (and the FS if applicable), will make a decision on the permit and the Surface Use Plan of Operations within 10 days of receiving a report from the operator addressing all of the issues or actions specified in the notice under paragraph (c)(1) of this section and certifying that all required actions have been taken. If the operator has not completed the actions specified in the notice within 2 years from the operator's receipt of the paragraph (c)(1) notice, the BLM will deny the permit.
e. For APDs on NFS lands, the decision to approve a Surface Use Plan of Operations or Master Development Plan may be subject to FS appeal procedures. The BLM cannot approve an APD until the appeal of the Surface Use Plan of Operations is resolved.
The operator may request a waiver from the electronic submission requirement for an APD or Notice of Staking if compliance would cause hardship or the operator is unable to file these documents electronically. In the request, the operator must explain the reason(s) that prevents it from using the electronic system. The waiver request is subject to BLM approval. The BLM will not consider an APD or Notice of Staking that the operator did not submit through the electronic system, unless the BLM approves a waiver.
Federal Communications Commission.
Petitions for reconsideration and clarification.
Petitions for Reconsideration and Clarification (Petitions) have been filed in the Commission's rulemaking proceeding by Mary J. Sisak on behalf of Custer Telephone Cooperative, Inc., et al, Michael R. Romano on behalf of NTCA-The Rural Broadband Association, Robert W. Schwartz on behalf of Madison Telephone Company, Derrick B. Owens on behalf of WTA-Advocates For Rural Broadband.
Oppositions to the Petitions must be filed on or before August 15, 2016. Replies to an opposition must be filed on or before August 8, 2016.
Federal Communications Commission, 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20554.
Suzanne Yelen, Wireline Competition Bureau, (202) 418-7400, email:
This is a summary of Commission's document, Report No. 3047, released July 11, 2016. The full text of the Petitions is available for viewing and copying at the FCC Reference Information Center, 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-A257, Washington, DC 20554 or may be accessed online via the Commission's Electronic Comment Filing System at
Research, Education, and Economics, USDA.
Solicitation for membership.
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App., the United States Department of Agriculture announces the solicitation for nominations to fill vacancies on the National Agricultural Research, Extension, Education, and Economics Advisory Board and its subcommittees. There are 7 vacancies on the NAREEE Advisory Board, 3 vacancies on the Specialty Crop Committee, 4 vacancies on the National Genetics Advisory Council, and 6 vacancies on the Citrus Disease Committee.
All nomination materials should be mailed in a single, complete package and postmarked by July 29, 2016.
The nominee's name, resume or CV, completed Form AD-755, and any letters of support must be submitted via one of the following methods:
(1) Email to
(2) By mail delivery service to Thomas Vilsack, Secretary, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20250, Attn: NAREEE Advisory Board, Room 332A, Whitten Building.
Michele Esch, Director, National Agricultural Research, Extension, Education, and Economics Advisory Board, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Room 332A, The Whitten Building, Washington, DC 20250-2255, telephone: 202-720-3684; fax: 202-720-6199; email:
Nominations are solicited from organizations, associations, societies, councils, federations, groups, and companies that represent a wide variety of food and agricultural interests throughout the country. Nominations for one individual who fits several of the categories listed above,
In your nomination letter, please indicate the specific membership category for each nomine if applying for the NAREEE Advisory Committee and also specify what committee(s) you are sending your nomination is for. Each nominee must submit form AD-755, “Advisory Committee Membership Background Information” (which can be obtained from the contact person below or from:
Nominations are open to all individuals without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, mental or physical handicap, marital status, or sexual orientation. To ensure the recommendation of the Advisory Board take into account the needs of the diverse groups served by the USDA, membership shall include, to the extent practicable, individuals with demonstrated ability to represent the needs of all racial and ethnic groups, women and men, and persons with disabilities.
Please note that registered lobbyist and individuals already serving another USDA Federal Advisory Committee, are ineligible for nomination.
All nominees will be carefully reviewed for their expertise, leadership, and relevance. All nominees will be vetted before selection.
Appointments to the National Agricultural Research, Extension, Education, and Economics Advisory Board and its subcommittees will be made by the Secretary of Agriculture.
The National Agricultural Research, Extension, Education, and Economics Advisory Board was established in 1996 via Section 1408 of the National Agricultural Research, Extension, and Teaching Policy Act of 1977 (7 U.S.C. 3123) to provide advice to the Secretary of Agriculture and land-grant colleges and universities on top priorities and policies for food and agricultural research, education, extension, and economics. Section 1408 of the National Agricultural Research, Extension, and Teaching Policy Act of 1977 was amended by the Farm Security and Rural Investment Act of 2002 to reduce the number of members on the National Agricultural Research, Extension, Education, and Economics Advisory Board to 25 members and required the Board to also provide advice to the Committee on Agriculture of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry of the Senate, the Subcommittee on Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration and Related Agencies of the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives, and the Subcommittee on Agriculture, Rural Development and Related Agencies of the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate.
Since the Advisory Boards inception by congressional legislation in 1996, each member has represented a specific category related to farming or ranching, food production and processing, forestry research, crop and animal science, land-grant institutions, non-land grant college or university with a historic commitment to research in the food and agricultural sciences, food retailing and marketing, rural economic development, and natural resource and consumer interest groups, among many others. The Board was first appointed by the Secretary of Agriculture in September 1996 and one-third of its members were appointed for a one, two, and three-year term, respectively. The terms for 7 members who represent specific categories will expire September 30, 2016. Nominations for a 3-year appointment for these 7 vacant categories are sought. All nominees will be carefully reviewed for their expertise, leadership, and relevance to a category.
The 7 slots to be filled are:
The Specialty Crop Committee was created as a subcommittee of the National Agricultural Research, Extension, Education, and Economics Advisory Board in 2004 in accordance with the Specialty Crops Competitiveness Act of 2004 under Title III, Section 303 of Public Law 108-465. The committee was formulated to study the scope and effectiveness of research, extension, and economics programs affecting the specialty crop industry. The legislation defines “specialty crops” as fruits, vegetables, tree nuts, dried fruits and nursery crops (including floriculture). The Agricultural Act of 2014 further expanded the scope of the Specialty Crop Committee to provide advice to the Secretary of Agriculture on the relevancy review process of the Specialty Crop Research Initiative, a granting program of the National Institute of Food and Agriculture.
Members should represent the breadth of the specialty crop industry. 6 members of the Specialty Crop Committee are also members of the National Agricultural Research, Extension, Education, and Economics Advisory Board and 6 members represent various disciplines of the specialty crop industry.
The terms of 3 members will expire on September 30, 2015. The Specialty Crop Committee is soliciting nominations to fill 3 vacant positions. Appointed members will serve 2-3 years with their terms expiring in September 2017 or 2018.
The National Genetic Resources Advisory Council was re-established in 2012 as a permanent subcommittee of the National Agricultural Research, Extension, Education, and Economics (NAREEE) Advisory Board to formulate recommendations on actions and policies for the collection, maintenance, and utilization of genetic resources; to make recommendations for coordination of genetic resources plans of several domestic and international organizations; and to advise the Secretary of Agriculture and the National Genetic Resources Program of new and innovative approaches to genetic resources conservation. The National Genetic Resources Advisory Council will also advise the department on developing a broad strategy for maintaining plant biodiversity available to agriculture, and strengthening public sector plant breeding capacities.
The National Genetic Resources Advisory Council membership is required to have two-thirds of the appointed members from scientific disciplines relevant to the National Genetic Resources Program including agricultural sciences, environmental sciences, natural resource sciences, health sciences, and nutritional sciences; and one-third of the appointed members from the general public including leaders in fields of public policy, trade, international development, law, or management.
The terms of 4 members of the National Genetic Resources Advisory Council will expire on September 30, 2016. We are seeking nominations for a 4-year appointment effective October 1, 2016 through September 30, 2020. The 4 slots to be filled are to be composed of 3 scientific members and 1 general public member.
The Citrus Disease Subcommittee was established by the Agricultural Act of 2014 (Sec. 7103) to advise the Secretary of Agriculture on citrus research, extension, and development needs, engage in regular consultation and collaboration with USDA and other organizations involved in citrus, and provide recommendations for research and extension activities related to citrus disease. The Citrus Disease Subcommittee will also advise the Department on the research and extension agenda of the Emergency Citrus Disease Research and Extension Program, a granting program of the National Institute of Food and Agriculture.
The subcommittee is composed of 9 members who
The terms of 6 Citrus Disease Subcommittee will expire on September 30, 2015. The Citrus Disease Subcommittee is soliciting nominations to fill 6 vacant positons for membership; 4 positions are to represent Florida and 2 positions are to represent California. Appointed members will serve 2-3 years with their terms expiring in September 2017 or 2018.
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Sabine-Angelina Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Hemphill, Texas. The committee is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with Title II of the Act. RAC information can be found at the following Web site:
The meeting will be held on Thursday, August 18, 2016, at 3:00 p.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at Sabine Ranger District, 5050 State Highway 21 East, Hemphill, Texas.
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Becky Nix, RAC Coordinator, by phone at 409-625-1940 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information
The purpose of the meeting is to:
1. Approve Minutes from July 14, 2016 Meeting;
2. Discuss/Recommend/Approve new projects;
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should request in writing by Friday, August 12, 2016, to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the committee may file written statements with the committee staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and requests for time for oral comments must be sent to Becky Nix, RAC Coordinator, Sabine-Angelina Resource Advisory Committee, 5050 State Highway 21 E, Hemphill, Texas 75948; by email to
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice; request for comment.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Forest Service is seeking comments from all interested individuals and organizations on the renewal of a currently approved information collection, Forest Industries and Residential Fuelwood and Post Data Collection Systems with a revision adding a Logging Operations Data Collection System.
Comments must be received in writing on or before September 27, 2016 to be assured of consideration. Comments received after that date will be considered to the extent practicable.
Comments concerning this notice should be addressed to: USDA, Forest Service, Attn: Consuelo Brandeis, Southern Research Station, Forest Inventory and Analysis, 4700 Old Kingston Pike, Knoxville, TN 37919.
Comments also may be submitted via facsimile to 865-862-0262 or by email to:
The public may inspect comments received at the Southern Research Station, 4700 Old Kingston Pike, Knoxville, TN during normal business hours. Visitors are encouraged to call ahead to 865-862-2000 to facilitate entry to the building.
Consuelo Brandeis, Southern Research Station, at 865-862-2028. Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Relay Service (FRS) at 1-800-877-8339 twenty-four hours a day, every day of the year, including holidays.
Comment is invited on: (1) Whether this collection of information is necessary for the stated purposes and the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information will have practical or scientific utility; (2) the accuracy of the Agency's estimate of the burden of the collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including the use of automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
All comments received in response to this notice, including names and addresses when provided, will be a matter of public record. Comments will be summarized and included in the submission request toward Office of Management and Budget approval.
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Ontonagon Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Ewen, Michigan. The Committee is meeting as authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with the Title II of the Act. RAC information can be found at the following Web site:
The meeting will be held on August 30, 2016, from 9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at the Ewen-Trout Creek School, 14312 Airport Road, Ewen, Michigan.
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Lisa Klaus, RAC Coordinator, by phone at 906-932-1330 ext. 328 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and
8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to:
1. Identify new RAC committee members,
2. Review and approve the RAC's operating guidelines,
3. Elect a new chairperson, and
4. Review and recommend projects for Title II funding.
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should request in writing by August 16, 2016, to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the committee may file written statements with the committee staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and requests for time for oral comments must be sent to Attention: Lisa Klaus, RAC Coordinator, Ottawa National Forest Supervisor's Office, E6248 US Hwy. 2, Ironwood, Michigan 49938; by email to
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of initiating the Assessment phase of the Forest Plan revision for the Manti-La Sal National Forest.
The Manti-La Sal National Forest (Forest), located in central and southeastern Utah and southwestern Colorado, is initiating the first phase of the Forest Planning process pursuant to the 2012 National Forest System Land Management Planning rule (36 CFR part 219). This process will result in a revised forest land management plan (Forest Plan) which provides strategic direction for management of resources on the Manti-La Sal National Forest for the next fifteen years. The first phase of the planning process involves assessing ecological, social and economic conditions and trends in the planning area and documenting the findings in an Assessment report.
The Assessment phase is just beginning on the Manti-La Sal National Forest and interested parties are invited to contribute to the development of the Assessment. The Forest will be hosting public meetings to explain the revision process and invite the public to share information relevant to the Assessment. At the public meetings the Forest will seek sources of existing information and local knowledge of current conditions and trends in the natural resources,
Public meetings to discuss development of the Assessment will be held in September 2016. Dates and locations will be posted on the Forest Web site (
Written correspondence can be sent to: Manti-La Sal National Forest, Attn: Forest Plan Revision, 599 West Price River Drive, Ste. A, Price, UT 84501; or emailed to
Blake Bassett, Forest Plan Revision Partnership Coordinator, at the mailing address above; or call 435-636-3508. Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8 a.m. and 8 p.m. Eastern Time, Monday through Friday. More information on our plan revision process is available on the Forest's planning Web site at
The National Forest Management Act (NFMA) of 1976 requires that every National Forest System (NFS) unit develop and periodically revise a Forest Plan. The procedures for doing this are in federal regulation (“Planning Rule,” 36 CFR 219) and in Forest Service directives. Forest Plans provide strategic direction for managing forest resources for around fifteen years, and are adaptive and amendable as conditions change over time.
Under the Planning Rule, an Assessment of ecological, social, and economic conditions and trends in the planning area is the first phase of a 3-phase planning process (36 CFR 219.6). The second phase is guided, in part, by the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). It includes preparation of a draft revised Forest Plan, one or more alternatives to the draft plan, and a draft environmental impact statement (DEIS) for public review and comment. This is followed by a final environmental impact statement (FEIS) and draft decision. The draft decision is subject to the objection procedures of 36 CFR part 219, subpart B, before it can be finalized. The third phase of the process is implementation and monitoring, which is ongoing over the life of the revised Forest Plan.
This notice announces the start of the Manti-La Sal National Forest's Assessment process. The Assessment will rapidly evaluate existing information about relevant ecological, economic, cultural and social conditions, trends and sustainability and their relationship to the current Forest Plan within the context of the broader landscape. The Assessment does not include any decisions or require any actions on the ground. Its purpose is to provide a solid base of information that will be used to identify preliminary needs for change in the current Forest Plan, and to inform development of a revised plan.
With this notice, the Manti-La Sal National Forest invites other governments, non-governmental parties, and the public to contribute to Assessment development. The intent of public participation during this phase is to identify as much relevant information as possible to inform the plan revision process. We also encourage contributors to share their concerns and perceptions of risk to social, economic, and ecological systems in or connected to the planning area.
As public engagement opportunities are scheduled, public announcements will be made and information will be posted on the Forest's Web site:
The responsible official for the revision of the land management plan for the Manti-La Sal National Forest is the Forest Supervisor, Mark Pentecost, Manti-La Sal National Forest, 599 West Price River Drive, Ste. A, Price, Utah 84501.
Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS), U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA).
Notice of a Finding of No Significant Impact.
Pursuant to Section 102[2][c] of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, the Council on Environmental Quality Regulations, and the Natural Resources Conservation Service Regulations, NRCS gives notice that an environmental impact statement is not being prepared for the rehabilitation of Mountain Run Watershed Dam No. 50, Culpeper County, Virginia.
John A. Bricker, State Conservationist, Natural Resources Conservation Service, 1606 Santa Rosa Road, Suite 209, Richmond, Virginia 23229. Telephone (804) 287-1691, email
The environmental assessment of this federally assisted action indicates that the project will not cause significant local, regional, or national impacts on the environment. As a result of these findings, John A. Bricker, State Conservationist, has determined that the preparation and review of an environmental impact statement is not needed for this project.
The project purpose is continued flood prevention. The planned works of improvement include upgrading an existing multi-purpose flood control and water supply structure.
The Notice of a Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) has been forwarded to the various Federal, State, and local agencies and interested parties. A limited number of the FONSI are available to fill single copy requests at the above address. Basic data developed during the environmental assessment are on file and may be reviewed by contacting John A. Bricker at the above number.
No administrative action on implementation of the proposal will be taken until 30 days after the date of this publication in the
The Department of Commerce will submit to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for clearance the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35).
The purpose of the information is to help staff collect data on the skills of the examiners, including alumni examiners, in order to best manage training and selection. Because the examiner selection process is so competitive, examiners need to demonstrate competencies such as understanding the Baldrige Criteria, team skills, and writing skills. The program also needs to collect peer-based information to understand an examiner's skill level in order to make decisions on whether the examiner should be elevated to “senior examiner” and therefore team leader. The blinded data will be shared with the team leader for improvement purposes, and for future assignments.
This information collection request may be viewed at reginfo.gov. Follow the instructions to view Department of Commerce collections currently under review by OMB.
Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to
The South Carolina State Ports Authority, grantee of FTZ 38, submitted a notification of proposed production activity to the FTZ Board on behalf of Benteler Automotive Corporation (Benteler), located in Duncan, South Carolina. The notification conforming to the requirements of the regulations of the FTZ Board (15 CFR 400.22) was received on June 28, 2016.
Benteler already has authority to produce automotive suspension and body components within Subzone 38F. The current request would add one finished product to the existing scope of authority. Pursuant to 15 CFR 400.14(b), additional FTZ authority would be limited to the specific finished product described in the submitted notification (as described below) and subsequently authorized by the FTZ Board.
Production under FTZ procedures could exempt Benteler from customs duty payments on the foreign-status materials/components used in export production. On its domestic sales, Benteler would be able to choose the duty rates during customs entry procedures that apply to instrument panel supports (duty rate 2.5%) for the foreign-status materials/components in the existing scope of authority. Customs duties also could possibly be deferred or reduced on foreign-status production equipment.
Public comment is invited from interested parties. Submissions shall be addressed to the Board's Executive Secretary at the address below. The closing period for their receipt is September 7, 2016.
A copy of the notification will be available for public inspection at the Office of the Executive Secretary, Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Room 21013, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230-0002, and in the “Reading Room” section of the Board's Web site, which is accessible via
For further information, contact Christopher Kemp at
An application has been submitted to the Foreign-Trade Zones Board (the Board) by the Eastern Distribution Center, Inc., grantee of FTZ 24, requesting subzone status for the facility of Michaels Stores Procurement Company, Inc., located in Hazleton, Pennsylvania. The application was submitted pursuant to the provisions of the Foreign-Trade Zones Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 81a-81u), and the regulations of the Board (15 CFR part 400). It was formally docketed on July 26, 2016.
The proposed subzone (77.8 acres) is located at 60 Green Mountain Road, Hazleton. No authorization for production activity has been requested at this time. The proposed subzone would be subject to the existing activation limit of FTZ 24.
In accordance with the Board's regulations, Elizabeth Whiteman of the FTZ Staff is designated examiner to review the application and make recommendations to the Executive Secretary.
Public comment is invited from interested parties. Submissions shall be addressed to the Board's Executive Secretary at the address below. The closing period for their receipt is September 7, 2016. Rebuttal comments in response to material submitted during the foregoing period may be submitted during the subsequent 15-day period to September 22, 2016.
A copy of the application will be available for public inspection at the Office of the Executive Secretary, Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Room 21013, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230-0002, and in the “Reading Room” section of the Board's Web site, which is accessible via
For further information, contact Elizabeth Whiteman at
On December 6, 2013, the then-Acting Director of the Office of Exporter Services, Eileen M. Albanese, entered an Order
This Order, which is effective immediately, shall be published in the
Bureau of Industry and Security, Commerce.
Notice.
The Department of Commerce, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Written comments must be submitted on or before September 27, 2016.
Direct all written comments to Jennifer Jessup, Departmental Paperwork Clearance Officer, Department of Commerce, Room 6616, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230 (or via the Internet at
Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument and instructions should be directed to Mark Crace, BIS Liaison, (202) 482-8093,
Opportunities to bid for contracts under the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) Security Investment Program (NSIP) are only open to firms of member NATO countries. NSIP procedures for international competitive bidding (AC/4-D/2261) require that each NATO country certify that their respective firms are eligible to bid on such contracts. This is done through the issuance of a “Declaration of Eligibility.” The U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) is the executive agency responsible for certifying U.S. firms. The BIS-4023P is the application form used to collect information needed to ascertain the eligibility of a U.S. firm. BIS will review applications for completeness and accuracy, and determine a company's eligibility based on its financial viability, technical capability, and security clearances with the U.S. Department of Defense.
Submitted electronically or on paper.
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden (including hours and cost) of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for OMB approval of this information collection; they also will become a matter of public record.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) determines that certain cold-rolled steel flat products (cold-rolled steel) from the United Kingdom is being, or is likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (LTFV). The period of investigation (POI) is July 1, 2014, through June 30, 2015. The final dumping margins of sales at LTFV are listed below in the “Final Determination” section of this notice.
Effective July 29, 2016.
Thomas Schauer, AD/CVD Operations, Office I, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-0410.
On March 7, 2016, the Department published the
In March 2016, the Department received supplemental cost responses from Tata Steel UK Ltd. (TSUK), one of the mandatory respondents in this investigation.
In June 2016, AK Steel (one of the petitioners),
The product covered by this investigation is cold-rolled steel from the United Kingdom. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation,
In accordance with the Preliminary Scope Determination,
For a summary of the product coverage comments and rebuttal responses submitted to the records of the cold-rolled steel investigations, and accompanying discussion and analysis of all comments timely received,
All issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs by parties in this investigation are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, which is hereby adopted by this notice.
As provided in section 782(i) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), in March and April 2016, the Department verified the sales and cost data reported by the mandatory respondents, pursuant to section 782(i) of the Act. We used standard verification procedures, including an examination of relevant accounting and production records, and original source documents provided by the respondents.
Based on our analysis of the comments received and our findings at verification, we made certain changes to the margin calculations for Caparo and TSUK. For a discussion of these changes,
Section 735(c)(5)(A) of the Act provides that the estimated all-others rate shall be an amount equal to the weighted-average of the estimated weighted-average dumping margins established for exporters and producers individually investigated excluding any zero or
The Department determines that the final weighted-average dumping margins are as follows:
We intend to disclose the calculations performed to interested parties within five days of the public announcement of this final determination in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
In accordance with section 735(c)(1)(B) of the Act, the Department will instruct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to continue to suspend liquidation of all appropriate entries of cold-rolled steel from the United Kingdom, as described in Appendix I of this notice, which were entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after March 7, 2016, the date of publication of the
Further, pursuant to section 735(c)(1)(B)(ii) of the Act, CBP shall require a cash deposit equal to the estimated amount by which the normal value exceeds the U.S. price, as follows: (1) For the exporters/producers listed in the table above, the cash deposit rates will be equal to the dumping margin which the Department determined in this final determination; (2) if the exporter is not a firm identified in this investigation but the producer is, the rate will be the rate established for the producer of the subject merchandise; (3) the rate for all other producers or exporters will be 22.92 percent, as discussed in the “All Others Rate” section, above. These instructions suspending liquidation will remain in effect until further notice.
In accordance with section 735(d) of the Act, we will notify the International Trade Commission (ITC) of the final affirmative determination of sales at LTFV. Because the final determination in this proceeding is affirmative, in accordance with section 735(b)(2) of the Act, the ITC will make its final determination as to whether the domestic industry in the United States is materially injured, or threatened with material injury, by reason of imports of cold-rolled steel from the United Kingdom no later than 45 days after our final determination. If the ITC determines that material injury or threat of material injury does not exist, the proceeding will be terminated and all cash deposits will be refunded. If the ITC determines that such injury does exist, the Department will issue an antidumping duty order directing CBP to assess, upon further instruction by the Department, antidumping duties on all imports of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the effective date of the suspension of liquidation.
This notice serves as a reminder to parties subject to an administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely notification of the return or destruction of APO materials, or conversion to judicial protective order, is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and the terms of an APO is a violation subject to sanction.
This determination and this notice are issued and published pursuant to sections 735(d) and 777(i)(1) of the Act.
The products covered by this investigation are certain cold-rolled (cold-reduced), flat-rolled steel products, whether or not annealed, painted, varnished, or coated with plastics or other non-metallic substances. The products covered do not include those that are clad, plated, or coated with metal. The products covered include coils that have a width or other lateral measurement (“width”) of 12.7 mm or greater, regardless of form of coil (
(1) Where the nominal and actual measurements vary, a product is within the scope if application of either the nominal or actual measurement would place it within the scope based on the definitions set forth above, and
(2) where the width and thickness vary for a specific product (
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less, by weight; and (3) none of the elements listed below exceeds the quantity, by weight, respectively indicated:
Unless specifically excluded, products are included in this scope regardless of levels of boron and titanium.
For example, specifically included in this scope are vacuum degassed, fully stabilized (commonly referred to as interstitial-free (IF)) steels, high strength low alloy (HSLA) steels, motor lamination steels, Advanced High Strength Steels (AHSS), and Ultra High Strength Steels (UHSS). IF steels are recognized as low carbon steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as titanium and/or niobium added to stabilize carbon and nitrogen elements. HSLA steels are recognized as steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as chromium, copper, niobium, titanium, vanadium, and molybdenum. Motor lamination steels contain micro-alloying levels of elements such as silicon and aluminum. AHSS and UHSS are considered high tensile strength and high elongation steels, although AHSS and UHSS are covered whether or not they are high tensile strength or high elongation steels.
Subject merchandise includes cold-rolled steel that has been further processed in a third country, including but not limited to annealing, tempering, painting, varnishing, trimming, cutting, punching, and/or slitting, or any other processing that would not otherwise remove the merchandise from the scope of the investigation if performed in the country of manufacture of the cold-rolled steel.
All products that meet the written physical description, and in which the chemistry quantities do not exceed any one of the noted element levels listed above, are within the scope of this investigation unless specifically excluded. The following products are outside of and/or specifically excluded from the scope of this investigation:
• Ball bearing steels;
• Tool steels;
• Silico-manganese steel;
• Grain-oriented electrical steels (GOES) as defined in the final determination of the U.S. Department of Commerce in Grain-Oriented Electrical Steel From Germany, Japan, and Poland.
• Non-Oriented Electrical Steels (NOES), as defined in the antidumping orders issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce in Non-Oriented Electrical Steel From the People's Republic of China, Germany, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Sweden, and Taiwan.
The products subject to this investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7209.15.0000, 7209.16.0030, 7209.16.0060, 7209.16.0070, 7209.16.0091, 7209.17.0030, 7209.17.0060, 7209.17.0070, 7209.17.0091, 7209.18.1530, 7209.18.1560, 7209.18.2510, 7209.18.2520, 7209.18.2580, 7209.18.6020, 7209.18.6090, 7209.25.0000, 7209.26.0000, 7209.27.0000, 7209.28.0000, 7209.90.0000, 7210.70.3000, 7211.23.1500, 7211.23.2000, 7211.23.3000, 7211.23.4500, 7211.23.6030, 7211.23.6060, 7211.23.6090, 7211.29.2030, 7211.29.2090, 7211.29.4500, 7211.29.6030, 7211.29.6080, 7211.90.0000, 7212.40.1000, 7212.40.5000, 7225.50.6000, 7225.50.8080, 7225.99.0090, 7226.92.5000, 7226.92.7050, and 7226.92.8050. The products subject to the investigation may also enter under the following HTSUS numbers: 7210.90.9000, 7212.50.0000, 7215.10.0010, 7215.10.0080, 7215.50.0016, 7215.50.0018, 7215.50.0020, 7215.50.0061, 7215.50.0063, 7215.50.0065, 7215.50.0090, 7215.90.5000, 7217.10.1000, 7217.10.2000, 7217.10.3000, 7217.10.7000, 7217.90.1000, 7217.90.5030, 7217.90.5060, 7217.90.5090, 7225.19.0000, 7226.19.1000, 7226.19.9000, 7226.99.0180, 7228.50.5015, 7228.50.5040, 7228.50.5070, 7228.60.8000, and 7229.90.1000.
The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and U.S. Customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) determines that countervailable subsidies are being provided to producers and exporters of certain cold-rolled steel flat products (cold-rolled steel) from India as provided in section 705 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act). For information on the subsidy rates,
Effective July 29, 2016.
Erin Kearney, AD/CVD Operations, Office IV, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone (202) 482-0167.
The Department published the
The products covered by this investigation are cold-rolled steel flat products from India. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation,
In accordance with the Preliminary Scope Determination,
For a summary of the product coverage comments and rebuttal responses submitted to the records of the cold-rolled steel investigations, and accompanying discussion and analysis of all comments timely received,
The subsidy programs under investigation and the issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs by parties in this investigation are discussed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum. A list of the issues that parties raised, and to which we responded in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, is attached to this notice at Appendix I.
In making this final determination, the Department relied, in part, on facts available and, because JSW Steel Limited (JSWSL) did not act to the best of its ability in responding to the Department's requests for information, we drew an adverse inference where appropriate in selecting from among the facts otherwise available.
Based on our analysis of the comments received from parties, and the minor corrections presented, and additional items discovered, at verification, we made certain changes to the respondent's subsidy rate calculations. For a discussion of these changes,
In accordance with section 705(c)(1)(B)(i) of the Act, we calculated a subsidy rate for JSWSL (and its cross-owned company JSW Steel Coated Products Ltd. (JSCPL)), the exporter/producer of subject merchandise selected for individual examination in this investigation.
In accordance with sections 705(c)(1)(B)(i)(I) and 705(c)(5)(A) of the Act, for companies not individually investigated, we apply an “all-others” rate, which is normally calculated by weighting the subsidy rates of the individual companies selected as respondents with those companies' exports of the subject merchandise to the United States. Under section 705(c)(5)(A)(i) of the Act, the all-others rate excludes zero and
We intend to disclose to parties in this proceeding the calculations performed for this final determination within five days of the date of public announcement of our final determination, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
As a result of our
If the U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC) issues a final affirmative injury determination, we will issue a CVD order and will reinstate the suspension of liquidation under section 706(a) of the Act and will require a cash deposit of estimated CVDs for such entries of subject merchandise in the amounts indicated above. If the ITC determines that material injury, or threat of material injury, does not exist, this proceeding will be terminated and all estimated duties deposited or securities posted as a result of the suspension of liquidation will be refunded or canceled.
In accordance with section 705(d) of the Act, we will notify the ITC of our determination. In addition, we are making available to the ITC all non-privileged and non-proprietary information relating to this investigation. We will allow the ITC access to all privileged and business proprietary information in our files, provided the ITC confirms that it will not disclose such information, either publicly or under an administrative protective order (APO), without the written consent of the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.
In the event the ITC issues a final negative injury determination, this notice will serve as the only reminder to parties subject to an APO of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials, or conversion to judicial protective order, is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation that is subject to sanction.
This determination and notice are issued and published pursuant to sections 705(d) and 777(i) of the Act.
The products covered by this investigation are certain cold-rolled (cold-reduced), flat-rolled steel products, whether or not annealed, painted, varnished, or coated with plastics or other non-metallic substances. The products covered do not include those that are clad, plated, or coated with metal. The products covered include coils that have a width or other lateral measurement (“width”) of 12.7 mm or greater, regardless of form of coil (
(1) where the nominal and actual measurements vary, a product is within the scope if application of either the nominal or actual measurement would place it within the scope based on the definitions set forth above, and
(2) where the width and thickness vary for a specific product (
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less, by weight; and (3) none of the elements listed below exceeds the quantity, by weight, respectively indicated:
Unless specifically excluded, products are included in this scope regardless of levels of boron and titanium.
For example, specifically included in this scope are vacuum degassed, fully stabilized (commonly referred to as interstitial-free (IF)) steels, high strength low alloy (HSLA) steels, motor lamination steels, Advanced High Strength Steels (AHSS), and Ultra High Strength Steels (UHSS). IF steels are recognized as low carbon steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as titanium and/or niobium added to stabilize carbon and nitrogen elements. HSLA steels are recognized as steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as chromium, copper, niobium, titanium, vanadium, and molybdenum. Motor lamination steels contain micro-alloying levels of elements such as silicon and aluminum. AHSS and UHSS are considered high tensile strength and high elongation steels, although AHSS and UHSS are covered whether or not they are high tensile strength or high elongation steels.
Subject merchandise includes cold-rolled steel that has been further processed in a third country, including but not limited to annealing, tempering, painting, varnishing, trimming, cutting, punching, and/or slitting, or any other processing that would not otherwise remove the merchandise from the
All products that meet the written physical description, and in which the chemistry quantities do not exceed any one of the noted element levels listed above, are within the scope of this investigation unless specifically excluded. The following products are outside of and/or specifically excluded from the scope of this investigation:
• Ball bearing steels;
• Tool steels;
• Silico-manganese steel;
• Grain-oriented electrical steels (GOES) as defined in the final determination of the U.S. Department of Commerce in
• Non-Oriented Electrical Steels (NOES), as defined in the antidumping orders issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce in
The products subject to this investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7209.15.0000, 7209.16.0030, 7209.16.0060, 7209.16.0070, 7209.16.0091, 7209.17.0030, 7209.17.0060, 7209.17.0070, 7209.17.0091, 7209.18.1530, 7209.18.1560, 7209.18.2510, 7209.18.2520, 7209.18.2580, 7209.18.6020, 7209.18.6090, 7209.25.0000, 7209.26.0000, 7209.27.0000, 7209.28.0000, 7209.90.0000, 7210.70.3000, 7211.23.1500, 7211.23.2000, 7211.23.3000, 7211.23.4500, 7211.23.6030, 7211.23.6060, 7211.23.6090, 7211.29.2030, 7211.29.2090, 7211.29.4500, 7211.29.6030, 7211.29.6080, 7211.90.0000, 7212.40.1000, 7212.40.5000, 7225.50.6000, 7225.50.8080, 7225.99.0090, 7226.92.5000, 7226.92.7050, and 7226.92.8050. The products subject to the investigation may also enter under the following HTSUS numbers: 7210.90.9000, 7212.50.0000, 7215.10.0010, 7215.10.0080, 7215.50.0016, 7215.50.0018, 7215.50.0020, 7215.50.0061, 7215.50.0063, 7215.50.0065, 7215.50.0090, 7215.90.5000, 7217.10.1000, 7217.10.2000, 7217.10.3000, 7217.10.7000, 7217.90.1000, 7217.90.5030, 7217.90.5060, 7217.90.5090, 7225.19.0000, 7226.19.1000, 7226.19.9000, 7226.99.0180, 7228.50.5015, 7228.50.5040, 7228.50.5070, 7228.60.8000, and 7229.90.1000.
The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and U.S. Customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
This is a decision consolidated pursuant to Section 6(c) of the Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Materials Importation Act of 1966 (Pub. L. 89-651, as amended by Pub. L. 106-36; 80 Stat. 897; 15 CFR part 301). Related records can be viewed between 8:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. in Room 3720, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC.
Docket Number: 15-047. Applicant: Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Boston, MA 02210. Instrument: Electron Microscope. Manufacturer: JEOL Ltd., Japan. Intended Use: See notice at 81 FR 11517, March 4, 2016.
Docket Number: 15-051. Applicant: Iowa State University of Science and Technology, Ames, IA 50011-3020. Instrument: Electron Microscope. Manufacturer: FEI Company, Czech Republic and Great Britain. Intended Use: See notice at 81 FR 32724, May 24, 2016.
Docket Number: 15-054. Applicant: University of Connecticut Health Center, Farmington, CT 06030. Instrument: Electron Microscope. Manufacturer: FEI Company, Czech Republic. Intended Use: See notice at 81 FR 11517, March 4, 2016.
Docket Number: 15-056. Applicant: St. Jude Children's Research Hospital, Memphis, TN 38105. Instrument: Electron Microscope. Manufacturer: FEI Company, Czech Republic. Intended Use: See notice at 81 FR 11517, March 4, 2016.
Docket Number: 15-059. Applicant: Rutgers University, Piscataway, NJ 00854. Instrument: Low Temperature Scanning Tunneling Microscope. Manufacturer: Unisoku, Japan. Intended Use: See notice at 81 FR 11517, March 4, 2016.
Docket Number: 15-060. Applicant: Kent State University, Kent, OH 44242. Instrument: Electron Microscope. Manufacturer: FEI Company, the Netherlands. Intended Use: See notice at 81 FR 11517, March 4, 2016.
Docket Number: 16-003. Applicant: Oregon Health and Science University, Portland, OR 97239. Instrument: Electron Microscope. Manufacturer: FEI Company, the Netherlands. Intended Use: See notice at 81 FR 32724-25, May 24, 2016.
Docket Number: 16-006. Applicant: Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX 75390. Instrument: Electron Microscope. Manufacturer: FEI Company, the Netherlands. Intended Use: See notice at 81 FR 32724-25, May 24, 2016.
Docket Number: 16-009. Applicant: Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305-5126. Instrument: Electron Microscope. Manufacturer: FEI Company, the Netherlands. Intended Use: See notice at 81 FR 32724, May 24, 2016.
Comments: None received. Decision: Approved. No instrument of equivalent scientific value to the foreign instrument, for such purposes as this instrument is intended to be used, is being manufactured in the United States at the time the instrument was ordered. Reasons: Each foreign instrument is an electron microscope and is intended for
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) determines that countervailable subsidies are being provided to producers and exporters of certain cold-rolled steel flat products (cold-rolled steel) from the Russian Federation (Russia). For information on the estimated subsidy rates,
Effective July 29, 2016.
Kristen Johnson (the NLMK Companies) and Stephanie Moore (the Severstal Companies), AD/CVD Operations, Office III, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-4793 and (202) 482-3692, respectively.
The Department published the
The products covered by this investigation are cold-rolled steel flat products from Russia. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation,
In accordance with the Preliminary Scope Determination,
For a summary of the product coverage comments and rebuttal responses submitted to the records of the cold-rolled steel investigations, and accompanying discussion and analysis of all comments timely received,
The subsidy programs under investigation and the issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs by parties in this investigation are discussed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum. A list of the issues that parties raised, and to which we responded in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, is attached to this notice at Appendix I.
In making this final determination, the Department relied, in part, on facts available with regard to specificity of the Provision of Natural Gas for LTAR, to specificity of the Provision of Mining Rights for LTAR program, and to the Severstal Companies' use of the Tax Deduction for Exploration Expenses. Because neither the Government of Russia nor the Severstal Companies acted to the best of their ability in responding to the Department's requests for certain information, we drew an adverse inference where appropriate in selecting from among the facts otherwise available.
Based on our analysis of the comments received from parties and the minor corrections presented, and additional items discovered at verification, we made certain changes to the respondents' subsidy rate calculations. For a discussion of these changes,
As discussed in the
In accordance with section 705(c)(1)(B)(i) of the Act, we calculated a rate for the NLMK Companies and the Severstal Companies, the exporters/producers of subject merchandise selected for individual examination in this investigation.
In accordance with sections 705(c)(1)(B)(i)(I) and 705(c)(5)(A) of the Act, for companies not individually investigated, we apply an “all-others” rate, which is normally calculated by weighting the subsidy rates of the individual companies selected as mandatory respondents with those companies' exports of the subject merchandise to the United States. Under section 705(c)(5)(A)(i) of the Act, the all-others rate excludes zero and
We intend to disclose to parties in this proceeding the calculations performed for this final determination within five days of the date of public announcement of our final determination, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
As a result of our affirmative
If the U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC) issues a final affirmative injury determination, we will issue a CVD order and will reinstate the suspension of liquidation under section 706(a) of the Act and will require a cash deposit of estimated CVDs for such entries of subject merchandise in the amounts indicated above. If the ITC determines that material injury, or threat of material injury, does not exist, this proceeding will be terminated and all estimated duties deposited as a result of the suspension of liquidation will be refunded or canceled.
In accordance with section 705(d) of the Act, we will notify the ITC of our determination. In addition, we are making available to the ITC all non-privileged and non-proprietary information relating to this investigation. We will allow the ITC access to all privileged and business proprietary information in our files, provided the ITC confirms that it will not disclose such information, either publicly or under an administrative protective order (APO), without the written consent of the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.
In the event the ITC issues a final negative injury determination, this notice will serve as the only reminder to parties subject to an APO of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials, or conversion to judicial protective order, is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation subject to sanction.
This determination and notice are issued and published pursuant to sections 705(d) and 777(i) of the Act.
The products covered by this investigation are certain cold-rolled (cold-reduced), flat-rolled steel products, whether or not annealed, painted, varnished, or coated with plastics or other non-metallic substances. The products covered do not include those that are clad, plated, or coated with metal. The products covered include coils that have a width or other lateral measurement (“width”) of 12.7 mm or greater, regardless of form of coil (
(1) Where the nominal and actual measurements vary, a product is within the scope if application of either the nominal or actual measurement would place it within the scope based on the definitions set forth above, and
(2) where the width and thickness vary for a specific product (
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less, by weight; and (3) none of the elements listed below exceeds the quantity, by weight, respectively indicated:
Unless specifically excluded, products are included in this scope regardless of levels of boron and titanium.
For example, specifically included in this scope are vacuum degassed, fully stabilized (commonly referred to as interstitial-free (IF)) steels, high strength low alloy (HSLA) steels, motor lamination steels, Advanced High Strength Steels (AHSS), and Ultra High Strength Steels (UHSS). IF steels are recognized as low carbon steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as titanium and/or niobium added to stabilize carbon and nitrogen elements. HSLA steels are recognized as steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as chromium, copper, niobium, titanium, vanadium, and molybdenum. Motor lamination steels contain micro-alloying levels of elements such as silicon and aluminum. AHSS and UHSS are considered high tensile strength and high elongation steels, although AHSS and UHSS are covered whether or not they are high tensile strength or high elongation steels.
Subject merchandise includes cold-rolled steel that has been further processed in a third country, including but not limited to annealing, tempering, painting, varnishing, trimming, cutting, punching, and/or slitting, or any other processing that would not otherwise remove the merchandise from the scope of the investigation if performed in the country of manufacture of the cold-rolled steel.
All products that meet the written physical description, and in which the chemistry quantities do not exceed any one of the noted element levels listed above, are within the scope of these investigation unless specifically excluded. The following products are outside of and/or specifically excluded from the scope of these investigation:
• Ball bearing steels;
• Tool steels;
• Silico-manganese steel;
• Grain-oriented electrical steels (GOES) as defined in the final determination of the U.S. Department of Commerce in
• Non-Oriented Electrical Steels (NOES), as defined in the antidumping orders issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce in
The products subject to this investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7209.15.0000, 7209.16.0030, 7209.16.0060, 7209.16.0070, 7209.16.0091, 7209.17.0030, 7209.17.0060, 7209.17.0070, 7209.17.0091, 7209.18.1530, 7209.18.1560, 7209.18.2510, 7209.18.2520, 7209.18.2580, 7209.18.6020, 7209.18.6090, 7209.25.0000, 7209.26.0000, 7209.27.0000, 7209.28.0000, 7209.90.0000, 7210.70.3000, 7211.23.1500, 7211.23.2000, 7211.23.3000, 7211.23.4500, 7211.23.6030, 7211.23.6060, 7211.23.6090, 7211.29.2030, 7211.29.2090, 7211.29.4500, 7211.29.6030, 7211.29.6080, 7211.90.0000, 7212.40.1000, 7212.40.5000, 7225.50.6000, 7225.50.8080, 7225.99.0090, 7226.92.5000, 7226.92.7050, and 7226.92.8050.
The products subject to the investigation may also enter under the following HTSUS numbers: 7210.90.9000, 7212.50.0000, 7215.10.0010, 7215.10.0080, 7215.50.0016, 7215.50.0018, 7215.50.0020, 7215.50.0061, 7215.50.0063, 7215.50.0065, 7215.50.0090, 7215.90.5000, 7217.10.1000, 7217.10.2000, 7217.10.3000, 7217.10.7000, 7217.90.1000, 7217.90.5030, 7217.90.5060, 7217.90.5090, 7225.19.0000, 7226.19.1000, 7226.19.9000, 7226.99.0180, 7228.50.5015, 7228.50.5040, 7228.50.5070, 7228.60.8000, and 7229.90.1000.
The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and U.S. Customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (“the Department”) determines that imports of certain cold-rolled steel flat products (“cold-rolled steel”) from India are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (“LTFV”). The final estimated weighted-average dumping margins of sales at LTFV are listed below in the section entitled “Final Determination Margins.” The period of investigation (“POI”) is July 1, 2014, through June 30, 2015.
Effective July 29, 2016.
Patrick O'Connor, AD/CVD Operations, Office IV, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-0989.
The Department published in the
The products covered by this investigation are cold-rolled steel from India. For a full description of the scope of the investigation,
In accordance with the Preliminary Scope Determination,
For a summary of the product coverage comments and rebuttal responses submitted on the records of the cold-rolled steel investigations, and accompanying discussion and analysis of all comments timely received,
All issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs that were submitted by parties in this investigation are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum accompanying this notice, and which is hereby adopted by this notice. A list of the issues addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum is attached to this notice at Appendix II.
As provided in section 782(i) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the “Act”), in February and March 2016, the Department verified the sales and cost data reported by the collapsed entity JSW Steel Limited (“JSWSL”)/JSW
Based on our analysis of the comments received and our findings at verification, we made certain changes to the margin calculation for JSW. For a discussion of these changes,
Section 735(c)(5)(A) of the Act provides that the estimated “all-others” rate shall be an amount equal to the weighted average of the estimated weighted-average dumping margins established for exporters and producers individually investigated, excluding any zero or
The Department determines that the following estimated weighted-average dumping margin exists:
We intend to disclose to parties in this proceeding the calculations performed for this final determination within five days of the date of public announcement of our final determination, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
Pursuant to section 735(c)(1)(B) of the Act, the Department will instruct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) to continue to suspend liquidation of all entries of cold-rolled steel from India which were entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after March 7, 2016, the date of publication of the
Where the product under investigation is also subject to a concurrent countervailing duty investigation, we instruct CBP to require a cash deposit less the amount of the countervailing duty determined to constitute any export subsidies. Therefore, in the event that a countervailing duty order is issued and suspension of liquidation is resumed in the companion countervailing duty investigation on cold-rolled steel from India, the Department will instruct CBP to require cash deposits adjusted by the amount of export subsidies, as appropriate. These adjustments are reflected in the final column of the rate chart, above. Until such suspension of liquidation is resumed in the companion countervailing duty investigation, and so long as suspension of liquidation continues under this antidumping duty investigation, the cash deposit rates for this antidumping duty investigation will be the rates identified in the weighted-average margin column in the rate chart, above.
In accordance with section 735(d) of the Act, we will notify the U.S. International Trade Commission (“ITC”) of our final determination. As our final determination is affirmative, in accordance with section 735(b)(2) of the Act, the ITC will determine within 45 days of the final determination whether the domestic industry in the United States is materially injured, or threatened with material injury, by reason of imports, or sales (or the likelihood of sales) for importation, of the subject merchandise. If the ITC determines that such injury exists, the Department will issue an antidumping duty order directing CBP to assess, upon further instruction by the Department, antidumping duties on all imports of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the effective date of the suspension of liquidation.
This notice will serve as a reminder to parties subject to APOs of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and the terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.
This determination and notice are issued and published in accordance with sections 735(d) and 777(i) of the Act.
The products covered by this investigation are certain cold-rolled (cold-reduced), flat-rolled steel products, whether or not annealed, painted, varnished, or coated with plastics or other non-metallic substances. The products covered do not include those that are clad, plated, or coated with metal. The products covered include coils that have a width or other lateral measurement (“width”) of 12.7 mm or greater, regardless of form of coil (
(1) Where the nominal and actual measurements vary, a product is within the
(2) where the width and thickness vary for a specific product (
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less, by weight; and (3) none of the elements listed below exceeds the quantity, by weight, respectively indicated:
Unless specifically excluded, products are included in this scope regardless of levels of boron and titanium.
For example, specifically included in this scope are vacuum degassed, fully stabilized (commonly referred to as interstitial-free (IF)) steels, high strength low alloy (HSLA) steels, motor lamination steels, Advanced High Strength Steels (AHSS), and Ultra High Strength Steels (UHSS). IF steels are recognized as low carbon steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as titanium and/or niobium added to stabilize carbon and nitrogen elements. HSLA steels are recognized as steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as chromium, copper, niobium, titanium, vanadium, and molybdenum. Motor lamination steels contain micro-alloying levels of elements such as silicon and aluminum. AHSS and UHSS are considered high tensile strength and high elongation steels, although AHSS and UHSS are covered whether or not they are high tensile strength or high elongation steels.
Subject merchandise includes cold-rolled steel that has been further processed in a third country, including but not limited to annealing, tempering, painting, varnishing, trimming, cutting, punching, and/or slitting, or any other processing that would not otherwise remove the merchandise from the scope of the investigation if performed in the country of manufacture of the cold-rolled steel.
All products that meet the written physical description, and in which the chemistry quantities do not exceed any one of the noted element levels listed above, are within the scope of this investigation unless specifically excluded. The following products are outside of and/or specifically excluded from the scope of this investigation:
• Ball bearing steels;
• Tool steels;
• Silico-manganese steel;
• Grain-oriented electrical steels (GOES) as defined in the final determination of the U.S. Department of Commerce in Grain-Oriented Electrical Steel From Germany, Japan, and Poland.
• Non-Oriented Electrical Steels (NOES), as defined in the antidumping orders issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce in Non-Oriented Electrical Steel From the People's Republic of China, Germany, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Sweden, and Taiwan.
The products subject to this investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7209.15.0000, 7209.16.0030, 7209.16.0060, 7209.16.0070, 7209.16.0091, 7209.17.0030, 7209.17.0060, 7209.17.0070, 7209.17.0091, 7209.18.1530, 7209.18.1560, 7209.18.2510, 7209.18.2520, 7209.18.2580, 7209.18.6020, 7209.18.6090, 7209.25.0000, 7209.26.0000, 7209.27.0000, 7209.28.0000, 7209.90.0000, 7210.70.3000, 7211.23.1500, 7211.23.2000, 7211.23.3000, 7211.23.4500, 7211.23.6030, 7211.23.6060, 7211.23.6090, 7211.29.2030, 7211.29.2090, 7211.29.4500, 7211.29.6030, 7211.29.6080, 7211.90.0000, 7212.40.1000, 7212.40.5000, 7225.50.6000, 7225.50.8080, 7225.99.0090, 7226.92.5000, 7226.92.7050, and 7226.92.8050. The products subject to the investigation may also enter under the following HTSUS numbers: 7210.90.9000, 7212.50.0000, 7215.10.0010, 7215.10.0080, 7215.50.0016, 7215.50.0018, 7215.50.0020, 7215.50.0061, 7215.50.0063, 7215.50.0065, 7215.50.0090, 7215.90.5000, 7217.10.1000, 7217.10.2000, 7217.10.3000, 7217.10.7000, 7217.90.1000, 7217.90.5030, 7217.90.5060, 7217.90.5090, 7225.19.0000, 7226.19.1000, 7226.19.9000, 7226.99.0180, 7228.50.5015, 7228.50.5040, 7228.50.5070, 7228.60.8000, and 7229.90.1000.
The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and U.S. Customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) determines that countervailable subsidies are being
Effective July 29, 2016.
Sergio Balbontin, Nicholas Czajkowski, or Lana Nigro, AD/CVD Operations, Office I, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-6478, (202) 482-1395, and (202) 482-1779, respectively.
The Department published the
In accordance with the Preliminary Scope Determination,
For a summary of the product coverage comments and rebuttal responses submitted to the records of the cold-rolled steel investigations, and accompanying discussion and analysis of all comments timely received,
The products covered by this investigation are cold-rolled steel flat products from Brazil. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation,
The subsidy programs under investigation and the issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs by parties in this investigation are discussed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum. A list of the issues that parties raised, and to which we responded in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, is attached to this notice at Appendix II.
In making this final determination, the Department relied, in part, on facts available and, because the Government of Brazil and the respondent companies did not act to the best of their abilities in responding to the Department's requests for information, we drew an adverse inference where appropriate in selecting from among the facts otherwise available.
Based on our analysis of the comments received from parties, and the minor corrections presented and additional items discovered at verification, we made certain changes to the respondents' subsidy rate calculations. For a discussion of these changes,
In accordance with section 705(c)(1)(B)(i) of the Act, we calculated a rate for Usinas Siderurgicas de Minas Gerais S.A. (Usiminas) and Companhia Siderurgica Nacional (CSN), the exporters/producers of subject merchandise selected for individual examination in this investigation.
In accordance with sections 705(c)(1)(B)(i)(I) and 705(c)(5)(A) of the Act, for companies not individually investigated, we apply an “all others” rate, which is normally calculated by weighting the subsidy rates of the individual companies selected as mandatory respondents by those companies' exports of the subject merchandise to the United States. Under section 705(c)(5)(A)(i) of the Act, the all-others rate excludes zero and
As a result of our
If the U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC) issues a final affirmative injury determination, we will issue a CVD order and will reinstate the suspension of liquidation under section 706(a) of the Act and will require a cash deposit of estimated CVDs for such entries of subject merchandise in the amounts indicated above. If the ITC determines that material injury, or threat of material injury, does not exist, this proceeding will be terminated and all estimated duties deposited or securities posted as a result of the suspension of liquidation will be refunded or canceled.
In accordance with section 705(d) of the Act, we will notify the ITC of our determination. In addition, we are making available to the ITC all non-privileged and non-proprietary information related to this investigation. We will allow the ITC access to all privileged and business proprietary information in our files, provided the ITC confirms that it will not disclose such information, either publicly or under an administrative protective order (APO), without the written consent of the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.
In the event that the ITC issues a final negative injury determination, this notice will serve as the only reminder to parties subject to an APO of their responsibility concerning the destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the return/destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation which is subject to sanction.
This determination is issued and published pursuant to sections 705(d) and 777(i) of the Act.
The products covered by this investigation are certain cold-rolled (cold-reduced), flat-rolled steel products, whether or not annealed, painted, varnished, or coated with plastics or other non-metallic substances. The products covered do not include those that are clad, plated, or coated with metal. The products covered include coils that have a width or other lateral measurement (“width”) of 12.7 mm or greater, regardless of form of coil (
(1) Where the nominal and actual measurements vary, a product is within the scope if application of either the nominal or actual measurement would place it within the scope based on the definitions set forth above, and
(2) where the width and thickness vary for a specific product (
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less, by weight; and (3) none of the elements listed below exceeds the quantity, by weight, respectively indicated:
Unless specifically excluded, products are included in this scope regardless of levels of boron and titanium.
For example, specifically included in this scope are vacuum degassed, fully stabilized (commonly referred to as interstitial-free (IF)) steels, high strength low alloy (HSLA) steels, motor lamination steels, Advanced High Strength Steels (AHSS), and Ultra High Strength Steels (UHSS). IF steels are recognized as low carbon steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as titanium and/or niobium added to stabilize carbon and nitrogen elements. HSLA steels are recognized as steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as chromium, copper, niobium, titanium, vanadium, and molybdenum. Motor lamination steels contain micro-alloying levels of elements such as silicon and aluminum. AHSS and UHSS are considered high tensile strength and high elongation steels, although AHSS and UHSS are covered whether or not they are high tensile strength or high elongation steels.
Subject merchandise includes cold-rolled steel that has been further processed in a third country, including but not limited to annealing, tempering, painting, varnishing, trimming, cutting, punching, and/or slitting, or any other processing that would not otherwise remove the merchandise from the scope of the investigation if performed in the country of manufacture of the cold-rolled steel.
All products that meet the written physical description, and in which the chemistry quantities do not exceed any one of the noted element levels listed above, are within the scope of this investigation unless specifically excluded. The following products are outside of and/or specifically excluded from the scope of this investigation:
• Ball bearing steels;
• Tool steels;
• Silico-manganese steel;
• Grain-oriented electrical steels (GOES) as defined in the final determination of the U.S. Department of Commerce in
• Non-Oriented Electrical Steels (NOES), as defined in the antidumping orders issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce in
The products subject to this investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7209.15.0000, 7209.16.0030, 7209.16.0060, 7209.16.0070, 7209.16.0091, 7209.17.0030, 7209.17.0060, 7209.17.0070, 7209.17.0091, 7209.18.1530, 7209.18.1560, 7209.18.2510, 7209.18.2520, 7209.18.2580, 7209.18.6020, 7209.18.6090, 7209.25.0000, 7209.26.0000, 7209.27.0000, 7209.28.0000, 7209.90.0000, 7210.70.3000, 7211.23.1500, 7211.23.2000, 7211.23.3000, 7211.23.4500, 7211.23.6030, 7211.23.6060, 7211.23.6090, 7211.29.2030, 7211.29.2090, 7211.29.4500, 7211.29.6030, 7211.29.6080, 7211.90.0000, 7212.40.1000, 7212.40.5000, 7225.50.6000, 7225.50.8080, 7225.99.0090, 7226.92.5000, 7226.92.7050, and 7226.92.8050. The products subject to the investigation may also enter under the following HTSUS numbers: 7210.90.9000, 7212.50.0000, 7215.10.0010, 7215.10.0080, 7215.50.0016, 7215.50.0018, 7215.50.0020, 7215.50.0061, 7215.50.0063, 7215.50.0065, 7215.50.0090, 7215.90.5000, 7217.10.1000, 7217.10.2000, 7217.10.3000, 7217.10.7000, 7217.90.1000, 7217.90.5030, 7217.90.5060, 7217.90.5090, 7225.19.0000, 7226.19.1000, 7226.19.9000, 7226.99.0180, 7228.50.5015, 7228.50.5040, 7228.50.5070, 7228.60.8000, and 7229.90.1000.
The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and U.S. Customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) determines that countervailable subsidies are being provided to producers/exporters of certain cold-rolled steel flat products (cold-rolled steel) from the Republic of Korea (Korea) as provided in section 705 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act). For information on the subsidy rates,
Effective July 29, 2016.
Yasmin Bordas or Emily Maloof, AD/CVD Operations, Office VI, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone (202) 482-3813 or (202) 482-5649, respectively.
The Department published the
The products covered by this investigation are cold-rolled steel flat products from Korea. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation,
In accordance with the Preliminary Scope Determination,
For a summary of the product coverage comments and rebuttal responses submitted to the records of the cold-rolled steel investigations, and accompanying decision and analysis of all comments timely received,
The subsidy programs under investigation and the issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs by parties in this investigation are discussed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum. A list of the issues that parties raised, and to which we responded in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, is attached to this notice as Appendix I.
In making this final determination, the Department relied, in part, on facts available and, because POSCO and Hyundai Steel Co., Ltd. (Hyundai Steel) did not act to the best of their ability in responding to the Department's requests for information, we drew an adverse inference where appropriate in selecting from among the facts otherwise available.
Based on our analysis of the comments received from parties and the minor corrections presented, and additional items discovered at verification, we made certain changes to the respondents' subsidy rate calculations. For a discussion of these changes,
In accordance with section 705(c)(1)(B)(i) of the Act, we calculated a rate for POSCO and Hyundai Steel, the two exporters/producers of subject merchandise selected for individual examination in this investigation.
In accordance with sections 705(c)(1)(B)(i)(I) and 705(c)(5)(A) of the Act, for companies not individually investigated, we apply an “all-others” rate, which is normally calculated by weighting the subsidy rates of the individual companies selected as respondents with those companies' export sales of the subject merchandise to the United States. Under section 705(c)(5)(A)(i) of the Act, the all-others rate should exclude zero and
We intend to disclose to parties in this proceeding the calculations performed for this final determination within five days of the date of public announcement of our final determination, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
In the
If the U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC) issues a final affirmative injury determination, we will issue a CVD order and instruct CBP to require a cash deposit of estimated CVDs for such entries of subject merchandise in the amounts indicated above. If the ITC determines that material injury, or threat of material injury, does not exist, this proceeding will be terminated and all estimated duties deposited or securities posted as a result of the suspension of liquidation will be refunded or canceled.
In accordance with section 705(d) of the Act, we will notify the ITC of our determination. In addition, we are making available to the ITC all non-privileged and non-proprietary information related to this investigation. We will allow the ITC access to all privileged and business proprietary information in our files, provided the ITC confirms that it will not disclose such information, either publicly or under an administrative protective order (APO), without the written consent of the Assistant Secretary of Enforcement and Compliance.
In the event the ITC issues a final negative injury determination, this notice will serve as the only reminder to parties subject to an APO of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order, is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation subject to sanction.
This determination and notice are issued and published pursuant to sections 705(d) and 777(i) of the Act.
The products covered by this investigation are certain cold-rolled (cold-reduced), flat-rolled steel products, whether or not annealed, painted, varnished, or coated with plastics or other non-metallic substances.
(1) Where the nominal and actual measurements vary, a product is within the scope if application of either the nominal or actual measurement would place it within the scope based on the definitions set forth above, and
(2) where the width and thickness vary for a specific product (
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less, by weight; and (3) none of the elements listed below exceeds the quantity, by weight, respectively indicated:
Unless specifically excluded, products are included in this scope regardless of levels of boron and titanium.
For example, specifically included in this scope are vacuum degassed, fully stabilized (commonly referred to as interstitial-free (IF)) steels, high strength low alloy (HSLA) steels, motor lamination steels, Advanced High Strength Steels (AHSS), and Ultra High Strength Steels (UHSS). IF steels are recognized as low carbon steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as titanium and/or niobium added to stabilize carbon and nitrogen elements. HSLA steels are recognized as steels with micro-alloying
Subject merchandise includes cold-rolled steel that has been further processed in a third country, including but not limited to annealing, tempering, painting, varnishing, trimming, cutting, punching, and/or slitting, or any other processing that would not otherwise remove the merchandise from the scope of the investigation if performed in the country of manufacture of the cold-rolled steel.
All products that meet the written physical description, and in which the chemistry quantities do not exceed any one of the noted element levels listed above, are within the scope of this investigation unless specifically excluded. The following products are outside of and/or specifically excluded from the scope of this investigation:
• Ball bearing steels;
• Tool steels;
• Silico-manganese steel;
• Grain-oriented electrical steels (GOES) as defined in the final determination of the U.S. Department of Commerce in
• Non-Oriented Electrical Steels (NOES), as defined in the antidumping orders issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce in
The products subject to this investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7209.15.0000, 7209.16.0030, 7209.16.0060, 7209.16.0070, 7209.16.0091, 7209.17.0030, 7209.17.0060, 7209.17.0070, 7209.17.0091, 7209.18.1530, 7209.18.1560, 7209.18.2510, 7209.18.2520, 7209.18.2580, 7209.18.6020, 7209.18.6090, 7209.25.0000, 7209.26.0000, 7209.27.0000, 7209.28.0000, 7209.90.0000, 7210.70.3000, 7211.23.1500, 7211.23.2000, 7211.23.3000, 7211.23.4500, 7211.23.6030, 7211.23.6060, 7211.23.6090, 7211.29.2030, 7211.29.2090, 7211.29.4500, 7211.29.6030, 7211.29.6080, 7211.90.0000, 7212.40.1000, 7212.40.5000, 7225.50.6000, 7225.50.8080, 7225.99.0090, 7226.92.5000, 7226.92.7050, and 7226.92.8050.
The products subject to this investigation may also enter under the following HTSUS numbers: 7210.90.9000, 7212.50.0000, 7215.10.0010, 7215.10.0080, 7215.50.0016, 7215.50.0018, 7215.50.0020, 7215.50.0061, 7215.50.0063, 7215.50.0065, 7215.50.0090, 7215.90.5000, 7217.10.1000, 7217.10.2000, 7217.10.3000, 7217.10.7000, 7217.90.1000, 7217.90.5030, 7217.90.5060, 7217.90.5090, 7225.19.0000, 7226.19.1000, 7226.19.9000, 7226.99.0180, 7228.50.5015, 7228.50.5040, 7228.50.5070, 7228.60.8000, and 7229.90.1000.
The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) determines that certain cold-rolled steel flat products (cold-rolled steel) from Brazil is being, or is likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (LTFV). The period of investigation (POI) is July 1, 2014, through June 30, 2015. The final dumping margins of sales at LTFV are listed below in the “Final Determination” section of this notice.
Effective July 29, 2016.
Hermes Pinilla, AD/CVD Operations, Office I, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-3477.
On March 7, 2016, the Department published the
The following events occurred since the
The products covered by this investigation are cold-rolled steel from Brazil. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation,
In accordance with the Preliminary Scope Determination,
For a summary of the product coverage comments and rebuttal responses submitted to the record of the cold-rolled steel investigations, and accompanying discussion and analysis of all comments timely received,
All issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs by parties in this investigation are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, which is hereby adopted by this notice.
As provided in section 782(i) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), in April and May 2016, the Department verified the sales and cost data reported by Companhia Siderurgica Nacional (CSN), pursuant to section 782(i) of the Act. We used standard verification procedures, including an examination of relevant accounting and production records, and original source documents provided by the respondent.
The Department found in the
The Department received no comments regarding its preliminary application of the adverse facts-available dumping margin to Usiminas. For the final determination, the Department has not altered its analysis or decision to apply the adverse facts-available dumping margin to Usiminas.
Based on our findings at verification and our analysis of the comments received, we made certain changes to the margin calculations for CSN. For a discussion of these changes,
Section 735(c)(5)(A) of the Act provides that the estimated all-others rate shall be an amount equal to the weighted average of the estimated weighted-average dumping margins established for exporters and producers individually investigated, excluding any zero and
The Department determines that the final weighted-average dumping margins are as follows:
We intend to disclose the calculations performed to interested parties within five days of the public announcement of this final determination in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
In accordance with section 735(c)(1)(B) of the Act, the Department
Further, the Department will instruct CBP to require a cash deposit equal to the estimated amount by which the normal value exceeds the U.S. price as shown above, adjusted where appropriate for export subsidies found in the final determination of the companion countervailing duty investigation. Consistent with our longstanding practice, where the product under investigation is also subject to a concurrent countervailing duty investigation, we instruct CBP to require a cash deposit equal to the amount by which the NV exceeds the U.S. price, less the amount of the countervailing duty determined to constitute any export subsidies.
In accordance with section 735(d) of the Act, we will notify the International Trade Commission (ITC) of the final affirmative determination of sales at LTFV. Because the final determination in this proceeding is affirmative, in accordance with section 735(b)(2) of the Act, the ITC will make its final determination as to whether the domestic industry in the United States is materially injured, or threatened with material injury, by reason of imports of cold-rolled steel from Brazil no later than 45 days after our final determination. If the ITC determines that material injury or threat of material injury does not exist, the proceeding will be terminated and all cash deposits will be refunded. If the ITC determines that such injury does exist, the Department will issue an antidumping duty order directing CBP to assess, upon further instruction by the Department, antidumping duties on all imports of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the effective date of the suspension of liquidation.
This notice serves as a reminder to parties subject to an
This determination and this notice are issued and published pursuant to sections 735(d) and 777(i)(1) of the Act.
The products covered by this investigation are certain cold-rolled (cold-reduced), flat-rolled steel products, whether or not annealed, painted, varnished, or coated with plastics or other non-metallic substances. The products covered do not include those that are clad, plated, or coated with metal. The products covered include coils that have a width or other lateral measurement (“width”) of 12.7 mm or greater, regardless of form of coil (
(1) Where the nominal and actual measurements vary, a product is within the scope if application of either the nominal or actual measurement would place it within the scope based on the definitions set forth above, and
(2) where the width and thickness vary for a specific product (
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less, by weight; and (3) none of the elements listed below exceeds the quantity, by weight, respectively indicated:
Unless specifically excluded, products are included in this scope regardless of levels of boron and titanium.
For example, specifically included in this scope are vacuum degassed, fully stabilized (commonly referred to as interstitial-free (IF)) steels, high strength low alloy (HSLA) steels, motor lamination steels, Advanced High Strength Steels (AHSS), and Ultra High Strength Steels (UHSS). IF steels are recognized as low carbon steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as titanium and/or niobium added to stabilize carbon and nitrogen elements. HSLA steels are recognized as steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as chromium, copper, niobium, titanium, vanadium, and molybdenum. Motor lamination steels contain micro-alloying levels of elements such as silicon and aluminum. AHSS and UHSS are considered high tensile strength and high elongation steels, although AHSS and UHSS are covered whether or not they are high tensile strength or high elongation steels.
Subject merchandise includes cold-rolled steel that has been further processed in a third country, including but not limited to annealing, tempering, painting, varnishing, trimming, cutting, punching, and/or slitting, or any other processing that would not otherwise remove the merchandise from the
All products that meet the written physical description, and in which the chemistry quantities do not exceed any one of the noted element levels listed above, are within the scope of this investigation unless specifically excluded. The following products are outside of and/or specifically excluded from the scope of this investigation:
• Ball bearing steels;
• Tool steels;
• Silico-manganese steel;
• Grain-oriented electrical steels (GOES) as defined in the final determination of the U.S. Department of Commerce in Grain-Oriented Electrical Steel From Germany, Japan, and Poland.
• Non-Oriented Electrical Steels (NOES), as defined in the antidumping orders issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce in Non-Oriented Electrical Steel From the People's Republic of China, Germany, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Sweden, and Taiwan.
The products subject to this investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7209.15.0000, 7209.16.0030, 7209.16.0060, 7209.16.0070, 7209.16.0091, 7209.17.0030, 7209.17.0060, 7209.17.0070, 7209.17.0091, 7209.18.1530, 7209.18.1560, 7209.18.2510, 7209.18.2520, 7209.18.2580, 7209.18.6020, 7209.18.6090, 7209.25.0000, 7209.26.0000, 7209.27.0000, 7209.28.0000, 7209.90.0000, 7210.70.3000, 7211.23.1500, 7211.23.2000, 7211.23.3000, 7211.23.4500, 7211.23.6030, 7211.23.6060, 7211.23.6090, 7211.29.2030, 7211.29.2090, 7211.29.4500, 7211.29.6030, 7211.29.6080, 7211.90.0000, 7212.40.1000, 7212.40.5000, 7225.50.6000, 7225.50.8080, 7225.99.0090, 7226.92.5000, 7226.92.7050, and 7226.92.8050. The products subject to the investigation may also enter under the following HTSUS numbers: 7210.90.9000, 7212.50.0000, 7215.10.0010, 7215.10.0080, 7215.50.0016, 7215.50.0018, 7215.50.0020, 7215.50.0061, 7215.50.0063, 7215.50.0065, 7215.50.0090, 7215.90.5000, 7217.10.1000, 7217.10.2000, 7217.10.3000, 7217.10.7000, 7217.90.1000, 7217.90.5030, 7217.90.5060, 7217.90.5090, 7225.19.0000, 7226.19.1000, 7226.19.9000, 7226.99.0180, 7228.50.5015, 7228.50.5040, 7228.50.5070, 7228.60.8000, and 7229.90.1000.
The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and U.S. Customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
This is a decision pursuant to Section 6(c) of the Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Materials Importation Act of 1966 (Pub. L. 89-651, as amended by Pub. L. 106-36; 80 Stat. 897; 15 CFR part 301). Related records can be viewed between 8:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. in Room 3720, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th and Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC.
Docket Number: 15-044. Applicant: University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15260. Instrument: Scios Dual Beam Field Emission Scanning Electron Microscope. Manufacturer: Scios, Czech Republic. Intended Use: See notice at 81 FR 11517, March 4, 2016. Comments: None received. Decision: Approved. We know of no instruments of equivalent scientific value to the foreign instruments described below, for such purposes as this is intended to be used, that was being manufactured in the United States at the time of order. Reasons: The instrument will be used to reveal the surface and sub-surface microstructure metrics of structural materials such as steels, Ni-based superalloys, Al-, Ti-, Mn-base and other specialty alloys, functional materials based on ceramic, metal and semiconducting thin films, particulates and composites.
Docket Number: 15-049. Applicant: University of Maryland College Park, College Park, MD 20742. Instrument: Laser lithography system Photonic Professional GT and accessories. Manufacturer: Nanoscribe GmbH, Hermon Von Hermholtz Platz 1, Germany. Intended Use: See notice at 81 FR 11517, March 4, 2016. Comments: None received. Decision: Approved. We know of no instruments of equivalent scientific value to the foreign instruments described below, for such purposes as this is intended to be used,
Docket Number: 15-055. Applicant: Rutgers University, Piscataway, NJ 08854. Instrument: Opitcal Floating Zone Furnace. Manufacturer: Crystal Systems Cooperation, Japan. Intended Use: See notice at 81 FR 32724, May 24, 2016. Comments: None received. Decision: Approved. We know of no instruments of equivalent scientific value to the foreign instruments described below, for such purposes as this is intended to be used, that was being manufactured in the United States at the time of order. Reasons: The instrument will be used to grow high quality bulk single crystals of a variety of complex quantum materials including multiferroics, ferroelectrics and low-symmetry magnets. Research projects will include the duality between FR and PUA states in hexagonal manganites, the duality between Ising triangular antiferromagnetism and improper ferroelectricity in hexagonal systems, the domains and domain walls in other polar or chiral magnets, the domains and domain walls in new hybrid improper ferroelectrics, the domains and domain walls in metastable phases at the phase boundaries, and magnetic skyrmion in non-centrosymmetric magnets. The instrument is equipped with 5 high power (1000 W in total) continuous wavelength laser diodes as a heating source. Five lasers ensure temperature homogeneity along the azimuthal direction around the crystal rod to be greater than 95%. The maximum temperature gradient along the growth direction is greater than 150 degrees Celsius/mm. Crystal growth can go from extremely stable and slow growth to very rapid quenching mode, 0.01 to 300 mm/h. This enables the growth of incongruently melting and highly evaporating materials.
Docket Number: 15-058. Applicant: UChicago Argonne, Lemont, IL 60439-4873. Instrument: IEX ARPES Cryo-Manipulator. Manufacturer: Omnivac, Hansjoerg Ruppender, Germany. Intended Use: See notice at 81 FR 32724-25, May 24, 2016. Comments: None received. Decision: Approved. We know of no instruments of equivalent scientific value to the foreign instruments described below, for such purposes as this is intended to be used, that was being manufactured in the United States at the time of order. Reasons: The instrument will be used to cool and position single crystal and thin film samples in an angle-resolved photoemission spectroscopy (ARPES) chamber. ARPES is used to map the electronic band structure of material. Samples include high-temperature superconductors, graphene, and other low dimensional materials, metals and complex oxides. The instrument's unique features include ultra-high vacuum compatible, six-axes of motion with a specified range x: +/−10mm, 1μm, +/−0.05μm, y: +/−10mm, 1μm, +/−0.05μm, z: 300mm, 1μm, +/−0.05μm, polar rotation: 360 degrees, 0.005 degrees, 0.0001 degrees, flip rotation: −15/+60 degrees, .1 degree, 0.05 degrees, azimuthal rotation: +/−90 degrees, .1 degree, 0.05 degrees, a low base temperature of 5.5K and high vibrational stability (motion at the sample <500 nm).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (“Department”) determines that cold-rolled steel flat products (“cold-rolled steel”) from the Russian Federation (“Russia”) are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (“LTFV”). The period of investigation (“POI”) is July 31, 2014, through June 30, 2015. The final dumping margins of sales at LTFV are listed below in the “Final Determination” section of this notice.
Effective July 29, 2016.
Laurel LaCivita, Eve Wang or Alex Rosen, AD/CVD Operations, Office III, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-4243, (202) 482-6231 or (202) 482-7814, respectively.
On March 8, 2016, the Department published the
The products covered by this investigation are cold-rolled steel from the Russian Federation. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation,
In accordance with the Preliminary Scope Decision Memorandum,
For a summary of the product coverage comments and rebuttal responses submitted to the record of the cold-rolled steel investigations, and accompanying discussion and analysis of all comments timely received,
All issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs by parties in this investigation are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, which is incorporated by reference and hereby adopted by this notice. A list of the issues raised is attached to this notice as Attachment I. The Issues and Decision Memorandum is a public document and is on file electronically via Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (“ACCESS”). ACCESS is available to registered users at
Based on our analysis of the comments received and our findings at verification, we made certain changes to the margin calculations. For a discussion of these changes,
Section 735(c)(5)(A) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (“the Act”) provides that the estimated all-others rate shall be an amount equal to the weighted-average of the estimated weighted-average dumping margins established for exporters and producers individually investigated excluding any zero or
The Department determines that the final weighted-average dumping margins are as follows:
We intend to disclose the calculations performed within five days of the publication of this notice to interested parties, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
On February 29, 2016 the Department found that critical circumstances existed for merchandise exported by Severstal and NLMK, as well as for “all others.”
In accordance with section 735(c)(1)(B) of the Act, the Department will instruct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) to continue to suspend liquidation of all appropriate entries of cold-rolled steel from Russia as described in the “Scope of the Investigation” section, which are entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after March 8, 2016, the date of publication in the
Further, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.205(d), the Department will instruct CBP to require a cash deposit equal to the weighted-average amount by which normal value exceeds U.S. price as follows: (1) For the mandatory
In accordance with section 735(d) of the Act, we will notify the International Trade Commission (“ITC”) of the final affirmative determination of sales at LTFV. Because the final determination in this proceeding is affirmative, in accordance with section 735(b)(2) of the Act, the ITC will make its final determination as to whether the domestic industry in the United States is materially injured, or threatened with material injury, by reason of imports of certain cold-rolled steel from Russia no later than 45 days after our final determination. If the ITC determines that material injury or threat of material injury does not exist, the proceeding will be terminated and all cash deposits will be refunded. If the ITC determines that such injury does exist, the Department will issue an antidumping duty order directing CBP to assess, upon further instruction by the Department, antidumping duties on all imports of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the effective date of the suspension of liquidation.
This notice serves as a reminder to parties subject to APO of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely notification of the return or destruction of APO materials, or conversion to judicial protective order, is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and the terms of an APO is a violation subject to sanction.
This determination and this notice are issued and published pursuant to sections 735(d) and 777(i)(1) of the Act.
The products covered by this investigation are certain cold-rolled (cold-reduced), flat-rolled steel products, whether or not annealed, painted, varnished, or coated with plastics or other non-metallic substances. The products covered do not include those that are clad, plated, or coated with metal. The products covered include coils that have a width or other lateral measurement (“width”) of 12.7 mm or greater, regardless of form of coil (
(1) Where the nominal and actual measurements vary, a product is within the scope if application of either the nominal or actual measurement would place it within the scope based on the definitions set forth above, and
(2) where the width and thickness vary for a specific product (
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less, by weight; and (3) none of the elements listed below exceeds the quantity, by weight, respectively indicated:
Unless specifically excluded, products are included in this scope regardless of levels of boron and titanium.
For example, specifically included in this scope are vacuum degassed, fully stabilized (commonly referred to as interstitial-free (“IF”)) steels, high strength low alloy (“HSLA”) steels, motor lamination steels, Advanced High Strength Steels (“AHSS”), and Ultra High Strength Steels (“UHSS”). IF steels are recognized as low carbon steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as titanium and/or niobium added to stabilize carbon and nitrogen elements. HSLA steels are recognized as steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as chromium, copper, niobium, titanium, vanadium, and molybdenum. Motor lamination steels contain micro-alloying levels of elements such as silicon and aluminum. AHSS and UHSS are considered high tensile strength and high elongation
Subject merchandise includes cold-rolled steel that has been further processed in a third country, including but not limited to annealing, tempering, painting, varnishing, trimming, cutting, punching, and/or slitting, or any other processing that would not otherwise remove the merchandise from the scope of the investigation if performed in the country of manufacture of the cold-rolled steel.
All products that meet the written physical description, and in which the chemistry quantities do not exceed any one of the noted element levels listed above, are within the scope of this investigation unless specifically excluded. The following products are outside of and/or specifically excluded from the scope of this investigation:
• Ball bearing steels;
• Tool steels;
• Silico-manganese steel;
• Grain-oriented electrical steels (“GOES”) as defined in the final determination of the U.S. Department of Commerce in
• Non-Oriented Electrical Steels (“NOES”), as defined in the antidumping orders issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce in
The products subject to this investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7209.15.0000, 7209.16.0030, 7209.16.0060, 7209.16.0070, 7209.16.0091, 7209.17.0030, 7209.17.0060, 7209.17.0070, 7209.17.0091, 7209.18.1530, 7209.18.1560, 7209.18.2510, 7209.18.2520, 7209.18.2580, 7209.18.6020, 7209.18.6090, 7209.25.0000, 7209.26.0000, 7209.27.0000, 7209.28.0000, 7209.90.0000, 7210.70.3000, 7211.23.1500, 7211.23.2000, 7211.23.3000, 7211.23.4500, 7211.23.6030, 7211.23.6060, 7211.23.6090, 7211.29.2030, 7211.29.2090, 7211.29.4500, 7211.29.6030, 7211.29.6080, 7211.90.0000, 7212.40.1000, 7212.40.5000, 7225.50.6000, 7225.50.8080, 7225.99.0090, 7226.92.5000, 7226.92.7050, and 7226.92.8050. The products subject to the investigation may also enter under the following HTSUS numbers: 7210.90.9000, 7212.50.0000, 7215.10.0010, 7215.10.0080, 7215.50.0016, 7215.50.0018, 7215.50.0020, 7215.50.0061, 7215.50.0063, 7215.50.0065, 7215.50.0090, 7215.90.5000, 7217.10.1000, 7217.10.2000, 7217.10.3000, 7217.10.7000, 7217.90.1000, 7217.90.5030, 7217.90.5060, 7217.90.5090, 7225.19.0000, 7226.19.1000, 7226.19.9000, 7226.99.0180, 7228.50.5015, 7228.50.5040, 7228.50.5070, 7228.60.8000, and 7229.90.1000.
The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and U.S. Customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (“the Department”) determines that certain cold-rolled steel flat products (“cold-rolled steel”) from the Republic of Korea (Korea) are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (“LTFV”). The final estimated weighted-average dumping margins are listed below in the “Final Determination” section of this notice. The period of investigation (“POI”) is July 1, 2014, through June 30, 2015.
Effective July 29, 2016.
Victoria Cho or Robert James, AD/CVD Operations, Office VI, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-5075 or (202) 482-0649, respectively.
The Department published the preliminary determination on March 7, 2016.
Also, as explained in the memorandum from the Acting Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, the Department exercised
The product covered by this investigation is cold-rolled steel from the Republic of Korea. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation,
In accordance with the Preliminary Scope Determination,
For a summary of the product coverage comments and rebuttal responses submitted to the records of the cold-rolled steel investigations, and accompanying discussion and analysis of all comments timely received,
All issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs by parties in this investigation are addressed in the Final Issues and Decision Memorandum, which is hereby adopted by this notice.
As provided in section 782(i) of the Act, in January, March, and April 2016, the Department verified the sales and cost data reported by the mandatory respondents Hyundai Steel Company and POSCO,
In making this final determination, the Department relied, in part, on facts available and, because Hyundai Steel Company did not act to the best of its ability in responding to the Department's requests for information, we drew an adverse inference where appropriate in selecting from among the facts otherwise available.
Based on our analysis of the comments received and our findings at verification, we made certain changes to the margin calculations for Hyundai Steel Company and POSCO. For a discussion of these changes,
Consistent with sections 735(c)(1)(B)(i)(II) and 735(c)(5) of the Act, the Department also calculated an estimated all-others rate. Section 735(c)(5)(A) of the Act provides that the estimated all-others rate shall be an amount equal to the weighted average of the estimated weighted-average dumping margins established for exporters and producers individually investigated, excluding any zero and
In this investigation, we calculated weighted-average dumping margins for Hyundai Steel Company and POSCO, that are above
The Department determines that the following estimated weighted-average dumping margins exist:
We intend to disclose to parties in this proceeding the calculations performed for this final determination within five days of the date of public announcement of our final determination, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
Pursuant to section 735(c)(1)(B) of the Act, the Department will instruct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to continue to suspend liquidation of all entries of cold-rolled steel from Korea, which were entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after March 7, 2016 (the date of publication of the affirmative
Where the product under investigation is also subject to a concurrent countervailing duty investigation, we instruct CBP to require a cash deposit less the amount of the countervailing duty determined to constitute any export subsidies. Because of the affirmative final determination in the countervailing duty investigation, suspension of liquidation will be ordered in that investigation, and so long as suspension of liquidation continues under this antidumping duty investigation, the cash deposit rates for this antidumping duty investigation will be the rates identified in the cash deposit rate column in the rate chart, above. In the event that a countervailing duty order is issued and suspension of liquidation continues in the companion countervailing duty investigation on cold-rolled steel from the Korea, the Department will continue to instruct CBP to require cash deposits adjusted by the amount of export subsidies, as appropriate. These adjustments are reflected in the final column of the rate chart, above.
In accordance with section 735(d) of the Act, we will notify the ITC of the final affirmative determination of sales at LTFV. Because the final determination in this proceeding is affirmative, in accordance with section 735(b)(2) of the Act, the ITC will make its final determination as to whether the domestic industry in the United States is materially injured, or threatened with material injury, by reason of imports of cold-rolled steel from Korea no later than 45 days after our final determination. If the ITC determines that material injury or threat of material injury does not exist, the proceeding will be terminated and all cash deposits will be refunded. If the ITC determines that such injury does exist, the Department will issue an antidumping duty order directing CBP to assess, upon further instruction by the Department, antidumping duties on all imports of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the effective date of the suspension of liquidation.
This notice serves as a reminder to parties subject to APO of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely notification of the return or destruction of APO materials, or conversion to judicial protective order, is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and the terms of an APO is a violation subject to sanction.
This determination and notice are issued and published pursuant to sections 735(d) and 777(i)(1) of the Act.
The products covered by this investigation are certain cold-rolled (cold-reduced), flat-rolled steel products, whether or not annealed, painted, varnished, or coated with plastics or other non-metallic substances. The products covered do not include those that are clad, plated, or coated with metal. The products covered include coils that have a width or other lateral measurement (“width”) of 12.7 mm or greater, regardless of form of coil (
(1) Where the nominal and actual measurements vary, a product is within the scope if application of either the nominal or actual measurement would place it within the scope based on the definitions set forth above, and
(2) where the width and thickness vary for a specific product (
Steel products included in the scope of this investigation are products in which: (1) Iron predominates, by weight, over each of the other contained elements; (2) the carbon content is 2 percent or less, by weight; and (3) none of the elements listed below exceeds the quantity, by weight, respectively indicated:
Unless specifically excluded, products are included in this scope regardless of levels of boron and titanium.
For example, specifically included in this scope are vacuum degassed, fully stabilized (commonly referred to as interstitial-free (IF)) steels, high strength low alloy (HSLA) steels, motor lamination steels, Advanced High Strength Steels (AHSS), and Ultra High Strength Steels (UHSS). IF steels are recognized as low carbon steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as titanium and/or niobium added to stabilize carbon and nitrogen elements. HSLA steels are recognized as steels with micro-alloying levels of elements such as chromium, copper, niobium, titanium, vanadium, and molybdenum. Motor lamination steels contain micro-alloying levels of elements such as silicon and aluminum. AHSS and UHSS are considered high tensile strength and high elongation steels, although AHSS and UHSS are covered whether or not they are high tensile strength or high elongation steels.
Subject merchandise includes cold-rolled steel that has been further processed in a third country, including but not limited to annealing, tempering, painting, varnishing, trimming, cutting, punching, and/or slitting, or any other processing that would not otherwise remove the merchandise from the scope of the investigation if performed in the country of manufacture of the cold-rolled steel.
All products that meet the written physical description, and in which the chemistry quantities do not exceed any one of the noted element levels listed above, are within the scope of this investigation unless specifically excluded. The following products are outside of and/or specifically excluded from the scope of this investigation:
• Ball bearing steels;
• Tool steels;
• Silico-manganese steel;
• Grain-oriented electrical steels (GOES) as defined in the final determination of the U.S. Department of Commerce in Grain-Oriented Electrical Steel From Germany, Japan, and Poland.
• Non-Oriented Electrical Steels (NOES), as defined in the antidumping orders issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce in Non-Oriented Electrical Steel From the People's Republic of China, Germany, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Sweden, and Taiwan.
The products subject to this investigation are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7209.15.0000, 7209.16.0030, 7209.16.0060, 7209.16.0070, 7209.16.0091, 7209.17.0030, 7209.17.0060, 7209.17.0070, 7209.17.0091, 7209.18.1530, 7209.18.1560, 7209.18.2510, 7209.18.2520, 7209.18.2580, 7209.18.6020, 7209.18.6090, 7209.25.0000, 7209.26.0000, 7209.27.0000, 7209.28.0000, 7209.90.0000, 7210.70.3000, 7211.23.1500, 7211.23.2000, 7211.23.3000, 7211.23.4500, 7211.23.6030, 7211.23.6060, 7211.23.6090, 7211.29.2030, 7211.29.2090, 7211.29.4500, 7211.29.6030, 7211.29.6080, 7211.90.0000, 7212.40.1000, 7212.40.5000, 7225.50.6000, 7225.50.8080, 7225.99.0090, 7226.92.5000, 7226.92.7050, and 7226.92.8050. The products subject to the investigation may also enter under the following HTSUS numbers: 7210.90.9000, 7212.50.0000, 7215.10.0010, 7215.10.0080, 7215.50.0016, 7215.50.0018, 7215.50.0020, 7215.50.0061, 7215.50.0063, 7215.50.0065, 7215.50.0090, 7215.90.5000, 7217.10.1000, 7217.10.2000, 7217.10.3000, 7217.10.7000, 7217.90.1000, 7217.90.5030, 7217.90.5060, 7217.90.5090, 7225.19.0000, 7226.19.1000, 7226.19.9000, 7226.99.0180, 7228.50.5015, 7228.50.5040, 7228.50.5070, 7228.60.8000, and 7229.90.1000.
The HTSUS subheadings above are provided for convenience and U.S. Customs purposes only. The written description of the scope of the investigation is dispositive.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; issuance of permit amendment.
Notice is hereby given that the NMFS National Marine Mammal Laboratory, Alaska Fisheries Science Center, 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115-6349, (Dr. John Bengtson, Responsible Party), has been issued a minor amendment to Scientific Research Permit No. 14245-03.
The amendment and related documents are available for review upon written request or by appointment in the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-West Highway, Room 13705, Silver Spring, MD 20910; phone (301) 427-8401; fax (301) 713-0376.
Amy Hapeman or Carrie Hubard, (301) 427-8401.
The requested amendment has been granted under the authority of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1361
The original permit (No. 14245), issued on April 25, 2011 (76 FR 30309) authorized the holder to conduct research in the Pacific, Atlantic, and Arctic Oceans on 33 species of cetaceans, including vessel and aerial
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of initiation of 5-year review; request for information.
NMFS announces a 5-year review of the North Atlantic right whale (
To allow us adequate time to conduct this review, we must receive your information no later than October 27, 2016. However, we will continue to accept new information about any listed species at any time.
You may submit information on this document identified by NOAA-NMFS-2016-0092 by either of the following methods:
• Electronic submission: Submit all electronic public comments via the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal
• Mail or hand-delivery: Therese Conant, NMFS Office of Protected Resources, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD. 20910.
Instructions: Comments must be submitted by one of the above methods to ensure that the comments are received, documented, and considered by NMFS. Comments sent by any other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the end of the comment period, may not be considered. All comments received are a part of the public record and will generally be posted for public viewing on
Michael J. Asaro, NMFS Protected Resources Division, Greater Atlantic Region, 978-282-8469.
Under the ESA, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service maintains a list of endangered and threatened wildlife and plant species at 50 CFR 17.11 (for animals and 17.12 (for plants). Section 4(c)(2)(A) of the ESA requires that we conduct a review of listed species at least once every five years. On the basis of such reviews under section 4(c)(2)(B), we determine whether or not any species should be delisted or reclassified from endangered to threatened or from threatened to endangered. Delisting a species must be supported by the best scientific and commercial data available and only considered if such data substantiates that the species is neither endangered nor threatened for one or more of the following reasons: (1) The species is considered extinct; (2) the species is considered to be recovered; and/or (3) the original data available when the species was listed, or the interpretation of such data, were in error. Any change in Federal classification would require a separate rulemaking process. The regulations in 50 CFR 424.21 require that we publish a notice in the
Background information on the North Atlantic right whale is available on the NMFS Office of Protected Species Web site at:
Section 4(a)(1) of the ESA requires that we determine whether a species is endangered or threatened based on one or more of the five following factors: (1) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of its habitat or range; (2) overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes; (3) disease or predation; (4) the inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms; or (5) other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued existence. Section 4(b) also requires that our determination be made on the basis of the best scientific and commercial data available after taking into account those efforts, if any, being made by any State or foreign nation, to protect such species.
To ensure that the 5-year review is complete and based on the best available scientific and commercial information, we are soliciting new information from the public, governmental agencies, Tribes, the scientific community, industry, environmental entities, and any other interested parties concerning the status of the North Atlantic right whale. The 5-year review considers the best scientific and commercial data and all new information that has become available since the listing determination or most recent status review. Categories of requested information include: (1) Species biology including, but not limited to, population trends, distribution, abundance, demographics, and genetics; (2) habitat conditions including, but not limited to, amount, distribution, and important features for conservation; (3) status and trends of threats; (4) conservation measures that have been implemented that benefit the species, including monitoring data demonstrating effectiveness of such measures; (5) need for additional conservation measures; and (6) other new information, data, or corrections including, but not limited to, taxonomic or nomenclatural changes, identification of erroneous information contained in the list of endangered and threatened species, and improved analytical methods for evaluating extinction risk.
If you wish to provide information for this 5-year review, you may submit your information and materials electronically or via mail (see
16 U.S.C. 1531
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce
Notice of a public meeting.
The New England Fishery Management Council (Council) is scheduling a public meeting of its
This meeting will be held on Tuesday, August 16, 2016, at 9:30 a.m.
The meeting will be held at the Holiday Inn, 31 Hampshire Street, Mansfield, MA 02048: (508) 339-2200; fax: (508) 339-1040.
Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, New England Fishery Management Council; telephone: (978) 465-0492.
The committee will give a brief update on the next steps for Management Strategy Evaluation of Atlantic
This meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, at 978-465-0492, at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of a public meeting.
The New England Fishery Management Council (Council) is scheduling a public meeting of its
This meeting will be held on Wednesday, August 17, 2016 at 9 a.m.
The meeting will be held at the Holiday Inn, 31 Hampshire Street, Mansfield, MA 02048: (508) 339-2200; fax: (508) 339-1040.
Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, New England Fishery Management Council; telephone: (978) 465-0492.
The Advisory Panel will give a brief update on the next steps for Management Strategy Evaluation of Atlantic
This meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, at 978-465-0492, at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Technical Information Service, Department of Commerce.
Notice; extension of proposal submission period.
The National Technical Information Service (NTIS) is extending the period during which it will accept proposals from organizations interested in entering into a Joint Venture Partnership with NTIS to assist Federal agencies to develop and implement innovative ways to collect, connect, access, analyze, or use Federal data and data services.
Proposals are due on or before 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on Tuesday, August 9, 2016. Proposals received after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on August 1, 2016 and before publication of this notice are deemed timely.
Proposers must submit their written submissions electronically with the subject line “Opportunity to Enter into a Joint Venture Partnership with the National Technical Information Service for Data Innovation Support” via email to
Don Hagen at 703-605-6142, or by email at
On Wednesday, June 15, 2016, NTIS published a notice in the
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.
Additions to and deletions from the Procurement list.
This action adds products and a service to the Procurement List that will be furnished by nonprofit agencies employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities, and deletes products from the Procurement List previously furnished by such agencies.
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 1401 S. Clark Street, Suite 715, Arlington, Virginia, 22202-4149.
Barry S. Lineback, Telephone: (703) 603-7740, Fax: (703) 603-0655, or email
On 5/20/2016 (81 FR 31917-31918) and 6/24/2106 (81 FR 41297-41298), the Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled published notices of proposed additions to the Procurement List.
After consideration of the material presented to it concerning capability of qualified nonprofit agencies to provide the products and service and impact of the additions on the current or most recent contractors, the Committee has determined that the products and service listed below are suitable for procurement by the Federal Government under 41 U.S.C. 8501-8506 and 41 CFR 51-2.4.
I certify that the following action will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The major factors considered for this certification were:
1. The action will not result in any additional reporting, recordkeeping or other compliance requirements for small entities other than the small organizations that will furnish the products and service to the Government.
2. The action will result in authorizing small entities to furnish the products and service to the Government.
3. There are no known regulatory alternatives which would accomplish the objectives of the Javits-Wagner-O'Day Act (41 U.S.C. 8501-8506) in connection with the products and service proposed for addition to the Procurement List.
Accordingly, the following products and service are added to the Procurement List:
I certify that the following action will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The major factors considered for this certification were:
1. The action will not result in additional reporting, recordkeeping or other compliance requirements for small entities.
2. The action may result in authorizing small entities to furnish the products to the Government.
3. There are no known regulatory alternatives which would accomplish the objectives of the Javits-Wagner-O'Day Act (41 U.S.C. 8501-8506) in connection with the products deleted from the Procurement List.
Accordingly, the following products are deleted from the Procurement List:
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.
Proposed Additions to and Deletions from the Procurement List.
The Committee is proposing to add products to the Procurement List that will be furnished by a nonprofit agency employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities, and deletes products and a service previously provided by such agencies.
Comments must be received on or before August 28, 2016.
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 1401 S. Clark Street, Suite 715, Arlington, Virginia, 22202-4149.
Barry S. Lineback, Telephone: (703) 603-7740, Fax: (703) 603-0655, or email
This notice is published pursuant to 41 U.S.C. 8503 (a)(2) and 41 CFR 51-2.3. Its purpose is to provide interested persons an opportunity to submit comments on the proposed actions.
If the Committee approves the proposed additions, the entities of the Federal Government identified in this notice will be required to procure the products listed below from the nonprofit agency employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities.
The following products are proposed for addition to the Procurement List for production by the nonprofit agency listed:
The following products and service are proposed for deletion from the Procurement List:
10:00 a.m., Friday, August 5, 2016.
Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street NW., Washington, DC, 9th Floor, Commission Conference Room.
Closed.
Surveillance, enforcement, and examinations matters. In the event that the time, date, or location of this meeting changes, an announcement of the change, along with the new time, date, and/or place of the meeting will be posted on the Commission's Web site at
Christopher Kirkpatrick, 202-418-5964.
Air Force Equal Opportunity (AF/EO) Program, DoD.
Notice.
In compliance with the
Consideration will be given to all comments received by September 27, 2016.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
•
•
To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to the Air Force Equal Opportunity Office (AF/EO), ATTN: Mr. James H. Carlock Jr., 1500 West Perimeter Road, Suite 4500, Joint Base Andrews Air Force Base, Maryland 20762, or call at 240-612-4113.
Respondents are contractors, retirees, AF applicants for employment, former AF employees, and family members of military and civilian employees who provide a variety of personal information to a certified EO Specialist/Counselor/Advisor. The information is then utilized for case management, recordkeeping, tracking, quarterly and annual statistical reporting. The information is requested once the respondent contacts (via phone, email, office, mail correspondence) the EO office and then is transferred into the AF EO IT System for further processing. All information provided becomes a part of the respondent's case file. Generally, the information is collected once; however, on occasion, the same respondent may file multiple complaints. Although the information requested is voluntary, not providing the information may delay case processing or cause case file not to be processed at all. Additionally, these records and/or information in these records may be used to report records as required by the FY 98 National Defense Authorization Act, and utilized as a data source for descriptive statistics; to provide information to a congressional office from the record of an individual in response to an inquiry from that congressional office made at the request of that individual; or for disclosure to an authorized formal complaints auditor, administrative judge, equal employment opportunity investigator, arbitrator or other authorized official(s) involved in the investigation or settlement of a formal complaint or appeal.
Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC), Department of Defense/Department of the Air Force/Headquarters.
Notice.
In compliance with the
Consideration will be given to all comments received by September 27, 2016.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
•
•
Any associated form(s) for this collection may be located within this same electronic docket and downloaded for review/testing. Follow the instructions at
To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to the AFROTC Scholarship Program, ATTN: Mr. Jack Sanders, 551 E. Maxwell Blvd., Maxwell AFB AL 36112 or call 334-953-2869.
Title; Associated Form; and OMB Number: AFROTC Scholarship Program On-Line Application; OMB Control Number 0701-0101.
Needs and Uses: The AFROTC scholarship application is required for completion by high school seniors and recent graduates for the purpose of competing for an AFROTC 4 year scholarship. Respondents must complete and submit their application via the AFRTOC.com Web site. Submitted data will be evaluated by AFROTC scholarship selections boards to determine eligibility and to select individuals for the award of a college scholarship. The following is required to be provided by the applicant and maintained by AFROTC: Names, addresses, social security numbers, telephone numbers, transcripts, and resumes. The following documentation is provided as part of the application: Counselor Certification/signed copy of transcript (9th-11th grades only), extracurricular activity sheet, GPA and SAT and/or ACT scores, physical fitness assessment, and resume.
Affected Public: High school seniors and recent graduates who apply for an AFROTC scholarship.
Annual Burden Hours: 7,500.
Number of Respondents: 15,000.
Responses per Respondent: 1.
Annual Responses: 15,000.
Average Burden per Response: 30 minutes.
Frequency: Annually.
U.S. Army Combat Readiness Center, DoD.
Notice.
In compliance with the
Consideration will be given to all comments received by September 27, 2016.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
•
•
Any associated form(s) for this collection may be located within this same electronic docket and downloaded for review/testing. Follow the instructions at
To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to the U.S. Army Combat Readiness Center, ATTN: Mrs. Jennifer Hoskins, Building 4905 Ruf Avenue,
U.S. Army Safety Center personnel retrieve data from accident prevention studies by name, Social Security Number (SSN), age, or gender. Accident and incident case records are retrieved by date of incident, location of incident, or type of equipment involved. Paper records are maintained in locked file cabinets and information is accessible only by authorized personnel with appropriate clearance/access in the performance of their duty. Remote terminal access is only authorized by authorized personnel. Maintaining this accident data is critical in maintaining the integrity of the accident prevention process.
Notice.
The Defense Acquisition Regulations System has submitted to OMB for clearance, the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 35).
Consideration will be given to all comments received by
a. The clause at DFARS 252.246-7003, Notification of Potential Safety Issues, requires contractors to provide notification of (1) all nonconformances for parts identified as critical safety items acquired by the Government under the contract, and (2) all nonconformances or deficiencies that may result in a safety impact for systems, or subsystems, assemblies, subassemblies, or parts integral to a system acquired by or serviced for the Government under the contract.
b. The provision at DFARS 252.246-7005, Notice of Warranty Tracking of Serialized Items, requires an offeror to provide with its offer, for each contract line item number, warranty tracking information for each warranted item.
c. The clause at DFARS 252.246-7006, Warranty Tracking of Serialized Items, requires contractors, for warranted items, to provide (1) the unique item identifier, and (2) the warranty repair source information and instructions.
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed information collection should be sent to Ms. Seehra at the Office of Management and Budget, Desk Officer for DoD, Room 10236, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503.
You may also submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by the following method:
Written requests for copies of the information collection proposal should be sent to Mr. Licari at: Publication Collections Program, WHS/ESD Information Management Division, 4800 Mark Center Drive, 2nd Floor, East Tower, Suite 02G09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.
Defense Acquisition Regulations System, Department of Defense (DoD)
Notice.
The Defense Acquisition Regulations System has submitted to OMB for clearance, the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 35).
Consideration will be given to all comments received by
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed information collection should be sent to Ms. Seehra at the Office of Management and Budget, Desk Officer for DoD, Room 10236, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503.
You may also submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by the following method:
Written requests for copies of the information collection proposal should be sent to Mr. Licari at: Publication Collections Program, WHS/ESD Information Management Division, 4800 Mark Center Drive, 2nd Floor, East Tower, Suite 02G09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.
Defense Acquisition Regulations System, Department of Defense (DoD).
Notice.
The Defense Acquisition Regulations System has submitted to OMB for clearance, the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 35).
Consideration will be given to all comments received by August 29, 2016.
a. DFARS 252.228-7000, Reimbursement for War-Hazard Losses, requires the contractor to provide notice and supporting documentation to the contracting officer regarding potential claims, open claims, and settlements providing war-hazard benefits to contractor employees.
b. DFARS 252.228-7005, Accident Reporting and Investigation Involving Aircraft, Missiles, and Space Launch Vehicles, requires the contractor to report promptly to the administrative contracting officer all pertinent facts relating to each accident involving an
c. DFARS 252.228-7006, Compliance with Spanish Laws and Insurance, requires the contractor to provide the contracting officer with a written representation that the contractor has obtained the required types of insurance in the minimum amounts specified in the clause, when performing a service or construction contract in Spain.
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed information collection should be sent to Ms. Seehra at the Office of Management and Budget, Desk Officer for DoD, Room 10236, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503.
You may also submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by the following method:
Written requests for copies of the information collection proposal should be sent to Mr. Licari at: Publication Collections Program, WHS/ESD Information Management Division, 4800 Mark Center Drive, 2nd Floor, East Tower, Suite 02G09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.
Office of the Under Secretary of Defense (Personnel and Readiness), DoD.
Notice.
In compliance with the
Consideration will be given to all comments received by September 27, 2016.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
•
•
To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to the Office of the Under Secretary of Defense (Personnel and Readiness) (Military Personnel Policy)/Accession Policy, Attn.: Major Arturo Roque, or call (703) 695-5527.
Office of Postsecondary Education (OPE), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 3501
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before September 27, 2016.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Harold Wells, 202-453-6131.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Office of Elementary and Secondary Education (OESE), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 3501
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before August 29, 2016.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Amanda Ognibene, 202-453-6637.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Department of Education (ED), Office of Elementary and Secondary Education (OESE).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 3501
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before August 29, 2016.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Elizabeth Witt, 202-260-5585.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
U.S. Department of Energy.
Notice and request for comments.
The Department of Energy (DOE), pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, intends to renew, for three years, an information collection request with the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the renewed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments regarding this proposed information collection must be received on or before September 27, 2016. If you anticipate difficulty in submitting comments within that period or if you want access to the collection of information, without charge, contact the person listed below as soon as possible.
Written comments should be sent to the following: Richard Bonnell, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Acquisition Management, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121 or by email at
Richard Bonnell by email at
This information collection request contains: (1) OMB No. 1910-0400 (Renewal); (2) Information Collection Request Title: DOE Financial Assistance Information Clearance; (3) Type of Review: Renewal; (4) Purpose: This information collection package covers mandatory collections of information necessary to annually plan, solicit, negotiate, award and administer grants and cooperative agreements under the Department's financial assistance programs. The information is used by Departmental management to exercise management oversight with respect to implementation of applicable statutory and regulatory requirements and obligations. The collection of this information is critical to ensure that the Government has sufficient information to judge the degree to which awardees meet the terms of their agreements; that public funds are spent in the manner intended; and that fraud, waste, and abuse are immediately detected and eliminated; (5) Annual Estimated Number of Respondents: 11,134; (6) Annual Estimated Number of Total Responses: 39,378; (7) Estimated Number of Burden Hours: 532,067; and (8) Annual Estimated Reporting and Recordkeeping Cost Burden: $0
Federal Grant and Cooperative Agreement Act, 31 U.S.C. 6301-6308.
Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy (DOE).
Notice of request for project submissions.
The Department of Energy (DOE) gives notice of a request for submission of innovative U.S.-China energy performance contracting (EPC) projects. EPC projects at public, commercial, and industrial facilities located in the U.S. or China with project participation from at least one U.S. entity and at least one Chinese entity are eligible. Eligible entities include energy service companies (ESCOs), technology providers, facility owners or operators, and financiers. EPC projects that meet the 2016 Pilot Project Criteria and demonstrate replicability will receive special recognition at the 7th Annual U.S.-China Energy Efficiency Forum in October 2016 in Beijing. Some recognition recipients will be invited to speak at a special breakout session.
Project submissions for consideration must be received by August 22, 2016.
Project submissions should be emailed in English and Chinese to the Pacific Northwest National Laboratory and ESCO Committee of China Energy Conservation Association at the email addresses provided below. “The Pilot Project Criteria 2016” and “Appendix: Project Submission Template” can be found on:
Applicants must complete the Chinese and English project submission template and draft a proposed MOU. The proposed MOU should memorialize the cooperation of U.S. and Chinese entities applying as a team, set out their intention to do an EPC project(s); and include all minimum U.S.-China EPC Pilot Project Program requirements. Submit one email with project submission and proposed MOU as attachments to the following email addresses:
The U.S.-China Energy Efficiency Forum is an annual, invitation-only event at which the two sides discuss energy efficiency issues and develop initiatives for further collaboration. Over 200 senior private sector, NGO, and government stakeholders attend. This is the second year that DOE and NDRC have issued a request for recognition of U.S.-China EPC pilot projects at the Energy Efficiency Forum. In 2015, DOE and NDRC released their first call for U.S.-China EPC pilot project submissions for recognition. Three innovative pilot projects were recognized by senior U.S. and Chinese officials at the 6th Annual U.S.-China Energy Efficiency Forum (
The list of 2016 Pilot Project Criteria has been vetted by both DOE and NDRC (
Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy.
Notice of availability and request for public comment.
The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) is updating Weatherization Health and Safety Guidance related to the implementation and installation of health and safety measures as part of the DOE Weatherization Assistance Program (WAP). The draft guidance also provides required components for Grantees to include in their Health and Safety (H&S) Plans. This guidance will assist Grantee decision-making during H&S Plan development.
This notice also serves to inform the public of the availability of an online tool which provides notification of, and allows individuals to submit comments on, the draft guidance related to the DOE Weatherization Assistance Program. All future draft guidance releases will be made via the online tool. Individuals who wish to receive notification of draft guidance releases may receive that notification via the online tool. For information on the web address of the online tool see the
DOE will accept written comments until August 29, 2016. For more information on how to submit comments, please see the
DOE's draft Weatherization and Health and Safety Guidance is available via the online commenting tool at:
Erica Burrin; U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., EE5W, Washington, DC 20585; (202) 280-9863;
For legal issues, please contact Kavita Vaidyanathan; U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., GC-33, Washington, DC 20585; (202) 586-0669;
The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) is updating its Weatherization Assistance Program (WAP) Weatherization Health and Safety Guidance to clarify, update and provide additional information related to the implementation and installation of health and safety measures as part of the DOE WAP. This draft guidance also provides required components for Grantees to include in their Health and Safety (H&S) Plans. The guidance and attachments supersede the following:
WPN 11-6a, Supplemental Health and Safety Guidance
WPNs 11-6, Health and Safety Guidance
WPN 09-6, Lead Safe Weatherization (LSW) Additional Materials and Information
WPN 08-6, Interim Lead-Safe Weatherization Guidance
WPN 08-4, Space Heater Policy
WPNs 02-6, Weatherization Activities and Federal Lead-Based Paint Regulations
WPN 02-5, Health and Safety Guidance
It is DOE's aim that this guidance will better assist Grantee decision-making during H&S Plan development.
Grantees may create more stringent requirements as long as those requirements do not conflict with this guidance.
DOE will accept comments regarding the draft Weatherization Health and Safety Guidance no later than the date provided in the
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.
Notice of information collection and request for comments.
In compliance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A), the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission or FERC) is soliciting public comment on the currently approved information collection, FERC-547 (Gas Pipeline Rates: Refund Report Requirements).
Comments on the collection of information are due September 27, 2016.
You may submit comments (identified by Docket No. IC16-13-000) by either of the following methods:
• eFiling at Commission's Web site:
• Mail/Hand Delivery/Courier: Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Secretary of the Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
Ellen Brown may be reached by email at
The Commission uses the data to monitor refunds owed by natural gas companies to ensure that the flow-through of refunds owed by these companies are made as expeditiously as possible and to assure that refunds are made in compliance with the Commission's regulations.
On March 9, 2016, Dominion Carolina Gas Transmission, LLC (Dominion) filed
On March 21, 2016, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission or FERC) issued its Notice of Application for the Project. Among other things, that notice alerted agencies issuing federal authorizations of the requirement to complete all necessary reviews and to reach a final decision on a request for a federal authorization within 90 days of the date of issuance of the Commission staff's Environmental Assessment (EA) for the Project. This instant notice identifies the FERC staff's planned schedule for the completion of the EA for the Project.
If a schedule change becomes necessary, additional notice will be provided so that the relevant agencies are kept informed of the Project's progress.
Dominion would construct and operate 55 miles of 12-inch-diameter natural gas pipeline in Spartanburg, Laurens, Newberry, and Greenwood Counties, South Carolina; 5 miles of 4-inch-diameter natural gas pipeline in Dillon County, South Carolina; a new 3,600-horsepower (hp) compressor station in Dorchester County, South Carolina; add 2,800 hp of compression at an existing compressor station in Spartanburg County, South Carolina; modify operation at an existing compressor station in Aiken County, South Carolina; and construct and operate support facilities in Aiken, Charleston, Dillon, Dorchester, Greenwood, Laurens, Newberry, and Spartanburg Counties, South Carolina.
On October 30, 2015, the Commission issued a
In order to receive notification of the issuance of the EA and to keep track of all formal issuances and submittals in specific dockets, the Commission offers a free service called eSubscription. This can reduce the amount of time you spend researching proceedings by automatically providing you with notification of these filings, document summaries, and direct links to the documents. Go to
Additional information about the Project is available from the Commission's Office of External Affairs at (866) 208-FERC or on the FERC Web site (
The staff of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC or Commission) has prepared a draft environmental impact statement (EIS) for the PennEast Pipeline Project, proposed by PennEast Pipeline Company, LLC (PennEast) in the above-referenced docket. PennEast requests authorization to construct and operate a 118.8-mile-long pipeline to provide 1.1 million dekatherms per day (MMDth/d) of year-round natural gas transportation service from northern Pennsylvania to markets in eastern Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and surrounding states.
The draft EIS assesses the potential environmental effects of the construction and operation of the PennEast Pipeline Project in accordance with the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). The FERC staff concludes that approval of the proposed project, with the mitigation measures recommended in the EIS, would result in some adverse environmental impacts, but impacts would be reduced to less-than-significant levels with the implementation of PennEast's proposed and FERC staff recommended mitigation measures. This determination is based on a review of the information provided by PennEast and further developed from data requests; field investigations; scoping; literature research; alternatives analysis; and contacts with federal, state, and local agencies as well as Indian tribes and individual members of the public.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resource Conservation Service, and U.S. Department of Transportation's Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration participated as cooperating agencies in the preparation of the EIS. Cooperating agencies have jurisdiction by law or special expertise with respect to resources potentially affected by the proposal and participate in the NEPA analysis. Although these agencies provided input to the conclusions and recommendations presented in the draft EIS, the agencies will present their own conclusions and
The draft EIS addresses the potential environmental effects of the construction and operation of the following project facilities:
• 115.1 miles of new, 36-inch-diameter pipeline extending from Luzerne County, Pennsylvania to Mercer County, New Jersey (77 miles in Pennsylvania and 38 miles in New Jersey);
• the 2.1-mile Hellertown Lateral consisting of 24-inch-diameter pipe in Northampton County, Pennsylvania;
• the 0.1-mile Gilbert Lateral consisting of 12-inch-diameter pipe in Hunterdon County, New Jersey;
• the 1.5-mile Lambertville Lateral consisting of 36-inch-diameter pipe in Hunterdon County, New Jersey;
• new, 47,700 total hp Kidder Compressor Station in Kidder Township, Carbon County, Pennsylvania; and
• associated aboveground facilities including eight metering and regulating stations for interconnections, 11 main line valve sites, and four pig launcher/receiver sites.
The FERC staff mailed copies of the draft EIS to federal, state, and local government representatives and agencies; elected officials; environmental and public interest groups; Native American tribes; potentially affected landowners and other interested individuals and groups; and newspapers and libraries in the project area. Paper copy versions of this EIS (Volume I in paper copy, Volumes II and III on CD) were mailed to those specifically requesting them; all others received a CD version of the entire document. In addition, the draft EIS is available for public viewing on the FERC's Web site (
Any person wishing to comment on the draft EIS may do so. To ensure consideration of your comments on the proposal in the final EIS, it is important that the Commission receive your comments on or before September 12, 2016.
For your convenience, there are four methods you can use to submit your comments to the Commission. The Commission will provide equal consideration to all comments received, whether filed in written form or provided verbally. The Commission encourages electronic filing of comments and has expert staff available to assist you at (202) 502-8258 or
(1) You can file your comments electronically using the eComment feature on the Commission's Web site (
(2) You can file your comments electronically by using the eFiling feature on the Commission's Web site (
(3) You can file a paper copy of your comments by mailing them to the following address. Be sure to reference the project docket number (CP15-558-000) with your submission: Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Room 1A, Washington, DC 20426;
(4) In lieu of sending written or electronic comments, the Commission invites you to attend one of the public comment meetings its staff will conduct in the project area to receive comments on the draft EIS. To ensure interested parties have ample opportunity to attend a public comment meeting six meetings are scheduled as follows:
The meetings will be scheduled from 6:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m. There
Any person seeking to become a party to the proceeding must file a motion to intervene pursuant to Rule 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedures (18 CFR part 385.214).
Additional information about the project is available from the Commission's Office of External Affairs, at (866) 208-FERC, or on the FERC Web
In addition, the Commission offers a free service called eSubscription that allows you to keep track of all formal issuances and submittals in specific dockets. This can reduce the amount of time you spend researching proceedings by automatically providing you with notification of these filings, document summaries, and direct links to the documents. Go to
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric corporate filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Take notice that the Commission has received the following Natural Gas Pipeline Rate and Refund Report filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Take notice that the Commission has received the following Natural Gas Pipeline Rate and Refund Report filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and § 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.
Comment request.
In compliance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D), the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission or FERC) is submitting its information collection FERC-539 (Gas Pipeline Certificates: Import & Export Related Applications) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review of the information collection requirements. Any interested person may file comments directly with OMB and should address a copy of those comments to the Commission as explained below. The Commission previously issued a Notice in the
Comments on the collection of information are due by August 29, 2016.
Comments filed with OMB, identified by the OMB Control No. 1902-0062, should be sent via email to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs:
A copy of the comments should also be sent to the Commission, in Docket No. IC16-8-000, by either of the following methods:
•
•
Ellen Brown may be reached by email at
The regulatory functions of Section 3 are shared by the Commission and the Secretary of Energy, Department of Energy (DOE). The Commission has the authority to approve or disapprove the construction and operation of particular facilities, the site at which such facilities shall be located, and, with respect to natural gas that involves the construction of new domestic facilities, the place of entry for imports or exit for exports. DOE approves the importation or exportation of the natural gas commodity.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “On-Highway Motorcycle Certification and Compliance Program” (EPA ICR No. 2535.01, OMB Control No. 2060-NEW) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before August 29, 2016.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0027 to (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Julian Davis, Compliance Division, Office of Transportation and Air Quality, Environmental Protection Agency, 2000 Traverwood, Ann Arbor MI 48105; telephone number: (734) 214-4029; fax number: (734) 214-4869; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
EPA is required under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) to publish in the
Comments identified by the specific case number provided in this document, must be received on or before August 29, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2016-2016-0025, and the specific PMN number or TME number for the chemical related to your comment, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
This action is directed to the public in general. As such, the Agency has not attempted to describe the specific entities that this action may apply to. Although others may be affected, this action applies directly to the submitters of the actions addressed in this document.
1.
2.
This document provides receipt and status reports, which cover the period from June 1, 2016 to June 30, 2016, and consists of the PMNs and TMEs both pending and/or expired, and the NOCs to manufacture a new chemical that the Agency has received under TSCA section 5 during this time period.
Under TSCA, 15 U.S.C. 2601
Anyone who plans to manufacture or import a new chemical substance for a non-exempt commercial purpose is required by TSCA section 5 to provide EPA with a PMN, before initiating the activity. Section 5(h)(1) of TSCA authorizes EPA to allow persons, upon application, to manufacture (includes import) or process a new chemical substance, or a chemical substance subject to a significant new use rule (SNUR) issued under TSCA section 5(a), for “test marketing” purposes, which is referred to as a test marketing exemption, or TME. For more information about the requirements applicable to a new chemical go to:
Under TSCA sections 5(d)(2) and 5(d)(3), EPA is required to publish in the
As used in each of the tables in this unit, (S) indicates that the information in the table is the specific information provided by the submitter, and (G) indicates that the information in the table is generic information because the specific information provided by the submitter was claimed as CBI.
For the 60 PMNs received by EPA during this period, Table 1 provides the following information (to the extent that such information is not claimed as CBI): The EPA case number assigned to the PMN; The date the PMN was received by EPA; the projected end date for EPA's review of the PMN; the submitting manufacturer/importer; the potential uses identified by the manufacturer/importer in the PMN; and the chemical identity.
For the 1 TME received by EPA during this period, Table 2 provides the following information (to the extent that such information is not claimed as CBI): The EPA case number assigned to the TME, the date the TME was received by EPA, the projected end date for EPA's review of the TME, the submitting manufacturer/importer, the potential uses identified by the manufacturer/importer in the TME, and the chemical identity.
For the 23 NOCs received by EPA during this period, Table 3 provides the following information (to the extent that such information is not claimed as CBI): The EPA case number assigned to the NOC; the date the NOC was received by EPA; the projected date of commencement provided by the submitter in the NOC; and the chemical identity.
15 U.S.C. 2601
Section 309(a) of the Clean Air Act requires that EPA make public its comments on EISs issued by other Federal agencies. EPA's comment letters on EISs are available at:
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice of availability.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is announcing the availability of EPA's
Following closure of this 60-day public comment period, EPA will consider the comments, revise the document, as appropriate, and then publish a final document that will provide recommendations for states and authorized tribes to establish water quality standards under the Clean Water Act (CWA).
Comments must be received on or before September 27, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2016-0332, to the
Mike Elias, Health and Ecological Criteria Division, Office of Water, (Mail Code 4304T), Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone: (202) 566-0120; email:
EPA's recommended water quality criteria are scientifically derived numeric values that protect aquatic life or human health from the deleterious effects of pollutants in ambient water. Section 304(a)(1) of the Clean Water Act (CWA) directs EPA to develop and publish and, from time to time, revise criteria for protection of aquatic life and human health that accurately reflect the latest scientific knowledge. Water quality criteria developed under section 304(a)(1) are based solely on data and the latest scientific knowledge on the relationship between pollutant concentrations and environmental and human health effects. Section 304(a)(1) criteria do not reflect consideration of economic impacts or the technological feasibility of meeting pollutant concentrations in ambient water.
EPA's recommended section 304(a)(1) criteria provide technical information to states and authorized tribes in adopting water quality standards (WQS) that ultimately provide a basis for assessing water body health and controlling discharges of pollutants. Under the CWA and its implementing regulations, states and authorized tribes are to adopt water quality criteria to protect designated uses (
Copper is an abundant trace element that occurs naturally in the earth's crust and surface waters. It is a nutrient that is essential to aquatic organisms at low concentrations, but is toxic to aquatic organisms at higher concentrations. In addition to acute effects such as mortality, chronic exposure to copper can lead to adverse effects on survival, growth, reproduction as well as alterations of brain function, enzyme activity, blood chemistry, and metabolism in aquatic organisms. Copper is commonly found in aquatic systems as a result of both natural and anthropogenic sources. Natural sources of copper in aquatic systems include geological deposits, volcanic activity, and weathering and erosion of rocks and soils. Anthropogenic sources of copper include mining activities, agriculture, metal and electrical manufacturing, sludge from publicly-owned treatment works (POTWs), pesticide use and more. A major source of copper in the marine environment is antifouling paints, used as coatings for ship hulls, buoys, and underwater surfaces, and as a legacy contaminant from decking, pilings and some marine structures that used chromated copper arsenate (CCA) treated timbers.
The 2016 draft recommended update uses the saltwater biotic ligand model (BLM), a bioavailability model that relies on water quality input parameters, to estimate copper criteria protective of aquatic life in estuarine/marine environments. The BLM allows users to determine criteria values based on site-specific water quality variables (temperature, pH, dissolved organic carbon, and salinity) that influence the bioavailability and toxicity of copper in estuarine/marine environments. EPA has included new acute toxicity data for estuarine/marine species in the 2016 draft recommended update. EPA used a total of 74 genera to derive the estuarine/marine criterion maximum concentration (CMC) in the 2016 update compared to the 44 genera EPA used in EPA's 2003 draft estuarine/marine criteria for copper. Incorporation of the BLM accounts for copper bioavailability in natural aquatic systems, in contrast to the 2003 draft criteria which did not account for the interactions of these parameters on copper bioavailability and their effect on copper toxicity.
EPA is soliciting additional scientific views, data, and information regarding the science and technical approach used in the derivation of the draft document.
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collections. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees. The FCC may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the PRA that does not display a valid OMB control number.
Written comments should be submitted on or before August 29, 2016. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the contacts below as soon as possible.
Direct all PRA comments to Nicholas A. Fraser, OMB, via email
For additional information or copies of the information collection, contact Cathy Williams at (202) 418-2918. To view a copy of this information collection request (ICR) submitted to OMB: (1) Go to the Web page <
The recordkeeping requirement contained in Section 87.103 is necessary to demonstrate that all transmitters in the Aviation Service are properly licensed in accordance with the requirements of Section 301 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 301, No. 2020 of the International Radio Regulation, and Article 30 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation.
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, HHS.
Notice.
The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) is announcing an opportunity for the public to comment on CMS' intention to collect information from the public. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Comments on the collection(s) of information must be received by the OMB desk officer by August 29, 2016.
When commenting on the proposed information collections, please reference the document identifier or OMB control number. To be assured consideration, comments and recommendations must be received by the OMB desk officer via one of the following transmissions: OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attention: CMS Desk Officer, Fax Number: (202) 395-5806
To obtain copies of a supporting statement and any related forms for the proposed collection(s) summarized in this notice, you may make your request using one of following:
1. Access CMS' Web site address at
2. Email your request, including your address, phone number, OMB number, and CMS document identifier, to
3. Call the Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. The term “collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires federal agencies to publish a 30-day notice in the
1.
2.
All currently listed compendia will be required to comply with these provisions, as of January 1, 2010, to remain on the list of recognized compendia. In addition, any compendium that is the subject of a
3.
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, HHS.
Notice.
The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) is announcing an opportunity for the public to comment on CMS' intention to collect information from the public. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (the PRA), federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Comments must be received by September 27, 2016.
When commenting, please reference the document identifier or OMB control number. To be assured consideration, comments and recommendations must be submitted in any one of the following ways:
1.
2.
To obtain copies of a supporting statement and any related forms for the proposed collection(s) summarized in this notice, you may make your request using one of following:
1. Access CMS' Web site address at
2. Email your request, including your address, phone number, OMB number, and CMS document identifier, to
3. Call the Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
This notice sets out a summary of the use and burden associated with the following information collections. More detailed information can be found in each collection's supporting statement and associated materials (see
Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. The term “collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA requires federal agencies to publish a 60-day notice in the
1.
2.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or we) is providing notice that the street address for the Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition's (CFSAN's) Harvey W. Wiley Federal Building in College Park, MD has changed. The new street address is 5001 Campus Drive.
John Reilly, Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition (HFS-024), Food and Drug Administration, 5001 Campus Dr., College Park, MD 20740.
The purpose of this notice is to inform the public that the street address for CFSAN's Harvey W. Wiley Federal Building in College Park, MD has changed. The street, formerly known as Paint Branch Parkway, has been renamed “Campus Drive” and the street number has been changed to “5001.” Thus, the building's street address has changed from 5100 Paint Branch Parkway to 5001 Campus Drive, and our full address is: Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition, Food and Drug Administration, 5001 Campus Drive, College Park, MD 20740.
Consequently, any mailed correspondence addressed to CFSAN's Harvey W. Wiley Federal Building should use the new street address beginning immediately.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing the fee rates and payment procedures for medical device user fees for fiscal year (FY) 2017. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&C Act), as amended by the Medical Device User Fee Amendments of 2012 (MDUFA III), authorizes FDA to collect user fees for certain medical device submissions and annual fees both for certain periodic reports and for establishments subject to registration. This notice establishes the fee rates for FY 2017, which apply from October 1, 2016, through September 30, 2017. To avoid delay in the review of your application, you should pay the application fee before or at the time you submit your application to FDA. The fee you must pay is the fee that is in effect on the later of the date that your application is received by FDA or the date your fee payment is recognized by the U.S. Treasury. If you want to pay a reduced small business fee, you must qualify as a small business before making your submission to FDA; if you do not qualify as a small business before making your submission to FDA, you will have to pay the higher standard fee. Please note that the establishment registration fee is not eligible for a reduced small business fee. As a result, if the establishment registration fee is the only medical device user fee that you will pay in FY 2017, you should not submit a FY 2017 Small Business Qualification and Certification request. This document provides information on how the fees for FY 2017 were determined, the payment procedures you should follow, and how you may qualify for reduced small business fees.
Section 738 of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 379j) establishes fees for certain medical device applications, submissions, supplements, and notices (for simplicity, this document refers to these collectively as “submissions” or “applications”); for periodic reporting on class III devices; and for the registration of certain establishments. Under statutorily defined conditions, a qualified applicant may receive a fee waiver or may pay a lower small business fee (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(d) and (e)). Additionally, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (the Secretary) may, at the Secretary's sole discretion, grant a fee waiver or reduction if the Secretary finds that such waiver or reduction is in the interest of public health (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(f)).
Under the FD&C Act, the fee rate for each type of submission is set at a specified percentage of the standard fee for a premarket application (a premarket application is a premarket approval application (PMA), a product development protocol (PDP), or a biologics license application (BLA)). The FD&C Act specifies the base fee for a premarket application for each year from FY 2013 through FY 2017; the base fee for a premarket application received by FDA during FY 2017 is $268,443. From this starting point, this document establishes FY 2017 fee rates for other types of submissions, and for periodic reporting, by applying criteria specified in the FD&C Act.
The FD&C Act specifies the base fee for establishment registration for each year from FY 2013 through FY 2017; the base fee for an establishment registration in FY 2017 is $3,872. There is no reduction in the registration fee for small businesses. Each establishment that is registered (or is required to register) with the Secretary under section 510 of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 360) because such establishment is engaged in the manufacture, preparation, propagation, compounding, or processing of a device is required to pay the annual fee for establishment registration.
The total revenue amount for FY 2017 is $130,184,348, as set forth in the statute prior to the inflation adjustment and offset of excess collections (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(b)(3)). MDUFA directs FDA to use the yearly total revenue amount as a starting point to set the standard fee rates for each fee type. The fee calculations for FY 2017 are described in this document.
MDUFA specifies that the $130,184,348 is to be adjusted for inflation increases for FY 2017 using two separate adjustments—one for payroll costs and one for non-pay cost (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(c)(2)). The base inflation adjustment for FY 2017 is the sum of one plus these two separate adjustments, and is compounded as specified (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(c)(2)(C)(1) and 379j(c)(2)(B)(ii)).
The component of the inflation adjustment for payroll costs is the average annual percent change in the cost of all personnel compensation and benefits (PC&B) paid per full-time equivalent position (FTE) at FDA for the first 3 of the 4 preceding FYs, multiplied by 0.60, or 60 percent (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(c)(2)(C)).
Table 1 summarizes the actual cost and FTE data for the specified FYs, and provides the percent change from the previous FY and the average percent change over the first 3 of the 4 FYs preceding FY 2017. The 3-year average is 1.8759 percent (rounded).
The payroll adjustment is 1.8759 percent multiplied by 60 percent, or 1.1255 percent.
The statute specifies that the component of the inflation adjustment for non-payroll costs for FY 2017 is the average annual percent change that occurred in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) for urban consumers (Washington-Baltimore, DC-MD-VA-WV; not seasonally adjusted; all items; annual index) for the first 3 of the preceding 4 years of available data multiplied by 0.40, or 40 percent (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(c)(2)(C)).
Table 2 provides the summary data and the 3-year average percent change in the specified CPI for the Baltimore-Washington area. This data is published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics and can be found on their Web site at
The non-pay adjustment is 1.1297 percent multiplied by 40 percent, or 0.4519 percent.
Next, the payroll adjustment (1.1255 percent or 0.011255) is added to the non-pay adjustment (0.4519 percent or 0.004519), for a total of 1.5774 percent (or 0.015774). To complete the inflation adjustment, 1 (100 percent or 1.0) is added for a total base inflation adjustment of 1.015774 for FY 2017.
MDUFA III provides for this inflation adjustment to be compounded for FY 2015 and each subsequent fiscal year (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(c)(2)(B)(ii)). The base inflation adjustment for FY 2017 (1.015774) is compounded by multiplying it by the compounded applicable inflation adjustment for FY 2016 (1.064457), as published in the
Under the offset provision of the FD&C Act (see section 738(i)(4) (21 U.S.C. 379j(i)(4))), if the cumulative amount of fees collected during FY 2013 through FY 2015, added to the amount estimated to be collected for FY 2016, exceeds the cumulative amount appropriated for these four FYs, the excess shall be credited to the appropriation account of the Food and Drug Administration and shall be subtracted from the amount of fees that would otherwise be authorized to be collected for FY 2017. Table 3 presents the amount of MDUFA fees collected during FY 2013 through FY 2015 (actuals), and the amount estimated to be collected for FY 2016, and compares those amounts with the fees specified to be appropriated in these four FYs.
The total amount FDA expects to have collected in excess of appropriations by the end of FY 2016 is $27,164,048. However, of that amount, a total of $12,485,897 represents unearned revenue—primarily fees paid for applications that have not yet been received. The unearned revenue is held in reserve either to refund, if no application is submitted, or to apply toward the future FY when the application is received. The net of these two figures, $14,678,151, is the amount that FDA has received in excess of appropriations that is available for obligation, and the amount by which fee revenue will be offset in FY 2017.
For FY 2017, the statute authorizes $140,762,000 in user fees. In order to determine the revised collection amount, we deduct the net excess collection amount of $14,678,151 from $140,762,000, and the revised revenue target for FY 2017 becomes $126,083,000 (rounded down to the nearest thousand dollars).
Under the FD&C Act, all submission fees and the periodic reporting fee are set as a percent of the standard (full) fee for a premarket application (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(a)(2)(A)). Table 4 provides the last 3 years of fee paying submission counts and the 3-year average. These numbers are used to project the fee paying submission counts that FDA will receive in FY 2017. Most of the fee paying submission counts are published in the MDUFA Financial Report to Congress each year.
The information in table 4 is necessary to estimate the amount of revenue that will be collected based on the fee amounts. Table 5 displays both the estimated revenue using the FY 2017 base fees set in statute and the estimated revenue after the inflation adjustment and offset of excess collections to the FY 2017 base fees. Using the fees set in statute and the 3 year averages of fee paying submissions, the collections would total $144,335,998, which is $18,252,998 higher than the statutory revenue limit. Accordingly the PMA and establishment fee need to be decreased so that collections come as close to the statutory revenue limit of $126,083,000 as possible without exceeding the limit. This is done by calculating the percentage difference between the statutory revenue limit and the estimated resulting 2017 revenue collections, and then lowering the fees proportionally by that percentage (rounded to the nearest dollar). The fees in the second column from the right are those we are establishing in FY 2017, which are the standard fees.
The standard fee (adjusted base amount) for a premarket application, including a BLA, and for a premarket report and a BLA efficacy supplement, is $234,495 for FY 2017. The fees set by reference to the standard fee for a premarket application are:
• For a panel-track supplement, 75 percent of the standard fee;
• For a 180-day supplement, 15 percent of the standard fee;
• For a real-time supplement, 7 percent of the standard fee;
• For a 510(k) premarket notification, 2 percent of the standard fee;
• For a 30-day notice, 1.6 percent of the standard fee;
• For a 513(g) request for classification information, 1.35 percent of the standard fee; and
• For an annual fee for periodic reporting concerning a class III device, 3.5 percent of the standard fee.
For all submissions other than a 510(k) premarket notification, a 30-day notice, and a 513(g) request for classification information, the small business fee is 25 percent of the standard (full) fee for the submission (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(d)(2)(C)). For a 510(k) premarket notification submission, a 30-day notice, and a 513(g) request for classification information, the small business fee is 50 percent of the standard (full) fee for the submission (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(d)(2)(C) and (e)(2)(C)).
The annual fee for establishment registration, after adjustment, is set at $3,382 for FY 2017. There is no small business rate for the annual establishment registration fee; all establishments pay the same fee.
Table 6 summarizes the FY 2017 rates for all medical device fees.
If your business has gross receipts or sales of no more than $100 million for the most recent tax year, you may qualify for reduced small business fees. If your business has gross sales or receipts of no more than $30 million, you may also qualify for a waiver of the fee for your first premarket application (PMA, PDP, or BLA) or premarket report. You must include the gross receipts or sales of all of your affiliates along with your own gross receipts or sales when determining whether you meet the $100 million or $30 million threshold. If you want to pay the small business fee rate for a submission, or you want to receive a waiver of the fee for your first premarket application or premarket report, you should submit the materials showing you qualify as a small business 60 days before you send your submission to FDA. FDA will review your information and determine whether you qualify as a small business eligible for the reduced fee and/or fee waiver. If you make a submission before FDA finds that you qualify as a small business, you must pay the standard (full) fee for that submission.
If your business qualified as a small business for FY 2016, your status as a small business will expire at the close of business on September 30, 2016. You must re-qualify for FY 2017 in order to pay small business fees during FY 2017.
If you are a domestic (U.S.) business, and wish to qualify as a small business for FY 2017, you must submit the following to FDA:
1. A completed FY 2017 MDUFA Small Business Qualification Certification (Form FDA 3602). This form is provided in FDA's guidance document, “FY 2017 Medical Device User Fee Small Business Qualification and Certification,” available on FDA's Web site at
2. A certified copy of your Federal (U.S.) Income Tax Return for the most recent tax year. The most recent tax year will be 2016, except:
If you submit your FY 2017 MDUFA Small Business Qualification before April 15, 2017, and you have not yet filed your return for 2016, you may use tax year 2015.
If you submit your FY 2017 MDUFA Small Business Qualification on or after April 15, 2017, and have not yet filed your 2016 return because you obtained an extension, you may submit your most recent return filed prior to the extension.
3. For each of your affiliates, either:
• If the affiliate is a domestic (U.S.) business, a certified copy of the affiliate's Federal (U.S.) Income Tax Return for the most recent tax year, or
• If the affiliate is a foreign business and cannot submit a Federal (U.S.) Income Tax Return, a National Taxing Authority Certification completed by, and bearing the official seal of, the National Taxing Authority of the country in which the firm is headquartered. The National Taxing Authority is the foreign equivalent of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. This certification must show the amount of gross receipts or sales for the most recent tax year, in both U.S. dollars and the local currency of the country, the exchange rate used in converting the local currency to U.S. dollars, and the dates of the gross receipts or sales collected. The applicant must also submit a statement signed by the head of the applicant's firm or by its chief financial officer that the applicant has submitted certifications for all of its affiliates, identifying the name of each
If you are a foreign business, and wish to qualify as a small business for FY 2017, you must submit the following:
1. A completed FY 2017 MDUFA Foreign Small Business Qualification Certification (Form FDA 3602A). This form is provided in FDA's guidance document, “FY 2017 Medical Device User Fee Small Business Qualification and Certification,” available on FDA's Internet site at
2. A National Taxing Authority Certification, completed by, and bearing the official seal of, the National Taxing Authority of the country in which the firm is headquartered. This certification must show the amount of gross receipts or sales for the most recent tax year, in both U.S. dollars and the local currency of the country, the exchange rate used in converting the local currency to U.S. dollars, and the dates of the gross receipts or sales collected.
3. For each of your affiliates, either:
• If the affiliate is a domestic (U.S.) business, a certified copy of the affiliate's Federal (U.S.) Income Tax Return for the most recent tax year (2016 or later), or
• If the affiliate is a foreign business and cannot submit a Federal (U.S.) Income Tax Return, a National Taxing Authority Certification completed by, and bearing the official seal of, the National Taxing Authority of the country in which the firm is headquartered. The National Taxing Authority is the foreign equivalent of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. This certification must show the amount of gross receipts or sales for the most recent tax year, in both U.S. dollars and the local currency of the country, the exchange rate used in converting the local currency to U.S. dollars, and the dates for the gross receipts or sales collected. The applicant must also submit a statement signed by the head of the applicant's firm or by its chief financial officer that the applicant has submitted certifications for all of its affiliates, identifying the name of each affiliate, or that the applicant has no affiliates.
If your application or submission is subject to a fee and your payment is received by FDA between October 1, 2016, and September 30, 2017, you must pay the fee in effect for FY 2017. The later of the date that the application is received in the reviewing center's document room or the date the U.S. Treasury recognizes the payment determines whether the fee rates for FY 2016 or FY 2017 apply. FDA must receive the correct fee at the time that an application is submitted, or the application will not be accepted for filing or review.
FDA requests that you follow the steps below before submitting a medical device application subject to a fee to ensure that FDA links the fee with the correct application. (
Log into the User Fee System at:
When you are satisfied that the data on the cover sheet is accurate, electronically transmit that data to FDA according to instructions on the screen. Applicants are required to set up a user account and password to assure data security in the creation and electronic submission of cover sheets.
1. The preferred payment method is online using electronic check (Automated Clearing House (ACH) also known as eCheck) or credit card (Discover, VISA, MasterCard, American Express). FDA has partnered with the U.S. Department of the Treasury to utilize Pay.gov, a Web-based payment system, for online electronic payment. You may make a payment via electronic check or credit card after submitting your cover sheet. Secure electronic payments can be submitted using the User Fees Payment Portal at
2. If paying with a paper check:
• All paper checks must be in U.S. currency from a U.S. bank and made payable to the Food and Drug Administration. (If needed, FDA's tax identification number is 53-0196965.)
• Please write your application's unique PIN (from the upper right-hand corner of your completed Medical Device User Fee cover sheet) on your check.
• Mail the paper check and a copy of the completed cover sheet to: Food and Drug Administration, P.O. Box 979033, St. Louis, MO 63197-9000. (Please note that this address is for payments of application and annual report fees only and is not to be used for payment of annual establishment registration fees.)
If you prefer to send a check by a courier, the courier may deliver the check to: U.S. Bank, Attn: Government Lockbox 979033, 1005 Convention Plaza, St. Louis, MO 63101. (
3. If paying with a wire transfer:
• Please include your application's unique PIN (from the upper right-hand corner of your completed Medical Device User Fee cover sheet) in your wire transfer. Without the PIN, your payment may not be applied to your cover sheet and review of your application may be delayed.
• The originating financial institution may charge a wire transfer fee. Ask your financial institution about the fee and add it to your payment to ensure that your cover sheet is fully paid.
Use the following account information when sending a wire transfer: U.S. Department of Treasury, TREAS NYC, 33 Liberty St., New York, NY 10045, Acct. No. 75060099, Routing No. 021030004, SWIFT: FRNYUS33, Beneficiary: FDA, 8455 Colesville Road, 14th Floor, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002.
FDA records the official application receipt date as the later of the following: (1) The date the application was received by FDA or (2) the date the U.S. Treasury recognizes the payment. It is helpful if the fee arrives at the bank at
Please submit your application and a copy of the completed Medical Device User Fee cover sheet to one of the following addresses:
1. Medical device applications should be submitted to: Food and Drug Administration, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Document Control Center, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Building 66, Rm. 0609, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002.
2. Biologics license applications and other medical device submissions reviewed by the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research should be sent to: Food and Drug Administration, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, Document Control Center, 10903 New Hampshire Ave, Building 71, Rm. G112, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002.
You will be invoiced at the end of the quarter in which your PMA Periodic Report is due. Invoices will be sent based on the details included on your PMA file. You are responsible for ensuring FDA has your current billing information, and you may update your contact information for the PMA by submitting an amendment to the PMA.
1. The preferred payment method is online using electronic check (Automated Clearing House (ACH) also known as eCheck) or credit card (Discover, VISA, MasterCard, American Express). Secure electronic payments can be submitted using the User Fees Payment Portal at
2. If paying with a paper check:
All paper checks must be in U.S. currency from a U.S. bank and made payable to the Food and Drug Administration. (If needed, FDA's tax identification number is 53-0196965,)
• Please write your invoice number on the check.
• Mail the paper check and a copy of invoice to: Food and Drug Administration, P.O. Box 979033, St. Louis, MO, 63197-9000.
(Please note that this address is for payments of application and annual report fees only and is not to be used for payment of annual establishment registration fees.)
If you prefer to send a check by a courier, the courier may deliver the check to: U.S. Bank, Attn: Government Lockbox 979033, 1005 Convention Plaza, St. Louis, MO 63101. (
3. If paying with a wire transfer:
• Please include your invoice number in your wire transfer. Without the invoice number, your payment may not be applied and you may be referred to collections.
• The originating financial institution may charge a wire transfer fee. Ask your financial institution about the fee and add it to your payment to ensure that your invoice is fully paid.
Use the following account information when sending a wire transfer: U.S. Department of the Treasury, TREAS NYC, 33 Liberty St., New York, NY 10045, Acct. No. 75060099, Routing No. 021030004, SWIFT: FRNYUS33, Beneficiary: FDA, 8455 Colesville Rd., 14th Floor, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002.
To pay the annual establishment fee, firms must access the Device Facility User Fee (DFUF) Web site at
Companies that do not manufacture any product other than a licensed biologic are required to register in the Blood Establishment Registration (BER) system. FDA's Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER) will send establishment registration fee invoices annually to these companies.
To submit a DFUF Order, you must create or have previously created a user account and password for the user fee Web site listed previously in this section. After creating a user name and password, log into the Establishment Registration User Fee FY 2016 store. Complete the DFUF order by entering the number of establishments you are registering that require payment. When you are satisfied that the information in the order is accurate, electronically transmit that data to FDA according to instructions on the screen. Print a copy of the final DFUF order and note the unique PIN located in the upper right-hand corner of the printed order.
Unless paying by credit card, all payments must be in U. S. currency and drawn on a U.S. bank.
1. If paying by credit card or electronic check (ACH or eCheck):
The DFUF order will include payment information, including details on how you can pay online using a credit card or electronic check. Follow the instructions provided to make an electronic payment.
2. If paying with a paper check:
You may pay by a check, in U.S. dollars and drawn on a U.S. bank, mailed to: Food and Drug Administration, P.O. Box 979108, St. Louis, MO 63197-9000. (
If a check is sent by a courier that requests a street address, the courier can deliver the check to: U.S. Bank, Attn: Government Lockbox 979108, 1005 Convention Plaza, St. Louis, MO 63101. (
Please make sure that both of the following are written on your check: (1) The FDA post office box number (P.O. Box 979108) and (2) the PIN that is printed on your order. Include a copy of your printed order when you mail your check.
3. If paying with a wire transfer:
Wire transfers may also be used to pay annual establishment fees. To send a wire transfer, please read and comply with the following information:
Include your order's unique PIN (in the upper right-hand corner of your
The originating financial institution may charge a wire transfer fee. Ask your financial institution about the fee and add it to your payment to ensure that your order is fully paid. Use the following account information when sending a wire transfer: U.S. Dept. of Treasury, TREAS NYC, 33 Liberty St., New York, NY 10045, Acct. No. 75060099, Routing No. 021030004, SWIFT: FRNYUS33, Beneficiary: FDA, 8455 Colesville Rd., 14th Floor, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002. (If needed, FDA's tax identification number is 53-0196965.)
Go to the Center for Devices and Radiological Health's Web site at
Enter your existing account ID and password to log into FURLS. From the FURLS/FDA Industry Systems menu, click on the Device Registration and Listing Module (DRLM) of FURLS button. New establishments will need to register and existing establishments will update their annual registration using choices on the DRLM menu. When you choose to register or update your annual registration, the system will prompt you through the entry of information about your establishment and your devices. If you have any problems with this process, email:
After completing your annual or initial registration and device listing, you will be prompted to enter your DFUF order PIN and PCN, when applicable. This process does not apply to establishments engaged only in the manufacture, preparation, propagation, compounding, or processing of licensed biologic devices. CBER will send invoices for payment of the establishment registration fee to such establishments.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of availability.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing the availability of the guidance entitled “General Wellness: Policy for Low Risk Devices.” The guidance is intended to provide clarity to industry and FDA staff on Center for Devices and Radiological Health's (CDRH) compliance policy for low-risk products that promote a healthy lifestyle (general wellness products). By clarifying the policy on general wellness products, we hope to improve the predictability, consistency, and transparency on CDRH's regulation of these products. For purposes of the guidance, CDRH defines “general wellness products” as products which meet the following factors: They are intended for only general wellness use as defined in the guidance and present a low risk to the safety of users and other persons.
Submit either electronic or written comments on this guidance at any time. General comments on Agency guidance documents are welcome at any time.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper
An electronic copy of the guidance document is available for download from the Internet. See the
Bakul Patel, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, Rm. 5458, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-5528.
CDRH does not intend to examine low risk general wellness products to determine whether they are devices within the meaning of section 201(h) (21 U.S.C. 321(h)) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&C Act) or, if they are devices, whether they comply with the premarket review and postmarket regulatory requirements for devices under the FD&C Act and implementing regulations, including, but not limited to: Registration and listing and premarket notification requirements (21 CFR part 807); labeling requirements (21 CFR part 801 and 21 CFR 809.10); good manufacturing practice requirements as set forth in the Quality System regulation (21 CFR part 820); and Medical Device Reporting (MDR) requirements (21 CFR part 803).
For purposes of the guidance, CDRH defines “general wellness products” as products which meet the following factors: (1) Are intended for only general wellness use as defined in the guidance and (2) present a low risk to the safety of users and other persons. A general wellness product has an intended use that relates to maintaining or encouraging a general state of health or a healthy activity, or has an intended use that relates the role of healthy lifestyle with helping to reduce the risk or impact of certain chronic diseases or conditions and where it is well understood and accepted that healthy lifestyle choices may play an important role in health outcomes for the disease or condition.
CDRH's general wellness policy applies only to general wellness products that are low risk. In order to be considered low risk for purposes of the guidance, the product must not: (1) Be invasive, (2) be implanted, or (3) involve an intervention or technology that may pose risk to the safety of users and other persons if specific regulatory controls are not applied, such as risks from lasers or radiation exposure.
General wellness products may include exercise equipment, audio recordings, video games, software programs, and other products that are commonly, though not exclusively, available from retail establishments (including online retailers and distributors that offer software to be directly downloaded), when consistent with the factors outlined in the guidance.
The FDA published in the
This guidance is being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115). The guidance represents the current thinking of FDA on General Wellness: Policy for Low Risk Devices. It does not establish any rights for any person and is not binding on FDA or the public. You can use an alternative approach if it satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations.
Persons interested in obtaining a copy of the guidance may do so by downloading an electronic copy from the Internet. A search capability for all Center for Devices and Radiological Health guidance documents is available at
This guidance refers to previously approved collections of information found in FDA regulations. These collections of information are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collections of information in part 807 (registration and listing and premarket notification (510(k))) have been approved under OMB control numbers 0910-0625 and 0910-0120, respectively; the collections of information in part 801 and § 809.10 (labeling) have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0485; the collections of information in part 820 (good manufacturing practice requirements as set forth in the quality system regulation) have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0073; and the collections of information in part 803 (MDR requirements) have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0437.
Health Resources and Services Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) is publishing this notice of petitions received under the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program (the Program), as required by Section 2112(b)(2) of the Public Health Service (PHS) Act, as amended. While the Secretary of Health and Human Services is named as the respondent in all proceedings brought by the filing of petitions for compensation under the Program, the United States Court of Federal Claims is charged by statute with responsibility for considering and acting upon the petitions.
For information about requirements for filing petitions, and the Program in general, contact the Clerk, United States Court of Federal Claims, 717 Madison Place NW., Washington, DC 20005, (202) 357-6400. For information on HRSA's role in the Program, contact the Director, National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program, 5600 Fishers Lane, Room 08N146B, Rockville, MD 20857; (301) 443-6593, or visit our Web site at:
The Program provides a system of no-fault compensation for certain individuals who have been injured by specified childhood vaccines. Subtitle 2 of Title XXI of the PHS Act, 42 U.S.C. 300aa-10
A petition may be filed with respect to injuries, disabilities, illnesses, conditions, and deaths resulting from vaccines described in the Vaccine Injury Table (the Table) set forth at 42 CFR 100.3. This Table lists for each covered childhood vaccine the conditions that may lead to compensation and, for each condition, the time period for occurrence of the first symptom or manifestation of onset or of significant aggravation after vaccine administration. Compensation may also be awarded for conditions not listed in the Table and for conditions that are manifested outside the time periods specified in the Table, but only if the petitioner shows that the condition was caused by one of the listed vaccines.
Section 2112(b)(2) of the PHS Act, 42 U.S.C. 300aa-12(b)(2), requires that “[w]ithin 30 days after the Secretary receives service of any petition filed under section 2111 the Secretary shall publish notice of such petition in the
Section 2112(b)(2) also provides that the special master “shall afford all interested persons an opportunity to submit relevant, written information” relating to the following:
1. The existence of evidence “that there is not a preponderance of the evidence that the illness, disability, injury, condition, or death described in the petition is due to factors unrelated to the administration of the vaccine described in the petition,” and
2. Any allegation in a petition that the petitioner either:
a. “[S]ustained, or had significantly aggravated, any illness, disability, injury, or condition not set forth in the Vaccine Injury Table but which was caused by” one of the vaccines referred to in the Table, or
b. “[S]ustained, or had significantly aggravated, any illness, disability, injury, or condition set forth in the Vaccine Injury Table the first symptom or manifestation of the onset or significant aggravation of which did not occur within the time period set forth in the Table but which was caused by a vaccine” referred to in the Table.
In accordance with Section 2112(b)(2), all interested persons may submit written information relevant to the issues described above in the case of the petitions listed below. Any person choosing to do so should file an original and three (3) copies of the information with the Clerk of the U.S. Court of Federal Claims at the address listed above (under the heading “For Further Information Contact”), with a copy to HRSA addressed to Director, Division of Injury Compensation Programs, Healthcare Systems Bureau, 5600 Fishers Lane, 08N146B, Rockville, MD 20857. The Court's caption (Petitioner's Name v. Secretary of Health and Human Services) and the docket number assigned to the petition should be used as the caption for the written submission. Chapter 35 of title 44, United States Code, related to paperwork reduction, does not apply to information required for purposes of carrying out the Program.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of a meeting of the National Advisory Council on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism.
The meeting will be open to the public as indicated below, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Any interested person may file written comments with the committee by forwarding the statement to the Contact Person listed on this notice. The statement should include the name, address, telephone number and when applicable, the business or professional affiliation of the interested person.
Information is also available on the Institute's/Center's home page:
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), notice is hereby given of the meeting of the Council of Councils.
The meeting will be open to the public as indicated below, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting. The open session will be videocast and can be accessed from the NIH Videocasting and Podcasting Web site (
A portion of the meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4), and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Any interested person may file written comments with the committee by forwarding the statement to the Contact Person listed on this notice. The statement should include the name, address, telephone number and when applicable, the business or professional affiliation of the interested person.
In the interest of security, NIH has instituted stringent procedures for entrance onto the NIH campus. All visitor vehicles, including taxicabs, hotel, and airport shuttles will be inspected before being allowed on campus. Visitors will be asked to show one form of identification (for example, a government-issued photo ID, driver's license, or passport) and to state the purpose of their visit.
Information is also available on the Council of Council's home page at
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security.
Notice of Federal Advisory Committee meeting.
The Chemical Transportation Advisory Committee and its subcommittees will meet on September 27, 28, and 29, 2016, in Washington DC, to discuss the safe and secure marine transportation of hazardous materials. These meetings will be open to the public.
Subcommittees will meet on Tuesday, September 27, 2016, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. and on Wednesday,
These meetings will be held at the U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20593-6509. Foreign national attendees will be required to pre-register no later than 5 p.m. on August 31, 2016, to be admitted to the meeting. U.S. Citizen attendees will be required to pre-register no later than 5 p.m. on September 19, 2016, to be admitted to the meeting. To pre-register, contact Lieutenant Commander Julie Blanchfield at
For information on facilities or services for individuals with disabilities or to request special assistance at the meeting, contact the individual listed in the
Mr. Patrick Keffler, Designated Federal Official of the Chemical Transportation Advisory Committee, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Ave. SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, telephone 202-372-1424, fax 202-372-8380, or
Notice of this meeting is in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, (Title 5, United States Code Appendix).
The Chemical Transportation Advisory Committee is an advisory committee authorized under section 871 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002, 6 United States Code 451, and is chartered under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The committee acts solely in an advisory capacity to the Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security through the Commandant of the Coast Guard and the Deputy Commandant for Operations on matters relating to safe and secure marine transportation of hazardous materials, insofar as they relate to matters within the United States Coast Guard's jurisdiction. The Committee advises, consults with, and makes recommendations reflecting its independent judgment to the Secretary.
The subcommittee meetings will separately address the following tasks:
(1) Task Statement 13-03: Safety Standards for the Design of Vessels Carrying Natural Gas or Using Natural Gas as Fuel.
(2) Task Statement 13-01: Recommendations for Guidance on the Implementation of Revisions to International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) Annex II and the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (commonly known as IBC code) and 46 CFR 153 Regulatory Review.
(3) Task Statement 15-01: Marine Vapor Control System Certifying Entities Guidelines update and Vapor Control System supplementary guidance for the implementation of the final rule.
The task statements from the last committee meeting are located at Homeport at the following address:
The agenda for each subcommittee will include the following:
1. Review task statements, which are listed in paragraph (4) of the agenda for the September 29, 2016, meeting.
2. Work on tasks assigned in task statements mentioned above.
3. Public comment period.
4. Discuss and prepare proposed recommendations for the Chemical Transportation Advisory Committee meeting on September 29, 2016, on tasks assigned in detailed task statements mentioned above.
The agenda for the Chemical Transportation Advisory Committee meeting on September 29, 2016, is as follows:
1. Introductions and opening remarks.
2. Coast Guard Leadership Remarks.
3. Public comment period.
4. Committee will review, discuss, and formulate recommendations on the following items:
a. Task Statement 13-03: Safety Standards for the Design of Vessels Carrying Natural Gas or Using Natural Gas as Fuel.
b. Task Statement 15-01: Marine Vapor Control System Certifying Entities Guidelines update and Vapor Control System supplementary guidance for the implementation of the final rule.
c. Task Statement 13-01: Recommendations for Guidance on the Implementation of Revisions to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) Annex II and the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (commonly known as IBC code) and 46 CFR 153 Regulatory Review.
5. USCG presentations on the following items of interest:
a. Update on International Maritime Organization activities as they relate to the marine transportation of hazardous materials.
b. Update on U.S. regulations and policy initiatives as they relate to the marine transportation of hazardous materials.
6. Set next meeting date and location.
7. Set subcommittee meeting schedule.
A public comment period will be held during each Subcommittee and the full committee meeting concerning matters being discussed. Public comments will be limited to 3 minutes per speaker. Please note that the public comment period may end before the time indicated, following the last call for comments. Please contact Mr. Patrick Keffler listed in the
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, Department of Homeland Security.
30-Day notice.
The Department of Homeland Security (DHS), U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The information collection notice was previously published in the
The purpose of this notice is to allow an additional 30 days for public comments. Comments are encouraged and will be accepted until August 29, 2016. This process is conducted in accordance with 5 CFR 1320.10.
Written comments and/or suggestions regarding the item(s) contained in this notice, especially regarding the estimated public burden and associated response time, must be directed to the OMB USCIS Desk Officer via email at
You may wish to consider limiting the amount of personal information that you provide in any voluntary submission you make. For additional information please read the Privacy Act notice that is available via the link in the footer of
USCIS, Office of Policy and Strategy, Regulatory Coordination Division, Samantha Deshommes, Chief, 20 Massachusetts Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20529-2140, Telephone number (202) 272-8377 (This is not a toll-free number. Comments are not accepted via telephone message). Please note contact information provided here is solely for questions regarding this notice. It is not for individual case status inquiries. Applicants seeking information about the status of their individual cases can check Case Status Online, available at the USCIS Web site at
You may access the information collection instrument with instructions, or additional information by visiting the Federal eRulemaking Portal site at:
(1) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
(3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7) An estimate of the total public burden (in cost) associated with the collection: $75,750.
Office of Housing, HUD.
Amended System of Records notice.
In accordance with the requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, the Department's Office of Housing, Asset Management and Portfolio Oversight Division propose to amend and reissue a current system of records notice (SORN): Active Partners Performance System (APPS). This SORN was previously titled Previous Participation Review System and Active Partners Performance System Previous Participation Files, HUD/H07. The notice amendment includes administrative updates to the categories of individuals covered, categories of records, authority for maintenance, routine uses, storage, safeguards, retention and disposal, system manager and address, notification procedures,
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this notice to the Rules Docket Clerk, Office of General Counsel, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 10276, Washington, DC 20410-0500. Communications should refer to the above docket number and title. Faxed comments are not accepted. A copy of each communication submitted will be available for public inspection and copying between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. weekdays at the above address.
Frieda B. Edwards, Acting Chief Privacy Officer, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 10139, Washington, DC 20410, telephone number 202-402-6828 (this is not a toll-free number). Individuals who are hearing- and speech-impaired may access this number via TTY by calling the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339 (this is a toll-free number).
This notice updates and refines previously published information pertaining to APPS in a clear and easy to read format. The notice identifies activities and records pertaining to: (1) Submission and review of a multifamily housing principals previous participation and/or certification in a multifamily housing project; and (2) consideration, approval, and disapproval of a principals participation in a multifamily housing project; (3) a principals previous participation with HUD or other housing agencies; (4) summary of financial, management, or operational difficulties the principals may have had with prior HUD projects; and (5) flag indication of whether the principals are or have been the subject of a government investigation. The amended notice conveys administrative updates to the notice's title, categories of individuals covered, categories of records, routine uses, storage, safeguards, retention and disposal, system manager and address, notification procedures, records access and contesting procedures, and records source captions. The Privacy Act places on Federal agencies principal responsibility for compliance with its provisions, by requiring Federal agencies to safeguard an individual's records against an invasion of personal privacy; protect the records contained in an agency system of records from unauthorized disclosure; ensure that the records collected are relevant, necessary, current, and collected only for their intended use; and adequately safeguard the records to prevent misuse of such information. This notice demonstrates the Department's focus on industry best practices and laws that protect interest such as personal privacy and law enforcement records from inappropriate release. This notice states the name and location of the record system, the authority for and manner of its operations, the categories of individuals that it covers, the type of records that it contains, the sources of the information for the records, the routine uses made of the records, and the types of exemptions in place for the records. The notice also includes the business address of the HUD officials who will inform interested persons of how they may gain access to and/or request amendments to records pertaining to themselves.
The amended notice does not meet threshold requirements set forth by paragraph 4c of Appendix l to OMB Circular No. A-130, “Federal Agencies Responsibilities for Maintaining Records About Individuals,” November 28, 2000. Therefore, a report was not submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, and the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform.
5 U.S.C. 552a; 88 Stat. 1896; 42 U.S.C. 3535(d).
HSNG.MFH/HTG.01
Active Partners Performance System (APPS)-F24P
Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Washington DC 20410; HUD Field and Regional offices
Principals who are approved to participate in HUD's multifamily projects such as owners, general contractors, management agents, consultants, facility operators and developers.
(1)
(2)
(3)
Section 7(d), Department of Housing and Urban Development Act, 79 Stat. 670, (42 U.S.C. 3535(d)). HUD is authorized to collect the Social Security Number (SSN) by Section 165(a) of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1987, Public Law 100-242 (42 U.S.C. 3543).
APPS was developed to automate the submission and review of the Housing and Urban Development (HUD) previous participation certification process (Form HUD-2530), which initiates the review and approval process for industry entities who would participate in a HUD project. The data collected through the HUD-2530 process is used by HUD employees to assess applicant's suitability to participate in HUD projects in light of
In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act, all or a portion of the records or information contained in this system may be disclosed outside HUD as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows.
(1) To State and local governments participating in HUD housing programs as co-insurers or finance agencies—to assist in project application reviews.
(2) To appropriate agencies, entities, and persons to the extent such disclosures are compatible with the purpose for which the records in this system were collected, as set forth by Appendix I, HUD's Routine Use Inventory Notice,
(3) To appropriate agencies, entities, and persons when:
(a) HUD suspects or has confirmed that the security or confidentiality of information in a system of records has been compromised;
(b) HUD has determined, that as a result of the suspected or confirmed compromise, there is a risk of harm to economic or property interests, identity theft or fraud, or harm to the security or integrity of systems or programs (whether maintained by HUD or another agency or entity) that rely upon the compromised information; and
(c) The disclosure made to such agencies, entities, and persons is reasonably necessary to assist in connection with HUD's efforts to respond to the suspected or confirmed compromise and prevent, minimize, or remedy such harm for purposes of facilitating responses and remediation efforts in the event of a data breach.
(4) To the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or to the General Services Administration for records management inspections conducted under 44 U.S.C. 2904 and 2906.
(5) To a congressional office from the record of an individual, in response to an verified inquiry from that congressional office, made at the request of that individual.
Records in this system are stored electronically on Internet/Intranet application servers. Paper records are scanned and converted into a uniform electronic format. The hard copies, after scanning, are stored at the NARA records management center.
Electronic records are retrieved by name, submission ID and TIN.
Data records and information submitted on the HUD Form 2530, Previous Participation Certification, are destroyed 3 years after the Secretary ceases to have any liability and/or interest in the project. The hard copies, after scanning, are stored in the NARA records management center. Electronic records will be destroyed pursuant to NIST Special Publication 800-88, “Guidelines for Media Sanitization.” Reference: HUD Records Disposition Schedule, Schedule 18, item 5: Previous Participation Approvals (NARA Job NCl-207-79-3), item 5. Note: This schedule is currently under review in accordance with OMB Memorandum M-12-18, Section 2.5.
Access to the system, storage, backup and infrastructure equipment is monitored and by password and code identification cards access and limited to authorized users.
Devasia Karimpanal, Program Specialist, Office of Multifamily Asset Management and Portfolio Oversight, Business Relationships and Support Contracts Division, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20410.
For Information, assistance, or inquiries about the existence of records, contact Frieda B. Edwards, Acting Chief Privacy Officer, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 10139, Washington, DC 20410, telephone number 202-402-6828 (this is not a toll-free number). When seeking records about yourself from this system of records or any other HUD system of records, your request must conform to the Privacy Act regulations set forth in 24 CFR part 16. You must first verify your identity by providing your full name, current address, and date and place of birth. You must sign your request, and your signature must either be notarized or submitted under 28 U.S.C. 1746, a law that permits statements to be made under penalty of perjury as a substitute for notarization. In addition, your request should:
a. Explain why you believe HUD would have information on you.
b. Identify which HUD office you believe has the records about you.
c. Specify when you believe the records would have been created.
d. Provide any other information that will help the FOIA staff determine which HUD office may have responsive records.
If you are seeking records pertaining to another living individual, you must obtain a statement from that individual certifying their agreement for you to access their records. Without the above information, the HUD FOIA Office may not be able to conduct an effective search, and your request may be denied due to lack of specificity or lack of compliance with applicable regulations.
The Department's rules for contesting contents of records and appealing initial denials appear in 24 CFR part 16.3, “Procedures for Inquiries.” Additional assistance may be obtained by contacting Frieda B. Edwards, Acting Chief Privacy Officer, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 10139, Washington, DC 20410, or the HUD Departmental Privacy Appeals Officer, Office of General Counsel, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 10110, Washington DC 20410.
The sources for information in the system are from the subject individuals and entities for whom the records are maintained; HUD Field Offices; other governmental agencies. Individuals and entities register at the Business Partner Registration link on APPS Web page and the information is transferred to APPS secure database.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Policy Development and Research, HUD.
Notice of Final Fiscal Year (FY) 2016 Fair Market Rents (FMRs), Update.
Today's notice updates the FY 2016 FMRs for Maui County, HI HUD Metro FMR Area (HMFA) and Kauai County, HI, based on a survey of rents conducted in April, 2016, by the area public housing agencies (PHAs). The revised FY 2016 FMRs for these areas reflect the estimated 40th percentile rent for April, 2016.
For technical information on the methodology used to develop FMRs or a listing of all FMRs, please call the HUD USER information line at 800-245-2691 or access the information on the HUD USER Web site:
Questions related to use of FMRs or voucher payment standards should be directed to the respective local HUD program staff. Questions on how to conduct FMR surveys or concerning further methodological explanations may be addressed to Marie L. Lihn or Peter B. Kahn, Economic and Market Analysis Division, Office of Economic Affairs, Office of Policy Development and Research, telephone 202-402-2409. Persons with hearing or speech impairments may access this number through TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339. (Other than the HUD USER information line and TDD numbers, telephone numbers are not toll-free.)
The FMRs appearing in the following table supersede the values found in Schedule B that became effective on May 3, 2016, and were printed in the May 3, 2016
The FMRs for the affected area are revised as follows:
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD has submitted the proposed information collection requirement described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. The purpose of this notice is to allow for an additional 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806. Email:
Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Colette Pollard at
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A. The
The MTW Demonstration was authorized under Section 204 of the Omnibus Consolidated Rescissions and Appropriations Act of 1996 (Public Law 104-134, 110 Stat 1321), dated April 26, 1996. The original MTW Demonstration statute permitted up to 30 PHAs to participate in the demonstration program. Nineteen PHAs were selected for participation in the MTW demonstration in response to a HUD Notice published in the
Additional MTW `slots' have been added by Congress over time through appropriations statutes. Two PHAs were specifically named and authorized to join the demonstration in 1999 under the VA, HUD, and Independent Agencies Appropriations Act of 1999 (Pub. L. 105-276, 112 Stat. 2461), dated October 21, 1998. A Public and Indian Housing Notice (PIH Notice 2000-52) issued December 13, 2000, allowed up to an additional 6 PHAs to participate in the MTW demonstration. The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2008 (Pub. L. 110-161, 121 Stat. 1844) added four named PHAs to the Moving to Work demonstration program.
Subsequent Appropriations Acts for 2009, 2010, and 2011 authorized a total of 12 additional MTW slots. As part of HUD's 2009 budget appropriation (Section 236, title II, division I of the Omnibus Appropriations Act, 2009, enacted March 11, 2009), Congress directed HUD to add three agencies to the MTW program. As part of HUD's 2010 budget appropriation (Section 232, title II, division A of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2010, enacted December 16, 2009), Congress authorized HUD to add three agencies to the MTW demonstration. In 2011, Congress again authorized HUD to add three MTW PHAs pursuant to the 2010 Congressional requirements.
A Standard MTW Agreement (Standard Agreement) was developed in 2007, and was transmitted to the existing MTW agencies in January, 2008. As additional MTW PHAs were selected they too were provided with the Standard Agreement. All 39 existing MTW agencies operate under this agreement, which authorizes participation in the demonstration through each agency's 2018 fiscal year. HUD is currently working on an extension of the Standard Agreement to 2028, as required by the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2016.
Under the Standard Agreement, all MTW sites are authorized to combine their operating, modernization and housing choice voucher funding into a single “block” grant. Because they cannot conform with the requirement for the regular PHA annual and 5 year plans, and because HUD requires different information from these PHAs for program oversight purposes, these sites are required to submit an annual MTW Plan and an annual MTW Report in accordance with their MTW Agreement, in lieu of the regular PHA annual and 5 year plans.
Through the MTW Annual Plan and Report, each MTW site will inform HUD, its residents and the public of the PHA's mission for serving the needs of low-income and very low-income families, and the PHA's strategy for addressing those needs. The MTW Annual Plan, like the Annual PHA Plan, provides an easily identifiable source by which residents, participants in tenant-based programs, and other members of the public may locate policies, rules, and requirements concerning the PHA's operations, programs, and services. Revisions are being made to this 50900 form to improve its usability and to address minor issues identified by HUD and the MTW PHAs over time. The form is also being updated also to implement provisions of the Department's affirmatively furthering fair housing (AFFH) rule (24 CFR 5.150-5.180).
There are 7 sections associated with this Form requiring response. All 7 sections are completed with the first annual submission (Plan), and 5 of the 7 are completed with the second annual submission (Report). This results in a total of 12 total responses per PHA, or 468 total responses per year across all 39 affected PHAs.
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and Development, HUD.
Notice.
This Notice identifies unutilized, underutilized, excess, and surplus Federal property reviewed by HUD for suitability for use to assist the homeless.
Juanita Perry, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 7266, Washington, DC 20410; telephone (202) 402-3970; TTY number for the hearing- and speech-impaired (202) 708-2565 (these telephone numbers are not toll-free), call the toll-free Title V information line at 800-927-7588 or send an email to
In accordance with 24 CFR part 581 and section 501 of the Stewart B. McKinney Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11411), as amended, HUD is publishing this Notice to identify Federal buildings and other real property that HUD has reviewed for suitability for use to assist the homeless. The properties were reviewed using information provided to HUD by Federal landholding agencies regarding unutilized and underutilized buildings and real property controlled by such agencies or by GSA regarding its inventory of excess or surplus Federal property. This Notice is also published in order to comply with the December 12, 1988 Court Order in
Properties reviewed are listed in this Notice according to the following categories: Suitable/available, suitable/unavailable, and suitable/to be excess, and unsuitable. The properties listed in the three suitable categories have been reviewed by the landholding agencies, and each agency has transmitted to HUD: (1) Its intention to make the property available for use to assist the homeless, (2) its intention to declare the property excess to the agency's needs, or (3) a statement of the reasons that the property cannot be declared excess or made available for use as facilities to assist the homeless.
Properties listed as suitable/available will be available exclusively for homeless use for a period of 60 days from the date of this Notice. Where property is described as for “off-site use only” recipients of the property will be required to relocate the building to their own site at their own expense. Homeless assistance providers interested in any such property should send a written expression of interest to HHS, addressed to: Ms. Theresa M. Ritta, Chief Real Property Branch, the Department of Health and Human Services, Room 5B-17, Parklawn Building, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20857, (301)-443-2265 (This is not a toll-free number). HHS will mail to the interested provider an application packet, which will include instructions for completing the application. In order to maximize the opportunity to utilize a suitable property, providers should submit their written expressions of interest as soon as possible. For complete details concerning the processing of applications, the reader is encouraged to refer to the interim rule governing this program, 24 CFR part 581.
For properties listed as suitable/to be excess, that property may, if subsequently accepted as excess by GSA, be made available for use by the homeless in accordance with applicable law, subject to screening for other Federal use. At the appropriate time, HUD will publish the property in a Notice showing it as either suitable/available or suitable/unavailable.
For properties listed as suitable/unavailable, the landholding agency has decided that the property cannot be declared excess or made available for use to assist the homeless, and the property will not be available.
Properties listed as unsuitable will not be made available for any other purpose for 20 days from the date of this Notice. Homeless assistance providers interested in a review by HUD of the determination of unsuitability should call the toll free information line at 1-800-927-7588 for detailed instructions or write a letter to Ann Marie Oliva at the address listed at the beginning of this Notice. Included in the request for review should be the property address (including zip code), the date of publication in the
For more information regarding particular properties identified in this Notice (
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Interior.
Notice of submission to OMB.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) has submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) a request for renewal of the collection of information for Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act Programs, authorized by OMB Control Number 1076-0136. This information collection expires July 31, 2016.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before August 29, 2016.
Please submit your comments to the Desk Officer for the Department of the Interior at the Office of Management and Budget, by facsimile to (202) 395-5806 or you may send an email to:
Ms. Sunshine Jordan, Acting Division Chief, Office of Indian Services—Division of Self-Determination, 1849 C Street NW., MS 4513-MIB, Washington, DC 20240, telephone: (202) 513-7616; email:
The Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (ISDEAA) authorizes and directs the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) to contract or compact with and fund Indian Tribes and Tribal organizations that choose to take over the operation of programs, services, functions and activities (PSFAs) that would otherwise be operated by the BIA. These PSFAs include programs such as law enforcement, social services, and tribal priority allocation programs. The contracts and compacts provide the funding that the BIA would have otherwise used for its direct operation of the programs had they not been contracted or compacted by the Tribe, as authorized by 25 U.S.C. 450
Congressional appropriations are divided among BIA and Tribes and Tribal organizations to pay for both the BIA's direct operation of programs and for the operation of programs by Tribes and Tribal organizations through Self-Determination contracts and compacts. The regulations implementing ISDEAA are at 25 CFR 900.
The data is maintained by BIA's Office of Indian Services, Division of Self-Determination. The burden hours for this continued collection of information are reflected in the Estimated Total Annual Hour Burden in this notice.
The Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) requests your comments on this collection concerning: (a) The necessity of this information collection for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden (hours and cost) of the collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) Ways we could enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) Ways we could minimize the burden of the collection of the information on the respondents.
Please note that an agency may not conduct or sponsor and an individual need not respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a valid OMB Control Number.
It is our policy to make all comments available to the public for review at the location listed in the
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice.
The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) announces that the Wild Horse and Burro Advisory Board will conduct a meeting on matters pertaining to management and protection of wild, free-roaming horses and burros on the Nation's public lands.
The Advisory Board will meet on Thursday, September 8, 2016, from 1:00 to 5:15 p.m. Pacific Time and Friday, September 9, 2016, from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Pacific Time. This will be a one and a half day meeting.
This Advisory Board meeting will take place in Elko, Nevada at the Stockmen's Hotel and Casino, 340 Commercial Street, Elko, NV, 89801,
Ramona DeLorme, Wild Horse and Burro Administrative Assistant, at 775-861-6583 or by email at
The Wild Horse and Burro Advisory Board advises the Secretary of the Interior, the BLM Director, the Secretary of Agriculture, and the Chief of the Forest Service on matters pertaining to the management and protection of wild, free-roaming horses and burros on the Nation's public lands. The Wild Horse and Burro Advisory Board operates under the authority of 43 CFR 1784. The tentative agenda for the meeting is:
The meeting will be live-streamed. The meeting site is accessible to individuals with disabilities. An individual with a disability needing an auxiliary aid or service to participate in the meeting, such as an interpreting service, assistive listening device, or materials in an alternate format, must notify Ms. DeLorme two weeks before the scheduled meeting date. Although the BLM will attempt to meet a request received after that date, the requested auxiliary aid or service may not be available because of insufficient time to arrange for it.
The Federal Advisory Committee Management Regulations at 41 CFR 101-6.1015(b), requires the BLM to publish in the
On Thursday, September 8 at 3:30 p.m., members of the public will have the opportunity to make comments to the Board on the Wild Horse and Burro Program. Persons wishing to make comments during the meeting should register in person with the BLM by 3:00 p.m. on September 8, 2016, at the meeting location. Depending on the number of commenters, the Advisory Board may limit the length of comments. At previous meetings, comments have been limited to three minutes in length; however, this time may vary. Speakers are requested to submit a written copy of their statement to the address listed in the
Participation in the Advisory Board meeting is not a prerequisite for submission of written comments. The BLM invites written comments from all interested parties. Your written comments should be specific and explain the reason for any recommendation. The BLM appreciates any and all comments. The BLM considers comments that are either supported by quantitative information or studies or those that include citations to and analysis of applicable laws and regulations to be the most useful and likely to influence the BLM's decisions on the management and protection of wild horses and burros.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask in your comment that the BLM withhold your personal identifying information from public
43 CFR 1784.4-1
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of intent.
In accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (NEPA), the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976, as amended (FLPMA), and the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act of 1980, as amended (ANILCA), the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) Arctic Field Office, Fairbanks, Alaska, intends to prepare a Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the proposed continuing development of petroleum resources in the Greater Mooses Tooth (GMT) Unit. The development would occur at the proposed Greater Mooses Tooth Two (GMT2) drilling and production pad located within the National Petroleum Reserve in Alaska (NPR-A), a 22.8 million-acre area of BLM-managed land located 200 miles north of the Arctic Circle. The GMT2 development would be connected by road and pipeline to the approved Greater Mooses Tooth One (GMT1) development. The Supplemental EIS is being prepared for the purpose of supplementing the Alpine Satellite Development Plan (ASDP) Final EIS, dated September 2004, regarding the establishment of satellite oil production pads and associated infrastructure within the Alpine field.
Comments on relevant issues that will influence the scope of the supplemental EIS for the proposed GMT2 Development project may be submitted in writing until August 29, 2016. The BLM will provide opportunities for public participation upon publication of the Draft Supplemental EIS, including public meetings and a public comment period. Any Federal, state, or local agency or tribe that is interested in serving as a cooperating agency for the development of the Supplemental EIS are asked to submit such requests to the BLM by August 29, 2016.
You may submit comments until August 29, 2016 on issues related to the proposed GMT2 Development Project by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. You may examine documents pertinent to this proposal at the BLM Alaska Public Room, Fairbanks District Office, 1150 University Ave., Fairbanks, AK 99709, and at the BLM Alaska Public Information Center, Alaska State Office, 222 West 7th Ave., Anchorage, AK 99513.
Stacie McIntosh, Arctic Field Office Manager, 907-474-2310, Bureau of Land Management, 1150 University Avenue, Fairbanks, AK 99709. Also contact Ms. McIntosh if you wish to add your name to the mailing list to receive further information about this project. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 to contact the above individual during normal business hours. The FIRS is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to leave a message or question with the above individual. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.
On August 24, 2015, ConocoPhillips Alaska, Inc. (CPAI) submitted an Application for Permit to Drill (APD) an oil well and construct associated ancillary facilities to support up to 48 wells, including a production pad, pipeline, and road to facilitate development of petroleum resources within the Greater Mooses Tooth (GMT) Unit. The well site is named GMT2. The proposed project is located on Alaska's North Slope within the NPR-A, which encompasses approximately 22.8 million acres of public land. The project would facilitate production of oil from Federal and Alaska Native corporation lands within the NPR-A. The GMT2 project proposes a drill site on land currently managed by the BLM within the GMT Unit. This land is selected for conveyance by the Kuukpik Corporation, an Alaska Native corporation organized under the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act of 1971 (ANCSA). The GMT2 site is approximately 15 miles west of the community of Nuiqsut. The associated pipeline and access road would traverse both Kuukpik Corporation lands and Federal lands within NPR-A for approximately 8.1 miles in a northeasterly direction to the Greater Mooses Tooth One (GMT1) development project, which was approved in February 2015 after its Final Supplemental EIS was completed in October 2014. At GMT1, the pipeline would connect to the approved GMT1 pipeline. From GMT1, produced oil, gas, and water would be carried via this pipeline across Kuukpik Corporation lands and Federal lands within the NPR-A, and across Alaska Native corporation lands and State of Alaska lands outside the NPR-A, to the Alpine Central Processing Facility (CD-1). Sales-quality crude would then be transported from CD-1 via pipeline to the Trans-Alaska Pipeline System.
CPAI proposes placement of 78 acres of fill material to construct the GMT2 drill pad, an approximately 8.1-mile-long gravel access road, and an 8.6-mile-long pipeline, which includes electrical and communication cables, from the GMT1 pad. Gravel required for construction of the drill site and road would be obtained from the Arctic Slope Regional Corporation (ASRC) mine site, an existing commercial gravel source located on the east side of the Colville River outside the boundary of the NPR-A, approximately 15 miles east of the proposed site. The proposed GMT2 pad would be approximately 14 acres in size, would eventually contain up to 48 individual wells, and would be operated and maintained by staff from CD-1, who would travel to the site via the gravel road.
The purpose of the Supplemental EIS is to evaluate new circumstances and information that have arisen since the ASDP Final EIS was issued in September 2004, as well as to address any changes in CPAI's proposed development plan for GMT2. A version of the GMT2 project was initially approved in the Record of Decision (ROD) under the 2004 ASDP Final EIS as site CD-7, and was included as
New information includes data from ongoing multi-year studies on hydrology, birds, caribou, vegetation, wetlands, and subsistence use. In addition, since 2004, the study of climate change and its potential effects has advanced considerably, and new data resulting from this research will be included in the environmental analysis. The BLM adopted a new IAP for the NPR-A in February 2013, which contains updated protective measures. The polar bear was listed as threatened under the Endangered Species Act in 2008, and critical habitat has been proposed within the NPR-A.
The proposed GMT2 project is similar to the CD-7 project that was approved in the 2004 ASDP ROD, with several notable changes: A relocated drill site, increased road and pipeline length due to the relocation, and the elimination of overhead powerlines. In addition, the BLM is developing a Regional Mitigation Strategy that will help to guide the mitigation considerations in the GMT2 NEPA process.
At present, the BLM has identified the following preliminary issues for evaluation in the Supplemental EIS: Air quality; biological resources, including special status species; cultural resources; social impacts, including subsistence use and environmental justice; climate change effects; wetlands and other waters of the United States; and reasonably foreseeable future activities.
The BLM will use NEPA public participation requirements to assist the agency in satisfying the public involvement requirements under Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA) (54 U.S.C. 306108), pursuant to 36 CFR 800.2(d)(3). The information about historic and cultural resources within the area potentially affected by the proposed action will assist the BLM in identifying and evaluating impacts to cultural resources in the context of both NEPA and Section 106 of the NHPA.
The BLM will consult with federally recognized Indian tribes on a government-to-government basis in accordance with Executive Order 13175 and other policies. Tribal concerns, including impacts on Indian trust assets and potential impacts to cultural resources, will be given appropriate consideration. Federal, state, and local agencies and tribes that may be interested in or affected by the proposed action that the BLM is evaluating, are invited to participate in the development of the environmental review as cooperating agencies.
40 CFR 1502.9, 43 CFR part 3100
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice.
The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) has prepared a Proposed Resource Management Plan (RMP) and Final Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the Eastern Interior Planning Area in Alaska, in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended, and the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976, as amended. By this notice, the BLM is announcing the plan's availability.
BLM planning regulations state that any person who meets the conditions as described in the regulations may protest a Proposed RMP/Final EIS. A person who meets those regulatory conditions and wishes to file a protest, must file the protest within 30 days of the date that the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) publishes its Notice of Availability in the
The BLM sent copies of the Eastern Interior Proposed RMP/Final EIS to affected Federal, State, and local government agencies, tribal governments, Alaska Native corporations, and other stakeholders. Copies of the Eastern Interior Proposed RMP/Final EIS are available for public inspection in both Fairbanks and Anchorage. You can view a copy at the BLM Fairbanks District Office, 222 University Avenue, Fairbanks, AK 99709, and at the BLM Alaska State Office, Public Information Center, 222 West 7th Avenue, Anchorage, AK 99513. You can also review a copy of the Eastern Interior Proposed RMP/Final EIS on the Internet at
All protests to the Eastern Interior Proposed RMP/Final EIS must be in writing and mailed to one of the following addresses:
Jeanie Cole, BLM Planning and Environmental Coordinator, 907-474-2340, email
The Eastern Interior Proposed RMP/Final EIS covers approximately 6.5 million acres of BLM-administered lands in interior Alaska. The plan is divided into four subunits: The Fortymile, Steese, Upper Black River, and White Mountains subunits. BLM manages four areas in the planning area as National Conservation Lands (NCL): The Birch Creek, Beaver Creek, and Fortymile Wild and Scenic Rivers and the Steese National Conservation Area. In addition to the four NCL areas, the planning area includes the White Mountains National Recreation Area. The Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act of 1980, as amended (ANILCA), designated and applied special provisions for the four NCL areas and the White Mountains National Recreation Area.
The following BLM plans currently guide management decisions for 4 million acres of the planning area: Fortymile Management Framework Plan (1980), Fortymile River Management Plan (1983), Birch Creek River Management Plan (1983), Beaver Creek River Management Plan (1983), Steese National Conservation Area RMP and Record of Decision (ROD) (1986), and White Mountains National Recreation Area RMP and ROD (1986). No land use plans currently cover the remaining 2.5 million acres of the planning area, including the upper Black River area
The Eastern Interior RMP will replace the Fortymile Management Framework Plan (1980), Steese National Conservation Area RMP (1986), and the White Mountains National Recreation Area RMP (1986). The Eastern Interior RMP will provide further direction for management of the three Wild and Scenic River planning areas.
Specifically, the three River Management Plans (Fortymile, Birch Creek, and Beaver Creek) will be evaluated for consistency with the Eastern Interior RMP and may be modified in the future through additional public engagement.
Following release of the Eastern Interior Proposed RMP/Final EIS, the BLM will prepare four RODs: One ROD for each of the four subunits within the planning area (Fortymile, Steese, White Mountains, and Upper Black River).
The EPA published a Notice of Availability for the Eastern Interior Draft RMP/Draft EIS in the
On January 2, 2015, the
The Eastern Interior Proposed RMP/Final EIS presents five alternatives, including the No Action Alternative. The BLM's Alternative E (Proposed RMP) balances the level of protection, use, and enhancement of resources and services for the planning area. The BLM believes the Proposed RMP represents the best mix and variety of actions to resolve issues and management concerns in consideration of all resource values and programs. Pursuant to 43 CFR 1610.7-2, the BLM considers areas with potential for designation as ACECs and protective management during its planning processes. The Eastern Interior Proposed RMP/Final EIS considers the designation of five potential ACECs. Boundaries, size, and management direction within potential ACECs vary by Alternative. Of the five potential ACECs, Table 1 lists the three ACECs the BLM is considering for designation in the Proposed RMP. All alternatives considered in the plan will retain the four existing Research Natural Areas.
The Eastern Interior Proposed RMP/Final EIS considers and incorporates comments that the BLM received on the Eastern Interior Draft RMP/Draft EIS, the Supplement, and the Notice of Availability of information about the ACECs from the public and through internal BLM and cooperating agency reviews, as appropriate. The addition of Alternative E (Proposed RMP) and minor clarifications to text and maps in the Eastern Interior Proposed RMP/Final EIS resulted from these comments. Alternative E (Proposed RMP) combines planning decisions from different alternatives analyzed in the Eastern Interior Draft RMP/Draft EIS, and is qualitatively within the spectrum of alternatives analyzed in that Draft RMP/Draft EIS.
Instructions to file a protest with the Director of the BLM regarding the Eastern Interior Proposed RMP/Final EIS are in the “Dear Reader” Letter of the Eastern Interior Proposed RMP/Final EIS and at 43 CFR 1610.5-2. All protests must be in writing and mailed to the appropriate address, as set forth in the
Before including your phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your protest, you should be aware that your entire protest—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your protest to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
40 CFR 1506.6, 40 CFR 1506.10, 43 CFR 1610.2, 43 CFR 1610.5
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of public meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Land Policy and Management Act and the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972, the U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management (BLM) Front Range Resource Advisory Council (RAC), will meet as indicated below.
The meeting will be held on Aug. 19, 2016, from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. A field trip will occur on Aug. 18, 2016 from 9:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
The field trip will meet at the Collegiate Peaks Overlook, County Road 304, Buena Vista, CO 81211. The meeting will be held at the SteamPlant Event Center, 220 West Sackett Ave., Salida, CO 81201.
Kyle Sullivan, Front Range RAC Coordinator, BLM Front Range District Office, 3028 E. Main St., Cañon City, CO 81212. Phone: (719) 269-8553. Email:
The 15-member Council advises the Secretary of the Interior, through the BLM, on a variety of planning and management issues associated with public land management in the BLM Front Range District, which includes the Royal Gorge and the San Luis Valley field offices in Colorado. Planned topics of discussion items include: overview of BLM's Connecting with Communities strategy, fee proposal for Guffey Gorge, fee proposal for Cache Creek, an update from field managers and an update on the Eastern Colorado Office Resource Management Plan revision status. The public is encouraged to make oral comments to the Council at 1:00 p.m. on Aug. 19 or submit written statements for the Council's consideration. Summary minutes for the RAC meetings will be maintained in the Royal Gorge Field Office and will be available for public inspection and reproduction during regular business hours within thirty (30) days following the meeting. Previous meeting minutes and agendas are available at:
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of public meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Land Policy and Management Act and the Federal Advisory Committee Act, the Bureau of Land Management (BLM), Albuquerque District Resource Advisory Council (RAC) will meet as indicated below.
The RAC will meet on Thursday, August 25, 2016, at the Albuquerque District Office, 100 Sun Avenue Northeast, Pan American Building, Suite 330, Albuquerque, New Mexico, from 9:30 a.m.-4 p.m.. The public may send written comments to the RAC at the BLM Albuquerque District Office, 100 Sun Avenue Northeast, Pan American Building, Suite 330, Albuquerque, NM 87109.
Carlos Coontz, 575-838-1263, BLM Socorro Field Office, 901 South Highway 85, Socorro, NM 87101. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8229 to contact the above individual during normal business hours. The FIRS is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to leave a message or question with the above individual. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.
The 10-member Albuquerque District RAC advises the Secretary of the Interior, through the BLM, on a variety of planning and management issues associated with public land management in New Mexico's Albuquerque District.
Planned agenda items include updates on the 2016 RAC charter renewal; the second call for nominations; a Rio Puerco Field Office resource update and Assistant Field Manager introductions; a Socorro Field Office resource update and Assistant Field Manager Introduction; and a fee proposal presentation for U.S. Forest Service recreation sites. There will also be a discussion on Planning 2.0, and time for the RAC to have open discussion.
A half-hour comment period during which the public may address the RAC will begin at 11 a.m. All RAC meetings are open to the public. Depending on the number of individuals wishing to comment and time available, the time for individual oral comments may be limited.
On the basis of the record
The Commission, pursuant to section 751(c) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1675(c)), instituted these reviews on May 1, 2015 (80 FR 24970 May 1, 2015) and determined on August 12, 2015 that it would conduct full reviews (80 FR 48336 August 12, 2015). Notice of the scheduling of the Commission's review and of a public hearing to be held in connection therewith was given by posting copies of the notice in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, Washington, DC, and by publishing the notice in the
The Commission made these determinations pursuant to section 751(c) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1675(c)). It completed and filed its determinations in these reviews on July 25, 2016. The views of the Commission are contained in USITC Publication 4623 (July 2016), entitled
By order of the Commission.
United States International Trade Commission
August 12, 2016 at 11:00 a.m.
Room 101, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, Telephone: (202) 205-2000.
Open to the public
1. Agendas for future meetings: none
2. Minutes
3. Ratification List
4. Vote in Inv. No. 731-TA-1330 (Preliminary) (Dioctyl Terephthalate (DOTP) from Korea). The Commission is currently scheduled to complete and file its determination on August 15, 2016; views of the Commission are currently scheduled to be completed and filed on August 22, 2016.
5. Vote in Inv. Nos. 701-TA-563 and 731-TA-1331-1333 (Preliminary) (Finished Carbon Steel Flanges from India, Italy, and Spain). The Commission is currently scheduled to complete and file its determinations on August 15, 2016; views of the Commission are currently scheduled to be completed and filed on August 22, 2016.
6. Outstanding action jackets: none
In accordance with Commission policy, subject matter listed above, not disposed of at the scheduled meeting, may be carried over to the agenda of the following meeting.
By order of the Commission.
Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Assistance.
Notice of meeting.
This is an announcement of a meeting (held via conference call) of the Public Safety Officer Medal of Valor Review Board, primarily intended to consider nominations for the 2015-2016 Medal of Valor, and to make a limited number of recommendation for submission to the U.S. Attorney General. Additional issues of importance to the Board will also be discussed, to include but not limited to the reading into the record of the minutes from the June 6, 2016, board meeting/conference call. The meeting/conference call date and time is listed below.
Wednesday, September 7, 2016, from 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. (EST)
The public may hear the proceedings of this meeting/conference call at the Office of Justice Programs, 810 7th Street NW., Washington, DC 20531.
Gregory Joy, Policy Advisor, Bureau of Justice Assistance, Office of Justice Programs, at (202) 514-1369, toll free (866) 859-2687, or by email at
The Public Safety Officer Medal of Valor Review Board carries out those advisory functions specified in 42 U.S.C. 15202. Pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 15201, the President of the United States is authorized to award the Public Safety Officer Medal of Valor, the highest national award for valor by a public safety officer. This meeting is open to the public at the Office of Justice Programs. For security purposes, members of the public who wish to participate must register at least seven (7) days in advance of the meeting/conference call by contacting Mr. Joy. All interested participants will be required to meet at the Bureau of Justice Assistance, Office of Justice Programs; 810 7th Street NW., Washington, DC, and will be required to sign in at the front desk.
Access to the meeting will not be allowed without prior registration. Anyone requiring special accommodations should contact Mr. Joy at least seven (7) days in advance of the meeting. Please submit in writing, any comments or statements for consideration by the Review Board, at least seven (7) days in advance of the meeting date.
Office of Justice Programs (OJP), Justice.
Notice of meeting.
This notice announces a forthcoming meeting of OJP's Science Advisory Board (“the Board”). This meeting is scheduled for September 15-16, 2016. General Function of the Board: The Board is chartered to provide OJP, a component of the Department of Justice, with valuable advice in the areas of science and statistics for the purpose of enhancing the overall impact and performance of its programs and activities in criminal and juvenile justice.
The meeting will take place on Thursday, September 15, 2016, from approximately 3 p.m. to 5 p.m., and on Friday, September 16 from approximately 9 a.m. to 3 p.m., with a break for lunch at approximately 12:00 p.m.
The meeting will take place in the Main Conference Room on the third floor of the Office of Justice Programs, 810 7th Street Northwest, Washington, DC 20531.
Katherine Darke Schmitt, Designated Federal Officer (DFO), Office of the Assistant Attorney General, Office of Justice Programs, 810 7th Street Northwest, Washington, DC 20531; Phone: (202) 616-7373 [
This meeting is being convened to brief the OJP Assistant Attorney General and the Board members on the progress of the subcommittees, discuss any recommendations they may have for consideration by the full Board, and brief the Board on various OJP-related projects and activities. The final agenda is subject to adjustment, but the meeting will likely include briefings of the subcommittees' activities and discussion of future Board actions and priorities. This meeting is open to the public. Members of the public who wish to attend this meeting must register with Katherine Darke Schmitt at the above address at least seven (7) calendar days in advance of the meeting. Registrations will be accepted on a space available basis. Access to the meeting will not be allowed without registration. Persons interested in communicating with the Board should submit their written comments to the DFO, as the time available will not allow the public to directly address the Board at the meeting. Anyone requiring special accommodations should notify Ms. Darke Schmitt at least seven (7) calendar days in advance of the meeting.
Notice.
The Department of Labor (DOL) is submitting the Office of Workers' Compensation Programs (OWCP) sponsored information collection request (ICR) revision titled, “Notice of Issuance of Insurance Policy,” to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval for use in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
The OMB will consider all written comments that agency receives on or before August 29, 2016.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation; including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free of charge from the RegInfo.gov Web site at
Submit comments about this request by mail or courier to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for DOL-OWCP, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503; by Fax: 202-395-5806 (this is not a toll-free number); or by email:
Contact Michel Smyth by telephone at 202-693-4129, TTY 202-693-8064, (these are not toll-free numbers) or sending an email to
This ICR seeks approval under the PRA for revisions to the Notice of Issuance of Insurance Policy information collection. The Black Lung Benefits Act as amended requires that a responsible coal mine operator be insured and outlines the items each contract of insurance must contain.
This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid Control Number.
Interested parties are encouraged to send comments to the OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs at the address shown in the
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D).
Mine Safety and Health Administration, Labor.
Funding Opportunity Announcement (FOA).
The U.S. Department of Labor (DOL), Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA), is making up to $1,000,000 available in grant funds for education and training programs to help identify, avoid, and prevent unsafe working conditions in and around mines. The focus of these grants for Fiscal Year (FY) 2016 will be on training and training materials for mine emergency preparedness and mine emergency prevention for all underground mines. Applicants for the grants may be States and nonprofit (private or public) entities, including U.S. territories, Indian tribes, tribal organizations, Alaska Native entities, Indian-controlled organizations serving Indians, and Native Hawaiian organizations. MSHA could award as many as 20 grants. The amount of each individual grant will be at least $50,000.00 and the maximum individual award will be $250,000. This notice contains all of the information needed to apply for grant funding.
The closing date for applications will be September 9, 2016, (no later than 11:59 p.m. EDST). MSHA will award grants on or before September 30, 2016.
Grant applications for this competition must be submitted electronically through the
Any questions regarding this FOA 16-3BS should be directed to Janice Oates at
This solicitation provides background information and the requirements for projects funded under the solicitation. This solicitation consists of eight parts:
• Part I provides background information on the Brookwood-Sago grants.
• Part II describes the size and nature of the anticipated awards.
• Part III describes the qualifications of an eligible applicant.
• Part IV provides information on the application and submission process.
• Part V explains the review process and rating criteria that will be used to evaluate the applications.
• Part VI provides award administration information.
• Part VII contains MSHA contact information.
• Part VIII addresses Office of Management and Budget (OMB) information collection requirements.
Responding to several coal mine disasters, Congress enacted the Mine Improvement and New Emergency Response Act of 2006 (MINER Act). When Congress passed the MINER Act, it expected that requirements for new and advanced technology,
Under Section 14 of the MINER Act, the Secretary of Labor (Secretary) is required to establish a competitive grant program called the “Brookwood-Sago Mine Safety Grants” (Brookwood-Sago grants). 30 U.S.C. 965. This program provides funding for education and training programs to better identify, avoid, and prevent unsafe working conditions in and around mines. This program will use grant funds to establish and implement education and training programs or to create training materials and programs. The MINER Act requires the Secretary to give priority to mine safety demonstrations and pilot projects with broad applicability. It also mandates that the Secretary emphasize programs and materials that target miners in smaller mines, including training mine operators and miners on new MSHA standards, high-risk activities, and other identified safety priorities.
MSHA priorities for the FY 2016 funding of the annual Brookwood-Sago grants will focus on training or training materials for mine emergency preparedness and mine emergency
MSHA expects Brookwood-Sago grantees to conduct follow-up evaluations with the people who received training in their programs to measure how the training promotes the Secretary's goal to “improve workplace safety and health” and MSHA's goal to “prevent death, disease and injury from mining and promote safe and healthful workplaces for the Nation's miners.” Evaluations will focus on determining how effective their training was in either reducing hazards, improving skills for the selected training topics, or in improving the conditions in mines. Grantees must also cooperate fully with MSHA evaluators of their programs.
MSHA is providing up to $1,000,000 for the 2016 Brookwood-Sago grant program which could be awarded in a maximum of 20 separate grants of no less than $50,000 each. Applicants requesting less than $50,000 or more than $250,000 for a 12-month performance period will not be considered for funding.
MSHA may approve a request for a one time no-cost extension to grantees for an additional period from the expiration date of the annual award based on the success of the project and other relevant factors. See 2 CFR 200.308(d)(2).
Applicants for the grants may be States and nonprofit (private or public) entities, including U.S. territories, Indian tribes, tribal organizations, Alaska Native entities, Indian-controlled organizations serving Indians, and Native Hawaiian organizations. Eligible entities may apply for funding independently or in partnership with other eligible organizations. For partnerships, a lead organization must be identified.
Applicants other than States (including U.S. territories) and State-supported or local government-supported institutions of higher education will be required to submit evidence of nonprofit status, preferably from the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). A nonprofit entity as described in 26 U.S.C. 501(c)(4), which engages in lobbying activities, is not eligible for a grant award. See 2 U.S.C. 1611.
The government generally is prohibited from providing direct Federal financial assistance for inherently religious activities. See 29 CFR part 2, subpart D. Grants under this solicitation may not be used for religious instruction, worship, prayer, proselytizing, or other inherently religious activities. Neutral, non-religious criteria that neither favor nor disfavor religion will be employed in the selection of grant recipients and must be employed by grantees in the selection of contractors and subcontractors.
Cost-sharing or matching of funds is not required for eligibility.
This announcement includes all information and links needed to apply for this funding opportunity. The full application is available through the
The full application package is also available online at
Each grant application must address mine emergency preparedness or mine emergency prevention for underground mines. The application must consist of three separate and distinct sections. The three required sections are:
• Section 1—Project Forms and Financial Plan (No page limit).
• Section 2—Executive Summary (Not to exceed two pages).
• Section 3—Technical Proposal (Not to exceed 12 pages). Illustrative material can be submitted as an attachment.
The following are mandatory requirements for each section.
This section contains the forms and budget section of the application. The Project Financial Plan will not count against the application page limits. A person with authority to bind the applicant must sign the grant application and forms. Applications submitted electronically through
(a) Completed SF-424, “Application for Federal Assistance,”(OMB No. 4040-0004, expiration: 8/31/2016). This form is part of the application package on
Completed SF-424A, “Budget Information for Non-Construction Programs,” (OMB No. 4040-0006, expiration: 01/31/2019). The project budget should demonstrate clearly that the total amount and distribution of funds is sufficient to cover the cost of all major project activities identified by the applicant in its proposal, and must comply with the Federal cost principles and the administrative requirements set forth in this FOA. (Copies of all regulations that are referenced in this FOA are available online at
(b) Budget Narrative. The applicant must provide a concise narrative explaining the request for funds. The budget narrative should separately attribute the Federal funds to each of the activities specified in the technical proposal and it should discuss precisely how any administrative costs support the project goals.
If applicable, the applicant must provide a statement about its program income. See 2 CFR 200.80 and 200.307 and this FOA, Part IV.F.1(a) and (b).
The amount of Federal funding requested for the entire period of performance must be shown on the SF-424 and SF-424A forms.
(d) Completed SF-424B, “Assurances for Non-Construction Programs,” (OMB No. 4040-0007, expiration: 01/31/2019). Each applicant for these grants must certify compliance with a list of assurances. This form is part of the application package on
(e) Supplemental Certification Regarding Lobbying Activities Form. If any funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with the making of a grant or cooperative agreement, the applicant shall complete and submit SF-LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,”(OMB No. 4040-0013, expiration: 01/31/2019) in accordance with its instructions. This form is part of the application package on
(f) Non-profit status. Applicants must provide evidence of non-profit status, preferably from the IRS, if applicable.
(g) Accounting System Certification. Under the authority of 2 CFR 200.207, MSHA requires that a new applicant that receives less than $1 million annually in Federal grants attach a certification stating that the organization (directly or through a designated qualified entity) has a functioning accounting system that meets the criteria below. The certification should attest that the organization's accounting system provides for the following:
(1) Accurate, current, and complete disclosure of the financial results of each federally sponsored project.
(2) Records that adequately identify the source and application of funds for federally sponsored activities.
(3) Effective control over and accountability for all funds, property, and other assets.
(4) Comparison of outlays with budget amounts.
(5) Written procedures to minimize the time elapsing between transfers of funds.
(6) Written procedures for determining the reasonableness, allocability, and allowability of costs.
(7) Accounting records, including cost accounting records that are supported by source documentation.
(h) Attachments. The application may include attachments such as resumes of key personnel or position descriptions, exhibits, information on prior government grants, and signed letters of commitment to the project.
The executive summary is a short one-to-two page abstract that succinctly summarizes the proposed project. MSHA will publish, as submitted, all grantees' executive summaries on the DOL Web site. The executive summary must include the following information:
(a) Applicant. Provide the organization's full legal name and address.
(b) Funding requested. List how much Federal funding is being requested.
(c) Grant Topic. List the grant topic and the location and number of mine operators and miners that the organization has selected to train or describe the training materials or equipment to be created with these funds.
(d) Program Structure. Identify the type of grant as “annual.”
(e) Summary of the Proposed Project. Write a brief summary of the proposed project. This summary must identify the key points of the proposal, including an introduction describing the project activities and the expected results.
The technical proposal must demonstrate the applicant's capabilities to plan and implement a project or create educational materials to meet the objectives of this solicitation. MSHA's focus for these grants is on training mine operators and miners and developing training materials for mine emergency preparedness or mine emergency prevention for underground mines. A Department of Labor Strategic Goal is to “improve workplace safety and health”. MSHA has a performance goal to “prevent death, disease, and injury from mining and promote safe and healthful workplaces for the Nation's miners” and supporting strategies to “strengthen and modernize training and education” and “improve mine emergency response preparedness.” MSHA's award of the Brookwood-Sago grants supports these goals and strategies. To show how the grant projects promote these goals and strategies, grantees must report, on a quarterly basis, the following information (as applicable):
The technical proposal narrative must not exceed 12 single-sided, double-spaced pages, using 12-point font, and must contain the following sections: Program Design, Overall Qualifications of the Applicant, and Output and Evaluation. Any pages over the 12-page limit will not be reviewed. Attachments to the technical proposal are not counted toward the 12-page limit. Major sections and sub-sections of the proposal should be divided and clearly identified. As required in Part VIII subpart B “Transparency,” a grantee's final technical proposal will be posted “as is” on MSHA's Web site unless MSHA receives a version redacting any proprietary, confidential business, or personally identifiable information no later than two weeks after receipt of the Notice of Award.
MSHA will review and rate the technical proposal in accordance with the selection criteria specified in Part V.
(1) Statement of the Problem/Need for Funds. Applicants must identify a clear and specific need for proposed activities. They must identify whether they are providing a training program, creating training materials, or both. Applicants also must identify the number of individuals expected to benefit from their training and education program; this should include identifying the type of underground mines, the geographic locations of the training, and the number of mine operators and miners.
(2) Quality of the Project Design. MSHA requires that each applicant include a 12-month workplan that correlates with the grant project period that will begin no later than September 30, 2016 and end no later than September 29, 2017.
Describe the plan for grant activities and the anticipated results. The plan
Break the plan down into activities or tasks. For each activity, explain what will be done, who will do it, when it will be done, and the anticipated results of the activity. For training, discuss the subjects to be taught, the length of the training sessions, type of training (
For training and other quantifiable activities, estimate the quantities involved for data required to meet the grant goals located in Part IV.B.3. For example, estimate how many classes will be conducted and how many mine operators and miners will be trained each quarter of the grant (grant quarters match calendar quarters,
Describe each educational material to be produced under this grant. Provide a timetable for developing and producing the material. The timetable must include provisions for an MSHA review of draft and camera-ready products or evaluation of equipment. MSHA must review and approve training materials or equipment for technical accuracy and suitability of content before use in the grant program. Whether or not an applicant's project is to develop training materials only, the applicant should provide an overall plan that includes time for MSHA to review any materials produced.
Describe the applicant, including its mission, and a description of its membership, if any. Provide an organizational chart (the chart may be included as a separate page which will not count toward the page limit). Identify the following:
The Project Director is the person who will be responsible for the day-to-day operation and administration of the program. Provide the name, title, street address and mailing address (if it is different from the organization's street address), telephone and fax numbers, and email address of the Project Director.
The Certifying Representative is the official in the organization who is authorized to enter into grant agreements. Provide the name, title, street address and mailing address (if it is different from the organization's street address), telephone and fax numbers, and email address of the Certifying Representative.
Briefly describe the organization's functions and activities,
Describe the organization's experience conducting the proposed mine training program or other relevant experience. Include program specifics such as program title, numbers trained, and duration of training. If creating training materials, include the title of other materials developed. Nonprofit organizations, including community-based and faith-based organizations that do not have prior experience in mine safety may partner with an established mine safety organization to acquire safety expertise.
Describe the qualifications of the professional staff you will assign to the program. Attach resumes of staff already employed (resumes will not count towards the page limit). If some positions are vacant, include position descriptions and minimum hiring qualifications instead of resumes. Staff should have, at a minimum, mine safety experience, training experience, or experience working with the mining community.
There are two types of evaluations that must be conducted. First, describe the methods, approaches, or plans to evaluate the training sessions or training materials to meet the data requirements in Part IV.B.3. Second, describe plans to assess the long-term effectiveness of the training materials or training conducted. The type of training given will determine whether the evaluation should include a process-related outcome or a result-related outcome or both. This will involve following up with an evaluation, or on-site review, if feasible, of miners trained. The evaluation should focus on what changes the trained miners made to abate hazards and improve workplace conditions, or to incorporate this training in the workplace, or both.
For training materials, include an evaluation from individuals trained on the clarity of the presentation, organization, and the quality of the information provided on the subject matter and whether they would continue to use the training materials. Include timetables for follow-up and for submitting a summary of the assessment results to MSHA.
Under 2 CFR 25.200(b)(3), every applicant for a Federal grant is required to include a DUNS number with its
After receiving a DUNS number, all grant applicants must register as a vendor with the System for Award Management (SAM) through the Web site
The closing date for applications will be September 9, 2016, (no later than 11:59 p.m. EDST). MSHA will award grants on or before September 30, 2016.
Grant applications must be submitted electronically through the
(a) Applications that are lacking any of the required elements or do not follow the format prescribed in IV.B. will not be reviewed.
(b) Late Applications
You are cautioned that applications should be submitted before the deadline to ensure that the risk of late receipt of the application is minimized.
Applications received after the deadline will not be reviewed unless it is determined to be in the best interest of the Government.
Applications received by
An application must be fully uploaded and validated by the
The Brookwood-Sago grants are not subject to Executive Order 12372, “Intergovernmental Review of Federal Programs.” MSHA; however, reminds applicants that if they are not operating MSHA-approved State training grants, they should contact the State grantees and coordinate any training or educational program. Information about each state grant and the entity operating the state grant is provided online at:
MSHA will determine whether costs are allowable under the applicable Federal cost principles and other conditions contained in the grant award.
Grant funds may be spent on conducting training and outreach, developing educational materials, recruiting activities (to increase the number of participants in the program), and on necessary expenses to support these activities. Allowable costs are determined by the applicable Federal cost principles identified in Part VI.B, which are attachments in the application package, or are located online at
(a) If an applicant anticipates earning program income during the grant period, the application must include an estimate of the income that will be earned. Program income earned must be reported on a quarterly basis.
(b) Program income is gross income earned by the grantee which is directly generated by a supported activity, or earned as a result of the award. Program income earned during the award period shall be retained by the recipient, added to funds committed to the award, and used for the purposes and under the conditions applicable to the use of the grant funds. See 2 CFR 200.80 and 200.307.
Grant funds may not be used for the following activities under this grant program:
(a) Any activity inconsistent with the goals and objectives of this FOA
(b) Training on topics that are not targeted under this FOA
(c) Purchasing any equipment unless pre-approved and in writing by the MSHA grant officer
(d) Direct administrative costs that exceed 15% of the total grant budget
(e) Indirect costs that exceed 10% of the modified total direct costs (as defined in 2 CFR 200.68) or the grantee's federally negotiated indirect cost rate reimbursement
(f) Any pre-award costs
Unallowable costs also include any cost determined by MSHA as not allowed according to the applicable cost principles or other conditions in the grant.
MSHA will screen all applications to determine whether all required proposal elements are present and clearly identifiable. Those that do not comply with mandatory requirements will not be evaluated. The technical panels will review grant applications using the following criteria:
The proposed training and education program or training materials must address either mine emergency preparedness or mine emergency prevention.
(1) The proposal to train mine operators and miners clearly estimates the number to be trained and clearly identifies the types of mine operators and miners to be trained.
(2) If the proposal contains a train-the-trainer program, the following information must be provided:
• Name or type of support the grantee will provide to new trainers
• The number of individuals to be trained as trainers
• The estimated number of courses to be conducted by the new trainers
• The estimated number of students to be trained by these new trainers and a description of how the grantee will obtain data from the new trainers documenting their classes and student numbers if conducted during the grant period
(3) The work plan activities and training are described.
• The planned activities and training are tailored to the needs and levels of the mine operators and miners to be trained. Any special constituency to be served through the grant program is described,
• If the proposal includes developing training materials, the work plan must include time during development for MSHA to review the educational materials for technical accuracy and suitability of content. If commercially developed training products will be used for a training program, applicants should also plan for MSHA to review the materials before using the products in their grant programs.
• The utility of the educational materials is described.
• The outreach or process to find mine operators, miners, or trainees to receive the training is described.
The potential for a project to serve a variety of mine operators, miners, or mine sites, or the extent others may replicate the project.
The originality and uniqueness of the approach used.
The extent the proposed project will contribute to MSHA's performance goals.
(a) The budget presentation is clear and detailed. (15 points)
The budgeted costs are reasonable.
• No more than 15% of the total budget is for direct administrative costs.
• Indirect costs do not exceed 10% of the modified total direct costs (as defined in 2 CFR 200.68) or the grantee's federally negotiated indirect cost rate reimbursement.
• The budget complies with Federal cost principles (which can be found in the applicable Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards and with MSHA budget requirements contained in the grant application instructions).
(b) The application demonstrates that the applicant has strong financial management and internal control systems. (5 points)
The applicant has administered, or will work with an organization that has administered, a number of different Federal or State grants. The applicant may demonstrate this experience by having project staff that has experience administering Federal or State grants.
• The applicant applying for the grant demonstrates experience with mine safety teaching or providing mine safety educational programs. Applicants that do not have prior experience in providing mine safety training to mine operators or miners may partner with an established mine safety organization to acquire mine safety expertise.
• Project staff has experience in mine safety, the specific topic chosen, or in training mine operators and miners.
• Project staff has experience in recruiting, training, and working with the population the organization proposes to serve.
• Applicant has experience in designing and developing mine safety training materials for a mining program.
• Applicant has experience in managing educational programs.
Applicant demonstrates internal control and management oversight of the project.
The proposal should include provisions for evaluating the organization's progress in accomplishing the grant work activities and accomplishments, evaluating training sessions, and evaluating the program's effectiveness and impact to determine if the safety training and services provided resulted in workplace change or improved workplace conditions. The proposal should include a plan to follow up with trainees to determine the impact the program has had in abating hazards and reducing miner illnesses and injuries.
A technical panel will rate each complete application against the criteria described in this FOA. One or more applicants may be selected as grantees on the basis of the initial application submission or a minimally acceptable number of points may be established. MSHA may request final revisions to the applications, and then evaluate the revised applications. MSHA may consider any information that comes to its attention in evaluating the applications.
The panel recommendations are advisory in nature. The Deputy Assistant Secretary for Operations for Mine Safety and Health will make a final selection determination based on what is most advantageous to the government, considering factors such as panel findings, geographic presence of the applicants or the areas to be served, Agency priorities, and the best value to the government, cost, and other factors. The Deputy Assistant Secretary's determination for award under this FOA is final.
Announcement of the awards is expected to occur before September 30, 2016. The grant agreement will be signed no later than September 30, 2016.
Before September 29, 2016, organizations selected as potential grant recipients will be notified by a representative of the Deputy Assistant Secretary. An applicant whose proposal is not selected will be notified in writing. The fact that an organization has been selected as a potential grant recipient does not necessarily constitute approval of the grant application as submitted (revisions may be required).
Before the actual grant award and the announcement of the award, MSHA may enter into negotiations with the potential grant recipient concerning such matters as program components, staffing and funding levels, and administrative systems. If the negotiations do not result in an acceptable submittal, the Deputy Assistant Secretary reserves the right to terminate the negotiations and decline to fund the proposal.
All grantees will be subject to applicable Federal laws and regulations
• 2 CFR part 25, Universal Identifier and System of Award Management.
• 2 CFR part 170, Reporting Subawards and Executive Compensation Information.
• 2 CFR part 175, Award Term for Trafficking in Persons.
• 2 CFR part 180, OMB Guidelines to Agencies on Governmentwide Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement) (Nov. 15, 2006).
• 2 CFR part 200, Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards (Dec. 19, 2014).
• 2 CFR part 2900, Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards.
• 2 CFR part 2998, Nonprocurement Debarment and Suspension.
• 29 CFR part 2, subpart D, Equal Treatment in Department of Labor Programs for Religious Organizations; Protection of Religious Liberty of Department of Labor Social Service Providers and Beneficiaries.
• 29 CFR part 31, Nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Labor—Effectuation of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
• 29 CFR part 32, Nondiscrimination on the basis of handicap in programs or activities receiving federal financial assistance.
• 29 CFR part 33, Enforcement of nondiscrimination on the basis of handicap in programs or activities conducted by the Department of Labor.
• 29 CFR part 35, Nondiscrimination on the basis of age in programs or activities receiving federal financial assistance from the Department of Labor.
• 29 CFR part 36, Nondiscrimination on the basis of sex in education programs or activities receiving federal financial assistance.
• 29 CFR part 93, New restrictions on lobbying.
• 29 CFR part 94, Government-wide requirements for drug-free workplace (financial assistance).
• Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Part 31, Subpart 31.2, Contract cost principles and procedures (Codified at 48 CFR subpart 31.2).
Unless specifically approved, MSHA's acceptance of a proposal or MSHA's award of Federal funds to sponsor any program does not constitute a waiver of any grant requirement or procedure. For example, if an application identifies a specific sub-contractor to provide certain services, the MSHA award does not provide a basis to sole-source the procurement (to avoid competition).
MSHA will review all grantee-produced educational and training materials for technical accuracy and suitability of content during development and before final publication. MSHA also will review training curricula and purchased training materials for technical accuracy and suitability of content before the materials are used. Grantees developing training materials must follow all copyright laws and provide written certification that their materials are free from copyright infringement.
When grantees produce training materials, they must provide copies of completed materials to MSHA before the end of the grant period. Completed materials should be submitted to MSHA in hard copy and in digital format for publication on the MSHA Web site. Two copies of the materials must be provided to MSHA. Acceptable formats for training materials include Microsoft XP Word, PDF, PowerPoint, and any other format agreed upon by MSHA.
As stated in 2 CFR 200.315 and 2 CFR 2900.13, the Department of Labor has a royalty-free, nonexclusive, and irrevocable right to reproduce, publish, or otherwise use for Federal purposes any work produced, or for which ownership was acquired, under a grant, and to authorize others to do so. Such products include, but are not limited to, curricula, training models, and any related materials. Such uses include, but are not limited to, the right to modify and distribute such products worldwide by any means, electronic, or otherwise.
All approved grant-funded materials developed by a grantee shall contain the following disclaimer: “This material was produced under grant number 17.603 from the Mine Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor. It does not necessarily reflect the views or policies of the U.S. Department of Labor, nor does mention of trade names, commercial products, or organizations imply endorsement by the U.S. Government.”
When issuing statements, press releases, request for proposals, bid solicitations, and other documents describing projects or programs funded in whole or in part with Federal money, all grantees receiving Federal funds must clearly state:
(a) The percentage of the total costs of the program or project that will be financed with Federal money;
(b) The dollar amount of Federal financial assistance for the project or program; and
(c) The percentage and dollar amount of the total costs of the project or program that will be financed by non-governmental sources.
With written permission from MSHA, the USDOL and MSHA logos may be applied to the grant-funded materials including posters, videos, pamphlets, research documents, national survey results, impact evaluations, best practice reports, and other publications. The grantees must consult with MSHA on whether the logos may be used on any such items prior to final draft or final preparation for distribution. In no event shall the DOL or MSHA logo be placed on any item until MSHA has given the grantee written permission to use the logos on the item.
Grantees are required by Departmental regulations to submit financial and project reports, as described below. Grantees are also required to submit final reports no later than 90 days after the end of the grant period.
The grantee shall submit financial reports on a quarterly basis. Recipients are required to use the U.S. Department of Labor's Grantee Reporting Systems' electronic SF-425 (Federal Financial Report), (OMB No. 4040-0014, expiration: 1/31/2019), at
A grantee must submit a technical project report to MSHA no later than 30 days after December 31, 2016, March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, and September 30,
Between reporting dates, the grantee shall immediately inform MSHA of significant developments or problems affecting the organization's ability to accomplish the work. See 2 CFR 200.328(d).
At the end of the grant period, each grantee must provide a project summary of its technical project reports, an evaluation report, and a close-out financial report. These final reports are due no later than 90 days after the end of the 12-month performance period.
Any questions regarding this FOA (FOA16-4BS) should be directed to Janice Oates at
Any information submitted in response to this FOA will be subject to the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act, as appropriate.
DOL is committed to conducting a transparent grant award process and publicizing information about program outcomes. Posting awardees' grant applications on public Web sites is a means of promoting and sharing innovative ideas. Additionally, we will publish a version of the Technical Proposal required by this solicitation, for all those applications that are awarded grants, on the Department's Web site or a similar location. The Technical Proposals and Executive Summaries will not be published until after the grants are awarded. In addition, information about grant progress and results may also be made publicly available.
DOL recognizes that grant applications sometimes contain information that an applicant may consider proprietary or business confidential information, or may contain personally identifiable information. Information is considered proprietary or confidential commercial/business information when it is not usually disclosed outside your organization and when its disclosure is likely to cause you substantial competitive harm.
Personally identifiable information is information that can be used to distinguish or trace an individual's identity, such as name, social security number, date and place of birth, mother's maiden name, or biometric records; and any other information that is linked or linkable to an individual, such as medical, educational, financial, and employment information.
Executive Summaries will be published in the form originally submitted, without any redactions. However, in order to ensure that confidential information is properly protected from disclosure when DOL posts the winning Technical Proposals, applicants whose technical proposals will be posted will be asked to submit a second redacted version of their Technical Proposal, with proprietary, confidential commercial/business, and personally identifiable information redacted. All non-public information about the applicant's staff should be removed as well. The Department will contact the applicants whose technical proposals will be published by letter or email, and provide further directions about how and when to submit the redacted version of the Technical Proposal. Submission of a redacted version of the Technical Proposal will constitute permission by the applicant for DOL to post that redacted version. If an applicant fails to provide a redacted version of the Technical Proposal, DOL will publish the original Technical Proposal in full, after redacting personally identifiable information. (Note that the original, unredacted version of the Technical Proposal will remain part of the complete application package, including an applicant's proprietary and confidential information and any personally identifiable information.)
Applicants are encouraged to maximize the grant application information that will be publicly disclosed, and to exercise restraint and redact only information that truly is proprietary, confidential commercial/business information, or capable of identifying a person. The redaction of entire pages or sections of the Technical Proposal is not appropriate, and will not be allowed, unless the entire portion merits such protection. Should a dispute arise about whether redactions are appropriate, DOL will follow the procedures outlined in the Department's Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) regulations (29 CFR part 70).
Redacted information in grant applications will be protected by DOL from public disclosure in accordance with federal law, including the Trade Secrets Act (18 U.S.C. 1905), FOIA, and the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a). If DOL receives a FOIA request for your application, the procedures in DOL's FOIA regulations for responding to requests for commercial/business information submitted to the government will be followed, as well as all FOIA exemptions and procedures. 29 CFR 70.26. Consequently, it is possible that application of FOIA rules may result in release of information in response to a FOIA request that an applicant redacted in its “redacted copy.”
This FOA requests information from applicants and grantees. This collection of information is approved under OMB No. 1225-0086, expiration: 05/31/2019.
Except as otherwise noted, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, no person is required to respond to a collection of information unless such collection displays a valid OMB control number. Public reporting burden for the grant application is estimated to average 20 hours per response, for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Each recipient who receives a grant award notice will be required to submit nine progress reports to MSHA. MSHA estimates that each report will take approximately two and one-half hours to prepare.
Send comments regarding the burden estimated or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to the OMB Desk Officer for MSHA, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, Washington DC 20503, the U.S. Department of Labor, OASAM-OCIO, Information Resources Program, Room N-1301, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20210, and MSHA, electronically to Janice Oates at
This information is being collected for the purpose of awarding a grant. Submission of this information is
30 U.S.C. 965.
Mine Safety and Health Administration, Labor.
Request for public comments.
The Department of Labor, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, conducts a pre-clearance consultation program to provide the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed collections of information in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A). This program helps to assure that requested data can be provided in the desired format, reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are clearly understood, and the impact of collection requirements on respondents can be properly assessed. Currently, the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) is soliciting comments on the information collection for Ventilation Plan and Main Fan Maintenance Record.
All comments must be received on or before September 27, 2016.
Comments concerning the information collection requirements of this notice may be sent by any of the methods listed below.
•
•
•
Sheila McConnell, Director, Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances, MSHA, at
Underground mines usually present harsh and hostile working environments. The ventilation system is the most vital life support system in underground mining and a properly operating ventilation system is essential for maintaining a safe and healthful working environment. A well planned mine ventilation system is necessary to assure a fresh air supply to miners at all working places, to control the amounts of harmful airborne contaminants in the mine atmosphere, and to dilute possible accumulation of explosive gases.
Lack of adequate ventilation in underground mines has resulted in fatalities from asphyxiation and/or explosions due to a buildup of explosive gases. Inadequate ventilation can be a primary factor for deaths caused by disease of the lungs (
The mine operator is required to prepare a written plan of the mine ventilation system. The plan is required to be updated at least annually. Upon written request of the District Manager, the plan or revisions must be submitted to MSHA for review and comment.
The main ventilation fans for an underground mine must be maintained according to the manufacturers' recommendations or a written periodic schedule. Upon request of an Authorized Representative of the Secretary of Labor, this fan maintenance schedule must be made available for review. The records assure compliance with the standard and may serve as a warning mechanism for possible ventilation problems before they occur.
MSHA is soliciting comments concerning the proposed information collection related to Ventilation Plan and Main Fan Maintenance Record. MSHA is particularly interested in comments that:
• Evaluate whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information has practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of MSHA's estimate of the burden of the collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Suggest methods to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology, e.g., permitting electronic submission of responses.
The information collection request will be available on
The public may also examine publicly available documents at USDOL-Mine Safety and Health Administration, 201
Questions about the information collection requirements may be directed to the person listed in the
This request for collection of information contains provisions for Ventilation Plan and Main Fan Maintenance Record. MSHA has updated the data with respect to the number of respondents, responses, burden hours, and burden costs supporting this information collection request.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for Office of Management and Budget approval of the
Mine Safety and Health Administration, Labor.
Request for public comments.
The Department of Labor, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, conducts a pre-clearance consultation program to provide the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed collections of information in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A). This program helps to assure that requested data can be provided in the desired format, reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are clearly understood, and the impact of collection requirements on respondents can be properly assessed. Currently, the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) is soliciting comments on the information collection for Coal Mine Rescue Teams; Arrangements for Emergency Medical Assistance and Transportation for Injured Persons; Agreements; Reporting Requirements; Posting Requirements.
All comments must be received on or before September 27, 2016.
Comments concerning the information collection requirements of this notice may be sent by any of the methods listed below.
•
•
•
Sheila McConnell, Director, Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances, MSHA, at
30 CFR part 49, Mine Rescue Teams, Subpart B—Mine Rescue Teams for Underground Coal Mines, sets standards related to the availability of mine rescue teams; alternate mine rescue capability for small and remote mines; inspection and maintenance records of mine rescue equipment and apparatus; physical requirements for mine rescue team members and alternates; and experience and training requirements for team members and alternates.
Section 49.12 requires each operator of an underground coal mine to send the District Manager a statement describing the mine's method of compliance with this standard. This package covers the following requirements for coal mines.
Section 49.13 provides that operators of small and remote mines may submit an application for alternative mine rescue capability to MSHA for approval.
Section 49.16 requires that a person trained in the use and care of a breathing apparatus must inspect and test the apparatus at intervals not exceeding 30 days and must certify by signature and date that the required inspections and tests were done, and record any corrective action taken.
Section 49.17 requires that each member of a mine rescue team be examined annually by a physician who must certify that each person is physically fit to perform mine rescue and recovery work.
Section 49.18 requires that a record of the training received by each mine rescue team member be made and kept on file at the mine rescue station for a period of one year. The operator must provide the District Manager information concerning the schedule of upcoming training when requested.
Section 49.19 requires that each mine have a mine rescue notification plan outlining the procedures to be followed in notifying the mine rescue teams when there is an emergency that requires their services.
Section 49.50 requires underground coal mine operators to certify that each designated coal mine rescue team meets the requirements of 30 CFR part 49 subpart B.
Sections 75.1713-1 and 77.1702 require operators to make arrangements for 24-hour emergency medical assistance and transportation for injured persons and to post this information at appropriate places at the mine, including the names, titles, addresses, and telephone numbers of all persons or services currently available under those arrangements.
MSHA is soliciting comments concerning the proposed information collection related to Coal Mine Rescue Teams; Arrangements for Emergency Medical Assistance and Transportation for Injured Persons; Agreements; Reporting Requirements; Posting Requirements. MSHA is particularly interested in comments that:
• Evaluate whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information has practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of MSHA's estimate of the burden of the collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Suggest methods to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
•
The information collection request will be available on
The public may also examine publicly available documents at USDOL-Mine Safety and Health Administration, 201
Questions about the information collection requirements may be directed to the person listed in the
This request for collection of information contains provisions for Coal Mine Rescue Teams; Arrangements for Emergency Medical Assistance and Transportation for Injured Persons; Agreements; Reporting Requirements; Posting Requirements. MSHA has updated the data with respect to the number of respondents, responses, burden hours, and burden costs supporting this information collection request.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for Office of Management and Budget approval of the information collection request; they will also become a matter of public record.
National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities.
Notice of meeting.
Pursuant to the Federal Advisory Committee Act, notice is hereby given that the Federal Council on the Arts and the Humanities will hold a meeting of the Arts and Artifacts Domestic Indemnity Panel.
The meeting will be held on Tuesday, August 16, 2016, from 12:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
The meeting will be held by teleconference originating at the National Endowment for the Arts, Washington, DC 20506.
Elizabeth Voyatzis, Committee Management Officer, 400 7th Street SW., Room 4060, Washington, DC 20506, (202) 606 8322;
The purpose of the meeting is for panel review, discussion, evaluation, and recommendation on applications for Certificates of Indemnity submitted to the Federal Council on the Arts and the Humanities, for exhibitions beginning on or after October 1, 2016. Because the meeting will consider proprietary financial and commercial data provided in confidence by indemnity applicants, and material that is likely to disclose trade secrets or other privileged or confidential information, and because it is important to keep the values of objects to be indemnified, and the methods of transportation and security measures confidential, I have determined that that the meeting will be closed to the public pursuant to subsection (c)(4) of section 552b of Title 5, United States Code. I have made this determination under the authority granted me by the Chairman's Delegation of Authority to Close Advisory Committee Meetings, dated April 15, 2016.
Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to update Exchange Rule 4759 and to amend the public disclosure of the sources of data that the Exchange utilizes when performing (1) order handling and execution; (2) order routing; and (3) related compliance processes.
The text of the proposed rule change is below. Proposed new language is italicized.
The NASDAQ System utilizes the below proprietary and network processor feeds for the handling, routing, and execution of orders, as well as for the regulatory compliance processes related to those functions. The Secondary Source of data is, where applicable, utilized only in emergency market conditions and only until those emergency conditions are resolved.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to update and amend the table in Exchange Rule 4759 that sets forth on a market-by-market basis the specific network processor and proprietary data feeds that the Exchange utilizes for the handling, routing, and execution of orders, and for performing the regulatory compliance checks related to each of those functions.
Specifically, the table will be amended to include Investors' Exchange LLC (“IEX”), which has informed the UTP Securities Information Processor (“UTP SIP”) that it is projecting to activate its status as an operating participant for quotation and trading of Nasdaq-listed securities under the Unlisted Trading Privileges (“UTP”) Plan on or about August 1, 2016. The primary source will be CQS/UQDF and there is no secondary source provided.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of section 6 of the Act,
The Exchange believes that its proposal to update the table in Exchange Rule 4759 to include IEX will ensure that Exchange Rule 4759 correctly identifies and publicly states on a market-by-market basis all of the specific network processor and proprietary data feeds that the Exchange utilizes for the handling, routing, and execution of orders, and for performing the regulatory compliance checks related to each of those functions. Also, the proposed rule change removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and protects investors and the public interest because it provides additional specificity, clarity and transparency.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. To the contrary, the Exchange believes the proposal would enhance competition because including all of the exchanges and the correct information for the exchanges enhances transparency and enables investors to better assess the quality of the Exchange's execution and routing services.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A)
A proposed rule change filed pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6) under the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to update Exchange Rule 3304 and to amend the public disclosure of the sources of data that the Exchange utilizes when performing (1) order handling and execution; (2) order routing; and (3) related compliance processes.
The text of the proposed rule change is below. Proposed new language is italicized.
The PSX System utilizes the below proprietary and network processor feeds for the handling, routing, and execution of orders, as well as for the regulatory compliance processes related to those functions. The Secondary Source of data is, where applicable, utilized only in emergency market conditions and only until those emergency conditions are resolved.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to update and amend the table in Exchange Rule 3304 that sets forth on a market-by-market basis the specific network processor and proprietary data feeds that the Exchange utilizes for the handling, routing, and execution of orders, and for performing the regulatory compliance checks related to each of those functions.
Specifically, the table will be amended to include Investors' Exchange LLC (“IEX”), which has informed the UTP Securities Information Processor (“UTP SIP”) that it is projecting to activate its status as an operating participant for quotation and trading of Nasdaq-listed securities under the Unlisted Trading Privileges (“UTP”) Plan on or about August 1, 2016. The primary source will be CQS/UQDF and there is no secondary source provided.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of section 6 of the Act,
The Exchange believes that its proposal to update the table in Exchange Rule 3304 to include IEX will ensure that Exchange Rule 3304 correctly identifies and publicly states on a market-by-market basis all of the specific network processor and proprietary data feeds that the Exchange utilizes for the handling, routing, and execution of orders, and for performing the regulatory compliance checks related to each of those functions. Also, the proposed rule change removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and protects investors and the public interest because it provides additional specificity, clarity and transparency.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. To the contrary, the Exchange believes the proposal would enhance competition because including all of the exchanges and the correct information for the exchanges enhances transparency and enables investors to better assess the quality of the Exchange's execution and routing services.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A)
A proposed rule change filed pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6) under the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”)
The Exchange filed a proposal to update Exchange Rule 11.25 regarding the public disclosure of the sources of data that the Exchange utilizes when performing: (i) Order handling; (ii) order routing; and (iii) related compliance processes to reflect the operation of the Investors Exchange LLC (“IEX”) as a registered national securities exchange
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
On June 17, 2016, the Commission approved IEX's application to register as a national securities exchange.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange believes that its proposal to update Exchange Rule 11.25(a) to include IEX will ensure that the rule correctly identifies and publicly states on a market-by-market basis the specific network processor data feeds that the Exchange utilizes for the handling, routing, and execution of orders, and for performing the regulatory compliance checks related to each of those functions. The proposed rule change also removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and protects investors and the public interest because it provides additional specificity, clarity and transparency.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. To the contrary, the Exchange believes the proposal would enhance competition because including all of the exchanges enhances transparency and enables investors to better assess the quality of the Exchange's execution and routing services.
The Exchange has neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not:
A. Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest;
B. impose any significant burden on competition; and
C. become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate,
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to modify the NASDAQ Options Market LLC's (“NOM”) pricing at Chapter XV, Sections 2(1) and 2(6) to: (i) Amend
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes three NOM pricing amendments at Chapter XV as described below in greater detail.
The Exchange proposes to amend the Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity tiers. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to amend the current qualifications related to the Tier 8 Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options rebate. The proposed new Tier 8 qualifications should continue to attract Customer and Professional order flow to NOM. This order flow benefits other market participants through order interaction.
Today, the Exchange pays Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebates to Add Liquidity as follows:
Today, the Exchange pays a $0.48 per contract rebate
The Exchange's proposal to amend the current qualification from 30,000 or more contracts per day in a month to 0.25% or more of total industry customer equity and ETF option ADV contracts provides Participants the ability to qualify for this tier in lower industry ADV months because the percentage would be tied to the industry volume and not represent a fixed number. If the industry volume were to increase in a given month, the Participant will have greater opportunity to execute a higher number of contracts because the entire industry has more volume available to execute.
For example in May 2016, 0.25% of total industry customer equity and ETF option ADV contracts represented approximately 28,000 contracts as compared to the requisite 30,000 contracts which Tier 8 currently requires. Because volume was lower in the month of May 2016, market participants would have been better able to continue to meet the Tier 8 requirement with a percentage tied to volume as compared to a fixed number of contracts.
The Exchange also proposes to amend note “d,” which applies to the Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity tiers. Currently, note “d” provides that NOM Participants that qualify for MARS Payment Tiers
The Exchange proposes to amend note “d” of Chapter XV, Section 2(1) to lower the additional rebate on Penny Pilot Options Customer and/or Professional Rebates to Add Liquidity from $0.05 to $0.03 per contract. The Exchange believes that despite lowering the additional incentive from $0.05 to $0.03 per contract, the note “d” incentive will continue to incentivize NOM Participants to participate in MARS and send qualifying order flow to the Exchange. The $0.03 per contract incentive would continue to attract Penny Pilot Option liquidity to NOM. All market participants benefit from the increased order interaction when more order flow is available on NOM.
The Exchange currently offers a Market Access and Routing Subsidy or “MARS” to qualifying NOM Participants in Chapter XV, Section 2(6). NOM Participants that have System Eligibility
The Exchange proposes to provide an additional incentive to the MARS Payment in Chapter XV, Section 2(6) by offering NOM Participants that qualify for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tier 8
The Exchange is proposing to amend note “4,” which is currently reserved, to lower the Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity from $0.50
The Exchange believes that offering NOM Participants the opportunity to lower the Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity by qualifying for MARS Payment Tiers 1, 2 or 3 and transacting MARS Eligible Contracts,
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Commission and the courts have repeatedly expressed their preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. In Regulation NMS, while adopting a series of steps to improve the current market model, the Commission highlighted the importance of market forces in determining prices and SRO revenues and, also, recognized that current regulation of the market system “has been remarkably successful in promoting market competition in its broader forms that are most important to investors and listed companies.”
Likewise, in
Further, “[n]o one disputes that competition for order flow is ‘fierce.’ . . . As the SEC explained, ‘[i]n the U.S. national market system, buyers and sellers of securities, and the broker-dealers that act as their order-routing agents, have a wide range of choices of where to route orders for execution’; [and] ‘no exchange can afford to take its market share percentages for granted’ because ‘no exchange possesses a monopoly, regulatory or otherwise, in the execution of order flow from broker dealers’. . . .”
The Exchange's proposal to amend the current qualifications related to the Tier 8 Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity is reasonable because the rebate should continue to attract Customer and Professional order flow to NOM. The additional Customer and Professional order flow to NOM benefits other market participants by providing additional liquidity with which to interact. Amending the current qualification from 30,000 or more contracts per day in a month to 0.25% or more of total industry customer equity and ETF option ADV contracts provides Participants the ability to qualify for this tier in months with lower industry ADV because the required number of contracts would be directly correlated to industry volume. With this proposal, members that consistently send order flow to the Exchange may continue to qualify for
The Exchange's proposal to amend the current qualifications related to the Tier 8 Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because all Participants are eligible to earn rebates. These rebates would be uniformly paid to all qualifying Participants.
The Exchange's proposal to amend note “d,” which applies to any Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebates to Add Liquidity tier, to lower the per contract Penny Pilot Options Customer and/or Professional Rebate to Add Liquidity incentive from $0.05 to $0.03 per contract is reasonable as discussed hereafter. Despite lowering the incentive, the reduced rebate would continue to attract Penny Pilot Options liquidity to NOM and also would continue to incentivize market participants to participate in MARS. All market participants benefit from the increased order interaction when more order flow is available on NOM.
The Exchange's proposal to amend note “d,” which applies to the additional Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity tiers, to lower the additional per contract Penny Pilot Options Customer and/or Professional Rebate to Add Liquidity incentive from $0.05 to $0.03 per contract, is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because all Participants are eligible to earn rebates and the rebates would be uniformly paid to all qualifying Participants. In addition, any Participant may qualify for MARS provided they have the requisite System Eligibility.
The Exchange's proposal to amend the MARS Payment to offer NOM Participants that qualify for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tier 8 an additional $0.09 per contract rebate in addition to any MARS Payment tier on MARS Eligible Contracts the NOM Participant qualifies for in a given month is reasonable because it will encourage NOM Participants to continue to send more order flow to the Exchange in either Penny Pilot or Non-Penny Pilot Options to qualify for the higher MARS Payment. All market participants benefit from the increased order interaction when more order flow is available on NOM.
The Exchange's proposal to amend the MARS Payment to offer NOM Participants that qualify for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tier 8 an additional $0.09 per contract rebate in addition to any MARS Payment tier on MARS Eligible Contracts the NOM Participant qualifies for in a given month is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because any Participant may qualify for MARS provided they have the requisite System Eligibility. The Exchange will also uniformly pay MARS rebates to qualifying Participants on all MARS Eligible Contracts.
The Exchange's proposal to amend note “4” to lower the Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity from $0.50 to $0.48 per contract, excluding SPY, provided NOM Participants qualify for MARS Payment Tiers 1, 2 or 3 is reasonable for the reasons which follow. NOM Participants will be encouraged to send additional electronic MARS Eligible Contracts
The Exchange's proposal to amend note “4” to lower the Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity from $0.50 to $0.48 per contract, excluding SPY, provided NOM Participants qualify for MARS Payment Tiers 1, 2 or 3 is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because all Participants may qualify for MARS provided they have the requisite System Eligibility. The Exchange will also uniformly assess the discounted Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity to qualifying Participants. Excluding SPY from the note “4” discount is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because the Exchange pays discounts today for SPY options transactions. Today, note “3” of Chapter XV, Section 2(1) assesses Customers and Professionals that remove liquidity in SPY Options a $0.47 per contract discounted Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity. Both notes “3” and “4” of Chapter XV, Section 2(1) are paid uniformly to all qualifying Participants.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. In terms of inter-market competition, the Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive, or rebate opportunities available at other venues to be more favorable. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges and with alternative trading systems that have been exempted from compliance with the statutory standards applicable to exchanges. Because competitors are free to modify their own fees in response, and because market participants may readily adjust their order routing practices, the Exchange believes that the degree to which fee changes in this market may impose any burden on competition is extremely limited.
The proposed fee changes are competitive and do not impose a burden
The Exchange's proposal to amend the current qualifications related to the Tier 8 Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because all Participants are eligible to earn rebates and these rebates would be uniformly paid to all qualifying Participants.
The Exchange's proposal to amend note “d,” which applies to the Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity tiers, to lower the additional amount of the per contract Penny Pilot Options Customer and/or Professional Rebate to Add Liquidity from $0.05 to $0.03 per contract does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because all Participants are eligible to earn rebates and these rebates would be uniformly paid to all qualifying Participants. In addition, any Participant may qualify for MARS provided they have the requisite System Eligibility.
The Exchange's proposal to amend the MARS Payment to offer NOM Participants that qualify for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tier 8 an additional $0.09 per contract rebate, in addition to any MARS Payment tier on MARS Eligible Contracts the NOM Participant qualifies for in a given month, does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because any Participant may qualify for MARS provided they have the requisite System Eligibility. The Exchange will also uniformly pay MARS Payments to qualifying Participants on all Eligible Contracts.
The Exchange's proposal to amend note “4” to lower the Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity from $0.50 to $0.48 per contract, excluding SPY, provided NOM Participants qualify for MARS Payment Tiers 1, 2 or 3 does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because all Participants may qualify for MARS provided they have the requisite System Eligibility. The Exchange will also uniformly assess the discounted Customer and Professional Penny Pilot Options Fees for Removing Liquidity to qualifying Participants. Excluding SPY does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because today, the Exchange offers a discount for SPY options, which discounts are uniformly paid to all Participants. Today, other options exchanges price differently by options symbol.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the Government in the Sunshine Act, Pub. L. 94-409, that the Securities and Exchange Commission Equity Market Structure Advisory Committee will hold a public meeting on Tuesday, August 2, 2016, in the Multipurpose Room, LL-006 at the Commission's headquarters, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC
The meeting will begin at 9:30 a.m. (EDT) and will be open to the public. Seating will be on a first-come, first-served basis. Doors will be open at 9:00 a.m. Visitors will be subject to security checks. The meeting will be webcast on the Commission's Web site at
On July 13, 2016, the Commission published notice of the Committee meeting (Release No. 34-78308), indicating that the meeting is open to the public and inviting the public to submit written comments to the Committee. This Sunshine Act notice is being issued because a majority of the Commission may attend the meeting.
The agenda for the meeting will focus on updates and potential recommendations from the four subcommittees.
For further information, please contact Brent J. Fields from the Office of the Secretary at (202) 551-5400.
By letter dated July 19, 2016 (“the Application”), Investors' Exchange LLC (“IEX” or the “Exchange”) requests a limited exemption from the requirements of Rule 10b-10(a)(2)(i)(A) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) on behalf of Members
IEX is registered as a national securities exchange under Section 6 of the Exchange Act.
The Exchange will operate an order book for orders with a continuous, automated matching function, in compliance with the Exchange's rules and Regulation NMS under the Act.
The order book and the Exchange's rules will provide for strict price-display-time priority execution. Under IEX Rule 11.220, orders will be prioritized on a strict price-display-time basis, first by price, then by display (with displayed orders and displayed portions of orders having precedence over non-displayed orders and non-displayed portions of orders at a given price) and then by time. Incoming orders are first matched for execution against orders in the IEX order book. Orders that cannot be executed are eligible for routing to away trading centers, if consistent with the terms of the orders.
The order book's matching system algorithm permits orders originated by an IEX Member to execute against other orders from the same participant on the same basis as orders from other Members. In the order book's handling of displayed orders, which is based on strict price-display-time priority, a Member could receive an execution against itself, and under the Exchange's Rules, the Member would not know that it was the contra-side of the trade at the time of execution.
Rule 10b-10 under the Exchange Act generally requires broker-dealers effecting a customer transaction in securities (other than U.S. savings bonds or municipal securities)
As explained in the Application, trades are executed with total anonymity on IEX, where the identity of the actual contra-party is not revealed
Based on the facts and representations contained in the Application, we find that it is appropriate and in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors to grant the Exchange, on behalf of its Members, a limited exemption from the Contra-Party Identity Requirement in Rule 10b-10(a)(2)(i)(A).
IT IS HEREBY ORDERED, pursuant to Rule 10b-10(f) of the Exchange Act, that IEX Members, based on the representations and facts contained in the Application, are exempt from the requirements of Rule 10b-10(a)(2)(i)(A) of the Exchange Act, to the extent that Members execute trades for their customers on the Exchange using the IEX Trading System. This exemption is limited to trades that Members execute on IEX using the post trade anonymity feature described in the Application.
The foregoing exemption is subject to modification or revocation if at any time the Commission determines that such action is necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The proposed rule change deletes Rules 6.53(y), 6.77(e) and 15.2A. The text of the proposed rule change is provided below.
One or more of the following order types may be made available on a class-by-class basis. Certain order types may not be made available for all Exchange systems. The classes and/or systems for which the order types shall be available will be as provided in the Rules, as the context may indicate, or as otherwise specified via Regulatory Circular.
(a)-(x) No change.
[(y) Tied to Stock Order. An order is “tied to stock” if, at the time the Trading Permit Holder representing the order on the Exchange receives or initiates the order, the Trading Permit Holder has knowledge that the order is coupled with an order(s) for the underlying stock or a security convertible into the underlying stock (“convertible security”). The representing Trading Permit Holder must include an indicator on each tied to stock order upon systemization, unless:
(i) The order is submitted to the Exchange as part of a qualified contingent cross order (as defined in this Rule 6.53) through an Exchange-approved device;
(ii) the order is submitted to the Exchange for electronic processing as a stock-option order (as defined in Rule 6.53C); or
(iii) all of the component orders are systematized on a single order ticket.
An order is not “tied to stock” if it is not coupled with an order(s) for the underlying stock or convertible security at the time of receipt or initiation (
. . . Interpretations and Policies:
.01-.02 No change.
(a)-(d) No change.
[(e) Order service firms must submit reports pursuant to Rule 15.2A with respect to the stock transactions it executes on behalf of market-makers pursuant to this Rule 6.77.]
In a manner and form prescribed by the Exchange, each Trading Permit Holder must, on the business day following the order execution date, report to the Exchange the following information for the executed stock or convertible security legs of QCC orders, stock-option orders and other tied to stock orders that the Trading Permit Holder executed on the Exchange that trading day: (a) Time of execution, (b) execution quantity, (c) execution price, (d) venue of execution, and (e) any other information requested by the Exchange. A Trading Permit Holder may arrange for its clearing firm to submit these reports on its behalf; provided that if the clearing firm does not report an executed stock order, the Trading Permit Holder will be responsible for reporting the information.
. . . Interpretation and Policies:
.01 The Exchange will announce by Regulatory Circular any determinations, including the manner and form of the report, that it makes pursuant to Rule 15.2A.
.02 A Trading Permit Holder (or its clearing firm) does not need to report information pursuant to Rule 15.2A with respect to (a) stock-option orders (as defined in Rule 6.53C) submitted to the Exchange for electronic processing or (b) stock or convertible security orders entered into an Exchange-approved device.
.03 A Market-Maker (or its clearing firm) may include the information required by Rule 15.2A in the equity reports submitted to the Exchange pursuant to Rule 8.9(b).
.04 If a tied to stock order executed at multiple options exchanges, a Trading Permit Holder (or its clearing firm) may report to the Exchange the information pursuant to Rule 15.2A for the entire stock or convertible security component(s) rather than the portion of the stock or convertible security component(s) applicable to the portion of the order that executed at the Exchange.
.05 In lieu of the time of execution pursuant to Rule 15.2A(a), the Exchange may accept the time of the trade report if that time is generally within 90 seconds of the time of execution.]
The text of the proposed rule change is also available on the Exchange's Web site (
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
On August 13, 2014, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) approved CBOE Rules 6.53(y), 6.77(e) and 15.2A.
On January 7, 2015, CBOE submitted a rule filing to delay the implementation of these rules based on feedback it received from TPHs.
Based on this evaluation, the Exchange does not believe it is necessary to maintain or fully implement the marking requirement or implement the reporting requirement; therefore, the Exchange proposes to delete these requirements in their entirety from its rules.
CBOE acknowledged in the initial filing to adopt the tied to stock marking and reporting requirements relevant stock information would be captured by the Consolidated Audit Trail (“CAT”), once the relevant CAT provisions have been approved and implemented. Specifically, once approved and implemented, Section 6.3 of the National Market System Plan Governing the Consolidated Audit Trail would require each national securities exchange to record and report to the CAT central repository specified information for each order and execution, among other things, on its exchange for eligible securities, which include stock and listed options.
At the time of that initial tied to stock filing, the Exchange expected implementation of CAT would not occur for several years. However, since that time, an amended and restated version of the Plan has been submitted by the self-regulatory organizations to the Commission and published by the Commission for comment and approval.
The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
In particular, CBOE believes it efficiently and effectively conducts its regulatory surveillances of CBOE trading activity and cross-market trading activity. While the information that would be provided to CBOE from the tied to stock marking and reporting requirements would enhance these surveillances, based on an evaluation of the factors described above, CBOE has determined these enhancements would apply to a small number of orders. The single order ticket rule change—as well as provisions in the rules exempting certain orders from the tied to stock marking and reporting requirements—result in a number of orders qualifying for an exemption from the tied to stock marking and reporting requirements. This, in turn, further reduces the number of orders to which the tied to stock marking and reporting requirements would apply once implemented. As a result, CBOE no longer believes the benefits to its surveillances for a smaller number of orders that may be obtained from implementation of these requirements outweigh the additional costs to TPHs to implement the marking requirement for orders submitted for electronic processing and the reporting requirement. As discussed above, during an evaluation period when the marking requirement for orders submitted for nonelectronic processing was effective, fewer than 0.25% of orders submitted for nonelectronic processing included the tied to stock indicator. Additionally, as discussed above, CAT will capture this information, at which time CBOE will be able to realize these potential benefits. CBOE may continue to request from TPHs information regarding stock executions when necessary so that it can continue to effectively conduct its regulatory surveillances of CBOE trading activity and cross-market activity.
The proposed rule change has minimal impact on TPHs. With respect to orders submitted to the Exchange for electronic processing, there will be no change for TPHs, as they are currently not required, and no longer will be in the future, to mark tied to stock orders (or perform the system development work to comply with this marking requirement). Additionally, TPHs currently are not required, and no longer will be in the future, to submit reports related to tied to stock orders.
The term tied to stock order is used only in the rules for the tied to stock marking and reporting requirements, which this filing proposes to delete. Therefore, the Exchange believes deleting the definition is consistent with the Act, as continued inclusion of the definition of a term not used elsewhere in the rules would otherwise confuse investors.
CBOE does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed rule change deletes rules the Exchange only partially implemented. With respect to orders submitted to the Exchange for electronic processing, there will be no change for TPHs, as
The Exchange neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.
Because the proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative prior to 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act and Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) thereunder.
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6)
The Commission believes that waiver of the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Commission notes that the Exchange notes that: (1) The number of orders to which the tied to stock marking and reporting requirements would apply are low and (2) even without the marking and reporting requirements, the Exchange has, and expects to continue to have, sufficient resources to perform ad hoc reviews in connection with its surveillance. Accordingly, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay and designates the proposed rule change as operative upon filing.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to update Exchange Rule 4759 and to amend the public disclosure of the sources of data that the Exchange utilizes when performing (1) order handling and execution; (2) order routing; and (3) related compliance processes.
The text of the proposed rule change is below. Proposed new language is italicized.
The BX System utilizes the below proprietary and network processor feeds for the handling, routing, and execution of orders, as well as for the regulatory compliance processes related to those functions. The Secondary Source of data is, where applicable, utilized only in emergency market conditions and only until those emergency conditions are resolved.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to update and amend the table in Exchange Rule 4759 that sets forth on a market-by-market basis the specific network processor and proprietary data feeds that the Exchange utilizes for the handling, routing, and execution of orders, and for performing the regulatory compliance checks related to each of those functions.
Specifically, the table will be amended to include Investors' Exchange LLC (“IEX”), which has informed the UTP Securities Information Processor (“UTP SIP”) that it is projecting to activate its status as an operating participant for quotation and trading of Nasdaq-listed securities under the Unlisted Trading Privileges (“UTP”) Plan on or about August 1, 2016. The primary source will be CQS/UQDF and there is no secondary source provided.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act,
The Exchange believes that its proposal to update the table in Exchange Rule 4759 to include IEX will ensure that Exchange Rule 4759 correctly identifies and publicly states on a market-by-market basis all of the specific network processor and proprietary data feeds that the Exchange utilizes for the handling, routing, and execution of orders, and for performing the regulatory compliance checks related to each of those functions. Also, the proposed rule change removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and protects investors and the public interest because it provides additional specificity, clarity and transparency.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. To the contrary, the Exchange believes the proposal would enhance competition because including all of the exchanges and the correct information for the exchanges enhances transparency and enables investors to better assess the quality of the Exchange's execution and routing services.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)
A proposed rule change filed pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6) under the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notice.
This is a notice of an Administrative declaration of a disaster for the State of Virginia dated 07/22/2016.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
Alan Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416.
Notice is hereby given that as a result of the Administrator's disaster declaration, applications for disaster loans may be filed at the address listed above or other locally announced locations.
The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:
The Interest Rates are:
The number assigned to this disaster for physical damage is 14779 B and for economic injury is 14780 0.
The States which received an EIDL Declaration # are Virginia, West Virginia.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notice.
This is a notice of an Administrative declaration of a disaster for the State of Kansas dated 07/20/2016.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing And Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
Alan Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416.
Notice is hereby given that as a result of the Administrator's disaster declaration, applications for disaster loans may be filed at the address listed above or other locally announced locations.
The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:
The Interest Rates are:
The number assigned to this disaster for physical damage is 14777 C and for economic injury is 14778 0.
The States which received an EIDL Declaration # are Kansas.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notice.
This is a notice of an Administrative declaration of a disaster for the Commonwealth of PENNSYLVANIA dated 07/19/2016.
Incident: Flash Flooding.
Incident Period: 06/17/2016.
Effective Date: 07/19/2016.
Physical Loan Application Deadline Date: 09/19/2016.
Economic Injury (EIDL) Loan Application Deadline Date: 04/19/2017.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416.
Notice is hereby given that as a result of the Administrator's disaster declaration, applications for disaster loans may be filed at the address listed above or other locally announced locations.
The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:
The Interest Rates are:
The number assigned to this disaster for physical damage is 14768 6 and for economic injury is 14769 0.
The States which received an EIDL Declaration # are Pennsylvania Maryland West Virginia.
The Office of the Assistant Legal Adviser for Private International Law, Department of State, gives notice of a public meeting to discuss a questionnaire prepared by the Permanent Bureau of the Hague Conference on Private International Law (“Hague Conference”) on the topic of international parentage and surrogacy. The public meeting will take place on Tuesday, September 13, 2016 from 1 p.m. until 5 p.m. EDT. This is not a meeting of the full Advisory Committee.
In March 2015, the Council on General Affairs and Policy (“Council”) of the Hague Conference decided that an Experts' Group should be convened to explore the feasibility of advancing work on private international law issues surrounding the status of children, including issues arising from international surrogacy arrangements. In preparation for the second meeting of the Experts' Group, the Permanent Bureau has circulated a questionnaire seeking ideas and views from members of the Experts' Group.
The purpose of the public meeting is to obtain the views of concerned stakeholders on the questions presented in the questionnaire. A copy of the questions to be discussed will be provided to individuals who will be participating in the public meeting. Those who cannot attend but wish to comment are welcome to do so by email to Michael Coffee at
If you would like to participate by telephone, please email
Data from the public is requested pursuant to Public Law 99-399 (Omnibus Diplomatic Security and Antiterrorism Act of 1986), as amended; Public Law 107-56 (USA PATRIOT Act); and Executive Order 13356. The purpose of the collection is to validate the identity of individuals who enter Department facilities.
The data will be entered into the Visitor Access Control System (VACS-D) database. Please see the Security Records System of Records Notice (State-36) at
Iowa Southern Railway Company (ISR), a noncarrier, has filed a verified notice of exemption under 49 CFR 1150.31 to acquire by lease from Appanoose County Community Railroad, Inc. (APNC) and to operate approximately 34.5 miles of rail line between milepost 0.0 in Centerville, Appanoose County, Iowa, and milepost 34.5 in Albia, Monroe County, Iowa.
This transaction is related to a concurrently filed verified notice of exemption in
ISR certifies that its projected annual revenues as a result of this transaction will not exceed $5 million or result in the creation of a Class II or Class I rail carrier. ISR states that the lease agreement does not include any provision limiting its future interchange of traffic on the line with a third-party connecting carrier.
The transaction may be consummated on or after August 13, 2016, the effective date of the exemption (30 days after the verified notice of exemption was filed). If the verified notice contains false or misleading information, the exemption is void ab initio. Petitions to revoke the exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502(d) may be filed at any time. The filing of a petition to revoke will not automatically stay the effectiveness of the exemption. Petitions for stay must be filed no later than August 5, 2016 (at least seven days before the exemption becomes effective).
An original and 10 copies of all pleadings, referring to Docket No. FD 36050, must be filed with the Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street, SW., Washington, DC 20423-0001. In addition, a copy of each pleading must be served on Thomas J. Litwiler and Audrey L. Brodrick, Fletcher & Sippel LLC, 29 North Wacker Drive, Suite 920, Chicago, IL 60606.
According to ISR, this action is categorically excluded from environmental review under 49 CFR 1105.6(c).
Board decisions and notices are available on our Web site at “
By the Board, Rachel D. Campbell, Director, Office of Proceedings.
Progressive Rail Incorporated (PGR), a Class III rail carrier, has filed a verified notice of exemption pursuant to 49 CFR 1180.2(d)(2) to continue in control of Iowa Southern Railway Company (ISR), upon ISR's becoming a Class III rail carrier.
This transaction is related to a concurrently filed verified notice of exemption in
The transaction may be consummated on or after August 13, 2016, the effective date of the exemption (30 days after the notice of exemption was filed).
PGR owns or operates rail lines in Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Illinois, and controls three other Class III rail carriers that operate rail lines in Minnesota, Missouri, and Iowa.
PGR represents that: (1) The rail line to be leased and operated by ISR does not connect with any of the rail lines of PGR or of the other three Class III rail carriers controlled by PGR; (2) the continuance in control is not a part of a series of anticipated transactions that would result in such a connection; and (3) the transaction does not involve a Class I carrier. Therefore, the transaction is exempt from the prior approval requirements of 49 U.S.C. 11323.
Under 49 U.S.C. 10502(g), the Board may not use its exemption authority to relieve a rail carrier of its statutory obligation to protect the interests of its employees. Section 11326(c), however, does not provide for labor protection for transactions under 11324 and 11325 that involve only Class III rail carriers. Accordingly, the Board may not impose labor protective conditions here, because all of the carriers involved are Class III carriers.
If the verified notice contains false or misleading information, the exemption is void ab initio. Petitions to revoke the exemption under 49 U.S.C. 10502(d) may be filed at any time. The filing of a petition to revoke will not automatically stay the effectiveness of the exemption. Petitions for stay must be filed by August 5, 2016 (at least seven days before the exemption becomes effective).
An original and 10 copies of all pleadings, referring to Docket No. FD 36051, must be filed with the Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20423-0001. In addition, a copy of each pleading must be served on Thomas J. Litwiler and Audrey L. Brodrick, Fletcher & Sippel LLC, 29 North Wacker Drive, Suite 920, Chicago, IL 60606.
Board decisions and notices are available on our Web site at
By the Board, Rachel D. Campbell, Director, Office of Proceedings.
Office of the United States Trade Representative.
Notice.
On September 21, 2015, the WTO Committee on Government Procurement approved the accession of the Republic of Moldova to the World Trade Organization (WTO) Agreement on Government Procurement (GPA). The United States, which also is a party to the GPA, has agreed to waive discriminatory purchasing requirements for eligible products and suppliers of the Republic of Moldova beginning on July 14, 2016
Effective July 14, 2016.
Scott Pietan, Director of International Procurement Policy, Office of the United States Trade Representative, 202-395-9646.
On September 21, 2015, the WTO Committee on Government Procurement approved the accession of the Republic of Moldova to the GPA. The Republic of Moldova submitted its instrument of accession to the Secretary-General of the WTO on June 14, 2016. The GPA will enter into force for the Republic of Moldova on July 14, 2016. The United States, which also is a party to the GPA, has agreed to waive discriminatory purchasing requirements for eligible products and suppliers of the Republic of Moldova beginning on July 14, 2016.
Section 1-201 of Executive Order 12260 of December 31, 1980, delegated the functions of the President under sections 301 and 302 of the Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (the Trade Agreements Act) (19 U.S.C. 2511, 2512) to the United States Trade Representative.
In conformity with sections 301 and 302 of the Trade Agreements Act, and in order to carry out U.S. obligations under the GPA, I hereby determine that:
1. The Republic of Moldova has become a party to the GPA and will provide appropriate reciprocal competitive government procurement opportunities to United States products and services and suppliers of such products and services. In accordance with section 301(b)(1) of the Trade Agreements Act, the Republic of Moldova is so designated for purposes of section 301(a) of the Trade Agreements Act.
2. Accordingly, beginning on July 14, 2016, with respect to eligible products of the Republic of Moldova, namely, those goods and services covered under the GPA for procurement by the United States, and suppliers of such products, the application of any law, regulation, procedure or practice regarding government procurement that would, if applied to such products and suppliers, result in treatment less favorable than that accorded:
A. to United States products and suppliers of such products, or
B. to eligible products of another foreign country or instrumentality which is a party to the GPA and suppliers of such products, shall be waived. This waiver shall be applied by all entities listed in United States Annexes 1 and 3 of GPA Appendix 1.
3. The United States Trade Representative may modify or withdraw the designation in paragraph 1 and the waiver in paragraph 2.
Federal Aviation Administration, Transportation.
Notice.
The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and the National Park Service (NPS) are inviting interested persons to apply to fill one upcoming opening on the National Parks Overflights Advisory Group (NPOAG) Aviation Rulemaking Committee (ARC). The upcoming opening will represent commercial air tour operator interests. The selected member will serve a 3-year term.
Persons interested in applying for the NPOAG opening representing air tour operator interests need to apply by August 26, 2016.
Keith Lusk, Special Programs Staff, Federal Aviation Administration, Western-Pacific Region Headquarters, P.O. Box 92007, Los Angeles, CA 90009-2007, telephone: (310) 725-3808, email:
The National Parks Air Tour Management Act of 2000 (the Act) was enacted on April 5, 2000, as Public Law 106-181. The Act required the establishment of the advisory group within 1 year after its enactment. The NPOAG was established in March 2001. The advisory group is comprised of a balanced group of representatives of general aviation, commercial air tour operations, environmental concerns, and Native American tribes. The Administrator of the FAA and the Director of NPS (or their designees) serve as ex officio members of the group. Representatives of the Administrator and Director serve alternating 1-year terms as chairman of the advisory group.
In accordance with the Act, the advisory group provides “advice, information, and recommendations to the Administrator and the Director—
(1) On the implementation of this title [the Act] and the amendments made by this title;
(2) On commonly accepted quiet aircraft technology for use in commercial air tour operations over a national park or tribal lands, which will receive preferential treatment in a given air tour management plan;
(3) On other measures that might be taken to accommodate the interests of visitors to national parks; and
(4) At the request of the Administrator and the Director, safety, environmental, and other issues related to commercial air tour operations over a national park or tribal lands.”
The NPOAG ARC is made up of one member representing general aviation, three members representing the commercial air tour industry, four members representing environmental concerns, and two members representing Native American interests. Current members of the NPOAG ARC are as follows:
The current NPOAG consists of Melissa Rudinger representing general aviation; Alan Stephen, Mark Francis, and Matthew Zuccaro representing commercial air tour operators; Rob Smith, Nicholas Miller, Mark Belles, and Dick Hingson representing environmental interests; and Leigh Kuwanwisiwma and Martin Begaye representing Native American interests. Mr. Zuccaro's 3-year membership expires on September 9, 2016.
In order to retain balance within the NPOAG ARC, the FAA and NPS are seeking candidates interested in filling Mr. Zuccaro's soon to be expiring seat. The open seat to be filled will represent air tour operator interests. The FAA and NPS invite persons interested in representing air tour operator interests on the ARC to contact Mr. Keith Lusk (contact information is written above in
On June 18, 2010, President Obama signed a Presidential Memorandum directing agencies in the Executive Branch not to appoint or re-appoint federally registered lobbyists to advisory committees and other boards and commissions. Therefore, before appointing an applicant to serve on the NPOAG, the FAA and NPS will require the prospective candidate to certify that they are not a federally registered lobbyist.
FMCSA, DOT.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, FMCSA announces its plan to submit the Information Collection Request (ICR) described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for its review and approval and invites public comment. The FMCSA requests approval to extend an existing ICR titled, “Transportation of Hazardous Materials, Highway Routing.” The information reported by States and Indian tribes is necessary to identify designated/restricted routes and restrictions or limitations affecting how motor carriers may transport certain hazardous materials on their highways, including dates that such routes were established and information on subsequent changes or new hazardous materials routing designations.
We must receive your comments on or before September 27, 2016.
You may submit comments identified by Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) Docket Number FMCSA-2016-0196 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Mr. Vincent Babich, Office of Enforcement and Compliance, Hazardous Materials Division, Department of Transportation, FMCSA, West Building 6th Floor, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. Telephone: 202-366-4871; email
In 49 CFR 397.73, the FMCSA requires that each State and Indian tribe, through its routing agency, provide information identifying new, or changes to existing, hazardous materials routing designations within its jurisdiction within 60 days after their establishment (or 60 days of the change). That information is collected and consolidated by FMCSA and published annually, in whole or as updates, in the
Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) and Federal Transit Administration (FTA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice.
This notice details the application requirements and procedures to obtain funding for the installation of Positive Train Control (PTC) systems required under the Railroad Safety Improvement Act of 2008, as amended by the Positive Train Control Enforcement and Implementation Act of 2015. The opportunities described in this notice are available under Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance number 20.321, “Positive Train Control.”
FRA will review applications for funding under this NOFO and will select the projects for funding. FTA will award the grant funds and administer and manage the grants after award. FRA will help FTA monitor the PTC implementation and progress of the grantees. In addition, applicants should contact FRA with PTC technical questions.
Applications for funding under this solicitation are due no later than 5:00 p.m. EDT, September 27, 2016. Applications for funding received after 5:00 p.m. EDT on September 27, 2016 will not be considered for funding. See Section 4 of this notice for additional information on the application process.
Applications must be submitted via
If you have a PTC project related question, you may contact Dr. Mark Hartong, Senior Scientific Technical Advisor,
The purpose of this notice is to solicit applications for grants to assist financing the installation of PTC systems required under 49 U.S.C. 20157 (Implementation of positive train control systems). The maximum $197.01 million of funding available under this NOFO after approximately $2 million is set aside for program oversight is authorized by section 3028 of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation (FAST) Act (Public Law 114-94). All projects that receive funding under this notice must comply with the applicable requirements of 49 U.S.C. 20157 and 49 CFR part 236, subpart I, including 236.1005 (Requirements for Positive Train Control Systems). The funding described in this notice is authorized to be appropriated for Federal Fiscal Year 2017 beginning October 1, 2016. Funding allocations made under this notice are subject to the availability of funds.
The maximum funding authorized under this NOFO is $197.01 million after approximately $2 million is set aside for program oversight per the FAST Act. Per the FAST Act, FRA anticipates selecting multiple projects for the funding made available in this notice, and is not predetermining any minimum or maximum dollar amounts for awards. However, given the limited amount of funding currently available, applicants are encouraged to identify scalable project phases or elements that would result in the installation of components necessary for the deployment of a PTC system required under 49 U.S.C. 20157, because FRA may choose to make project selections for less than the total amount requested in the application.
This section of the notice explains the requirements for submitting an eligible grant application. Applications that do not meet the requirements in this section will be considered ineligible for funding. Instructions for conveying eligibility information to FRA are detailed in Section 4 of this NOFO.
Eligible applicants for PTC system funding under this notice are entities that are recipients of funds under 49 U.S.C. Chapter 53.
a. This includes, but is not limited to, the following entities:
i. Public transit agencies operating commuter railroads; and
ii. State and local governments.
b. Applicants must:
i. Have submitted a revised Positive Train Control Implementation Plan (PTCIP) to FRA as required by 49 U.S.C. 20157(a); or
ii. Be tenants on one or more host railroads whose host railroad(s) have submitted a revised PTCIP as required by 49 U.S.C. 20157(a).
c. An applicant who has not submitted a revised PTCIP to FRA as required by 49 U.S.C. 20157(a), and is not a tenant on one or more host railroads who have submitted a revised PTCIP as required by 49 U.S.C. 20157(a), may be eligible for funding under this notice if the applicant can demonstrate to FRA's satisfaction in the grant application that the:
i. Applicant is not required to submit a revised PTCIP as required by 49 U.S.C. 20157(a); and
ii. Proposed project will assist in financing the installation of a PTC system required under 49 U.S.C. 20157.
Projects eligible for funding under this NOFO must help install PTC systems required under 49 U.S.C. 20157. The capital costs of PTC systems installation would be eligible project activities including but not limited to: Back office systems; wayside, communications and onboard hardware equipment, software; equipment installation; and spectrum acquisition.
Examples of eligible PTC system projects include the following:
a. Installation of PTC systems;
b. Installation of shared PTC system infrastructure (
c. Advancement of PTC system interoperability related to installation, such as spectrum acquisition, spectrum sharing, and radio interference and desensitization;
d. Installation of technologies that will lower costs, accelerate PTC implementation, increase interoperability between host and tenant operations, and improve reliability of PTC systems; and
e. Installation of technologies that will eliminate PTC system communications interference, provide solutions to configuration management of multi-railroad PTC software and firmware deployments, and provide host-tenant railroad PTC interoperability and PTC System Certification.
These are examples of eligible projects, and FRA will evaluate any other projects meeting the criteria of this NOFO for eligibility and consideration for award.
Preventive maintenance and overhaul costs, new vehicle procurement, real estate property acquisition, building construction and acquisition, and operating expenses are not eligible costs under this NOFO.
Funds awarded under this notice must not exceed 80 percent of the total cost of a project. The required 20 percent non-Federal share may be comprised of public sector (state or local) or private sector funding. However, FRA will not consider any other Federal grant funds, nor any non-Federal funds already expended (or otherwise encumbered), towards the matching requirement. FRA is limiting the method for calculating the non-Federal match to cash contributions only—FRA will not accept “in-kind” contributions and transportation development credits. FRA will consider non-Federal matching funds exceeding the minimum requirement when evaluating the merit of an application.
Applicants must submit complete applications to
Applicants should read this section carefully and must submit all required information.
This section describes the minimum content required in the Project Narrative component of grant applications (FRA also recommends the Project Narrative generally adhere to the following outline). These requirements must be satisfied through a narrative statement submitted by the applicant, and may be supported by spreadsheet documents, tables, maps, drawings, and other materials, as appropriate. The Project Narrative may not exceed 25 pages in length (including any appendices). FRA will not review or consider for award applications with Project Narratives exceeding the 25 page limitation.
a. The Project Narrative must:
i. Include a title page that lists the following elements in either a table or formatted list: Project title; location (
ii. Designate a point of contact for the applicant and provide his or her name and contact information, including phone number, mailing address, and email address. The point of contact must be an employee of an eligible applicant;
iii. Indicate the amount of Federal funding requested, the proposed non-Federal match, and total project cost. Additionally, identify any other sources of Federal funds committed to the project and any pending Federal requests. You must also note if the requested Federal funding must be obligated or spent by a certain date due to dependencies or relationships with other Federal or non-Federal funding sources, related projects, law, or other factors. Finally, specify whether you ever previously sought Federal funding for the project, and name the Federal program and fiscal year for the funding request;
iv. Explain how the applicant meets the applicant eligibility criteria outlined in Section 3 of this notice;
v. Provide a brief 4-6 sentence summary of the proposed project, capturing the PTC challenges the proposed project aims to address, as well as the intended outcomes and anticipated benefits that will result from the proposed project;
vi. Include a detailed project description that expands upon the brief summary required above. This detailed description should provide, at a minimum, additional background on the PTC challenges the project aims to address, the expected users and beneficiaries of the project, the specific components and elements of the project, and any other information the applicant deems necessary to justify the proposed project. The detailed description should also clearly explain how the proposed project meets the project eligibility criteria in Section 3 of this notice;
vii. Include a thorough discussion of how the proposed project meets all of the evaluation criteria for the respective project type, as outlined in Section 5 of this notice. Applicants should note that FRA reviews applications based upon the evaluation criteria. If an application does not sufficiently address the evaluation criteria, it is unlikely to be a competitive application. In responding to the criteria, applicants should clearly identify, quantify, and compare expected benefits and costs of proposed projects;
viii. Describe proposed project implementation and project management arrangements. Include descriptions of the expected arrangements for project contracting, contract oversight, change-order management, risk management, and conformance to Federal requirements for project progress reporting.
b. Applicants must:
i. Submit a Statement of Work (SOW) that addresses the scope, schedule, and budget for the proposed project if it were selected for award. The SOW must contain sufficient detail so that FRA and FTA, and the applicant, can understand the expected outcomes of the proposed work to be performed and monitor progress toward completing project tasks and deliverables during a prospective grant's period of performance. FRA developed a standard SOW template that applicants must use to be considered for award. The SOW templates and other required forms are located at
ii. Describe anticipated environmental and historic preservation impacts associated with the proposed project, any environmental or historic preservation analyses that have been prepared, and progress toward completing any environmental documentation or clearance required for the proposed project under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), the National Historic Preservation Act, section 4(f) of the U.S. DOT Act, the Clean Water Act, and other applicable Federal or State laws such as the FCC requirements for antenna transmission. Applicants are encouraged to contact FTA and obtain preliminary direction regarding the appropriate NEPA action and required environmental documentation. Generally, projects will be ineligible to receive funding if they have begun construction activities prior to the applicant receiving written approval from FTA that all environmental and historical analyses have been completed. Additional information regarding FTA's environmental processes and requirements are located at
iii. Submit an SF 424A—Budget Information for Non-Construction or SF 424C.
iv. Budget Information for Construction;
v. Submit an SF 424B—Assurances for Non-Construction or SF 424D—Assurances for Construction; and
vi. Submit an SF LLL: Disclosure of Lobbying Activities.
To apply for funding through
Required documents for the application package are outlined in the following paragraphs. Applicants must complete and submit all components of the application package. FRA welcomes the submission of other relevant supporting documentation that may have been developed by the applicant (planning, engineering and design documentation, and letters of support). In particular, applications accompanied by completed feasibility studies and cost estimates may be more favorably considered during the evaluation process, as they demonstrate that an applicant has a greater understanding of the scope and cost of the project.
Applicants must submit all application materials through
At the request of an eligible applicant under Section 3 of this NOFO, and subject to DOT approval and any applicable laws that may otherwise prohibit using Federal grant funds in such a manner, amounts awarded to an eligible applicant under this grant may be used to pay certain costs applicants incur under sections 502 through 504 of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 801,
In general, the RRIF program provides loans and loan guarantees to finance railroad and intermodal equipment and infrastructure, including PTC installation. Under the RRIF program, a RRIF loan applicant or other non-Federal source must pay a Credit Risk Premium (CRP) assessed based on the overall risk of each transaction. In addition, the RRIF applicant pays an evaluation charge to reimburse the Secretary for costs incurred to administer the program, including financial and legal advice (administrative costs).
Eligible applicants may use amounts awarded under this NOFO to pay the RRIF CRP and/or administrative costs associated with a RRIF loan or loan guarantee made to finance the same PTC system installation project for which the grant under this NOFO was awarded.
To be clear, the funds made available under this NOFO may only be used to finance the installation of PTC systems required under 49 U.S.C. 20157.
The grant funds made available under this NOFO must be obligated in a grant agreement no later than September 30, 2018. Therefore, for an eligible applicant to use grant funds to pay the CRP and/or administrative costs associated with a RRIF loan or loan guarantee, the applicable loan or loan guarantee must be executed by September 30, 2018. Subsidy and administrative costs associated with a RRIF loan or loan guarantee agreement that is not executed by September 30, 2018 are not eligible for funding under this NOFO.
FRA will conduct a three-part application review process, as follows:
a. Screen applications for completeness and eligibility;
b. Evaluate eligible applications (completed by technical panels applying the evaluation criteria); and
c. Select projects for funding (completed by the FRA Administrator applying additional selection criteria).
FRA first will screen each application for eligibility (eligibility requirements are outlined in Section 3 of this notice) and completeness (application documentation and submission requirements are outlined in Section 4 of this notice). FRA-led technical panels of subject-matter experts will evaluate all eligible and complete applications using the evaluation criteria outlined in this section. The FRA Administrator then will select for funding the projects that are well-aligned with one or more of the evaluation and selection criteria.
FRA will give preference to applicants that can demonstrate an ability to substantially complete the project work, or otherwise provide benefits to industry, prior to the statutory deadlines the Positive Train Control Enforcement and Implementation Act of 2015 (PTCEI Act) established. The PTCEI Act extended the statutory deadline for implementation of PTC systems to at least December 31, 2018, and allows railroads to request approval from FRA for an extension beyond December 31, 2018, but no later than December 31, 2020, for implementation of certain operational, non-hardware aspects of PTC systems, upon completion of statutory prerequisites. FRA will review applications using the following four evaluation criteria:
• Accrued safety benefits;
• Expeditious PTC system deployment;
• Technical merit; and
• Project development approach.
FRA will consider a proposed project's accrued safety benefits, including the following factors:
i. The number of passengers for which the proposed project will improve safety by reducing the threat of train-to-train collisions, over speed derailments, incursions into established work zone limits, and the movement of a train through a misaligned switch; and
ii. The number of miles of roadway work zones protected by the proposed project.
FRA will consider a proposed project's achievement of expeditious PTC system deployment, including the following factors:
i. The degree to which the proposed project expedites the installation of the PTC system;
ii. The degree to which the proposed project expedites testing and certification of the PTC system; and
iii. The ability for the proposed project to maintain the railroad's PTC system implementation timeline or reduce/eliminate schedule risks.
FRA will consider a proposed project's technical merit, including the following factors:
i. The degree to which the proposed project exhibits a sound scientific and engineering basis;
ii. The degree to which the proposed project is practically applied in and
iii. The likelihood of technical and practical success.
FRA will consider a proposed project's project development approach, including the following factors:
i. The technical qualifications and demonstrated experience of key personnel proposed to lead and perform the technical efforts, and the qualifications of the primary and supporting organizations to fully and successfully execute the proposed project within the proposed timeframe and budget;
ii. The degree to which proposed project is supported by multiple entities (letters of support are encouraged);
iii. The affordability and degree to which the proposed project is a good value for the amount of funding requested. Good value means the goods/services received are worth the price paid. (Examples of the types of factors that may be considered include, but are not limited to, suitability, quality, skills, price, and life-cycle cost. The mix of these and other factors and the relevant importance of each will vary on a case by case basis);
iv. The reasonableness of the proposed costs; and
v. The extent of proposed cost sharing or cost participation (exclusive of the applicant's prior investment).
In addition to the evaluation criteria, the FRA Administrator will apply the following four selection criteria to further ensure that the projects selected for funding advance FRA's current PTC mission and key priorities:
• Alignment with DOT strategic goals and priorities;
• Project delivery performance;
• Region/location; and
• Innovation/resource development.
i. Improving transportation safety;
ii. Maintaining transportation infrastructure in a state of good repair;
iii. Promoting economic competitiveness;
iv. Advancing environmentally sustainable transportation policies;
v. Enhancing quality of life; and
vi. Building ladders of opportunity to expand the middle class.
Proposed projects that demonstrate the ability to provide reliable, safe and affordable transportation choices to connect economically disadvantaged populations, non-drivers, senior citizens, and persons with disabilities in disconnected communities with employment, training and education will receive particular consideration during project selection.
i. The applicant's track record in successfully delivering previous DOT grants on time, on budget, and for the full intended scope;
ii. The applicant's means for achieving satisfactory continuing control over project assets in a timely manner, including public ownership of project assets or agreements with commuter railroad operators and infrastructure owners at the time of application; and
iii. The extent to which the proposed project complements previous DOT awards.
i. The extent to which the proposed project increases the economic productivity of land, capital, or labor at specific locations, particularly in economically distressed areas;
ii. Ensuring appropriate level of regional balance across the country;
iii. Ensuring consistency with national transportation and rail network objectives; and
iv. Ensuring integration with other rail services and transportation modes.
i. Promoting innovations that demonstrate the value of new approaches to, among other things, transportation funding and finance, contracting, project delivery, congestion management, safety management, asset management, or long-term operations and maintenance.
Final project selections will be posted on DOT, FRA, and FTA's Web sites.
Due to funding limitations, projects that are selected for funding may receive less than the amount originally requested. In those cases, applicants must be able to demonstrate that the proposed projects are still viable and can be completed with the amount awarded.
Before making a Federal award with a total amount of Federal share greater than the simplified acquisition threshold (see 2 CFR 200.88 Simplified Acquisition Threshold), FTA will review and consider any information about the applicant that is in the designated integrity and performance system accessible through the System for Award Management (SAM) (currently the Federal Awardee Performance and Integrity Information System (FAPIIS)) (see 41 U.S.C. 2313).
An applicant, at its option, may review information in the designated integrity and performance systems accessible through SAM and comment on any information about itself that a Federal awarding agency previously entered and is currently in the designated integrity and performance system accessible through SAM.
FTA will consider any comments by the applicant, in addition to the other information in the designated integrity and performance system, in making a judgment about the applicant's integrity, business ethics, and record of performance under Federal awards when completing the review of risk posed by applicants as described in 2 CFR 200.205.
Once selected, FTA will issue specific guidance to recipients regarding pre-award authority at the time of selection. FTA does not provide pre-award authority for discretionary funds until projects are selected and even then there are Federal requirements that must be met before costs are incurred. For more information about FTA's policy on pre-award authority, please see the FY 2016 Apportionment Notice published on February 16, 2016.
If selected, awardees will apply for a grant through FTA's Transit Award Management System (TrAMS). Recipients of PTC Funding are subject to the requirements of 49 U.S.C. Chapter 53, including FTA's Buy America requirements, Disadvantaged Business Enterprise, and Planning Requirements. All recipients must follow the Grants Management Requirements of FTA Circular 5010.1D, the labor protections of 49 U.S.C. 5333(b), and the third party procurement requirements of FTA Circular 4220.1F. All discretionary grants, regardless of award amount, will be subject to the congressional notification and release process. Technical assistance regarding these requirements is available from each FTA regional office.
The applicant must assure it will comply with all applicable Federal statutes, regulations, executive orders, FTA circulars, and other Federal administrative requirements in carrying out any project supported by the FTA grant. The applicant must acknowledge that it is under a continuing obligation to comply with the terms and conditions of the grant agreement issued for its project with FTA. The applicant understands that Federal laws, regulations, policies, and administrative practices might be modified from time to time and may affect the implementation of the project. The applicant must agree that the most recent Federal requirements will apply to the project, unless FTA issues a written determination otherwise. The applicant must submit the Certifications and Assurances before receiving a grant if it does not have current certifications on file.
Post-award reporting requirements include submission of Federal Financial Reports and Milestone Progress Reports in TrAMS.
This program is not subject to Executive Order 12372, “Intergovernmental Review of Federal Programs.” FRA will consider applications for funding only from eligible recipients as explained in Section 3.
If you have a PTC technical project related question, you may contact Dr. Mark Hartong, Senior Scientific Technical Advisor (phone: (202) 493-1332; email:
For questions relating to grant requirements, please contact Eric Hu, Program Manager, Urban Programs (phone: (202) 366-0870, email
Information Collection: The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approved the information collection associated with the PTC Grants Program. The approval number for this collection of information is OMB No. 2130-0587.
Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.
Notice of open season for enrollment in the VISA program.
The Maritime Administration (MARAD) announces that the open season for Fiscal Year 2017 applications for participation in the Voluntary Intermodal Sealift Agreement (VISA) program will run for 30 days beginning today and ending August 29, 2016. The purpose of this notice is to invite interested, qualified U.S.-flag vessel operators that are not currently enrolled in the VISA program to apply. This is the only planned enrollment period for carriers to join the VISA program and derive benefits for Department of Defense (DOD) peacetime contracts initiated during the period from October 1, 2016, through September 30, 2017.
Any U.S.-flag vessel operator organized under the laws of a state of the United States, or the District of Columbia, who is able and willing to commit militarily useful sealift assets and assume the related consequential risks of commercial disruption, may be eligible to participate in the VISA program.
The mission of VISA is to provide commercial sealift and intermodal shipping services and systems, including access to vessels, vessel space, intermodal systems and equipment, terminal facilities, and related management services, to the Department of Defense (DOD), as necessary, to meet national defense contingency requirements or national emergencies. Carriers enrolled in the VISA program provide DOD with assured access to such services during contingencies. In return for their VISA commitment, DOD gives VISA participants priority for carriage of peacetime cargos.
VISA Program applications must be received on or before August 29, 2016.
Submit applications and questions related to this notice to William G. McDonald, Director, Office of Sealift Support, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.
William G. McDonald, Director, Office of Sealift Support, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. Telephone (202) 366-0688; Fax (202) 366-5904, electronic mail to
The VISA program was established pursuant to Section 708 of the Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended (DPA). The VISA program was created to provide for voluntary agreements for emergency preparedness programs. Pursuant to the DPA, voluntary agreements for preparedness programs, including the VISA program expire five (5) years after the date they became effective.
The VISA program is open to U.S.-flag vessel operators of oceangoing militarily useful vessels. An operator is defined as an owner or bareboat charterer of a vessel. Operators include vessel owners and bareboat charter operators if satisfactory signed agreements are in place committing the assets of the owner to VISA. Voyage and space charterers are not considered U.S.-flag vessel operators for purposes of VISA eligibility.
The VISA program provides for the staged, time-phased availability of participants' shipping services/systems through pre-negotiated contracts between the Government and participants. Such arrangements are jointly planned with the MARAD, the United States Transportation Command (USTRANSCOM), and participants in peacetime to allow effective and best valued use of commercial sealift capacity, provide DOD assured contingency access, and to minimize commercial disruption.
Throughout the activation of any stages of VISA, DOD may utilize voluntary commitment of sealift capacity or systems. Requests for volunteer capacity will be extended simultaneously to both participants and other carriers. First priority for
There are three time-phased stages in the event of VISA activation. VISA Stages I and II provide for pre-negotiated contracts between DOD and participants to provide sealift capacity to meet all projected DOD contingency requirements. These contracts are executed in accordance with approved DOD contracting methodologies. VISA Stage III provides for additional capacity to DOD when Stages I and II commitments or volunteered capacity are insufficient to meet contingency requirements, and adequate shipping services from non-participants are not available through established DOD contracting practices or U.S. Government treaty agreements.
The only exception to this open season period for VISA enrollment will be for a non-VISA carrier that reflags a vessel into U.S. registry. That carrier may submit an application to participate in the VISA program at any time upon completion of reflagging.
In return for their VISA commitment, DOD awards peacetime cargo contracts to VISA participants on a priority basis. Award of DOD cargoes to meet DOD peacetime and contingency requirements is made on the basis of the following priorities: U.S.-flag vessel capacity operated by VISA participants and U.S.-flag Vessel Sharing Agreement (VSA) capacity held by VISA participants; U.S.-flag vessel capacity operated by non-participants; Combination U.S.-flag/foreign-flag vessel capacity operated by VISA participants, and combination U.S.-flag/foreign-flag VSA capacity held by VISA participants; Combination U.S.-flag/foreign-flag vessel capacity operated by non-participants; U.S.-owned or operated foreign-flag vessel capacity and VSA capacity held by VISA participants; U.S.-owned or operated foreign-flag vessel capacity and VSA capacity held by non-participants; and Foreign-owned or operated foreign-flag vessel capacity of non-participants.
Applicants must provide satisfactory evidence that the vessels being committed to the VISA program are operational and are intended to be operated by the applicant in the carriage of commercial or government preference cargoes. Operator is defined as an ocean common carrier or contract carrier that owns, controls or manages vessels by which ocean transportation is provided. While vessel brokers, freight forwarders, and agents play an important role as a conduit to locate and secure appropriate vessels for the carriage of DOD cargo, they are not eligible to participate in the VISA program due to lack of requisite vessel ownership or operation.
Any U.S.-flag vessel operator desiring to receive priority consideration for DOD peacetime contracts must enroll their entire U.S.-flag militarily useful capacity and associated services in the VISA program and commit no less than 50 percent of its total U.S.-flag capacity in Stage III of the VISA program. Participants operating vessels in international trade may receive top tier consideration in the award of DOD peacetime contracts by committing the minimum percentages of capacity to all three stages of VISA (Stage I—15%, Stage II—40%, Stage III—50%) or bottom tier consideration by committing the minimum percentage (50%) of capacity to only Stage III of VISA. USTRANSCOM and MARAD will coordinate to ensure that the amount of sealift assets committed to Stages I and II will not have an adverse national economic impact. To minimize domestic commercial disruption, participants operating vessels exclusively in the domestic coastwise trades (Jones Act) are not required to commit the capacity of those U.S. domestic trading vessels to VISA Stages I and II but will be required to commit 50% of that capacity in Stage III. Overall VISA commitment requirements are based on annual enrollment.
In order to protect a U.S.-flag vessel operator's market share during contingency activation, VISA allows participants to join with other vessel operators in Carrier Coordination Agreements (CCAs) to satisfy commercial or DOD requirements. VISA provides a defense against antitrust laws in accordance with the DPA. CCAs must be submitted to the MARAD for coordination with the Department of Justice for approval, before they can be utilized.
If VISA applicants have the capability to track their vessels, they must include the tracking system used in their VISA application. Such applicants are required to provide MARAD access to their vessel tracking systems upon approval of their VISA application. If VISA applicants do not have a tracking system, they must indicate this in their VISA application. The VISA program requires enrolled ships to comply with 46 CFR part 307, Establishment of Mandatory Position Reporting System for Vessels.
In addition to receiving priority in the award of DOD peacetime cargo, a participant will receive compensation during contingency activation for that capacity activated under Stage I, II and III. The amount of compensation will depend on the Stage at which capacity is activated. During enrollment, each participant must select one of several compensation methodologies. The compensation methodology selection will be completed with USTRANSCOM resulting in prices in contingency contracts between DOD and the participant. Participants providing voluntary capacity may request USTRANSCOM to activate their pre-negotiated contingency contracts; to the maximum extent possible, USTRANSCOM, where appropriate, will support such requests. Volunteered capacity will be credited against participants' staged commitments, in the event such stages are subsequently activated.
All VISA applicants accepted for participation not having a Facility Security Clearance (FCL) will be required to pursue the facility clearance process with the Defense Security Service (DSS) within 45 days. If the accepted applicant does not have a facility clearance, MARAD will initiate the clearance process with DSS. Participants must have a FCL and a key representative of the company must have an individual security clearance, at a minimum of SECRET level, in order for them to participate in the VISA Joint Planning Advisory Group (JPAG) meetings and to meet VISA contingency contract obligations. One of the objectives of the JPAG is to provide the USTRANSCOM, MARAD and VISA participants with a planning forum to analyze DOD contingency sealift/intermodal service and resource requirements against industry commitments. JPAG meetings are often
New applicants may apply to participate by obtaining a VISA application package (Form MA-1020 (OMB Approval No. 2133-0532)) from the Director, Office of Sealift Support. Form MA-1020 includes instructions for completing and submitting the application, blank VISA Application forms and a request for information regarding the operations and U.S. citizenship of the applicant company. A copy of the VISA document as published in the
New VISA applicants are required to submit their applications for the VISA program as described in this Notice no later than 30 days after the date of publication of this
Once MARAD has reviewed the application and determined VISA eligibility, MARAD will sign the VISA application document which completes the eligibility phase of the VISA enrollment process. Approved VISA participants will be responsible for ensuring that information submitted with their application remains up to date after the approval process. If charter agreements are due to expire, participants must provide MARAD with charters that extend the charter duration for another 12 months or longer.
After VISA eligibility is approved by MARAD, approved applicants are required to execute a VISA Contingency Contract with the USTRANSCOM in a timely manner. The USTRANSCOM VISA Contingency Contract will specify the following: Participant's Stage III commitment, and appropriate Stage I and/or II commitments for the period October 1, 2016 through September 30, 2017; Drytime Contingency terms and conditions; and Liner Contingency terms and conditions, if applicable. If any change is expected in the Contractor's U.S. flag fleet during the period of the applicable VISA Contingency Contract, a minimum 30-day notice shall be provided to MARAD and USTRANSCOM identifying the change and to alter the VISA Capacity Commitment indicated on Attachment 1 of the VISA Contingency Contract.
Execution of the USTRANSCOM VISA Contingency Contract completes the enrollment process and establishes the approved applicant as a VISA Participant. The Maritime Administration reserves the right to revalidate all eligibility requirements without notice. USTRANSCOM reserves the right to revalidate eligibility for VISA priority for DOD business at any time without notice.
49 CFR Sections 1.92 and 1.93.
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice of Buy America waiver.
This notice provides NHTSA's finding with respect to a request to waive the requirements of Buy America from the New Hampshire Office of Highway Safety (New Hampshire). NHTSA finds that a non-availability waiver of the Buy America requirement is appropriate for the purchase of five (5) Sokia SX Robotic total stations using Federal highway traffic safety grant funds because there are no suitable products produced in the United States.
The effective date of this waiver is August 15, 2016. Written comments regarding this notice may be submitted to NHTSA and must be received on or before: August 15, 2016.
Written comments may be submitted using any one of the following methods:
•
•
•
• Hand Delivery: West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. Eastern Time, Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
For program issues, contact Barbara Sauers, Office of Regional Operations and Program Delivery, NHTSA (phone: 202-366-0144). For legal issues, contact Andrew DiMarsico, Office of Chief Counsel, NHTSA (phone: 202-366-5263). You may send mail to these officials at the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.
This notice provides NHTSA's finding that a waiver of the Buy America requirement, 23 U.S.C. 313, is appropriate for New Hampshire to purchase five (5) Sokia SX Robotic total stations. The cost for all five stations amount to $135,000 using grant funds authorized under 23 U.S.C. 402 and 405(d). Section 402 funds are available for use by state highway safety programs that, among other things, reduce or prevent injuries and deaths resulting from speeding motor vehicles,
Buy America provides that NHTSA “shall not obligate any funds authorized to be appropriated to carry out the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982 (96 Stat. 2097) or [Title 23] and administered by the Department of Transportation, unless steel, iron, and manufactured products used in such project are produced in the United States.” 23 U.S.C. 313. However, NHTSA may waive those requirements if “(1) their application would be inconsistent with the public interest; (2) such materials and products are not produced in the United States in sufficient and reasonably available quantities and of a satisfactory quality; or (3) the inclusion of domestic material will increase the cost of the overall project contract by more than 25 percent.” 23 U.S.C. 313(b).
New Hampshire seeks a waiver to purchase five (5) Sokia SX Robotic total stations for the New Hampshire State Police, Collision Analysis and Reconstruction Division using Federal grant funds at a cost of $135,000 for all five. A total station is an electronic/optical instrument used in modern surveying and accident reconstruction. Specifically, a total station is an electronic theodolite integrated with an electronic distance meter to read slope distances from the instrument to a particular point. According to New Hampshire, a total station is an important piece of forensic mapping equipment that is used as an on-scene reconstruction tool that assists in determining the cause of a crash and can support crash investigations in a timely, efficient manner, allowing for quicker highway clearance and traffic flow. The total station is designed to gather evidence of events, leading up to, during and following a crash.
New Hampshire notes that there are three types of total stations: Basic, Reflectorless and Robotic. A basic total station consists of a control head, prism (reflector), data collector, and requires two people to operate. A reflectorless total station contains the same equipment, but, it can be used without the prism in a single person operation that still requires manual operation. The robotic total station contains some of the same equipment as the basic and reflectorless total stations, however, the control head is robotic and motorized allowing it to track the prism and focus automatically making the robotic total station easy to use by one individual without having to operate it manually.
Based upon its experience, New Hampshire states that the Sokkia Robotic Total Station is the most efficient piece of equipment to complete investigations, clear highways, and continue the normal flow of traffic. New Hampshire adds that the robotic total station is twice as fast as the basic and reflectorless total stations.
New Hampshire asserts that there are no total station models that are manufactured or assembled in the United States. In support of its waiver, New Hampshire states it conducted extensive due diligence and found there are no robotic total station models that are manufactured or assembled in the United States.
On November 19, 2015, NHTSA published its decision to waive the requirements of Buy America for the North Carolina Highway Safety Office to purchase a Nikon Nivo 5M plus Reflectorless total station.
NHTSA agrees that the total stations advance the purpose of section 402 to improve law enforcement services in motor vehicle accident prevention and post-accident reconstruction and enforcement. A total station is an on-scene reconstruction tool that assists in the determination of the cause of the crash and can support crash investigations. It is an electronic/optical instrument that specializes in surveying with tools to provide precise measurements for diagraming crash scenes, including a laser range finder and a computer to assist law enforcement to determine post-accident reconstruction. The total station system is designed to gather evidence of the events leading up to, during and following a crash. These tools are used to gather evidence to determine such facts as minimum speed at the time of a crash, the critical speed of a roadway curve, the distance a vehicle may have traveled when out of control and other factors that involve a crash investigation. In some instances, the facts collected through the use of a total station are used to form a basis of a criminal charge or evidence in a criminal prosecution.
Based upon NHTSA's recent market analysis, and lack of comment in response to our two prior notices on total stations, we are unaware of any total station equipment (Basic, Reflectorless and Robotic) that is manufactured domestically.
In light of the above discussion, and pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 313(b)(2), NHTSA finds that it is appropriate to grant a waiver from the Buy America requirements to New Hampshire in order to purchase the robotic total station equipment. This waiver applies to New Hampshire to purchase five (5) Sokia SX Robotic total stations for the purposes mentioned herein, and all other states seeking to use sections 402 and 405(d) funds for these types of total stations. This waiver is effective through fiscal year 2016 and expires at the conclusion of the fiscal year (September 30, 2016). In accordance with the provisions of Section 117 of the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy of Users Technical Corrections Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-244, 122 Stat. 1572), NHTSA is providing this notice as its finding that a waiver of the Buy
Written comments on this finding may be submitted through any of the methods discussed above. NHTSA may reconsider this finding if, through comment, it learns additional relevant information regarding its decision to grant New Hampshire's waiver request.
This finding should not be construed as an endorsement or approval of any products by NHTSA or the U.S. Department of Transportation. The United States Government does not endorse products or manufacturers.
23 U.S.C. 313; Pub. L. 110-161.
The U.S. Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)). Currently, the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund (CDFI Fund), U.S. Department of the Treasury, is soliciting comments concerning the New Markets Tax Credit (NMTC) Program Allocation Tracking System (ATS).
Written comments must be received on or before September 27, 2016 to be assured of consideration.
Submit your comments via email to David Meyer, Certification, Compliance Monitoring and Evaluation (CCME) Program Manager, CDFI Fund, at
David Meyer, CCME Program Manager, CDFI Fund, U.S. Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20220 or by facsimile to (202) 653-0375 (not a toll free number). Other information regarding the CDFI Fund and its programs may be obtained through the CDFI Fund's Web site at
The CDFI Fund developed the ATS to, among other things: (1) Enhance the allocatee's ability to report to the CDFI Fund timely information regarding the issuance of its Qualified Equity Investments; (2) enhance the CDFI Fund's ability to monitor the issuance of Qualified Equity Investments to ensure that no allocatee exceeds its allocation authority and to ensure that Qualified Equity Investments are issued within the timeframes required by the allocation agreement and IRC § 45D; and (3) provide the CDFI Fund with basic investor data which may be aggregated and analyzed in connection with NMTC evaluation efforts.
12 U.S.C. 4701
Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The U.S. Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)). Currently, the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund (the CDFI Fund), the Department of the Treasury, is soliciting comments concerning modifying the Bank Enterprise Award Program (BEA Program) Report Form to a form that may be used for the Community
Written comments should be received on or before September 27, 2016 to be assured of consideration.
Submit your comments via email to Michael Banks, Associate Program Manager, CDFI Fund, at
Michael Banks, Associate Program Manager, CDFI Fund, U.S. Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20220. The Uses of Award Report Form may be obtained from the CDFI Fund's Web site at
Title: Uses of Award Report Form (formerly BEA Program Award Report Form).
OMB Number: 1559-0032.
The CDFI Program is authorized by the Riegle Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994 (Pub. L. 103-325, 12 U.S.C. 4701
In an effort to create uniformity in reporting across the CDFI Fund, the CDFI Fund seeks to revise the BEA Program Award Report Form and rename it the “Uses of Award Report Form.” The BEA Program Award Report Form is currently required for Recipients of awards under the BEA Program. These revisions would allow the form to also be used by the Community Development Financial Institutions Program (CDFI Program) and Native American CDFI Assistance Program (NACA Program). This request for public comment seeks to gather information on the revised Use of Award Report Form.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collections of information displays a valid OMB control number.
12 U.S.C. 4704, 4713; 12 CFR parts 1805 and 1806.
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), Treasury.
Notice and request for comment.
The OCC, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on a continuing information collection as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA).
In accordance with the requirements of the PRA, the OCC may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection unless it displays a currently
The OCC is soliciting comment concerning the renewal of its information collection titled, “Margin and Capital Requirements for Covered Swap Entities: Exemptions.” The OCC also is giving notice that it has sent the collection to OMB for review.
Comments must be submitted on or before August 29, 2016.
Because paper mail in the Washington, DC area and at the OCC is subject to delay, commenters are encouraged to submit comments by email, if possible. Comments may be sent to: Legislative and Regulatory Activities Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Attention: 1557-0335, 400 7th Street SW., Suite 3E-218, Mail Stop 9W-11, Washington, DC 20219. In addition, comments may be sent by fax to (571) 465-4326 or by electronic mail to
All comments received, including attachments and other supporting materials, are part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. Do not include any information in your comment or supporting materials that you consider confidential or inappropriate for public disclosure.
Additionally, please send a copy of your comments by mail to: OCC Desk Officer, 1557-0335, U.S. Office of Management and Budget, 725 17th Street NW., #10235, Washington, DC 20503 or by email to:
Shaquita Merritt, OCC Clearance Officer, (202) 649-5490 or, for persons who are deaf or hard of hearing, TTY, (202) 649-5597, Legislative and Regulatory Activities Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 400 7th Street SW., Suite 3E-218, Mail Stop 9W-11, Washington, DC 20219.
The OCC is requesting that OMB extend its approval of the following information collection.
In connection with issuance of the interim final rule entitled “Margin and Capital Requirements for Covered Swap Entities,”
The reporting requirements in the interim final rule are found in 12 CFR 45.1(d), which refers to other statutory provisions that set forth conditions for an exemption from clearing. Section 45.1(d)(1) provides an exemption for non-cleared swaps if one of the counterparties to the swap is not a financial entity, is using swaps to hedge or mitigate commercial risk, and notifies the Commodity Futures Trading Commission of how it generally meets its financial obligations associated with entering into non-cleared swaps. Section 45.1(d)(2) provides an exemption for security-based swaps if the counterparty notifies the Securities and Exchange Commission of how it generally meets its financial obligations associated with entering into non-cleared security-based swaps.
On April 19, 2016, the OCC issued a notice for 60 days of comment concerning the collection, 81 FR 23082. No comments were received. Comments continue to be invited on:
(a) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the OCC, including whether the information has practical utility;
(b) The accuracy of the OCC's estimate of the information collection burden;
(c) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected;
(d) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and
(e) Estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice.
This notice is provided in accordance with IRC section 6039G of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPPA) of 1996, as amended. This listing contains the name of each individual losing United States citizenship (within the meaning of section 877(a) or 877A) with respect to whom the Secretary received
The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) gives notice under the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App. 2, that the Advisory Committee on Disability Compensation (Committee) will meet on September 12-13, 2016. The Committee will meet at 1800 G Street NW., 5th Floor, Conference Room 542, Washington, DC 20006. The sessions will begin at 8:30 a.m. and end at 4:30 p.m. each day. The meeting is open to the public.
The purpose of the Committee is to advise the Secretary of Veterans Affairs on the maintenance and periodic readjustment of the VA Schedule for Rating Disabilities. The Committee is to assemble and review relevant information relating to the nature and character of disabilities arising during service in the Armed Forces, provide an ongoing assessment of the effectiveness of the rating schedule, and give advice on the most appropriate means of responding to the needs of Veterans relating to disability compensation.
The Committee will receive briefings on issues related to compensation for Veterans with service-connected disabilities and other VA benefits programs. Time will be allocated for receiving public comments. Public comments will be limited to three minutes each. Individuals wishing to make oral statements before the Committee will be accommodated on a first-come, first-served basis. Individuals who speak are invited to submit 1-2 page summaries of their comments at the time of the meeting for inclusion in the official meeting record.
The public may submit written statements for the Committee's review to Dr. Ioulia Vvedenskaya, Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Benefits Administration, Compensation Service, Policy Staff (211C), 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420 or email at
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
PHMSA, in consultation with the Federal Railroad Administration, is issuing this NPRM to propose revisions to regulations that would expand the applicability of comprehensive oil spill response plans (OSRPs) based on thresholds of liquid petroleum oil that apply to an entire train consist. Specifically, we are proposing to expand the applicability for comprehensive OSRPs so that any railroad that transports a single train carrying 20 or more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil in a continuous block or a single train carrying 35 or more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil throughout the train consist must also have a current comprehensive written OSRP. We are further proposing to revise the format and clarify the requirements of a comprehensive OSRP (
Comments must be received by September 27, 2016. We are proposing a mandatory compliance date of 60 days after the date of publication of a final rule in the
You may submit comments identified by the docket number, PHMSA-2014-0105 (HM-251B), by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Victoria Lehman, (202) 366-8553, Standards and Rulemaking Division, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001; or Karl Alexy, (202) 493-6245, Office of Safety Assurance and Compliance, Federal Railroad Administration.
The Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), in coordination with the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), is issuing this notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM), titled “Oil Spill Response Plans and Information Sharing for High-Hazard Flammable Trains,” in order to improve oil spill response readiness and mitigate effects of rail incidents involving petroleum oil and certain high-hazard flammable trains (defined in 49 CFR 171.8). This NPRM is necessary due to the expansion in the United States' (U.S.) energy production, which has led to significant challenges for the country's transportation system. PHMSA published an advanced notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPRM) on August 1, 2014 (79 FR 45079), under the title, “Oil Spill Response Plans for High-Hazard Flammable Trains.” This proposed rule addresses comments to the ANPRM and proposes to modernize the comprehensive oil spill response plan (“comprehensive plan”) requirements under 49 CFR part 130 for petroleum oils. Additionally, consistent with the Emergency Order issued by the Secretary of Transportation (Secretary) on May 7, 2014, this NPRM proposes to require railroads to share information with state and tribal emergency response commissions (
The proposals in this NPRM work in conjunction with the requirements adopted in the final rule HM-251, “Hazardous Materials: Enhanced Tank Car Standards and Operational Controls for High-Hazard Flammable Trains” (80 FR 26643; May 8, 2015) (“HHFT Final Rule”). The Department of Transportation (DOT) continues its comprehensive approach to ensure the safe transportation of energy products.
PHMSA discusses the proposed requirements further throughout this NPRM and seeks comments on the questions in the sections, as well as on all aspects of this proposal and its supporting analysis. PHMSA consolidates questions related to the proposed requirements for oil spill response plans in Section II, Subsection C (“Summary of Proposed Oil Spill Response Plan Requirements)” of this rulemaking. PHMSA consolidates the questions related to information sharing in Section VII (“Section-by-Section Review”) under the discussion of § 174.312. PHMSA is also soliciting public comment on specific issues regarding our analysis and has consolidated these questions in Section 4 of the draft Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA).
Expansion in domestic oil production relative to the 2000s has resulted in a large volume of crude oil being transported to refineries and other transport-related facilities throughout the country.
This rulemaking addresses issues related to preparedness and planning for the potential of train accidents involving the discharge of flammable liquid energy products. Specifically, this NPRM proposes to: (1) Expand the applicability of comprehensive oil spill response plans to include any single train transporting 20 or more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil in a continuous block or a single train transporting 35 or more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil throughout the train consist; (2) clarify and add new requirements for comprehensive oil spill response plans; (3) require railroads to share information with state and tribal emergency response commissions (
The Oil Pollution Act of 1990 amended the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA), also known as the Clean Water Act (CWA) at 33 U.S.C. 1321, by adding oil spill response planning requirements for “facilities” that handle oil. The CWA requires that owners and operators of onshore facilities prepare and submit oil spill response plans for facilities that “could reasonably be expected to cause substantial harm to the environment by discharging into or on the navigable waters, adjoining shorelines, or the exclusive economic zone.”
The Department of Transportation's oil spill planning requirements for rolling stock and motor carriers are found at 49 CFR part 130. Part 130 currently requires “comprehensive written plans” that comply with the CWA for the transportation of oil in a quantity greater than 1,000 barrels or 42,000 gallons per package. The approximate capacity of a rail car carrying crude oil is 30,000 gallons. Therefore, part 130 does not currently require that railroads prepare comprehensive written plans. Part 130 also includes preparation of “basic plans” for containers with a capacity of 3,500 gallons or more carrying petroleum oil. Therefore, basic oil spill response plans are currently required for most, if not all, tank car shipments of petroleum oil. This rulemaking does not propose changes to the basic plan requirements because there is no justification for such changes at this time.
On January 23, 2014, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation R-14-05, recommending that PHMSA revise the oil spill response planning thresholds for comprehensive oil spill response plans.
This rulemaking addresses the risk of increased shipments of large quantities of petroleum oil being transported by rail and proposes to modernize and clarify the requirements for comprehensive OSRPs and more closely align these requirements with the statutory requirements of the CWA. This rulemaking proposes to expand the applicability for comprehensive OSRPs to railroads transporting a single train containing 20 or more tank cars loaded with liquid petroleum oil in a continuous block, or a single train containing 35 or more tanks cars loaded with liquid petroleum oil throughout the train consist. This quantity aligns with the definition of a high-hazard flammable train in the HHFT Final Rule, which added new requirements and operational controls for these trains. The proposed changes respond to commenter requests for more specificity in plan requirements; provide a better parallel to other federal oil spill response plan regulations promulgated under the CWA; address the needs identified by first responders in the “Crude Oil Rail Emergency Response Lessons Learned Roundtable Report”; and provide requirements to address the challenges identified through an analysis of recent spill events.
Federal hazardous materials transportation law (49 U.S.C. 5101-5128) authorizes the Secretary to “prescribe regulations for the safe transportation, including security, of hazardous material in intrastate, interstate, and foreign commerce.” The Secretary delegated this authority to PHMSA under 49 CFR 1.97(b). As such, PHMSA is responsible for overseeing a hazardous materials safety program that minimizes the risks to life and property inherent in transportation in commerce. The HMR include operational requirements applicable to each mode of transportation. On a yearly basis, the HMR provide safety and security requirements for the transportation of more than 2.5 billion tons of hazardous materials (hazmat), valued at about $2.3 trillion, over 307 billion miles on the nation's interconnected transportation network.
The Secretary also has authority over all areas of railroad transportation safety (Federal railroad safety laws, principally 49 U.S.C. chapters 201-213); this authority is delegated to FRA under 49 CFR 1.89. Pursuant to its statutory authority, FRA promulgates and enforces a comprehensive regulatory program (49 CFR parts 200-244) and the agency inspects and audits railroads, tank car facilities, and hazardous material offerors for compliance with both FRA's regulations and the HMR. FRA also has an extensive, well-established research and development program to improve all areas of railroad safety, including hazardous materials transportation. As a result of the shared role in the safe and secure transportation of hazardous materials by rail, PHMSA and FRA work closely when considering regulatory changes, and the agencies take a system-wide, comprehensive approach consistent with the risks posed by the bulk transport of hazardous materials by rail.
On May 7, 2014, DOT issued an Emergency Restriction/Prohibition Order in Docket No. DOT-OST-2014-0067 (Order).
On December 4, 2015, President Obama signed into law the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act of 2015 (“FAST Act”). The FAST Act includes the “Hazardous Materials Transportation Safety Improvement Act of 2015” at §§ 7001 through 7311, which provides direction for PHMSA's hazardous materials safety program. Section 7302 directs the Secretary to issue regulations that require real-time sharing of electronic train consist information for hazardous materials shipments and require Class I railroads to provide State Emergency Response Commissions (SERCs) advanced notification of HHFTs traveling through
Table 2 below describes, generally, how this proposed rule would address routing and information sharing issues, as compared to the Order (which remains in effect), the regulatory provisions implemented by the HHFT final rule, and the provisions of the FAST Act. PHMSA discusses the information sharing proposals further in the section-by-section analysis for § 174.312 later in this document and solicits comment on the questions listed there, as well as all aspects of this proposal.
An offeror's responsibility to accurately classify and describe a hazardous material is a key requirement under the HMR. In accordance with § 173.22 of the HMR, it is the offeror's responsibility to properly “class and describe a hazardous material in accordance with parts 172 and 173 of the HMR.” For transportation purposes, classification is ensuring the proper hazard class, packing group, and shipping name are assigned to a particular material. For a Class 3 flammable liquid, the HMR provide two tests to determine classification. Both the flash point and initial boiling point (IBP) must be conducted to properly classify and assign an appropriate packing group (PG) for a Class 3 Flammable liquid with certain changes described below, in accordance with §§ 173.120 and 173.121.
In 2014, the rail and oil industry, with PHMSA's input, developed a recommended practice (RP) designed to improve crude oil rail safety through proper classification and loading practices. This effort was led by API and resulted in the development of an American National Standards Institute (ANSI) recognized recommended practice (see ANSI/API RP 3000, “Classifying and Loading of Crude Oil into Rail Tank Cars”). The API RP 3000 provides guidance on the material characterization, transport classification, and quantity measurement for overfill prevention of petroleum crude oil for the loading of rail tank cars. With regard to classification, this recommended practice concluded that for crude oils containing volatile, low molecular weight components (
The IBP test and practice recommended by industry (ASTM D7900) is not currently aligned with the testing requirements authorized in the HMR, forcing shippers to continue to use the testing methods authorized in § 173.121(a)(2). The ASTM D7900 differs from the boiling point tests currently in the HMR, because it is the only test which ensures a minimal loss of light ends. Therefore, for initial
The Clean Water Act (CWA), as amended by the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (OPA 90), directs the President, at § 1321(j)(1)(C),
Under 33 U.S.C. 1321(j)(5), an “owner or operator” of “[a]n onshore facility that, because of its location, could reasonably be expected to cause substantial harm to the environment by discharging into or on the navigable waters, . . .” must “prepare and submit to the President a plan for responding, to the maximum extent practicable, to a worst-case discharge, and to a substantial threat of such a discharge, of oil or a hazardous substance.” Under 33 U.S.C. 1321(j)(5)(D), if a response plan is required then it must have specific elements, including submission and review.
On October 22, 1991, the President delegated to the Secretary authority to regulate certain transportation-related facilities (
The terms “transportation related facility” and “nontransportation related facility” are defined in a December 18, 1971, Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between the Department and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) establishing jurisdictional guidelines for implementing § 1321(j)(1)(C). 36 FR 24080; reprinted at 40 CFR part 112, appendix A. “Transportation related facilities” include: Highway vehicles and railroad cars which are used for the transport of oil in interstate or intrastate commerce and the equipment and appurtenances related thereto . . . . Excluded are highway vehicles and railroad cars and motive power used exclusively within the confines of a non transportation related facility or terminal facility and which are not intended for use in interstate or intrastate commerce.
On June 17, 1996, RSPA published a final rule at 49 CFR part 130 to carry out PHMSA's delegated authority under the CWA for motor carriers and railroads (61 FR 30533). This rule adopted general spill response planning and response plan implementation requirements intended to prevent and contain spills of oil during transportation. Requirements for the “scope” of the regulations were included in § 130.2. Section 130.2(b) clarifies that the requirements of part 130 have no effect on “the discharge notification requirements of the United States Coast Guard (33 CFR part 153) and EPA (40 CFR part 110).”
Part 130 requires a basic OSRP for oil shipments in a packaging having a capacity of 3,500 gallons or more, which requires the preparation of a written plan that (1) “sets forth the manner of response to discharges . . .” (2) “takes into account the maximum potential discharge of the contents from the packaging,” (3) “identifies private personnel and equipment available to respond to a discharge,” and (4) “identifies the appropriate persons and agencies (including their telephone numbers) to be contacted in regard to such a discharge and its handling, including the National Response Center.” The requirements for a basic response plan were issued as a “containment rule pursuant to § 1321(j)(1)(C)” of the CWA.
The regulations at 49 CFR part 130 prohibit a person from transporting oil in a package containing more than 42,000 gallons (1,000 barrels) unless that person has a current comprehensive OSRP that: (1) Conforms to all requirements for a basic OSRP, (2) is consistent with the National Contingency Plan and Area Contingency Plans, (3) identifies the qualified individual with authority to implement removal and facilitate communication between federal officials and spill response personnel, (4) identifies and ensures by contract or other means response equipment and personnel to remove a worst-case discharge, (5) describes training, equipment testing, and drills, and (6) is submitted to FRA. The regulations also require motor carriers to submit plans to FHWA. However, motor carriers do not have packages capable of meeting the threshold for a comprehensive plan. The comprehensive OSRP addresses minimum requirements for a plan specified by 33 U.S.C. 1321(j)(5)(D). In the 1996 final rule, a nationwide, regional or other generic plan is acceptable. The plan holder was not required to account for different response locations.
Table 3 outlines the specific differences between a basic and comprehensive OSRP. The shaded rows of the table indicate requirements that are not part of the basic OSRP, but are included in the comprehensive OSRP requirements in 49 CFR 131(b).
On August 1, 2014, PHMSA, in consultation with FRA, published an ANPRM to seek comment on potential revisions to its regulations that would expand the applicability of comprehensive OSRPs to HHFTs transporting petroleum oil based on thresholds of crude oil that apply to an entire train consist (79 FR 45079). On the same day, also in consultation with FRA, PHMSA published the HHFT NPRM, which proposed to define HHFT to mean a single train carrying 20 or more carloads of a Class 3 flammable liquid (79 FR 45015). As discussed above, trains transporting a package (
In setting the current OSRP threshold quantities, RSPA considered a 1,000,000-gallon threshold that would apply to shipments, rather than individual packages. Specifically, RSPA stated,
Conversely, the 1,000,000-gallon threshold adopted by EPA [Environmental Protection Agency] is contingent on several factors, including restrictive provisions that the facility may not transfer oil over water to or from vessels and that the facility's proximity to a public drinking water intake must be sufficiently distant to assure that the intake would not be shut down in the event of a discharge. Further, the EPA threshold refers to the capacity not of a single fixed storage tank, but of the entire facility, including barrels and drums stored at the facility. In summary, this example also is not analogous to hazards routinely encountered during transportation by railway and highway.
During the June 28, 1993 public meeting, the “substantial harm” threshold was discussed at length, but participants did not agree on what volume of oil reasonably could cause substantial harm to the marine environment. Also, the 42,000-gallon threshold is supported by a number of comments to the docket citing its use by the EPA in related sections of the Code of Federal Regulations. Consequently, RSPA believes its determination to use a threshold value of 42,000 gallons in a single packaging is appropriate and reasonable.
As discussed in the June 17, 1996 RSPA final rule, RSPA recognized that an incident involving the transportation of 1,000,000 gallons of crude oil could reasonably be expected to cause substantial harm, even if not in a single packaging. Under the same CWA authority, delegated to EPA for non-transportation-related facilities, EPA requires Facility Response Plans (FRPs) for facilities with 1,000,000 gallons or more in aggregate oil storage capacity and which meet one or more of the harm factors at 40 CFR part 112.20(f)(1)(ii) and for facilities with transfers of oil over water to or from vessels that have aggregate oil storage capacities of 42,000 gallons or more.
PHMSA recognizes that a single tank car is not likely to hold 42,000 gallons of crude oil, but the increasing reliance on HHFTs increases the risk that more than one tank car could rupture during a derailment and result in the discharge of the contents of more than one rail car. RSPA either did not consider this risk or did not consider it significant when it established the current threshold. In the ANPRM, PHMSA sought comments on what impact changing the applicability threshold would have on
Also in the ANPRM, PHMSA sought comments on nine questions to inform our understanding of adjusting the threshold quantities that would trigger comprehensive OSRP requirements for HHFTs of petroleum oil as well as adjusting the plan requirements. PHMSA requested that comments reference a specific portion of the ANPRM, explain the reason for any recommended change, include supporting data, and explain the source, methodology, and key assumptions of the supporting data.
The ANPRM described the consequences, including environmental impacts, of several recent HHFT derailments, including Lac-Mégantic, Quebec, Canada; Aliceville, Alabama; and Casselton, North Dakota. In response to its participation in the investigation of the Lac-Mégantic accident, the NTSB issued Safety Recommendation R-14-05, which requested that PHMSA revise the spill response planning thresholds prescribed in 49 CFR part 130 to require comprehensive OSRPs that effectively provide for the carriers' ability to respond to worst-case discharges resulting from accidents involving unit trains or blocks of tank cars transporting oil and other petroleum products. In this recommendation, the NTSB raised a concern that, “[b]ecause there is no mandate for railroads to develop comprehensive plans or ensure the availability of necessary response resources, carriers have effectively placed the burden of remediating the environmental consequences of an accident on local communities along their routes.” In light of these incidents (as well as others described in this rulemaking and the accompanying regulatory impact analysis) and NTSB Safety Recommendation R-14-05, PHMSA is now proposing to revise the applicability and requirements for comprehensive OSRPs.
A summary of the Clean Water Act statutory language, the current regulations of 49 CFR part 130 for comprehensive plans, and the proposed changes to the comprehensive plan requirements under this rulemaking are further described in the Tables 4, 5, & 6 below.
PHMSA solicits comment on the proposed oil spill response plan requirements in the following areas:
1. On ways to effectively provide regulatory flexibility to bona fide small entities that pose a lesser safety risk and may not be able to comply with the requirements of the proposed rule due to cost concerns, limited benefit, or practical considerations.
2. On whether the 12-hour response time is sufficient for all areas subject to the plan, or whether a shorter response time (
3. On whether the proposed training requirements are sufficient, or whether the Qualified Individual should be trained to the Incident Commander level using the Incident Command System (ICS).
PHMSA and FRA have taken a comprehensive approach to responding to the risks posed by large quantities of flammable liquids by rail. The HHFT Final Rule outlines many of these actions under the Sections III (“Regulatory Actions Addressing Rail Safety”) and IV (“Non-Regulatory Actions Addressing Rail Safety”).
On January 9, 2014, the Secretary issued a “Call to Action” to actively engage all the stakeholders in the crude oil industry, including CEOs of member companies of the American Petroleum Institute (API) and CEOs of railroads. In a meeting held on January 16, 2014, the Secretary and the Administrators of PHMSA and FRA requested that offerors and carriers identify prevention and mitigation strategies that can be implemented quickly. As a result of this meeting, the rail and crude oil industries agreed to voluntarily consider or implement potential improvements, including speed restrictions in high consequence areas, alternative routing, the use of distributive power to improve braking, and improvements in emergency response preparedness and training. The following are some of the call-to-action items related to emergency response and classification over the past year.
In February 2014, under an agreement between DOT and AAR, railroads developed a $5 million specialized crude-by-rail training and tuition assistance program for local first responders at the Transportation Technology Center, Inc. (TTCI). The funding provided for the development of a training curriculum for emergency responders in petroleum crude oil response and tuition assistance for over a 1,500 first responders in 2014.
As a result of the call to action in 2014, the rail and oil industry, along with PHMSA's input, developed a RP designed to improve rail safety through the proper classification and loading of crude oil. This effort was led by the API and resulted in the development of an ANSI recognized recommend practice (see ANSI/API RP 3000, “Classifying and Loading of Crude Oil into Rail Tank Cars”). This recommend practice, which, during its development, went through a public comment period in order to be designated as an American National Standard, addresses the proper classification of crude oil for rail transportation and the quantity measurement for overfill prevention when loading crude oil into rail tank cars. RP 3000 provides guidance on the material characterization, transport classification, and quantity measurement for overfill prevention of petroleum crude oil for the loading of rail tank cars.
As noted in the Executive Summary above, on May 7, 2014, DOT issued the Order.
DOT subsequently issued a frequently asked questions document clarifying several aspects of the Order (
On May 8, 2015, PHMSA, in consultation with FRA, published the HHFT Final Rule. Several provisions adopted in the HHFT Final Rule relate to this NPRM, including the definition of a HHFT and the information sharing portion of the route analysis and consultation requirements.
The HHFT Final Rule defined
• State and/or regional fusion centers that have been established to coordinate with State, local, and tribal officials on security issues within the area encompassed by the rail carrier's rail system;
• State, local, and tribal officials in jurisdictions that may be affected by a rail carrier's routing decisions and who have contacted the carrier regarding routing decisions.
Safety advisories are documents published by PHMSA and FRA in the
On April 17, 2015, PHMSA issued a safety advisory notice (Notice No. 15-7; 80 FR 22781) to remind hazardous materials shippers and carriers of their responsibility to ensure that current, accurate, and timely emergency response information is immediately available to emergency response officials for shipments of hazardous materials, and that such information is maintained on a regular basis.
PHMSA Notice 15-7 emphasized that the responsibility to provide accurate and timely information is a shared responsibility for all persons involved in the transportation of hazardous materials. This information includes, but is not limited to, identification and volume of the specific hazardous material; location of the hazardous material on the train; risks of fire and explosion; immediate precautions to be taken in the event of an incident; initial methods for handling spills or leaks in the absence of fire; and preliminary first aid measures. It is a shipper's responsibility to provide accurate emergency response information that is consistent with both the information provided on a shipping paper and the material being transported. Likewise, re-offerors of hazardous materials must ensure that this information can be verified to be accurate, particularly if
On April 17, 2015 FRA and PHMSA also issued a joint safety advisory notice (FRA Safety Advisory 2015-02; PHMSA Notice No. 15-11; 80 FR 22778). The agencies issued the joint safety advisory notice to remind railroads operating an HHFT—defined as a train comprised of 20 or more loaded tank cars of a Class 3 flammable liquid in a continuous block, or a train with 35 or more loaded tank cars of a Class 3 flammable liquid across the entire train—as well as the offerors of Class 3 flammable liquids transported on such trains, that certain information may be required by PHMSA and/or FRA personnel during the course of an investigation immediately following an accident.
PHMSA and FRA have also taken specific actions to develop appropriate response outreach and training tools to mitigate the impact of future incidents. The following are some of PHMSA's actions related to emergency response and information sharing for rail crude oil incidents over the past year.
In February 2014, PHMSA hosted a stakeholder meeting with participants from the emergency response community, railroad industry, Transport Canada, and its federal agency partners, FRA and Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration. The objective was to discuss emergency preparedness related to incidents involving transportation of crude oil by rail. The discussion topics included: Current state of crude oil risk awareness and operational readiness/capability; familiarity with bulk shippers of crude oil and emergency response plans and procedures; available training resources (
In May 2014, in conjunction with the Virginia Department of Fire Programs, PHMSA hosted a “Lessons Learned” forum that consisted of a panel of fire chiefs and emergency management officials from some of the jurisdictions that experienced a crude oil or ethanol rail transportation incident. The purpose of this forum was to share firsthand knowledge about their experiences responding to and managing these significant rail incidents. In attendance were public safety officials from Aliceville, AL; Cherry Valley, IL; Cass County, ND; and Lynchburg, VA. Based on the input received from the forum participants, PHMSA published the “
While the “Lessons Learned Roundtable Report” was focused on public emergency responders, some of the key findings also addressed the railroads:
• All agencies involved in emergency response operations need to understand NIMS [National Incident Management System], their specific role within NIMS, and must have a representative assigned to the Command Post to facilitate communications and coordination with all response assets.
• Pre-incident planning and communication with all organizations, specifically shippers and carriers (railroads), is essential to learn about the product(s) being transported and the availability of emergency response resources.
• Emergency responders are not fully aware of the response resources available from the railroads and other organizations (
PHMSA hosted a stakeholder meeting with hazardous materials response subject matter experts from public safety organizations, railroads, government, and industry to discuss the best practices for responding to a crude oil incident by rail. In coordination with the working group, PHMSA drafted the “
In October 2014, to further promote the “
In December 2014, PHMSA hosted a follow-up meeting which re-engaged the
In addition to PHMSA's efforts mentioned above, in January 2015, the National Response Team (NRT), led by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), conducted a webinar, titled “
Also in January 2015, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), along with other federal partners, including FEMA, USCG, DOE, DOT, and DHS, hosted conference calls with State officials and representatives from the appropriate offices, boards, or commissions that play a role in preparing or responding to an incident involving crude-by-rail. The purpose of these discussions was to gain a better understanding of how States are preparing to respond to rail incidents involving crude oil and to identify key needs from each State. Questions centered on what actions (
In August 2015 and May 2016, PHMSA representatives attended the Northwest Tribal Emergency Management Council's annual meeting in Spokane, Washington. This provided PHMSA with the opportunity to speak directly with tribal emergency management leaders and emphasize the importance of effective tribal and federal cooperation.
In addition to these sources of information described above, PHMSA provides resources to the emergency response community in many other forms. Some of the key resources provided by PHMSA include:
• Hazardous Materials Emergency Preparedness (HMEP) Grant Program: On an annual basis, PHMSA awards over $20M in grant funding through its HMEP grant program to States, Territories, and Tribes to carry out planning and training activities to ensure state and local emergency responders are properly prepared and trained to respond to hazmat transportation incidents. These activities include conducting hazardous materials commodity flow surveys, drafting and updating hazmat operations plans, funding emergency response exercises, and NFPA-472 related training.
• Assistance for Local Emergency Response Training (ALERT) Grant: Additionally, in FY15 PHMSA will award its ALERT grant. This is a competitive grant opportunity using prior year recovery funds to a non-profit organization(s) that can provide direct or web-based hazardous materials training for volunteer or remote emergency responders. The priority for this grant will be emergency response activities for the transportation of crude oil, ethanol and other flammable liquids by rail. The anticipated award for this grant is September 2015.
• Emergency Response Guidebook: This guidebook provides emergency responders with a go-to manual to help deal with hazardous materials incidents during the critical first 30 minutes. It is also available as a free mobile app. The Emergency Response Guidebook is available at:
• Hazardous Materials Information Center: The Center provides live, one-on-one assistance Monday-Friday, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. (ET). The Hazardous Materials Information Center is available at:
• Outreach: PHMSA has a staff of highly trained individuals skilled in training known as the Hazardous Materials Safety Assistance Team (HMSAT). The HMSAT team is part of our field operations personnel and is available in all regions of the United States to answer questions and provide on-site assistance to customers of the Hazardous Materials Transportation-State and Local Education (HMT-SALE) program, State, local and tribal governments, and industry associations with technical issues, outreach, training, and compliance assistance in the field of hazardous materials transportation:
A myriad of other sources of information and support are available to State, local and tribal governments' emergency preparedness and response efforts, including other federal agencies, and industry groups. For example, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security operates the National Operations Center 24 hours a day, 365 days a year to interact with State governors, emergency responders, and perform critical infrastructure operations across the country to prepare for, respond to, and recover from hazardous materials incidents.
Complementing the Federal Government's efforts, the railroad and shipping industries have also made efforts to improve crude oil by rail safety. API has built new partnerships between rail companies and oil producers. At the request of FRA, API is developing an outreach program to train first responders in HHFT derailment response throughout the U.S., particularly in states that have seen a rise in the transport of crude oil by rail. The oil and rail industries have worked to identify where existing training initiatives and conferences can be held to provide the training to as many responders as possible. The AAR is also worked to develop an inventory of emergency response resources and resource staging locations along routes utilized by HHFTs.
The railroad industry, hazardous materials shippers, and other organizations also provide emergency response assistance and training to communities through a variety of means, including the Transportation Community Awareness and Emergency Response (TRANSCAER®) program. The TRANSCAER program offers emergency response information, emergency planning assistance, and training to Local Emergency Planning Committees (LEPCs) under the AAR Circular OT-55-O protocol. AAR and API are working together to produce a crude oil by rail safety training video through their partnership with the TRANSCAER program.
The AAR Circular OT-55-O also outlines a procedure whereby local emergency response officials and emergency planning organizations may obtain a list of the types and volumes of hazardous materials that are transported through their communities. On January 27, 2015, AAR published revisions to the Circular for members to “provide bona fide emergency response
As previously discussed, on May 7, 2014, the Secretary of Transportation, under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 5121(d), issued an Emergency Restriction/Prohibition Order in Docket No. DOT-OST-2014-0067 (Order).
DOT subsequently issued a frequently asked questions document (FAQs) clarifying several aspects of the Order.
Second, the FAQs clarified the level of specificity of the traffic data railroads are required to provide the SERCs and the requirement to provide updated information in anticipation of a “material change” in estimated volumes or frequency of trains traveling through a particular local jurisdiction. Specifically, citing the Order's stated goal of providing first responders an understanding of the volume and frequencies with which Bakken crude oil is transported through their communities so that they can prepare appropriate response plans, the FAQs explained that when reporting traffic data required by the Order, railroads should look at their aggregate traffic of Bakken crude oil through the jurisdiction for the prior year and after considering any reasonably anticipated changes in that traffic, provide a reasonable estimate of the weekly traffic along the affected routes. The FAQs explained that the estimate could be provided in range to account for normal variations in traffic, but any changes of 25 percent or more from the aggregate estimates provided are considered a “material change” requiring a railroad to provide updated information to the relevant SERC.
Third, the FAQs addressed issues related to the potential confidentiality of the data railroads submit to SERCs under the Order. DOT explained that the data is intended for persons with a need-to-know; that is, first responders at the state and local level, as well as other appropriate emergency response planners. Noting that historically railroads and states have routinely entered into confidentiality agreements prior to railroads providing states with information on commodities transported in trains within their jurisdictions, the FAQs clarified that railroads may require reasonable confidentiality agreements prior to providing the required information to SERCs or other state agencies. As discussed later in the following section, confidentiality concerns have been the subject of further analysis and discussion.
Fourth, recognizing that different states have different methods and agencies responsible for emergency response planning and preparedness within their jurisdictions and a state's SERC may not always be the state agency most directly involved in emergency response planning and preparedness, the FAQs provided that if a state agrees that it would be advantageous for the information required by the Order to be shared with another state agency (such as a fusion center) involved with emergency response planning and/or preparedness, as opposed to the SERC, a railroad may share the required information with that agency instead of the SERC.
Finally, the FAQs addressed railroads' responsibilities as applied to tribal lands and clarified that the Order does not require railroads to reach out to Tribal Emergency Response Commissions (TERCs), as DOT itself planned outreach to Tribal leaders to let them know that their TERCs can coordinate with the appropriate SERCs for access to data supplied under the Order. The FAQs did make clear, however, that railroads must ensure that SERCs (or relevant fusion centers or other state agencies) are also supplied with information for traffic through tribal lands.
Following the issuance of the Order, some stakeholders, including the Association of American Railroads (AAR) and the American Shortline and Regional Railroad Association (ASLRRA), expressed concern that the crude oil routing information the Order requires railroads to provide to SERCs is sensitive information from a security perspective and should only be available to persons with a need-to-know the information (
After the issuance of the Emergency Order in August 2014, PHMSA published the High-Hazard Flammable Train NPRM. In that NPRM, PHMSA proposed to codify the requirements of the Emergency Order and requested
The vast majority of commenters generally supported PHMSA's efforts to establish some level of notification requirements for the operation of trains carrying large quantities of crude oil as proposed in § 174.310(a)(2). However, commenters were divided on some of the specific requirements of the proposal. Some commenters were opposed to the public dissemination of information, citing business confidentiality or security concerns.
Based on the public comments on the NPRM as well as PHMSA and FRA's analysis of the issues from the HHFT Final Rule, PHMSA did not adopt the notification requirements of proposed § 174.310(a)(2). PHMSA determined that the expansion of the existing route analysis and consultation requirements of 49 CFR 172.820 to include HHFTs would be the best approach to ensuring that emergency responders and others involved with emergency response planning and preparedness would have access to sufficient information regarding crude oil shipments moving through their jurisdictions to enable them to adequately plan and prepare from an emergency response perspective. PHMSA reasoned that expanding the existing route analysis and consultation requirements of § 172.820 (which already apply to the rail transportation of certain hazardous materials historically considered to be highly-hazardous
After PHMSA published the HHFT Final Rule, FRA, PHMSA and the Department received feedback from stakeholders, expressing concern about the Department's decision to forgo the proactive notification requirements of the Emergency Order and in the NPRM. Those stakeholders include Congressional representatives, State and local government officials, representatives of emergency response and planning organizations, and the public. Generally, these stakeholders expressed the view that given the unique risks posed by the frequent rail transportation of large volumes of flammable liquids, including Bakken crude oil, PHMSA should not eliminate the proactive information sharing provisions of the Order and rely solely on the consultation and communication requirements in existing § 172.820. Stakeholders, including emergency responders, expressed concern that the HHFT Final Rule may limit the availability of emergency response information by superseding the Order.
In response to these concerns and after further evaluating the issue within the Department, in a May 28, 2015, notice (Notice), PHMSA announced that it would extend the Order indefinitely, while it considered options for codifying the disclosure requirement on a permanent basis.
On December 4, 2015, President Obama signed into law the “Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act of 2015 (“FAST Act”). The FAST Act includes the “Hazardous Materials Transportation Safety Improvement Act of 2015” at §§ 7001 through 7311, which provides direction for the hazardous materials safety program. Section 7302 directs the Secretary to issue regulations that require real-time sharing of the electronic train consist information for hazardous materials shipments and require advanced notification of certain HHFTs. The DOT will address the
The FAST Act limits the applicability of the advanced notification requirements for HHFT to the Class I railroads. In this NPRM, PHMSA is proposing that the information-sharing requirements apply to all railroads with HHFT operations. This proposal fulfills the Congressional mandate and is within PHMSA's regulatory authority. Through the authority of Federal hazmat transportation law and the delegation of this authority to PHMSA by the Secretary, PHMSA is responsible for overseeing a hazmat safety program that protects against the risks to life, property, and the environment inherent in the transportation of hazmat in commerce. In proposing that the information-sharing requirements apply to all railroads with HHFT operations, PHMSA is addressing the provisions of the FAST Act, as well as acting in accordance with our delineated authority by addressing the potential safety risks posed by HHFT operations of all railroads. Requiring advanced notification from Class I, II, and III railroads is consistent with DOT's Order addressing information-sharing. While we acknowledge that the HHFT operations of Class II and Class III railroads are relatively limited in comparison to those of Class I railroads, and thus pose fewer safety risks in the rail transportation system, the HHFT operations of Class II and Class III railroads nonetheless pose safety risks that justify adherence to the proposed information-sharing requirements of this NPRM.
Recent railroad accidents demonstrate that accidents involving HHFTs are not limited to Class I railroads. In particular, the accidents in Aliceville, AL, and New Augusta, MS involved two Class III railroads, the Alabama Gulf Coast Railway and Illinois Central Railroad. If PHMSA were to limit the requirement to Class I railroads as described in the FAST Act, these railroads and other Class II or Class III railroads would not be required to provide advanced notification and information to SERCs or TERCs. Therefore, in order to effectively address the safety risks posed by HHFTs by increasing the level of information sharing between railroads and SERCs, TERCs, and other affected jurisdictions, PHMSA proposes that the information-sharing requirements of this NPRM apply to all classes of railroads that transport HHFTs. The intent of the information sharing provision of this rule is to ensure that local emergency responders and emergency planning officials have access to sufficient information regarding the movement of HHFTs in their jurisdictions to adequately plan and prepare for emergency events involving HHFTs. This purpose is reaffirmed by the FAST Act's requirements addressing requirements for both sharing and protection of information required by the advanced notification. Under the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA) in Title III of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA), the Governor of each state is required to establish a state emergency response commission (SERC). The SERC is responsible for establishing emergency planning districts and appointing, supervising, and coordinating local emergency planning committees (LEPCs). EPCRA section 303 requires LEPCs to develop a comprehensive emergency response plans for their emergency planning districts. The SERC is also responsible for reviewing the emergency response plans and make recommendations to revise the plans as necessary for each community. The emergency response plan includes facilities that handle extremely hazardous substances (EHSs) defined under section 302 of EPCRA as well as transportation routes of EHSs. Many LEPCs include EHSs as well other chemicals that pose a risk in their emergency response plan. As previously noted, another agency is sometimes delegated by the state to be directly involved in emergency response planning and preparedness. In both instances, state delegated agencies are connected to the local response and planning framework. The information required to be shared in this rulemaking is largely consistent with the information required by the Order.
In response to the Order's information-sharing provisions, railroads raised particular concerns that the sharing of routing information for HHFTs required them to reveal proprietary business information. The railroads argued that the routing information, if published or shared widely, could reveal information about customers. After considering the claim in an October 2014 information collection notice, FRA concluded that the information would not constitute business confidential or proprietary under federal law. See the discussion of AAR and ASLRRA's concerns published at 79 FR 59891 on October 3, 2014 (FRA's “Proposed Agency Information Collection Activities; Notice and Request for Comments” related to the Order). In its discussion, the FRA noted that the railroads did not specifically identify any prospective harm caused by the sharing of this information. Nonetheless, if a railroad claims that routing information contains confidential business information, the merits of that claim would be analyzed under state open records and sunshine laws.
Section 7302 of the FAST Act directs the Secretary to “establish security and confidentiality protections, including protections from the public release of proprietary information or security-sensitive information, to prevent the release to unauthorized persons any electronic train consist information or advanced notification or information provided by Class I railroads under this section.” In fact, railroads previously raised concerns that the sharing of routing information for HHFTs required them to reveal proprietary business information. As discussed above, railroads argued that the Emergency Order routing information, if published or shared widely, could reveal information about customers. After considering the claim in an October 2014 information collection notice, FRA concluded that the information would not be considered business confidential or SSI under federal law. See the discussion of AAR and ASLRRA's concerns published at 79 FR 59891 on October 3, 2014 (FRA's “Proposed Agency Information Collection Activities; Notice and Request for Comments” related to the Order). In its discussion, the FRA noted that the railroads did not specifically identify any prospective harm caused by the sharing of this information. DOT's previous analysis and conclusion determined that the information shared by railroads does not qualify for withholding under federal standards on business confidential or SSI. As proposed, DOT will require railroads to share aggregated information about the volumes of crude oil that travel through a jurisdiction on a weekly basis. This
An offeror's responsibility to classify and describe a hazardous material is a key requirement under the HMR. In accordance with § 173.22 of the HMR, it is the offeror's responsibility to properly “class and describe a hazardous material in accordance with parts 172 and 173 of the HMR.” For transportation purposes, classification is ensuring the proper hazard class, packing group, and shipping name are assigned to a particular material. For a Class 3 Flammable liquid, the HMR provide two tests to determine PG. Both the flash point and IBP must be determined to properly classify and assign an appropriate packing group for a Class 3 Flammable liquid in accordance with §§ 173.120 and 173.121. The HMR authorize all of the following IBP tests for classification of flammable liquids:
Table 8 provides a description of the flash point tests currently authorized in the HMR for petroleum liquids.
In 2014, the rail and oil industry, along with PHMSA's input, developed an RP designed to improve rail safety through the proper classification of crude oil and loading practices. This effort was led by API and resulted in the development of an ANSI-recognized recommended practice (see ANSI/API RP 3000, “Classifying and Loading of Crude Oil into Rail Tank Cars”). This recommended practice, which, during its development, went through a public comment period in order to be designated as an American National Standard, addresses the proper classification of crude oil for rail transportation and the quantity measurement for overfill prevention when loading crude oil into rail tank cars. The API RP 3000 provides guidance on the material characterization, transport classification, and quantity measurement for overfill prevention of petroleum crude oil for the loading of rail tank cars.
The API RP 3000 provides best practices for both sampling and testing. The API RP 3000 best practices for flash point testing align with the flash point test options currently in the HMR. For the initial boiling point test, the API RP 3000 concluded that for crude oils containing volatile, low molecular weight components (
In the May 8, 2015, Final Rule HM-251(80 FR 26644), PHMSA adopted requirements for a sampling and testing program. The API RP 3000 was finalized in September 2014, after the HM-251 NPRM was published, and the public was unable to have the opportunity comment on the API RP 3000's incorporation into the HMR. Therefore, PHMSA did not incorporate API RP 3000 by reference; however, we noted that it could be used as a method to comply with certain requirements the testing and sampling program. The sampling requirements adopted in
PHMSA further noted that we might consider the adoption of the non-codified testing provisions of API RP 3000, such as the ASTM D7900 boiling point test in a future rulemaking.
As specified in the final rule, the ASTM D7900 IBP test and practice recommended by industry in the API RP 3000 is not currently aligned with the testing requirements authorized in the HMR, forcing shippers to continue to use the testing methods authorized in § 173.121(a)(2). This misalignment results in a situation where an industry best practice for the testing of crude oil (ASTM D7900 for initial boiling point) that was developed in concert with PHMSA is not authorized by the HMR. Therefore, for initial boiling point determination, PHMSA is proposing to incorporate ASTM D7900 by reference, thus permitting the industry best practice for testing Class 3 PG assignments. We note that the incorporation of ASTM D7900, which aligns with the API RP 3000 will not replace the currently authorized testing methods; rather, it serves as a testing alternative if one chooses to use that method. PHMSA believes this provides flexibility and promotes enhanced safety in transport through accurate PG assignment.
PHMSA collected and reviewed information from various sources pertaining to recent derailments involving discharges of crude oil. In this rulemaking and the accompanying analysis, PHMSA has focused on the following derailments: Watertown, WI (November 2015); Culbertson, MT (July 2015); Heimdal, ND (May 2015); Galena, IL (March 2015); Mt. Carbon, WV (February 2015); La Salle, CO (May 2014); Lynchburg, VA (April 2014); Vandergrift, PA (February 2014); New Augusta, MS (January 2014); Casselton, ND (December 2013); Aliceville, AL (November 2013); and Parkers Prairie, MN (March 2013). In the RIA, PHMSA provides narratives and discussion of the circumstances and consequences of these derailments. PHMSA has identified these derailments as involving trains transporting 20 or more tank cars of petroleum oil in a continuous block or 35 or more tank cars dispersed throughout the train in conformance with the proposed applicability of this rule. Furthermore, these derailments resulted in discharges of petroleum oil that harmed or posed a threat of harm to the nation's waterways or the environment.
By reviewing and analyzing the experience of the response to these derailments, PHMSA seeks to identify oil spill response challenges that have occurred in the past and could occur in future derailment scenarios. PHMSA incorporates this understanding of response challenges into this NPRM, which proposes to amend the requirements of 49 CFR part 130 to improve comprehensive oil spill response plans by way of new and revised requirements. PHMSA holds that improved oil spill response planning will, in turn, improve the actual response to future derailments involving petroleum oil and lessen potential negative impacts to the environment and communities.
In general, there have been a variety of challenges apparent in the responses to recent derailments involving petroleum oil. In multiple instances, those responding to oil spills have encountered difficulties in assessing the extent of oil spills due to smoke or fire. In several of the derailments discussed in this rulemaking, the relatively remote location of the town or derailment site limited responders' access to the derailment site and encumbered the deployment of response equipment (
Derailments often require a significant, long-term commitment of personnel and equipment to remediate an oil spill. Moreover, derailments involving petroleum oil typically require diverse technical or scientific response services. For example, monitoring a direct discharge into a waterway requires water sampling services to detect if harmful levels of compounds found in petroleum oils have contaminated affected waterways. Depending on the proximity of an oil spill to rivers, the spill response could also require monitoring of river levels, since rising river levels could rapidly exacerbate the extent of an oil spill. The smoke emanating from fires requires air monitoring services to detect if harmful levels of air pollutants have jeopardized local air quality and public health.
Thus, in the draft RIA, PHMSA has identified and summarized several recent derailments to illustrate the circumstances and consequences of derailments involving petroleum oil transported in higher-risk train configurations. We have outlined some of the challenges faced by the response to each spill event and discussed ways in which comprehensive oil spill response plans may have improved spill response efforts and/or alleviated the adverse consequences to the nation's waterways or environment.
As previously discussed, in addition to the efforts of PHMSA and FRA, the NTSB has taken a very active role in identifying the risks posed by the transportation of large quantities of flammable liquids by rail, as well as emergency response activities. Table 9 provides a summary of the rail-related NTSB Safety Recommendations related to this rulemaking.
In the August 1, 2014, ANPRM, PHMSA solicited public comment on questions about potential revisions to its regulations that would expand the applicability of comprehensive oil spill response plans (OSRPs) to high-hazard flammable trains (HHFTs) based on amounts of crude oil in an entire train consist, rather than a single package or tank car. PHMSA received 259 submissions representing more than 70,000 signatories. Over 67,000 signatories included comments directly addressing the ANPRM rulemaking that were submitted to a related docket for the NPRM HM-251, Hazardous Materials: Rail Petitions and Recommendations to Improve the Safety of Railroad Tank Car Transportation (RRR). These comments were identified and considered to the extent practicable. Comments were received from a broad array of stakeholders, including trade organizations, intermodal carriers, consultants, environmental groups, emergency response organizations, other non-government or advocacy organizations, local government organizations or representatives, tribal governments, state governments, Members of Congress, and other interested members of the public. Comments and all corresponding rulemaking materials received may be viewed on the
In general, comments on the ANPRM were: (1) General statements of support or opposition; (2) personal anecdotes or general statements not specifically related to the proposed changes; (3) comments beyond the scope of the oil spill response planning provisions of the CWA; or (4) identical or nearly identical letter write-in campaigns submitted as part of comment initiatives sponsored by organizations. For example, many commenters recommend insurance or liability requirements for railroads that are not within the scope of PHMSA's statutory authority. Although PHMSA does not have statutory authority to impose insurance or liability requirements, the FAST Act mandates the Secretary initiate a study on the levels and structure of insurance for railroad carriers transporting hazmat under § 7310. That action is underway. The remaining comments reflect a wide variety of differing views on the proposed regulations. The substantive comments received on the ANPRM are organized by topic and discussed in the appropriate section, together with the PHMSA's response to those
In order to inquire about the potential impact of different thresholds on the regulated community, PHMSA asked the public to comment on the following question: “When considering appropriate thresholds for comprehensive OSRPs, which of the following thresholds would be most appropriate and provide the greatest potential for increased safety? The following thresholds were provided as examples: (a) 1,000,000 gallons or more of crude oil per train consist; (b) an HHFT of 20 or more carloads of crude oil per train consist; (c) 42,000 gallons
Comments to the ANPRM on the scope of the rule were wide-ranging. Many commenters commented on this question directly, voicing support of one or more of the proposed thresholds or suggesting a different threshold, while other commenters chose to comment generally.
The first threshold, (a) 1,000,000 gallons or more of crude oil per train consist was not supported by any commenters as a single metric. Two commenters: The Association of American Railroads (AAR) and the American Short Line and Regional Railroad Association (ASLRRA) did incorporate 1,000,000 gallons as part of another threshold, as discussed further below.
In opposition to the first proposed threshold, many commenters have suggested that the 1,000,000 gallons threshold is not effective because oil spills involving quantities below this threshold could cause considerable harm to the environment and in particular, rivers or waterways. On this point, LRT-Done Right has reiterated the significance of PHMSA's derailment data, stating that “. . . less than one carload of spilled oil or ethanol can present great danger.” Similarly, the Delaware Riverkeeper Network commented that, for example, “a spill of 25,000 gallons of oil in Wyoming . . . resulted in a three mile trail of contamination.”
Commenters have also suggested that 1,000,000 gallons is not an adequate threshold because preventing oil spills within the context of rail transport differs substantially from the context of fixed oil facilities. The Delaware Riverkeeper Network has stated, “A threshold of 1,000,000 gallons is . . . inappropriate because the current 1,000,000 gallon threshold [under EPA regulations] applies to stationary facilities and includes all oil containers, including drums, at the facility. Trains carrying volatile crude oil are substantially different than such facilities.” Similarly, the Center for Biological Diversity has said, “[42,000 gallons as a threshold for rail] would be more consistent with established law than a 1,000,000 gallon threshold . . . since trains are not storing oil in a controlled facility, but rather moving it around the country on rail systems that experience fatigue and unforeseen circumstances such as derailments.”
PHMSA's second proposed threshold, (b) an HHFT of 20 or more carloads of crude oil per train consist, was supported at least in part by three commenters.
In opposition to a threshold based on the HHFT definition, and similar to commenters' opposition to the first threshold of 1,000,000 gallons, some commenters have indicated that incidents need not involve an HHFT in order to cause considerable harm to the environment. The National Association of SARA Title III Program Officials (NASTTPO) and the Oklahoma Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Commission (OHMERC) have suggested that the threshold for developing a comprehensive oil spill response plan should involve fewer tank cars carrying crude oil because one tank car “is more than enough flammable material to present a risk to first responders and the local community.” Various individual commenters have echoed this sentiment and suggested that a threshold based on the HHFT definition would allow significant quantities of crude oil to be transported by rail carriers that lack comprehensive oil spill response plans.
Several commenters supported the third proposed threshold: (d) 42,000 gallons of crude oil per train consist. Commenters have shown that it is at least numerically consistent with current regulations in 49 CFR part 130, even though there is a key distinction in which part 130 upholds a threshold of 42,000 gallons for a single package (
Many commenters have supported the third proposed threshold (
Similarly, the threshold of 42,000 gallons received some support from commenters that propose lower quantities of crude oil as a threshold (
Nevertheless, some commenters have suggested that the threshold should be one tank car or any quantity of crude oil. The Waterkeeper Alliance has stated, “Whether one car, twenty cars, or one hundred and twenty cars in a train are carrying crude oil, crude-by-rail is inherently dangerous, and PHMSA should require the railroad industry to adequately prepare for any size spill. In sum, the new PHMSA Response Rule must set the comprehensive oil spill response planning threshold at one railcar.” Thus, commenters in support of a threshold of one tank car or any quantity of crude oil hold that even the transport of small amounts of crude oil entail substantial risk and should
In the ANPRM, PHMSA encouraged commenters to provide additional thresholds differing from those that PHMSA explicitly proposed. According to AAR and ASLRRA, the scope of the rule should involve a threshold based on “Petroleum Crude Oil Routes” (PCORs). AAR and ASLRRA define PCORs as “. . . a railroad line where there is a minimum of twelve trains a year, which is an average of one train a month, that transport 1,000,000 gallons of petroleum crude oil (UN1267 and/or UN3494) or more that is within 800 feet or closer from the centerline of track to a river or waterway that is used for interstate transportation and commerce for more than 10 miles.” Assuming each tank car has a capacity of 30,000 gallons, the transport of 1,000,000 gallons of crude oil would require around 33 tank cars.
The AAR and the ASLRRA also proposed geographical criteria as part of their PCOR definition, differing from PHMSA's proposed thresholds, which are based on a quantity transported or number of carloads within a train consist. As part of its geographical criteria, the AAR suggests that a PCOR must be within 800 feet of a river or waterway used for interstate transportation and commerce for more than 10 miles. The AAR claims that the 800 feet figure is based on a railroad's experience following a discharge. The AAR does not give further details on how the 800 feet figure was developed. The AAR also claims that the 10 miles figure used in its PCOR definition is based on regulations within 49 CFR part 194, which are applicable to oil pipeline owners and operators and are overseen by PHMSA's Office of Pipeline Safety (OPS). Discussion of this claim can be found in the “Discussion of Public Comments: Plan Scope/Threshold” section.
In addition, the AAR has limited the scope of its proposed threshold to include only those railroad lines that move at least twelve trains a year, an average of one train per month. The AAR did not include any data to support incorporating the parameter of twelve trains per year into the NPRM's thresholds or to show that the use of the PCOR definition as a threshold would improve safety or be cost-effective.
Many other commenters proposed alternative thresholds, such as five carloads or 3,500 gallons per tank car. In support of a five carload threshold, NASTTPO has stated that “it is common for more than one HHFT tank car to be involved [in a derailment].” In support of a 3,500 gallons per tank car threshold, commenters, such as safety consultant John Joeckel, have suggested that the current, 3,500-gallon threshold in 49 CFR part 130 for basic oil spill response plans could become the new threshold that triggers the need to develop a comprehensive plan. These commenters reiterate that the current regulations for comprehensive plans under 49 CFR 130 do not generally apply to railroads given that tank cars used to ship crude oil do not have capacities of 42,000 gallons or greater. They suggest that PHMSA could remove part 130's reference to a basic plan and repurpose the 3,500 gallon per packaging threshold so that it would trigger the need for a comprehensive plan.
In addition, some commenters restated the need to revise the thresholds in 49 CFR part 130 and suggested that they align with probable spill volumes or other planning volumes found in other federal regulations (
Similarly, the American Petroleum Institute (API) did not express support for PHMSA's proposed thresholds nor did API specifically propose a new threshold. However, API emphasized that “DOT should choose a threshold that is reasonable and practical . . . Onerous planning requirements with an extremely low threshold could exponentially increase the cost and burden on the railroads, while vague planning requirements triggered by a baseless threshold would be equally challenging.” Thus, API has expressed that the cost to railroads in developing and implementing comprehensive plans could be substantial, and PHMSA should consider and analyze the costs of applying different thresholds.
In addition to API's above comment, PHMSA received additional commenter input on the cost-effectiveness of the proposed thresholds. Environmental groups and others have expressed that cost concerns should be secondary to concerns about the potential benefits of enhancing public safety and reducing damage to the environment. For example, the Center for Biological Diversity has stated that the cost-effectiveness of thresholds “. . . is somewhat immaterial, and cost should not be considered in establishing a threshold for comprehensive OSRPs for oil trains, since this is an issue of public health.” Safety consultant John Joeckel has offered a similar comment, stating, “Are we concerned with the cost to the responsible party to develop and implement the OSRP? Or, should we be concerned of the cost to the public arising from an ineffective response with the consequences of significant environmental damage or risks to public safety?”
Many commenters have suggested that the scope of this rule be expanded to include other materials besides oil. Commenters have asked PHMSA to require comprehensive oil spill response plans for rail cars transporting any type of hazardous materials. The Village of Barrington, IL and the TRAC Coalition, in particular, have stated, “Given the clear authority that PHMSA has to issue regulations under federal law for a broad range of hazardous goods, TRAC strongly believes the rules being promulgated under this ANPRM should be applied to all hazmat transported on trains.” This commenter has cited the Cherry Valley, IL ethanol train derailment to show that, “While the ANPRM is about oil spill response plans, clearly other hazardous material poses similar threats to human and environmental safety.” Other commenters, such as LRT-Done Right, have stated that carriers of ethanol should also be subject to comprehensive OSRP requirements.
Conversely, other commenters have suggested that the scope of the rule be limited in order to more specifically address the risks of petroleum crude oil transport. “Petroleum crude oil” (UN1267) is a specific entry in the Hazardous Materials Table (HMT) under 49 CFR 172.101. “Petroleum sour crude oil, flammable, toxic” (UN3494) is a similar entry. On this basis, AAR has asked that the scope of the rule be limited explicitly to these entries in the HMT. The Dangerous Goods Advisory Council (DGAC) has offered an analogous suggestion, stating, “[DGAC] believe[s] that the OPRP [sic] should be limited to crude oil trains only which are comprised of tank cars originating from one consignee to one consignor.” In other words, by limiting the scope of the rule to “crude oil” or “petroleum crude oil” only, commenters are suggesting that the transport of refined petroleum products, ethanol, or other flammable liquids should not be relevant to the determination of whether a rail carrier must have a comprehensive OSRP.
PHMSA carefully considered the comments submitted to the ANPRM regarding the scope of the rule in order to apply comprehensive OSRP requirements to address the increased
PHMSA emphasizes that safety and environmental risks are related to the quantity of oil transported by trains, and the configuration of tank cars loaded with petroleum oil. Thus, PHMSA has proposed in this NPRM to expand applicability for petroleum oil based on the number and configuration of tank cars transporting petroleum oil in a train. Specifically, this rulemaking proposes that comprehensive oil spill response plans be required of railroads that transport 20 or more tank cars loaded with liquid petroleum oil in a continuous block in a single train or 35 or more of such tank cars dispersed throughout the train. We propose the comprehensive OSRP requirements continue to apply to tank cars exceeding 42,000 gallons carrying petroleum or other non-petroleum oil. In this NPRM, we discuss our basis for this proposed applicability, as well as how it may differ from commenters' suggestions or proposals.
The scope of this rule is directly related to the definition of oil because the statutory authority to require OSRPs comes from § 1321 of the CWA, as amended by OPA, which applies solely to oil and hazardous substances. The CWA applies to both petroleum and non-petroleum oils. In the 1996 final rule, PHMSA incorporated the definition of “oil” from OPA into the current requirements 49 CFR part 130 and developed definitions for “petroleum oil” and “other non-petroleum oil” in order to differentiate petroleum oils from non-petroleum oils throughout the requirements in part 130.
This rulemaking has been initiated to respond to the changing conditions from the increase in the volume of petroleum oil transported by rail and consequences of resulting incidents. PHMSA is not aware of incidents of unit trains carrying other non-petroleum oils which have demonstrated a need to expand the applicability of comprehensive plans for these oils. Therefore, instead of proposing that the expanded applicability of the comprehensive plan apply to all oils (as defined in 33 U.S.C. 1321), PHMSA proposes to limit the proposed expanded applicability to petroleum oils, whether refined or unrefined, transported in certain train configurations. PHMSA proposes to continue to apply the threshold of tank cars exceeding 42,000 gallons carrying petroleum or other non-petroleum oil.
Further, we propose to revise the definition of “petroleum oil” in this rulemaking as “any oil extracted or derived from geological hydrocarbon deposits, including oils produced by distillation or their refined products.” This definition continues to include mixtures of both refined products, such as gasoline and unrefined products, such as petroleum crude oil. We are not proposing any changes to the scope in § 130.2(c)(1) which clarifies that the requirements of part 130 do not apply to “Any mixture or solution in which oil is in a concentration by weight of less than 10 percent.” Therefore petroleum oil in part 130 includes mixtures containing at least 10% petroleum oil, such as denatured ethanol fuel E85 (ethanol containing 15% gasoline). However, mixtures containing less than 10% petroleum oil, such as diluted waste water or E95 (ethanol with 5% gasoline) are not included. Oils which do not contain petroleum, such as synthetic oils or essential oils continue to be defined as “other non-petroleum oil” in § 130.5.
PHMSA disagrees with AAR that the applicability of the comprehensive plans should be limited to petroleum crude oil, as described by HMT entries UN 1267 and UN3494. Limiting the applicability of comprehensive plans to solely these entries would result in regulating oils that generally present a similar type of risk in an incongruous manner. On this point, PHMSA holds that liquid petroleum oils, such as crude oil, diesel fuel, gasoline, or other petroleum distillates, present similar safety risks in commercial transportation.
There are several factors to consider when determining which hazardous materials should be subject to the new or revised requirements of this proposed rule. In general, PHMSA assesses the risks of hazardous materials in transportation in accordance with the nine different hazard classes under the HMR; however, the regulations we seek to amend in 49 CFR part 130 are not part of the HMR. Namely, part 130 is authorized under 33 U.S.C. 1321—Oil and hazardous substance liability, not the Federal hazardous materials transportation law of 49 U.S.C. 5101-5128.
Moreover, the proposed applicability in this NPRM generally aligns with the definition of a “High-Hazard Flammable Train” (HHFT) as published in the final rule, “Enhanced Tank Car Standards and Operational Controls for High-Hazard Flammable Trains” (“HM-251”). The proposed applicability differs, however, in the types of materials affected. By way of HM-251, the definition of an HHFT involved the transport of all Class 3 flammable liquids; whereas the comprehensive OSRP requirements in this rulemaking involve the transport of petroleum oil for consistency with part 130's statutory authority. Therefore, the proposed expanded applicability applies to those HHFTs which carry petroleum oil. This creates an integrated approach between the planning requirements in this rulemaking and the other operational controls in the HMR. To better facilitate this integration, residue or diluted mixtures of petroleum oils that no longer meet the definition of a Class 3 flammable or combustible liquid per 49 CFR 173.120 are not included in expanded applicability.
In the ANPRM, PHMSA asked if the 1,000,000 gallons threshold is appropriate for safety and cost-effectiveness. No commenters supported using 1,000,000 gallons as a single metric for applicability. Many commenters have suggested that the 1,000,000 gallons threshold is not effective because oil spills involving trains with quantities below this threshold could cause substantial harm to the environment. While commenters provided many examples of thresholds below 1,000,000 gallons, commenters provided insufficient data about the likelihood of a release from these tank car volumes to demonstrate such thresholds are “reasonably expected” to cause substantial harm. Thus, in order to better understand this differential of risk and the most likely number of punctures resulting in a derailment, PHMSA looks to the modeling conducted by FRA in support of HM-251.
As a result of this modeling, PHMSA holds that a derailment involving a train moving less than 20 tank cars in a continuous block, or less than 35 tank cars throughout the train, would result in relatively fewer punctures than derailments involving more than this number of tank cars. Specifically, as a result of this modeling, PHMSA suggests that the most likely number of tank car punctures for a train with less than 20 tank cars in a block would be less than 2.78, and in a derailment scenario with less than this number of punctures, the derailment is significantly less likely to cause substantial harm to the environment. In more general terms, PHMSA would suggest, as a result of these modeling outcomes from FRA, that a derailment involving two or fewer tank car punctures is less likely, and therefore not “reasonably expected” to cause substantial harm to the environment. Therefore, we believe the applicability proposed in this NPRM appropriately indicates the trains that can reasonably be expected to cause substantial harm to the environment. Consequently, by way of this rulemaking, PHMSA proposes to require these higher-risk train configurations to operate in conformance with comprehensive oil spill response plans.
In addition to the data on the most likely number of tank car punctures in a derailment, PHMSA further maintains that lower-risk train configurations should not be the focus of this rulemaking because extending the requirements of this rule to operators of lower-risk configurations could be burdensome, costly, and inefficient. There are many costs involved in developing and implementing a comprehensive oil spill response plan, such as retainer fees, training and drill costs, and plan development and submission costs. For more information regarding regulatory flexibility, please see Section VIII, Subsection E (“Regulatory Flexibility Act, Executive Order 13272, and DOT Policies and Procedures”). For more information regarding the costs of this rule on the regulated community, please see the draft RIA and the associated discussion in Section VIII, Subsection A (“Executive Order 12866, Executive Order 13563, Executive Order 13610, and DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures”).
Commenters have also suggested that 1,000,000 gallons, which is used as a threshold in the development of non-transportation-related facility response plans, is not an adequate threshold because the context of rail transport differs substantially from the context of fixed facilities. PHMSA agrees. PHMSA believes that a threshold based on a number of carloads is more effective and practical, and the proposed applicability in this rulemaking is specific to the context of rail transportation. Moreover, as previously discussed, the proposed applicability identifies higher-risk train configurations which could reasonably be expected to cause substantial harm to the environment in the event of a derailment.
A few commenters voiced support for the second threshold of the HM-251B ANPRM, which aligned with the HHFT definition proposed in the HM-251 NPRM and published on August 1, 2014 (
Moreover, this applicability is important because it is likely that trains with less than 20 tank cars of petroleum oil in a continuous block, or less than 35 of such cars dispersed throughout the train, are the result of configuring “manifest” trains. Manifest trains involve combining multiple shipments of potentially various materials from various shippers to form a single train consist. These trains differ substantially from “unit” trains, which generally involve a single commodity offered by a single shipper (the consignor) and delivered to a single entity (the consignee). As discussed in the final rule document for HM-251, the rail industry has noted that manifest trains carrying limited loads of oil along with other commodities pose less of a risk than unit trains with significantly larger loads of oil. Further, the rail industry commented on the NPRM of HM-251, relaying that in many situations it would be difficult to pre-determine when an HHFT would be used and that shippers of smaller volumes of oil would not know if their shipment would ultimately be configured into an HHFT.
PHMSA carries these concerns and related analyses from HM-251 into this proposed rule, as we believe it is still pertinent to the discussion of comprehensive oil spill response plans. In this rulemaking, PHMSA intends to identify higher-risk train configurations that pose a threat of substantial harm to the environment. Conversely, PHMSA does not intend to affect lower-risk train configurations moving smaller quantities of petroleum oil, which are more likely to be the result of configuring a manifest train. Lower-risk train configurations are significantly less likely to cause substantial harm to the environment and extending the full breadth of the proposed requirements for a comprehensive plan to entities transporting lower-risk train configurations would likely be too burdensome and costly, for the limited safety benefits provided. Furthermore, the proposed quantity provides an integrated approach to the comprehensive OSRP requirements and the requirements of HHFTs.
In opposition to an HHFT-like applicability, many commenters have argued that oil spills involving carloads below this threshold could cause considerable harm to the environment. On this point, PHMSA acknowledges that oil spills of a lesser amount can cause harm, but holds that trains carrying less than 20 tank cars of petroleum oil in a continuous block, or less than 35 of such tank cars dispersed throughout the train, are effectively lower-risk train configurations, and they cannot be reasonably expected to cause substantial harm. In other words, these trains may be capable of causing harm, but the harm they can cause is significantly less likely to qualify as substantial harm. As previously discussed, modeling data from FRA indicates that trains with less than 20 tank cars in a block, or less than 35 tank cars dispersed throughout a train, could not be reasonably expected to cause substantial harm because, in derailment scenarios, relatively few tank cars containing petroleum oil would be breached on average. As previously discussed, this modeling demonstrated that the most likely number of punctures in a derailment scenario involving a train with 20 tank cars in a continuous block would be 2.78.
Furthermore, given the enhanced tank car standards promulgated in HM-251 and resulting improvements in tank car integrity, PHMSA believes the likelihood of a tank car releasing all of its contents in a derailment has been significantly reduced. Thus, in relation to the derailment modeling data (discussed above), PHMSA maintains that a train with a 20-car block of petroleum oil would not result in 83,400 gallons spilled (2.78 tank car punctures × 30,000 gallons per tank car = 83,400 gallons discharged from the breached tank cars). Rather, a derailment scenario involving 20 tank cars of petroleum oil in a continuous block would most likely result in less than 83,400 gallons discharged. For these reasons, PHMSA cautions against the assumption implicit in some commenters' comments that the derailment of one tank car automatically results in the discharge of 30,000 gallons of product, and the derailment of two tank cars is equivalent to the discharge of 60,000 gallons of product, and so forth. As the modeling data from FRA indicates, the number of tank cars that breach in a derailment scenario is in all likelihood fewer than the number of tank cars that derail. Separately, given the tank car design enhancements promulgated by HM-251, the likelihood that breached tank cars would release all of their contents has been reduced. Accordingly, PHMSA feels that extending the requirement to develop a comprehensive OSRP to entities operating lower-risk train configurations would not be efficient. It would require significant investments on the part of small entities that are not key factors in the transport of petroleum oil by rail, and these investments would not yield analogous safety benefits. Please see Section VIII, Subsection E (“Regulatory Flexibility Act, Executive Order 13272, and DOT Policies and Procedures”) for impacts on small entities and the draft RIA for further discussion of safety benefits and costs to industry.
Many commenters voiced support for the third threshold proposed in the ANPRM, which was 42,000 gallons. PHMSA disagrees with these comments because we believe that a threshold based on the number of carloads of petroleum oil in a train would be more practical for compliance and enforcement purposes than a threshold based on gallons. In general, 42,000 gallons as a threshold could be impractical or burdensome. Since tank cars tend to carry around 30,000 gallons of product, a threshold of 42,000 gallons would effectively equate to differentiating a train with one carload of petroleum oil and a train with two carloads and thus, requiring a comprehensive plan for the transport of two carloads of petroleum oil. As previously discussed, PHMSA affirms that higher risk train configurations should be the focus of the proposed rule and that a train transporting two tank cars of petroleum oil simply does not present the same amount of risk as higher-risk train configurations. While a train with two tank cars of petroleum oil could derail, potentially releasing its contents and harming the environment, it is not nearly as likely to cause substantial harm as higher-risk trains with much larger quantities of petroleum oil.
In the ANPRM, PHMSA asked the public if “another threshold” were appropriate or cost-effective. In response to PHMSA's inquiry of “another threshold,” many commenters offered thresholds that are less than 42,000 gallons, such as one tank car, 24,000 gallons, 3,500 gallons, or any quantity of petroleum oil. PHMSA disagrees with these suggestions. Rail industry practices demonstrate that there is only a slight distinction between the threshold of 42,000 gallons, which was proposed by PHMSA in the ANPRM, and the lesser quantities proposed by some commenters in response to the ANPRM. In practical terms, the thresholds of any quantity, 3,500 gallons, and 24,000 gallons would result in regulating trains with one tank car of petroleum oil, whereas a 42,000-gallon threshold would result in regulating trains with two tank cars. PHMSA maintains that this distinction is slight and in either case, requiring comprehensive plans of trains that transport merely one or two tank cars of petroleum oil would most likely be burdensome upon implementation and be costly relative to the limited safety benefit it would offer, especially for small entities. As previously discussed, PHMSA also holds that a threshold based on a number of carloads is more practical than a threshold based on a gallon amount.
In a similar vein, PHMSA holds that imposing an applicability of five tank cars, or any other number of tank cars that is less than 20 in a continuous block or 35 when dispersed throughout a train, would most likely be costly or burdensome and yield limited safety benefits due to the impacts on small entities as well as “manifest” train configurations involving petroleum oil. Please see the draft RIA for further discussion of the costs and benefits of the proposed rule.
In response to the comment by AAR and ASLRRA, PHMSA disagrees with using the definition of a Petroleum Crude Oil Route (PCOR) of “ . . . a railroad line where there is a minimum of twelve trains a year, which is an average of one train a month, that transport 1,000,000 gallons of petroleum crude oil (UN1267 and/or UN3494) or more that is within 800 feet or closer from the centerline of track to a river or waterway that is used for interstate transportation and commerce for more than 10 miles” to determine whether a rail carrier must develop a comprehensive plan. We do not have information on exactly how many rail carriers or trains would be permitted to transport petroleum oil without a comprehensive plan if the applicability of this rulemaking were to incorporate the AAR and ASLRAA's proposed PCOR definition or the quantity of 1,000,000 gallons, and invite public commenters to provide information to assist in further evaluating the benefits and costs of these alternative applicability thresholds. Overall, PHMSA believes that the PCOR definition is overly complicated, and creates uncertainty for FRA, communities, and responders about which unit trains of petroleum oil are excluded from the requirement to have a comprehensive plan. PHMSA seeks to align increased risk with improved oil spill response planning such that higher risk unit train configurations would require comprehensive plans. PHMSA
Further, as previously discussed, PHMSA disagrees with the PCOR definition because PHMSA believes that using a gallons basis for the threshold could present compliance and enforcement issues, especially relative to the use of a number of tank cars. Since tank cars vary in the quantity of product that they can transport, PHMSA suggests it is much easier to determine the number of tank cars in a train carrying petroleum crude oil than it is to assess the exact amount of gallons carried by any number of tank cars designed with potentially different capacities. For example, a train carrying 35 tank cars of petroleum oil would likely be “around the margin” of 1,000,000 gallons of petroleum oil. In other words, accurately determining if the train as configured has 990,000 gallons of product, versus 1,000,000 gallons, might be difficult for compliance and enforcement purposes; whereas, it is easier to observe that the train as configured has 35 tank cars. While we proposed two thresholds based on gallon amounts in the ANPRM, we have since crafted our proposed threshold in the NPRM to reflect this updated viewpoint and analysis.
Moreover, PHMSA disagrees with the AAR's use of 800 feet as a geographic criterion in the PCOR definition because it might present compliance and enforcement issues. Assessing the need for a comprehensive plan or a potential violation would require a potentially taxing confirmation of the distance of a waterway from the centerline of the track, especially “around the margin” of 800 feet. In addition, this geographic criterion might result in different outcomes of response preparedness despite nearly identical levels of risk. For example, in a scenario wherein one waterway is 790 feet from the centerline of the track, and another scenario wherein a different waterway is 801 feet from the centerline of the track, the second waterway might be better protected from an oil spill than the first. Thus, the 800 feet geographic criterion appears to be arbitrary given that the commenter has not offered data to suggest that 800 feet would be an appropriate “buffer” zone between a potential derailment site and navigable water and as such, enhance safety and prevent the entry of oil into the waterway. Further, the distance between the centerline of the track and navigable water is but one of the several factors that could influence the probability of a spill damaging navigable water; that is, other geographical factors exist that might increase this probability substantially.
PHMSA also disagrees with AAR's contention that in order to trigger the response plan requirement, the waterway in question must be a maximum distance of 800 feet from the centerline of the tracks and the waterway must be “a river or waterway used for interstate transportation and commerce.” Both the distance from and criteria for a waterway as proposed by AAR are inconsistent with the CWA, which provides the statutory authority for this rulemaking. For example, rather than a distance of “800 feet” from navigable waters, the CWA requires oil spill response plans for any facility that “because of its location, could reasonably be expected to cause substantial harm to the environment by discharging into or on the navigable waters, adjoining shorelines, or the exclusive economic zone.” PHMSA is not aware of evidence demonstrating that all spills originating more than 800 feet away from navigable waters could not be reasonably expected to cause substantial harm to these resources. PHMSA assumes that all routes are expected to have the potential to impact navigable waters and that performing an analysis for every point along the route is not practical, as there are various factors that could complicate this analysis and hinder the ability to foresee an impact to navigable waters. For example, identification of navigable waters requires consideration of geographical features, seasonal variation, vegetation, etc. The possible impact zone surrounding the track could also depend on topography or the viscosity of the petroleum product transported. Therefore, the entire route should be covered by the Oil Spill Response Plan and after a discharge of oil occurs, the Federal On-Scene Coordinator should make the determination of the threat in the specific conditions.
In addition, per AAR's PCOR definition, a track or segment of track over which only eleven crude oil-carrying trains travel per year would not require a comprehensive plan; however, if a twelfth train travels over this same segment or track, it would necessitate a comprehensive plan. Thus, PHMSA suggests that this aspect of the PCOR definition may be impractical for compliance and enforcement efforts. We anticipate that it would not be possible for a railroad to make an accurate, advance prediction of commodity flows and train consists, because that prediction would rely on external factors beyond the railroad's control. For example, commodity flows and train consists would be affected by fluctuations in oil or other commodity prices, decisions by customers to pursue different shipping routes, or overall economic factors.
However, PHMSA recognizes that AAR has proactively identified ways to target the affected entities that present higher safety risks while trying to limit the impact of the proposed rule and associated costs on entities that pose significantly less risk. To that end, PHMSA appreciates the attentiveness to providing regulatory flexibility and holds that it may be acceptable to except certain small entities from the proposed requirements of comprehensive oil spill response plans if they are overly costly or burdensome for these entities. For more information regarding regulatory flexibility, please see Section VIII, Subsection E (“Regulatory Flexibility Act, Executive Order 13272, and DOT Policies and Procedures”). Moreover, PHMSA seeks comment on ways that might be used to effectively provide regulatory flexibility to bona fide small entities that pose a lesser safety risk and may not be able to comply with the requirements of the proposed rule due to cost concerns, limited benefit, or practical considerations.
Commenters submitted a variety of comments regarding plan contents to the ANPRM. In the ANPRM, PHMSA asked the public two questions that were specific to the area of plan contents. To paraphrase, the first question asked whether the current requirements for comprehensive OSRPs were “clear” or if greater specificity should be added to 49 CFR part 130 (“Part 130”). The second question asked if any comprehensive OSRP elements should be “added, removed, or modified.”
Regarding the first question, the majority of commenters stated that they were not clear and needed greater specificity. For example, the Response Group has said that the current requirements under part 130 are “too generic in nature.” In addition, API has stated, “The current PHMSA spill response plan requirements applicable to the railroads do not provide the clarity needed to develop comprehensive, responsive and consistent spill response plans . . . PHMSA should consider revising part 130 to provide better specificity to the
However, some commenters stated that the existing requirements are adequate as currently written. The New York State Department of Transportation has stated, “The use of comprehensive OSRPs is not a new concept . . . New York State believes the requirements of OSRPs are clear enough for railroads and shippers to understand what is required of them.” The American Fuel & Petrochemical Manufacturers (AFPM) has stated that the “requirements of OSRPs in 49 CFR 130.31 provide sufficient clarity for the railroads to take steps to plan for and address potential discharges of crude oil. The focus of PHMSA's efforts should be . . . ensuring appropriate oversight and enforcement of existing spill planning obligations, including ensuring that railroads have available the equipment and personnel necessary to address discharges.” Similarly, the City of Seattle claims that the current comprehensive OSRP requirements are clear for railroads and shippers, but states that the plan requirements are not clear to the public and “do not properly engage the public.” Regarding the City of Seattle's comment and public engagement, please refer to the summary and discussion of comments under Section V, Subsection E (“Confidentiality/Security Concerns for Comprehensive Oil Spill Response Plans”).
PHMSA also asked the public if any plan elements within part 130 should be added, removed, or modified. Several commenters identified plan elements that could be added, removed, or modified, and suggested different means of addressing: Adverse weather conditions; topological and geographic risks near rail routes; environmentally sensitive or significant areas; temporary storage of loaded rail cars; worst-case discharge planning; communication between Qualified Individuals and local, state, and federal officials; training standards; drills; equipment inspection; private and public resource contracting; response time requirements; timeframes for reviewing or updating OSRPs; public awareness; alternative plans; and NTSB safety recommendations, among other issues.
The Association of American Railroads (AAR) and American Short Line and Regional Railroad Association (ASLRRA), in particular, have made several suggestions regarding potential additions or modifications to part 130. AAR and ASLRRA have submitted “proposed regulatory language” for OSRPs. Within this language, they have suggested that rail carriers determine the worst-case discharge amount and provide their methodology within the OSRP. They have referenced National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP) and Area Contingency Plans (ACP) and provided a description of the requirements that a rail carrier must follow to be “consistent” with the NCP and each applicable ACP. In the same proposed language, AAR and ASLRRA have outlined the format of a possible comprehensive OSRP, which would include requirements for response resources, training, plan summaries and other administrative aspects of an OSRP. AAR and ASLRRA have also asked that an Integrated Contingency Plan (ICP) be acceptable if it “provides equivalent or greater spill protection” than the plan required under part 130. The joint comments also made suggestions related to recordkeeping, plan retention, periodic plan reviews, and submission/approval. For more information regarding the approval of plans, please refer to Section V, Subsection D (“Approval of Comprehensive Oil Spill Response Plans”).
The American Petroleum Institute (API) has suggested that comprehensive OSRP requirements be re-structured to be “consistent and complementary with other legal spill prevention rules.” API holds that comprehensive OSRP requirements could use a different format. In addition, API asks that DOT consider adopting the “Response Zone” concept that is currently utilized by pipeline operators. API also asks that DOT consider the public awareness programs under 49 CFR part 195 in which pipeline operators take part.
The Village of Barrington, Illinois and the TRAC Coalition have asked that comprehensive OSRP requirements enhance an “ongoing partnership” between railroads and local communities and include requirements for more effective communication between railroads and first responders. The commenter states that railroads must supply railroads with “response information for the particular type of hazmat being transported” and reiterates findings of an NTSB report suggesting a “documented failure of the railroad to provide immediately the emergency response information and . . . shipping papers, in printed form or electronically, to the incident commander.” The commenter also states that communities need to know “where needed response assets are located.”
Safety consultant John Joeckel has offered several suggestions for modifying the current OSRP requirements. In general, this commenter has stated that OSRP requirements should be more “prescriptive” and “specific” and follow the example of other agencies' regulations (
In a similar vein, the Center for Biological Diversity and partner commenters have asked that PHMSA include requirements for rail carriers to analyze environmentally-sensitive or significant areas, mitigate impacts to habitats and ecological services, and “ensure that response actions do not harm endangered species.” The Center
The Emmett Environmental Law and Policy Clinic of Harvard Law School, in collaboration with other environmental groups such as Sierra Club, have asked for certain modifications to comprehensive OSRP requirements. This commenter asks that the “range of oils carried by the railroad” be described in OSRPs, as well as the “variations in topographical and climatological conditions.” Similar to the comment from the Center for Biological Diversity, the commenter also stipulates that plans “minimize the use of oil spill dispersants, whose effects in freshwater environments are not well understood.”
Several other commenters have asked that comprehensive OSRP requirements be amended to address specific areas of environmental, cultural, or national significance. For example, the National Parks Conservation Association has recommended that “site-specific response plans” be required of HHFTs that passes through national park boundaries. The Flathead Basin Commission has relayed similar concerns regarding site-specific response plans. In addition, the Waterkeeper Alliance and partner commenters have stated that specific environmental areas and water resources are at risk of experiencing oil spills, such as the Spokane Valley, Columbia River, Puget Sound, Milwaukee River, Lake Ontario watershed, San Francisco Bay, and Hudson River, and suggested that OSRPs afford these areas consideration.
Washington State's Department of Ecology, Department of Fish and Wildlife, and Department of Natural Resources have proposed adding several plan elements. For example, they have proposed a “robust drills and exercise program” following the National Preparedness Response Exercise Program (NPREP). They have proposed standards for “oiled wildlife,” response arrival times, and “Group 5 oils,” as well as requirements for financial responsibility, sensitive site strategies, and waste storage and management.
In regard to changing the comprehensive OSRP requirements, New York State's Department of Transportation has stated that an existing requirement in part 130 must address the impacts of discharges upon land and groundwater as well as surface waters. In addition, New York State asks that OSRPs include more specific requirements to identify the roles and responsibilities of rail carriers and their supporting contractors relative to local communities and county/regional or state agencies.
Several firefighting and/or emergency response organizations have commented on the need to add, remove, or modify the elements of part 130. The Pacific States/British Columbia Oil Spill Task Force has said that OSRPs for the rail system should have a regulatory framework that is similar to the United States Coast Guard's. The National Association of SARA Title III Program Officials (NASTTPO) and the Oklahoma OHMERC have said that comprehensive OSRPs should enable first responders to have “real time information” on the contents of rail cars involved in accidents and require training and drills to be provided by railroads to local first responders. The City and County of Denver's Local Emergency Planning Committee has also commented in support of NASTTPO's suggestions on modifying comprehensive OSRP requirements. The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) has advised that two NFPA standards be incorporated into the comprehensive OSRP requirements in order to ensure that personnel responding to hazardous materials incidents be adequately qualified and trained.
In addition, the Transportation Trades Department, AFL-CIO (TTD), which represents transportation workers under the International Association of Fire Fighters (IAFF), has offered some suggestions regarding potential modifications or additions to part 130. TTD has noted that the current requirements “appear to require coordination with only private personnel and not public first responders.” They advocate that the role of public response personnel should also be incorporated into comprehensive OSRP requirements. Further, they ask that OSRPs be shared with fire fighters and paramedics. Please see Section V, Subsection E (“Confidentiality/Security Concerns for Comprehensive Oil Spill Response Plans”) for further discussion regarding the distribution of OSRPs.
With respect to adding elements to part 130, the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality has shared its state planning standards, including “response time objectives” for the use of containment booms as well as oil recovery operations. Oregon also recommends that comprehensive OSRPs require the establishment of equipment caches along HHFT rail corridors.
Similarly, the State of Minnesota shared some of the developments of the state's recent oil transportation safety law. On behalf of the state, Representative Frank Hornstein and Senator D. Scott Dibble have outlined state requirement that ensure accurate train manifests, establish response timeframes, institute a term of validity of three years for response plans, require that railroads participate in “take home” drills, and encourage the creation of cooperative equipment caches.
The Honorable Edward B. Murray and the City of Seattle have also outlined OSRP elements that need to be added or modified. They have stated that comprehensive OSRPs should provide: A clear understanding of the federal response structure; safety procedures at the response site and for obtaining required state and federal permissions for using alternative response strategies; identification of environmentally and economically sensitive areas; descriptions of the responsibilities of the operator and government officials; and a training program that satisfies the National Preparedness for Response Exercise Program (PREP).
We agree with the majority of commenters that the current regulations lack specificity and it can be difficult to understand the requirements of the plan. The lack of specificity is reflected in the recommended elements provided by commenters. Commenters from diverse backgrounds suggested that additional requirements for comprehensive oil spill response plans should add greater specificity to existing plan elements. For example, many commenters recommended that drills should satisfy the National Preparedness for Response Exercise Program (PREP). Many commenters also recommended adding elements that were already encompassed in the current comprehensive plan requirements. For example, the requirement to identify environmentally sensitive areas is a component of the current requirement to comply with the National Contingency Plan (NCP) and applicable Area Contingency Plan (ACP). However, the general reference to be consistent with the NCP and ACP in 40 CFR part 300 is unclear, as this is a voluminous citation with many sections that do not apply to rail. Overall, the input from commenters demonstrated a clear need to improve the comprehensive plan requirements. Therefore, we are proposing to separate the requirements for basic and comprehensive plans. The following discussion focuses on the proposed changes to comprehensive plans. As discussed in the previous section, this rulemaking proposes to require
While it is not feasible to include every element recommended by commenters, we looked for common themes and recommendations between different commenters, requirements which would address challenges faced in recent spill incidents, and requirements addressed by first responders during PHMSA's stakeholder outreach efforts. We have restructured and clarified the requirements of a comprehensive oil spill response plan to be more similar to other federal agencies and to provide greater specificity to assist in the regulated community's compliance with plan elements. We did not propose to adopt the recommendations from commenters that did not have a clear connection to the statutory requirements or parallel requirements in other federal regulations for oil spill response. Overall, the proposed changes are most similar to PHMSA's Office of Pipeline Safety (OPS) OSRP requirements under 49 CFR part 194, as they address OSRPs which must account for large geographic areas, instead of fixed facilities. However, we note there are some differences between responses to pipelines and railroads and we have tailored the proposed requirements appropriately. The proposed changes are intended to clarify the chain of command and communication requirements, and to provide more information about the resources available for response and the conditions the plan addresses, while retaining the same overall plan elements described in the statute.
We agree with the multiple commenters such as API and Mr. Joeckel who recommended using a requirement similar to response zones in pipeline regulations. This approach was identified as the best framework to address the unique challenge of creating a plan which spans large geographic distances. The CWA statute requires that the spill response plans make resources available by “contract or other means.” It is unlikely and sometimes impossible for the same responders and resources will be available at all points on a particular route. Therefore, it is important that response zones in the plan both identify the response resources, and ensure the response resources are capable of covering the entire response zone.
Commenters provided different recommendations for response times. Washington State's Department of Ecology, Department of Fish and Wildlife, and Department of Natural Resources; California Department of Fish & Wildlife, Office of Spill Prevention & Response (OSPR), and Oregon Department of Environmental Quality provided 6 hours as an example of a possible response time for illustrative purposes. Both the National Association of SERA Title Three Professionals Organization (NASTTPO) and the Oklahoma Hazardous Materials Emergency Response Commission assumed railroads are capable of mobilizing response resources in 4-6 hours. On this issue of response time frames, AAR and ASLRRA proposed that “[e]ach railroad shall identify in the plan the response resources which are available to respond within the time specified, after discovery of a worst case discharge, as follows: (1) [W]ithin 6 hours for designated high volume area as defined by the plan and (2) [w]ithin 24 hours for all other river or waterways used for interstate transportation and commerce.” No commenters provided data to support proposed response times.
Commenters also requested that plans more closely align with other federal agencies, such as the OPS requirements. In § 194.115 “Tier 1” response resources must be available in six hours for “High Volume Areas” and 12 hours for “All Other Areas.” Tier 2 and 3 require resources to be available between 30 and 60 areas depending on the designation. Part 194 of the 49 CFR does not include a definition for “Tier,” when describing the type of resources. OPS defines “High volume area” in 49 CFR 194.5 as “an area which an oil pipeline having a nominal outside diameter of 20 inches (508 millimeters) or more crosses a major river or other navigable waters, which, because of the velocity of the river flow and vessel traffic on the river, would require a more rapid response in case of a worst case discharge or substantial threat of such a discharge. Appendix B to this [40 CFR part 194] part contains a list of some of the high volume areas in the United States. To ensure response resources are adequately placed, USCG gauges whether response resources can make it to a given location by assuming response resources can travel 35 mile per hour.
This rulemaking proposes to provide a single metric of 12 hours to describe the location of response equipment, which is within the 4 to 24 hour range suggested by commenters. The 12 hour metric aligns with the timeframe for `tier 1' resources for `all other areas' required by OPS in part 194. We are also proposing to adopt the USCG assumption that that response resources can travel according to a land speed of 35 miles per hour. Therefore, for response resources traveling by land, the comprehensive OSRP will only be approved if response resources are staged within 420 miles of any point in the response zone, or the railroad demonstrates that a faster speed is achievable (
We did not propose a tiered approach to the response resources. The AAR and ASLRRA proposal recommended allowing railroads to define “High Volume Area” within each plan without any criteria for such a definition. As there is nothing prohibiting railroads from staging resources closer to specific route segments, we disagree that a voluntary designation will increase coverage for sensitive areas. We also disagree that 24 hours provides adequate coverage as a single metric. As described above, OPS provides specific criteria used in determining and defining high volume areas that were absent in the AAR and ASLRRA proposal. However, not all the criteria in the OPS definition of “High Volume Area” translate easily to rail transportation (
PHMSA acknowledges that some areas in proximity to certain navigable waters may benefit more than other areas from staging and deploying resources in closer proximity, due to the potentially higher consequences of spills in these areas. Therefore, PHMSA will consider adopting shorter response time requirements than 12 hours in the final rule based on information provided by commenters and other
In addition to the time frame in which response resources must arrive, the effectiveness and adequacy of these resources must also be assessed. To that end, PHMSA has proposed in this rulemaking that affected entities determine a worst-case discharge (WCD) planning volume. PHMSA maintains that, without this particular planning volume, rail carriers that transport petroleum oil in higher-risk train configurations would most likely be unable to “ensure by contract or other means . . . the availability of, private personnel and equipment necessary to remove to the maximum extent practicable a worst case discharge (including a discharge resulting from fire or explosion), and to mitigate or prevent a substantial threat of such a discharge,” as stipulated in the statute of the CWA.
For purposes of understanding what constitutes a worst-case discharge in the context of rail transportation of petroleum oil, PHMSA has identified and analyzed the quantity released from tank cars in the major derailments involving petroleum oil that have occurred in recent years in the U.S. This analysis indicates that the worst-case discharge, in terms of the quantity released from tank cars that punctured or experienced thermal tears, would be approximately 500,000 gallons of petroleum oil. In particular, PHMSA has identified the quantity released in the Casselton, ND derailment, wherein 474,936 gallons of crude oil was released, as an approximation of a worst-case discharge.
However, PHMSA has not proposed in this rulemaking that the planning volume for a worst-case discharge be 500,000 gallons because we recognize that the tank car design enhancements promulgated in HM-251 would reduce the overall quantity released in a derailment scenario occurring in the future. In other words, the Casselton, ND derailment involved the release of 474,936 gallons of crude oil, but if a similar derailment were to occur in the future, it would most likely involve a lesser quantity released due to improvements in the puncture resistance and thermal protection of tank cars achieved through HM-251. For this reason, PHMSA has proposed a lesser planning volume for worst-case discharges, adjusting the largest quantity released within the crude-by-rail derailment history (
Nevertheless, PHMSA recognizes that the number of tank cars loaded with petroleum oil in a train consist can vary widely and that 300,000 gallons as a worst-case discharge planning volume may not be appropriate for very large, higher-risk train configurations involving petroleum oil. For example, assuming 30,000 gallons is contained in a single tank car; a 50-tank car train carrying crude oil would carry approximately 1,500,000 gallons, whereas a 100-tank car train would carry approximately 3,000,000 gallons. Thus, PHMSA maintains that a 300,000 gallon planning volume would be appropriate for the 50-tank car train, but it would not be appropriate for the 100-tank car train, which carries substantially more petroleum oil product and as such, presents a much greater risk in the transportation system. Further, PHMSA acknowledges the existence of even larger trains (
For these reasons, PHMSA has supplemented the 300,000 gallon figure to include another parameter that adequately increases the WCD planning volume for train configurations involving a greater number of tank cars and thus presenting greater risk. The parameter we propose, as a supplementation to the 300,000 gallons WCD planning volume, is the ratio of petroleum oil that could reasonably be expected to release in a derailment to the total quantity of petroleum oil carried within a train consist (
Furthermore, the statutory requirements of CWA state explicitly that a worst-case discharge includes a discharge resulting from fire or explosion. Per 33 U.S.C. 1321 (j)(5)(D)(iii), a response plan must “identify, and ensure by contract or
In reflection of these analyses, PHMSA proposes that the worst-case discharge for comprehensive plans be defined as follows:
As previously discussed, PHMSA used an average effectiveness rate achieved through HM-251 to determine the proposed 300,000 gallon WCD planning volume. However, for the proposed WCD planning volume based on the percentage of the total petroleum oil lading within a train consist, PHMSA has not incorporated the average effectiveness rate because we believe that this percentage should be more conservative such that very large train configurations (
We generally agree with AAR and ASLRRA with respect to the overall plan format. Our proposal for requirements includes an information summary, core plan, response zone appendices, clarification of which elements are necessary for a minimum consistency with the NCP and applicable ACP, and a separate training section. We also proposed to allow use of an Integrated Contingency Plan (ICP) to provide flexibility, in recognition that railroads may additionally be subject to the OSRP requirements of other agencies. We also added requirements to describe the railroad's response management system which will help clarify the roles of responders and require use of National Incident Management System (NIMS) and Incident Command System (ICS) for common response terminology. Use of a common terminology is also necessary for the railroad to be able to certify compliance with the NCP and ACP. The importance of describing the management response system and use of NIMS was highlighted by first responders in the “Crude Oil Rail Emergency Response Lessons Learned Roundtable Report.” We further request questions on whether the Qualified Individual (QI) should be trained to the Incident Commander level or whether requiring training in use of plan is sufficient.
We further note that use of dispersants is generally not authorized by the NCP or ACP for use on inland oil discharges. We specify that the plans must identify the procedures to obtain any required federal and state authorization for using alternative response strategies such as in-situ burning and/or chemical agents as provided for in the applicable ACP and subpart J of 40 CFR part 300. We disagree with commenters that requirements for dispersants should be further addressed by DOT.
For equipment testing and drills, we proposed requirements which harmonize with OPS. Specifically, we agree with commenters who recommended the National Preparedness for Response Exercise Program (PREP) as the appropriate standard for drills. On April 11, 2016, USCG announced that the updated 2016 PREP Guidelines have been finalized and are now publicly available. These updates included broadening Section 5 of the PREP Guidelines to allow for the inclusion of other DOT/PHMSA-regulated facilities, such as rail.
We disagree with commenters who recommend adopting requirements which are duplicative of other regulations, such as shipping paper manifest information or the proposed information sharing requirements. As described in greater detail in Section II, Subsection D (“Related Actions”), on April 17, 2015 PHMSA and FRA issued notices and a safety advisory notice reminding and clarifying shippers and railroads of their existing obligations to
We agree with commenters that highlighting the need to address adverse weather conditions is important for both response activities and under the statutory requirements. Therefore, we have added a definition for adverse weather, and clarified that equipment must be suitable for adverse weather conditions and planning must incorporate adverse weather preparedness.
We agree with commenters that strengthening the communication requirements is important. Recent incidents and input from first responders in the “Crude Oil Rail Emergency Response Lessons Learned Roundtable Report” highlight the need for better communication procedures. Our proposed changes once again are similar to the OPS, as well as the AAR and ASLRRA, by specifying the need to provide checklists which clarify the order and type of notification to be provided.
Overall, our proposed changes build on the existing framework for OSRPs both in the current regulations and the requirements by other federal agencies. The proposed requirements provide greater specificity than the current requirements, but still allow sufficient flexibility for railroads to tailor the requirements to the unique needs of their organizations and the diverse routes covered by their plans. Most importantly, the proposed changes clarify the need for better communication, identification of resources, and information.
In the ANPRM, PHMSA asked the public if any costs would be incurred in submitting comprehensive OSRPs to the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA). In addition, PHMSA asked if other federal agencies with responsibilities under the NCP should review or comment on rail carriers' comprehensive OSRPs. In sum, these questions inquire about the comprehensive OSRP approval process and consequently, the agency that would have the authority to process rail carriers' submissions of comprehensive OSRPs.
In general, industry stakeholders requested that there be one approving federal agency for comprehensive OSRPs, citing concerns about costs, security, and the clarity of the approvals process. In general, environmental groups, government representatives and other commenters supported additional oversight, including oversight or review by federal agencies, states, SERCs, LEPCs, and/or the public. Commenters also had different suggestions as to which federal agency should ultimately fulfill the responsibilities of approval.
For example, AFPM has stated, “. . .only one agency should ultimately review and comment on a completed comprehensive OSRP. Review by multiple agencies is both duplicative and time-consuming . . . PHMSA is the appropriate agency to provide review . . . [and] there are concerns that a multi-agency review may increase the security risk of OSRPs being disseminated to individuals or groups who should not be privy to this information.”
Without expressing support for a particular agency to approve comprehensive OSRPs, API has submitted a similar comment, stating, “[w]hile other agencies, such as USCG and EPA, can offer useful guidance on the process and administration of OSRPs, they should not necessarily comment on the specific aspects that relate to rail operations. Federal multiagency review would . . . likely be an administrative burden for DOT that could be bureaucratically prohibitive to developing an OSRP process that should be implemented in a reasonable time frame.”
AAR also holds that only one federal agency should ultimately be responsible for the approval process, but suggests that FRA be the agency that undertakes this. On behalf of its member railroads, AAR states, “[t]he railroads offer that OSRPs should . . . be submitted only to FRA, as primary regulator for rail safety issues, for review.” AAR further specifies that PHMSA already has rail-specific regulations that stipulate FRA enforcement responsibilities.
Some commenters have given considerations related to the approval process itself. DGAC states, “. . . if prior FRA approval is required before shipments can be made, serious and costly economic impacts could be expected. Delays in shipments would have a significant negative economic impact on the U.S. economy.” Thus, DGAC also acknowledges the notion of FRA approval, but suggests that the approval process should have a regulatory mechanism to allow for shipments of crude oil while the approval process is pending.
States and environmental organizations highlighted the importance of approval as a requirement under the statute. For example, Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology), the Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW), and the Washington State Department of Natural Resources (DNR) stated “33 U.S.C. 1321(j) expressly requires the President to review and approve the oil spill response plans.” The Delaware Riverkeeper Network, however, similarly stated: “approval of these plans [comprehensive OSRPs] should be required before transport of petroleum oil products is permitted.” In addition, this commenter has suggested that plans should be submitted to, reviewed, and approved by FRA. Safety consultant John Joeckel highlighted NTSB's Safety Recommendations R-14-01 through R-14-03 to the FRA Administrator on January 23, 2014 which stated,
[a]lthough 49 CFR 130.31 requires comprehensive response plans to be submitted to the FRA, there is no provision for the FRA to review and approve plans, which calls into question why these plans are required to be submitted. The FRA would be better prepared to identify deficient response plans if it had a program to thoroughly review and approve each plan before carriers are permitted to transport petroleum oil products. In comparison to other DOT regulations for oil transportation in pipelines, an operator may not handle, store, or transport oil in a pipeline unless it has submitted a response plan for PHMSA approval. The NTSB strongly believes there must be an equivalent level of preparedness across all modes of transportation to respond to major disasters involving releases of flammable liquid petroleum products.
California's Office of Spill Prevention Response and Washington State's Department of Ecology also reaffirmed the statute's requirement to approve plans and along with partner commenters within these states, have stated that either PHMSA or FRA could be responsible for plan review and approval.
Commenters have suggested that the approval process include review by several federal agencies. For example, safety consultant John Joeckel has said that OSRPs should be submitted to PHMSA for review and approval, with additional review and comments by the USCG, EPA, and appropriate individual States. The Center for Biological Diversity states, “EPA and USCG should not only review the OSRPs, but PHMSA should require coordination with those agencies through a specific consultation and approval process.”
With an emphasis on NEPA and the Endangered Species Act, Harvard Law School's Emmett Environmental Law and Policy Clinic, along with partner commenters, have suggested that FRA's “review of draft OSRPs should include public participation under NEPA and the ESA . . . Similarly, under Section 7 of the ESA, an agency must consult with
Thus, several commenters have advised that the review and approval of comprehensive OSRPs include multiple federal agencies, such as the USCG, EPA, PHMSA, FRA, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and/or the National Marine Fisheries Service.
Some commenters suggested that state-based approval processes be adopted. For example, the League of California Cities has stated, “. . . in California, there are regional OSPRs that are coordinated through the state. Railroads' OSPRs should also be coordinated and consistent with state and regional plans.” Similarly, several members of the concerned public, such as Daniel Wiese, Jared Howe, and Mary Ruth and Phillip Holder, have recommended that the authority for plan approval be granted to states.
In regard to state-based approval processes, some commenters have proposed that state approval be coordinated through SERCs, TERCs, and/or LEPCs. For example, King County, WA has recommended that the “OSRP be developed in consultation . . . with [the] SERC or other appropriate state delegated entity,” and the City of Seattle has asked that SERCs and LEPCs “have the opportunity to review and comment on the OSRPs.” Other commenters have noted that SERCs, TERCs, LEPCs and/or other local emergency responders should be provided with the plans, but do not specify whether this type of coordination between rail carriers and these entities would explicitly become part of the plan approval process. For more information regarding the distribution of plans for purposes of disclosure, preparedness, and implementation, please see the comment summaries and discussion within Section V, Subsection E (“Confidentiality/Security Concerns for Comprehensive Oil Spill Response Plans”).
Other commenters from the concerned public and departments within city and state governments highlighted state legislation related to oil spill response plans and request that PHMSA provide assurance that such legislation will not be preempted by this rule. Joint comments from the Washington State DNR, Ecology, and WDFW stated “This clearly preserves state authority to adopt requirements for response plans from railroads. PHMSA's rulemaking should confirm this understanding in its Federalism analysis.” Specific commenters have proposed that cities or local governments are considering developing permitting processes to require review and comment on OSRPs at this level. The City of Seattle has stated that the “City of Seattle is developing a new Right of Way Term Permitting process to be applied to expired railroad franchise agreements . . . and enables local jurisdictions with Rail—Arterial Right of Way impacts to better enforce public safety, environment, and liability issues such as making review and approval of the OSRPs for High Hazard Flammable Trains a mandatory requirement . . . Unfortunately, until federal legislation is passed requiring all railroad companies to develop and submit OSRPs to municipalities for review, this process will be difficult to enact and enforce.” For further discussion of preemption issues, please see the Section VIII, Subsection C (“Executive Order 13132”).
Some commenters have indicated that the general public should be allowed to review and comment on OSRPs and as a result, be involved in the plan approval process. Harvard Law School's Emmett Environmental Law and Policy Clinic, along with partner commenters, have recommended that plan approval include a “robust public participation process.” This commenter continues, “[t]o this end, the regulations should require the publication of draft OSRPs followed by a period for public comment upon them.”
Commenters have suggested terms of validity for plan approval. Safety consultant John Joeckel, in particular, has suggested that the plans be approved for a period of five years. Commenters have also explained that plans should be re-submitted in the event of any significant changes.
We agree with industry commenters that mandating multiagency approval could cause undue delays, burdens, and security risks. Furthermore, 33 U.S.C. 1321 (j)(5)(E) requires a plan that meets the minimum requirements to be approved. Therefore, we disagree with the premise that mandating multi-agency or public participation would provide enough value in an explicit approval process to justify the increased burden and potential delay. Furthermore, the resources for mandatory consultation with other agencies and public participation could potentially divert resources from safety activities. However, we encourage the comments of Federal, State, and local agencies and tribal authorities addressing the proposed requirements for the development of OSRPs.
As FRA is the agency which has delegated authority to approve oil spill response plans for rail tank cars, we are proposing FRA as the sole agency required to approve railroad comprehensive oil spill response plans. Under 33 U.S.C. 1321 (j)(5)(D)(vi), spill response plans must “be resubmitted for approval of each significant change.” However, we agree with commenters that ensuring plan consistency with the NCP and ACP is important. We are clarifying that FRA may consult with the EPA or the USCG, if needed. This may be necessary to facilitate the needs of the Federal On-Scene Coordinator, such as verifying compliance with elements related to consistency with the NCP or ACP. This also aligns with the requirements for plan approval under PHMSA OPS.
The current requirements for plan submission are under § 130.31(b)(6), which requires comprehensive plans to be “submitted, and resubmitted in the event of any significant change, to the Federal Railroad Administrator.” Under 33 U.S.C. 1321 (j)(5)(E), guidelines for review and approval by the President are specified when “any response plan submitted under this paragraph for an onshore facility that, because of its location, could reasonably be expected to cause significant and substantial harm to the environment by discharging into or on the navigable waters or adjoining shorelines or the exclusive economic zone.” As discussed previously in the background section of this document, the President's authority to approve plans was delegated to the Secretary of Transportation and then to the Federal Highway Administration and the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) for motor carriers and railroads, respectively. USCG, EPA, BSEE, and PHMSA Office of Pipeline Safety (OPS) were delegated the authority to regulate and approve plans for their respective facility types.
As requested by commenters, we are further clarifying the submission and approval procedures to align with both the statute and other federal agencies. AAR and ASLRRA submitted proposed regulatory text with many similarities to PHMSA OPS requirements. We have proposed to adopt many requirements similar to the OPS submission and approval under sections 194.119 and 194.121. Among other changes, we are clarifying that electronic copies are the preferred format. At this time, railroads may mail copies of plans contained on CD-ROMs, USB flash drive, or similar electronic formats. FRA may make other versions of electronic submission available in the future. We are requiring railroads to review plans every five
In accordance with both the statute and requests from commenters, we have clarified the process for railroads to respond to alleged deficiencies in the plan identified by FRA and to allow railroads to continue to operate after they have submitted the plan and are awaiting approval decision. We are further clarifying that railroads may follow the existing procedures under section 209.11 in the FRA regulations to request confidential treatment for documents filed with the agency, provided the information is exempt by law from public disclosure (
In the ANPRM, PHMSA asked the public the following question: “Should PHMSA require that the basic and/or the comprehensive OSRPs be provided to State Emergency Response Commissions (SERCs), Tribal Emergency Response Commissions (TERCs), Fusion Centers, or other entities designated by each state, and/or made available to the public?” Commenters submitted a variety of comments regarding the distribution of OSRPs and relayed ideas about which entities should be provided with or provided access to comprehensive OSRPs. This distribution might include SERCs, TERCs, Fusion Centers, other state entities, or the general public.
The majority of commenters support the distribution of OSRPs to SERCs or other emergency response organizations. Among the commenters in support are: The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA); the Department of Law, City of Chicago; LRT-Done Right; the Center for Biological Diversity; NASTTPO; the Riverfront Park Association; the Delaware Riverkeeper Network; the Flathead Basin Commission; King County, WA; New York State Department of Transportation; OHMERC; The Response Group; the Village of Barrington, IL and the TRAC Coalition; Washington State; the Waterkeeper Alliance; and the Solano County Department of Resource Management. In general, these commenters hold that SERCs should have the plans and could oversee the transmission of plan information to emergency response organizations within cities, counties, or other localities. These commenters emphasize that emergency responders would benefit from having the plan so as to prepare more effectively for rail accidents involving crude oil.
Other commenters have expressed support for the distribution or disclosure of OSRPs to SERCs or other appropriate emergency response organizations, but expressed concerns about security risks and the distribution or disclosure of OSRPs to the general public. Among these commenters are: AFPM, AAR, and ASLRRA.
With regard to security concerns, AFPM has said, “[a]lthough communications are vital . . . SSI [sensitive security information] should be disclosed to only a limited group of people on a “need to know” basis . . . Broader dissemination raises significant security concerns in light of the possible targeting of rail by terrorist and others.” AAR and ASLRRA have provided a similar comment on this issue, stating, “[i]f required by DOT to share very specific OSRP information with the SERCs, the railroads are concerned that a potential bad actor would be able to obtain the information . . . Releasing to the public the worst case scenarios and the available response resources and equipment in the OSRPs could provide a bad actor with key information crucial to planning environmental terrorism activities.” Thus, while acknowledging the potential value of distributing OSRPs, industry commenters have expressed security concerns and advised there should be limitations imposed on the distribution of OSRPs and certain types of information (
AAR and ASLRRA have also articulated that the distribution of OSRPs, even to bona fide emergency response organizations such as SERCs, could result in further dissemination to the general public. Regarding this point, AAR and ASLRRA have referred to the example of Emergency Order Docket No. DOT-OST-2014-0067, which required railroads to make crude oil routing information available to SERCs. AAR states, “[w]hile the railroads do not believe it was DOT's intention, the EO has often resulted in the information it requires railroads to disclose to SERCs being made publically available.” AFPM has voiced similar concerns. Thus, according to some industry stakeholders, security concerns would remain even if the distribution of OSRPs were limited to SERCs or other appropriate emergency response organizations.
Other commenters have stated that OSRPs would or would not be restricted due to security concerns. The Waterkeeper Alliance has communicated, “[i]n our view, this data should not be restricted . . . Furthermore, the data should not be deemed a security issue, nor should there be any restrictions placed on intra-government dissemination of the data. This data is vital to the public welfare . . . To keep these train movements secret would directly endanger the public.” Hence, some commenters disagree that distributing or disclosing OSRPs would entail security concerns.
Commenters have also relayed that the entities developing OSRPs may have rights of confidentiality (
On the issue of confidential business rights, other commenters have stated that OSRPs should or would not be confidential business information. Accordingly, Harvard Law School's Emmett Environmental Law and Policy Clinic, along with partner commenters, have said, “[m]andatory disclosure only to federal officials, as is currently the case, is inadequate given that state and local authorities will usually be the first responders to an accident and bear the burden of ensuring preparedness and the consequences of failing to do so. PHMSA should also mandate public disclosure of OSRPs. The contents of such plans will not be . . . confidential business information.”
Thus, many commenters suggested that OSRPs be made available to the public. For example, the Delaware Riverkeeper Network has commented,
A few commenters have agreed that plans can be made available to the public, but clarified that this disclosure would include only non-SSI material. Accordingly, New York State has commented, “[r]elease of the non-security sensitive portions of these plans to the public can also be accommodated using the policies already established for the Area Contingency Plans established by OPA 90.” Therefore, disclosure to the public need not include entire copies of comprehensive OSRPs.
On this topic, a safety consultant, John Joeckel stated, “I do not see the need to have the Comprehensive OSRPs available to the public as long as the local responding agencies have the necessary information contained in the OSRP,
Some commenters have asked that the distribution of plans involve processes beyond the provision of OSRPs to appropriate emergency response entities. For example, the Oklahoma OHMERC has said, “[t]he delivery should be more than mailing a plan to the LEPC, the railroad should present the plan in person so that local emergency response planners and responders have the opportunity to ask questions and discuss roles under the OSRP.” In addition, the Delaware Riverkeeper Network has expressed that “meetings should be used to educate community members about evacuation plans and how to access up-to-date information in the event of an emergency.” Further, The Response Group has asked that railroad companies be required to “follow the precepts that PHSMA expects pipeline companies to follow and align those requirements . . . [with] API RP 1162.”
Transparency is important to PHMSA as the agency provides resources to the emergency response community in many forms. As described in the Section II, Subsection D-5 (“Stakeholder Outreach”), PHMSA and the railroads have been engaged in multiple activities and partnerships to take a comprehensive approach to providing training and emergency response information resources about the hazard of crude oil. We disagree however that providing the entire OSRP to emergency responders will lead to better preparedness. Some elements of the OSRP may be sensitive for security, business, or privacy reasons. Other elements are specific to railroad operations, and will not inform the actions of first responders or communities.
To ensure emergency responders have pertinent information from plans, we are proposing that information describing the response zones and contact information for the qualified individual are provided to SERCs and TERCs as part of the information sharing requirements proposed in section 174.312. This allows emergency responders to understand which communities are included in the same response zone and the appropriate contact for the OSRP information at the railroad. Adding these requirements takes an integrated approach to the regulations and ensures the different types of emergency response information will be presented in a cohesive, usable format. We believe that the current requirements to notify fusion centers under routing information, and the proposed information sharing requirements for SERCs and TERCs described under Section II, Subsection E (“HHFT Information Sharing Notification”) will work cumulatively to provide emergency response organizations with the complete information they need about a route to prepare for flammable liquids transiting their communities without compromising security. In addition, by clarifying requirements for the OSRP (including notification procedures and the roles and responsibilities of individuals within the plan), railroads will be able to more quickly disseminate the information and conditions specific to the incident to appropriate local, state, and Federal agencies.
In the ANPRM, PHMSA asked the public what costs the regulated community would incur in order to: (1) Develop comprehensive OSRPs; (2) remove or remediate discharges; and (3) conduct training, drills and equipment testing. PHMSA also asked about commenters' assumptions and requested that commenters provide detailed estimates.
With regard to plan development costs, two commenters provided estimates of labor costs; however, PHMSA did not receive any detailed cost estimates. The majority of commenters chose to emphasize other considerations that they deemed to be relevant in estimating the costs of OSRPs.
AAR and ASLRRA, in particular, have stated that PHMSA would need to supply more information about plan requirements in order to develop detailed cost estimates. AAR states, “[w]ithout further guidance from PHMSA . . . the railroads are unable to provide more specific cost estimates.” However, as a general estimate, AAR and ASLRRA estimate that a “petroleum crude oil spill response plan, without equipment cost included, could cost a railroad anywhere from $100,000-$500,000.”
Other commenters provided general cost estimates for plan development. For example, the Response Group has stated that labor would cost $100 per hour and that a new plan would require approximately 120 hours of work. This yields $12,000 as the labor cost component of the overall plan development costs per railroad. John Joeckel, a safety consultant, has offered another estimate, stating that an individual railroad's “core” plan would cost approximately $31,000. This estimate includes: 250 labor hours, compensated at $115 per hour, and $2,250 in printing and administration costs. The commenter has also estimated that the “core” plan would need to be supplemented by
As previously stated, several commenters did not supply cost estimates but chose to draw attention to other considerations, such as the estimated cost of cleaning up oil spills. For example, the Delaware Riverkeeper Network has articulated, “[t]he costs incurred to create and implement a comprehensive OSRP . . . should be considered the cost of doing business, and are minimal when compared to the costs incurred to clean up and attempt to remedy crude rail accidents. For example, in 2013, over 1.15 million gallons of crude oil were spilled in over 35 accidents, and clean-up costs of one accident alone are estimated to total at least $180 million.” In addition, a concerned member of the public has said, “[f]or consideration of costs (see advance notice items 4, 5, and 6), the agency should include costs to communities and their economies from crude oil spills.”
In addition to AAR and ASLRRA, other commenters have expressed that they were not certain of the costs of developing a comprehensive OSRP. For example, New York State has asked PHMSA to “ascertain cost estimates.” Similarly, other commenters have communicated that, while they are uncertain of the plan development costs that railroads would face, pipeline oil spill response plans are likely to be analogous in some respects. To that effect, the City of Seattle has commented, “[w]hile we do not have the information necessary to know what costs the railroads and shippers may incur for developing the comprehensive OSRPs, we know that there are current pipeline response plans through the U.S. While they do not directly apply to rail activities, portions of these existing plans are applicable and will provide the railroad industry with a head start toward a comprehensive plan.” Thus, multiple commenters have expressed some uncertainty regarding the costs of developing a comprehensive OSRP.
Some commenters have stated that the cost of developing a comprehensive OSRP would be “nominal” or “not significant” since railroads are already compliant with many of the current OSRP requirements under part 130, including the requirements for a basic OSRP. For example, the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality has said, “[m]ost railroad companies currently have basic oil spill response plans. Many of these plans already identify additional equipment and personnel available to them by contract or other approved means. These companies have also identified the equivalent of a qualified individual. Rail companies should not incur significant costs in developing comprehensive OSRPs.” Similarly, NASTTPO has stated, “[a]ssuming the rail carriers are already doing a compliant basic OSRP, the incremental cost should be nominal.” Further, the City and County of Denver, Office of Emergency Management and Homeland Security, as well as the OHMERC, have expressed their support of the comments by NASTTPO. However, these commenters did not supply additional information to clarify the threshold at which costs could be considered “significant” or “nominal.”
In addition to asking the public about plan development costs, PHMSA inquired about the costs incurred to remove discharges. PHMSA asked about the placement of equipment along the track, the types of equipment needed to remove or contain discharges, and the maximum time needed to contain a worst-case discharge. Some commenters have suggested maximum response times, as well as limited cost estimates, but overall the comments received lack detail and do not identify the range of costs that would be incurred to remove discharges. In addition, commenters have specified some types of equipment, such as containment booms, work boats, skimmers, and foam concentrate, but the commenters' listing of equipment does not appear to be exhaustive.
With regard to discharge removal, AAR and ASLRRA have stated that equipment costs can be substantial. Without providing detailed cost information, AAR has cited that deploying a single containment boom could cost $15,000. AAR has not included other information regarding the costs of response resources and equipment.
Safety consultant John Joeckel has identified a variety of potential costs that might be incurred in removing discharges. On this issue, Mr. Joeckel has stated, “[c]osts will either be directly capitalized by the rail operator for company owned resources to inventory, for membership dues increases for a cooperative to purchase and stockpile resources or for increased “retainer” fees from contractors that will charge the rail operator for their listing as a contracted resource in the OSRP.” In addition, Mr. Joeckel clarifies, “there are substantial resources already available throughout the nation in many areas, including locations in near proximity to rail trackage, so it is not necessarily a given that any new response requirements will automatically result in the need to purchase and stockpile and thus won't necessarily entail new significant costs for the railroad industry.” Further, this commenter has stated that response resources for discharge removal are generally “secondary” to the resources that would be necessary for ensuring public safety immediately following an incident, such as foam, foam application systems, and “toxic emission plume monitoring” equipment. As a result, this commenter has suggested that planning standards for response resources should allow for the “cascading” of resources, or in other words, a “tiered” response wherein some types of equipment are required at the site of an incident before others.
NASTTPO has not specified any types of equipment or cost estimates, but has offered relevant assumptions regarding planning and the use of response resources. The commenter states, “[w]e presume that rail carriers should be able to mobilize contract responders to any point on their system within 4-6 hours dependent on weather. Contractors that provide such services are common and the trucking industry along with insurance carriers routinely pre-contract for these services.” Thus, according to this commenter and partner commenters, contracting for response resources is “routine” and as a result, industry stakeholders should be able to identify response providers and are aware of the costs involved.
New York State and the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality have emphasized that discharge removal and other response resources must be allocated according to a risk analysis. New York State, in particular, has suggested that the 27 factors that railroads use for routing analyses (under § 172.820) could serve as a way to identify “the areas of highest vulnerability or . . . areas that have impediments to access for first responders.” In addition, this commenter has provided estimates for foam concentrate, stating, “[t]he cost for 600 or more gallons of Class B foam concentrate estimated as necessary for
The City of Seattle has estimated $20,000 as the cost of air monitoring and personal protection equipment (PPE). The commenter states that these costs are not currently budgeted by Seattle Public Utilities, which, according to the commenter, is one of the city's agencies that would respond to an incident.
The Delaware River and Bay Oil Spill Advisory Committee has offered estimates of the capital investments needed to prepare for a “debris mission.” The commenter states, “the capital cost to stand up a floating debris collection mission could be in the range of $14 million to $21 million.” According to the commenter, city or state authorities would undertake these capital investments, so it is not clear if these costs would be included in cost estimates for a comprehensive OSRP.
With respect to the costs of cleaning up oil spills, The League of California Cities has stated, “[m]ost importantly, these plans [OSRPs] should provide for the obligation to pay for recovery, including all required clean-up.” Other commenters have communicated that the costs of discharge removal are “minimal” and are the “cost of doing business.” Thus, these commenters seek to stress that the costs to communities that experience an oil spill can be large and must be considered alongside the costs to implement OSRPs.
In the ANPRM, PHMSA also asked the public to comment on training costs, such as the costs of conducting drills or testing equipment. In addition, many commenters discussed which entities would be responsible for providing training or ensuring that training is adequately funded. Commenters have also supplied some basic cost estimates for different components of training.
AAR and ASLRRA have stated that training costs can be substantial and estimated that a single training exercise or drill could cost between $60,000 and $150,000. AAR and ASLRRA have also stated, “[w]ithout further guidance from PHMSA . . . the railroads are unable to provide more specific cost estimates.”
New York State has identified various costs associated with the training of first responders and emergency personnel. The commenter has cited “the costs of providing staffing (backfills) for career fire departments and . . . consumables required for effective and realistic training such as training foam. Staffing backfill costs will vary by jurisdiction but can be significant, and if not addressed, limit participation of critical response agencies with a corresponding negative impact upon effectiveness.” The commenter has not provided any cost estimates related to backfills or consumables.
Some commenters have suggested that the cost of training be funded by railroads. For example, the City of Lockport, IL has said, “[t]he new guidelines proposed by Federal Pipeline and Hazard Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA) must include adequate emergency preparation and response protocols for local agencies responding to these incidents and the Railroads profiting from this transportation should provide this at no cost to local responders.” The commenter has not estimated the cost to rail carriers if they were to provide this training.
The League of California Cities has made a similar comment, stating, “[f]ully-funded regular training programs that cover the cost of training, including backfill employee costs, to ensure that first responders are trained, and remain trained, on up-to-date procedures to address the unique risks posed by these shipments.” In this case, the commenter has not specified the source of this funding.
Other commenters have suggested that rail carriers should not be expected to pay for the costs of training local first responders. NASTTPO has expressed, “[w]e have no expectation that the rail carriers would be paying for the attendance of local first responders at training events and exercises.” The commenter has also expressed that, since the rulemaking should not require railroads to pay for the training of local first responders, the costs imposed on the regulated community as a result of training requirements should be “nominal.” In agreement, the City and County of Denver's Office of Emergency Management and Homeland Security has stated that they support all the comments made by NASTTPO.
Oklahoma's OHMERC has similarly stated that railroads should not be expected to pay the costs of training local first responders, but emphasizes that “given the fact that volunteer fire fighters have other job obligations, training would be most effective delivered locally.”
The Dangerous Goods Advisory Council has suggested that ensuring training among emergency responders will be difficult due to practical and financial concerns. DGAC has stated, “DGAC supports the training of emergency responders in how to properly respond to hazardous materials incidents. However, it may be difficult, time consuming, and costly to individually train each emergency response organization in the areas through which a `key' or `unit' train transporting crude oil travels. It is unlikely that every local emergency response organization located along the route could afford to develop and maintain the necessary resources to respond to significant incidents involving crude oil derailments.” Given this concern, the commenter holds that “regional response teams” may be an effective alternative.
Various commenters have suggested that PHMSA adopt training elements from the National Preparedness, Response and Exercise Program (PREP) guidelines, which have been developed through multi-agency participation and coordination, including DOT, USCG, EPA, and DOI. Safety consultant, John Joeckel, the Office of Spill Prevention & Response (OSPR), and Washington State have voiced support for NPREP. According to commenters, NPREP training covers a variety of training exercises (
Commenters have mentioned other standards for training or equipment testing requirements. For example, Safety consultant John Joeckel has referenced a 1994 publication entitled, “Training Reference for Oil Spill Response,” as well as the U.S. Coast Guard's Oil Spill Response Organization (OSRO) Classification program for the testing of equipment. Further, the commenter maintains that contractors working with rail carriers would “in all likelihood” already be participating in the OSRO Classification program, suggesting that the industry's available response resources could be compliant with existing equipment testing requirements under USCG. With regard to cost estimates, Mr. Joeckel is unable to quantify a monetary value for relevant training exercises.
OSPR has suggested other training sources, such as the Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response (HAZWOPER), a set of guidelines overseen by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and regulated in 29 CFR part 1910. OSPR
Given the variety of training sources and opportunities available, the National Emergency Management Association (NEMA) has suggested that DOT facilitate the creation of a standardized training curriculum. The commenter states, “U.S. DOT should work with railroads, the U.S. Fire Administration and fire service organizations toward developing a standardized curriculum for responding to railroad emergencies for the Bakken Crude. This will ensure that firefighters are equally trained in the event of an incident involving more than one state.” Regarding the funding of training, this commenter has asked that DOT ensure that the Hazardous Materials Emergency Preparedness (HMEP) Grant Program be used to fund regional and interagency drills for rail safety response.
We appreciate commenters' efforts to provide initial cost considerations and estimations, despite the challenges they cited in providing data. We have incorporated commenters' cost estimates to the extent possible, but note that these estimates lacked detail and data. We further clarify that the estimated cost of the proposed oil spill response plan requirements is the cost of plan development, submission, and maintenance; contract services for OSROs; and training and exercises.
To elaborate, the costs of plan development were estimated as a function of the time and compensation that a senior railroad employee or contractor needs to develop the plan, as well as the number of response zone appendices needed in connection with the railroad's core plan. PHMSA estimated that on average it would cost a Class I railroad about $15,000 to develop a plan, it would cost a Class II railroad $8000 to develop a plan, and it would cost a Class III railroad $7000 to develop a plan. Plan submission and maintenance were also estimated as a function of the time and compensation of the employee that submits and maintains the plan. PHMSA estimated that on average it would cost a Class I railroad about $1,500 for plan submission and maintenance, it would cost a Class II railroad $800 for plan submission and maintenance, and it would cost a Class III railroad $700 for plan submission and maintenance. We estimated the cost of OSRO services by interviewing an OSRO and obtaining a range for potential retainer fees. Retainer fees may vary based on the Class (I, II, III) of the railroad as well as the number of response zones that PHMSA-OHMS expects the railroads to have. PHMSA estimated that on average it would cost a Class I railroad about $40,000 annually to retain an ORSO for each of its 8 response zones, it would cost a Class II railroad $6000 annually to retain an ORSO for each of its 2 response zones, and it would cost a Class III railroad $2500 annually to retain an ORSO for its single response zone. The costs of training are estimated as a function of the number of employees requiring training, the duration of the training in hours, and the wage rate applied. Separate from training, we have also estimated costs of exercises, such as those prescribed in PREP guidelines. Since PREP guidelines are consistent across Federal agencies, we used costs estimated by the USCG, including travel costs and additional OSRO fees for drill-related deployment of resources.
Please see the draft RIA for the quantitative aspect of this discussion and further explanation of the anticipated cost impacts of the proposed rule.
In the ANPRM, PHMSA asked the public to comment on the role of industry's voluntary and current actions regarding oil spill response planning. In particular, PHMSA asked, “What, if any, aspects beyond the basic plan requirements do these plans voluntarily address?”
In regard to the information contained within basic OSRPs, commenters offered a variety of ideas, but the majority of commenters have relayed that the current knowledge base surrounding basic oil spill response plans is limited. Commenters have stated that this knowledge of basic plans is limited because many entities, including states, cities, local community groups, and some emergency response organizations, do not have access to rail carriers' basic plans. In addition, some commenters stated that they have encountered issues in coordinating with rail carriers on this issue. Further, other commenters have voiced that basic OSRPs do not provide adequate information to local first responders, even if they are communicated effectively to those responders.
The Response Group has stated, “I have never seen a current railroad oil spill response plan . . . I have developed a prototype oil spill response plan suitable for rail based upon experience with Coast Guard, EPA, PHMSA and OSHA.”
Safety consultant John Joeckel has stated, “[a]nswers [to ANPRM question #7] should be provided by the rail operators . . . since they are the only entity that currently has access to the Basic OSRPs . . . and have not been reviewed or approved by State or Federal agencies and have not been seen by the general public.” However, Mr. Joeckel comments further, stating that, despite the public's limited knowledge of OSRPs, “I would have to assume that there will be a wide range of differences between basic OSRPs amongst the rail industry sector particularly differences between a Class I rail operator versus a Class II and Class III rail operator.” Thus, Mr. Joeckel has explained that only the rail carriers understand what is currently addressed in existing OSRPs, and he suggests that there is a “potential wide variance in response preparedness amongst the industry.”
Similarly, New York State has commented that, “[t]o date, the railroads and associated shippers have not shared their OSRPs with New York State as they currently are not required to under federal law or regulations.” Thus, New York State has underscored that the knowledge surrounding oil spill response plans and their contents is limited and reiterated that the requirements under part 130 do currently not address the distribution of plans or which entities might have access to them. For more discussion on plan distribution, please see Section V, Subsection E (“Confidentiality/Security Concerns for Comprehensive Oil Spill Response Plans”).
The City of Seattle has made a similar comment. This commenter states, “[w]ithout access to review and comment on OSRP the City of Seattle cannot determine compliance with requirements.” As previously noted, the City of Seattle also seeks to make review and approval at the municipal level a part of the permitting and permit renewal processes for “Right of Way Franchise Agreements.”
Some commenters have stated that current OSRPs are not adequate, which suggests at least a familiarity with their current form and contents. For example, NASTTPO has stated, “[b]asic OSRPs are not successful as noted . . . They do not provide adequate information to local first responders even if they are communicated to those responders.” OHMERC has also stated, “OSRPs
AAR and ASLRRA have held a different opinion than the majority of commenters due to their unique understanding of OSRPs and industry background. Regarding current OSRPs, AAR and ASLRRA have stated, “[r]ailroads have been very proactive in emergency response planning and outreach . . .” They cited implementation of the AAR Circular OT-55, training efforts, and efforts to provide an inventory of emergency response resources. However, these comments did not include any details describing whether railroads were providing voluntary compliance with specific comprehensive oil spill response plan requirements.
In the ANPRM, PHMSA specifically asked, “[t]o what extent do current plans meet the comprehensive OSRP requirements, including procurement or contracting for resources to be present to respond to discharges?” As previously mentioned, the majority of commenters have stated that their knowledge of current OSRPs is limited due to limited access and challenges of coordination with railroads. For this reason, most commenters were unable to answer this question, as it requires an understanding of the form and contents of current OSRPs. Without this understanding, it is difficult to assess to what degree current plans have incorporated response resources contracting as would be required under the part 130 requirements for comprehensive OSRPs.
AAR and ASLRRA have addressed this question, stating, “[p]ursuant to the industry's commitment to Secretary Foxx, AAR has developed an inventory of emergency response resources along routes over which Key Crude Oil Trains operate for responding to the release of large amounts of petroleum crude oil in the event of an incident. This inventory also includes locations for the staging of emergency response equipment and, where appropriate, contacts for the notification of communities.” Thus, according to this commenter, voluntary actions combined with compliance to the basic OSRPs currently required already include planning for response resources. However, these comments did not include any additional data or details describing whether railroads were providing voluntary compliance with specific comprehensive oil spill response plan requirements.
While we applaud the voluntary efforts railroads have taken to improve safety, they do not carry the weight of law and the extent to which these voluntary efforts meet the requirements of current comprehensive oil spill response plans is difficult to quantify based on the comments received. The Oil Pollution Act of 1990 requires the creation of oil spill response plans with specific minimum elements for “an onshore facility that, because of its location, could reasonably be expected to cause substantial harm to the environment by discharging into or on the navigable waters, adjoining shorelines, or the exclusive economic zone.” Furthermore, voluntary actions do not carry the weight of regulations to ensure continued compliance and enforceability.
We agree with NTSB's safety recommendation that the recent spill history demonstrates that unit trains and other trains carrying large quantities of petroleum oil meet this definition of “substantial harm to the environment” and thus require comprehensive plans. Furthermore, basic plans are not sufficient for higher-risk train configurations as they do not require the railroad to ensure the availability of response resources or provide other elements to address the response challenges we have identified in this rulemaking. Comments addressing plan contents describe the clear need to require additional elements for comprehensive plans and to provide additional clarifications to those elements.
Section 171.7 lists all standards incorporated by reference into the HMR that are not specifically set forth in the regulations. This NPRM proposes to incorporate by reference the ASTM D7900-13 Standard Test Method for Determination of Light Hydrocarbons in Stabilized Crude Oils by Gas Chromatography, 2013, available for interested parties to purchase in either print or electronic versions through the parent organization's Web site at the following URL:
We propose to restructure part 130 to establish the following subparts:
Subpart A—Applicability and General Requirements contains current §§ 130.1-21 with minor revisions and clarifications.
Subpart B—Basic Spill Prevention and Response Plans contains current §§ 130.31-33 with minor revisions to remove comprehensive plan requirements.
Subpart C—Comprehensive Oil Spill Response Plans is a new Subpart with new requirements for comprehensive oil spill response plans.
Paragraph (d) is updated to show that the requirements in § 130.31(b) have moved to subpart C. PHMSA does not propose any other changes to this section.
The introductory text is reformatted, including moving the definition for “Animal fat” to the correct alphabetical order. Definitions for “Adverse Weather,” “Environmentally Sensitive or Significant Areas,” “Maximum Potential Discharge,” “Oil Spill Response Organization,” “On-scene Coordinator (OSC),” “Response activities,” “Response Plan,” and “Response Zone” are added in response to commenters. Definitions for “Petroleum Oil” and “Worst-case discharge” are revised to better clarify the applicability of the terms. The term “Person” is revised to clarify railroads are included in the term. The term “Maximum Potential Discharge” is currently used in the requirements for basic plans and is currently “synonymous with Worst-Case Discharge.” We are proposing to separate the definitions to facilitate the newly proposed definition for “Worst-Case Discharge” for comprehensive plans. The mailing address for the Office of Hazardous Materials Safety is updated in the note for the definition of “Liquid.”
This section is revised editorially to clarify that it applies to basic oil spill response plans only. References to comprehensive oil spill response plans are removed.
This section is revised to clarify that it only applies to basic oil spill response plans.
Establishes a new section which moves the current applicability for comprehensive oil spill response plans of 42,000 gallons per packaging from § 130.31 to § 130.101, and expands the applicability for comprehensive oil spill response plans to include “Any railroad which transports a single train transporting 20 or more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil in a continuous block or a single train carrying 35 or more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil throughout the train consist must submit a comprehensive plan meeting the requirements of this subpart.”
Establishes a new section for general requirements for the overall development of the comprehensive response plan and requires the plan uses the National Incident Management System (NIMS) and Incident Command System (ICS).
This section also establishes general requirements for the plan format including the development a core plan and the establishment of geographic response zones and accompanying response zone appendixes.
This section also allows for use of the Integrated Contingency Plan (ICP) format to provide greater flexibility.
Establishes a new section which requires a railroad to certify in the comprehensive response plan that it reviewed the NCP and each applicable ACP and that its response plan is consistent with the NCP and each applicable ACP through compliance with a list of minimum requirements.
Establishes a new section which requires a comprehensive response plan to include an information summary.
Establishes a new section with requirements for the notification procedures and contact information that a railroad must include in a comprehensive oil spill response plan.
Establishes a new section for railroads to describe the response and mitigation activities and the roles and responsibilities of participants in the comprehensive oil spill response plans.
Establishes a new section for railroads to certify employees are trained in accordance with the requirements of this section.
Establishes a new section for requirements for equipment testing and drill procedures consistent with PREP requirements for comprehensive oil spill response plans.
Establishes a new section with requirements for recordkeeping, review, and submission of comprehensive oil spill response plans.
Establishes a new section with the requirements and procedures to submit comprehensive oil spill response plans for approval to FRA.
Establishes a new section to apply the same plan implementation requirements for comprehensive oil spill response plans formerly under in § 130.33.
Add paragraph 173.121(a)(2)(vi) titled “Petroleum products containing known flammable gases” stating, “Standard Test Method for Determination of Light Hydrocarbons in Stabilized Crude Oils by Gas Chromatography (ASTM D7900). The initial boiling point is the temperature at which 0.5 weight percent is eluted when determining the boiling range distribution.”
Add paragraph 173.121(a)(2)(vi) titled “Petroleum products containing known flammable gases” stating, “Standard Test Method for Determination of Light Hydrocarbons in Stabilized Crude Oils by Gas Chromatography (ASTM D7900). The initial boiling point is the temperature at which 0.5 weight percent is eluted when determining the boiling range distribution.”
The authority is updated to include 33 U.S.C. 1321.
Section 174.310 provides a list of the additional requirements for the operation of HHFTs. A new paragraph (a)(6) titled “Oil spill response plans” is added for clarity to provide a reference to the part 130 requirements for HHFTs composed of trains carrying petroleum oil.
Part 174, subpart G provides detailed requirements for flammable liquids by rail. The HHFT Final Rule added § 174.310 to this subpart to establish requirements for HHFTs. In this NPRM, we are proposing to add a new § 174.312 to subpart G of part 174 to require rail carriers that operate HHFTs to provide monthly notifications to each applicable SERC, TERC, or other appropriate state delegated agencies for further distribution to appropriate local authorities, upon request. New proposed § 174.312 specifies that the notifications must include:
• A reasonable estimate of the number of HHFTs that the railroad expects to operate each week, through each county within the state or through each tribal jurisdiction;
• the routes over which the HHFTs will operate;
• a description of the hazardous material being transported and all applicable emergency response information required by subparts C and G of part 172; at least one point of contact at the railroad (including name, title, phone number and address) with knowledge of the railroad's transportation of affected trains (referred to as the “HHFT point of contact”); and
• If a route is subject to the comprehensive spill plan requirements, the notification must include a description of the response zones (including counties and states) and contact information for the qualified individual and alternate, as specified under § 130.104(a).
As proposed, railroads may provide the required notifications electronically or in hard copy and will be required to update the notifications monthly. If there are no material changes to the estimates provided in a month, proposed paragraph (a)(2)(i) would require the railroad to provide a certification of no change. As proposed, paragraph (a)(2)(iii) would require that each point of contact be clearly identified by name or title and role (
Through the expansion of the applicability of the routing requirements in § 172.820 in the HHFT Final Rule to in include HHFTs and this NPRM's new proposed § 174.312, we have established an information sharing framework that enables the railroads to work with state officials to ensure that safety and security planning is occurring. Under existing § 172.820(g) of the HMR, fusion centers and other state, local, and tribal officials with a need-to-know will continue to work with the railroads on
PHMSA seeks public comment on all aspects of this proposal and in particular the issues identified below. When commenting, please reference the specific portion of the proposal, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include the source, methodology, and key assumptions of any supporting evidence.
1. Whether particular public safety improvements could be achieved by requiring the railroads to provide the notification proposed in paragraph § 174.312 directly to organizations other than SERCs, TERCs, or other state delegated agencies?
2. Whether requiring the information sharing notifications to be made by railroads directly to the TERCs is the best approach to provide information to tribal governments or whether providing a notification to the National Congress of American Indians to disseminate to affected tribes or another entity is more appropriate?
3. Whether there are alternative means by which PHMSA can fulfill the FAST Act's direction to establish security and confidentiality protections, where this information is not subject to security and confidentiality protections under Federal standards.
This NPRM is considered a significant regulatory action under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 and was reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). It is also considered a significant regulatory action under the Regulatory Policies and Procedures order issued by DOT (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979). PHMSA has prepared and placed in the docket a draft Regulatory Impact Assessment addressing the economic impact of this proposed rule.
Executive Orders 12866 (“Regulatory Planning and Review”) and 13563 (“Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review”) require agencies to regulate in the “most cost-effective manner,” to make a “reasoned determination that the benefits of the intended regulation justify its costs,” and to develop regulations that “impose the least burden on society.” Executive Order 13610 (“Identifying and Reducing Regulatory Burdens”), issued May 10, 2012, urges agencies to conduct retrospective analyses of existing rules to examine whether they remain justified and whether they should be modified or streamlined in light of changed circumstances, including the rise of new technologies. DOT believes that streamlined and clear regulations are important to ensure compliance with important safety regulations. As such, the Department has developed a plan detailing how such reviews are conducted.
Additionally, Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 13610 require agencies to provide a meaningful opportunity for public participation. Accordingly, PHMSA invites comments on these considerations, including information to improve the estimates of costs and benefits; alternative approaches; and relevant scientific, technical, and economic data. These comments will help PHMSA evaluate whether the proposed requirements are appropriate. PHMSA also seeks comment on potential data and information gathering activities that could be useful in designing an evaluation and/or retrospective review of this rulemaking.
The proposed rule became necessary due to relatively recent expansions in U.S. energy production, which has led to significant challenges in the transportation system. Expansion in oil production in North America relative to the 2000s has led to increasing volumes of this product transported to refineries and other transport-related facilities.
The U.S. is now a global leader in crude oil production. With the expectation of continued domestic production, rail transportation remains a flexible alternative to transportation by pipeline or vessel. The number of intra-U.S. rail carloads of crude oil approached 370,000 in 2013, reached approximately 450,000 carloads in 2014, and fell to approximately 390,000 carloads in 2015.
As of April 2016, the Bakken region of the Williston basin was producing over one million barrels of oil per day, which is commonly transported by rail.
Expansion in oil production in North America has led to increasing volumes of this product transported to refineries. Traditionally, pipelines and oceangoing tankers have delivered the vast majority of crude oil to U.S. refineries, accounting for approximately 93 percent of total receipts (in barrels) in 2012. Although other modes of transportation—rail, barge, and truck—have accounted for a relatively minor portion of crude oil shipments historically, volumes have risen very rapidly relative to the 2000s. The transportation of large volumes of crude oil and other petroleum products by rail under the current regulatory scheme poses a risk to life, property, and the environment. Figure 1 provides the average monthly U.S. rail movements of crude oil from 2010 through January 2016.
Figure 2 shows the growth in U.S. crude oil production since 2000, as well as growth in the number of rail carloads shipped. Figure 2 also shows forecasted domestic crude oil production from EIA and projections to 2034 for the rail shipment of crude oil.
Rail accidents have risen along with the increase in crude oil production and rail shipments of crude oil relative to the 2000s. Figure 3 below shows this rise.
Based on these train accidents, the expectation of continued domestic crude oil production, and the number of train accidents involving crude oil, PHMSA maintains that improved oil spill response planning is essential to protecting the environment against the risks of derailments involving large quantities of petroleum oil.
PHMSA has identified several recent derailments to illustrate the circumstances and consequences of derailments involving petroleum oil transported in higher-risk train configurations: Watertown, WI (November 2015); Culbertson, MT (July 2015); Heimdal, ND (May 2015); Galena, IL (March 2015); Mt. Carbon, WV (February 2015); La Salle, CO (May 2014); Lynchburg, VA (April 2014); Vandergrift, PA (February 2014); New Augusta, MS (January 2014); Casselton, ND (December 2013); Aliceville, AL (November 2013); and Parkers Prairie, MN (March 2013).
For example, on December 30, 2013, a train carrying crude oil derailed and ignited near Casselton, North Dakota, prompting authorities to issue a voluntary evacuation of the city and surrounding area. On November 7, 2013, a train carrying crude oil to the Gulf Coast from North Dakota derailed in Aliceville, Alabama, spilling crude oil in a nearby wetland and igniting into flames.
These derailments of HHFTs transporting crude oil have resulted in releases of petroleum oil that harmed or posed a threat of harm to the nation's waterways. Of note here is Safety Recommendation R-14-5, which recommended that PHMSA revise the spill response planning thresholds prescribed in 49 CFR part 130 to require comprehensive OSRPs that effectively provide for the carriers' ability to respond to worst-case discharges resulting from accidents involving unit trains or blocks of tank cars transporting oil and petroleum products.
On June 17, 1996, DOT's Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA) published a final rule issuing requirements that sought to meet the intent of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (Clean Water Act; 61 FR 30533) and Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (see 33 U.S.C. 1321). This rule adopted requirements for packaging, communication, spill response planning, and response plan implementation intended to prevent and contain spills of oil during transportation. Under these current requirements, railroads are required to complete a basic OSRP for oil shipments
Currently, all of the rail community that transports oil, including crude oil transported as a hazardous material, is subject to the basic OSRP requirement of 49 CFR 130.31(a) since most, if not all, rail tank cars being used to transport crude oil have a capacity greater than 3,500 gallons. However, a comprehensive OSRP for shipment of oil is only required when the quantity of oil is greater than 42,000 gallons per tank car. Accordingly, the number of railroads required to have a comprehensive OSRP is much lower, or possibly non-existent, because a very limited number of rail tank cars in use would be able to transport a volume of 42,000 gallons in a car.
In addition, many railroads may voluntarily exceed the minimum standards set forth by basic plans. Given that similar oil spill response planning requirements are already in place for facilities, pipelines, and vessels, PHMSA anticipates that response resources are currently available across the U.S. As we anticipate that many railroads may voluntarily exceed the minimum standard for compliance, the change to the current planning and response baseline is likely to be less than the change in the regulatory baseline (
PHMSA's preliminary analysis indicates that the planning and response baseline currently provides for a level of OSRO coverage and response resource availability that is consistent with the proposed rule's response timeframe of 12 hours. In the aggregate, PHMSA-OHMS could not identify any rail routes within the continental U.S. that lack coverage from the network of USCG-certified OSROs analyzed. By our estimation, all potential rail routes transporting large quantities of petroleum oil in the continental U.S. could be serviced by an OSRO in the event of a petroleum oil train derailment within 12 hours. For additional discussion of our baseline analyses, please refer to the “Baseline Analysis” section in the draft RIA for this proposed rule.
In summary, the proposed rule would expand the applicability of comprehensive OSRPs based on thresholds of crude oil that apply to an entire train consist. Specifically, the proposed rule would expand the applicability for OSRPs so that no person may transport a single train transporting 20 or more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil in a continuous block or a single train carrying 35 or more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil throughout the train consist unless that person has implemented a comprehensive OSRP. Furthermore, this NPRM proposes to require railroads to share additional information with state and tribal emergency response organizations (
In the sections that follow, we outline the costs of OSRPs and information sharing provisions, as well as the breakeven analysis we developed in order to proactively generate a benefits outlook for this rule. The provision to incorporate by reference ASTM D7900 is not expected to impose costs on the regulated community; thus, we estimate no quantitative benefits for that particular provision.
Each railroad subject to the proposed rule must prepare and submit a comprehensive OSRP that includes a plan for responding, to the maximum extent practicable, to a worst-case discharge and to a substantial threat of such a discharge of oil. The OSRP must also be submitted to the FRA, where it will be reviewed and approved by FRA personnel.
The following entities would be subject to the comprehensive plan requirements in the proposed rule:
1. Any railroad transporting any liquid petroleum or non-petroleum oil in a quantity greater than 42,000 gallons per packaging must submit a comprehensive plan meeting the requirements of this subpart.
2. Any railroad transporting any single train carrying 20 or more tank cars of liquid petroleum oil in a continuous block or 35 or more of such cars in a single train must submit a comprehensive plan.
a. In determining number of tank cars, the railroad is not required to include tank cars carrying mixtures of petroleum oil not meeting the criteria for Class 3 flammable or combustible hazardous material in 49 CFR 173.120 or containing residue.
3. A railroad meeting the requirements for a comprehensive plan need not submit a plan if otherwise excepted in 49 CFR 130.2(c).
For determining the entities that would be affected by the proposed threshold, PHMSA used the definition of “high hazard flammable train” (HHFT) established in the “Enhanced Tank Car Standards and Operational Controls for High-Hazard Flammable Trains—Final Rule” published on May 8, 2015.
These estimates were derived for the purpose of estimating the costs and benefits associated with the proposed rule. PHMSA believes that the approach used represents a conservative estimate for the number of affected entities and specifically solicits comment on the approach and estimated values used in this analysis.
The universe of affected entities for the information sharing requirements is different than the number of entities affected under the comprehensive response plan requirement. The applicability of this requirement is derived from the information published in the HM-251 Final Rule; specifically, the definition of a high-hazard
Table 11 provides a summary of the estimated per carrier cost associated with the proposed rule requirements for response plans and information sharing. For purposes of this analysis, PHMSA has identified several categories of costs related to the development of a comprehensive response plan. Those costs include: Plan development, submission, and maintenance; contract fees for designating an OSRO; training and drills; and plan review and approval costs to the Federal government. For additional information about the development of these cost estimates, see the draft RIA.
For purposes of this analysis, PHMSA assumed a 10-year timeframe to outline, quantify, and monetize the costs and benefits of the proposed rule and to demonstrate the net effects of the proposal. Table 12 provides a summary of the undiscounted costs by year for this 10-year period by railroad class, and Table 13 provides a summary of the undiscounted costs by provision for this 10-year period.
Table 14 provides a summary of the total and annualized costs by railroad class discounted at a 3 and 7 percent rate.
Based on this cost analysis, PHMSA believes that the primary costs drivers for this proposed rule are the annual fees associated with the OSRO contracts, the annual training and drill requirements, and the information sharing provisions.
PHMSA solicits comment on the approach and estimated costs used in this analysis, as well as the assumptions and estimates used in these particular costs categories.
The proposed response plan requirements are designed to reduce the magnitude and severity of spills, thereby reducing the environmental damages and potential human health impacts that spills may cause. PHMSA faced data uncertainties that limited our ability to estimate the benefits of this proposed rule. Instead, PHMSA performed a breakeven analysis by identifying the number of gallons of oil that the NPRM would need to prevent from being spilled in order for its benefits to at least equal its estimated costs. The analysis estimates that each prevented gallon of oil spilled yields social benefits of $211. Additional benefits may also be incurred due to ecological and human health improvements that may not be captured in the value of the avoided cost of spilled oil. These issues are discussed in more detail in the accompanying draft RIA, and the reader is referred to that document for more detail. PHMSA specifically solicits comment on both the monetized and non-monetized benefits assessed in this analysis.
In order to assess the baseline conditions that would be affected by the proposed rule, PHMSA evaluated data provided in the Hazardous Material Incident Reports Database.
A comprehensive OSRP would be required to cover those routes/railroads that haul petroleum oil HHFTs, so the benefits analysis is limited to those derailments involving petroleum oil HHFTs. The Agency has identified 12 such derailments between 2012 and 2015. Specifically, there were 3 events in 2013; 4 in 2014; and 5 in 2015, for a total of 12 incidents.
2015 volumes are still roughly twice the volumes seen in 2012, and EIA predicts U.S. crude oil production volumes to remain high for the next decade and beyond. As a result, we expect volumes going forward to remain relatively high by historic (pre-2012) standards, although we examine a modest decline in production and rail
One simple way to predict the number of future events based on the HHFT period is as follows: The period of high volume crude shipments starts in 2012 through 2015, providing a 4-year period. We consider a 10-year analysis period going forward, so the analysis period is 2.5 times longer than the observed period. There were 12 incidents in the observed period, so the predicted number of events over the analysis period would be 12 × 2.5 = 30 incidents. We note that 2012 volumes were much lower than subsequent years, so treating it as a full year results in a conservative estimate of the number of events. Evidence for this can be seen in the data, as all 12 events occurred in 2013-2015, with 4 occurring in 2014 and 5 occurring in 2015. 2013 had 3 HHFT derailments, meeting the 4 year average. 2012 is the only year in the analysis period with fewer than 3 derailments.
To monetize the damages associated with these incidents, PHMSA assumes an equal chance of an incident occurring in any year of the 10 year analysis period. Given 30 events, this assumption means the expected number of events in any given year is 3. Based on the 12 events for which data reporting is reasonably complete, PHMSA estimated that, on average, 140,173 gallons of product are released per crude oil HHFT derailment. In final rule HM-251, the Agency used $200 per gallon to monetize the damages of an incident that results in a spill.
Table 15 below presents the estimated societal damages associated with HHFT incidents involving crude oil over the 10-year analysis period. The monetary value is obtained by multiplying the expected number of events in a year (3) by the cost per gallon released ($211) and the average release quantity (140,173). In addition, we adjust this baseline for the implementation of final rule HM-251, which codified new tank car standards for HHFTs and is expected to reduce the societal damages imposed by these incidents by 40 percent once fully implemented. Since this proposed rule will be finalized before implementation of final rule HM-251 is complete (
Although the Agency cannot estimate the degree to which comprehensive OSRP requirements would reduce the consequences of these events, it is clear by comparing the monetized damages with the total costs of the proposed rule that even a minor reduction in damages would result in a rule with positive net benefits. For example, estimated costs as presented in Table 3 above are approximately 4.9 percent of total societal damages, indicating that if this proposed rule reduced the consequences of these events by 5 percent, the rule would have positive net benefits.
Comprehensive plans require training and exercises, staging of equipment, analysis of routes and access points along routes as part of the development of response zone appendices, and pre-establishing of a chain of command and communication protocols, which would likely result in much faster and more effective response to derailments involving large quantities of petroleum oil. As a result, we expect the spilled product would be contained and recaptured more effectively, a smaller area would be contaminated, fewer environmental consequences would result, and less property would be damaged. For example, a better executed response to an incident that contaminates a river might ensure quicker deployment of downriver booms, thereby reducing the amount of shoreline oiling, damage to riparian environments, and impairment of downstream sources of drinking water. The Agency believes that training, better coordinated resource deployment, more clearly delineated communication protocols and command structure, and
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) governs the issuance of Federal regulations that require unfunded mandates. This NPRM does not impose unfunded mandates under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995. It does not result in costs of $155 million or more, adjusted for inflation, to either State, local, or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or to the private sector in any one year, and is the least burdensome alternative that achieves the objective of the rule. As such, PHMSA has concluded that the NPRM does not require an Unfunded Mandates Act analysis.
This final rule has been analyzed in accordance with the principles and criteria contained in Executive Order 13132 (“Federalism”) and the President's memorandum on “Preemption” published in the
This proposed rule has been analyzed in accordance with the principles and criteria contained in Executive Order 13132. PHMSA has determined that the proposed rule will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. This rule proposes to update the existing 49 CFR part 130 by lowering the applicability threshold and providing more detailed guidelines for comprehensive oil spill response planning. It further proposes to require railroads to share additional information with state and tribal emergency response organizations, and proposes to incorporate by reference an initial boiling point test for flammable liquids as an acceptable testing alternative. The proposed rule does not impose any new requirements with effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among government entities. In addition, PHMSA has determined that this proposed rule will not impose substantial direct compliance costs on State and local governments. Therefore, the consultation and funding requirements of Executive Order 13132 do not apply.
The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (HMTA) provides that a state law or Indian tribe requirement is preempted where compliance with both the state law or Indian tribe requirement and the federal requirement is not possible, the state law or Indian tribe requirement creates an obstacle to accomplishing or executing the federal requirement, or where a federal requirement has covered the subject and the state law or Indian requirement is not substantively the same. Covered subjects under the HMTA include: (1) The designation, description, and classification of hazardous material; (2) the packing, repacking, handling, labeling, marking, and placarding of hazardous material; (3) the preparation, execution, and use of shipping documents related to hazardous material and requirements related to the number, contents, and placement of those documents; (4) the written notification, recording, and reporting of the unintentional release in transportation of hazardous material and other written hazardous materials transportation incident reporting involving state or local emergency responders in the initial response to the incident; and (5) the designing, manufacturing, fabricating, inspecting, marking, maintaining, reconditioning, repairing, or testing a package, container, or packaging component that is represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in transporting hazardous material in commerce. Under the Federal Railroad Safety Act, “[l]aws, regulations, and orders related to railroad safety and laws, regulations, and orders related to railroad security shall be nationally uniform to the extent practicable.” With narrow exceptions for essentially local safety or security hazards, states may not “adopt or continue in force a law, regulation, or order related to railroad safety” once the “Secretary of Transportation . . . prescribes a regulation or issues an order covering the subject matter of the State requirement.” 33 U.S.C. 20106(a)(2). This standard applies to federal regulations governing the transportation of hazardous materials by railroad, even where PHMSA or another agency promulgates those regulations.
Comments to the ANPRM from the concerned public and departments within city and State governments highlight state legislation related to oil spill response plans and request that PHMSA discuss the preemptive effects of the changes to part 130 in this proposed rule. Part 130 is issued under authority of 33 U.S.C. 1321(o)(1)(C) and 1321(j)(5).
Regarding the proposed changes to 49 CFR part 130, federal regulation under 33 U.S.C. 1321 accommodates regulation by states and political subdivisions concerning oil spill response plans. See 33 U.S.C. 1321(o)(2). However, the preemption language of 33 U.S.C. 1321 preserves only the ability for states to impose oil spill planning requirements. Elements of state oil spill response plan legislation may be preempted under the preemption standard established by the FRSA and the HMTA. Accordingly, the preemption provision of the FRSA and the HMTA may apply to any state-imposed requirements on railroad safety or hazardous materials containment. Nonetheless, PHMSA has determined that this proposed rule will not impose substantial direct compliance costs on State and local governments.
PHMSA solicits comment on this Federalism discussion.
Executive Order 13175 (“Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments”) requires agencies to assure meaningful and timely input from Indian tribal government representatives in the development of rules that have tribal implications. Thus, in complying with this Executive Order, agencies must determine whether a proposed rulemaking has tribal implications, which include any rulemaking that imposes “substantial direct effects” on one or more Indian
PHMSA is committed to tribal outreach and engaging tribal governments in dialogue. Among other outreach efforts, PHMSA representatives attended the National Joint Tribal Emergency Management Conference on August 11-14, 2015 and the Northwest Tribal Emergency Management Conference in May 4-6, 2016. In the spirit of Executive Order 13175 and consistent with DOT Order 5301.1, PHMSA will be continuing outreach to tribal officials independent of our assessment of the direct tribal implications.
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601
To ensure potential impacts of rules on small entities are properly considered, PHMSA in coordination with the FRA, developed this NPRM in accordance with Executive Order 13272 (“Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking”) and DOT's procedures and policies to promote compliance with the RFA.
The RFA and Executive Order 13272 (67 FR 53461; August 16, 2002) require agency review of proposed and final rules to assess their impacts on small entities. An agency must prepare an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (IRFA) unless it determines and certifies that a rule, if promulgated, would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
PHMSA is publishing this IRFA to aid the public in commenting on the potential small business impacts of the requirements in this NPRM. PHMSA invites all interested parties to submit data and information regarding the potential economic impact on small entities that would result from the adoption of the proposals in this NPRM. PHMSA will consider all information and comments received in the public comment process when making a determination regarding the economic impact on small entities in the final rule.
Under the RFA at 5 U.S.C. 603(b), each initial regulatory flexibility analysis is required to address the following topics:
(1) The reasons why the agency is considering the action.
(2) The objectives and legal basis for the proposed rule.
(3) The kind and number of small entities to which the proposed rule will apply.
(4) The projected reporting, recordkeeping and other compliance requirements of the proposed rule.
(5) All Federal rules that may duplicate, overlap, or conflict with the proposed rule.
The RFA at 5 U.S.C. 603(c) requires that each initial regulatory flexibility analysis contains a description of any significant alternatives to the proposal that accomplish the statutory objectives and minimize the significant economic impact of the proposal on small entities. In this instance, none of the alternatives accomplish the statutory objectives and minimize the significant economic impact of the proposal on small entities.
PHMSA, in coordination with the FRA, is issuing this NPRM in order to improve response readiness and mitigate effects of rail incidents involving petroleum oil and certain HHFTs. This is necessary due to the expansion in U.S. energy production, which has led to significant challenges for the country's transportation system. This NPRM has requirements in two areas as shown below: Section I, Subsection A (“Oil Spill Response Plans”) and Subsection B (“Information Sharing”).
PHMSA is promulgating this NPRM in response to recent train accidents involving the derailment of HHFTs. Shipments of large volumes of liquid petroleum oil pose a significant risk to life, property, and the environment. PHMSA has identified several recent derailments to illustrate the circumstances and consequences of derailments involving petroleum oil transported in higher-risk train configurations: Heimdal, ND (May 2015); Galena, IL (March 2015); Mt. Carbon, WV (February 2015); La Salle, CO (May 2014); Lynchburg, VA (April 2014); Vandergrift, PA (February 2014); New Augusta, MS (January 2014); Casselton, ND (December 2013); Aliceville, AL (November 2013); and Parkers Prairie, MN (March 2013).
For example, on December 30, 2013, a train carrying crude oil derailed and ignited near Casselton, North Dakota, prompting authorities to issue a voluntary evacuation of the city and surrounding area. On November 7, 2013, a train carrying crude oil to the Gulf Coast from North Dakota derailed in Aliceville, Alabama, spilling crude oil in a nearby wetland and igniting into flames. These train accidents involving derailments of HHFTs transporting crude oil resulted in discharges of petroleum oil that harmed or posed a threat of harm to the nation's waterways.
Of note here is the NTSB's Safety Recommendation R-14-5,
On June 17, 1996, RSPA published a final rule issuing requirements that meet the intent of the Clean Water Act. This rule adopted requirements for packaging, communication, spill response planning, and response plan implementation intended to prevent and contain spills of oil during transportation. Under these current requirements, railroads are required to complete a basic OSRP for oil shipments in a package with a capacity of 3,500 gallons or more, and a comprehensive OSRP is required for oil shipments in a package containing more than 42,000 gallons (1,000 barrels).
Currently, most, if not all, of the rail community transporting oil, including crude oil transported as a hazardous material, is subject to the basic OSRP requirement of 49 CFR 130.31(a) since most, if not all, rail tank cars being used to transport crude oil have a capacity greater than 3,500 gallons. However, a comprehensive OSRP for shipment of oil is only required when the quantity of oil is greater than 42,000 gallons per tank car. Accordingly, the number of railroads required to have a comprehensive OSRP is much lower, or possibly non-existent, because a very limited number of rail tank cars in use would be able to transport a volume of 42,000 gallons in a car.
The proposed rule expands the applicability of comprehensive OSRPs based on thresholds of crude oil that apply to an entire train consist. Specifically, the proposed rule would expand the applicability for OSRPs so that no person may transport a HHFT quantity of liquid petroleum oil unless that person has implemented a comprehensive OSRP.
Each railroad subject to the proposed rule must prepare and submit a comprehensive OSRP that includes a plan for responding, to the maximum extent practicable, to a worst-case discharge and to a substantial threat of such a discharge of oil. The OSRP must also be submitted to the FRA, where it will be reviewed and approved by FRA personnel.
On May 7, 2014, DOT issued Emergency Restriction/Prohibition Order in Docket No. DOT-OST-2014-0067,
Based on all the intense interests and issues revolving around information sharing, we are proposing in this HM-251B NPRM to add § 174.312 to add a new information sharing provisions to the additional safety and security planning requirements for transportation by rail. This proposed addition will create a tiered approach to information sharing, whereas fusion centers will continue to act as the focal point for risk analysis information deemed SSI and SERCs and TERCs will actively be provided with non-sensitive security information that can aid in emergency preparedness and community awareness. The proposed requirements provide emergency responders with an integrated approach to receiving information about HHFTs.
PHMSA is addressing below the two requirement areas in this proposed rule, Oil Spill Response Plans and Information Sharing.
PHMSA, in coordination with FRA, is issuing this NPRM in order to improve response readiness and mitigate effects of rail incidents involving petroleum crude oil transported in HHFTs. The proposed rule is necessary due to the expansion in U.S. energy production, which has led to significant challenges for the country's transportation system. This rule proposes to modernize the OSRP requirements in 49 CFR part 130. This NPRM adjusts the applicability for comprehensive oil spill response plans and clarifies the comprehensive plan requirements. Additionally, this rulemaking proposes to restructure and clarify the requirements of the comprehensive oil spill response plan. The proposed changes respond to commenter requests for requirements for more detailed guidance and provide a better parallel to other federal oil spill response plan regulations promulgated under the OPA 90 authority. A full summary of the changes to the plan requirements are described in the NPRM. Each comprehensive plan must include:
I. Core Plan: A core plan includes an information summary, as proposed in 49 CFR 130.104(a)(2), and any components which do not change between response zones. Each plan must:
• Describe the railroad's response management system, including the functional areas of finance, logistics, operations, planning, and command.
• Demonstrate that the railroad's response management system uses common terminology (
• Include an information summary as required by § 130.104.
• Certify that the railroad reviewed the National Contingency Plan (NCP) and each applicable Area Contingency Plan (ACP) and that its response plan is consistent with the NCP and each applicable ACP and follows Immediate Notification procedures, as required by § 130.103.
• Include notification procedures and a list of contacts as required in § 130.105.
• Include spill detection and mitigation procedures as required in § 130.106.
• Include response activities and resources as required in § 130.106.
• Certify that applicable employees were trained per § 130.107.
• Describe procedures to ensure equipment testing and a description of the drill program per § 130.108.
• Describe plan review and update procedures per § 130.109.
• Submit the plan as required by § 130.111.
II. Response Zone Appendix: For reach response zone, a railroad must include a response zone appendix to provide the information summary, as proposed in 49 CFR 130.107(b), and any additional components of the plan specific to the response zones. Each response zone appendix must identify:
• A description of the response zone, including county(s) and state(s);
• A list of route sections contained in the response zone, identified by railroad milepost or other designation determined by the railroad;
• Identification of any environmentally sensitive areas per route section; and
• Identification of the location where the response organization will deploy and the location and description of equipment required by § 130.106(c)(6).
In addition, the proposed rule would require plan holders to identify an OSRO, provided through a contract or other approved means, to respond to a worst-case discharge to the maximum extent practicable within 12 hours.
In HM-251B NPRM, we are proposing to add to § 174.312 to add new information sharing provisions to the additional safety and security planning requirements for transportation by rail. The proposed requirements provide emergency responders with an integrated approach to receiving information about HHFTs. As proposed, § 174.312 will require a rail carrier of an HHFT to provide a monthly notification to the SERC, TERC, or other appropriate state delegated entities in which it operates. As proposed the notification must meet the following requirements:
• A reasonable estimate of the number of HHFT that the railroad expects to operate each week, through each county within the State or through each tribal jurisdiction;
• The routes over which the HHFTs will operate;
• A description of the hazardous material being transported and all applicable emergency response information required by subparts C and G of part 172 of this subchapter;
• An HHFT point of contact: at least one point of contact at the railroad (including name, title, phone number and address) related to the railroad's transportation of affected trains;
• If a route is additionally subject to the comprehensive spill plan requirements, the notification must include a description of the response zones (including counties and states) and contact information for the qualified individual and alternate, as specified under § 130.104(a);
• On a monthly basis railroads must update the notifications. If there are no changes, the railroad may provide a certification of no change.
• Notifications and updates may be transmitted electronically or by hard copy.
• Each point of contact must be clearly identified by name or title and role (
• Copies of HHFT notifications made must be made available to the Department of Transportation upon request.
The proposed changes build upon the requirements adopted in HHFT Final Rule to continue to the comprehensive approach to ensuring the safe transportation of energy products.
The Secretary has the authority to prescribe regulations for the safe transportation, including the security, of hazardous materials in intrastate, interstate, and foreign commerce (49 U.S.C. 5103(b)) and has delegated this authority to PHMSA via 49 CFR 1.97(b).
The universe of the entities considered in an IRFA generally includes only those small entities that can reasonably expect to be directly regulated by the regulatory action. Small railroads are the types of small entities potentially affected by this proposed rule.
A “small entity” is defined in 5 U.S.C. 601(3) as having the same meaning as “small business concern” under section 3 of the Small Business Act. This includes any small business concern that is independently owned and operated, and is not dominant in its field of operation. Title 49 U.S.C. 601(4) likewise includes within the definition of small entities non-profit enterprises that are independently owned and operated, and are not dominant in their field of operation.
The U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) stipulates in its size standards that the largest a “for-profit” railroad business firm may be, and still be classified as a small entity, is 1,500 employees for “line haul operating railroads” and 500 employees for “switching and terminal establishments.” Additionally, 5 U.S.C. 601(5) defines as small entities governments of cities, counties, towns, townships, villages, school districts, or special districts with populations less than 50,000.
Federal agencies may adopt their own size standards for small entities in consultation with SBA and in conjunction with public comment. Pursuant to that authority, FRA has published a final Statement of Agency Policy that formally establishes small entities or small businesses as being railroads, contractors, and hazardous materials offerors that meet the revenue requirements of a Class III railroad as set forth in 49 CFR 1201.1-1, which is $20 million or less in inflation-adjusted annual revenues,
Not all small railroads would be required to comply with the provisions of this rule. Most of the approximately 738 small railroads that operate in the United States do not transport hazardous materials. Based on the requirements of this proposed rule, the entities potentially affected by requirement are as described below:
For determining the entities that would be affected by the requirements proposed in this rulemaking, PHMSA used the definition of “HHFT” established in the HHFT Final Rule.
The applicability of this requirement is derived from the information published in the HHFT Final Rule. Specifically, the definition of a High-Hazard Flammable Train and the information sharing portion of the routing requirements are related to this NPRM. The HHFT Final Rule defined “High-Hazard Flammable Train” as a continuous block of 20 or more tank cars in a single train or 35 or more cars dispersed through a train loaded with a flammable liquid.
This definition also served as the applicable threshold of many of the requirements in the HHFT rulemaking, including routing requirements. Section 172.820 prescribes additional safety and security planning requirements for transportation by rail. In the HHFT Final Rule, the applicability for routing requirements in § 172.820 were revised to require that any rail carrier transporting an HHFT comply with the additional safety and security planning requirements for transportation by rail. The routing requirements adopted in the HHFT Final Rule are related to this NPRM, as the proposed requirements will create a tiered approach to information sharing; whereas fusion centers will continue to act as the focal point for risk analysis information deemed SSI in § 172.820, SERCs and TERCs will actively be provided with non-sensitive security information in a monthly HHFT notification that can aid in emergency preparedness and community awareness in § 174.312.
The universe of affected entities for the information sharing requirements is different than the number of entities affected under the comprehensive response plan requirement. The applicability of this requirement is derived from the information published in the HHFT Final Rule. Specifically, the definition of an HHFT and the information sharing portion of the routing requirements are related to this NPRM. The number of small entities impacted under this requirement is different from the number of entities impacted under the comprehensive OSRP requirement due to the different applicability of these two requirements. In particular, the comprehensive OSRP requirement applies to HHFTs transporting crude oil (and potentially other petroleum oils), while the information sharing requirement applies to HHFTs transporting both crude oil and ethanol (and potentially other Class 3 flammable liquids). As described under the impact on the small entities section with the routing requirements in the HHFT Final Rule, there are 160 affected small entities under the routing requirements. Thus, the proposed requirement in this NPRM could potentially affect 160 small railroads transporting flammable liquids in HHFTs. Therefore, this proposed rule would impact 22 percent of the universe of 738 small railroads.
For a thorough presentation of cost estimates, please refer to the draft RIA, which has been placed in the docket for this rulemaking. PHMSA is addressing below the two requirements areas in this proposed rule, Oil Spill Response Plans and Information Sharing.
This rule proposes to modernize the requirements by changing the applicability for comprehensive oil spill response plans and clarifying the comprehensive plan requirements. The proposed rule expands the applicability of comprehensive OSRPs to railroads transporting a single train of 20 or more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil in a continuous block or a single train carrying 35 or more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil throughout the train consist. These railroads, that are currently required to develop a basic plan, would now be required to develop a comprehensive plan.
PHMSA describes below the impact on the small railroads that would be required under the proposed alternative which any railroad carrying 20 or more tank cars of liquid petroleum oil in a continuous block or 35 such cars on a single train to submit a comprehensive OSRP. The total cost estimate with the proposed requirements for small railroads in the proposed alternative is conservative, when compared to the cost estimates of the other several alternatives evaluated by PHMSA. PHMSA evaluated several alternatives related to the threshold values for the universe of affected entities that would be required to submit a comprehensive response plan.
I. Core Plan: A core plan includes an information summary, as proposed in 49 CFR 130.104(a)(1), and any components which do not change between response zones.
II. Response Zone Appendix: For reach response zone, a railroad must include a response zone appendix to provide the information summary, as proposed in § 130.107(a)(2), and any additional components of the plan specific to the response zones.
In addition, the proposed rule would require plan holders to identify an OSRO, provided through a contract or other approved means, to respond to a worst-case discharge to the maximum extent practicable within 12 hours.
PHMSA has identified several categories of costs related to the development and implementation of a comprehensive response plan. Those costs include the following: plan development, submission, and maintenance; contract fees for designating an OSRO; training and
As noted in section 3 of this IRFA, approximately 55 small railroads carry crude oil in train consists large enough that they would potentially be affected by this rule.
PHMSA considers the average annual cost per railroad relevant for the purposes of this analysis instead of presenting first year and subsequent year cost per railroad due to the nature of frequency of requirements with the development of a comprehensive plan, which varies between annual and every five years. The total undiscounted cost with the plan for the small railroads is $14,595,175 over the ten year period of the analysis. PHMSA estimates the total cost to each small railroad to be $37,613 in the first year and an annual average cost of $25,306 in subsequent years taking into account the costs growing with increases in real wages.
In conclusion, PHMSA believes that although some small railroads will be directly impacted, the impact will amount to less than one percent of an average small railroad's annual operating revenue.
Based on all industry interests and issues revolving around information sharing, in this NPRM we are proposing to add new information sharing provisions to the additional safety and security planning requirements for transportation by rail in a new § 174.312. As discussed previously, § 172.820(g) provides the requirements for rail carrier point of contact on routing issues for SSI. In this NPRM, we are proposing to add § 174.312 to add additional information sharing requirements. As proposed, a rail carrier of a HHFT as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter must provide the following notification to SERC, TERC, or other appropriate state delegated entities in which it operates. As proposed, information required to be shared must consist of the following:
• A reasonable estimate of the number of affected HHFTs that are expected to travel, per week, through each county within the state.
• The routes over which the affected trains will be transported.
• A description of the materials shipped and applicable emergency response information required by subparts C and G of part 172 of this subchapter.
• At least one point of contact at the railroad (including name, title, phone number and address) responsible for serving as the point of contact for the SERC, TERC, and relevant emergency responders related to the railroad's transportation of affected trains.
• The information summary elements (
• Railroads must update notifications made under section 174.312 on a monthly basis.
• Copies of railroad notifications made under section 174.312 of this section must be made available to DOT upon request.
Approximately 160 small railroads carry crude oil and ethanol in train consists large enough that they would potentially be affected by this rule.
PHMSA estimates the total cost of information sharing to each small railroad to be $7,589 in the first year and $2,319 for subsequent years, with costs growing with increases in real wages.
Table 16 provides the total burden on small railroads with the comprehensive OSRP and information sharing requirements:
In conclusion, PHMSA believes that although some small railroads will be directly impacted, the impact will amount to less than one percent of an average small railroad's annual operating revenue.
This proposed rule will not have a noticeable impact on the competitive position of the affected small railroads or on the small entity segment of the railroad industry as a whole. The small entity segment of the railroad industry faces little in the way of intramodal competition. Small railroads generally serve as “feeders” to the larger railroads, collecting carloads in smaller numbers and at lower densities than would be economical for the larger railroads. They transport those cars over relatively short distances and then turn them over to the larger systems, which transport them relatively long distances to their ultimate destination, or for handoff back to a smaller railroad for final delivery. Although their relative interests do not always coincide, the relationship between the large and small entity segments of the railroad industry is more supportive and co-dependent than competitive.
It is also rare for small railroads to compete with each other. As mentioned above, small railroads generally serve smaller, lower density markets and customers. They tend to operate in markets where there is not enough traffic to attract or sustain rail competition, large or small. Given the significant capital investment required (to acquire right-of-way, build track, purchase fleet, etc.), new entry in the railroad industry is not a common occurrence. Thus, even to the extent the proposed rule may have an economic impact, it should have no impact on the intramodal competitive position of small railroads.
In the NPRM, PHMSA seeks information and comments from the industry that might assist in quantifying the number of small offerors who may be economically impacted by the requirements set forth in the proposed rule.
PHMSA is not aware of any relevant Federal rules that may duplicate, overlap, or conflict with the proposed rule. PHMSA will collaborate and coordinate with FRA to ensure that our actions are aligned to the greatest extent practicable. This proposed rule would support most other safety regulations for railroad operations. The proposals in this NPRM work in conjunction with the requirements adopted in the HHFT Final Rule to continue the comprehensive approach to ensuring the safe transportation of energy products, mitigate the consequences of such accidents should they occur.
PHMSA is publishing this IRFA to aid the public in commenting on the potential small business impacts of the proposals in this NPRM. PHMSA invites all interested parties to submit data and information regarding the potential economic impact that would result from adoption of the proposals in this NPRM. PHMSA will consider all comments received in the public comment process when making a determination in the final RFA.
PHMSA will request a revision to the information collection from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under OMB Control No. 2137-0682, entitled “Flammable Hazardous Materials by Rail Transportation.” This NPRM may result in an increase in annual burden and costs under OMB Control No. 2137-0682 due to proposed requirements pertaining to the creation of oil spill response plans and notification requirements for the movement of flammable liquids by rail.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, no person is required to respond to an information collection unless it has been approved by OMB and displays a valid OMB control number. Section 1320.8(d) of Title 5 of the CFR requires that PHMSA provide interested members of the public and affected agencies an opportunity to comment on information and recordkeeping requests.
This document identifies a revised information collection request that PHMSA will submit to OMB for approval based on the requirements in this proposed rule. PHMSA has developed burden estimates to reflect changes in this proposed rule and specifically requests comments on the information collection and recordkeeping burdens associated with this NPRM.
PHMSA estimates that there will be approximately 73 respondents, based on a review of the number of railroad operators in existence that transport trains with 20 or more tank cars loaded with liquid petroleum oil in a continuous block or 35 or more tank cars loaded with liquid petroleum oil throughout the train. PHMSA estimates that it will take a rail operator 80 hours to produce a comprehensive oil spill response plan as proposed in this NPRM. In addition, the oil spill response plan will have an addendum for each response zone that the applicable trains pass through. It is estimated this addendum will take 15 hours per response zone. In addition, the oil comprehensive response plans will require annual maintenance as well. This annual maintenance is expected to take 20 hours for Class I railroads, 11 hours for Class II railroads, and 9.5 hours for Class III railroads. The hourly labor rate used to estimate the cost of initial plan development and its maintenance is $73.89. This labor rate is based on the median wage estimate from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) Occupational Employment and Wages, May 2014 for the wage series “11-1021 General and Operational Managers.”
There are 7 Class I railroads in existence that will be required to create a comprehensive oil spill response plan at 80 hours per plan resulting in 560 burden hours. Each Class I railroad is expected to have 8 response zones at 15 hours per response zone resulting in 840 burden hours. Combined this will result in a total of 1,400 burden hours Class I railroad oil spill response plans. This task will be performed by an operations manager at an hourly wage of $73.89 resulting in a burden cost of $103,446.00.
There are 11 Class II railroads in existence that will be required to create a comprehensive oil spill response plan at 80 hours per response plan resulting in 880 burden hours. Each Class II railroad is expected to have 2 response zones at 15 hours per zone resulting in 330 burden hours. Combined this will result in a total of 1,210 burden Class II railroad oil spill response plans. This task will be performed by an operations manager at an hourly wage of $73.89 resulting in a burden cost of $89,406.90.
There are 55 Class III railroads in existence that will be required to create a comprehensive oil spill response plan at 80 hours per response plan resulting in 4,400 burden hours. Each class III railroad is expected to pass through 1 response zones at 15 hours per zone resulting in 825 burden hours. Combined this will result in a total of 5,225 burden hours for Class III railroads oil spill response plans. This task will be performed by an operations manager at an hourly wage of $73.89 resulting in a burden cost of $386,075.25.
The total annual burden hours for all oil spill response plans is 8,795 burden hours. The total burden cost is
Presented below is a summary of the numbers describe above:
Class I—(7 Responses × 80 Hours per plan) + (7 responses × 8 Response Zones × 15 hours per zone) = 1,400 burden hours × $73.89 hourly rate = $103,446.00.
Class II—(11 Response × 80 Hours per plan) + (11 response × 2 Response Zones × 15 hours per zone) = 1,210 burden hours × $73.89 hourly rate = $89,406.90.
Class III—(55 Response × 80 Hours per plan) + (55 responses × 1 Response Zone × 15 hours per zone) = 5,225 burden hours × $73.89 hourly rate = $386,075.25.
Total Hours = 7,835/5 years = 1,567 Annual Burden Hours × $73.89 = $115,785.63 in Annual Cost.
There are 7 Class I railroads in existence that will be required to annually maintain their oil spill response plan at 20 hours per plan resulting in 140 annual burden hours. This task will be performed by an operations manager at an hourly wage of $73.89 resulting in an annual burden cost of $10,344.60.
There are 11 Class II railroads in existence that will be required to annually maintain their oil spill response plan at 11 hours per plan resulting in 121 annual burden hours. This task will be performed by an operations manager at an hourly wage of $73.89 resulting in an annual burden cost of $8,940.69.
There are 55 Class III railroads in existence that will be required to annually maintain their oil spill response plan at 9.5 hours per plan resulting in 525.5 annual burden hours. This task will be performed by an operations manager at an hourly wage of $73.89 resulting in an annual burden cost of $38,829.20
The sum of the total annual burden hours presented above is 783.5 burden hours.
Class I—7 Responses × 20 Hours per response = 140 annual burden hours × $73.89 = $10,344.60 annual burden cost.
Class II—11 Response × 11 Hours per response = 121 annual burden hours × $73.89 = $8,940.69 annual burden cost.
Class III—55 response × 9.5 hours per response = 522.5 annual burden hours × $73.89 = $386,075.25 annual burden cost.
Total Hours for Plan Maintenance = 783.5 Annual Burden Hours × $73.89 per hour = $57,892.81 annual burden cost.
For the creation of the initial HHFT information sharing notification PHMSA estimates that there will be approximately 178 respondents based on a review of the number of railroad operators shipping class 3 flammable liquids. PHMSA estimates that it will take a rail operator 30 hours to create initial notification plan for the State Emergency Response Commissions (SERCs), 30 hours to create initial notification plan for the Tribal Emergency Response Commissions (TERCs), and 15 hours to create the initial plan for other state delegated agencies.
PHMSA expects 7 responses (30 hours per response) resulting in 210 burden hours for SERC plans. PHMSA expects 7 responses (30 hours per response) resulting in 210 burden hours for TEPC plans. PHMSA expects 7 responses (15 hours per response) resulting in 105 burden hours for other state delegated agency plans. This will result in an initial one year total burden of 525 hours for Class I railroads. This task will be performed by an operations manager at an hourly wage of $73.89 resulting in an annual burden cost of $38,792.25.
PHMSA expects 11 responses (30 hours per response) resulting in 330 burden hours for SERC plans. PHMSA expects 11 responses (30 hours per response) resulting in 330 burden hours for TERC plans. PHMSA expects 11 responses (15 hours per response) resulting in 115 burden hours for other state delegated agency plans. This will result in an initial one year total burden of 775 hours for Class II railroads. This task will be performed by an operations manager at an hourly wage of $73.89 resulting in an annual burden cost of $57,264.75.
PHMSA expects 160 responses (30 hours per response) resulting in 4,800 burden hours for SERC plans. PHMSA expects 160 responses (30 hours per response) resulting in 4,800 burden hours for TERC plans. PHMSA expects 160 responses (15 hours per response) resulting in 2,400 burden hours for other state delegated agency plans. This will result in an initial one year total burden of 12,000 hours for Class III railroads. This task will be performed by an operations manager at an hourly wage of $73.89 resulting in an annual burden cost of $886,680.00.
Total initial year burden = 13,300 burden hours/$982,737.00 burden cost.
For the maintenance of the notification plan PHMSA estimates that there will be approximately 178 respondents based on a review of the number of railroad operators shipping class 3 flammable liquids. PHMSA estimates that it will take a rail operator 12 hours to maintain notification plan for the SERCs, 12 hours to maintain notification plan for TERCs, and 6 hours to maintain the plan for other state delegated agencies.
PHMSA expects 7 responses (12 hours per response) resulting in 84 burden hours for SERC plans. PHMSA expects 7 responses (12 hours per response) resulting in 84 burden hours for TERC plans. PHMSA expects 7 responses (6 hours per response) resulting in 42 burden hours for other state delegated agency plans. This will result in an annual total burden of 210 hours for Class I railroads. This task will be performed by an operations manager at an hourly wage of $73.89 resulting in an annual burden cost of $15,516.90.
PHMSA expects 11 responses (12 hours per response) resulting in 132 burden hours for SERC plans. PHMSA expects 11 responses (12 hours per response) resulting in 132 burden hours
PHMSA expects 160 responses (12 hours per response) resulting in 1,920 burden hours for SERC plans. PHMSA expects 160 responses (12 hours per response) resulting in 1,920 burden hours for TERC plans. PHMSA expects 160 responses (6 hours per response) resulting in 960 burden hours for other state delegated agency plans. This will result in an initial one year total burden of 4,800 hours for Class III railroads. This task will be performed by an operations manager at an hourly wage of $73.89 resulting in an annual burden cost of $35,240.00.
Please direct your requests for a copy of the information collection to T. Glenn Foster or Steven Andrews, U.S. Department of Transportation, Pipeline & Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), East Building, Office of Hazardous Materials Standards (PHH-12), 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast, Washington DC, 20590, Telephone (202) 366-8553.
PHMSA has analyzed this rule in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321,
A NEPA Environmental Checklist is available in the docket PHMSA-2014-0105 (HM-251B).
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT solicits comment from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to
This NPRM is published under the authority of 33 U.S.C. 1321, The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA), which directs the President to issue regulations requiring owners and operators of certain vessels and onshore and offshore oil facilities to develop, submit, update, and in some cases obtain approval of oil spill response plans. Executive Order 12777 delegated responsibility to the Secretary of Transportation for certain transportation-related facilities. The Secretary of Transportation delegated the authority to promulgate regulations to PHMSA and provides the FRA with approval authority for railroad ORSPs. A Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between the DOT and EPA further establishes jurisdictional guidelines for implementing OPA (36 FR 24080). The proposed changes to part 130 in this rule address minimizing the impact of a discharge of oils into the navigable waters or adjoining shorelines.
This NPRM is also published under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 5103(b), The Federal hazardous materials transportation law, which authorizes the Secretary of Transportation to “prescribe regulations for the safe transportation, including security, of hazardous materials in intrastate,
The Federal railroad safety laws, at 49 U.S.C. 20103, provide the Secretary of Transportation with authority over all areas of railroad transportation safety and the Secretary has delegated this authority to the FRA.
A regulation identifier number (RIN) is assigned to each regulatory action listed in the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulations. The Regulatory Information Service Center publishes the Unified Agenda in April and October of each year. The RIN contained in the heading of this document can be used to cross-reference this action with the Unified Agenda.
Executive Order 13211 (“Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use”), published May 22, 2001 [66 FR 28355], requires Federal agencies to prepare a Statement of Energy Effects for any “significant energy action.” Under the Executive Order, a “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency (normally published in the
PHMSA has evaluated this action in accordance with Executive Order 13211. See Section VIII, Subsection G (“Environmental Assessment”) for a more thorough discussion of environmental impacts and the supply, distribution, or use of energy. PHMSA has determined that this action will not have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. Consequently, PHMSA has determined that this regulatory action is not a “significant energy action” within the meaning of Executive Order 13211.
Oil spill prevention and response.
Exports, Hazardous materials transportation, Hazardous waste, Imports, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Hazardous materials transportation, Packaging and containers, Radioactive materials, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Uranium.
Hazardous materials transportation, Rail carriers, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures.
In consideration of the foregoing, we propose to amend title 49, chapter I, as follows:
33 U.S.C 1321; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.
The additions and revisions read as follows:
In this subchapter:
This incorporation by reference has been approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. A copy may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Copies may be inspected at the Office of Hazardous Materials Safety, Standards and Rulemaking Division, DOT headquarters East Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590, or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
The revisions read as follows:
(a) No person may transport liquid petroleum oil in a packaging having a capacity of 3,500 gallons or more unless that person has a current basic written plan that:
(b) A person with a comprehensive plan in conformance with the requirements of subpart C of this part 130 is not required to also have a basic spill prevention plan.
(a) Any railroad which transports any liquid petroleum or other non-petroleum oil subject to this part in a quantity greater than 42,000 gallons (1,000 barrels) per packaging must have a current comprehensive written plan meeting the requirements of this subpart; or
(b) Any railroad which transports a single train transporting 20 or more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil in a continuous block or a single train carrying 35 or more loaded tank cars of liquid petroleum oil throughout the train consist must have a current comprehensive written plan meeting the requirements of this subpart. Tank cars carrying mixtures or solutions of petroleum oil not meeting the criteria for Class 3 flammable or combustible material in § 173.120 of this chapter, or containing residue, are not required to be included when determining the number of tank cars transporting liquid petroleum oil in paragraph (b) of this section.
(c) The requirements of this subpart do not apply if the oil being transported is otherwise excepted per § 130.2(c).
(d) A railroad required to develop a response plan in accordance with this section may not transport oil (including handling and storage incidental to transport) unless—
(1) The response plan is submitted, reviewed, and approved as required by § 130.111 of this part or in conformance with paragraph (e) of this section; and
(2) The railroad is operating in compliance with the response plan.
(e) A railroad required to develop a response plan in accordance with this section may continue to transport oil without an approval from FRA provided all of the following criteria are met:
(1) The railroad submitted a plan in accordance with the requirements of § 130.111(a);
(2) The submitted plan includes the certification in § 130.106(a)(1);
(3) The railroad is operating in compliance with the submitted plan; and
(4) FRA has not issued a final decision that all or part of the plan does not meet the requirements of this subpart.
(a) Each railroad subject to this subpart must prepare and submit a plan including resources and procedures for responding, to the maximum extent practicable, to a worst-case discharge, and to a substantial threat of such a discharge, of oil. The plan must use the National Incident Management System (NIMS) and Incident Command System (ICS):
(b) Response plan format. Each response plan must be formatted to include:
(1)
(2)
(i) A description of the response zone, including county(s) and state(s);
(ii) A list of route sections contained in the response zone, identified by railroad milepost or other identifier;
(iii) Identification of environmentally sensitive or significant areas per route section as determined by § 130.103 of this part; and
(iv) The location where the response organization will deploy, and the location and description of the response equipment required by § 130.106(c)(6) of this part.
(c) Instead of submitting a response plan, a railroad may submit an Annex of an Integrated Contingency Plan (ICP) if the Annex provides equivalent or greater spill protection than a response plan required under this part. Guidance on the ICP is available in the
(a) A railroad must certify in the response plan that it reviewed the NCP (40 CFR part 300) and each applicable ACP and that its response plan is consistent with the NCP and each applicable ACP as follows:
(1) At a minimum, for consistency with the NCP, a comprehensive response plan must:
(i) Demonstrate a railroad's clear understanding of the function of the federal response structure, reflecting the relationship between the response organization's role and the Federal-On-Scene Coordinator's role in pollution response (
(ii) Include procedures to immediately notify the National Response Center; and
(iii) Establish provisions to ensure the protection of safety at the response site.
(2) At a minimum, for consistency with the applicable ACP (or Regional Contingency Plan (RCP) for areas lacking an ACP), the comprehensive response plan must:
(i) Address the removal of a worst-case discharge, and the mitigation or prevention of the substantial threat of a worst-case discharge, of oil;
(ii) Identify environmentally sensitive or significant areas as defined in section 130.5 of this part, along the route, which could be adversely affected by a worst-case discharge and incorporate appropriate deflection and protection response strategies to protect these areas;
(iii) Describe the responsibilities of the persons involved and of Federal, State, and local agencies in removing a discharge and in mitigating or preventing a substantial threat of a discharge; and
(iv) Identify the procedures to obtain any required federal and state authorization for using alternative response strategies such as in-situ burning and/or chemical agents as provided for in the applicable ACP and subpart J of 40 CFR part 300.
(b) Reserved.
(a) Each person preparing a comprehensive response plan is subject to the following content requirements of the plan:
(1) The information summary for the core plan must include all of the following:
(i) The name and mailing address of the railroad;
(ii) A listing and description of each response zone, including county(s) and state(s); and
(iii) The name or title of the qualified individual(s) and alternate(s) for each response zone, with telephone numbers at which they can be contacted on a 24-hour basis.
(2) The information summary for each response zone appendix must include all of the following:
(i) The name and mailing address of the railroad;
(ii) A listing and description of the response zone, including county(s) and state(s);
(iii) The name or title of the qualified individual(s) and alternate(s) for the response zone, with telephone numbers at which they can be contacted on a 24-hour basis;
(iv) The quantity and type of oil carried; and
(v) Determination of the worst-case discharge and supporting calculations.
(b)
(a) The railroad must develop and implement notification procedures which include all of the following:
(1) Procedures for immediate notification of the qualified individual or alternate;
(2) A checklist of the notifications required under the response plan, listed in the order of priority;
(3) The primary and secondary communication methods by which notifications can be made;
(4) The circumstances and necessary time frames under which the notifications must be made; and
(5) The information to be provided in the initial and each follow-up notification.
(b) The notification procedures must include the names and addresses of the following individuals or organizations, with the ten-digit telephone numbers at which they can be contacted on a 24-hour basis:
(1) The oil spill response organization(s);
(2) Applicable insurance representatives or surveyors for each response zone;
(3) The National Response Center (NRC);
(4) Federal, state, and local agencies which the railroad expects to have pollution control responsibilities or support; and
(5) Personnel or organizations to notify for the activation of equipment
(a) Each railroad must certify that they have identified and ensured by contract or other means the private response resources in each response zone necessary to remove, to the maximum extent practicable, a worst-case discharge. The certification must be signed by the qualified individual or an appropriate corporate officer.
(b) Each railroad must identify and describe in the plan the response resources which are available to arrive onsite within 12 hours after the discovery of a worst-case discharge or the substantial threat of such a discharge. It is assumed that response resources can travel according to a land speed of 35 miles per hour, unless the railroad can demonstrate otherwise.
(c) Each plan must identify all of the following information for response and mitigation activities:
(1) Methods of initial discharge detection;
(2) Responsibilities of and actions to be taken by personnel to initiate and supervise response activities pending the arrival of the qualified individual or other response resources identified in the response plan that are necessary to ensure the protection of safety at the response site and to mitigate or prevent any discharge from the tank cars;
(3) The qualified individual's responsibilities and authority;
(4) Procedures for coordinating the actions of the railroad or qualified individual with the actions of the U.S. EPA or U.S. Coast Guard On-Scene Coordinator responsible for monitoring or directing response and mitigation activities;
(5) The oil spill response organization's responsibilities and authority; and
(6) For each oil spill response organization identified under this section, a listing of:
(i) Equipment, supplies, and personnel available and location thereof, including equipment suitable for adverse weather conditions and the personnel necessary to continue operation of the equipment and staff the oil spill response organization during the response; or
(ii) In lieu of the listing of equipment, supplies, and personnel, a statement that the response organization is an Oil Spill Removal Organization that has been approved by the United States Coast Guard under 33 CFR 154.1035 or 155.1035.
(a) A railroad must certify in the response plan that it conducted training to ensure that:
(1) All railroad employees subject to the plan know—
(i) Their responsibilities under the comprehensive oil spill response plan; and
(ii) The name of, and procedures for contacting, the qualified individual or alternate on a 24-hour basis;
(2) Reporting personnel also know—
(i) The content of the information summary of the response plan;
(ii) The toll-free telephone number of the National Response Center; and
(iii) The notification process required by § 130.105 of this subpart.
(b) Recurrent training. Employees subject to this section must be trained at least once every five years or, if the plan is revised during the five-year recurrent training cycle, within 90 days of implementation of the revised plan. New employees must be trained within 90 days of employment or change in job function.
(c)
(1) The employee's name;
(2) The most recent training completion date of the employee's training;
(3) The name and address of the person providing the training; and
(4) Certification statement that the designated employee has been trained, as required by this subpart.
(d) Nothing in this section relieves a person from the responsibility to ensure that all personnel are trained in accordance with other regulations. Response personnel may be subject to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards for emergency response operations in 29 CFR 1910.120, including volunteers or casual laborers employed during a response who are subject to those standards pursuant to 40 CFR part 311. Hazmat employees, as defined in § 171.8, are subject to the training requirements in subpart H of part 172 of this chapter, including safety training.
(a) The plan must include a description of the methods used to ensure equipment testing meets the manufacturer's minimum recommendations or equivalent.
(b) A railroad must implement and describe a drill program following the National Preparedness for Response Exercise Program (PREP) guidelines, which can be found using the search function on the USCG's Web page,
(c)
(a)
(1) Maintain a copy of the complete plan at the railroad's principal place of business;
(2) Provide a copy of the core plan and the appropriate response zone appendix to each qualified individual and alternate; and
(3) Provide a copy of the information summary to each dispatcher in response zones identified in the plan.
(b) Each railroad must include procedures to review the plan after a discharge requiring the activation of the plan in order to evaluate and record the plan's effectiveness.
(c) Each railroad must update its plan to address new or different conditions or information. In addition, each railroad must review its plan in full at least every 5 years from the date of the last approval.
(d) If changes to the plans are made, updated copies of the plan must be provided to every individual referenced under paragraph (a) of this section.
(e) If new or different operating conditions or information would substantially affect the implementation of the response plan, the railroad must immediately modify its plan to address
(1) Establishment of a new railroad route, including an extension of an existing railroad route, construction of a new track, or obtaining trackage rights over a route not covered by the previously approved plan;
(2) The name of the oil spill response organization;
(3) Emergency response procedures;
(4) The qualified individual;
(5) A change in the NCP or an ACP that has significant impact on the equipment appropriate for response activities; or
(6) Any other information relating to circumstances that may affect full implementation of the plan.
(f) If FRA determines that a change to a response plan does not meet the requirements of this part, FRA will notify the operator of any alleged deficiencies, and provide the railroad with an opportunity to respond, including an opportunity for an informal conference, to any proposed plan revisions, as well as an opportunity to correct any deficiencies.
(g) A railroad who disagrees with a determination that proposed revisions to a plan are deficient may petition FRA for reconsideration, within 30 days from the date of receipt of FRA's notice. After considering all relevant material presented in writing or at an informal conference, FRA will notify the railroad of its final decision. The railroad must comply with the final decision within 30 days of issuance unless FRA allows additional time.
(a) Each railroad must submit a copy of the response plan required by this part. Copies of the response plan must be submitted to: Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety, Federal Railroad Administrator (FRA), 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. Note: Submission of plans contained in an electronic format is preferred.
(b) If FRA determines that a response plan requiring approval does not meet all the requirements of this part, FRA will notify the railroad of any alleged deficiencies and provide the railroad an opportunity to respond, including the opportunity for an informal conference, to any proposed plan revisions, as well as an opportunity to correct any deficiencies.
(c) A railroad who disagrees with the FRA determination that a plan contains alleged deficiencies may petition FRA for reconsideration within 30 days from the date of receipt of FRA's notice. After considering all relevant material presented in writing or at an informal conference, FRA will notify the operator of its final decision. The railroad must comply with the final decision within 30 days of issuance unless FRA allows additional time.
(d) FRA will approve the response plan if FRA determines that the response plan meets all requirements of this part. FRA may consult with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or the U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) allowing an On-Scene Coordinator (OSC) to identify concerns about the railroad's ability to respond to a worst-case discharge or implement the plan as written. EPA or the USCG would not be responsible for plan approval.
(e) If FRA receives a request from an OSC to review a response plan, FRA may require a railroad to give a copy of the response plan to the OSC. FRA may consider OSC comments on response techniques, protecting fish, wildlife and environmentally sensitive environments, and on consistency with the ACP. FRA remains the approving authority for the response plan.
(f) A railroad may ask for confidential treatment in accordance with the procedures in 49 CFR 209.11.
If, during transportation of oil subject to this part, a discharge of oil occurs—into or on the navigable waters; on the adjoining shorelines to the navigable waters; or that may affect natural resources belonging to, appertaining to, or under the exclusive management authority of, the United States—the person transporting the oil must implement the plan required by § 130.101, and in a manner consistent with the National Contingency Plan, 40 CFR part 300, or as otherwise directed by the On-Scene Coordinator.
49 U.S.C. 5101-5128, 44701; Pub. L. 101-410 section 4 (28 U.S.C. 2461 note); Pub. L. 104-121, sections 212-213; Pub. L. 104-134, section 31001; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.
(h) * * *
(45) ASTM D7900-13 Standard Test Method for Determination of Light Hydrocarbons in Stabilized Crude Oils by Gas Chromatography, 2013, into § 173.121.
49 U.S.C. 5101-5128, 44701; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(vi) Petroleum products containing known flammable gases—Standard Test Method for Determination of Light Hydrocarbons in Stabilized Crude Oils by Gas Chromatography (ASTM D7900). The initial boiling point is the temperature at which 0.5 weight percent is eluted when determining the boiling range distribution.
49 U.S.C. 5101-5128; 33 U.S.C. 1321; 49 CFR 1.81 and 1.97.
(a) * * *
(6)
(a) Prior to transporting a high-hazard flammable train (HHFT) as defined in § 171.8 of this subchapter, a railroad must provide each State Emergency Response Commission (SERC), Tribal Emergency Response Commission (TERC), or other appropriate state delegated agency for further distribution
(1) At a minimum, the information railroads are required to provide to the relevant state or tribal agencies must include the following:
(i) A reasonable estimate of the number of HHFTs that the railroad expects to operate each week, through each county within the state or through each tribal jurisdiction;
(ii) The routes over which the HHFTs will operate;
(iii) A description of the hazardous material being transported and all applicable emergency response information required by subparts C and G of part 172 of this subchapter;
(iv) A HHFT point of contact: at least one point of contact at the railroad (including name, title, phone number and address) with knowledge of the railroad's transportation of affected trains and responsible for serving as the point of contact for the SERC, TERC, or other state or tribal agency responsible for receiving the information; and
(v) If a route identified in paragraph (a)1)(ii) of this section is additionally subject to the comprehensive spill plan requirements in subpart C of part 130 of this chapter, the information must include a description of the response zones (including counties and states) and the contact information for the qualified individual and alternate, as specified under § 130.104(a);
(2)
(i) On a monthly basis, railroads must update the notifications. If there are no changes, the railroad may provide a certification of no change.
(ii) Notifications and updates may be transmitted electronically or by hard copy.
(iii) If the disclosure includes information that railroads believe is security sensitive or proprietary and exempt from public disclosure, the railroads should indicate that in the notification.
(iv) Each point of contact must be clearly identified by name or title and role (
(v) Copies of the railroad's notifications made under this section must be made available to the Department of Transportation upon request.
(b) Reserved.
Food and Nutrition Service, USDA.
Final rule and interim final rule.
This rule adopts as final, with some modifications, the National School Lunch Program and School Breakfast Program regulations set forth in the interim final rule published in the
Based on comments received on the interim final rule and implementation experience, this final rule makes a few modifications to the nutrition standards for all foods sold in schools implemented on July 1, 2014. In addition, this final rule codifies specific policy guidance issued after publication of the interim rule. Finally, this rule retains the provision related to the standard for total fat as interim and requests further comment on this single standard.
To be considered, written comments must be submitted by one of the following methods:
•
•
All submissions received in response to the interim final provision on total fat will be included in the record and will be available to the public. Please be advised that the substance of the comments and the identity of the individuals or entities submitting comments will be subject to public disclosure. FNS also will make the comments publicly available by posting a copy of all comments on
Tina Namian, Branch Chief, School Meals Branch, Policy and Program Development Division, Child Nutrition Programs, Food and Nutrition Service, 3101 Park Center Drive, Alexandria, Virginia 22302, or by telephone at (703) 305-2590.
This rule affirms, with some modifications, the interim final rule (IFR) that implemented amendments made by sections 203 and 208 of Public Law 111-296, the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010 (HHFKA), to the Child Nutrition Act of 1966 (CNA) and the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act (NSLA) for schools that participate in the School Breakfast Program (SBP) and the National School Lunch Program (NSLP). The final rule addresses public comments submitted in response to the IFR and makes some adjustments that improve clarity of the provisions set forth in the IFR. In response to comments and implementation experience as shared by operators, the final rule also incorporates and codifies some policy guidance to allow additional foods and combinations to meet the nutrition standards. Specifically, the regulation finalizes the IFR, with the following changes:
• Adds the term “main dish” to the definition of “Entrée” for clarification;
• Adds the term “grain-only” breakfast entrées to the definition of “Entrée” to codify policy guidance issued during implementation; and
• Adds a definition of “Paired exempt foods” to codify policy guidance issued during implementation.
• Adds a specific exemption to the total fat and saturated fat standard for eggs; and
• Modifies the exemption to the General Standards for canned vegetables to exempt low sodium and no-salt added vegetables with no added fat to more closely align with USDA Foods standards and industry production standards.
• The nutrient standard for total fat.
• In § 210.11(i) and § 210.11(j), a revision is made to clarify that the calorie and sodium limits apply to all competitive food items available on school campus and not just to those sold a la carte during the meal service.
The original development of the standards contained in this regulation was informed by the 2010 Dietary Guidelines for Americans (DGA), which were published in December 2010. Based on a thorough review of the recently published 2015-2020 DGA, USDA has determined that the standards contained in this regulation are also consistent with the new DGA. Key recommendations from the 2010 DGA are maintained in the 2015-2020 DGA, and so continue to be in line with the standards included in this rule. The 2015-2020 DGA contain a specific additional recommendation on limiting
The NSLP served an average of 30.4 million children per day in Fiscal Year
The NSLA (42 U.S.C. 1751
The HHFKA, enacted December 13, 2010, directed the Secretary to promulgate regulations to establish science-based nutrition standards for foods sold in schools other than those foods provided under the NSLP and SBP. Section 208 of the HHFKA amended section 10 of the CNA (42 U.S.C. 1779) to require that such nutrition standards apply to all foods sold:
• Outside the school meal programs;
• On the school campus; and
• At any time during the school day.
Section 208 requires that such standards be consistent with the most recent DGA and that the Secretary consider authoritative scientific recommendations for nutrition standards; existing school nutrition standards, including voluntary standards for beverages and snack foods; current State and local standards; the practical application of the nutrition standards; and special exemptions for infrequent school-sponsored fundraisers.
In addition, the amendments made by section 203 of the HHFKA amended section 9(a) of the NSLA (42 U.S.C. 1758(a)) to require that schools participating in the NSLP make potable water available to children at no charge in the place where meals are served during the meal service. This is a nondiscretionary requirement of the HHFKA that became effective October 1, 2010, and was required to be implemented by August 27, 2013.
The Department published a proposed rule in the
As referenced earlier in this preamble, the Department published an IFR in the
A total of 520 public comments on the IFR were received during the 120-day comment period that ended on October 28, 2013. Fifty-three of these comments were copies of form letters related to nine different mass mail campaigns. The remaining comments included 460 letters with unique content rather than form letters. A total of 386 of these comments were substantive. Comments represented a diversity of interests, including advocacy organizations; health care organizations; industry and trade associations; farm and industry groups; schools, school boards and school nutrition and education associations; State departments of education; consumer groups; and others. A relatively modest number of comments were received on the IFR, many of which reiterated previous comments received during the proposed rule comment period and which had been taken into consideration as the IFR was drafted. This final rule, therefore, incorporates relatively minor modifications to the provisions of the IFR.
In general, there was support for the IFR. Stakeholders were very supportive of the IFR, and some had specific comments and suggestions on several provisions included in the rule. Of the 520 comments, 103 were in full support of the rule. Fifty commenters objected to implementation of this rule, indicating that no standards for competitive food should be implemented in schools. The remaining commenters included suggested revisions to various aspects of the rule and its implementation.
Commenters recommended expanding exemptions to several of the standards for specific food items, such as side items served in the NSLP and the SBP, while others recommended continuing the initial sodium standard for snack foods. Several commenters recommended that the General Standard which allowed foods meeting the 10 percent Daily Value for nutrients of public health concern be made permanent rather than eliminated on July 1, 2016, as was included in the IFR. More detailed discussions of these specific issues are included in this preamble.
Twenty-five comments expressed general support for the IFR, many citing concerns for childhood obesity and stating that competitive food standards will reinforce healthy eating habits in school and outside of school. In addition to their overall support of the rule, an advocacy organization and an individual commenter stated that lower income students may not have the opportunity to experience healthier food items outside of the school. These commenters asserted that this rule will introduce these students to healthier foods and possibly influence home food consumption patterns and protect the nutritional needs of children. One trade association applauded the Department's encouragement of dairy foods consumption throughout the rule and urged that these changes be retained. One individual commenter remarked that the inclusion of recordkeeping and compliance requirements, consideration of special situations, and
Although in support of the IFR in general, two commenters asserted that there are other factors that cause obesity in our society besides foods available in schools. For example, these commenters suggested that reducing physical education class in school has led to increased sedentary lifestyles of children. Commenters also noted the importance of supplementing nutrition requirements for foods available in schools with nutrition and health education in schools.
Some of those commenters concerned about the competitive food standards established in the IFR asserted that foods sold in schools are not the cause of childhood obesity and that the rule will result in significant revenue losses for school food service, citing financial strain on schools caused by the recently revised NSLP standards. Most of these comments were opposed to the rule in its entirety and did not comment on specific provisions of the IFR.
The Department acknowledges that there are many factors contributing to childhood obesity and supports the idea that developing a healthy nutrition environment in school plays an important role in combatting childhood obesity, as well. This rule reinforces the development of a healthy school environment. In addition, the Department recognizes that nutrition and health education as well as physical activity are important to the development of a healthy lifestyle and encourages schools to develop local school wellness standards that incorporate these items into the school day.
In addition to public comments submitted during the formal comment period, USDA continued to respond to feedback and questions from program operators and other impacted parties throughout the implementation year in order to provide clarification, develop policy guidance, and inform us as the final rule was being developed.
The description and analysis of comments in this preamble focus on general comment themes, most frequent comments, and those that influenced revisions to this final rule. Provisions not addressed in the preamble to this final rule did not receive significant or substantial public comments and remain unchanged. The reasons supporting the provisions of the proposed and interim regulations were carefully examined in light of the comments received to determine the continued applicability of the justifications. Those reasons, enunciated in the proposed and interim regulations, should be regarded as the basis for this final rule unless otherwise stated, or unless inconsistent with this final rule or this preamble. A thorough understanding of the rationale for various provisions of this final rule may require reference to the preamble of both the proposed rule published on February 8, 2013 (78 FR 9530) and the interim final rule published on June 28, 2013 (78 FR 39068).
To view all public comments on the IFR, go to
The competitive foods and beverages standards included in the June 28, 2013, IFR were implemented on July 1, 2014, and are retained in this final rule with some modifications, as noted in the following chart in bold letters. The modifications or changes made in this final rule are discussed next in the preamble.
The amendments made by the HHFKA stipulate that the nutrition standards for competitive food apply to all foods and beverages sold: (a) Outside the school meals programs; (b) on the school campus; and (c) at any time during the school day. The IFR at § 210.11(a) included definitions of
Some commenters, including a trade association, a food manufacturer, and a school district, expressed support for the IFR definition for “school day.” However, more commenters disagreed with the IFR definition of “school day” primarily requesting that the definition should be expanded to include all times during which students are on campus and engaged in school-sponsored activities or all after-school hours in order to achieve the objective of promoting healthy food choices for children. Some commented that imposing competitive food standards during the school day but eliminating them after school sends a mixed message with regard to the need to eat healthy foods at all times.
In contrast, a trade association and a food manufacturer suggested that USDA should more narrowly define “school day” to exclude foods sold at school programs and activities that occur before the start of the instructional school day to achieve consistency with the treatment of afterschool activities. Other individual commenters suggested that the school day should start at the beginning of school and end at the dismissal bell in order to allow morning and after school sales of noncompliant competitive foods.
The Department wishes to reiterate that section 208 of the HHFKA amended the CNA to require that the competitive food standards apply to foods sold at any time during the school day, which does not include afterschool programs, events and activities. In addition, as a reminder, these standards are minimum standards. If an LEA wishes to expand the application of the standards to afterschool activities, they may do so. The definition of “school day” is, therefore, unchanged in this final rule. In addition, in order to clarify the applicability of the competitive foods nutrition standards, if a school operates a before or after-school program through the Child and Adult Care Food Program or the NSLP, the meal pattern requirements of the appropriate program shall be followed.
The competitive food standards provide exemptions for certain foods that are nutrient dense, even if they may not meet all of the specific nutrient requirements. For example, all fresh, frozen and most canned fruits as specified in § 210.11(d)(1) are exempt from all of the nutrient standards because we want to encourage students to consume more of these foods. Similarly, peanut butter and other nut butters are exempt from the total fat and saturated fat standards, since these foods are also nutrient dense and primarily consist of healthier fats.
A combination food is defined as a product that contains two or more foods representing two or more of the food groups: Fruit, vegetable, dairy, protein or grains. When foods are combined, they no longer retain their individual exemptions and must meet the nutrient standards that apply to a single item.
However, the regulation did not specifically address the treatment of foods that are exempt from the regulatory requirements when they are simply paired and packaged with other products (without added ingredients) that are also exempt from one or more of the standards. Many of these “paired exemptions” are nutrient dense and contain foods that meet the intent of the competitive foods requirements. In response to concerns raised by operators in the first year of implementation, FNS issued policy guidance clarifying that “paired exempt foods” retain their individually designated exemption for total fat, saturated fat, and/or sugar when packaged together and sold. Paired exempt foods are required to meet the designated calorie and sodium standards specified in paragraphs § 210.11(i) and (j) at all times. Some examples of paired exemptions include:
•
•
•
•
Operator implementation using the policy guidance was positive. Therefore, FNS is formalizing this policy clarification through this final rule by adding a definition of
• A combination food of meat or meat alternate and whole grain rich food;
• A combination food of vegetable or fruit and meat or meat alternate; or
• A meat or meat alternate alone, with the exception of yogurt, low-fat or reduced fat cheese, nuts, seeds and nut or seed butters.
During the course of implementation, some questions were received with regard to packaging and selling two snack items together, such as a cheese stick and a pickle or a whole grain-rich cookie and yogurt, and considering that item to be an entrée in order to sell products with the higher entrée calorie and sodium limits. The proposed rule clearly expressed the Department's intent that an entrée be the main dish in the meal. Therefore, in order to clarify the definition of “Entrée item”, the phrase “intended as the main dish” is being added to the regulatory definition.
Some commenters, including trade associations and food manufacturers, urged FNS to expand the definition of entrée to include a grain only, whole-grain rich entrée, on the basis that such foods are commonly served entrée items in the SBP (
An individual commenter recommended creating a separate definition of “breakfast entrée” to allow grain/bread items as an option. A professional association and a food manufacturer requested that typical breakfast foods, such as a bagel and its accompaniments be considered an entrée rather than a snack/side item at breakfast time or at lunch time. However, a State department of education, a community organization, and some individual commenters recommended that FNS not allow a grain-only entrée to qualify as a breakfast entrée item. The community organization argued that these items are of minimal nutritional value and typically involve the addition of high-sugar syrups. The State department of education commented that allowing grain-only entrée items under the competitive food regulations would allow schools to sell SBP entrée items such as muffins, waffles, and pancakes that would not otherwise meet the competitive food standards.
In view of the comments as well as input received on grain-only entrées during implementation of the IFR, the Department published Policy Memorandum SP 35-2014 to clarify that, although grain-only items were not included in the IFR as entrées, an SFA is permitted to determine which item(s) are the entrée items for breakfasts offered as part of the SBP. The policy flexibility was well received and, therefore, this final rule amends the definition of “Entrée item” to include reference to whole grain rich, grain-only breakfast items served in the SBP, making them allowable breakfast entrées subject to the entrée exemptions allowed in the rule on the day of and the day after service in the SBP. Such entrée items also may be served at lunch in the NSLP on the day of or the day after service in the SBP.
In summary, this final rule makes no changes to the IFR definitions of
Under § 210.11(b)(1) of the IFR, State and/or LEAs have the discretion to establish more rigorous restrictions on competitive food, as long as they are consistent with the provisions set forth in program regulations.
Thirty-five comments addressed this discretion and numerous commenters expressly supported the provision. Several commenters, including a school professional association, and individual commenters, urged FNS to not allow additional standards for competitive foods beyond the Federal standards because a national standard will allow manufacturers to produce food items at a lower cost. A trade association recognized that the IFR may not be preemptive, but requested that USDA not encourage States to create additional criteria for competitive foods. This commenter expressed concerns that inconsistent State policies for competitive foods will limit reformulation opportunities.
However, 12 advocacy organizations and an individual commenter expressed the need for a national framework for competitive foods and also expressed support for allowing States and localities to implement locally-tailored, standards that are not inconsistent with the Federal requirements. Similarly, some school professional associations and individual commenters supported allowing States the flexibility to create
The ability of State agencies and LEAs to establish additional standards that do not conflict with the Federal competitive food requirements is consistent with the intent of section 208 of the HHFKA, and with the operation of the Federal school meal programs in general. That discretion also provides an appropriate level of flexibility to States and LEAs to set or maintain additional requirements that reflect their particular circumstances consistent with the development of their local school wellness policies. Any additional restrictions on competitive food established by school districts must be consistent with both the Federal requirements as well as any State requirements.
This final rule makes no change to the provision allowing States and LEAs to establish additional competitive food standards that are not inconsistent with the Federal requirements. This provision may be found at § 210.11(b)(1).
Four individual commenters expressed concerns about continuing to allow the sale of foods that contain genetically modified organisms (GMO) and foods containing artificial ingredients, colors, and flavors. Just over 30 comments were received on other issues relating to food requirements. These comments included suggestions such as eliminating or putting limitations on high fructose corn syrup, sugar, fiber, and GMO foods. One individual commenter urged that all foods sold in schools should be organic.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) makes determinations regarding the safety of particular food additives and USDA defers to FDA on such determinations. As discussed previously, these standards are minimal standards that must be met regarding competitive foods sold in schools. This final rule continues to provide the flexibility to implement additional standards at the State and/or local level.
The rationale for many comments received on the IFR was consistency with the HUSSC and Alliance for a Healthier Generation standards. The Department wishes to point out that while those standards were considered in the development of the proposed rule, both of those standards have conformed to the USDA competitive foods standards subsequent to publication of the IFR.
The general nutrition standard in the rule at § 210.11(c)(2)(iv) specifies that combination foods must contain
One of the general standards for competitive foods included in § 210.11(c)(2)(ii) and (e) requires that grain products be whole-grain rich, meaning that they must contain 50 percent or more whole grains by weight or have whole grains as the first ingredient.
About 60 comments addressed this IFR requirement. Many commenters, including a State department of education, urged USDA to make the competitive food whole grain standard consistent with the NSLP/SBP whole grain standard. Several commenters, including a school professional association and individual commenters, supported the “whole grain rich” requirement. In particular, food manufacturers, trade associations, and a school district emphasized the importance of including the criteria that the whole grains per serving should be greater than or equal to 8 grams in the whole grain-rich identifying criteria. Three individual commenters generally opposed the whole grain-rich requirement.
As indicated in the preamble to the proposed rule, this standard is consistent with the DGA recommendations, the whole grain-rich requirements for school meals and the prior HUSSC whole grain-rich requirement (HUSSC has subsequently updated the standards to conform to these competitive food standards). The Department wishes to point out that the whole grain criteria for competitive foods is used as a criterion for determining the allowability of an individual item to be sold as a competitive food, while school meals' whole grain-rich criteria determine the crediting of the menu items toward the grain component of the meal. Allowing the additional measures for grain suggested by some commenters such as ≥8 grams of whole grain would not ensure that grain products in competitive food contain at least 50 percent whole grains and would require additional information from the manufacturer. Therefore, the whole grain-rich standard established in the interim final rule is affirmed in this final rule.
The food industry has made a significant effort to reformulate products to meet this standard and to reinforce the importance of whole grains to the general public as well. These efforts have resulted in the availability of numerous whole grain-rich products in the general public marketplace as well as in the foods available for service and purchase in schools. Maintaining this standard ensures that students have the flexibility to make choices among the numerous whole grain-rich products that are now available to them in school.
Since this competitive food standard is consistent with the DGA recommendations, the whole grain-rich requirements for school meals, and HUSSC standards, this final rule affirms the requirement as established by interim final rule.
In recognition of the marketplace and implementation limitations, but also mindful of important national nutrition goals, the IFR implemented a phased-in approach to identifying allowable competitive foods under the general standard. For the initial implementation period in School Year 2014-15 through June 30, 2016 (School Year 2015-16), the general food standard included a criterion that if a competitive food met
Eight commenters, including some food manufacturers, opposed the phase out of this criterion as a General Standard for allowable foods. However, information available to the Department indicates that industry has made major strides over the past three years and many manufacturers have come into compliance with the competitive food standards by reformulating their products in recognition of the fact that the 10-percent DV General Standard would become obsolete as of July 1, 2016. Prior to July 1, 2016, fewer than 21 products that depended solely on the 10-percent DV General Standard appeared on the Alliance for a Healthier Generation (AHG) Food Navigator as Smart Snacks compliant foods. There are currently about 2,500 Smart Snacks compliant products listed in the AHG product database. This means that items that had qualified based solely upon the 10-percent DV General Standard represented less than 1 percent (0.84 percent) of the products that had been captured in the Alliance Navigator.
Therefore, this final rule makes no changes to the General Standards for competitive foods established by the IFR and the 10-percent DV standard has expired as scheduled. Eliminating the 10-percent DV criterion more closely aligns the competitive food standards with the DGA, as required by the HHFKA.
Elimination of this standard aligns the competitive foods rule with the DGA which states that “nutrients should come primarily from foods” as well as the IOM recommendations which indicate that this approach “reinforces the importance of improving the overall quality of food intake rather than nutrient-specific strategies such as fortification and supplementation.”
In addition to the General Standards, the rule includes nutrient standards for specific nutrients contained in allowable foods. These include standards for total fat, saturated fat, trans fat, total sugars, calories and sodium. These standards apply to competitive foods as packaged or served to ensure that the competitive food standards apply to the item sold to the student.
Twenty commenters expressed general support for the IFR nutrient standards for competitive foods without discussing a specific element of the nutrient standards. Several advocacy organizations and professional associations agreed with requiring that all foods sold in schools meet the nutrient standards and with limiting calories, fats, sugars, and sodium in snack foods and beverages. A health care association expressed support for the nutrition standards adopted in the IFR suggesting that any changes made should strengthen the standards and not weaken them. Another health care association expressed the belief that the established limits will inherently preclude the sale of candy and other confections and products with added sugars that promote tooth decay. An individual commented that the nutrient standards will eliminate many seemingly healthy foods that are surprisingly laden with sugar, calories, fat, or salt. A trade association supported the use of a nutrition criteria-based system for competitive food standards, as opposed to a structure that allows and disallows specific foods, because manufacturers will have the opportunity to reformulate and innovate to meet the rule's provisions.
Seven commenters expressed general opposition to the IFR nutrient standards for competitive foods without discussing a specific element of the nutrient standards. A few individual commenters expressed concerns that the IFR nutrient standards will encourage chemically processed low-fat foods and sugar substitutes at the expense of whole foods and natural sugars. A food manufacturer urged USDA to simplify the criteria for competitive foods by using only the calorie limit and eliminating the total fat, saturated fat, and sugar limits, arguing that the combined calorie limit and food group standards would be less burdensome to implement and would inherently limit fats and sugars.
The overwhelming majority of comments received on the proposed rule supported the nutrient standards and those standards were incorporated into the IFR with some minor changes. The IFR comments received on this issue were minimal and primarily supported the established standards. Therefore, this rule finalizes the nutrient standards as included in the IFR with the addition of several modifications being made to items exempt from those nutrient standards as discussed below.
Generally consistent with both the IOM and the DGA, the IFR included an exemption to the nutrient standards for fresh, frozen and canned fruits and vegetables with no added ingredients except water or, in the case of fruit, packed in 100 percent fruit juice, extra light syrup or light syrup; and for canned vegetables that contain a small amount of sugar for processing purposes in order to maintain the quality and structure of the vegetable.
Ten comments expressed support for the IFR exemption from the nutrient standards for fresh, frozen, or canned fruits and vegetables. In particular, a school professional association and some individual commenters agreed with the decision to include “light syrup” in the exemption. A food manufacturer supported the inclusion of all forms of fruit, and products made with fruit, without added nutritive sweeteners, as competitive foods.
Three commenters recommended that the exemption for fruits and vegetables be more stringent. These commenters suggested that any added syrup contributes added unneeded sugars. Two trade associations supported the IFR provision that fruit packed in light syrup is exempt from the nutrition standards.
However, a few comments were received addressing the exemption parameters for canned vegetables—allowing an exemption only for those canned vegetables containing water and a small amount of sugar for processing. A trade association and a food manufacturer stated that they were not aware of any canned vegetables that contain only water and sugar for processing purposes. They indicated that sodium, citric acid, and other ingredients are commonly used in the processing of canned vegetables. They also pointed out that those processing aids are allowed to be used in the low sodium vegetables packed for the USDA Foods Program.
The Department wishes to point out that, although some sodium is used in processing canned vegetables, most canned vegetables would still meet the nutrient standards for sodium without being given a specific exemption. However, in light of the important nutrients provided by vegetables, for ease of operator implementation and in recognition of common processing procedures, the Department agrees that low sodium/no salt added canned vegetables should also benefit from the fruit and vegetable exemption. This final rule, therefore, revises the canned vegetable exemption to allow low
To qualify as an allowable competitive food, the IFR at § 210.11(f) requires that no more than 35 percent of the total calories per item as packaged or served be derived from total fat and requires that the saturated fat content of a competitive food be less than 10 percent of total calories per item as packaged or served. In addition, as specified in § 210.11(g), a competitive food must contain zero grams of trans fat per portion as packaged or served (not more than 0.5 grams per portion).
While there are no exemptions from the trans fat standard, there are a number of exemptions from the total fat and the saturated fat standards. Seafood with no added fat is exempt from the total fat standard but is still subject to the saturated fat, trans fat, sugar, calorie and sodium standards. Exemptions included in the IFR to both the total fat and saturated fat standards include reduced fat cheese and part skim mozzarella cheese not included in a combination food item, nuts and seeds and nut/seed butters not included in a combination food item and products that consist of only dried fruit with nuts and/or seeds with no added nutritive sweeteners or fat. Such exempt products are still subject to other competitive food nutrient standards such as the trans fat, sugar, calorie and sodium standards.
Fifteen commenters, including a school professional association and several individuals, expressed support for the IFR competitive food restriction on total fat. No comments were received to make this standard more stringent. However, about 30 comments opposed the IFR restriction on total fat, arguing in favor of either making the restriction less stringent or eliminating the standard entirely. Two trade associations asserted that the total fat limit is inconsistent with the NSLP/SBP standards, which limit saturated fat and trans fat but not total fat. These commenters suggested that limitations on calories, saturated fat, and trans fat in competitive food standards will ensure that the foods are low in total fat. Similarly, a school district also recommended removing the total fat limit, asserting that such a limit is inconsistent with the NSLP/SBP requirements and will place an undue burden on menu planners.
Fifty-five comments addressed the IFR exemptions from the total fat limit. Three trade associations and a food manufacturer expressed support for the exemption for part-skim mozzarella. Two individual commenters, however, opposed the exemption for reduced-fat cheese and part-skim mozzarella, asserting that whole foods may be healthier than low-fat alternatives. Three trade associations and a school district favored extending the exemption for reduced-fat cheese to all cheese that meets the calorie limits.
Some commenters suggested various other modifications to the standards for individual foods, such as eggs, yogurt, and full fat cheese. A couple of comments dealt with various combinations of food items that are effectively dealt with in this final rule with the addition of a definition of
One commenter mistakenly noted that alternative milk products allowed in the reimbursable meals programs may not meet these requirements. We wish to clarify that total fat, saturated fat and trans fat standards do not apply to beverages.
The Department recognizes that there may be foods that are commonly enjoyed by students and are generally healthy, but do not currently meet the competitive food standards due to the total fat content. Specifically, we are aware that some legume-based spreads/dips may offer significant nutritional benefits, but may not be able to meet total fat standards due to the inherent fat content of key ingredients in traditional legume based spreads or dips, such as hummus. Another common and generally healthy snack food is guacamole. Although avocado is currently exempt from the total fat standard because it is a fruit, when other non-fruit or vegetable ingredients are added to make a dip, the exemption is lost and the total fat standard is exceeded. Other common and generally healthy foods that may benefit from removal of the total fat standard include snack bars and salads with dressing.
Because the DGAs are based on the latest scientific research and do not have a key recommendation for total fat and to address commenter requests for consistency between standards for competitive foods sold in schools and the NSLP/SBP, the Department has determined that further comment should be accepted on the total fat standard. In particular, comments are requested on whether the standard for total fat should be eliminated given that there will continue to be standards in place for calories, sodium, saturated fat, and trans fats which will limit unhealthy fats. Comments are also sought on whether the total fat standard should be maintained but should exempt certain food items. While the total fat standard as currently implemented will continue to be in place, this single, individual standard remains an interim final standard. The Department, as previously noted, will accept public comments on this standard only. The Department is interested in comments related to the impact revising or eliminating the total fat standard may have. This could include allowing more items to be sold that are lower in unhealthy, saturated fats but that might be higher in healthy, unsaturated fats and simplifying implementation for local operators. Commenters also should consider whether there could be unintended consequences to revising or eliminating the total fat standard. As noted above, commenters should keep in mind that the standards for calories, sodium, saturated fat, and trans fat remain in place and will continue to limit the types of foods that may be sold in schools.
Twenty comments expressed support for the IFR competitive food restriction on saturated fat. A school district recommended consistency with NSLP/SBP by only calculating saturated fat and total calories.
Twenty-five commenters were opposed to the IFR restriction on saturated fat, arguing in favor of either making the restriction less stringent or eliminating the standard entirely. A school professional association and individual commenters argued that the standard is too restrictive and will exclude grilled cheese, chicken tenders, hot dogs, pizza, and healthy option entrées.
Forty-five comments addressed the IFR exemptions from the saturated fat limit. Most of the comments requested saturated fat exemptions for the same products for which they requested total fat exemptions discussed above. Three trade associations and a school district favored extending the saturated fat exemption to all cheese that meets the calorie limits.
Additional comments specifically addressed exemptions from the saturated fat limit. A professional association and several individual commenters suggested that the saturated fat standard should exclude eggs or cheese packaged for individual sale and for non-fried vegetables and legumes.
Seven comment letters included other comments relating to the IFR saturated
The Department does not agree that all cheese should be exempt from the total fat and saturated fat standards because the total fat standard included in the IFR is identical to the recommended IOM standard for total fat, and the saturated fat standard is consistent with the DGA recommendations.
Twenty comments addressed the IFR trans fat restriction. Several commenters, including a school professional association and some individual commenters who supported the total fat and saturated fat limits, also expressed support for the IFR trans fat limit. A school district also expressed support for the IFR limitation of zero grams of trans fat in competitive foods. To reduce confusion among school food service workers and State auditors, a trade association and a food manufacturer recommended that the phrasing of the trans-fat provision for competitive foods should be consistent with the provision in the NSLP/SBP requirements, which does not apply to naturally occurring trans fats present in meat and dairy products. While trans fat content is normally indicated on the label, the Department will provide additional guidance as necessary on this issue through technical assistance resources.
The competitive food standards in the IFR provided that, in order to qualify as an allowable competitive food, no more than 35 percent of calories may be contributed by total fat, and less than 10 percent of a food's calories may come from saturated fat. Eggs do exceed these fat standards. However, similar to nut butters, reduced-fat cheese, and seafood, eggs exceed the competitive foods fat standards and are nutrient dense. Eggs are high in protein and contain essential nutrients including, B vitamins, Vitamin E, Vitamin D, iron, zinc, and magnesium. While eggs are high in fat, the DGA recommends increased consumption of nutrient dense foods and includes eggs in a healthy eating pattern. Evidence suggests that one egg a day does not increase a person's risk for high cholesterol or cardiovascular diseases. In addition, some previous State agency standards as well as the previous standards implemented by the Alliance for a Healthier Generation did allow eggs for the reasons cited above.
Therefore, in response to comments, the nutrient profile of eggs mentioned above and operator requests to allow this nutrient dense and low cost option, this final rule is amended to add an exemption from the total fat and saturated fat standards for whole eggs with no added fat. This exemption appears in § 210.11(f)(iv).
Some commenters supported the IFR competitive food calorie limits. In particular, a health care association urged USDA not to grant requests to increase the IFR calorie limits because doing so would increase the likelihood that students would choose and consume more than the recommended number of calories, which this commenter asserted would undermine USDA's efforts to address the childhood obesity epidemic. A food manufacturer urged replacing the sugar and fats nutrition standards with only the calorie limit.
Many commenters expressed opposition to the calorie limits for competitive foods. Commenters said the proposed limits were too stringent and would limit student access to many food products, particularly a la carte foods sold during the meal service. Some commenters provided specific suggestions for alternative calorie limits for snacks, ranging from 240 to 300 calories, and for entrées, ranging from 400 to 500 calories.
Fifteen commenters addressed age and grade groupings, several suggesting separate calorie limits by grade, similar to the structure of the school meal patterns, reasoning that children have different calorie needs as they grow.
This final rule retains the calorie limits for snacks/side dishes (200 calories per item as packaged or served), and entrée items (350 calories per item as packaged or served), which are consistent with IOM recommendations and some voluntary standards. The Department does not agree that higher limits are appropriate, as suggested by some commenters, particularly since it is not possible to limit the number of competitive food items that may be purchased. We appreciate that separate calorie limits by grade levels for snacks would align with existing voluntary standards that many schools have adopted, and would be more tailored to the nutritional needs of children of different ages. However, separate calorie limits for different grade levels would also add complexity for local program operators with schools of varying grade levels. State agencies or school districts could choose to implement varying calorie limits based on grades, provided the maximum level does not exceed the limit in this final rule. Please note that the calorie limit for entrée items would apply to all entrées that do not meet the exemption for NSLP/SBP entrée items.
The Department wishes to point out that great strides have been made in the availability of competitive foods that meet the standards. Numerous products have been reformulated and/or repackaged to ensure that the products meet the competitive foods standards and those products have been made available to schools for sale to students. In addition, many changes have been made to the a la carte offerings available in the cafeteria and these changes are contributing greatly to the overall healthy environment that is so important in our schools.
Under the IFR at § 210.11(i), snack items and side dishes sold à la carte could contain no more than 200 calories and 230 mg of sodium per portion as served, including the calories and sodium in any accompaniments, and must meet all other nutrient standards for non-entrée items. The IFR stipulated that as of July 1, 2016, snack items and side dishes must have not more than 200 calories and 200 mg of sodium per item as packaged or served. Under the IFR at § 210.11(j), entrée items sold à la carte could contain no more than 350 calories and 480 mg sodium per portion as served, including any accompaniments, and meet all other nutrient standards.
Several comments, including one from a health care association and two from individuals, agreed with the IFR sodium provisions. The health care association argued that although some commenters urge USDA to create “consistent” sodium standards for the NSLP/SBP and competitive foods standards, the sodium limits for the school meals program apply to an entire meal, while the sodium limits for competitive foods only apply to one component of a meal—a single entrée,
Several commenters recommended that the sodium reductions should continue to be phased in gradually to allow taste preferences and manufacturers additional time to adjust. Some commenters provided suggestions for higher sodium limits, ranging from 230 mg to 360 mg for snacks and 550 mg to 650 mg for entrées. One commenter, a manufacturer, wanted USDA to add an exemption to the sodium limit for natural reduced fat cheese and reduced fat, reduced sodium pasteurized processed cheese.
The Department's standards for sodium were based on the IOM recommendations. The proposed “per portion as served” standards for competitive food were considered in the context of the DGAs and of the overall sodium limits for school meals, the first of which took effect in School Year 2014-15, the same school year these competitive food standards were implemented. USDA acknowledges that sodium reduction is an issue that impacts the broader marketplace, not just schools, and understands that sodium reduction is a process that will take time.
In recognition of the fact that there were existing voluntary standards for competitive food that had the higher sodium limit of 230 mg for snacks/side dishes, which meant there were existing products that had been formulated to meet the higher standard available to schools, the IFR set the initial limit for sodium for snacks and side dishes at 230 mg per item as packaged or served, for the first two years of implementation of these standards. The IFR provided that, as of July 1, 2016, the sodium limit for snacks and side dishes shall be reduced to 200 mg per item as packaged or served.
It is evident that many manufacturers have developed new products or reformulated existing products to meet the July 1, 2016, 200 mg standard. The Department believes that the phased in approach taken in the IFR did work to ensure product availability for schools for initial implementation and provided ample time for manufacturers to adjust to meet the lower limit. Therefore, this final rule does not change the sodium requirement for snacks and side dishes. The sodium standard of 230 mg for snacks and side dishes expired as scheduled and the 200 mg standard is implemented as of July 1, 2016. In addition, the entrée limit of 480 mg per item as packaged and served will remain in place. The Department wishes to point out that any entrées served in school meals will be covered under the NSLP/SBP entrée item exemption in § 210.11(c)(3)(i).
The IFR at § 210.11(h)(1) provided that not more than 35 percent of the
• Dried whole fruits or vegetables; dried whole fruit or vegetable pieces; and dehydrated fruits or vegetables with no added nutritive sweeteners;
• Products that consist of only dried fruit with nuts and/or seeds with no added nutritive sweeteners or fat; and
• Dried fruit with nutritive sweeteners required for processing and/or palatability purposes. (At this time, this applies to dried cranberries, tart cherries and dried blueberries only.)
Most commenters generally supported the application of the total sugars by weight standard. Many commenters stated that this standard provides flexibility and would allow the sale of more products that are favorites among students.
A trade association expressed the opinion that a restriction on sugar is not a necessary component of the competitive food standards because calorie limits will prevent excess sugar consumption. A State department of education and an individual suggested expressing the sugar limit in grams rather than percentages. Several commenters indicated that sugar limits would force manufacturers to produce foods which are actually less healthy in order to meet that standard. Another food manufacturer expressed support for a sugar restriction based on percent calories by weight, although stating that it did not believe a total sugar limit is warranted. A trade association and a food manufacturer asserted that the sugar criterion of 35 percent by weight is in line with the Alliance for a Healthier Generation guidelines, which was the basis of many products specially formulated for schools. The trade association added that for foods that naturally contain fat and sugar, such as dairy products, making lower fat versions of these products reduces the percentage of calories from fat, which increases the percentage of calories from sugar, so a sugar limit based on weight is preferable.
Two comments, one received from an advocacy organization and another from an individual commenter, favored a sugar limit as a percent of calories arguing that such an alternative would be more protective. The individual asserted that there are many foods that would be disallowed were the standard 35 percent sugar by calories, but will be allowed because the sugar limit is a percentage of calories by weight.
The Department acknowledges that this standard allows more products to qualify to be sold as a competitive food in schools but wishes to point out that the portion sizes of these and all foods would be limited by the calorie and fat standards. State agencies and school districts could choose to implement a sugar standard based on calories, provided that it is at least as restrictive as the regulatory standard (
Most commenters supported the exemptions to the total sugar requirement as well as the provision allowing an exemption for dried fruit with nutritive sweeteners required for processing and/or palatability purposes. (At this time, this applies to dried cranberries, tart cherries and blueberries only.) A school district requested guidance listing specific dried fruits that require nutritive sweeteners and urged that this list be maintained as guidance rather than as part of the rule so that USDA has flexibility to modify the list as warranted without requiring rulemaking. A trade association commended USDA for agreeing to issue future guidance on determining which dried fruits with added nutritive sweeteners qualify for the exemption. The portion sizes of these dried fruits would be limited by the calorie standards.
A few commenters requested that processed fruit and vegetable snacks (
The 2015-2020 DGA contain specific recommendations on limiting
Therefore, this final rule continues to require in § 210.11(h)(1), that the total sugar content of a competitive food must be not more than 35 percent of
The IFR exempts NSLP/SBP entrée items from the competitive food standards when served as a competitive food on the day of service or the day after service in the reimbursable lunch or breakfast program. Six commenters expressed support for this approach regarding NSLP/SBP menu items sold as competitive foods. Most of these commenters, including advocacy organizations and a health care association, urged USDA not to grant requests to expand the exemption for NSLP/SBP items sold a la carte to, for example, include side dishes. Some of these commenters stated that expanding the exemption would undermine or weaken the competitive food standards. One advocacy organization expressed support that the IFR will require NSLP/SBP side dishes sold a la carte to meet the competitive food standards. Another advocacy organization stated that the approach taken in the IFR will allow for reasonable flexibility for the school food service while also addressing concerns regarding the frequency with which particular food items are available.
Fifteen comments recommended that NSLP/SBP entrées should not receive an exemption from the competitive food standards at any time. Some commenters argued that reimbursable meals are designed to provide a variety of foods and beverages that, over the course of a week, create a balance of all nutrients, while limiting calories, fats and sodium, and this balance can be disrupted when individual foods may be chosen at the expense of the whole meal. Specifically, a health care association commented that because schools are allowed to balance the nutrition components of reimbursable meals over a week, foods that may exceed the limits for fat, sodium, and calories can be included in a reimbursable meal when balanced over the week with healthier sides. For this reason, an advocacy organization stated that the exemption for a la carte NSLP/SBP entrées from the competitive food standards will allow children to continue to purchase less healthy entrée items a la carte instead of nutritious snack foods or more balanced reimbursable meals.
Several advocacy organizations and a professional association argued that allowing the sale of any foods that are inconsistent with the competitive food standards will undermine the IFR and efforts of parents to provide healthy food options to children. This commenter asserted that although the exemption for a la carte NLSP/SBP entrée items only exists on the day and day after it is served as part of a reimbursable meal, many schools—particularly high schools that offer multiple meals each day—may offer popular items like pizza, breaded chicken nuggets, and burgers every day or nearly every day.
One advocacy organization recognized the importance of consistency between foods served in meals and a la carte and argued that there can be consistency without exempting a significant number of a la carte items from competitive food standards. This commenter stated that if individual items meet the competitive food standards, they should have no problem fitting into healthful NSLP/SBP menus, which would allow for consistency and flexibility, while also safeguarding children's health.
One hundred commenters suggested that the competitive food standards should exempt NSLP/SBP entrée items sold a la carte regardless of the day on which they are served as part of the reimbursable meal. Many of those commenters argued that once an item is served that meets reimbursable meal pattern guidelines, it should be allowed to be sold as a competitive food without frequency restrictions. Some stated that such an exemption would ease menu planning and operational issues as well as reduce confusion. These comments were primarily made by trade associations and food industry commenters as well as some school food service organizations.
Closely associated with the issue of exempting NSLP and SBP entrées on the day served and the day after served in the reimbursable meal is the lack of an exemption for side dishes served in the reimbursable meals. Commenters were also split on whether or not such food items should enjoy an exemption from the competitive food standards. Eighty commenters urged that NSLP/SBP side items sold a la carte should be exempt from competitive food standards. Many of the arguments made to support this view were the same as those discussed above related to the suggestion that all NSLP/SBP entrée items should be exempt from all competitive food standards regardless of day served. Other commenters indicated that side items should not be exempt from the competitive food standards.
USDA understands the concerns of commenters on both sides of this issue.
Therefore, the exemption for NSLP/SBP entrée items only is retained. Side dishes sold à la carte would be required to meet all applicable competitive food standards. The exemption for the entrée items is available on the day the entrée item is served in NSLP/SBP, and the following school day. Entrée items are provided an exemption, but side dishes are not, in an attempt to balance commenter opposition to any exemptions for NSLP/SBP menu items and needed menu planning flexibilities. The approach adopted in this rule supports the concept of school meals as being healthful, and provides flexibility to program operators in planning à la carte sales and handling leftovers. We anticipate that this approach, along with the recent changes to school meal standards will continue to result in healthier menu items in meals than in the past, including entrées. Exempt entrées that are sold as competitive food must be offered in the same or smaller portion sizes as the NSLP and SBP.
Several commenters requested information on a variety of other issues specific to individual foods. Many of these questions have been clarified in the extensive guidance issued by the Department in policy memoranda and other materials that are available on our Web site at
The IFR at § 210.11(n) limited the use of accompaniments to competitive food, such as cream cheese, jelly, butter, salad dressing, etc., by requiring that all accompaniments be included in the nutrient profile as part of the food item served. Two commenters supported requiring accompaniments to be included in the nutrient profile as part of the food item served. A State department of education commented that the requirement to include the nutrient content of accompaniments in the nutrient profile of the product is appropriate and reasonable because condiments can contribute significant calories, sugar, fat and/or sodium. A school district expressed support for the IFR requirements relating to accompaniments not requiring pre-portioning, but requiring that they be included in the nutrient profile of competitive foods. Forty-five commenters opposed the requirement by suggesting that a weekly calorie range should be applied or that there should be no consideration of accompaniments.
The Department maintains that it is important to account for the dietary contribution of accompaniments in determining whether a food item may be served as a competitive food. Accompaniments can provide substantial sodium, sugar and/or calories to food items sold. Therefore, the requirement that accompaniments be included in the nutrient profile of foods is retained. As provided in the IFR, schools may determine the average serving size of the accompaniments at the site of service (
The IFR at § 210.11(m) established standards for allowable beverage types for elementary, middle and high school students. At all grade levels, water, low fat and nonfat milk, and 100 percent juice and 100 percent juice diluted with water with no added sweeteners are allowed in specified maximum container sizes, which varied by grade level. The rule also allows additional beverages for high school students in recognition of the wide range of beverages available to high school students in the broader marketplace and the increased independence such students have, relative to younger students, in making consumer choices.
Ten commenters expressed general support for the beverage standards included in the IFR. Sixty-five commenters generally opposed the ICR beverage standards and cited a variety of reasons, from wanting to allow all grade levels to have no-calorie/low calorie beverages to opposing allowing high school students to have no-calorie/low calorie beverages available to them in school. A few commenters asserted that milk is produced in 8 ounce and 16 ounce containers and that requiring a limit of 12 ounce size milk for middle school and high school students may be problematic. While some commenters recommended larger portion sizes for all beverages, others recommended smaller portion sizes, particularly related to juice products. Still other commenters wished to restrict food colorings and other ingredients in 100 percent juice. Several commenters indicated that no-calorie/low calorie beverages should not be allowed in high school due to the inclusion of non-nutritive sweeteners in such beverages. While about 40 commenters supported the removal of the time and place restriction on the sale of other beverages in high school lunchrooms during the meal service, several commenters objected to the elimination of the restriction and a few indicated that such beverages should not be sold in any location at any time in high schools.
A few commenters suggested that USDA use only two grade groups for the beverage standards—elementary and secondary—to ease implementation. Some commenters stated that it would be difficult and/or costly to administer the beverage requirements in combined grade campuses, such as 7-12 or K-12. In response, USDA appreciates that implementation could be more difficult in schools with overlapping grade groups, but considers it important to maintain in the final rule the three grade groupings included in the IFR. These groupings reflect the IOM recommendations and appropriately provide additional choices to high school students, based on their increased level of independence. USDA
Most of the comments received on the IFR beverage requirements dealt with the standards for other beverages allowed in high school. A number of commenters wanted no-calorie and low-calorie beverages to be available in elementary and middle schools as well as high schools, while others opposed these beverages at any grade level. Several commenters stated that although schools may impose more stringent standards, schools may choose to sell diet beverages because the sale of such drinks are profit making. Other commenters indicated that if schools are not allowed to sell no-calorie/low calorie beverages in high school students will purchase them elsewhere and bring them to school.
USDA appreciates the input provided by commenters. The Department maintains that, given the beverages available in the broader marketplace and the independence that high school students enjoy, low calorie/no-calorie beverages may be sold in high schools. However, we do not agree that such beverages should be available to elementary and middle school students in school. No changes are made to this standard.
The IFR at § 210.11(l) required that foods and beverages available in elementary and middle schools to be caffeine free, with the exception of trace amounts of naturally occurring caffeine substances. This is consistent with IOM recommendations. The IFR did, however, permit caffeine for high school students.
Four commenters agreed with the IFR caffeine provisions. A food industry commenter expressed support for limited beverage choices for young children but allowing a broader range of products, including those containing typical amounts of caffeine, in high schools, given the increased independence of high school students. A trade association agreed that high school students should have access to beverages that contain caffeine and asserted that in 1987 FDA found no evidence to show that the use of caffeine in carbonated beverages would render such beverages injurious to health. This commenter asserted that its members provide a wide array of low- and no-calorie beverages to high schools, some of which contain modest amounts of caffeine, but member companies have voluntarily instituted policies against the sale of caffeinated beverages marketed as energy drinks to schools. Two school districts supported caffeinated beverages for high school students.
Forty-five commenters opposed the IFR caffeine provisions, generally because it will allow foods and beverages in high school to contain caffeine. Those commenters were primarily concerned about the use of caffeinated low-calorie energy drinks that contain unregulated amounts of caffeine and other additives.
An advocacy organization cited warnings from the American Academy of Pediatrics and added that aggressive marketing of caffeinated products is designed to appeal to youth and there is a lack of information on caffeine content on food labels. Several commenters opposed allowing the sale of caffeinated drinks in high schools, particularly drinks with high levels of caffeine and no nutritive value.
USDA is concerned, as are some commenters, that some foods and beverages with very high levels of caffeine may not be appropriate to be sold in schools, even at the high school level. The FDA has not set a daily caffeine limit for children, but the American Academy of Pediatrics discourages the consumption of caffeine and other stimulants by children and adolescents. However, the health effects of caffeine are currently being considered by the FDA and the IOM. FDA did announce that it will investigate the safety of caffeine in food products, particularly its effects on children and adolescents. The FDA announcement cited a proliferation of products with caffeine that are being aggressively marketed to children, including “energy drinks.” FDA, working with the IOM, convened a public workshop on August 5-6, 2013, to review existing science on safe levels of caffeine consumption and the potential consequences to children of caffeinated products in the food supply. The workshop did not result in any recommendations but a report was produced and may be found at
Therefore, given the lack of authoritative recommendations at this time, this rule will not prohibit caffeine for high school students. However, USDA acknowledges commenters' concerns and encourages schools to be mindful of the level of caffeine in food and beverages when selecting products for sale in schools, especially when considering the sale of high caffeine products such as energy drinks. It is also important to note that local jurisdictions have the discretion to further restrict the availability of caffeinated beverages should they wish to do so.
The caffeine provisions as included in the IFR at § 210.11(k) are not changed.
The IFR did not explicitly address the issue of non-nutritive sweeteners; however, the rule allowed calorie-free and low-calorie beverages in high schools, which would implicitly allow beverages including non-nutritive sweeteners.
Ten commenters addressed the use of non-nutritive sweeteners in food products. Some commenters opposed allowing artificially sweetened beverages. For example, some commenters opposed the sale of diet sodas, whereas others stated that there is little evidence regarding the advisability of intake of sugar-sweetened beverages versus intake of non-nutritive sweeteners in beverages. In contrast, some commenters supported the use of non-nutritive sweeteners. USDA appreciates commenter input but is not explicitly addressing the use of non-nutritive sweeteners in the regulatory text of this final rule. Local program operators can decide whether to offer food and/or beverage items for sale that include non-nutritive sweeteners.
The IFR at § 210.11(b)(4) requires that food and beverage items sold during the school day meet the nutrition standards for competitive food but allows for special exemptions for the purpose of conducting infrequent school-sponsored fundraisers, as specified in the HHFKA. The provision included in the IFR was that exempt fundraiser frequency would be determined by the State agency during such periods that schools are in session. The IFR also required that no specially exempted fundraiser foods or beverages may be sold in competition with school meals in the food service area during the meal service.
Ten commenters indicated that USDA should establish the number and type of fundraisers that are exempt from the competitive food standards to ensure consistency among States. Other commenters recommended that the Department set parameters for the minimum and maximum numbers of
The final rule retains the requirements regarding the responsibility of the State agency to determine the frequency of exempt fundraisers in schools. In addition, the rule continues to stipulate that there are no limits on the sale of food items that meet the competitive food requirements (as well as the sale of non-food items) at school fundraisers. In addition, the Department wishes to remind the public that the fundraiser standards do not apply to food sold during non-school hours, weekends and off-campus fundraising events such as concessions during after-school sporting events.
USDA is confident that State agencies possess the necessary knowledge, understanding and resources to make decisions about what an appropriate number of exempt fundraisers in schools should be and that the most appropriate approach to specifying the standards for exempt fundraisers is to allow State agencies to set the allowed frequency of such fundraisers. If a State agency does not specify the exemption frequency, no fundraiser exemptions may be granted. It is not USDA's intent that the competitive food standards apply to fundraisers in which the food sold is clearly not for consumption on the school campus during the school day. It is also important to note that LEAs may implement more restrictive competitive food standards, including those related to the frequency with which exempt fundraisers may be held in their schools, and may impose further restrictions on the areas of the schools and the times during which exempt fundraisers may occur in the schools during the school day.
In addition, USDA has provided guidance on fundraisers in response to a variety of specific questions received during implementation and this guidance may be found in Policy Memo SP 23-2014(V.3) available on our Web site at
In summary, the exempt fundraiser provisions contained in § 210.11(b)(4) of the IFR are unchanged and the final rule continues to specify that competitive food and beverage items sold during the school day must meet the nutrition standards for competitive food, and that a special exemption is allowed for the sale of food and/or beverages that do not meet the competitive food standards for the purpose of conducting an infrequent school-sponsored fundraiser. Such specially exempted fundraisers must not take place more than the frequency specified by the State agency during such periods that schools are in session. Finally, no specially exempted fundraiser foods or beverages may be sold in competition with school meals in the food service area during the meal service.
The IFR codified a provision of the HHFKA that requires schools participating in the NSLP to make free, potable water available to children in the place lunches are served during the meal service. Just over 40 comments addressed the part of the IFR that requires schools participating in the NSLP to make free, potable water available to children in the place lunches are served during the meal service and in the cafeteria during breakfast meal service.
Many of these commenters, including advocacy organizations, professional associations and individual commenters, expressed support for the potable water requirement. Two advocacy organizations commented that water has zero calories and is a healthy alternative to sugary drinks. These commenters stated that making the water free and easily accessible may help combat obesity and promote good health. Similarly, one individual commenter stated that the free, potable water requirement will help reduce the purchase of other drinks that are high in added sugars. A few individual commenters remarked that low-income students do not have the luxury of bringing or buying water bottles or even have access to clean running water outside of school, and free potable water is imperative to these students. Two individual commenters recommended that free potable water be available during breakfast, lunch, and all break and recess times regardless of where food is being served.
Section 210.10(a)(1) of the final rule continues to require that schools make potable water available and accessible without restriction to children at no charge in the place where lunches are served during the meal service. In addition, § 220.8(a)(1) requires that when breakfast is served in the cafeteria, schools must make potable water available and accessible without restriction to children at no charge. The Department continues to encourage schools to make potable water available without restriction at all meal and snack services when possible.
The IFR at § 210.11(b)(2), outlined the recordkeeping requirements associated with competitive foods. Local educational agencies and school food authorities would be required to maintain records documenting compliance with the requirements. Local educational agencies would be responsible for maintaining records documenting compliance with the competitive food nutrition standards for food sold in areas that are outside of the control of the school food service operation. Local educational agencies also would be responsible for ensuring any organization designated as responsible for food service at the various venues in the school (other than the school food service) maintains records documenting compliance with the competitive food nutrition standards. The school food authority would be responsible for maintaining records documenting compliance with the competitive food nutrition standards for foods sold in meal service areas during meal service periods. Required records would include, at a minimum, receipts, nutrition labels and/or product specifications for the items available for sale.
About 120 commenters expressed concerns about recordkeeping, monitoring and compliance. Twenty commenters specifically addressed recordkeeping. Some of those commenters suggested that recordkeeping is costly, unrealistic and/or not necessary. Yet others recommended minimizing the recordkeeping on non-school groups. A number of commenters representing school food service were concerned that the local educational agency would require school food service to be responsible for recordkeeping on behalf of school food service as well as other entities/organizations within the local educational agency. Additionally, they were concerned that school food service could not affect the requirements throughout the local educational agency
The Department appreciates that this regulation may have created some new challenges initially, as schools implemented the IFR and took steps to improve the school nutrition environment. Such challenges may be ongoing for some schools. However, maintaining a record that substantiates that the food items available for sale in the schools meet the standards is essential to the integrity of the competitive food standards. To determine whether a food item is an allowable competitive food, the local educational agency designee(s) must assess the nutritional profile of the food item. This may be accomplished by evaluating the product Nutrition Facts Label and/or using the Alliance for a Healthier Generation Calculator to do so and retaining a copy of that evaluation in the files, retaining receipts for the food items ordered or purchased for secondary sale at the various venues at the schools, etc. Absent an evaluation of the nutritional profile of the competitive foods available for sale at the schools, the local educational agency has no way of knowing whether a food item meets the nutrition standards set forth in this rule. The recordkeeping requirement simply requires the local educational agency to retain the reviewed documentation (
Commenters also expressed concern about the designation of responsibility for this activity. As stated in the IFR, the Department does not expect the responsibility to rest solely with the nonprofit school food service. School food service personnel are expected to have a clear understanding of the nutrition profile of foods purchased using nonprofit school food service funds for reimbursable meals, a la carte offerings, etc. Their authority and responsibilities are typically limited to the nonprofit school food service. Local educational agencies are responsible for ensuring that all entities involved in food sales within a school understand that the local educational agency as a whole must comply with these requirements.
As stated in the IFR, the Department continues to recommend that cooperative duties associated with the sale of competitive foods be coordinated and facilitated by the local school wellness policy designee(s). Section 204 of the HHFKA amended the NSLA by adding section 9A (42 U.S.C. 1758b) which requires each local educational agency to: (a) Establish a local school wellness policy which includes nutrition standards for all foods available on each school campus, and (b) designate one or more local educational agency officials or school officials, to ensure that each school complies with the local school wellness policy. State agencies were advised of the section 204 requirements in FNS Memorandum,
The Department believes, and the experience of many operators confirms, that if the LEA local school wellness designee(s), school food service, and other entities and groups involved with the sale of food on the school campus during the school day work together to share information on allowable foods and coordinate recordkeeping responsibilities, the result is the successful implementation and maintenance of a healthy school environment. As always, State agencies and the Department will provide technical assistance to facilitate ongoing implementation of the competitive food nutrition standards.
Therefore, there are no changes to the recordkeeping requirements and § 210.11(b)(2) of the IFR is affirmed.
Section 210.18(h)(6) requires State agencies to ensure that local educational agencies comply with the nutrition standards for competitive food and retain documentation demonstrating compliance with the competitive food service and standards.
As indicated above, about 120 commenters submitted comments related to recordkeeping, monitoring and compliance. A number of commenters, largely school food service personnel, expressed concerns about how monitoring would occur for foods sold by groups outside of the school food service. Some commenters believed technical assistance would be insufficient and raised questions about means to effect compliance. Other commenters expressed concerns about the need to train and educate non-school food service personnel as to how to comply with the regulations. Several State agencies, school districts and individuals requested that the SFA not be held accountable for compliance issues outside of the control of the SFA.
The Department agrees that training will be needed to ensure compliance with the nutrition standards. As mentioned under the discussion of
The Department published a proposed rule titled
The Department would like to assure commenters that we see technical assistance and training as the first approach to non-compliance; however, we recognize that egregious, repeated cases of non-compliance may require a more aggressive approach. In this regard, section 303 of the HHFKA amended section 22 of the NSLA (42 U.S.C. 1769c) to provide the Department with the authority to impose fines against any school or school food authority repeatedly failing to comply with program regulations. This authority will be addressed in a proposed rule dealing with a number of integrity issues related to local educational agencies administering the Child Nutrition Programs which is currently under development. Interested parties will have an opportunity to comment on the proposed integrity rule.
This rule continues to require that all local educational agencies and schools participating in the NSLP and SBP meet the nutrition standards for competitive foods sold to students on the school campus during the school day. Several questions have been received regarding the applicability of these standards to after school programs operated in
Forty comments addressed impacts of the IFR on culinary training programs. These commenters urged for complete exemption from the competitive food standards for foods prepared and sold as part of culinary education programs. In contrast, a school district, school food service staff, and other individual commenters urged USDA to apply the competitive food standards to foods sold to students during the school day by culinary arts programs.
The Department addressed the applicability of the competitive foods regulation on culinary arts programs in Policy Memo SP 40-2014, published on April 22, 2014. That memo recognized that culinary education programs providing students with technical career training operate in some schools nationwide. Some of those culinary education programs operate food service outlets that sell foods to students, faculty, or others in the community, with a minority of programs doing so during the school day. The memo also clarified that the competitive foods nutrition standards have no impact on the culinary education programs' curriculum in schools, nor do they have any impact on foods sold to adults at any time or to students outside of the school day. However, to the extent that such programs are selling food to students on campus during the school day, the statutory applicability of the Smart Snacks nutrition standards to all foods sold outside of the School meals programs is clear. Section 12(l)(4)(J) of the NSLA (42 U.S.C. 1760(l)(4)(J), prohibits the Secretary from granting a waiver that relates to the requirements of the NSLA, the CNA, or any regulation issued under either statute with regard to the sale of foods sold outside of the school meal programs. The nutrition standards included in the final rule continue to apply to all foods sold to students on the school campus during the school day, including food prepared and/or sold by culinary education programs.
The competitive food provisions contained in the IFR were implemented by State agencies and local educational agencies on July 1, 2014. Changes made in this final rule may be implemented as specified in the
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility.
This Final rule has been designated an “economically significant regulatory action” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the rule has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.
This rule has been reviewed with regard to the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (5 U.S.C.601-612). The rule directly regulates the 54 State education agencies and 3 State Departments of Agriculture that operate the NSLP pursuant to agreements with USDA's Food and Nutrition Service. While State agencies are not considered small entities as State populations exceed the 50,000 threshold for a small government jurisdiction, many of the service-providing institutions that work with them to implement the program do meet definitions of small entities.
The requirements established by this final rule will apply to school districts, which meet the definitions of “small governmental jurisdiction” and other establishments that meet the definition of “small entity” in the Regulatory Flexibility Act. The Regulatory Flexibility Act analysis is published as part of the docket (FNS-2011-0019) on
As required for all rules that have been designated as significant by the Office of Management and Budget, a Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA) was developed for this final rule A summary is presented below. The full RIA is published as part of the docket (FNS-2011-0019) on
The final rule responds to two provisions of the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010. Section 208 of HHFKA amended Section 10 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966 to require the Secretary to establish science-based nutrition standards for all foods sold in schools during the school day. In addition, the amendments made by section 203 of the HHFKA amended section 9(a) of the NSLA (42 U.S.C. 1758(a)) to require that schools participating in the NSLP make potable water available to children at no charge in the place where meals are served during the meal service. This is a nondiscretionary requirement of the HHFKA that became effective October 1, 2010, and was required to be implemented by August 27, 2013.
The full Regulatory Impact Analysis includes a brief discussion of comments submitted by school officials, public health organizations, industry representatives, parents, students, and other interested parties on the costs and benefits of the final rule submitted. The analysis also contains a discussion of how USDA modified the final rule in response, and the effect of those modifications on the costs and benefits of the rule.
The primary purpose of the rule is to ensure that nutrition standards for competitive foods are consistent with those used for the NSLP and SBP, holding competitive foods to standards similar to the rest of foods available to students during the school day. These standards, combined with recent improvements in school meals, will help promote diets that contribute to students' long-term health and well-
Obesity has become a major public health concern in the U.S., with one-third of U.S. children and adolescents now considered overweight or obese (Beydoun and Wang 2011
Because the factors that contribute both to overall food consumption and to obesity are so complex, it is not possible to define a level of disease or cost reduction expected to result from implementation of the rule. There is some evidence, however, that competitive food standards can improve children's dietary quality.
• Taber, Chriqui, and Chaloupka (2012
• In an assessment of the reach and effectiveness of childhood obesity strategies, Gortmaker et al.
• Schwartz, Novak, and Fiore, (2009
• Researchers at Healthy Eating Research and Bridging the Gap found that “[t]he best evidence available indicates that policies on snack foods and beverages sold in school impact children's diets and their risk for obesity. Strong policies that prohibit or restrict the sale of unhealthy competitive foods and drinks in schools are associated with lower proportions of overweight or obese students, or lower rates of increase in student BMI” (Healthy Eating Research and Bridging the Gap, 2012, p. 3
A comprehensive assessment of the evidence on the importance of competitive food standards conducted by the Pew Health Group concluded that a national competitive foods policy would increase student exposure to healthier foods, decrease exposure to less healthy foods, and would also likely improve the mix of foods that students purchase and consume at school. Researchers concluded that these kinds of changes in food exposure and consumption at school are important influences on the overall quality of children's diets.
Although nutrition standards for foods sold at school alone may not be a determining factor in children's overall diets, they are critical to providing children with healthy food options throughout the entire school day. Thus, these standards will help to ensure that the school nutrition environment does all that it can to promote healthy choices, and help to prevent diet-related health problems. Ancillary benefits could derive from the fact that improving the nutritional value of competitive foods may reinforce school-based nutrition education and promotion efforts and contribute significantly to the overall effectiveness of the school nutrition environment in promoting healthful food and physical activity choices.
While there have been numerous success stories, best practices, and innovative practices, it is too early to definitively ascertain the overall impact to school revenue. The changes and technical clarifications in the final rule do not change the methodology of the cost benefit analysis from the methodology used in the interim final regulatory impact analysis, however the estimates are updated using the most recent data available to assess the impacts to revenue and to account for the potential variation in implementation and sustainability experiences across SFAs and schools.
The limited information available indicates that many schools have successfully introduced competitive food reforms with little or no loss of revenue and in a few cases, revenues from competitive foods increased after introducing healthier foods. In some of the schools that showed declines in competitive food revenues, losses from reduced sales were fully offset by increases in reimbursable meal revenue. In other schools, students responded favorably to the healthier options and competitive food revenue declined little or not at all.
But not all schools that adopted or piloted competitive food standards fared as well. Some of the same studies and reports that highlight school success stories note that other schools sustained some loss after implementing similar standards. While in some cases these were short-term losses, even in the long-
Our analysis examines the possible effects of the rule on school revenues from competitive foods and the administrative costs of complying with the rule's competitive foods provisions. The analysis uses available data to construct model-based scenarios that different schools may experience in implementing the rule. While these vary in their impact on overall school food revenue, each scenario's estimated impact is relatively small (+0.5 percent to −1.3 percent). That said, the data behind the scenarios are insufficient to assess the frequency or probability of schools experiencing the impacts shown in each.
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Public Law 104-4, establishes requirements for Federal agencies to assess the effects of their regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the private sector. Under section 202 of the UMRA, the Department generally must prepare a written statement, including a cost/benefit analysis, for proposed and final rules with Federal mandates that may result in expenditures by State, local, or Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year. When such a statement is needed for a rule, section 205 of the UMRA generally requires the Department to identify and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives and adopt the least costly, more cost-effective or least burdensome alternative that achieves the objectives of the rule. Because data is not available to meaningfully estimate the quantitative impacts of this rule on school food authority revenues, we are not certain that this rule is subject to the requirements of sections 202 and 205 of the UMRA. That said, it is possible that the rule's requirements could impose costs on State, local, or Tribal governments or to the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year. FNS therefore conducted a regulatory impact analysis that includes a cost/benefit analysis substantially meeting the requirements of sections 202 and 205 of the UMRA.
The NSLP is listed in the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance under No. 10.555. The SBP is listed in the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance under No. 10.553. For the reasons set forth in the final rule in 7 CFR part 3015, subpart V and related notice (48 FR 29115, June 24, 1983), these programs are included in the scope of Executive Order 12372, which requires intergovernmental consultation with State and local officials.
Executive Order 13132 requires Federal agencies to consider the impact of their regulatory actions on State and local governments. Where such actions have federalism implications, agencies are directed to provide a statement for inclusion in the preamble to the regulations describing the agency's considerations in terms of the three categories called for under section (6)(b)(2)(B) of Executive Order 13132. USDA has considered the impact of this rule on State and local governments and has determined that this rule does not have federalism implications. This rule does not impose substantial or direct compliance costs on State and local governments. Therefore, under Section 6(b) of the Executive Order, a federalism summary impact statement is not required.
This rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. This rule is intended to have preemptive effect with respect to any State or local laws, regulations or policies which conflict with its provisions or which would otherwise impede its full implementation. This rule is not intended to have retroactive effect unless specified in the
FNS has reviewed this rule in accordance with Departmental Regulations 4300-4, “Civil Rights Impact Analysis,” and 1512-1, “Regulatory Decision Making Requirements.” After a careful review of the rule's intent and provisions, FNS has determined that this rule is not intended to limit or reduce in any way the ability of protected classes of individuals to receive benefits on the basis of their race, color, national origin, sex, age or disability nor is it intended to have a differential impact on minority owned or operated business establishments and woman-owned or operated business establishments that participate in the Child Nutrition Programs.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
The Food and Nutrition Service is committed to complying with the E-Government Act of 2002, to promote the use of the Internet and other information technologies to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to Government information and services and for other purposes.
Executive Order 13175 requires Federal agencies to consult and coordinate with Tribes on a government-to-government basis on policies that have Tribal implications, including regulations, legislative comments or proposed legislation, and other policy statements or actions that have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian Tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian Tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the federal government and Indian Tribes. In the spring of 2011, FNS offered opportunities for consultation with Tribal officials or their designees to discuss the impact of the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010 on tribes or Indian Tribal governments. The consultation sessions were coordinated by FNS and held on the following dates and locations:
The five consultation sessions in total provided the opportunity to address Tribal concerns related to school meals. There were no comments about this regulation during any of the
Currently, FNS provides regularly scheduled quarterly consultation sessions as a venue for collaborative conversations with Tribal officials or their designees. The most recent specific discussion of the Nutrition Standards for All Foods Sold in Schools rule was included in the consultation conducted on August 19, 2015. No questions or comments were raised specific to this rulemaking at that time.
Reports from these consultations are part of the USDA annual reporting on Tribal consultation and collaboration. FNS will respond in a timely and meaningful manner to Tribal government requests for consultation concerning this rule.
Grant programs-education; Grant programs-health; Infants and children; Nutrition; Reporting and recordkeeping requirements; School breakfast and lunch programs; Surplus agricultural commodities.
Grant programs-education; Grant programs-health; Infants and children; Nutrition; Reporting and recordkeeping requirements; School breakfast and lunch programs.
Accordingly, for the reasons set forth in the preamble, 7 CFR parts 210 and 220 are amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 1751-1760, 1779.
The revisions and additions read as follows:
(a) * * *
(3)
(i) A combination food of meat or meat alternate and whole grain rich food; or
(ii) A combination food of vegetable or fruit and meat or meat alternate; or
(iii) A meat or meat alternate alone with the exception of yogurt, low-fat or reduced fat cheese, nuts, seeds and nut or seed butters, and meat snacks (such as dried beef jerky); or
(iv) A grain only, whole-grain rich entrée that is served as the main dish of the School Breakfast Program reimbursable meal.
(6)
(d)
(2) Fresh and frozen vegetables with no added ingredients except water and canned vegetables that are low sodium or no salt added that contain no added fat are exempt from the nutrient standards included in this section.
(f) * * *
(3) * * *
(iv) Whole eggs with no added fat are exempt from the total fat and saturated fat standards but are subject to the trans fat, calorie and sodium standards.
(i)
(j)
42 U.S.C. 1773, 1779, unless otherwise noted.
Food and Nutrition Service, USDA.
Final rule.
This final rule requires all local educational agencies that participate in the National School Lunch and School Breakfast Programs to meet expanded local school wellness policy requirements consistent with the requirements set forth in section 204 of the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010. The final rule requires each local educational agency to establish minimum content requirements for the local school wellness policies, ensure stakeholder participation in the development and updates of such policies, and periodically assess and disclose to the public schools'
This rule is effective August 29, 2016. Compliance with the provisions of this rule must begin August 29, 2016.
Tina Namian, School Programs Branch, Policy and Program Development Division, Food and Nutrition Service, at (703) 305-2590.
The Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010 (HHFKA), Public Law 111-296, required significant changes in the Child Nutrition Programs to give eligible children access to nutrition benefits, improve children's diets and reduce childhood obesity, and strengthen integrity in the Child Nutrition Programs. Section 204 of the HHFKA added a new section 9A to the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act (NSLA) (42 U.S.C. 1758b) to expand the scope of wellness policies; bring additional stakeholders into the development, implementation, and review of local school wellness policies; and require periodic assessment and public updates on the implementation of the wellness policies. The local school wellness policies are an important tool for parents, local educational agencies (LEAs), and school districts in promoting student wellness and academic success through the National School Lunch Program (NSLP) and School Breakfast Program (SBP).
The local wellness policy requirement was established by the Child Nutrition and WIC Reauthorization Act of 2004, and further strengthened by the HHFKA. As of school year (SY) 2006-2007, all LEAs participating in the NSLP and/or SBP were required to establish a local school wellness policy to promote the health of students and address the growing problem of childhood obesity. The responsibility for developing a local school wellness policy was placed at the LEA level so the unique needs of each school under the jurisdiction of the LEA can be addressed. By SY 2010, 99 percent of students in public schools were enrolled in a district that had a wellness policy in place. However, far fewer students were in a district that specifically required all five wellness policy elements: Nutrition education, school meals, physical activity, implementation and evaluation, and competitive foods.
HHFKA authorized the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Food and Nutrition Service (FNS) to consult with the Departments of Education (ED) and Health and Human Services (HHS), acting through the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), to provide information and technical assistance to local educational agencies, school food authorities, and State educational agencies for use in establishing healthy school environments that are intended to promote student health and wellness. FNS worked with other Federal agencies and national partners to conduct several needs assessment activities with stakeholders and create a comprehensive school nutrition environment and wellness resources Web site available at
FNS issued a proposed rule (79 FR 10693) on February 26, 2014, seeking to amend the NSLP and SBP regulations to expand the wellness policy requirements consistent with amendments made to the NSLA by the HHFKA. The rule proposed specific content for the local school wellness policies. At a minimum, policies were required to include:
• Specific goals for nutrition promotion and education, physical activity, and other school-based activities that promote student wellness and rely on evidence-based strategies.
• Standards and nutrition guidelines for all foods and beverages available for sale on the school campus during the school day consistent with applicable Federal meal pattern and competitive food regulations.
• Standards for all other foods and beverages available on campus, but not sold, such as those provided at classroom parties and school celebrations and as rewards and incentives.
The proposed rule also required LEAs to establish, at a minimum, wellness policy leadership of one or more LEA and/or school official(s) who have the authority and responsibility to ensure each school complies with the policy. It also proposed stakeholder participation in the development of such policies, periodic assessment of local school wellness policy compliance, and public updates on the progress toward achieving the goals of the local wellness policy.
As discussed in more detail below, following publication of the proposed rule, FNS considered commenters' concerns and suggestions on the proposal. The following is a summary of the changes and clarifications being made in this final rule at 7 CFR part 210.
The final rule requires the State agency to ensure that the LEA complies with the local school wellness policy requirements. This provision was proposed at § 210.18(h)(7), but will be codified at § 210.18(h)(8).
The final rule clarifies that, in addition to including nutrition guidelines for all foods offered to students for sale that are consistent with the meal pattern requirements and nutrition standards for competitive foods, the local school wellness policy also must include standards for other, non-sold foods and beverages made available on the school campus during the school day. See § 210.30(c)(2) and § 210.30(c)(3).
The final rule clarifies that in-school marketing of food and beverage items must meet competitive foods standards. See § 210.30(c)(3).
Additionally, the final rule clarifies what is and is not subject to policies for food and beverage marketing in schools. See § 210.30(c)(3).
The final rule requires each LEA to assess compliance with its local school wellness policy and make this
The final rule establishes that records retained by LEAs must include, at a minimum, the written local school wellness policy, documentation demonstrating compliance with community involvement requirements, documentation of the triennial assessment, and documentation to demonstrate compliance with the public notification requirements in § 210.30(f).
The final rule requires LEAs to begin developing a revised local school wellness policy by August 29, 2016. LEAs must fully comply with the requirements of the final rule by June 30, 2017.
The proposed rule was published in the
FNS appreciates the valuable comments provided by stakeholders and the public. FNS received 57,838 public comments that included 546 distinct submissions, 57,285 form letters that were submitted through four large letter campaigns and four small letter campaigns, and 7 duplicate submissions. Although not all commenters identified their group affiliation or commenter category, commenters included:
• School districts—7.
• Associations (national, State, local and others)—30.
• State and/or local agencies—11.
• Advocacy groups (national and State levels)—52.
• Non-profit organizations—36.
Overall, approximately 57,420 comments voiced support for the proposal and 130 comments expressed opposition. The remaining 288 did not expressly state support or opposition. Supporters stated that local school wellness policies reinforce existing Federal regulations established to promote healthy eating in schools and help create learning environments free from unhealthy commercial influences. They affirmed that strengthening local school wellness policies improves accountability and public transparency with parents, students, and the community. Many organizations commended FNS for developing strong, comprehensive policies that will strengthen the existing regulation and lead to more effective leadership, implementation, and stakeholder involvement.
Proponents noted that childhood obesity is an ongoing concern, and that most children fail to meet not only the Dietary Guidelines for Americans, but also recommendations for daily physical activity. As a result of the high childhood obesity rates, nearly all of the commenters supported local wellness policies that promote healthy eating and physical activity. Commenters also stated that strong, comprehensive school wellness policies are especially important to low-income children who often have inadequate access to healthy food and physical activity and who rely heavily on their schools to fill these gaps. FNS agrees that schools play a powerful role in preparing students for a successful future, and believes that the guidance outlined in this final rule will further support efforts to create a school environment that teaches, supports and encourages students to develop lifelong healthy habits.
Opponents generally expressed concern about the potential for misunderstanding of specific provisions. All comments were considered and, in cases of misunderstandings, clarifications are being made in this final rule. Many of the opponents expressed concern about Federal overreach and others indicated that the proposal could create operational and financial hardship for LEAs.
Some commenters questioned FNS's legal and constitutional authority to regulate nutrition standards for all foods available in schools, and others suggested this requirement is an unfunded mandate. In response to these comments, FNS notes that the HHFKA amended the NSLA to require that local school wellness policies address nutrition guidelines for all foods available to children on the school campus during the school day. USDA provides cash and donated food assistance to States and schools participating in the NSLP and SBP to manage and operate school nutrition programs for children. In exchange, State agencies and participating LEAs agree to comply with the regulations set forth in 7 CFR parts 210, 220, and 245.
Other commenters were not clearly in favor of or opposed to the proposal but requested clarification on specific provisions.
FNS considered all comments in the development of this final rule. FNS greatly appreciates the public comments submitted as they have been essential in developing a final rule that is expected to result in stronger local wellness policies and school environments that support student wellness and achievement. Given the volume and complexity of comments on the proposed rule, FNS developed a comprehensive comment summary and analysis which includes detailed information on the comments, including the source of the comments. The comprehensive comment summary and analysis is available at
This preamble focuses on general comment themes, most frequent comments, and those that influenced revisions to the proposed rule. The preamble also discusses modifications made to the proposed regulatory text, including paragraph numbering, in response to public input. To view all public comments received on the proposed rule, go to
The following is a summary of the public comments on the key provisions.
Ten commenters expressed their opposition to the proposed monitoring and oversight requirements stating it will reduce the ability of staff to provide technical assistance to schools and places an undue burden on State nutrition program staff. A coalition of school districts and five individuals recommended placing the responsibility for compliance on the LEA, rather than the SFA, since the food service department does not have the authority
FNS also recognizes that local school wellness policy compliance must be the responsibility of the LEA, since the provisions of the NSLA, as amended by HHFKA, place responsibility for all other aspects of local school wellness policy implementation on the LEA. Accordingly, this final rule clarifies that the responsibility is at the LEA level rather than the SFA level and codifies the State agency's monitoring responsibilities in § 210.18(h)(8).
Pursuant to provisions of the NSLA amended by HHFKA, State agencies conduct administrative reviews at least once every three years. When program responsibilities fall to entities outside of school food service, the State agency must assess the compliance of the LEA's program responsibilities. FNS recognizes that LEAs will need time to fully develop their updated policies. During administrative reviews conducted in SY 2016-2017, State agencies should focus on providing technical assistance on the development and implementation of new local wellness policies. Full compliance will be expected by June 30, 2017, and therefore, will be assessed in administrative reviews conducted during SY 2017-2018. Information on the content of the review and methods States can use to assess compliance with local school wellness policies will be provided through an update to the Administrative Review Manual and related tools and forms for SY 2017-2018. As part of the general areas of review, the State agency is expected to examine records, including:
• A copy of the current Local School Wellness Policy;
• Documentation demonstrating the Local School Wellness Policy has been made available to the public;
• Documentation of efforts to review and update the Local School Wellness Policy, including an indication of who is involved in the update and methods the district uses to make stakeholders aware of their ability to participate;
• The most recent assessment on the implementation of the Local School Wellness Policy; and
• Documentation demonstrating the most recent assessment on the implementation of the Local School Wellness Policy has been made available to the public.
Several commenters were concerned with the proposed definitions. An individual commenter was concerned that the proposed definition of school day was too narrow and would force their school's weekend meal program to terminate because the meals do not meet competitive foods standards. Some commenters suggested the definition of school day be expanded to apply to extracurricular activities, to ensure that students are provided healthy options during after-school events including athletic events.
Approximately 2,420 commenters stated that other terms should be defined in § 210.30(b) of the final regulations and provided suggested model language to define those terms. Most of these comments were submitted as part of several form letter campaigns. Commenters encouraged FNS to include specific definitions of local school wellness policy, nutrition promotion and education, physical activity, physical education, and food and beverage marketing. Some commenters expressed concerns that the proposed rule failed to direct schools to include efforts to expand participation in the healthy school meals programs and suggested including definitions of “student wellness” and “other school based activities to promote wellness.”
Forty commenters, including advocacy groups, education associations, and individuals, recommended that additional terms be defined in the final rule and provided suggested model language to define those terms. The recommended terms include: Brand, copycat snacks, designated local education or school official(s), family engagement, commercial entity, student wellness, and healthy eating. Commenters also suggested defining all foods served at school during the day as competitive foods.
As noted above, a few commenters recommended changes to the current definitions of school campus and school day. As proposed, the school campus definition ensures that the local wellness policy addresses locations that are accessible to students. The timeframe for the school day definition starting the “midnight before” ensures that the local wellness policy would apply before school starts to ensure foods and beverages offered during a variety of before-school programs are also addressed. In addition, these terms were previously defined in the
Several commenters, including advocacy organizations and nutrition and education associations, addressed who should be designated responsible for overseeing the wellness policies. Many of these commenters stated that the designated official should be in a position of administrative leadership, preferably the superintendent or the principal. Others recommended that the designated official(s) should be a committee of officials, a district leader, or someone with authority to make decisions and recommendations. Many commenters suggested more than one person should be appointed to assist the designated official.
In response to comments regarding who should be designated responsible for overseeing the wellness policies, this final rule allows LEA discretion. The LEA is most qualified to identify the best candidate for local school wellness policy leadership as size, resources, and needs vary greatly among LEAs and schools. Accordingly, this final rule codifies in § 210.30(c)(4) the leadership requirements proposed in § 210.30(e)(1) and § 210.30(c)(3).
• Broad stakeholder involvement ensures coordination across the school environment and throughout the community.
• Transparency and inclusion are important aspects of the implementation process.
• No single department or group has all of the necessary information to develop comprehensive policies.
• Parents spend the most time with their children and best understand their children's food habits and choices.
Nine commenters expressed their opposition to public involvement stating the requirements would be overly burdensome. Many of them recommended that FNS require, rather than encourage, LEAs to make wellness committee member's names, position titles, and relationship to the school available to the public, but not their contact information. Several commenters suggested that FNS require, rather than permit, involvement from specific categories of stakeholders on local school wellness policy committees. Most of those commenters also suggested that FNS require parent involvement on the committees. Several commenters expressed concern that the language of the proposed rule was too vague and could allow LEAs and schools to hand select participants or reduce parent participation. Ten commenters provided additional categories of stakeholders they wanted FNS to either specifically identify in the final rule or encourage LEAs and schools to consider, such as student representatives, paraprofessionals, and classroom teachers to name a few.
However, LEAs have discretion in exactly how they implement this requirement. While FNS expects LEAs to actively seek members for the local school wellness policy committee that represent the categories described in the statute, and to the extent practicable, allow them to participate, there are a variety of factors to consider when seeking the right combination of representatives. Each LEA is best suited to determine the distinctive needs of the community it serves. For example, school health professionals may include a health education teacher, school health services staff, or a social services staff. An example of the general public may include a local dietitian, business representative, health care professional or community or civil leader interested in children, nutrition, education, health, and physical activity.
Once members of the local school wellness policy committee are identified, the LEA is encouraged to
Accordingly, this final rule codifies in § 210.30(d)(1) the requirement that LEAs allow certain stakeholders to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and updating of the local school wellness policy. The rule also codifies in § 210.30(c)(5) the requirement proposed in § 210.30(c)(3) that LEAs include in the written local school wellness policy a plan for involving the required stakeholders.
Approximately 200 commenters stated specific support for the inclusion of nutrition promotion and education components in local school wellness policies. Most of these comments were submitted as part of two form letter campaigns. Commenters suggested that FNS include a recommended amount of nutrition education. An advocacy organization suggested 30-50 hours per year and an association suggested 50 hours per year. Commenters also suggested activities for nutrition education that were not included in the proposal, including cooking with children, social marketing for members of the school community, educating students about food systems, utilizing school gardens and farm-to-school programs as vehicles for nutrition education, and inviting parents to participate in physical activity opportunities and school meals.
Approximately 2,700 commenters mentioned they were in favor of including a physical activity component in local school wellness policies. Most of these comments were submitted as part of two form letter campaigns. Approximately 80 commenters submitted other comments related to the inclusion of a physical activity component and many of these commenters stated that shared use of facilities is an important way to foster physical activity opportunities. Some commenters, including education associations, health associations and advocacy organizations, suggested that FNS require, rather than recommend, 60 minutes of physical activity per day. Several commenters suggested requiring other minimum daily times for physical activity including 50 minutes a day, at least 30 minutes a day, and at least 15 minutes for every 1.5 hours of classroom instruction. A health advocacy organization also recommended that FNS require moderate to vigorous physical activity during 50 percent or more of physical education class time. In addition to comments on physical activity, 20 commenters recommended including a physical education component as a required goal in local school wellness policies. Other comments addressed class frequency and size, teacher qualifications, teacher training, and benefits of physical education.
Approximately 150 commenters stated support for including an educational component related to school-based activities other than nutrition education and promotion, and physical activity in local school wellness policies. Most of these comments were submitted as part of a form letter campaign. Two advocacy organizations and a local department of health suggested that FNS include in the final rule examples of other school-based activities and programs that promote a healthy school environment. These commenters also recommended specific examples including Smarter Lunchrooms, farm to school, recess before lunch, the HealthierUS School Challenge, and others. A commenter also recommended that FNS require goals ensuring students have adequate time to eat.
Five commenters, including State departments of education and an advocacy organization, stated support for, and a State department of education expressed opposition to, the proposed requirement that LEAs consider evidence-based strategies and techniques in establishing goals for nutrition promotion and education, physical activity and other school-based activities that promote student wellness. The opponent raised concerns about LEAs having the resources or capacity to review evidence-based strategies in establishing goals. Two commenters, an advocacy organization and a department of health, encouraged FNS to require LEAs to review Smarter Lunchroom tools and strategies to incorporate some of the low- and no-cost strategies in the wellness policies.
Nutrition education teaches behavior-focused skills and may be offered as part of a comprehensive, standards-based program designed to provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to safeguard their health and make positive choices regarding food and nutrition. A standards-based program is a system of instruction, assessment, grading, and reporting based on students demonstrating understanding of the knowledge and skills they are expected to learn. FNS does not recommend a specific number of hours for nutrition education, but instead that nutrition education is part of comprehensive health education curricula as well as integrated into other core subjects, such as math, science, language arts, and social sciences. FNS' Team Nutrition initiative has standards-based lesson plans and curricula for pre-kindergarten through Grade 8, available free of charge for schools that participate in Federal child nutrition programs (
Although FNS sets the standards for the operation of school meal programs, FNS does not have the authority to require a minimum time for physical activity during the school day. The Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act, section 12(c), 42 U.S.C. 1760(c), prohibits USDA from imposing any requirement in relation to curriculum and methods of instruction. This includes prohibiting USDA from imposing a specific instruction time requirement for the nutrition education component. USDA has long adhered to the position that the intent of the provision is to allow LEAs to retain the primary authority to manage their school day, but understands commenters' concerns related to physical activity and appreciates recommendations for a daily requirement.
FNS agrees with commenters that 60 minutes of physical activity is important for students to achieve and maintain optimal health. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommends 60 minutes of physical activity each day for children and adolescents.
Physical education was not included as a required element of the local school wellness policy in the proposed rule. However, FNS agrees that physical education opportunities complement a healthy school environment by instilling an understanding of the short-term and long-term benefits of a physically active and healthy lifestyle and FNS encourages LEAs and schools to offer physical education for every grade level.
FNS appreciates comments and suggestions for other school-based activities supporting nutrition and health, and encourages LEAs to consider commenters' suggestions when developing or updating their local school wellness policies. Local school wellness policies could include the availability of safe facilities and equipment in sufficient quantities for all students to be active (including the frequency of inspections and replacements, as necessary); the community use of school grounds/facilities for physical activity outside of school hours; and strategies/events to promote safe, active routes to school (for example, “walk to school day,” crossing guards stationed around the school, and bicycle parking). Further examples of other school-based activities that may be included into the local school wellness policy could include offering staff wellness activities and professional development opportunities related to health and nutrition, applying for or being awarded a Healthier US School Challenge, Smarter Lunchrooms recognition, sponsoring health fairs, offering a TV turnoff week, and promoting family wellness activities. Local school wellness policies also may include the development and/or promotion of farm to school activities, such as school gardens, nutrition, culinary, and agriculture education, and use of local foods in child nutrition programs (for more information, see
While nutrition education and promotion and physical activity are critical components in providing a healthy school nutrition environment, other school activities supporting nutrition and health are equally important. Wellness policy activities can and should be integrated across the entire school setting rather than limited to the cafeteria, other food and beverage venues, and school physical activity facilities. An LEA can take a coordinated approach to developing and implementing a wellness policy by addressing nutrition and physical activity through health education, physical education, school nutrition services, the physical environment, such as school gardens, family engagement, community involvement, health services, and social services.
Under the final rule at § 210.30(c)(1), LEAs are also required to review and consider evidence-based strategies and techniques in establishing goals for nutrition promotion and education, physical activity, and other school based activities that promote student wellness. At a minimum, FNS expects LEAs to review “Smarter Lunchroom” tools and strategies, which are evidence-based, simple, low-cost or no-cost changes that are shown to improve student participation in the school meals program while encouraging consumption of more whole grains, fruits, vegetables, and legumes, and decreasing plate waste (for more information, see
Accordingly, this final rule codifies § 210.30(c)(1) to include goals for nutrition promotion and education, physical activity, and other school-based activities that promote student wellness. In developing these goals, LEAs must review and consider evidence-based strategies and techniques.
Approximately 60 commenters generally addressed the requirement that local wellness policies include nutrition guidelines for foods that are available but not sold on school campuses during the school day. Most of those commenters expressed general support and five commenters generally opposed the requirement. Others suggested that FNS encourage, but not require, that the wellness policies contain guidelines that are consistent with the competitive foods standards for foods available, but not sold on school campuses.
A few commenters expressed support but many commenters opposed requiring foods served during classroom parties and school celebrations to be consistent with competitive food standards. Most commenters opposed to the requirement, stated that telling parents what they can and cannot bring to school for classroom parties is overreach by the Federal Government. Commenters also specifically addressed policies governing food-related rewards and incentives, and several commented that foods used as rewards and incentives should not have to meet competitive food standards.
It is important to remember that the Federal competitive food standards are minimum standards. State agencies and LEAs have discretion to adopt more stringent standards for the types of food and beverages allowed to be sold and also may limit the frequency of fundraisers that may include foods that do not meet Federal competitive foods standards. A local school wellness policy can be an excellent tool for establishing LEA-specific standards and communicating them to students, parents, and other stakeholders. Further, local school wellness policies can serve as a vehicle to explain to the public and the school community the nutrition standards for school meals as well as other State or local policies related to school meals, other foods available in schools, and broader wellness policies.
Neither the proposed rule nor this final rule would require schools to apply competitive food standards to foods and beverages that are simply available but not sold in school during the school day. Foods sold must meet competitive foods and meal pattern requirements, unless exempted under law or regulations, but foods available for classroom parties or provided as a reward to students are not required to meet those same standards. LEAs simply need to have a policy in place that addresses foods provided in school, but not made available for sale. Because local governments are in the best position to make individual food choices for their communities, FNS agrees that decisions about foods available in school during the school day should be made at the LEA or school level with community input. The proposed rule did not delineate the standards LEAs were required to use when developing policies for foods and beverages provided on campus, but not available for sale. Instead, FNS provided examples of policies that LEAs may want to address, including those related to classroom parties or school celebrations that involve food, food-related rewards or incentives, and other State or local policies or nutrition standards for foods and beverages available that promote student health and reduce childhood obesity. This rule does not require LEAs to address standards for food brought from home for individual consumption.
To clarify the difference in requirements between all foods sold and all foods provided, but not sold, during the school day, FNS has separated these provisions in the final rule. The final rule requires that the local school wellness policy include standards and nutrition guidelines for all foods sold in schools and requires that those guidelines are consistent with the applicable Federal school meal requirements and competitive foods standards, as defined by statute and regulation. In addition, the final rule requires that local school wellness policies include standards for all foods provided, but not sold, in schools during the school day. However, the final rule does not require that local school wellness policy standards for foods provided in schools during the school day but not available for sale conform to the school meal requirements or the competitive foods standards. Again, it should be noted that with regard to foods provided, but not sold, in schools, local jurisdictions have the discretion to adopt standards that conform to Federal school meal and competitive food standards or to adopt more or less stringent standards.
Accordingly, this final rule codifies in § 210.30(c)(2) a provision requiring that local school wellness policies include a local jurisdictions' own standards for all foods and beverages provided, but not sold, during the school day on each participating school campus In addition, this final rule includes a new paragraph § 210.30(c)(3) that incorporates the proposed provision requiring local school wellness policies to include nutrition guidelines for all foods sold under the jurisdiction of the local educational agency that are consistent with the applicable school meal requirements and competitive food standards.
Eighty commenters who were generally supportive of the proposed
Approximately 200 commenters stated that there should be a prohibition against brand marketing unless every food and beverage product manufactured, sold, or distributed under the brand name meets the competitive foods nutrition standards or the school's more stringent competitive food standards. Most of those comments were submitted as part of two form letter campaigns. Two advocacy organizations also addressed the issue of copycat products, where a company reformulates one product in a brand's otherwise unhealthy product portfolio to meet school nutrition standards. These commenters stated that the marketing of such products should be explicitly prohibited by local school wellness policies because they undermine school nutrition education efforts and overall healthy eating.
Commenters provided examples of other types of food and beverage marketing that should be prohibited or otherwise restricted by the final rule including incentive programs and other corporate-sponsored programs; advertisements on school-owned, leased, operated, or used buildings, equipment, supplies, etc.; market research activities; free samples; and corporate-sponsored scholarships. Additionally, most of those commenters urged FNS to clarify that materials developed for academic settings such as curricula, textbooks, Web sites, and radio and television content sponsored by companies, should all be covered by the policy.
Commenters also provided examples of other types of food and beverage marketing that should not be prohibited or otherwise restricted by the final rule. A large number of those commenters said that materials used for educational purposes, with incidental marketing, should not be prohibited.
Several commenters suggested that corporate-sponsored activities where there is only an incidental or unintentional advertising impact should be exempt from the marketing restriction. A commenter asked FNS to clarify that the regulation is intended to address only communications intentionally directed to the school environment as opposed to communications that may incidentally reach the school environment. Another commenter sought clarification as to whether partnerships with community restaurants who sponsor fundraising nights where a portion of the restaurant's profits that night go to the school would be considered food and beverage marketing, and therefore prohibited by the rule.
FNS agrees with the majority of commenters who support permitting marketing on the school campus during the school day of only those foods and beverages that meet competitive foods standards. Food and beverage marketing is prevalent in schools, and the majority of foods and beverages marketed to children are low in nutritional value and high in fat and sodium.
The marketing of products on the exterior of vending machines, through posters, menu boards, coolers, trash cans, and other food service equipment, as well as cups used for beverage dispensing are all subject to local school wellness policy standards. Under these standards, the logos and products marketed in these areas and items are required to meet the competitive foods standards for foods sold in schools.
Although the Federal Local Wellness policy standards for marketing do not apply to marketing that occurs at events outside of school hours such as after school sporting or any other events, including school fundraising events, LEAs have discretion to enact broader policies that address these situations.
The rule does not require schools to immediately replace menu boards, coolers, tray liners, beverage cups, and other food service equipment with depictions of noncompliant products or logos to comply with new local school wellness policy standards. This final rule also is not intended to require that an LEA must remove or replace an existing scoreboard on a sports field or in a gymnasium in order to comply with this requirement. However, as the school nutrition services review/consider new contracts and as scoreboards or other such durable equipment are replaced or updated over time, replacement and purchasing decisions should reflect the applicable marketing guidelines established by the LEA in the wellness policy.
This final rule does not require local school wellness policies to include standards that establish limits on personal expression, opinions, or products. For example, this regulation would not apply to clothing or personal items used by students or staff, or the packaging of products brought from home for personal consumption. In addition, the requirements of the final rule for local school wellness policies do not apply to materials used for
FNS would like to respond to the recommendation that the final rule allow in-school marketing of foods and beverages that meet the NSLP and SBP meal pattern standards. School meals are considered a unit that is comprised of several food components. Alternatively, competitive foods standards look at the nutrition standards of an individual food item. Because school meal programs do not have standards for individual food items, it would be difficult, and even inconsistent, to allow marketing of foods and beverages that “meet the school meal patterns.”
Regarding brand marketing and copycat products, FNS understands commenters' concerns with companies advertising brands that market unhealthy foods in addition to healthy food products. The final rule provides discretion enabling LEAs to determine what is in the best interest of their respective school communities. LEAs may choose to include a more stringent marketing standard for brand marketing and copycat products in their local school wellness policy; they may simply eliminate advertising of all brands that market unhealthy foods; or they may allow both brand marketing and copycat products to be marketed in schools as long as food and beverages to be marketed in schools as long as they meet competitive foods standards.
Accordingly, this final rule codifies proposed § 210.30(c)(3)(iii) and permits marketing on the school campus during the school day of only those foods and beverages that meet competitive foods standards in § 210.11.
Nine commenters also provided suggestions as to how LEAs and schools can inform the public about the wellness policy and provide as much information as possible about the school nutrition environment. An advocacy organization recommended that FNS require local school wellness policies be posted at the school site, such as in the front office or main entrance. An education association suggested that LEAs be required to post local school wellness policies on the parent or family pages of the LEA or school Web site. Two advocacy organizations also suggested FNS require LEAs to ensure that the local wellness policy and any public announcement related to the policy, is available in the languages that represent the school community.
This final rule, therefore, provides LEAs flexibility to determine the most effective method of providing this notification within their communities. For example, LEAs could post the local school wellness policy on the school or LEA's Web site and send a message to families notifying them of how they may obtain a copy or otherwise access the policy. In addition to the online posting option, a copy of the local school wellness policy could be posted at each physical school site, such as in the front office or main entrance. Furthermore, the LEA could present the information during a meeting with the Parent Teacher Association/Organization, school board, district superintendent, school/district health and wellness committee, or other interested groups or stakeholders. Other examples of methods for public information sharing with the larger community include notifications through local newspapers or the media that link to a Web page on the school or LEA's Web site. FNS strongly recommends LEAs make concerted efforts to ensure that the local school wellness policy and any public announcement related to the policy is available in the languages that represent the school community. LEAs are also required to make available to the public the results of the triennial assessment, and actively notify households of the availability of the assessment results.
Accordingly, this final rule codifies in § 210.30(d)(2), the proposed requirement that LEAs inform the public about the content of the local school wellness policy and make the local school wellness policy and any updates to the policy available to the public on an annual basis.
• Annually report on each of its schools' progress toward meeting the local school wellness policy goals over the previous school year;
• Assess compliance with local school wellness policies at least once every three years; and
• Make appropriate updates or modifications to the local school wellness policies based on the triennial assessments and annual reports.
Approximately 54,700 commenters addressed the proposed requirements related to implementation, assessments, and updates and most of those commenters stated general support for the proposed requirements. Most of those commenters submitted comments as part of several large form letter campaigns. Twelve commenters, including State departments of education, a school district, and nutrition services departments, stated opposition due to concerns regarding administrative burden and redundancy.
Specifically, commenters expressed concern about the monitoring and reporting burden the proposed rule would place on large school districts. Noting the administrative burden to districts of requiring each individual school to annually report on their wellness policies, an individual commenter recommended that all reporting should be done at the district level. To reduce the burden on LEAs, a State department of education recommended annually reporting progress for the LEA and a representative sample of schools under its jurisdiction. Commenters also suggested FNS provide additional information on how the annual progress report differs from the triennial assessment.
FNS also received comments on the contents and format of annual reports as proposed in § 210.30(e)(2). Commenters recommended including how implementation will be tracked and measured across all schools in each State, as well as how successful implementation will be defined. A local health department suggested collecting Body Mass Index (BMI) data of students to measure outcomes of local school wellness policies. A coalition of advocacy organizations suggested FNS identify specific data elements that should be included in these reports. Several commenters stated the school wellness report card format would be useful for the annual reports, and one commenter suggested FNS require in the final rule that LEAs create an annual school wellness report card and specify the contents of the report card. Another commenter recommended FNS allow districts to use existing data collection methods in order to reduce burden.
In response to FNS' inquiry regarding annual reporting of progress on achieving goals, nine commenters said that the annual frequency of progress reporting would be overly burdensome. They specifically noted that monitoring, reporting, preparing, and publishing progress reports annually would be overly burdensome, especially in a large LEA, and would require significant resources. A commenter, while agreeing that the public should be informed, stated that annual reporting would increase staffing needs. In contrast, a commenter recommended the frequency of progress reports should be at least twice per school year as a means to hold schools accountable.
Commenters also addressed the minimum content requirements of the triennial assessment. Three commenters expressed concern that requiring an LEA to assess each of its schools triennially will be overly burdensome. One State department of education suggested establishing a single standard State model local school wellness policy that all LEAs in the State measure against to ensure consistency in a State. One commenter also recommended FNS issue guidance that provides examples of acceptable model wellness policies.
In response to FNS' inquiry as to whether the three-year frequency would keep the community informed without being overly burdensome to LEAs, a State department of education and a school district nutrition services department indicated it would be too burdensome for small districts, and another commenter agreed the frequency is appropriate. In contrast, one State department of education and one individual stated that three years is too long to wait for feedback and may not be sufficient to ensure schools are on target with their goals.
The intent of these public updates and policy assessment requirements is to promote public transparency and ensure families, including new school enrollees, have regular and easy access to information about the wellness environment of the school their child attends. In developing the final rule, FNS recognized it was important to balance the need to inform families and the community about the implementation of the local school wellness policy with the potential burden of assessing compliance, particularly for LEAs with a large number of schools. Therefore, this final rule requires, at § 210.30(d)(2), that LEAs inform families and the public each school year of basic information about the local school wellness policy including its content and implementation. LEAs may determine the optimal time for providing the information, although FNS recommends that the information be provided early in the school year.
In the proposed rule, FNS specifically requested commenters' input regarding the frequency of both the annual reporting and assessments, in order to assess and limit the burden for LEAs. As noted above, commenters stated that the annual frequency of progress reporting in addition to triennial assessments would be overly burdensome. FNS agrees and has removed from the final rule the requirement for LEAs to annually report progress of local school wellness policy implementation. This final rule requires at § 210.30(e)(2) an assessment of the local school wellness policy to be conducted, at a minimum, every three years. However, LEAs can choose to assess their policies more frequently to ensure goals and objectives are being met and to refine the policy as needed. The results of this assessment must be made available to the public to showcase the wellness efforts being made by the LEA with indications about how each school under the jurisdiction of the LEA is in compliance with the LEAs' wellness policy. While some commenters also suggested that the triennial assessments would be burdensome, FNS determined there would be less burden for LEAs and schools because the annual reporting requirements have been omitted from the final rule. Additionally, removing the annual reporting requirement eliminates the concern that there would be redundancy in conducting both an annual report and triennial assessment. For LEAs as a whole, eliminating the proposed annual reporting requirement removes an estimated 83,432 hours of burden associated with public disclosure of the proposed report.
There are a variety of methods an LEA may employ to assess compliance by schools and determine progress toward benchmarks, objectives, and goals. Developing a wellness policy with measurable objectives, and realistic annual benchmarks will help when it is time to evaluate progress. Additionally, the local school wellness policy team and leadership can be assets in conducting periodic assessments. Various resources have already been identified or developed to support LEAs with the wellness policy process. These resources can be accessed at USDA's School Nutrition Environment and Wellness Resources Web site (
While annual progress reporting has been removed from the final rule, it is important to note that under § 210.30(d)(2), the annual public notification requirement is still in place. LEAs or schools must notify households of the availability of the local school wellness policy information, including the Web site address or other information that would enable interested households to obtain additional information. FNS strongly encourages LEAs to provide as much information as possible to their communities about the school nutrition environment. As discussed previously in this final rule, at a minimum LEAs must annually inform and update the public about the content and implementation of the local school wellness policy. LEAs must also provide the position title of the designated local agency official(s) or school official(s) leading/coordinating the school wellness policy committee. FNS encourages LEAs or schools to include a summary of each school's events or activities related to local school wellness policy implementation, the name and contact information of the designated local agency official(s) or school official(s) leading/coordinating the school wellness policy committee, and information on how the public can get involved with the school wellness policy committee.
Accordingly, the final rule codifies the triennial assessment requirement in § 210.30(e)(2) and removes the proposed requirements related to the annual progress reports, including provisions that would have required informing the public about progress toward meeting the goals of the local school wellness policy (proposed § 210.30(d)(3)), annual reporting (proposed § 210.30(e)(2)), making updates or modifications based on annual progress reports (proposed § 210.30(e)(4)), and retaining documentation of annual progress reports for recordkeeping (proposed § 210.30(f)(4)).
• The written local school wellness policy;
• Documentation demonstrating compliance with community involvement requirements, including requirements to make the local school wellness policy, annual progress reports, and triennial assessments available to the public;
• Documentation of the triennial assessment of the local school wellness policy for each school under its jurisdiction; and
• Documentation of annual local school wellness policy progress reports for each school under its jurisdiction.
Two individual commenters stated that the proposed recordkeeping requirements are unnecessary to ensure each LEA has an effective wellness policy. One commenter expressed concern that as a result of the administrative burden, some LEAs may withdraw from the school meal programs.
• The written local school wellness policy;
• Documentation demonstrating compliance with community involvement requirements;
• Documentation of the triennial assessment of the local school wellness policy; and
• Documentation to demonstrate compliance with the annual public notification requirements.
Documentation demonstrating compliance with community involvement requirements may include, for example, a copy of the solicitation on the LEA/school Web site or school newsletter. Documentation to demonstrate compliance with the public notification requirements may include, for example, a copy of the LEA/school Web page where the local school wellness policy has been posted or a copy of the school newsletter or local newspaper. FNS will work with State agencies to prove technical assistance on documentation requirements and address questions that may arise during implementation. In addition, FNS will continue working with partners to clarify any implementation issues that may impact participation in the NSLP and SBP.
Accordingly, the final rule codifies in § 210.30(f), the proposed requirement that each local educational agency must retain records to document compliance with the requirements of this section.
In general, commenters expressed support for establishing a timeline for implementation and most of the comments urged FNS to finalize the rule quickly and to work with schools to ensure full implementation. Many commenters recommended that FNS require implementation between one and two years after the rule is finalized. A department of education explained that the one to two year requirement would provide LEAs with one year of planning time, which would be needed to develop the new infrastructure, and additional time for implementation.
Several commenters, including two health associations and a coalition of school districts, recommended that FNS require implementation within one year
A health advocacy organization suggested specifying the date FNS will release the model policies and best practices, and include a deadline for LEAs to publish their wellness policies. Three commenters recommended the timeline be flexible, allowing LEAs and schools sufficient time to adjust to required changes and to account for the variability in existing wellness policies.
A school district suggested that school districts will need multiple years to develop and transition to the proposed assessment system, especially if no new funding is available. Six individual commenters suggested that FNS require LEAs to implement the policies within one to three years following the date the rule is finalized. Two school food service staff expressed concern over the amount of recent regulations and suggested an extended period for implementation. One of the school food service staff urged FNS to wait until schools have had sufficient time to implement competitive foods nutrition standards and suggested waiting two or more years prior to implementation.
Three commenters addressed potential timelines for implementing the proposed marketing requirements. One of the commenters requested that FNS provide significant time, while another recommended FNS ensure the implementation timeline does not impact current contracts between LEAs and vendors. Another of the commenters suggested a three year timeline stating that it will be a challenge for schools to implement wellness policies concurrently with other requirements.
FNS acknowledges the first few years of implementation may be challenging as new groups work together to establish a healthy school nutrition environment. FNS also recognizes that LEAs need planning time to develop the infrastructure and ensure all parties are well informed and trained to meet the new requirements. State agencies and FNS will assist LEAs in the transition to these new requirements by the focusing on technical assistance during administrative reviews to facilitate implementation of the local school wellness policy requirements.
It is important to understand that 99 percent of students in public schools are enrolled in districts that already have wellness policies in place. LEAs and schools have been implementing local school wellness policies since school year 2006, pursuant to Federal requirements. As discussed in the Regulatory Impact Analysis, most schools have local school wellness policies that meet at least some of the requirements under the Child Nutrition Act, and many have incorporated elements that were newly required under HHFKA. However, many LEAs will likely need to update their wellness policies to be in full compliance with this final rule. LEAs may begin or continue implementing these provisions prior to the effective date provided in this final rule. FNS currently has available more than 100 tools and resources on the School Nutrition Environment and Wellness Resources Web site, which LEAs and schools may consult for information and resources on implementing, enhancing, and maintaining local school wellness policies. In addition, FNS continues to regularly offer presentations and webinars to various audiences detailing the requirements of the local school wellness policy.
Accordingly, this final rule is effective on August 29, 2016, as specified in the
Healthy eating, physical activity, and wellness among children and adolescents are the goals of several government agencies. In an effort to combine efforts and resources, FNS convened a workgroup including ED and HHS, acting through CDC, in April 2011. This workgroup conducted several needs assessment activities to help determine the training and technical assistance needs of LEAs in implementing the local school wellness policy requirements. Based on this assessment, the workgroup developed a five-year technical assistance plan. The workgroup has identified best practices and success stories for local school wellness policy implementation as well as other technical assistance resources that will support LEAs in developing, updating and assessing their policies.
To assist with implementation of the local school wellness policies, FNS has established a Web site (
In addition, the “School Nutrition Environment and Wellness Resources” Web site, operated by USDA National Agricultural Library's Healthy Meals Resource System (Team Nutrition's training and technical assistance component), helps LEAs find the resources they need to meet the local school wellness policy requirements and recommendations to establish a healthier school nutrition environment (
• Local School Wellness Policy Process steps to put the policy into action;
• Required Wellness Policy Elements to meet the Federal requirements;
• Healthy School Nutrition Environment improvements related to food and physical activity;
• Samples, Stories, and Guidance ideas for schools including sample model wellness policies, and State school health policies and resources;
• Research Reports on school wellness; and
• Grants and funding opportunities related to child nutrition and physical activity.
FNS and CDC have made available a collection of stories from a diverse group of schools that succeeded in improving students' nutritional and physical activity status through their
LEAs can use the Model Local School Wellness Policy to help create their local school wellness policy and meet the minimum Federal requirements for local school wellness policy implementation. This model local school wellness policy template was developed by the Alliance for a Healthier Generation, has been thoroughly reviewed by the FNS, and is in compliance with the statutory requirements for local school wellness policies, as well as this final regulation. This model wellness policy will be revised by the Alliance for a Healthier Generation to be consistent with this final regulation and reviewed by FNS to confirm compliance. Once completed, it will be made available, along with other sample wellness policies, on the “School Nutrition Environment and Wellness Resources” Web site at
FNS will continue to identify, develop, and post resources to the Team Nutrition and “School Nutrition Environment and Wellness Resources” Web sites including guidance materials, Frequently Asked Questions, sample and model local school wellness policies that will help LEAs assess the extent to which the local school wellness policy compares to model local school wellness policies, as required under the triennial assessment. In addition, best practices and other technical assistance will be provided by FNS as needed to develop, implement, assess, and report on local school wellness policies that promote healthy school nutrition environments.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility.
This final rule has been designated a “significant regulatory action” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the rule has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.
As required for all rules that have been designated significant by the Office of Management and Budget, a Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA) was developed for this proposal. A summary is presented below. The complete RIA is included in the docket for this rule at
The final rule updates the regulations governing the administration of USDA's Child Nutrition Programs in response to statutory changes made by The Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010.
The 2004 legislation placed the responsibility for developing a local school wellness policy at the local level, so the unique needs of each school under the jurisdiction of the LEA could be addressed. Each LEA was required to establish a local school wellness policy that set goals for nutrition education, physical activity, and other school-based activities designed to promote student wellness, and to include nutrition guidelines for all foods available on the school campus during the school day. The legislation tasked the Secretary with developing regulations providing the framework and guidelines for LEA's local school wellness policies, including minimum goals, nutrition guidelines, and requirements.
The final rule expands the scope of existing wellness policies, bringing additional stakeholders into the development, implementation, and review of local school wellness policies, and it also requires public updates on the content and implementation of the wellness policies. Specifically, it provides guidelines for local educational agencies and the Department regarding their roles in these policies, as required by the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010.
As documented in the Bridging the Gap study,
The final rule strengthens the requirements for the local wellness policies. Under the final rule, LEAs and schools are encouraged to identify specific, measurable objectives with attention to both long- and short-term goals. The wellness committee responsibilities have also been expanded to include oversight on policy implementation. LEAs must now designate at least one LEA official to be responsible for periodically determining the extent to which schools are in compliance with their wellness policies and the extent to which the policy compares with model policy.
The final rule also includes a provision requiring that LEA local school wellness policies include standards that limit in-school marketing to only those foods and beverages that meet the standards in the Smart Snacks in Schools final rule. The new marketing requirement for local school wellness policies will mean that children are presented with images and signs that promote healthier foods and beverages and that the products that are marketed will match the snack foods and beverages that will be available in schools.
Under the final rule, schools must also inform and update the public about
As cited in Bridging the Gap, increasing numbers of peer-reviewed studies demonstrate the correlation between healthy nutrition and physical activity on the one hand and improved academic performance and improved classroom behavior on the other.
A literature review of 33 peer-reviewed papers (including six studies using large, nationally representative studies) finds increasing evidence supporting the idea that schools' policies on foods, beverages, and physical activity are correlated with calories consumed and expended by school age children, and even to children's body mass indexes.
Finally, the rule requires LEAs to give increased attention to their implementation of the new school meal pattern requirements and the Smart Snacks in Schools requirements. As described in the regulatory impact analysis published with the school meals rule,
There are no transfers as a result of this rule, and we estimate that there is no quantifiable economic impact beyond the new administrative, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements for LEAs established as a result of this rule. LEAs will face increased administrative, recordkeeping, and reporting burdens in order to conduct triennial assessments of wellness policies and policy implementation and retain documentation of these assessments. We estimate these costs to be approximately $4 million per year across the entire United States and note that they are attributable to statutory requirements, rather than discretionary regulatory requirements. A summary table of the estimated costs of the final rule is provided below.
This rule has been reviewed with regard to the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) of 1980, (5 U.S.C. 601-612). It has been certified that this rule will have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. A summary is presented below. The complete RFA is included in the docket for this rule at
The requirements established by this final rule will apply to LEAs which meet the definitions of “small governmental jurisdiction” and “small entity” in the Regulatory Flexibility Act. The regulatory flexibility analysis considers the impact of the final rule on small businesses. The final rule has the potential to affect approximately 20,000 local educational agencies and some 105,000 schools operating in the U.S. We estimate that the administrative cost for schools will be on average about $41 per school per year. The marketing limitations in the final rule could affect vending machine operators and marketing companies as they change existing marketing to meet the requirements. Because of the changes in products available in schools due to the Smart Snacks in Schools interim rule, we believe that much of that change will already have occurred, but there may still be some labor costs associated with changing the marketing campaigns. It is expected that marketing in schools will not decrease; it will be updated to promote healthier foods and beverages.
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Public Law 104-4, establishes requirements for Federal agencies to assess the effects of their regulatory actions on State, local and tribal governments and the private sector. Under section 202 of the UMRA, the Department generally must prepare a written statement, including a cost benefit analysis, for proposed and final rules with “Federal mandates” that may result in expenditures by State, local or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or the private sector, of $146 million or more (when adjusted for 2016 inflation; GDP deflator source: Table 1.1.9 at
A school district and six individuals submitted comments asserting that the proposed rule represents an unfunded mandate. One individual commenter noted that this additional duty should not be placed on child nutrition directors without additional funding. The school district stated that FNS is estimating implementation costs to be quite low so that the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act does not apply. The other individual commenters made general statements that this rule results in an unfunded mandate.
The provisions in this regulation are statutory requirements, not discretionary. Furthermore, FNCS has provided flexibilities for LEAs. For example, the rule allows the LEA to choose the appropriate LEA or school official responsible for oversight of the local wellness policy. Schools were previously required to have local wellness policies in place, the effort required to update local wellness policies to bring them into compliance with the requirements of this rule is estimated to be less than $5 million dollars per year. This is well below the $146 million threshold that triggers the cost benefit analysis required for unfunded mandates. The cost estimates for this rule are discussed in more detail above and in the complete Regulatory Impact Analysis included in the docket for this rule at
Based on these cost estimates, FNS has determined that this final rule does not contain Federal mandates (under the regulatory provisions of Title II of the UMRA) for State, local and tribal governments or the private sector of $146 million or more in any one year. Thus, the rule is not subject to the requirements of sections 202 and 205 of the UMRA.
The National School Lunch Program (NSLP), School Breakfast Program (SBP), State Administrative Expenses (SAE), Special Milk Program (SMP), Child and Adult Care Food Program (CACFP), and Summer Food Service Program (SFSP) are listed in the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Programs under NSLP No. 10.555, SBP No. 10.553, SAE No. 10.560, SMP No. 10.556, CACFP No. 10.558, and SFSP No. 10.559, respectively and are subject to Executive Order 12372 which requires intergovernmental consultation with State and local officials (See 2 CFR chapter IV). The Child Nutrition Programs are federally funded programs administered at the State level. The Department headquarters and regional office staff engage in ongoing formal and informal discussions with State and local officials regarding program operational issues. This structure of the Child Nutrition Programs allows State and local agencies to provide feedback that forms the basis for any discretionary decisions made in this and other rules.
Executive Order 13132 requires Federal agencies to consider the impact of their regulatory actions on State and local governments. Where such actions have federalism implications, agencies are directed to provide a statement for inclusion in the preamble to the regulations describing the agency's considerations in terms of the three categories called for under section (6)(b)(2)(B) of Executive Order 13132. USDA has considered the impact of this rule on State and local governments and has determined that this rule does not have federalism implications. This rule does not impose substantial or direct compliance costs on State and local governments. Therefore, under Section 6(b) of the Executive Order, a federalism summary impact statement is not required.
This rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. This rule is intended to have
FNS has reviewed this rule in accordance with Departmental Regulations 4300-4, “Civil Rights Impact Analysis,” and 1512-1, “Regulatory Decision Making Requirements.” After a careful review of the rule's intent and provisions, FNS has determined that this rule is not intended to limit or reduce in any way the ability of protected classes of individuals to receive benefits on the basis of their race, color, national origin, sex, age or disability nor is it intended to have a differential impact on minority owned or operated business establishments and woman-owned or operated business establishments that participate in the Child Nutrition Programs.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chap. 35; see 5 CFR part 1320) requires that the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approve all collections of information by a Federal agency from the public before they can be implemented. Respondents are not required to respond to any collection of information unless it displays a current, valid OMB control number. This rule contains information collection requirements subject to approval by OMB.
A 60-day notice was embedded into the proposed rule, “7 CFR parts 210 and 220 Local School Wellness Policy Implementation Under the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010,” published in the
One commenter stated that this rule adds significant paperwork to already overworked Food Service Directors nationwide, specifically noting that the current three-year review cycle takes a month for preparation.
Another commenter suggested that the workload burden at the LEA level would be greater than USDA's anticipated burden for larger districts. Based on comments received, FNS has removed from the final rule the proposed 210.30(e)(2) which would have required annual reporting of each school's progress in meeting policy goals. Eliminating the proposed annual reporting requirement caused a significant reduction of 83,432 responses and 83,432 burden hours for public disclosure of the proposed report. The final rule clarifies that only LEAs are required to establish local school wellness policies, not each individual school which decreased the number of responses by 83,432; however, the estimated hours per response were increased accordingly to respond to comments regarding burden hours to ensure no decrease in the burden hours for this provision.
In response to these comments, the changes between the proposed burden and the burden for the final rule resulted in an overall decrease of 63,565 hours for public disclosure and a decrease of 21,117 hours for recordkeeping.
This is a new collection. The provisions in this final rule create new burden which will be merged into a currently approved information collection titled “National School Lunch Program” (NSLP), OMB Number 0584-0006, which expires on April 30, 2016.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the information collection requirements associated with this final rule, which were filed under 0584-0592, have been submitted for approval to OMB. When OMB notifies FNS of its decision, FNS will publish a notice in the
FNS is requesting an estimated 151,967 hours for LEAs to publicly disclose local school wellness policies and their triennial assessment results. FNS is requesting an estimated 4,956 hours for recordkeeping requirements for LEAs. The following table reflects estimated burden associated with the new information collection requirements:
The Food and Nutrition Service is committed to complying with the E-Government Act of 2002, to promote the use of the Internet and other information technologies to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to Government information and services and for other purposes. This rule promotes use of Internet for posting policy content and making implementation and updates transparent to public.
This rule has been reviewed in accordance with the requirements of Executive Order 13175, “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments.” Executive Order 13175 requires Federal agencies to consult and coordinate with tribes on a government-to-government basis on policies that have tribal implications, including regulations, legislative comments or proposed legislation, and other policy statements or actions that have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes.
The Food and Nutrition Service has assessed the impact of this rule on Indian tribes and determined that this rule does not, to our knowledge, have tribal implications that require tribal consultation under Executive Order 13175. If a Tribe requests consultation, the Food and Nutrition Service will work with the USDA Office of Tribal Relations to ensure meaningful consultation is provided where changes, additions, and modifications identified herein are not expressly mandated by Congress.
Grant programs—education; Grant programs—health; Infants and children; Nutrition; Reporting and recordkeeping requirements; School breakfast and lunch programs; Surplus agricultural commodities.
Grant programs—education; Grant programs—health; Infants and children; Nutrition; Reporting and recordkeeping requirements; School breakfast and lunch programs.
Accordingly, for the reasons set forth in the preamble, 7 CFR parts 210 and 220 are amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 1751-1760, 1779.
(e)
(b) * * *
(9) Records to document compliance with the local school wellness policy requirements as set forth in § 210.30(f).
(h) * * *
(8)
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(c)
(1) Specific goals for nutrition promotion and education, physical activity, and other school-based activities that promote student wellness. In developing these goals, local educational agencies must review and consider evidence-based strategies and techniques;
(2) Standards for all foods and beverages provided, but not sold, to students during the school day on each participating school campus under the jurisdiction of the local educational agency;
(3) Standards and nutrition guidelines for all foods and beverages sold to students during the school day on each participating school campus under the jurisdiction of the local educational agency that;
(i) Are consistent with applicable requirements set forth under §§ 210.10 and 220.8 of this chapter;
(ii) Are consistent with the nutrition standards set forth under § 210.11;
(iii) Permit marketing on the school campus during the school day of only those foods and beverages that meet the nutrition standards under § 210.11; and
(iv) Promote student health and reduce childhood obesity.
(4) Identification of the position of the LEA or school official(s) or school official(s) responsible for the implementation and oversight of the local school wellness policy to ensure each school's compliance with the policy;
(5) A description of the manner in which parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, school administrators, and the general public are provided an opportunity to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the local school wellness policy; and
(6) A description of the plan for measuring the implementation of the local school wellness policy, and for reporting local school wellness policy content and implementation issues to the public, as required in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.
(d)
(1) Permit parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, school administrators, and the general public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the local school wellness policy;
(2) Inform the public about the content and implementation of the local school wellness policy, and make the policy and any updates to the policy available to the public on an annual basis;
(3) Inform the public about progress toward meeting the goals of the local school wellness policy and compliance with the local school wellness policy by making the triennial assessment, as required in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, available to the public in an accessible and easily understood manner.
(e)
(1) Designate one or more local educational agency officials or school officials to ensure that each participating school complies with the local school wellness policy;
(2) At least once every three years, assess schools' compliance with the local school wellness policy, and make assessment results available to the public. The assessment must measure the implementation of the local school wellness policy, and include:
(i) The extent to which schools under the jurisdiction of the local educational agency are in compliance with the local school wellness policy;
(ii) The extent to which the local educational agency's local school wellness policy compares to model local school wellness policies; and
(iii) A description of the progress made in attaining the goals of the local school wellness policy.
(3) Make appropriate updates or modifications to the local school wellness policy, based on the triennial assessment.
(f)
(1) The written local school wellness policy;
(2) Documentation demonstrating compliance with community involvement requirements, including requirements to make the local school wellness policy and triennial assessments available to the public as required in paragraph (e) of this section; and
(3) Documentation of the triennial assessment of the local school wellness policy for each school under its jurisdiction.
42 U.S.C. 1773, 1779, unless otherwise noted.
(h) Local educational agencies must comply with the provisions of § 210.30 of this chapter regarding the
Food and Nutrition Service, USDA.
Final rule.
As required by the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010, this final rule revises the State agency's administrative review process in the National School Lunch Program and School Breakfast Program to establish a unified accountability system designed to ensure that school food authorities offering school meals comply with program requirements. The updated administrative review process includes new procedures, retains key existing requirements from the Coordinated Review Effort and the School Meals Initiative, provides new review flexibilities and efficiencies for State agencies, and simplifies fiscal action procedures. In addition to establishing a unified administrative review process, this rule requires State Agencies public disclosure of a summary of the administrative review results. These changes are expected to strengthen program integrity through a more robust, effective, and transparent process for monitoring school nutrition program operations.
This rule is effective September 27, 2016.
Sarah Smith-Holmes, Child Nutrition Monitoring and Operations Support Division, Food and Nutrition Service, USDA, 3101 Park Center Drive, Alexandria, Virginia 22302; telephone: (703) 605-3223.
Federally supported school nutrition programs are operated in 56 State Agencies (SAs) with more than 100,000 schools and Residential Child Care Institutions participating. Ensuring that the programs are carried out in the manner prescribed in statute and regulation is a key administrative responsibility at every level. Federal, State, and local program staff share in the responsibility to ensure that all aspects of the programs are conducted with integrity and that taxpayer dollars are being used as intended.
Improving program integrity and reducing improper payments has been a long-standing priority for the Department of Agriculture (USDA). Periodic program evaluations, including the Access, Participation, Eligibility and Certification (APEC) studies, show that improper payments result from errors made in the processes used to determine eligibility for free or reduced price meals, as well as from errors made during daily program operations and meal service. USDA and its SA partners have devoted significant time and effort in making system improvements and process reforms over the last several years, which are expected to improve integrity and deliver long-term reductions in error rates. These efforts include on-going technical assistance and implementation of reforms made by Public Law 111-296, the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010 (HHFKA). Along with provisions aimed at improving program access and delivering healthier school meals, HHFKA reforms support program integrity through strengthening the use of direct certification, providing for community eligibility, establishing professional standards for school nutrition directors and staff, targeting a second review of applications in districts with high rates of application processing errors, and other provisions. USDA has already implemented the majority of these provisions through separate rulemaking. USDA has also established a new Office of Program Integrity for Child Nutrition Programs within the Food and Nutrition Service.
SAs that administer the school meal programs play a primary role in ensuring school food authorities (SFAs) are properly operating the programs. In addition to providing training and technical assistance, SAs are responsible for regularly monitoring SFA operations.
Nearly 25 years ago, in 1991 and 1992, USDA established regulations in 7 CFR 210.18 for an administrative review process to ensure SFAs complied with National School Lunch Program (NSLP) requirements. The process, known as Coordinated Review Effort (CRE), required SAs to conduct on-site administrative reviews of SFAs once every five years, and covered critical and general areas of review. The CRE review focused primarily on benefit eligibility, meal counting and claiming procedures, meal pattern and other general areas of compliance.
In 1995, SAs began to evaluate the nutritional quality of school meals under USDA's School Meals Initiative (SMI). A key component of the SMI review was the SA's nutrient analysis of the weekly school meals to determine compliance with Recommended Dietary Allowances for protein, calcium, iron and vitamins A and C; recommended minimum calorie levels; and the Dietary Guidelines for Americans.
More recently, section 207 of the HHFKA amended section 22 of the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act (NSLA), 42 U.S.C. 1769c, to make five changes to the administrative review requirements. The first three were implemented through the final rule,
This final rule implements the remaining two statutory provisions from section 207 of HHFKA, requiring that:
1. The administrative review process be a unified accountability system in which schools in each local education agency (LEA) are selected for review based on criteria established by the Secretary; and
2. When any SFA is reviewed under this section, ensure that the final results of the review by the SA are posted and otherwise made available to the public on request in an accessible, easily understood manner in accordance with guidelines promulgated by the Secretary.
This final rule largely reflects the updated administrative review process developed by the School Meals Administrative Review Reinvention Team (SMARRT), a 26-member team consisting of staff from Food and Nutrition Service (FNS) Headquarters, the seven Regional Offices, and SA staff from Kansas, Michigan, New York, North Carolina, Oregon, Pennsylvania
The administrative review process to be codified in 7 CFR 210.18:
• Promotes overall integrity in the school nutrition programs by incorporating key requirements of the CRE and SMI reviews.
• Enables the SA to monitor essential requirements of Afterschool Snacks and Seamless Summer Option (SSO), the Special Milk Program (SMP), and the Fresh Fruit and Vegetable Program (FFVP) while conducting the administrative review.
• Includes recommended off-site monitoring approaches to offer SAs the ability to conduct reviews more efficiently by involving or consulting with off-site SA staff that have the skills needed to address specific monitoring areas.
• Includes risk-based approaches to enable the SA to target error-prone areas and focus its monitoring resources on SFAs and schools needing the most compliance assistance.
• Adds Resource Management to the general areas of review to better assess the financial condition of the nonprofit food service.
• Promotes consistency in the review process across all SAs.
• Includes updated, user-friendly forms; new risk assessment tools; and statistical sampling for increased SA efficiency. The forms and tools associated with the updated administrative review process will be addressed separately in a 60-day notice to be published in the
The main focus of the updated administrative review under 7 CFR 210.18, continues to be the NSLP and SBP; however, the SA will perform review procedures in an updated and more flexible manner. In an effort to create a unified accountability system, the SA will also be required to monitor the NSLP Afterschool Snacks and SSO, the FFVP, and the SMP in a manner that is consistent with the review process established in 7 CFR 210.18, as applicable. Detailed procedures for the administrative review process for the NSLP, SBP and other school meals programs are provided in the updated FNS
Most of the regulatory changes needed to update the administrative review process are found in 7 CFR 210.18. However, this rule makes changes throughout 7 CFR parts 210, 215 and 220 to achieve a unified accountability system for the school nutrition programs. A comparison chart at the end of the preamble summarizes the major changes in these parts.
In addition, the rule removes the definition of “large school food authority” from 7 CFR 210.18, where it is no longer needed, and adds it to 7 CFR 235.2, where it continues to apply.
This rule also makes several changes to the SFA regulatory requirements to complement the administrative review process. First, the SFA's existing responsibilities in 7 CFR 210.14, are clarified with regard to indirect costs as they are to be specifically monitored by the SA under the updated administrative review process. Second, the SFA annual on-site monitoring of schools, required in 7 CFR 210.8, is strengthened by incorporating readily observable general areas of review, and by extending SFA on-site monitoring to the SBP. These changes are addressed in more detail later in the preamble.
This rule also makes a number of miscellaneous edits to remove obsolete provisions in 7 CFR 210, and to update wording to reflect the diversity of certification mechanisms used in school meal programs beyond the traditional collection of household applications. In addition, this rule updates the designation of a form in 7 CFR 210.5(d)(3), 7 CFR 210.20(a)(2), and 7 CFR 220.13(b)(2) by changing the references to the SF- 269, final Financial Status Report, to FNS-777, as approved by the Office of Management and Budget.
While this rulemaking action was underway, FNS allowed the following temporary review options for SAs:
1. Seek a waiver of the existing regulatory review procedures pursuant to section 12(l) of the NSLA, 42 U.S.C. 1760(l), and conduct reviews in accordance with the proposed administrative review process and the corresponding
2. Continue with the existing review procedures under 7 CFR 210.18, and the corresponding
FNS provided the above flexibilities to SAs beginning in School Year 2013-2014. Almost all SAs requested the waiver and adopted the update administrative review process codified by this rule. This process, conducted on a shorter, 3-year cycle, has begun to generate a large volume of high value information that will strengthen FNS and SA integrity efforts over the long term. The data collected through the new review process will enhance the ability of FNS and SAs to monitor program performance. Just as importantly, the data will be a resource that FNS can use in its efforts to develop timely and targeted, evidence-based solutions to the recurring problems that give rise to improper payments.
Editorial note: The words “school” and “site” are used interchangeably in this rule, as applicable to each program, to refer to the location where meals are served. This rule also uses the term SFA to generally refer to the governing body responsible for school food service operations. However, some of those responsibilities are fulfilled by the LEA or district, most notably the certification and benefit issuance process, indirect costs, competitive food sales, and local wellness policies. Use of the term SFA in this rule is not intended to imply the responsibilities reserved for the LEA have shifted to the SFA.
The proposed rule was published in the
FNS appreciates the valuable comments provided by stakeholders and the public. We received 48 public comments that addressed some aspects of administrative review. Although not all commenters identified their group affiliation or commenter category, most comments were submitted by:
To view all public comments on the proposed rule, go to
By a large margin, the commenters supported the intent of the proposed rule. Two comments from individuals who did not identify with a SA or other organization supported the rule with no changes proposed. All of the comments from SAs, SFAs/schools, advocates and associations, and all but three of the remaining comments from individuals who did not identify an affiliation supported the intent of the rule, but not as currently written. The comments suggested ways to revise the rule. Several SA comments utilized a form letter.
While there were no comments in opposition to the rule, three individual comments expressed negative views regarding the NSLP that are unrelated to the proposal. One of these comments focused on students' acceptance of the meal patterns, the second focused on students' non-acceptance of the meal patterns and a belief that all children should receive free meals, and the third addressed the need to increase awareness of what is required for a reimbursable meal.
Many comments expressed support for FNS' efforts to facilitate program monitoring and enhance integrity, and suggested changes that FNS can easily make consistent with the intent of the rule. Some comments seemed to result from a misunderstanding of what was written in the provisions and these areas will be addressed by making clarifications in the preamble or by editing the regulatory text to improve clarity for the readers.
The following is a summary of the public comments by key topic area:
Accordingly, this final rule does not include changes to the 3-year review cycle that is already established in 7 CFR 210.18(c).
Accordingly, 7 CFR 210.18(m) of this final rule retains the requirement that SAs post the results but includes an option for the SA to strongly encourage an SFA to post a summary of the review results and make the administrative review report available to the public upon request.
Commenters expressed concern over the expansion of fiscal action to the SFA for certification and benefit issuance errors. Some suggested this expansion should not occur and that fiscal action for benefit and certification errors should remain site based. Others suggested that a threshold for fiscal action, based on the size of the SFA, be established. Other commenters questioned the use of an error factor to determine the fiscal action amount.
Commenters suggested when to apply fiscal action during the administrative review. Suggestions included: applying fiscal action for repeat violations of the general areas where there is purposeful intent to circumvent the regulations; not applying fiscal action if the violations identified have resulted because staff members are new, have misinterpreted the rules or other involuntary errors; and applying fiscal action for specific meal pattern errors.
Through the use of an “error factor” for extrapolating fiscal action to the SFA using a percentage based calculation, the calculation takes into account the size of an SFA. SFAs with fewer financial resources may feel a greater impact from fiscal action, but that would be based on the availability of resources rather than SFA size. SAs have the option to review a statistically valid sample of the free and reduced-price students on the point-of-service benefit issuance documents for all schools in the SFA, or they can choose to review 100 percent of the free and reduced-price students on the point-of-service benefit issuance documents for all schools in the SFA s and not use the “factor” approach. This final rule also clarifies that while there is no fiscal action required for general area violations, the SA has the ability to withhold funds for repeat or egregious violations occurring in the majority of the general areas of review.
Accordingly, this final rule at 7 CFR 210.18(l), expands the scope of fiscal action for certification/benefit issuance PS-1 violations, revises the method to calculate fiscal action for applicable violations and clarifies language regarding fiscal action in the general areas of review.
Accordingly, 7 CFR 210.18(c) of this final rule includes additional language to clarify the timeline for completing the administrative review.
At this time, FNS is not expanding the areas required for review in the Resource Management section of the administrative review. However, the language has been modified to reflect that the Resource Management section includes, but is not limited to, the areas identified in the text and that the procedures outlined in the FNS
Accordingly, the final rule requires an off-site review component for the Resource Management area and includes additional language to clarify the areas under review in the Resource Management section at 7 CFR 210.18(h)(1).
Accordingly, 7 CFR 210.18(f) of this final rule requires the SAs to monitor other school meals programs during the administrative review.
Accordingly, 7 CFR 210.18(g)(2)(i)(B) of this final rule retains the requirement to observe a significant number of program meals on-site.
Some commenters had the impression that a number of terms in the regulatory text were being used interchangeably— including “components” for lunch and “items” for breakfast, and “lunch” and “meal(s).” The terms “component” for lunch and “items” for breakfast are not interchangeable terms. The terms are specific to the NSLP and SBP, respectively, and reflect the requirements of each meal pattern. The term “lunch” is being replaced with the term “meal(s),” where applicable, to indicate that both lunches and breakfasts must be monitored in the administrative review.
In addition, a number of comments requested the inclusion of SAs in the process for finalizing the tools and forms associated with the administrative review. FNS recognizes the valuable knowledge that SAs have gained through the voluntary implementation of the updated administrative review process. FNS has incorporated SA feedback on the process, tools, and forms annually and will continue to seek SA input.
Lastly, the regulatory citation associated with the Indirect Cost language added to 7 CFR 210.18, has been updated to reflect the implementation of 2 CFR 200.
The updated administrative review under 7 CFR 210.18, incorporates new and key procedures from the CRE and SMI reviews. It streamlines existing review procedures, gives SAs new review flexibilities, simplifies fiscal action, and includes updated review forms and new tools. This final rule replaces the existing CRE and SMI monitoring processes, and is expected to improve program integrity by providing a single, comprehensive, effective, and efficient SA monitoring process. Specific procedures for conducting the review process are described in the FNS
The key procedures carrying forward from previous CRE and SMI reviews include timing of reviews, scheduling of SFAs, exit conference and notification, corrective action, withholding payment, SFA appeal of SA findings, and FNS review activity. These provisions are found in the amendatory language and may include minor, non-substantive technical changes in 7 CFR 210.18 that are not discussed in this preamble. The preamble focuses on new key changes, which are discussed next.
The administrative review process under 7 CFR 210.18 requires SAs to review all schools with a free average daily participation of 100 or more and a free participation factor of 100 percent or more. In addition the SA must review a minimum number of schools. The final rule clarifies that the SA must review at least one school from each LEA. To be consistent with statuary language the final rule makes clear the requirement that the SA must select schools for review in each LEA using criteria established by the Secretary.
Details regarding the minimum number of schools to be reviewed and procedures for ensuring that a school in each LEA is reviewed, can be found in the School Year 2016-2017 FNS
Accordingly, the update that the SA must review at least one school from each LEA is outlined in 7 CFR 210.18 (e)(1) of the final rule.
The administrative review process under 7 CFR 210.18, is a comprehensive
Off-site review activity is especially important for the Resource Management area of review which, as stated at 7 CFR 210.18(h)(1), requires an off-site evaluation of information to determine if a comprehensive review is necessary. For other areas of review, the off-site review is strongly recommended but it is not required. Examples of possible off-site review activities include:
• Identifying the sites for review.
• Reviewing documentation such as the SFA agreement, policy statement, renewal application, prior review findings and corrective action plans.
• Obtaining and reviewing the benefit issuance document.
• Selecting student certifications for review.
• Examining the SFA's verification procedures.
• Reviewing the SFA's counting and claiming procedures and documentation.
• Reviewing menus, production records, and related documents.
• Reviewing the Offer versus Serve policy.
• Identifying the school most at risk for nutrition related violations and conducting a targeted menu review in that school.
• Determining the targeted menu review approach.
The on-site review activities focus on validating the information obtained during the SFA off-site review and those aspects of program operations that can best be reviewed on-site. These types of on-site review activities are discussed in more detail under the heading “Areas of Review.”
Accordingly, 7 CFR 210.18(a) and 7 CFR 210.18(b) of the final rule add off-site activity to the administrative review process, and 7 CFR 210.18(h)(1) requires an off-site review for the Resource Management area of review.
While some of the review activities can be conducted off-site, an observation of program operations while on-site at the SFA remains a critical component of program oversight. Prior to commencing on-site review activities, States are encouraged to convene an entrance conference with key SFA staff and, as applicable, LEA staff and administrators with responsibility for ensuring that program requirements are followed. This initial conversation can help clarify expectations for the on-site review, raise preliminary issues identified during off-site review activities, and identify the additional information needed to complete the on-site portion of the review. While not required, this rule provides, at 7 CFR 210.18(i)(1), the option for SAs to begin the administrative review by conducting an entrance conference with the relevant SFA staff. This provision reflects existing practice. This rule also retains the existing requirement for the SA to conduct an exit conference and codifies the requirement at 7 CFR 210.18(i)(2).
This rule requires, in 7 CFR 210.18(f)(1), that SAs use the forms and tools prescribed by FNS to conduct the administrative review. As stated earlier, FNS will issue the updated tools and forms to align with the implementing rule. The tools and forms include, but are not limited to: An Off-site Assessment Tool, an On-site Assessment Tool, a Meal Compliance Risk Assessment Tool, a Dietary Specifications Assessment Tool, and a Resource Management Risk Indicator Tool.
These tools and corresponding instructions are currently available to SAs on the FNS PartnerWeb, which is a restricted access online portal for SAs that administer the school meal programs. SAs can find the tools under the subject “Administrative Review” located in the Resources and Guidance document library of the CND Policy and Memoranda Community. With the exception of the Resource Management Risk Indicator Tool, which must be completed off-site, the required administrative review tools may be completed off-site or on-site.
The updated administrative review process includes critical and general areas that mirror the critical and general areas specified in existing 7 CFR 210.18(g) and (h), with the modifications discussed below.
This final rule retains the critical areas of review that help evaluate compliance with several program requirements. The review of PS-1 focuses on certification for free and reduced price meals, benefit issuance, and meal counting and claiming. The review of PS-2 focuses on meals meeting the meal pattern and dietary specification requirements and documentation to support meeting these requirements. The final rule retains both performance standards in 7 CFR 210.18(g)(1) and (g)(2) but modifies how they are monitored, as described in the next two subsections of this preamble.
This final rule retains PS-1 in 7 CFR 210.18(g)(1) with only minor technical changes. Existing PS-1 refers to “All, free, reduced price and paid lunches . . . served only to children eligible for free, reduced price and paid lunches . . .” This rule replaces the term “lunches” with the term “meals” to include an assessment of both the NSLP and the SBP, and Afterschool Snacks as applicable, as required by the amendments made to the NSLA by section 207 of the HHFKA.
In addition, this rule retains the three-pronged scope of review in PS-1. The SA must:
• Determine the number of children eligible for free, reduced price and paid meals, by type, in the reviewed schools (hereafter termed “Certification”).
• Evaluate the system for issuing benefits and updating eligible status by validating the mechanisms the reviewed school uses to provide benefits to eligible children (hereafter termed “Benefit Issuance”).
• Determine whether the meal counting system yields correct claims (hereafter termed “Meal Counting and Claiming”).
Although the above processes remain in place, this rule streamlines and consolidates the Certification and Benefit Issuance review processes to improve program integrity and simplify monitoring. As provided in 7 CFR 210.18(g)(1)(i) of this final rule, the SA must:
• Obtain the free and reduced price benefit issuance document for each school under the jurisdiction of the SFA for the day of review or a day in the review period.
• Review all, or a statistically valid sample of, free and reduced price certification documentation (
• Validate that reviewed students' free and reduced price eligibility status was correctly determined and properly
In addition, the final rule expands the scope of Certification and Benefit Issuance review from the reviewed sites to the SFA level in order to provide the SA with a more accurate picture of the SFA's practices at all schools. This rule requires the SA to review the free and reduced price certification and benefit issuance documentation for students across the entire SFA. This change reflects that most SFAs have a centralized recordkeeping system; generally, certifications are made and benefit issuance is maintained at the SFA level. This approach allows certification and benefit issuance errors identified during a review to be corrected at the SFA level.
Under 7 CFR 210.18(g)(1)(i) of this final rule, SAs will continue to have the option of reviewing either all certifications on the benefit issuance documents, or a statistically valid sample of certifications. SAs using a statistically valid sample review fewer student documents and the review yields results representative of the certification and benefit issuance activity in the SFA. The statistically valid sample size may be determined manually, or by using the Statistical Sample Generator developed by FNS or other statistical sampling software. Both options are described in the FNS
The Meal Counting and Claiming portion of the review continues to ensure that all free, reduced price and paid meals are accurately counted, recorded, consolidated and reported through a system that consistently yields correct claims. Under 7 CFR 210.18(g)(1)(ii) of the final rule, the SA continues to monitor counting and claiming at both the SFA and reviewed school levels. The review strategies remain unchanged; therefore, the SA must determine whether:
• Daily meal counts, by type, for the review period are more than the product of the number of children determined to be eligible, by type for the review period, adjusted for attendance at the reviewed schools;
• Each type of food service line provides accurate point of service meal counts, by type, and those meal counts are correctly counted and recorded at the reviewed schools; and
• All meals at the reviewed schools are correctly counted, recorded, consolidated and reported for the day they are served.
In addition, SAs must determine whether meal counts submitted by each school are correctly consolidated, recorded, and reported by the SFA on the Claim for Reimbursement.
Accordingly, the final rule combines the certification and benefit issuance process, expands the scope of the certification and benefits issuance review to the SFA level, and establishes acceptable sample sizes and confidence levels for statistical sampling at 7 CFR 210.18(g)(1)(i). The rule retains existing meal counting and claiming review procedures at 7 CFR 210.18(g)(1)(ii).
Section 210.18(g)(2)(i) of this final rule requires the SA to monitor an SFA's compliance with the meal patterns at each reviewed school, and 7 CFR210.18(g)(2)(ii) requires the SA to assess compliance with the dietary specifications using a risk-assessment approach. Although the final rule largely retains the existing scope of the PS-2 review, it makes the following changes:
• Requires the completion a USDA-approved menu tool for each school selected for review to establish the SFA's compliance with the required food components and quantities for each age/grade group being served. The menu tool can be completed off-site (preferably) or on-site using production records, menus, recipes, food receipts, and any other documentation that shows the meals offered during a week from the review period contained the required components/quantities.
• Requires the SAs to review menu and production records for a minimum of three to a maximum of seven operating days to determine whether all food components and quantities have been offered over the course of a typical school week.
• Requires the SAs to confirm, through on-site observation of reviewed schools, that students select at least three food components at lunch and at least three food items at breakfast when Offer versus Serve is in place, and that these meals include at least
• Requires the SAs to assess compliance with the dietary specifications (calories, sodium, saturated fat, and trans fat) using a risk-based approach, and only requires a weighted nutrient analysis for a school determined to be at high risk for violations (see discussion under the heading
Other PS-2 review procedures remain the same. For example, for the day of review, the SA must observe the serving line(s) to determine whether all required food components/items and food quantities are offered, and observe a significant number of program meals, as described in the FNS
This final rule, at 7 CFR 210.10 and 7 CFR 220.8, continues to require the SAs to assess whether the meals offered to children are consistent with the calories, sodium, saturated fat, and trans fat restrictions. Unlike the existing requirements, the final rule requires that the SA follow a risk-based approach to identify the reviewed school most at risk of nutrition-related violations and conduct a targeted menu review of only that school. This differs from the previous requirement that SAs conduct a weighted nutrient analysis of the meals offered in all reviewed schools to determine whether those meals meet the calorie, sodium, and saturated fat requirements.
The final rule requires the SA to complete the Meal Compliance Risk Assessment Tool off-site or on-site for each school selected for review to identify the school most at risk for nutrition-related violations. This risk-based approach is intended to lessen the review burden on SAs and allow them to better target their resources. For the one school determined to be most at risk, the SA conducts an in-depth, targeted menu review using one of four FNS approved options. These options are: Conduct a nutrient analysis, validate an existing nutrient analysis performed by the SFA or a contractor, complete the Dietary Specifications Assessment Tool to further examine the food service practices, or follow an alternative FNS-approved process utilizing the Menu Planning Tools for Certification for Six Cent Reimbursement.
Accordingly, the updated review procedures to assess the food components and quantities are established in 7 CFR 210.18(g)(2)(i), and the procedures to assess the dietary specifications are established in 7 CFR210.18(g)(2)(ii) of the final rule.
This provision is addressed in 7 CFR 210.18(g)(2)(iii) of the final rule. The SA must assess whether performance-based cash assistance should continue to be provided for the lunches served.
This final rule lessens the burden associated with the administrative review by removing the requirement for follow-up reviews triggered by a specific threshold. The follow-up review requirement was implemented at a time when a 5-year review cycle was in place and there was concern about the long span between reviews. Because the 3-year review cycle now allows the SA to have more frequent contact with the SFAs, the follow up requirement is unnecessary. Instead, the final review process emphasizes collaborative compliance. When errors are detected, the SA will require corrective action, provide technical assistance to bring the SFA into compliance, and take fiscal action when appropriate. The SA has discretion to do a follow-up review based on its own criteria.
Accordingly, this final rule removes the definitions of “follow-up reviews” and “review threshold” in existing 7 CFR 210.18(b) and removes the follow-up review procedures in 7 CFR 210.18(i). Minor references to follow-up review and review threshold throughout 7 CFR part 210 are also removed. The definitions of “large school food authority” and “small school food authority” are removed from 7 CFR 210.18(b), as these definitions were used in the determination of which SFAs received a follow-up review. The same definition of “large school food authority” is added to 7 CFR part 235, State Administrative Expense Funds, where it remains relevant for the State Administrative Expense allocation process.
The final rule expands the general areas of review to include existing and new requirements grouped into two broad categories: Resource Management and General Program Compliance.
Resource Management is a new general area of the administrative review, established in 7 CFR 210.18(h)(1), that assesses compliance with existing requirements that safeguard the overall financial health of the nonprofit school food service. The SA must use the
• Maintenance of the Nonprofit School Food Service Account—7 CFR 210.2, 210.14, 210.19(a) and 210.21;
• Paid Lunch Equity—7 CFR 210.14(e);
• Revenue from Nonprogram Foods—7 CFR 210.14(f); and
• Indirect Costs—2 CFR part 200 and 7 CFR 210.14(g).
Adding Resource Management to the administrative review establishes a framework for this review area, promotes review consistency among all States, and strengthens stewardship of Federal funds. Requiring an off-site review of Resource Management allows the reviewer to use the expertise of off-site SA staff with specialized knowledge of Resource Management that may not typically be present during an on-site review. Under 7 CFR 210.18(h)(1) of the final rule provides SAs some flexibility in the review of Resource Management, provided the minimum areas of review are covered.
It is also important to note that this final rule adds a new paragraph (g) to the Resource Management requirements in 7 CFR 210.14 to clarify the SFA's existing responsibilities with regard to indirect costs. This is discussed later in the preamble under the heading, “IV. Changes to SFA Requirements.”
7 CFR 210.18(h)(2),
In total, the general areas of review must include, but are not limited to, the following:
• Free and Reduced Price Process—including verification, notification, and other procedures—7 CFR part 245.
• Civil Rights—7 CFR 210.23(b).
• SFA On-site Monitoring—7 CFR 210.8(a) and 220.11(d).
• Reporting and Recordkeeping—7 CFR parts 210, 220 and 245.
• Food Safety—7 CFR 210.13.
• Competitive Food Services—7 CFR 210.11 and 7 CFR 220.12.
• Water—7 CFR 210.10(a)(1)(i) and 7 CFR 220.8(a)(1).
• Professional Standards—7 CFR 210.30.
• SBP and SFSP Outreach—7 CFR 210.12(d).
• Local School Wellness Policies.
LEAs have been required to have local school wellness policies in place since 2006. Assessing compliance with this requirement has been a general area of review under the CRE, and is included in the
Finally, as noted later in the preamble, this final rule expands the existing requirement for SFAs to conduct on-site monitoring. This change to 7 CFR 210.8, is discussed in more detail later under the heading “IV. Changes to SFA Requirements.”
The review of
Previously, a SA was only required to monitor the certification, count and milk/meal service procedures for the SMP (7 CFR part 215) or the NSLP Afterschool Snacks (7 CFR part 210) during a follow-up review if the SA had not evaluated these programs previously in the schools selected for an administrative review. This final rule includes other school meal programs in the regular, periodic review of SFA operations because it is critical that they
To review NSLP Afterschool Snacks, the SA must:
• Use the
• Review the school's eligibility for Afterschool Snacks.
• Ensure the school complies with counting and claiming procedures.
• Confirm the SFA conducts self-monitoring activities twice per year as required in 7 CFR 210.9(c)(7).
• Assess compliance with the snack meal pattern in 7 CFR 210.10(o).
• Monitor compliance with the reporting and recordkeeping, food safety and civil rights requirements in 7 CFR 210.
To review the NSLP SSO, the SA must, at a minimum:
• Use the
• Verify the site eligibility for the SSO.
• Ensure the SFA monitors the site(s) at least once per year.
• Review meal counting and claiming procedures.
• Monitor compliance with the meal patterns for meals in 7 CFR 210.10 and 7 CFR 220.8.
• Confirm the SFA informs families of the availability of free meals.
• Monitor compliance with the reporting and recordkeeping, food safety and civil rights requirements in 7 CFR 210.
To review the SMP (in NSLP schools), the SA must, at a minimum:
• Use the
• Review the milk pricing policy, counting and claiming, and milk service procedures.
• Observe the milk service at the reviewed site if there are issues with the meal counting and claiming procedures in the NSLP or SBP.
• Ensure accuracy in certification and benefit issuance, when observing milk service.
• Monitor compliance reporting and recordkeeping, food safety and civil rights requirements in 7 CFR 215.
To review the FFVP, the SA must at a minimum:
• Confirm availability of benefits to all enrolled children free of charge.
• Monitor allowable program costs, service time, outreach efforts, and types of fruits and vegetables offered.
• Monitor compliance with the reporting and recordkeeping, food safety and civil rights requirements in 7 CFR 210.
The Department has issued separate rulemaking, Fresh Fruit and Vegetable Program, 77 FR 10981 (2/24/2012) to solicit public comment on the proposed implementation of the FFVP. Currently, the program is operated under guidance that follows general requirements for program operations under 7 CFR 210. When the FFVP final rule is published, the implementing administrative review regulations will reflect any necessary changes.
SAs must identify the SFA's correct entitlement and take fiscal action when any SFA claims or receives more Federal funds than earned. This final rule continues to require SAs to take fiscal action for all PS-1 violations and for specific PS-2 violations, as discussed next. While no fiscal action is required for general area violations, the SA has the ability to withhold funds for repeat or egregious violations occurring in the majority of the general areas. This final rule also expands the scope of fiscal action for certification/benefit issuance PS-1 violations, revises the method to calculate fiscal action for applicable violations, and modifies the SA's authority to limit fiscal action for specific critical area violations when corrective action is completed.
Details about the changes to fiscal action follow.
SAs are required to take fiscal action for all certification, benefit issuance, meal counting, and claiming violations of PS-1. For the Certification and Benefit Issuance portion of the updated administrative review, 7 CFR 210.18(g) of this final rule requires the SAs to review certifications/benefit issuance for all the schools under the SFA's jurisdiction, not just the reviewed schools. This broader scope of review is expected to provide the SA with a more accurate picture of the SFA's practices at all participating schools under its jurisdiction and lead to improved program integrity.
Given the broader scope of the Certification and Benefit Issuance review at the SFA level, this rule makes several changes to the related fiscal action. Section 210.18(l)(l) of this final rule applies fiscal action for certification and benefit issuance errors to the entire SFA, including non-reviewed schools. Expanding fiscal action across the entire SFA differs from the existing CRE review, and from the interim administrative review approach used by a number of SA operating under a waiver using the updated
For certification and benefit issuance errors cited under paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section, the total number of free and reduced price meals claimed must be adjusted according to procedures established by FNS.
This method to calculate fiscal action at the SFA level differs from the CRE approach, which based fiscal action on the number of incorrect certifications in reviewed schools and the corresponding number of serving days. This approach streamlines the determination of fiscal action and ensures program integrity SFA-wide. To reflect the expanded scope of review, the final rule also amends language in 7 CFR 210.19(c) to indicate that fiscal action applies to “meals” (rather than just lunches) and the SMP at 7 CFR part 215.
Under 7 CFR 210.18(l)(2)(i) of the final rule, SAs must continue to take fiscal action for PS-2 missing food component violations. Although fiscal action would generally be applied to the reviewed school (as previously done), if a centralized menu is in place, the SA should evaluate the cause(s) of the violation to determine if it is appropriate to apply fiscal action SFA-wide.
In addition, the final rule requires the SA to assess fiscal action on meals claimed for reimbursement that are not supported by appropriate documentation. An SFA must document that it offers reimbursable meals and maintain documentation that demonstrates how meals offered to students meet meal pattern requirements. If production records are missing, or missing for a certain time period, the final rule requires the SA to take fiscal action unless the SFA is able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the SA, that reimbursable meals were offered and served.
Section 210.18(l)(3) of this final rule continues to require that SAs extend fiscal action back to the beginning of the school year or that point in time during the current school year when the infraction first occurred. Depending on
As stated in 7 CFR 210.18(l)(3)(i), for PS-1 certification and benefit issuance errors, fiscal action is required for the review period and the month of the on-site review, at a minimum. For example, if the review period is January and the month of the on-site review is February, then at a minimum fiscal action would be applied to the months of January and February. In scenarios where a month falls in between,
As stated in 7 CFR 210.18(l)(3)(ii), for other PS-1 violations and for PS-2 violations relating to missing food components and missing production records:
• If corrective action occurs during the on-site review month, the SA must apply fiscal action from the point corrective action occurs back through the beginning of the on-site review month and for the review period. For example, if the review period is in January and the on-site review occurs in March and during the course of the review errors are identified and corrected on March 15, then fiscal action must be applied from March 1 through March 14 and for the entire review period,
• If corrective action occurs during the review period, the SA must apply fiscal action from the point corrective action occurs back through the beginning of the review period. For example, if the review period is January and the on-site review occurs in March and it is determined that the problem was corrected on January15, then fiscal action would be applied from January 1 through January 14h.
• If corrective action occurs prior to the review period, no fiscal action is required. In this scenario, any error identified and corrected prior to the review period,
• If corrective action occurs in a claim month(s) between the review period and the on-site review month, the SA must apply fiscal action only to the review period. For example, if the review period is January and the on-site review occurs in March and the corrective action takes place in February, the SA must apply fiscal action only to the review period,
Section 210.18(l)(2) of this final rule continues to require fiscal action for repeated PS-2 violations related to vegetable subgroups and milk type. For repeated PS-2 violations related to food quantities, whole grain-rich foods and the dietary specifications, fiscal action remains discretionary. The final rule specifies the scope and duration of fiscal action for these repeated PS-2 violations in 7 CFR 210.18(l)(2)(ii) through (l)(2)(v).
For purposes of administrative reviews, repeated violations are generally those identified during the administrative review of an SFA in one cycle and then identified again in the administrative review of the same SFA in the next review cycle. For example, if the SA finds a PS-2 violation (
It is important to note that while fiscal action is generally limited to the repeated violation found in a subsequent administrative review cycle, SAs are required by 7 CFR 210.19(c) to take fiscal action for recurrent violations found in later visits to the SFA during the initial cycle (
• If meals contain insufficient quantities of required food components, the affected meals may be disallowed/reclaimed.
• If no whole grain-rich foods are offered over the course of the week reviewed, all meals served in the deficient week may be disallowed/reclaimed.
• If insufficient whole grain-rich foods are offered, meals for one or more days during the week under review may be disallowed/reclaimed. The SA has discretion to select which day's meals may be disallowed/reclaimed. Additional meals may be disallowed/reclaimed at the SA's discretion.
• If a vegetable subgroup is offered in an insufficient quantity to meet the minimum weekly requirement, meals may be disallowed/reclaimed for one day that week. The SA has discretion to select which day's meals are disallowed/reclaimed. If the amount of fruit juice offered exceeds weekly limitations, or the amount of vegetable juice exceeds weekly limitations meals for the entire week may be disallowed/reclaimed.
The intent of these fiscal action modifications and clarifications is to promote program integrity. Clearly identifying the critical area violations that may result in fiscal action and the scope and duration of any fiscal action, will promote consistency in fiscal action procedures among SAs.
Section 207 of the HHFKA amended section 22 of the NSLA (42 U.S.C. 1769c) to require SAs to report the final results of the administrative review to the public in the State in an accessible, easily understood manner in accordance with guidelines promulgated by the Secretary.
This final rule at 7 CFR 210.18(m) requires the SA to post a summary of the most recent final administrative review results for each SFA on the SA's publicly available Web site and provides the SA the option to strongly encourage each SFA to post a summary on the SFA's public Web site . The review summary must cover access and reimbursement (including eligibility and certification review results), an SFA's compliance with the meal patterns and the nutritional quality of school meals, the results of the review of the school nutrition environment (including food safety, local school wellness policy, and competitive foods), compliance related to civil rights, and general program participation. At a minimum, this would include the written notification of review findings provided to the SFAs Superintendent as required at 7 CFR 210.18.(i)(3). FNS will provide additional guidance on the appropriate format.
SAs must post this review summary no later than 30 days after the SA provides the final results of the administrative review to the SFA. The SA must also make a copy of the final administrative review report available to the public upon request.
In response to concerns expressed by commenters, this final rule provides SAs the discretion to strongly encourage that SFAs post a summary of the final results, or otherwise make them available to the public, and also to make a copy of the final administrative review report available to the public upon request. This option is consistent with the goal to promote transparency and accountability in program operations. It also reflects the fact that parents and stakeholders are increasingly aware of the potential benefits of the school meals programs and would like more information from the SFA.
This final rule addresses, at 7 CFR 210.18(n) and (o), the SA's reporting and recordkeeping requirements associated with the updated administrative review process. It continues to require that SAs file the form FNS-640 but removes the reference to follow-up reviews. The final rule retains the basic record keeping requirements previously found at 210.18(p) but removes the recordkeeping requirement associated with follow-up reviews, which are no longer required. The reporting requirements associated with follow-up reviews in the previous 7 CFR 210.18(n) and 7 CFR 210.20(b)(7) is also eliminated.
The removal of the follow-up review is expected to streamline the administrative review process for SAs. As discussed earlier, the information collection associated with the updated forms and new tools required for the administrative review process will be addressed separately in a 60-day notice.
As stated earlier, this final rule adds a new paragraph (g) in 7 CFR 210.14,
To improve overall monitoring of the school meal programs, this final rule also expands the SFA on-site monitoring process. SFAs with more than one school are required to perform no less than one on-site review of the meal counting and claiming system employed by each school under its jurisdiction. The SFA must conduct the required on-site review prior to February 1 of each school year. The final rule at 7 CFR 210.8(a)(1) expands the scope of on-site monitoring to include the readily observable general areas of review cited under 7 CFR 210.18(h), as identified by FNS. Readily observable areas of review could include, but are not limited to, the availability of free potable water, proper food safety practices, and compliance with Civil Rights requirements.
In addition, the final rule extends the SFA's monitoring activities to the SBP. As stated in 7 CFR 220.11(d), the SFA must annually monitor the operation of the SBP at a minimum of 50 percent of the schools operating SBP under its jurisdiction, with each school operating the SBP to be monitored at least once every two years. As is currently done with the NSLP, this monitoring of the SBP would include the counting and claiming system used by a school and the general areas of review that are readily observable. This expansion of the SFA monitoring activities is intended to ensure that SFAs self-monitor and are aware of operational issues, and that schools receive ongoing guidance and technical assistance to facilitate compliance with program requirements.
The following chart summarizes the key existing, proposed, and final administrative review requirements and states the anticipated outcomes.
The following chart summarizes SFA requirements associated with the administrative review process.
This final rule makes a number of miscellaneous changes to conform with other changes in the school meals programs:
• Deletes obsolete provision at 7 CFR 210.7(d)(1)(vi) related to validation reviews of performance-based reimbursement;
• Revises 7 CFR 210.9(b)(18) through 210.9(b)(20) and 210.15(b)(4) to reflect the diversity of certification mechanisms beyond household applications;
• Revises 7 CFR 210.19(a)(1) to reflect the Paid Lunch Equity requirements;
• Revises 7 CFR 210.19(a)(5) to update the review frequency to 3 years conforming with the requirement at 210.18(c); and
• Deletes obsolete provisions at 7 CFR 210.20(b)(7) and 210.23(d).
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility.
This final rule has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) in conformance with Executive Order 12866 and has been determined to be Not Significant.
This final rule has been designated by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to be Not Significant; therefore a Regulatory Impact Analysis is not required.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612) requires Agencies to analyze the impact of rulemaking on small entities and consider alternatives that would minimize any significant impacts on a substantial number of small entities. Pursuant to that review it has been certified that this final rule would not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. This final rule updates the administrative review process that State agencies must follow to monitor compliance with school meal programs' requirements. The administrative review process provides State agencies more flexibility, tools and streamlined procedures. FNS does not expect that the final rule will have a significant economic impact on small entities.
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Public Law 104-4, establishes requirements for Federal agencies to assess the effects of their regulatory actions on State, local and tribal governments and the private sector. Under section 202 of the UMRA, the Department generally must prepare a written statement, including a cost benefit analysis, for proposed and final rules with “Federal mandates” that may result in expenditures by State, local or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or the private sector, of $146 million or more (when adjusted for 2015 inflation; GDP deflator source: Table 1.1.9 at
This final rule does not contain Federal mandates (under the regulatory provisions of Title II of the UMRA) for State, local and tribal governments or the private sector of $146 million or more in any one year. Thus, the rule is not subject to the requirements of sections 202 and 205 of the UMRA.
The nutrition assistance programs and areas affected by this final rule are listed in the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance as follows:
For the reasons set forth in 2 CFR chapters IV, the nutrition assistance programs are included in the scope of Executive Order 12372, which requires intergovernmental consultation with State and local officials. The Child Nutrition Programs are federally funded programs administered at the State level. FNS headquarters and regional office staff engage in ongoing formal and informal discussions with State and local officials regarding program operational issues. The structure of the Child Nutrition Programs allows State and local agencies to provide feedback that contributes to the development of meaningful and feasible program requirements. This final rule has taken into account the extensive experience of State agencies conducting the administrative reviews which would be updated by this rule.
Executive Order 13132 requires Federal agencies to consider the impact
FNS headquarters and regional offices have formal and informal discussions with State agency officials on an ongoing basis regarding the Child Nutrition Programs and policy issues. In addition, prior to drafting this final rule, FNS assembled a 26-member team consisting of staff from FNS Headquarters and the seven Regional Offices, and State Agency staff from Kansas, Michigan, New York, North Carolina, Oregon, Pennsylvania and Texas. The School Meal Administrative Review Reinvention Team (SMARRT) worked together for a year to address issues and develop an updated review process that is responsive to the needs, wants, and challenges of the State agencies.
The Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010 (HHFKA) amended section 22 of the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act (NSLA), 42 U.S.C. 1769c, to require that:
a. The administrative review process be a unified accountability system; and
b. When any SFA is reviewed under this section, ensure that the final results of the review by the State educational agency are posted and otherwise made available to the public on request in an accessible, easily understood manner in accordance with guidelines promulgated by the Secretary.
This final rule updates the administrative review process established in 7 CFR 210.18 to carry out these two statutory requirements. In addition, the final rule would also make a number of changes to address issues and concerns raised by State agencies. Issues identified by State agencies include simplifying the administrative review and fiscal action. State agencies also want the administrative reviews to be meaningful and contribute to better meal service. They also want a review process that would allow them to better utilize the limited resources they have.
FNS has considered the concerns identified by SMARRT. The administrative review process in this final rule streamlines review procedures to allow more time for technical assistance, emphasizes risk-assessment to enable the State agency to focus the administrative review on school food authorities at high risk for noncompliance, and provides State agencies flexibility to conduct portions of the review off-site to make better use of limited resources.
This final rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. This final rule is intended to have preemptive effect with respect to any State or local laws, regulations or policies which conflict with its provisions or which would otherwise impede its full and timely implementation. This rule is not intended to have retroactive effect unless so specified in the Effective Dates section of the final rule. Prior to any judicial challenge to the provisions of the final rule, appeal procedures as redesignated by this rule in 7 CFR 210.18(p) and 7 CFR 235.11(f) of this chapter must be exhausted.
Executive Order 13175 requires Federal agencies to consult and coordinate with Tribes on a government-to-government basis on policies that have Tribal implications, including regulations, legislative comments or proposed legislation, and other policy statements or actions that have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian Tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian Tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the federal government and Indian Tribes. In spring 2011, FNS offered five opportunities for consultation with Tribal officials or their designees to discuss the impact of the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010 on tribes or Indian Tribal governments. FNS followed up with conference calls on February 13, 2013; May 22, 2013; August 21, 2013 and November 6, 2013. These consultation sessions provide the opportunity to address Tribal concerns related to the School Meals Programs. Additionally, FNS has provided ongoing updates regarding the progress of the administrative review process. To date, Indian Tribal governments have not expressed concerns about the required unified accountability system during these consultations.
USDA is unaware of any current Tribal laws that could be in conflict with the final rule. The Department will respond in a timely and meaningful manner to all Tribal government requests for consultation concerning this rule.
FNS has reviewed this final rule in accordance with Department Regulation 4300-4, “Civil Rights Impact Analysis,” to identify any major civil rights impacts the rule might have on children on the basis of age, race, color, national origin, sex, or disability. A careful review of the rule's intent and provisions revealed that this final rule is not intended to reduce a child's ability to participate in the National School Lunch Program, School Breakfast Program, Fresh Fruit and Vegetable Program, or Special Milk Program.
In accordance with section 3507(d) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
FNS is committed to complying with the E-Government Act to promote the use of the Internet and other information technologies to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to Government information and services and for other purposes.
Grant programs-education; Grant programs-health; Infants and children; Nutrition; Reporting and recordkeeping requirements; School breakfast and lunch programs; Surplus agricultural commodities.
Food assistance programs, Grant programs-education, Grant programs-health, Infants and children, Milk, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Grant programs-education; Grant programs-health; Infants and children; Nutrition; Reporting and recordkeeping requirements; School breakfast and lunch programs.
Administrative practice and procedure; Food assistance programs; Grant programs-education; Grant programs-health; Infants and children;
Accordingly, 7 CFR parts 210, 215, 220, and 235 are amended as follows:
42 U.S.C.1751-1760, 1779.
The revisions read as follows:
(b) * * *
(19) Maintain direct certification documentation obtained directly from the appropriate State or local agency, or other appropriate individual, as specified by FNS, indicating that:
(20) Retain eligibility documentation submitted by families for a period of 3 years after the end of the fiscal year to which they pertain or as otherwise specified under paragraph (b)(17) of this section.
The revisions and addition read as follows:
(h)
(i)
(3) * * *
(i)
(j)
(o) * * *
(5)
(d) * * * The school food authority's policies, procedures, and records must account for the receipt, full value, proper storage and use of donated foods.
(g)
(a)
(b)
(i)
(ii)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(d)
(1)
(2)
(e)
(1)
(2)
(A) Elementary schools with a free average daily participation of 100 or more and a free participation factor of 97 percent or more;
(B) Secondary schools with a free average daily participation of 100 or more and a free participation factor of 77 percent or more; and
(C) Combination schools with a free average daily participation of 100 or
(ii) When the number of schools selected on the basis of the criteria established in paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section is not sufficient to meet the minimum number of schools required under paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the additional schools selected for review must be identified using State agency criteria which may include low participation schools; recommendations from a food service director based on findings from the on-site visits or the claims review process required under § 210.8(a); or any school in which the daily meal counts appear questionable (
(iii) In selecting schools for an administrative review of the School Breakfast Program, State agencies must follow the selection criteria set forth in this paragraph and FNS'
(A) In school food authorities operating only the breakfast program, State agencies must review the number of schools set forth in Table A in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.
(B) In school food authorities operating both the lunch and breakfast programs, State agencies must review the breakfast program in 50 percent of the schools selected for an administrative review under paragraph (e)(1) of this section that operate the breakfast program.
(C) If none of the schools selected for an administrative review under paragraph (e)(1) of this section operates the breakfast program, but the school food authority operates the program elsewhere, the State agency must follow procedures in the FNS
(3)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(4)
(5)
(f)
(1)
(2)
(ii) Subject to FNS approval, the State agency may conduct a review early in the school year, prior to the submission of a Claim for Reimbursement. In such cases, the review period must be the prior month of operation in the current school year, provided that such month includes at least 10 operating days.
(3)
(g)
(1)
(i)
(ii)
(A) The daily meal counts, by type, for the review period are more than the product of the number of children determined by the school/school food authority to be eligible for free, reduced price, and paid meals for the review period times an attendance factor. If the meal count, for any type, appears questionable or significantly exceeds the product of the number of eligibles, for that type, times an attendance factor, documentation showing good cause must be available for review by the State agency.
(B) For each school selected for review, each type of food service line provides accurate point of service meal counts, by type, and those meal counts are correctly counted and recorded. If an alternative counting system is employed (in accordance with § 210.7(c)(2)), the State agency shall ensure that it provides accurate counts of reimbursable meals, by type, and is correctly implemented as approved by the State agency.
(C) For each school selected for review, all meals are correctly counted, recorded, consolidated and reported for the day they are served.
(2)
(i)
(A) Review menu and production records for the reviewed schools for a minimum of one school week (
(
(
(B) On the day of review, the State agency must:
(
(
(
(ii)
(iii)
(h)
(1)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(2)
(A) Confirm the free and reduced price policy statement, as required in § 245.10 of this chapter, is implemented as approved.
(B) Ensure that the process used to verify children's eligibility for free and reduced price meals in a sample of household applications is consistent with the verification requirements, procedures, and deadlines established in § 245.6a of this chapter.
(C) Determine that, for each reviewed school, the meal count system does not overtly identify children eligible for free and reduced price meals, as required under § 245.8 of this chapter.
(D) Review at least 10 denied applications to evaluate whether the determining official correctly denied applicants for free and reduced price meals, and whether denied households were provided notification in accordance with § 245.6(c)(7)of this chapter.
(E) Confirm that a second review of applications has been conducted and that information has been correctly reported to the State agency as required in § 245.11, if applicable.
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(i)
(2)
(3)
(j)
(1)
(2)
(k)
(1)
(ii) The State agency must withhold all Program payments to a school food authority if the State agency finds that corrective action for critical area violation was not completed;
(iii) The State agency may withhold Program payments to a school food authority at its discretion, if the State agency found a critical area violation on a previous review and the school food authority continues to have the same error for the same cause; and
(iv) For general area violations, the State agency may withhold Program payments to a school food authority at its discretion, if the State agency finds that documented corrective action is not provided within the deadlines specified in paragraph (j)(2) of this section, corrective action is not complete, or corrective action was not taken as specified in the documented corrective action.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(l)
(1)
(i) For certification and benefit issuance errors cited under paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section, the total number of free and reduced price meals claimed must be adjusted to according to procedures established by FNS.
(ii) For meal counting and claiming errors cited under paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section, the State agency must apply fiscal action to the incorrect meal counts at the school food authority level, or only to the reviewed schools where violations were identified, as applicable.
(2)
(i) For missing food components or missing production records cited under paragraph (g)(2) of this section, the State agency must apply fiscal action.
(ii) For repeated violations involving milk type and vegetable subgroups cited under paragraph (g)(2) of this section, the State agency must apply fiscal action as follows:
(A) If an unallowable milk type is offered or there is no milk variety, any meals selected with the unallowable milk type or when there is no milk variety must also be disallowed/reclaimed; and
(B) If one vegetable subgroup is not offered over the course of the week reviewed, the reviewer should evaluate the cause(s) of the error to determine the appropriate fiscal action. All meals served in the deficient week may be disallowed/reclaimed.
(iii) For repeated violations involving food quantities and whole grain-rich foods cited under paragraph (g)(2) of this section, the State agency has discretion to apply fiscal action as follows:
(A) If the meals contain insufficient quantities of the required food components, the affected meals may be disallowed/reclaimed;
(B) If no whole grain-rich foods are offered during the week of review, meals for the entire week of review may be disallowed and/or reclaimed;
(C) If insufficient whole grain-rich foods are offered during the week of review, meals for one or more days during the week of review may be disallowed/reclaimed.
(D) If a weekly vegetable subgroup is offered in insufficient quantity to meet the weekly vegetable subgroup requirement, meals for one day of the week of review may be disallowed/reclaimed; and
(E) If the amount of juice offered exceeds the weekly limitation, meals for the entire week of review may be disallowed/reclaimed.
(iv) For repeated violations of calorie, saturated fat, sodium, and trans fat dietary specifications cited under paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this section, the State agency has discretion to apply fiscal action to the reviewed school as follows:
(A) If the average meal offered over the course of the week of review does not meet one of the dietary specifications, meals for the entire week of review may be disallowed/reclaimed; and
(B) Fiscal action is limited to the school selected for the targeted menu review and must be supported by a nutrient analysis of the meals at issue using USDA-approved software.
(v) The following conditions must be met prior to applying fiscal action as described in paragraphs (l)(2)(ii) through (iv) of this section:
(A) Technical assistance has been given by the State agency;
(B) Corrective action has been previously required and monitored by the State agency; and
(C) The school food authority remains noncompliant with the meal requirements established in part 210 and part 220 of this chapter.
(3)
(i)
(ii)
(A) If corrective action occurs during the on-site review month or after, the State agency would be required to apply fiscal action from the point corrective action occurs back through the beginning of the on-site review month,
(B) If corrective action occurs during the review period, the State agency would be required to apply fiscal action from the point corrective action occurs back through the beginning of the review period;
(C) If corrective action occurs prior to the review period, no fiscal action would be required; and
(D) If corrective action occurs in a claim month between the review period and the on-site review month, the State agency would apply fiscal action only to the review period.
(4)
(m)
(1) The State agency must post a summary of the most recent results for each school food authority on the State agency's public Web site, and make a copy of the final administrative review report available to the public upon request. A State agency may also strongly encourage each school food authority to post a summary of the most recent results on its public Web site, and make a copy of the final administrative review report available to the public upon request.
(2) The summary must cover meal access and reimbursement, meal patterns and nutritional quality of school meals, school nutrition environment (including food safety, local school wellness policy, and competitive foods), civil rights, and program participation.
(3) The summary must be posted no later than 30 days after the State agency provides the results of administrative review to the school food authority.
(n)
(o)
(1) Criteria for selecting schools for administrative reviews in accordance with paragraphs (e)(2)(ii) and (i)(2)(ii) of this section.
(2) Documentation demonstrating compliance with the statistical sampling requirements in accordance with paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section, if applicable.
(p)
(1) The written request for a review shall be postmarked within 15 calendar days of the date the appellant received the notice of the denial of all or a part of the Claim for Reimbursement or withholding of payment, and the State agency shall acknowledge the receipt of the request for appeal within 10 calendar days;
(2) The appellant may refute the action specified in the notice in person and by written documentation to the review official. In order to be considered, written documentation must be filed with the review official not later than 30 calendar days after the appellant received the notice. The appellant may retain legal counsel, or may be represented by another person. A hearing shall be held by the review official in addition to, or in lieu of, a review of written information submitted by the appellant only if the appellant so specifies in the letter of request for review. Failure of the appellant school food authority's representative to appear at a scheduled hearing shall constitute the appellant school food authority's waiver of the right to a personal appearance before the review official, unless the review official agrees to reschedule the hearing. A representative of the State agency shall be allowed to attend the hearing to respond to the appellant's testimony and to answer questions posed by the review official;
(3) If the appellant has requested a hearing, the appellant and the State agency shall be provided with at least 10 calendar days advance written notice, sent by certified mail, or its equivalent, or sent electronically by email or facsimile, of the time, date and place of the hearing;
(4) Any information on which the State agency's action was based shall be available to the appellant for inspection from the date of receipt of the request for review;
(5) The review official shall be an independent and impartial official other than, and not accountable to, any person authorized to make decisions that are subject to appeal under the provisions of this section;
(6) The review official shall make a determination based on information provided by the State agency and the appellant, and on program regulations;
(7) Within 60 calendar days of the State agency's receipt of the request for review, by written notice, sent by certified mail, or its equivalent, or electronically by email or facsimile, the review official shall inform the State agency and the appellant of the determination of the review official. The final determination shall take effect upon receipt of the written notice of the final decision by the school food authority;
(8) The State agency's action shall remain in effect during the appeal process; and
(9) The determination by the State review official is the final administrative determination to be afforded to the appellant.
(q)
The revision reads as follows:
(a) * * *
(2)
42 U.S.C.1772 and 1779.
(b) * * *
(2) * * * Compliance reviews of participating schools shall focus on the reviewed school's compliance with the required certification, counting, claiming, and milk service procedures. * * *
42 U.S.C. 1773, 1779, unless otherwise noted.
The revisions read as follows:
(j)
(d) The school food authority shall establish internal controls which ensure the accuracy of breakfast counts prior to the submission of the monthly Claim for Reimbursement. At a minimum, these internal controls shall include: an on-site review of the breakfast counting and claiming system employed by each school within the jurisdiction of the school food authority; comparisons of daily free, reduced price and paid breakfast counts against data which will assist in the identification of breakfast counts in excess of the number of free, reduced price and paid breakfasts served each day to children eligible for such breakfasts; and a system for following up on those breakfast counts which suggest the likelihood of breakfast counting problems.
(1)
(2)
The revisions read as follows:
(f) * * *
(2) State agencies must conduct administrative reviews of the school meal programs specified in § 210.18 of this chapter to ensure that schools participating in the designated programs comply with the provisions of this title. The reviews of selected schools must focus on compliance with the critical and general areas of review identified in § 210.18 for each program, as applicable, and must be conducted as specified in the FNS
(3) For the purposes of compliance with the meal requirements in §§ 220.8 and 220.23, the State agency must follow the provisions specified in § 210.18(g) of this chapter, as applicable.
(4) State agency assistance must include visits to participating schools selected for administrative reviews under § 210.18 of this chapter to ensure compliance with program regulations and with the Department's nondiscrimination regulations (part 15 of this title), issued under title VI, of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
(g) State agencies shall adequately safeguard all assets and monitor resource management as required under § 210.18 of this chapter, and in conformance with the procedures specified in the FNS
Secs. 7 and 10 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966, 80 Stat. 888, 889, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1776, 1779).
(1) All school food authorities that participate in the National School Lunch Program (7 CFR part 210) and have enrollments of 40,000 children or more each; or
(2) If there are less than two school food authorities with enrollments of 40,000 or more, the two largest school food authorities that participate in the National School Lunch Program (7 CFR part 210) and have enrollments of 2,000 children or more each.
Food and Nutrition Service, USDA.
Final rule.
This final rule establishes requirements for State agencies, local educational agencies, and schools operating the Community Eligibility Provision, a reimbursement option that allows the service of school meals to all children at no-cost in high poverty schools without collecting household applications. By eliminating the household application process and streamlining meal counting and claiming procedures through the Community Eligibility Provision, local educational agencies may substantially reduce administrative burden related to operating the National School Lunch and School Breakfast Programs. This rule codifies many requirements that were implemented through policy guidance following enactment of the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010, as well as provisions of the proposed rule. These requirements will result in consistent, national implementation of the Community Eligibility Provision.
This rule is effective August 29, 2016. Compliance with the provisions of this rule must begin August 29, 2016.
Tina Namian, School Programs Branch, Policy and Program Development Division, Food and Nutrition Service, at (703) 305-2590.
The Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010 (HHFKA), Public Law 111-296, required significant changes in the Child Nutrition Programs to reduce childhood obesity, increase eligible children's access to school nutrition benefits, and improve program integrity. Notably, HHFKA mandated the most substantial update to the nutritional requirements of the school meal programs in more than 30 years, increasing the amount of fruits, vegetables, and whole grain-rich foods served, and limiting sodium and
Section 104 of the HHFKA amended section 11(a)(1) of the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act (NSLA) (42 U.S.C. 1759a(a)(1)) by adding paragraph (F), “Universal Meal Service in High Poverty Areas.” This provision resulted in the creation of the Community Eligibility Provision (CEP), a reimbursement alternative for eligible, high-poverty local educational agencies (LEAs) and schools participating in both the National School Lunch Program (NSLP) and School Breakfast Program (SBP). CEP aims to combat child hunger in high poverty areas, while reducing administrative burden and increasing program efficiency by using current, readily available data to offer school meals to all students at no cost.
The Food and Nutrition Service (FNS) of the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) published a proposed rule in the
The proposed rule sought to establish the following:
• Limit eligibility for CEP to those LEAs and schools that have an identified student percentage (ISP) of at least 40 percent based on data as of April 1 of the school year preceding CEP election. The term “identified students” refers to students directly certified for free school meals based on their participation in other means-tested assistance programs, such as the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), or the Food Distribution Program on Indian Reservations (FDPIR). Identified students also are those who are categorically eligible for free school meals without an application, and not subject to verification, including:
Homeless children as defined under section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2));
Runaway and homeless youth served by programs established under the Runaway and Homeless Youth Act (42 U.S.C. 5701);
Migrant children as defined under section 1309 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6399);
Foster children certified through means other than a household application;
Children enrolled in a Federally-funded Head Start Program or a comparable State-funded Head Start Program or pre-kindergarten program;
Children enrolled in an Even Start Program; and
Non-applicant students approved by local education officials, such as a principal, based on available information.
• Require LEAs opting to elect CEP for the following school year to submit (by June 30) to the State agency documentation to support the ISP.
• Require participating schools to offer breakfasts and lunches at no cost to all students, and count the number of reimbursable breakfasts and lunches served to students daily.
• Prohibit LEAs from collecting free and reduced price meal applications on behalf of children in CEP schools.
• Establish procedures to determine the percentages of meals to be claimed at the free and paid rates at CEP schools.
• Require LEAs to pay, with non-Federal funds, the difference (if any) between the cost of serving meals at no cost to all students and the Federal reimbursement.
• Specify that participating LEAs and schools that are still eligible for CEP at the end of the 4-year cycle may, with the State agency's concurrence, immediately start a new 4-year cycle in the next school year using ISP data as of the most recent April 1 (year 4 of the current cycle). Alternatively, participating LEAs and schools in year 4 of a CEP cycle with an ISP below 40 percent, but at least 30 percent, may continue to operate CEP for a “grace year.”
• Require State agencies to notify LEAs of district-wide eligibility status by April 15 annually and to provide guidance and information to eligible LEAs on how to elect CEP.
• Require LEAs to submit school-level eligibility information to the State agency annually by April 15.
• Require State agencies to publish lists of eligible LEAs and schools on a public Web site and submit the link to FNS annually by May 1.
• Clarify that the ISP multiplied by 1.6 may be used for CEP schools in lieu of the free or free and reduced-price percentage when this data is used to determine eligibility for other Child Nutrition Programs (
• Require participating LEAs and schools to retain documentation and records (
• Specify that LEAs and schools operating CEP may stop operating CEP and return to standard certification and counting and claiming procedures at any time during the school year or for the following school year.
• Require that students receiving meals at a school using special assistance certification and reimbursement alternatives under 7 CFR 245.9 (hereafter referred to as Provision schools) continue to receive reimbursable meals at no charge for up to 10 operating days when they transfer to a school using standard counting and claiming procedures (hereafter referred to as non-Provision schools) in the same LEA during the school year. For student transfers involving different LEAs, the receiving LEA would have discretion to provide such students free meals for up to 10 operating days.
Prior to national implementation in SY 2014-15, CEP was gradually phased in over a three-year period. Prior to each school year of the phase-in, FNS solicited applications from State agencies that were interested in CEP early implementation and made selections based on State and local support, eligibility of schools within the State, and the State's overall level of readiness for CEP. In SY 2011-12, Illinois, Kentucky, and Michigan
Throughout the CEP phase-in period, FNS provided technical assistance through a webinar series and monthly conference calls with State agencies. FNS also presented information about CEP at an array of national conferences and received feedback from key stakeholders, including State child nutrition directors, school food service staff, the Council of Great City Schools, and several professional organizations, including the National Association of State Title I Directors, the Council of Chief State School Officers, the National Association of Federal Education Program Administrators, the National Parent Teacher Association, the National School Boards Association, and the National Association of Elementary School Principals.
During the phase-in, FNS also conducted a formal program evaluation of CEP. This evaluation and addendum (published in February 2014 and January 2015, respectively) assessed the experiences and performance of the pilot States, and included an implementation analysis and an impact analysis. Specifically, the evaluation study sought to identify and assess the attractiveness of CEP to LEAs, possible barriers for LEAs that might discourage their adoption of CEP, operational issues that LEAs encountered in administering CEP, and the overall impact of CEP in participating LEAs. The evaluation study found positive outcomes for CEP schools, providing further credibility to many anecdotal narratives collected by FNS from State and local officials that were overwhelmingly supportive of CEP. In addition to demonstrating high CEP uptake and popularity among eligible LEAs, the study indicated that CEP schools experienced significant participation growth in their school meal programs. On average, CEP schools saw a 5 percent increase in their NSLP participation rate, and a 9 percent increase in their SBP participation rate. This finding confirmed that CEP was achieving its primary objective to expand access to school meals for low income students. Furthermore, the study found that the first seven pilot States experienced sustained, rapid second year growth in the number of eligible districts participating in CEP. Lastly, the study results demonstrated that CEP was consistently achieving a second objective: Reducing administrative burden and improving the efficiency of school meal program operations. Among the related findings, CEP was shown, on average, to:
• Result in net increases or have no adverse effect on school food service revenues,
• reduce the overall rate of certification errors, and
• generate time savings for LEA foodservice administrative staff, school food service workers, and school administrators.
The evaluation study also identified potential barriers. States expressed a desire for more time to make election decisions. States and LEAs also expressed concerns regarding the loss of free and reduced price meal application data as a measure of socioeconomic status and the impact that loss could have on other programs and funding streams. Because CEP is a novel way of operating the school meal programs, States and LEAs were also concerned about the financial impact of CEP in general. As a result, FNS developed extensive guidance and technical assistance tools, such as reimbursement calculators, and worked closely with other agencies administering programs that have traditionally relied on household application data (
Overall, the evaluation study indicated that CEP was working well and fulfilling its promised benefits in the pilot States and LEAs. CEP was demonstrated to have a clear and positive impact on participation and school food service administration, and participating LEAs were highly satisfied with the provision and likely to continue participating in CEP.
In SY 2014-15, CEP's first year of nationwide availability, State and local officials in all parts of the country enthusiastically embraced the new provision, resulting in explosive participation growth. As of September 2014, almost 14,000 schools in more than 2,000 school districts located in 49 States and the District of Columbia were participating in CEP. Together, these schools were offering free meals to about 6.4 million students daily. Significantly, these data indicated that a broad range of LEAs were choosing to elect CEP. About two thirds of the 75 largest highly eligible school districts identified by FNS elected CEP for at least some of their schools in SY 2014-15. Conversely, about half of electing LEAs had enrollments of 500 or less. These figures indicated that CEP was working for schools and districts of all sizes and characteristics. During this time, FNS continued to provide extensive guidance and technical assistance through conference calls, public speaking appearances, webinars, guidance publications, in-person visits, collaboration with partner organizations, and focused contact with States and LEAs.
Building on the successes of the previous school year, CEP participation continued to grow in SY 2015-16. In the second year of nationwide implementation, more than 18,000 schools in almost 3,000 school districts elected CEP. Participating schools are located in all 50 States, the District of Columbia, and Guam, and are serving healthy school meals to more than 8.5 million children daily, ensuring that students in high poverty communities can enter the classroom well-nourished and ready to learn.
Furthermore, because of its widespread popularity and strong success record, CEP has already increased access to nutritious school meals for millions of low income children, while simultaneously reducing administrative burden for local school food service operators across the country.
The proposed rule aimed to increase access to school meals in high-poverty areas, reduce administrative burden, and increase operational efficiency by using readily available and current data to offer meals to all students at no-cost through implementation of CEP. The rule was posted for comment and the public had the opportunity to submit comments on the proposal during a 60-day period that ended January 3, 2014. FNS received 78 public comments, 71 of which were germane. Commenters included State educational agencies, child nutrition advocates, food banks and anti-hunger groups, local school districts, school food service managers, community groups, charter schools, law students, K-12 students, and interested individuals. To view all public comments on the proposed rule, visit
Overall, commenters were generally more supportive of the proposed rule than opposed. Sixty-five public comments, including a form letter submitted by 29 program operators and advocates, supported the proposal. Three submissions were neutral, and three expressed general opposition without commenting on specific proposed provisions. Neutral commenters were not clearly in favor of, or opposed to, the proposal but requested clarification on specific provisions.
Commenters supporting the rule recognized the correlation between access to healthy school meals and academic success. Many commenters noted that the rule reduces the stigma sometimes associated with eating school meals, thereby increasing the likelihood that students will participate in the meal programs and benefit from the nutritious meals offered at school. Additionally, commenters noted that providing meals at no-cost also increases meal participation and enhances child nutrition. Combined with recent updates to the school meal pattern, increased participation means that high-need students have more opportunities to consume fruits, vegetables, and whole grain-rich foods. Commenters also praised CEP's reduction of administrative burden: Specifically, the use of readily available data from other assistance programs to determine eligibility in lieu of household applications, eliminating the need for low-income households to complete paperwork, and the streamlined counting and claiming for program operators. Additionally, many commenters suggested ways to strengthen the proposed rule, citing CEP's role in expanding access for children whose only reliable source of nutrition may be school meals.
While most commenters generally agreed with the provisions of the proposed rule, commenters also expressed concerns regarding the impact that CEP might have on the financial integrity of the school meal programs. Commenters noted that CEP could cause financial distress to school districts and schools in cases where Federal reimbursements were unable to meet program costs due to lower than expected savings or revenues. An education advocacy group also noted that CEP may have an unintended, unequal impact on private schools that may have limited resources. However, CEP remains an option for private, nonprofit schools and, like all schools, the financial viability of participation in the program must be evaluated based on the circumstances of the individual school.
FNS carefully considered the views expressed by commenters, especially those responsible for the oversight and day-to-day operations of the school meal programs. At the same time, FNS is mindful that CEP is uniquely positioned to both increase food security among vulnerable children and reduce program operators' administrative burden. Therefore, this final rule includes several amendments to the provisions of the proposed rule based on public comments. The goal of the rule remains expansion of children's access to school meals and streamlining Program operations.
The following is a summary of the key public comments, focused on the most frequent comments and those that contributed toward USDA revisions to the provisions of the proposed rule.
Accordingly, this final rule replaces the term “school food authority” with the term “local educational agency” throughout § 245.9.
Two commenters recommended adding guidance for LEAs on how to manage groups of schools. For example, commenters suggested that FNS develop guidance for CEP schools that consolidate with non-CEP schools (
One commenter stated that it is not advantageous for schools with a higher ISP to be grouped with schools with a lower ISP. Another commenter suggested giving LEAs discretion to use an average claiming percentage for schools in a CEP group.
To facilitate the use of grouping, and in response to requests from several commenters, FNS has provided extensive technical assistance on grouping through multiple guidance documents. These include the CEP Planning and Implementation Guidance and SP 19-2016, Community Eligibility Provision: Guidance and Updated Q&As (
Accordingly, this final rule retains in § 245.9(f)(3) the requirement for a school or group of schools in an LEA to have a minimum ISP of 40 percent to elect CEP for a 4-year cycle. In response to comments, FNS also added language § 245.9(f)(3)(i) to clarify that LEAs have discretion in how to group schools to optimize CEP benefits and operational ease. This includes explaining that individual schools in a CEP group may have an ISP less than 40 percent, as long as the ISP of the group is at least 40 percent.
The requirement to ensure that all data is reflective of April 1 is intended to accurately capture the composition of the student population to form the basis of the reimbursement rate the LEA, group of schools, or school may receive throughout the 4-year CEP cycle. Using the phrase “as of” ensures that identified student data generally reflects April 1, but also can accommodate variation in State direct certification systems. This allows States to use the best available data that reflects April 1, without creating additional administrative burden. For example, if a State conducts direct certification monthly on the fifth day of each month, the term “as of” allows the State to use data from April 5 to generate the ISP, rather than March 5. The suggested phrase “on or before” is more restrictive because it would not permit a State to use data from April 5, if that is when the State usually conducts direct certification. It also would permit
Although the statute permits FNS to employ a threshold of less than 40 percent in section 11(a)(1)(F)(viii) of the NSLA, the 40 percent ISP threshold for CEP eligibility is intended to best ensure that participating schools are able to maintain the financial integrity of their school meal programs. CEP is specifically designed to improve access to the school meal programs for students in high poverty schools, where hunger may be a barrier to academic achievement. As such, CEP is most financially viable at schools with an ISP of at least 40 percent because these schools are better able to maximize Federal reimbursements through a high claiming percentage. It is important to note that through grouping, LEAs still have discretion to include schools with ISPs lower than 40 percent as long as the group's aggregate ISP meets the 40 percent threshold.
Accordingly, this final rule retains in § 245.9(f)(3) the requirement to have an ISP of at least 40 percent as of April 1.
Accordingly, the final rule retains in § 245.9(f) the requirement to offer breakfasts and lunches at no cost to students under CEP.
These deadline extensions were offered as flexibilities to facilitate the initial implementation of CEP. As a new counting and claiming option, many State and local officials were initially unfamiliar with CEP's operational requirements and requested that FNS extend the election window to allow for careful decision-making. In SY 2014-15, the deadline extension to August 31 facilitated a 22 percent overall increase in CEP elections, significantly increasing children's access to nutritious meals in high-need schools.
However, because the June 30 deadline is required by statute, FNS is maintaining this deadline in the final rule. Additionally, it should be noted that CEP now has been available on a nationwide basis for multiple school years and State and local officials have gained a better understanding of the provision through experience and the availability of FNS-published guidance. As such, FNS does not anticipate granting permanent flexibility on the election deadline. Instead, FNS will evaluate the need for an extension of the June 30 deadline and provide guidance, as appropriate.
Accordingly, this final rule retains in § 245.9(f)(4)(i) the requirement to elect CEP by submitting required documentation no later than June 30 of the prior school year.
Thirty-two commenters, including advocates and State agencies, asked FNS to clarify the criteria to be used when State agencies review LEAs seeking to implement CEP. One commenter suggested allowing State agencies a window of up to 30 days following an LEA's notification of intent to elect CEP to confirm that the LEA in question is eligible.
Required criteria for State agency review of CEP documentation were not detailed in the proposed rule and an informal FNS inquiry revealed that policies varied greatly among State agencies. In some cases, initial reviews were being conducted at or around the time of election for all or a substantial portion of ISP records. Alternatively, some States conducted less thorough reviews or did not associate “concurrence” with a review of election documents, waiting until the LEA's next administrative review before checking the accuracy of ISP documentation.
State agencies are required to confirm the eligibility status of any school or LEA seeking to claim meals under CEP, and must substantiate any documentation submitted to ensure the accuracy of the ISP. Doing so mitigates the subsequent risk of inaccurate claims for reimbursement and/or fiscal action. This final rule retains the State agency's responsibility to confirm an electing LEA's eligibility for CEP and the ISP that is the statutory basis of the Federal reimbursement.
To clarify the State agency's responsibilities during the CEP election process, FNS issued detailed guidance in policy memo SP 15-2016, Community Eligibility Provision: State Agency Procedures to Ensure Identified Student Percentage Accuracy (available at:
Accordingly, this final rule retains the meal counting requirement in § 245.9(f)(4)(iii).
Two commenters requested that FNS publish specific language reminding LEAs transitioning to CEP to consider, and plan for, potential issues surrounding the loss of traditional free and reduced price application data. These commenters indicated that advance planning and communication with other stakeholders might better ensure a fully successful implementation of CEP, while preventing unnecessary paperwork for families and schools.
One of the most important benefits of CEP election is the potential to substantially reduce administrative paperwork related to the Federal school meal programs by eliminating the household application process. This message has been communicated extensively to stakeholders, and State agencies have been encouraged to minimize paperwork burdens for households and school officials wherever possible. The USDA's creation of a separate method for assessing the socioeconomic status of student populations would not be consistent with the intent of the HHFKA amendments, which eliminated the collection of household applications under CEP as part of a broad effort to enhance the administrative efficiency of the school meal programs in high poverty LEAs. HHFKA did not amend the NSLA with any provision for the replacement at CEP schools of the socioeconomic data that would have been collected previously by way of household applications. As a result, the cost of any such data collection would not be an allowable program cost since no purpose related to the NSLP and SBP is served.
To facilitate funding in Federal, State, and local education programs, some States have chosen to replicate free and reduced price data by way of an alternate income form developed with non-program funds. Many States and LEAs have historically used school meals application data as a poverty measure. FNS recognizes that, to facilitate CEP implementation, some States may require LEAs to collect household income information to maintain education funding and/or benefits to low-income schools and students. However, any such collections may not be conducted under the auspices of the NSLP or SBP. Furthermore, participation in these collections may never be presented to the household as a condition for receiving a school meal, or present a real or perceived barrier to participation in any of the school meal programs. FNS encourages States to develop alternative measures of income that do not involve the reintroduction of paperwork that is eliminated by CEP participation. FNS cannot limit or prohibit the use of such alternative measures of income if the State agency or LEA has determined that such a method is needed, other than, as noted above.
While FNS is unable to specifically require or endorse any other approach to collecting socioeconomic data, we understand that the loss of free and reduced price meal application data may present a barrier for some LEAs to electing CEP. FNS has worked extensively to ensure that State agencies and eligible LEAs are aware of alternative means of assessing socioeconomic status. FNS has coordinated meetings and webinars to share best practices related to assessing socioeconomic status in the absence of household applications. In addition, FNS worked with the National Forum on Education Statistics to develop a guide on alternative measures of socioeconomic status for use in education data systems
Funding allocations under the U.S. Department of Education's (DoED) Title I program do not fall under the jurisdiction of USDA; therefore, FNS does not have authority to establish requirements related to how this funding is distributed. DoED has published comprehensive Title I guidance for State and local agencies to clarify options and program requirements for CEP schools (available at
Accordingly, this final rule does not authorize alternative methods to assess socioeconomic status in the absence of household applications which would in any way relate to the NSLP or SBP. Furthermore, the final rule states in § 245.9(f)(4)(iv) that household applications may not be used under CEP, and that other alternative measures of income developed by a State agency or LEA may not be developed, conducted, or funded with NSLP or SBP funds.
Because student data matching with SNAP will be required annually, States will retain two options for reporting Data Element #3 on the FNS-834, State Agency (NSLP/SNAP) Direct Certification Rate Data Element Report. States may report data matching efforts between SNAP records and student enrollment records from October each year or, alternatively, may choose to include, for CEP schools, the count from the SNAP match conducted as of April 1 of the same calendar year, whether or not it was used in the CEP claiming percentages.
Accordingly, FNS has modified the proposed language in § 245.6(b)(1)(v) to require LEAs to conduct a data match between SNAP records and student enrollment records at CEP schools, and schools operating Provision 2 or Provision 3 special assistance certification and reimbursement alternatives, at least once annually. Additionally, FNS has modified the language in § 245.13(c)(3) to specify options State agencies have for reporting data matching efforts.
Since publication of the proposed rule, FNS issued guidance to clarify rounding rules for calculating claiming percentages (see Question #52 in SP 19-2016, Community Eligibility Provision: Guidance and Updated Q&As, available at:
Accordingly, this final rule retains the proposed calculation and rounding methodology for determining the free and paid claiming percentages and codifies it in § 245.9(f)(4)(v).
Accordingly, § 245.9(f)(4)(vi) of this final rule retains 1.6 as the multiplier to be used to determine CEP claiming percentages for an entire 4-year CEP cycle.
Accordingly, § 245.9(f)(4)(vii) of this final rule retains the cost differential requirement but includes new language to clarify that the use of non-Federal funds is not required if all operating costs are covered by the Federal assistance received.
Accordingly, § 245.9(f)(4)(viii) of this final rule allows for the recalculation of the ISP and the start of a new 4-year cycle each school year.
Accordingly, this final rule retains the grace year provision in § 245.9(f)(4)(ix) and clarifies that the 1.6 multiplier is used in the grace year to determine the claiming percentage.
Accordingly, this final rule retains in § 245.9(f)(5) and (6) the requirements that LEAs and State agencies, respectively, must exchange, by April 15, lists of LEAs and schools potentially eligible to elect CEP. Further, State agencies must publish the lists online and submit the information to FNS.
Accordingly, § 245.9(f)(7)(iii) of this final rule maintains the requirement for State agencies to publish lists of eligible and nearly eligible LEAs and schools on the State agency Web site and includes additional language requiring States to maintain eligibility lists on their Web site until the following May 1, when new eligibility lists are published.
Accordingly, § 245.9(f)(8) of this final rule retains the flexibility for State agencies and LEAs to meet notification requirements and generate CEP eligibility lists using direct certification data. However, data not reflective of April 1 may not be used to elect CEP and may not be used as the basis for determining the ISP/claiming percentages, unless approved by FNS.
FNS discussions around transfer (within the school year) and carryover (between school years) eligibility when students move from CEP to non-CEP schools unveiled policy inconsistencies among CEP and other alternative reimbursement options: Provision 2 and Provision 3 (described in §§ 245.9(b) and (d), respectively). Conversations with State agencies at national and regional meetings emphasized the need for consistent policies and operational ease related to the transfer of students from Provision to non-Provision schools. These conversations also revealed possible gaps in benefits when students from low-income households move to new schools, particularly between LEAs, both during and between school years. While many students are likely to change schools at least once, data from the DoED shows that poor and minority students change schools more often than their peers. Research suggests that mobility has a negative impact on academic achievement, leading to lower test scores and higher dropout rates. Supporting low-income, highly-mobile students by providing them access to school meals during a transition is an important, practical investment in our high-need communities, and in our nation's future.
Schools face a range of challenges in meeting the academic, social, and emotional needs of students who change schools. Teachers report that new and transfer students often have difficulty coping with changes in curriculum content and instruction. Teachers and principals also report that schools have to address the needs of these students' households and the circumstances which often underlie frequent school changes.
Based on the public comments received and information gained from national implementation and internal policy analysis, § 245.9(l) of this final rule requires that a receiving LEA provides free meals to students transferring from Provision schools to non-Provision schools for up to 10 operating days or until a new eligibility determination is made. For student transfers within an LEA, this requirement is effective upon implementation of the final rule. FNS recognizes the logistical challenges traditionally associated with the transfer of student records between LEAs, where systems allowing for the sharing of information may not be in place. Therefore, for student transfers between different LEAs, this requirement will apply no later than July 1, 2019. This provides program operators time to establish procedures for ensuring that students transferring from a Provision school in another LEA during the school year are promptly identified.
Further, for transfers within and between LEAs, the receiving LEA may, at the State agency's discretion, provide the transferred student free reimbursable meals for up to 30 operating days or until a new eligibility determination is made, whichever comes first. This discretion is effective upon implementation of the final rule.
Additionally, section 245.6(c) of this final rule protects students from low-income households moving from a Provision school to a non-Provision school between school years. At the discretion of the State agency, all LEAs receiving students who had access to free meals in the prior year at a Provision school may be offered free reimbursable meals for up to 30 operating days or until a new eligibility determination is made in the current school year, whichever comes first. This discretion, effective upon implementation of the final rule, is intended to protect students who move to a non-Provision school within the same LEA or in a different LEA between school years by giving them access to what is commonly referred to as carryover eligibility.
Accordingly, § 245.9(l) of this final rule retains the requirement that students who transfer from CEP to non-CEP schools during the school year must receive up to 10 days of free meals. Additionally, this requirement (
FNS promotes ongoing implementation of CEP nationwide, fortifying it as an established model for operating the Federal school meal programs and strives to ensure that all eligible school districts are well informed about CEP and its benefits. Accordingly, FNS provides resources to help school districts make sound decisions when considering CEP elections, and collaborates with State and local partners and their stakeholders in providing this technical assistance. This technical assistance has consisted of a variety of activities to promote CEP that include: Collaborating with partners and stakeholders; executing outreach plans; conducting trainings; and delivering presentations to diverse audiences, particularly targeting education program administrators.
In addition to these activities, FNS has established an online resource center (
Additionally, FNS has conducted numerous CEP webinars for State and local program operators on a wide range of topics that include: CEP Basics; Outreach to Eligible Districts; Title I and E-Rate Funding; Allocating State and Local Funding without Applications; Administrative Reviews; Successful Implementation Strategies; How to Partially Implement CEP (in some, but not all, schools in an LEA); Direct Certification and Reporting; Publication and Notification Requirements; and Financial Considerations for CEP. Recordings of all webinars are available online at the CEP Resource Center.
FNS will continue to provide technical assistance, work to eliminate barriers to participation and share best practices for implementation in an effort to reach children in every school that stands to benefit from CEP.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct Federal agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This final rule has been determined to be not significant and was not reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) in conformance with Executive Order 12866.
This rule has been designated as not significant by the Office of Management and Budget; therefore, a Regulatory Impact Analysis is not required.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612) requires Federal agencies to analyze the impact of rulemaking on small entities and consider alternatives that would minimize any significant impacts on a substantial number of small entities. Pursuant to that review, it has been determined that this final rule will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The final rule will establish requirements for LEAs and schools operating the CEP. The provisions of this final rule were developed with stakeholders' input, and are intended to reflect the operational needs of LEAs of all sizes. Furthermore, the final rule is largely consistent with existing sub-regulatory guidance issued by FNS to assist State and local agencies with CEP implementation. No specific additional burdens are placed on small LEAs seeking to operate CEP.
It should be noted that small LEAs generally employ fewer staff in the operation of their school meal programs; many of these individuals may fill
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Public Law 104-4, establishes requirements for Federal agencies to assess the effects of their regulatory actions on State, local and tribal governments and the private sector. Under section 202 of the UMRA, the Department generally must prepare a written statement, including a cost benefit analysis, for proposed and final rules with “Federal mandates” that may result in expenditures by State, local or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or the private sector, of $146 million or more (when adjusted for 2015 inflation; GDP deflator source: Table 1.1.9 at
This final rule does not contain Federal mandates (under the regulatory provisions of Title II of the UMRA) for State, local and Tribal governments or the private sector of $146 million or more in any one year. Thus, the rule is not subject to the requirements of sections 202 and 205 of the UMRA.
The NSLP, SBP, SAE, SMP, CACFP and SFSP are listed in the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Programs under NSLP No. 10.555, SBP No. 10.553, SAE No. 10.560, SMP No. 10.556, CACFP No. 10.558, and SFSP No. 10.559, respectively and are subject to Executive Order 12372 which requires intergovernmental consultation with State and local officials (See 2 CFR chapter IV).
Executive Order 13132 requires Federal agencies to consider the impact of their regulatory actions on State and local governments. Where such actions have federalism implications, agencies are directed to provide a statement for inclusion in the preamble to the regulations describing the agency's considerations in terms of the three categories called for under Section (6)(b)(2)(B) of Executive Order 13121.
FNS National and Regional Offices have ongoing, formal and informal discussions with State agency officials regarding the Child Nutrition Programs and policy issues. FNS specifically delayed publication of this final rule to allow for at least one full year of nationwide CEP implementation, so as to consult with State and local officials and better inform the rulemaking process. Prior to this rulemaking, FNS interacted extensively with State agencies throughout the Provision's phased-in implementation, and worked collaboratively to determine which State agencies would participate for each of the three phase-in years. Once selected, FNS consulted regularly with the pilot States to solicit feedback and better inform the process of developing sub-regulatory guidance. More broadly, in an effort to inform stakeholders and solicit feedback, FNS held several conference calls and meetings with State agencies to discuss the statutory requirements that would serve as the foundation for this rule. FNS also discussed CEP statutory requirements with program operators at State and national conferences.
To facilitate nationwide CEP implementation in SY 2014-15, FNS held periodic State agency conference calls that included all State agencies. These cross-regional gatherings served as an opportunity to share and discuss concerns, and for the former pilot States to share their valuable implementation experience. Furthermore, FNS Regional Office staff assisted State agencies with targeted technical assistance where needed, and served as a liaison for policy and implementation questions. FNS outreach has also extended to State education officials, including those administering State and Federal education funding. In addition, FNS received 78 public comments in response to the proposed rule (78 FR 65890), including comments from State agency officials. These various forms of consultation produced valuable input that has been considered in drafting this final rule.
The key concern raised by State agencies and LEAs was the general feasibility of implementing CEP without established regulatory and sub-regulatory guidance. Furthermore, many State agency officials were concerned that the elimination of the household application process would limit their ability to collect data on students from low-income households. Traditionally, free and reduced price school meal data, which is at least partially collected through the household application process, has served as an important proxy for poverty status, and has been used as a basis to distribute other forms of funding and benefits.
FNS has considered the impact of this final rule on State and local operators, and has developed a rule that will guide CEP implementation in the most effective and least burdensome manner. The final rule has been informed by the feedback received from State and local officials through this rulemaking process, and through extended consultations with participating and prospective States and LEAs. In an effort to assist State and local agencies prior to the publication of this final rule, FNS published comprehensive sub-regulatory guidance, including memoranda and a
This final rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. This rule is intended to have preemptive effect with respect to any State or local laws, regulations, or policies which conflict with its provisions or which would otherwise impede its full and timely implementation. However, FNS does not expect significant inconsistencies between this final rule and existing State or local regulations regarding the provision of school food service operations under CEP. The final rule was developed with input from State and local agencies and was based, in part, on their experience with CEP implementation. CEP has been available as a pilot program since SY 2011-12 and nationwide since SY 2014-15, with successful implementation in all 50 States, the District of Columbia, and Guam. Per statutory requirements outlined in the NSLA, State agencies operating the Federal school meal programs are unable to bar an eligible
FNS has reviewed this final rule in accordance with the Department Regulation 4300-4, “Civil Rights Impact Analysis,” and 1512-1, “Regulatory Decision Making Requirements,” to identify and address any major civil rights impacts the final rule might have on minorities, women, and persons with disabilities. After a careful review of the proposed rule's intent and provisions, FNS has determined that this final rule is not intended to limit or reduce in any way the ability of protected classes of individuals to receive benefits on the basis of their race, color, national origin, sex, age or disability, nor is it intended to have a differential impact on minority owned or operated business establishments, and women-owned or operated business establishments that participate in the Child Nutrition Programs. The requirements established in this final rule are intended to improve access to school meals, and support academic achievement for all students in high-poverty LEAs and schools. The requirements are not expected to negatively impact the protected classes.
Executive Order 13175 requires Federal agencies to consult and coordinate with Tribes on a government-to-government basis on policies that have Tribal implications, including regulations, legislative comments or proposed legislation, and other policy statements or actions that have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian Tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian Tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian Tribes. FNS provides regularly scheduled quarterly consultation sessions as a venue for collaborative conversations with Tribal officials or their designees. The most recent quarterly consultation sessions were held on August 19, 2015; November 18, 2015; February 17, 2016; and May 18, 2016. FNS provided a review of the most recent CEP guidance at the August 2015 consultation. At the November 2013 consultation, FNS discussed the proposed rule with Tribal officials and encouraged them to submit public comments. At the November 2015 consultation, FNS advised Tribal officials that the final rule was under development. No questions related to CEP arose. FNS will respond in a timely and meaningful manner to any Tribal government request for consultation concerning CEP. At the February 17, 2016 consultation, FNS asked Tribal officials to share best practices for conducting CEP outreach to eligible Tribal schools. FNS is unaware of any current Tribal laws that could be in conflict with this final rule.
A 60-day notice embedded in the proposed rule, “National School Lunch Program and School Breakfast Program: Eliminating Applications through Community Eligibility as Required by the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010” published in the
The Department is committed to complying with the E-Government Act, to promote the use of the Internet and other information technologies to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to Government information and services, and for other purposes.
Civil rights, Food assistance programs, Grant programs—education, Grant programs—health, Infants and children, Milk, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, School breakfast and lunch programs.
Accordingly, 7 CFR part 245 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 1752, 1758, 1759a, 1772, 1773, and 1779.
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(v) Local educational agencies and schools currently operating Provision 2 or Provision 3 in non-base years, or the community eligibility provision, as permitted under § 245.9, are required to conduct a data match between Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program records and student enrollment records at least once annually. State agencies may conduct data matching on behalf of LEAs and exempt LEAs from this requirement.
(c) * * *
(2)
The revisions and additions read as follows:
(f)
(1)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(2)
(3)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(4)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(A) To determine the free claiming percentage, multiply the applicable identified student percentage by a factor of 1.6. The product of this calculation may not exceed 100 percent. The difference between the free claiming percentage and 100 percent represents the paid claiming percentage. The applicable identified student percentage means:
(
(
(B) To determine the number of lunches to claim for reimbursement, multiply the free claiming percentage as described in this paragraph by the total number of reimbursable lunches served to determine the number of free lunches to claim for reimbursement. The paid claiming percentage is multiplied by the total number of reimbursable lunches served to determine the number of paid lunches to claim for reimbursement. In the breakfast meal service, the free and paid claiming percentages are multiplied by the total number of reimbursable breakfasts served to determine the number of free and paid breakfasts to claim for reimbursement. For any claim, if the total number of meals claimed for free and paid reimbursement does not equal the total number of meals served, the paid category must be adjusted so that all served meals are claimed for reimbursement.
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(5)
(i) Schools with an identified student percentage of at least 40 percent;
(ii) Schools with an identified student percentage that is less than 40 percent but greater than or equal to 30 percent; and
(iii) Schools currently in year 4 of the community eligibility provision with an identified student percentage that is less than 40 percent but greater than or equal to 30 percent.
(6)
(i) Local educational agencies with an identified student percentage of at least 40 percent district wide, of the potential to participate in community eligibility in the subsequent year; the estimated cash assistance the local educational agency would receive; and the procedures to participate in community eligibility.
(ii) Local educational agencies with an identified student percentage that is less than 40 percent district wide but greater than or equal to 30 percent, that they may be eligible to participate in community eligibility in the subsequent year if they meet the eligibility requirements set forth in paragraph (f)(3) of this section as of April 1.
(iii) Local educational agencies currently using community eligibility district wide, of the options available in establishing claiming percentages for next school year.
(iv) Local educational agencies currently in year 4 with an identified student percentage district wide that is less than 40 percent but greater than or equal to 30 percent, of the grace year eligibility.
(7)
(i) The names of schools identified in paragraph (f)(5) of this section, grouped as follows: Schools with an identified student percentage of least 40 percent, schools with an identified student percentage of less than 40 percent but greater than or equal to 30 percent, and schools currently in year 4 of the community eligibility provision with an identified student percentage that is less than 40 percent but greater than or equal to 30 percent.
(ii) The names of local educational agencies receiving State agency notification as required under paragraph (f)(6) of this section, grouped as follows: Local educational agencies with an identified student percentage of at least 40 percent district wide, local educational agencies with an identified student percentage that is less than 40 percent district wide but greater than or equal to 30 percent, local educational agencies currently using community eligibility district wide, and local educational agencies currently in year 4 with an identified student percentage
(iii) The State agency must maintain eligibility lists as described in paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this section until such time as new lists are made available annually by May 1.
(8)
(i) Obtain data representative of the current school year, and
(ii) Use the identified student percentage as defined in paragraph (f)(1) of this section. If school-specific identified student percentage data are not readily available by school, use direct certifications as a percentage of enrolled students,
(iii) If data are not as of April 1 of the current school year, ensure the data includes a notation that the data are intended for informational purposes and do not confer eligibility for community eligibility. Local educational agencies must meet the eligibility requirements specified in paragraph (f)(3) of this section to participate in community eligibility.
(9)
(g)
(1) Amend its Free and Reduced Price Policy Statement, specified in § 245.10 of this part, to include a list of all schools participating in each of the special assistance provisions specified in this section. The following information must also be included for each school:
(i) The initial school year of implementing the special assistance provision;
(ii) The school years the cycle is expected to remain in effect;
(iii) The school year the special assistance provision must be reconsidered; and
(iv) The available and approved data that will be used in reconsideration, as applicable.
(2) Certify that the school(s) meet the criteria for participating in each of the special assistance provisions, as specified in paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) of this section, as appropriate.
(h)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(i)
(j)
(1) Notify the State agency of the intention to stop participating in a special assistance certification and reimbursement alternative under this section and seek State agency guidance and review regarding the restoration of standard operating procedures.
(2) Notify the public and meet the certification and verification requirements of §§ 245.6 and 245.6a in affected schools.
(k)
(l)
(c) * * *
(3)
Securities and Exchange Commission.
Final rule.
The Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) is adopting amendments to its Rules of Practice. These changes concern, among other things, the timing of hearings in administrative proceedings, depositions, summary disposition, and the contents of an answer.
Adela Choi, Senior Counsel, and Sarit Klein, Attorney Advisor, Office of the General Counsel, (202) 551-5150, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549.
The Commission is adopting amendments to Rules 141, 154, 161, 180, 220, 221, 222, 230, 232, 233, 234, 235, 250, 320, 360, 410, 411, 420, 440, 450 and 900 of its Rules of Practice [17 CFR 201.141, 201.154, 201.161, 201.180, 201.220, 201.221, 201.222, 201.230, 201.232, 201.233, 201.234, 201.235, 201.250, 201.320, 201.360, 201.410, 201.411, 201.420, 201.440, 201.450 and 201.900].
On September 24, 2015, the Commission proposed for comment amendments to its Rules of Practice. Among other things, we proposed to update the Rules of Practice, adjust the timing of hearings and other deadlines in administrative proceedings, and provide parties in administrative proceedings with the ability to take depositions.
We received 13 comment letters in response to the proposal.
As with the proposing release, we begin with a discussion of the amendments to Rule 360, which sets forth the framework and timing for the stages of an administrative proceeding. Next, we discuss Rule 233 governing depositions, followed by Rule 232, which prescribes standards for the issuance of subpoenas and motions to
Rule 360
We proposed to modify three aspects of the timing of a proceeding under Rule 360. First, the proposal modifies the calculation of the initial decision deadline by changing the trigger date for the time to file an initial decision from the OIP service date to the date of completion of post-hearing or dispositive motion briefing or a finding of a default. This modification divorces the deadline for the completion of an initial decision from other stages of the proceeding, and is reflected in an amendment separating current Rule 360(a)(2) into two paragraphs, proposed Rule 360(a)(2)(i) covering the initial decision deadline and proposed Rule 360(a)(2)(ii) covering the prehearing period. Under proposed Rule 360(a)(2)(i), the OIP designates the time period for preparation of the initial decision as 30, 75 or 120 days from the completion of post-hearing or dispositive motion briefing or a finding of a default.
Second, proposed Rule 360(a)(2)(ii) provides a range of time during which the hearing must begin. For proceedings with an initial decision deadline of 120 days, the proposal doubles the maximum length of the prehearing period from the current approximately four months to no more than eight months after service of the OIP. Pursuant to the proposal, under the 75-day timeline, the hearing would begin approximately two and one-half months (but not more than six months) from the date of service of the OIP, and for 30-day proceedings, the hearing would begin approximately one month (but no more than four months) from the date of service of the OIP. Consistent with current practice, the hearing officer would issue an order setting the hearing dates following a prehearing conference with the parties pursuant to Rule 221. The proposed extensions of time were designed to accommodate deposition discovery in 120-day cases and generally allow for additional time for prehearing preparation and review of documents, while retaining an outer time limit to promote timely and efficient resolution of the proceedings.
Proposed Rule 360(a)(2)(ii), like current Rule 360(a)(2), contemplated an initial schedule allowing approximately two months for review of transcripts and submission of post-hearing briefs.
Third, the proposal adds a procedure for the hearing officer to extend the initial decision deadline. Under proposed Rule 360(a)(3)(ii), the hearing officer is permitted to certify to the Commission the need to extend the initial decision deadline by up to 30 days for case management purposes. This certification must be issued at least 30 days before the expiration of the initial decision deadline, and the proposed extension would take effect absent a Commission order to the contrary issued within 14 days after it receives the certification.
Commenters generally supported extensions of the prehearing period under Rule 360, but some suggested that longer or more flexible periods be adopted. Several commenters advocated longer prehearing periods of, for instance, twelve months or eighteen months,
In urging longer prehearing periods, commenters argued that respondents need longer discovery periods to review and address evidence gathered by the Division during the investigation that precedes the institution of proceedings. These commenters generally cited the size of the Division's investigative files (including electronic document productions) to be reviewed by respondents during the period, the time required for respondents to receive the complete investigative file during the prehearing period, and the need to counter lengthy and extensive Division investigations.
Most commenters who addressed this proposed rule focused on the maximum prehearing period for proceedings designated as 120-day matters. But one commenter urged further extensions to the prehearing period for all administrative proceedings and to other time periods designated under Rule 360(a)(2)(ii).
We are adopting Rule 360(a)(2)(i) substantially as proposed, with non-substantive modifications intended to clarify that multiple events (
In addition, we believe it is appropriate, consistent with the view of commenters suggesting a longer prehearing period under the 120-day timeline, to modify the proposed amendments to Rule 360(a)(2)(ii) to extend by an additional two months the maximum prehearing period for proceedings in this category. As adopted, Rule 360(a)(2)(ii) provides that under the 120-day timeline, the hearing officer shall issue an order scheduling the hearing to begin approximately four months (but no more than ten months, instead of the proposed eight) from the date of service of the OIP.
While we recognize that some might view the maximum ten-month prehearing period as not long enough, the Commission believes that the final rule strikes the appropriate balance between the time needed to conduct discovery and prepare for a hearing and the Commission's goal of timely and efficiently resolving administrative proceedings.
In response to commenters urging open-ended prehearing periods as determined by hearing officers, we note that the Commission amended Rule 360 in 2003 to impose mandatory deadlines for completion of initial decisions because of concerns about adherence to the Rule's then-existing non-binding goals.
We are amending Rule 360(a)(2)(ii) in one additional respect to resolve an apparent discrepancy with existing Rule 340, which governs the timeframes for filing post-hearing briefs. Specifically, we are amending Rule 360(a)(2)(ii) to remove the approximately two-month timeframe for obtaining transcripts and submitting post-hearing briefs. The Commission included these internal timeframes when it amended Rule 360 in 2003 to address concerns that setting only an outside deadline for the issuance of an initial decision by the hearing officer could incentivize the hearing officer to curtail the parties' prehearing preparation time and post-hearing briefing time while reserving the majority of the overall time period for the hearing officer to draft the initial decision.
We are adopting Rule 360(a)(2)(ii) as proposed with respect to the scheduling of hearings in 75-day and 30-day proceedings, with a conforming change to remove the approximate timeframes set forth in the rule for obtaining a transcript and submitting post-hearing briefs, for the reasons discussed above. The final amendment provides for an outer limit of six months for the hearing to commence under the 75-day timeline, and an outer limit of four months for the hearing to commence in 30-day proceedings. Proceedings in the 75-day category typically involve “follow-on” proceedings following certain injunctions or criminal convictions.
We are adopting Rule 360(a)(3) as proposed. The final rule permits the hearing officer presiding over the proceeding to certify to the Commission a need to extend the initial decision deadline by up to 30 days for case management purposes. This certification must be issued no later than 30 days prior to the expiration of the initial decision deadline. One commenter supported the proposed certification procedure but suggested requiring the certification to be issued 45 or 60 days prior to the expiration of the initial decision deadline. The Commission continues to believe that a 30-day period provides sufficient notice
Current Rule 233 permits any party to move for permission to take the deposition of a witness who likely will be unavailable to attend or testify at the hearing. We proposed to amend Rule 233 to permit a limited number of additional depositions. As proposed, amended Rule 233 permits the respondent and the Division in a single-respondent proceeding designated as a 120-day proceeding each to notice the depositions of three persons. In a multi-respondent 120-day proceeding, the Division is permitted to notice five depositions, and the respondents collectively can also notice five depositions. Under the proposal, the parties could also request that the hearing officer issue a subpoena for documents in conjunction with the deposition. Proposed Rule 233 also sets forth procedures for deposition practice, including a six-hour time limit for depositions, contents of the notice of deposition, and other matters.
Most commenters urged that the final rule provide respondents the ability to conduct more depositions than the Commission proposed. Commenters appeared to be animated by two principal concerns. First, commenters believed that the Commission's proposal to limit parties to a fixed number of depositions did not accommodate respondents' potential need for additional depositions depending on the facts and circumstances of the individual case, particularly in complex or multi-party proceedings.
Commenters suggested a variety of possible parameters for additional depositions. Most commenters urged that hearing officers be granted discretion to approve requests for additional depositions, similar to the practice under Rule 30 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
Commenters differed on the number of depositions they believed the rule should permit as a matter of right (
Three commenters supported the Commission's proposal of three depositions in a single-respondent proceeding and five depositions in a multi-respondent proceeding, subject, again, to hearing officer discretion to enlarge the number, and with certain other caveats.
A number of commenters took issue with the Commission's proposal that the respondents in a multi-respondent proceeding share a fixed number of depositions.
Finally, two commenters urged that the Commission permit seven hours for each deposition, consistent with the practice in federal courts, rather than the proposed six hours.
We are adopting the proposed amendments to Rule 233 with certain modifications. The proposed amendments to Rule 233, in conjunction with increasing the maximum prehearing time period under Rule 360, were intended to provide parties with the potential benefits of deposition discovery without sacrificing the public interest or the Commission's goal of resolving administrative proceedings promptly and efficiently. We have weighed commenters' concerns against the need to maintain this balance.
There are sound justifications for limiting the availability of depositions in Commission administrative proceedings as compared with litigation under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. Typically, in a federal civil action a complaint is filed, and, because neither party can compel testimony prior to the filing of the complaint, oral depositions thereafter play a critical role in gathering preliminary and background discovery, in addition to gathering evidence for use at trial. However, in a Commission enforcement action, the complaint (in a federal court action) or the OIP (in an administrative proceeding) is premised on an evidentiary record developed through the staff's pre-filing investigation. The Division produces to respondents various materials from the investigative file—
At the same time we recognize, as many commenters noted, that some cases may present unique issues or challenges that warrant affording the parties additional opportunities to conduct prehearing depositions. While the Commission's expectation is that such circumstances will rarely be present, we agree that our rules should be flexible enough to accommodate reasonable requests for a limited number of additional depositions. For this reason, the final rule includes a new provision, Rule 233(a)(3), that permits either side to move the hearing officer for leave to notice up to two additional depositions.
Paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of amended Rule 233 retain the proposed rule's limitations on depositions as a matter of right. They provide that, in a single-respondent proceeding under the 120-day timeframe set forth in Rule 360, the respondent and the Division may each file written notices to depose up to three persons; and, in a multi-respondent 120-day proceeding, the respondents collectively may file joint written notices to depose up to five persons and the Division may file written notices to depose up to five persons.
The final rule limits depositions to 120-day proceedings as proposed. Thus, parties will not be permitted to notice depositions in proceedings where the initial decision is placed on either the 30- or 75-day timeline under amended Rule 360. As adopted, Rule 360 provides for the hearing in proceedings placed on the 120-day timeline to commence between four and ten months from the date of service of the OIP. We anticipate that this extended period will provide sufficient time for parties to take the allotted number of depositions, along with any additional depositions that may be permitted under new paragraph (a)(3) of the Rule (discussed below), and to complete their other prehearing preparation. Further, as discussed below, and as reflected in amended Rule 221, we expect that the depositions each party plans to notice, including the identities of the proposed deponents, will be one of the topics discussed at any initial prehearing conference.
We disagree with commenters who urged that the Division not be permitted to notice depositions (or have its deposition rights limited) in view of the Division's ability to take investigative testimony before the proceedings are instituted. Investigative testimony generally is directed at ascertaining facts in order for the staff to determine whether to recommend that the Commission authorize an action for violations of the federal securities laws. Once the investigative record has been sifted through and the Commission has instituted an administrative proceeding, issues relevant to a claim or defense may become clarified and warrant new or additional focus in discovery.
New paragraph (a)(3) of amended Rule 233 permits the hearing officer in a 120-day proceeding to grant either side leave to take up to two additional depositions beyond those permitted under paragraphs (a)(1) and (2). This means that, in proceedings involving a single respondent, the hearing officer may permit up to a maximum of five depositions for the respondent and five depositions for the Division. In proceedings involving multiple respondents, the hearing officer may permit up to a maximum of seven depositions for all respondents, collectively, and seven depositions for the Division.
Paragraph (a)(3) is intended to permit a limited number of additional depositions in compelling circumstances without significantly increasing the burdens for all the parties or undermining the goal of providing a prompt and efficient administrative forum. As discussed above, we have increased the prehearing period in 120-day proceedings to a maximum of ten months. As amended, Rule 233 will now permit parties to notice up to seven depositions of witnesses from among the categories set forth in amended Rule 232(e), compared with no depositions permitted under the current rule (except for witnesses likely to be unavailable at the hearing). We believe that these new deposition opportunities will afford respondents and the Division additional opportunities to develop the record without compromising the hearing schedule.
A motion for additional depositions under paragraph (a)(3) must be filed no later than 90 days prior to the hearing date. We anticipate that this deadline will give the parties sufficient time at the outset of a proceeding to identify additional witnesses they wish to depose, and to confer with other parties to determine whether they intend also to file a motion and, in a multi-respondent proceeding, whether there are any common putative deponents, before moving the hearing officer for leave. This deadline should also enable any motions to be resolved and additional depositions to be taken in a timely manner, consistent with the needs of the parties to prepare for the hearing.
To support a prompt determination on a motion for additional depositions, paragraph (a)(3)(i) establishes a simplified motion practice leading to an expedited decision from the hearing officer. Any party opposing the motion must file its opposition, if any, within five days; the motion and any oppositions are each limited to seven pages; and neither separate points and authorities nor replies are permitted.
Paragraph (a)(3)(ii) establishes two requirements for a grant of additional depositions. First, the additional depositions must satisfy the requirements of Rule 232(e). Amended Rule 232(e), among other things, requires the hearing officer, upon application, to quash or modify a deposition if the deposition would be unreasonable, oppressive, unduly burdensome, would unduly delay the hearing, or if the proposed deponent does not fall within one of the three categories of witnesses authorized for depositions under Rule 232(e)(3). By requiring that any additional depositions satisfy the requirements of Rule 232(e), we intend to incorporate the standards under that Rule into the motion practice under paragraph (a)(3); opposing parties do not need to file a separate application to quash.
If the requested additional depositions satisfy the threshold requirements of Rule 232(e), the moving side must also demonstrate that it has a compelling need to take the additional depositions. To make this showing the moving side must, in its motion, identify each witness that it intends to depose as of right and the additional witnesses that it seeks to depose; describe the role of each witness and each proposed additional witness; describe the matters concerning which each witness and each proposed additional witness is expected to be questioned and why each deposition is necessary to the side's arguments, claims, or defenses; and show that the additional depositions requested will not be cumulative or duplicative.
Paragraph (b) of amended Rule 233 retains the existing procedure whereby a party may seek leave of the hearing officer to take the deposition of a witness who will likely be unavailable to attend or testify at the hearing. A deposition granted under paragraph (b) does not count against the moving side's permissible number of depositions by right or additional depositions under paragraph (a). Nothing in the rules as amended changes the current practices or standards for obtaining leave to depose individuals under paragraph (b). As before, a deposition under Rule 233(b) is available only upon a showing that the prospective witness will likely give testimony that is material to the hearing; that it is likely the prospective witness will be unable to attend or testify at the hearing because of age, sickness, infirmity, imprisonment, other disability, or absence from the United States (unless it appears that absence of the witness was procured by the moving party); and that the taking of the deposition will serve the interests of justice. These standards should prevent this provision from being used as a means to circumvent the number of depositions allowed under Rule 233(a).
We received no comments on the remaining proposed amendments to Rule 233, with the exception, as noted above, of the six-hour length of depositions. The final rule changes this to seven hours.
Current Rule 232 addresses the availability of, and standards for issuing, subpoenas requiring the attendance of witnesses at hearings and the production of documents. We proposed amendments to Rule 232 to correspond with the new provisions on depositions in Rule 233. As proposed, amended Rule 232(e)(1) permits a person who is subject to a deposition notice, or a party, to move to quash or modify the notice. This proposed amendment is intended to promote efficiency in the discovery process by allowing persons to move at the notice stage, rather than waiting for a party to request the issuance of a subpoena to compel attendance. Proposed paragraphs (e)(2) and (3) of the rule establish additional standards governing the hearing officer's decision on an application to quash or modify a notice of deposition or subpoena. Proposed paragraph (e)(2) adds undue delay of the hearing as a ground for quashing or modifying a deposition notice or subpoena (to the existing grounds that compliance would be unreasonable, oppressive, or unduly burdensome). This amendment requires the hearing officer or the Commission to consider the delaying effect of compliance with a subpoena or notice of deposition, and is intended to promote the efficient use of time for discovery during the prehearing period.
Proposed paragraph (e)(3) requires that the hearing officer or the Commission quash or modify the subpoena unless the requesting party demonstrates that the proposed deponent is a fact witness (except that those witnesses whose only knowledge of relevant facts arose from the Division's investigation or the proceeding may not be deposed), an expert witness designated pursuant to Rule 222(b), or a document custodian (except those Division or Commission personnel who have custody of documents or data that were produced by the Division to the respondent), and that the notice or subpoena otherwise satisfies the requirements of Rule 233(a). This provision is intended to foster use of depositions where appropriate and promote meaningful discovery, within the limits of the number of depositions provided per side pursuant to proposed Rule 233(a).
Proposed Rule 232(f) requires each party to pay the fees and expenses of its own expert witnesses.
One commenter submitted for our consideration several links to a securities blog that criticized many of the proposed changes to our Rules of Practice.
We are adopting amended Rule 232 substantially as proposed, with one change to correspond to changes we have made to Rule 220 (“Answer to Allegations”). As is discussed below, we have adopted an amendment to Rule 220 that requires respondents to state in the answer whether they relied on professionals. In conjunction with this change, we have amended Rule 232(e)(3)(i) to clarify that a proposed deponent may include a fact witness relative to any claim of the Division, any defense, or anything else required to be included in an answer pursuant to Rule 220(c).
With regard to the one comment referenced above, we note, first, that Rule 232 is based on Section 555(d) of the Administrative Procedure Act (“APA”),
Second, depositions impose costs and burdens not just on the party taking the deposition but on all other parties to the proceeding and upon the deponent. The proposed rule was based on the Commission's experience that fact witnesses, expert witnesses, and document custodians are the individuals most likely to have information relevant to the issues to be decided.
Rule 141(a)(2)(iv)
We proposed to amend this rule so that service reasonably calculated to give notice includes any method
We also proposed to amend Rule 141(a)(3), which requires the Secretary to maintain a record of service on parties, to make clear that in instances where a division of the Commission (rather than the Secretary) serves an OIP, the division must file with the Secretary either an acknowledgement of service by the person served or proof of service.
We did not receive comments on this aspect of the proposal and are adopting the amendments as proposed. In addition to clarifying that proper service on persons in foreign countries may be made by any of the above methods, the rule provides certainty regarding whether service of an OIP has been effected properly and allows the Commission to rely on international agreements in which foreign countries have agreed to accept certain forms of service as valid. The final amendment provides that a division that serves an OIP must file with the Secretary either an acknowledgement of service by the person served or proof of service consisting of a statement by the person who made service certifying the date and manner of service; the names of the persons served; and their mail or electronic addresses, facsimile numbers, or the addresses of the places of delivery, as appropriate for the manner of service.
Rule 161
Current Rule 180 allows the Commission or a hearing officer to exclude a person from a hearing or conference, or summarily suspend a person from representing others in a proceeding, if the person engages in contemptuous conduct before either the Commission or a hearing officer. The exclusion or summary suspension can last for the duration or any portion of a proceeding, and the person may seek review of the exclusion or suspension by filing a motion to vacate with the Commission. We proposed to amend Rule 180 to allow the Commission or a hearing officer to exclude or summarily suspend a person for any portion of a deposition, as well as the proceeding, a conference, or a hearing. The person would have the same right to review of the exclusion or suspension by filing a motion to vacate with the Commission. We did not receive any comments on this aspect of the proposal and are adopting the rule as proposed, with the addition of one ministerial edit to Rule 180(c).
As currently drafted, Rule 180(c) provides that the Commission or hearing officer may enter a default pursuant to Rule 155, dismiss
Current Rule 220 sets forth the requirements for filing answers to allegations in an OIP.
Commenters generally opposed the proposed amendment and requested that it be withdrawn. Commenters' principal contention was that “reliance on counsel is not a defense required to be raised in an answer, but simply goes to the evidence of whether a respondent acted in good faith.”
We continue to believe that timely assertion of reliance would focus the use of prehearing discovery and foster early identification of key issues, so that they may be explored in discovery and depositions, and, as a result, make the discovery process more effective and efficient. We therefore are adopting the amended Rule substantially as proposed, with one clarifying modification. The final rule is not intended to change the substantive law regarding reliance or any of the securities laws. The Commission recognizes that, in cases involving scienter-based misconduct, the Division bears the burden of proof on demonstrating that the respondent acted with scienter.
However, we have modified the final rule to give more content to and clarify the requirement that respondents disclose “reliance.” As adopted, the final rule now requires a respondent to state in the answer “whether the respondent relied on the advice of counsel, accountants, auditors, or other professionals, in connection with any claim, violation alleged, or remedy sought.” The reference to accountants, auditors, and other professionals reflects that, in addition to arguing that they relied on the advice of counsel, respondents in Commission administrative proceedings (and defendants in Commission civil enforcement actions) often assert that the respondent (or defendant) relied on such professionals in connection with the conduct alleged.
Contrary to the comments discussed above, the Commission believes this change will not materially alter current practice and will not unfairly advantage the Division because, as noted, even in the absence of this clarification, respondents often assert reliance in their answers to Commission OIPs.
Rule 221 permits a hearing officer to direct the parties to meet for an initial prehearing conference and includes a list of subjects to be discussed.
We are adopting the amendment as proposed with respect to depositions and expert witness disclosures. The addition of depositions to certain proceedings will potentially raise issues, including the identity of the persons to be deposed and the timing of any depositions, that will benefit from early discussion between the parties and with the hearing officer. At a prehearing conference, the parties and the hearing officer may discuss the timing of depositions, the proposed deponents, whether any party will be making a motion seeking leave to conduct additional depositions pursuant to amended Rule 233, and any issues any party foresees arising in connection with the proposed depositions.
In addition, we are modifying Rule 221(c) in two other respects. First, in response to comments advocating amendments that would require a date certain by which the Division should complete its document production under Rule 230,
Second, we are amending Rule 221(c)(8) to clarify that the subjects to be discussed at the prehearing conference include the filing of any motion pursuant to Rule 250. As amended, Rule 250 contemplates the filing of various types of dispositive motions (
Rule 222(b)
The proposed amendment requires disclosure of a written report for a witness retained or specially employed to provide expert testimony in the case, or for an employee of a party whose duties regularly involve giving expert
As proposed, the amendment provides for two categories of information protected from discovery: (1) Drafts of any report or other disclosure required to be submitted in final form; and (2) communications between a party's attorney and the party's expert witness who would be required to submit a report under the rules, unless the communications related to the expert's compensation, or certain facts, information, or assumptions provided by the attorney to the expert.
We received one comment on this aspect of the proposal. The commenter generally supported the amendment in light of the similarity of the proposed rule to Rule 26(b) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure but urged the Commission to adopt a rule allowing the parties to present direct expert testimony at all hearings.
We are adopting the rule substantially as proposed, with one ministerial edit. As proposed, the rule text provided that communications between a party's attorney and the party's expert witness who is
We believe the amendments to Rule 222 will promote efficiency in both prehearing discovery and the hearing.
The final rule requires each party who intends to call an expert witness to submit a statement of the expert's qualifications, a listing of other proceedings in which the expert has given expert testimony during the previous four years, and a list of publications authored or co-authored by the expert in the previous ten years. Additionally, if the witness is one retained or specially employed to provide expert testimony in the case or one whose duties as the party's employee regularly involve giving expert testimony, then the party must include in the disclosure a written report—prepared and signed by the witness. The report must contain: (i) A complete statement of all opinions the witness will express and the basis and reasons for them; (ii) the facts or data considered by the witness in forming them; (iii) any exhibits that will be used to summarize or support them; and (iv) a statement of the compensation to be paid for the study and testimony in the case. Consistent with the proposal, amended Rule 222 protects from disclosure (1) draft reports or other disclosure required to be submitted in final form, and (2) communications between a party's attorney and the party's expert witness required to provide a report under the rule, except if the communications relate to compensation for the expert's study or testimony, identify facts or data that the party's attorney provided and that the expert considered in forming the opinions to be expressed, or identify assumptions that the party's attorney provided and that the expert relied on in forming the opinions to be expressed.
We disagree with the comment suggesting that the rule be altered to require that expert witnesses testify at the hearing in all cases. Hearing officers currently use expert reports as evidence and permit direct examination as necessary,
After the institution of proceedings, Rule 230(a)
One commenter supported the proposal but advocated additional amendments to Rule 230.
We are adopting Rule 230 as proposed, with one ministerial change unrelated to the proposal.
We decline to expand Rule 230 to require the Division to disclose all persons interviewed during the investigation, or to require the staff to produce summaries of all such interviews, as suggested by one commenter. Rule 230(a) generally requires the Division to make available for inspection and copying documents obtained by the Division from persons not employed by the Commission during the course of its investigation prior to the institution of proceedings.
With the exception of certain final inspection or examination reports that the Division intends to use at the hearing, documents prepared by Commission staff are treated as attorney work-product, and are not required to be produced pursuant to Rule 230.
The final rule will not, as one commenter suggested, prohibit the use of Wells submissions and white papers as evidence in administrative proceedings. A Wells notice provided to a respondent by the Division states that the Commission may use the information contained in such a submission as an admission, or in any other manner permitted by the Federal Rules of Evidence, or for any of the Routine Uses of Information described in Form 1662, “Supplemental Information for Persons Requested to Supply Information Voluntarily or Directed to Supply Information Pursuant to a Commission Subpoena.”
The Commission does not treat Wells submissions as settlement materials.
The Commission's longstanding view has been that Wells submissions “will normally prove most useful in connection with questions of policy, and on occasion, questions of law,
Current Rule 234 contains procedures for taking depositions through written questions. Under Rule 234, a party may make a motion to take a deposition on written questions by filing the questions with the motion. We proposed to amend the rule to provide that the moving party may take a deposition on written questions either by stipulation of the parties or by filing a motion demonstrating good cause. We did not receive any comments on this aspect of the proposal and are adopting the amendment as proposed, with one ministerial change to paragraph (a), which in the proposal inadvertently referred to Rule 232 instead of Rule 233. The amendment is intended to provide a clear standard under which the hearing officer or Commission would review such a motion. The amendment replaces the standard under the current rule, which references current Rule 233(b)'s limit on depositions to witnesses unable to appear or testify at a hearing.
Current Rule 235
We received one comment on this aspect of the proposal. A securities blog entry cited by the commenter objected to the introduction of sworn statements under current Rule 235.
We are adopting the amendments as proposed. We believe that current Rule 235 contains sufficient safeguards to prevent the introduction of unreliable testimony. For instance, to introduce a prior sworn statement under current Rule 235(a), a person must make a motion setting forth reasons for introducing the statement. The standard for granting such a motion focuses on the admissibility and relevance of the statement, the availability of the witness for the hearing, and the presumption favoring oral testimony of witnesses in an open hearing. The statements that will be admissible pursuant to amended Rule 235(a)—including statements made pursuant to 28 U.S.C. 1746, deposition testimony, investigative testimony, and other sworn statements—will be subject to these standards.
Amended Rule 235(b) will permit an adverse party to seek the admission of statements made by a party or the party's officer, director, or managing agent. A party opposing the introduction or use of such statements may still object to their admission under amended Rule 320 to the extent such evidence is “irrelevant, immaterial, unduly repetitious, or unreliable.”
Rule 250 currently provides that a party may move for summary disposition after a respondent's answer is filed and documents have been made available to the respondent and sets forth the procedures and standards governing such a motion. If the “interested division,”
A principal purpose of Rule 250 is to facilitate the efficient resolution of proceedings by disposing of issues prior to the hearing, where appropriate, without introducing unnecessary delays or costs into the proceeding. As we have previously explained, the rule “balances the potential efficiency gained by allowing the hearing officer to eliminate unnecessary hearings in some cases against the costs of allowing additional motions, prehearing procedures and the attendant delay in cases where a hearing in which all evidence can be presented and witness demeanor can be observed is warranted.”
We did not propose to amend Rule 250. However, one commenter suggested that the Commission modify the current rule to permit a respondent to challenge the Division's “legal theories . . . as of right”
Amended Rule 250 provides that three types of dispositive motions may be filed at different stages of an administrative proceeding and sets forth the standards and procedures governing each type of motion. These motions—described in paragraphs (a)-(d) of the amended rule—generally correspond to certain dispositive motions that may be filed in federal court under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
Paragraph (a) of amended Rule 250 governs the filing of motions for a ruling on the pleadings. It provides that, no later than 14 days after a respondent's answer has been filed, any party may move for a ruling on the pleadings on one or more claims or defenses, asserting that, even accepting all of the non-movant's factual allegations as true and drawing all reasonable inferences in the non-movant's favor, it is entitled to a ruling as a matter of law. Paragraph (a) thus permits a respondent to seek a ruling as a matter of law based on the factual allegations in the OIP and permits either party to seek a ruling as a matter of law after the filing of an answer.
Paragraph (b) of amended Rule 250 governs the filing of motions for summary disposition in proceedings designated as 30- and 75-day proceedings pursuant to amended Rule 360. It provides that after a respondent's answer has been filed and documents have been made available to that respondent pursuant to Rule 230, any party may move for summary disposition on one or more claims or defenses, asserting that the undisputed pleaded facts, declarations, affidavits, documentary evidence or facts officially noted pursuant to Rule 323 show (1) that there is no genuine issue with regard to any material fact and (2) that the movant is entitled to summary disposition as a matter of law.
Paragraph (c) of amended Rule 250 governs the filing of motions for summary disposition in proceedings designated as 120-day proceedings pursuant to amended Rule 360. It provides that after a respondent's answer has been filed and documents have been made available to that respondent pursuant to Rule 230, any party may make a motion for summary disposition on one or more claims or defenses, asserting that the undisputed pleaded facts, declarations, affidavits, deposition transcripts, documentary evidence or facts officially noted pursuant to Rule 323 show (1) that there is no genuine issue with regard to any material fact and (2) that the movant is entitled to summary disposition as a matter of law.
Leave of the hearing officer must be obtained in order to file a Rule 250(c) motion. Leave may be granted only if the moving party establishes good cause and if consideration of the motion will not delay the scheduled start of the
The requirement that leave be obtained to make a motion under paragraph (c) is consistent with the Commission's long-held view that because “[t]ypically, Commission proceedings that reach litigation involve basic disagreement as to material facts . . . [t]he circumstances when summary disposition prior to hearing could be appropriately sought or granted will be comparatively rare.”
Consequently, we have previously stated in discussing Rule 250 that “leave to file such a motion shall be granted only for good cause shown, and if consideration of the motion will not delay the scheduled start of the hearing.”
Paragraph (d) of amended Rule 250 governs the filing of motions for a ruling following completion of the Division's case in chief at a hearing. It provides that following the interested division's presentation of its case in chief, any party may make a motion, asserting that it is entitled to a ruling as a matter of law on one or more claims or defenses.
Paragraph (e) of amended Rule 250 provides the length limitations applicable to dispositive motions under paragraphs (a)-(d) of amended Rule 250.
Paragraph (f) of amended Rule 250 provides the length limitations and response times for opposition and reply briefs pertaining to motions under paragraphs (a)-(d) of amended Rule 250. Paragraph (f)(1) provides that the length limitations in paragraph (e) apply to any opposition to a motion under paragraphs (a)-(d) of amended Rule 250. This reflects the Commission's belief that, in the context of summary disposition motions, affording the responding party the same page limitation as the moving party should help to ensure that the responding party has a sufficient opportunity to respond to all of the positions advanced in the motion. Paragraph (f)(1) further provides that the length limitations in Rule 154(c) apply to any reply; this is consistent with current practice. Paragraph (f)(2)(i) provides that the response times in Rule 154(b) apply to all opposition and reply briefs pertaining to motions under paragraphs (a), (b), and (d) of amended Rule 250. Paragraph (f)(2)(ii) provides that, for any motion for which leave has been granted consistent with the standard in paragraph (c), any opposition must be filed within 21 days after service of a Rule 250(c) motion and that any reply shall be filed within seven days after the service of any opposition. These expanded response times for oppositions and replies pertaining to summary disposition motions pursuant to paragraph (c) are intended to provide sufficient time to respond to the motion in those rare instances where good cause to file such a motion has been established.
Rule 320 provides the standards for admissibility of evidence. Under the current rule, the Commission or hearing officer may receive relevant evidence and shall exclude all evidence that is irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious. We proposed to amend the rule to add “unreliable” to the list of evidence that shall be excluded. In addition, we proposed adding new Rule 320(b) to clarify that hearsay may be admitted if it is relevant, material, and bears satisfactory indicia of reliability so that its use is fair.
Commenters raised a number of concerns about the admissibility of hearsay under proposed Rule 320(b). Most commenters argued that the Commission should incorporate Federal Rules of Evidence governing hearsay into the Commission's administrative proceedings.
Other commenters acknowledged the longstanding admissibility of hearsay in administrative proceedings,
A number of the commenters argued that the proposed standards provide insufficient guidance and are prone to unfair application.
We are adopting the amendments to Rule 320 as proposed. As the proposing release explained, the standard for excluding unreliable evidence is consistent with the APA. The admission of hearsay evidence that satisfies a threshold showing of relevance, materiality, and reliability also is consistent with the APA, and the “indicia of reliability” standard for admitting such evidence is grounded in well-established interpretations of administrative law.
We are not persuaded of the need to incorporate federal court hearsay rules or the other suggested standards for pre-emptively excluding or challenging hearsay.
We proposed amendments to Rules 410 (Appeal of Initial Decisions by Hearing Officers),
Rule 410(b) currently requires petitioners to set forth all the specific findings and conclusions of the initial decision to which exception is taken, and provides that an exception that is not stated in the notice may be deemed to have been waived by the petitioner.
To help effectuate the amendments to Rule 410(b), we also proposed an amendment to Rule 411(d).
We also proposed to amend Rule 450(c) to no longer allow parties to incorporate pleadings or filings by reference.
Finally, we proposed amendments to Rules 420(c) and 440(b) to make them consistent with the proposed amendments to Rules 410(b) and 450(b).
Two commenters generally supported the proposed amendment to Rule 410(b) insofar as the amended rule would adopt a notice standard for filing appeals with the Commission.
One of the commenters argued that, because the notice of appeal will provide for a caption and other identifying information, three pages may not be sufficient to accurately describe the issues even in a summary format. This commenter suggested that the Commission increase the page limit for notices to five pages.
The second commenter argued that the Commission's analogy to Federal Rule of Appellate Practice 3(c) was misplaced because, the commenter reasoned, appeals of initial decisions are not as of right.
We are adopting the rules as proposed. We continue to believe that a three-page limit for petitions for review is sufficient to allow petitioners to provide notice of the issues that they are
Finally, and in response to the comment regarding appeals from initial decisions not being as of right, we note that we are unaware of any case in which the Commission has declined to grant a procedurally proper petition for review.
Rule 900 sets forth guidelines for the timely completion of proceedings, and provides for status reports to the Commission on pending cases and the publication of information concerning the pending case docket.
We also proposed to amend Rule 900(c), which sets forth the information to be included in a semi-annual published report concerning the pending case docket. The current rule requires that the report show, among other things, the number of pending cases before the administrative law judges and the Commission, changes in the caseload, the median age of cases at resolution, and the number of cases decided within the guidelines. Proposed Rule 900(c) provides that the report for each time period would include, in addition to the information currently provided, the median number of days from the completion of briefing to the Commission's decision for each appeal resolved.
One commenter objected to the proposed changes to the Commission review timeframes under Rule 900(a), arguing that the length of Commission review undermines the efficiency of administrative proceedings.
We are adopting the amendments as proposed. We believe that the amendments appropriately balance the public interest in efficient resolution of litigated matters with the public interest in carefully considered decision-making, particularly in resolving complex matters. Moreover, we believe that the final amendments balance these revised timeframes with mechanisms for enhancing the efficiency, transparency, and oversight of administrative proceedings, including through the mechanism for Commission orders extending periods for review in individual cases under Rule 900(a)(1)(iv) and the enhanced disclosure required under Rule 900(c).
We proposed that amendments govern any proceeding commenced after the effective date of the final rules.
Commenters generally agreed that certain of the amended rules should apply to at least some pending proceedings. But commenters offered different standards for determining when and how the amended rules should apply.
One commenter, for instance, suggested that the amended rules apply “in whole to cases pending as of the effective date where possible.”
Finally, one commenter suggested that the amended rules apply to pending matters “to the fullest extent possible,” and provided specific examples of how the various rules would apply to pending proceedings, depending on the phase of the proceeding.
The amended rules will become effective 60 days after publication in the
For all other proceedings instituted before the effective date of these rules, the applicability of the amended rules is described more fully below.
There are many rational ways to implement amendments to procedural rules. When we amended the Rules of Practice in 1995, the new rules became effective one month after publication in the
We conclude that the amended evidentiary rules should apply to proceedings where the hearing has not begun as of the effective date, and that other amended rules should sometimes apply, depending on the stage of the proceeding, as set forth in detail below.
With respect to a commenter's suggestion of using a “just and practicable” standard to determine whether the amended rules should apply in a given proceeding, the tables below reflect the Commission's determinations of what is just and practicable.
The tables below provide whether and how the amended rules apply:
The Commission is sensitive to the economic effects that could result from the final rules, including the benefits and costs of the final rules, as well as effects on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. These quantitative and qualitative economic effects are discussed below.
In adopting these amendments, we seek to enhance flexibility in the conduct of administrative proceedings while maintaining the ability to timely and efficiently resolve administrative proceedings. The amendments include changes or clarifications to, among other things, the timing of hearings, the use of depositions, the filing of motions for summary disposition, and the submission of expert reports. The current rules governing administrative proceedings serve as the baseline against which we assess these final rules.
We continue to believe that there will not be significant economic consequences stemming from the amendments to Rules 141, 154, 161, 220, 230, 235, 320, 410, 411, 420, 440, 450, and 900. Thus, those sections are not discussed below. As explained in further detail below, we expect the amendments to Rules 222, 232, 233, 250, and 360 will have an impact on the costs and efficiency of administrative proceedings, but we do not expect them to significantly affect the efficiency of securities markets, competition, or capital formation.
As discussed in further detail above, the amendments to Rule 360 concern the timing for the various stages of an administrative proceeding, providing additional time for discovery. The amendments to Rule 233 permit a limited number of depositions, while the amendments to Rule 232 support this change by providing standards governing motions to quash or modify deposition notices or subpoenas. The amendments to Rule 222 concern requirements for a written report for expert witnesses. The amendments to Rule 250 clarify how dispositive motions will operate with the amendments to Rules 233 and 360 and provide the procedures and standards governing the various types of dispositive motions.
Current Commission rules set the prehearing period of a proceeding at approximately four months for a 300-day proceeding and do not permit parties to take depositions solely for the purpose of discovery. In addition, rules governing the testimony of expert witnesses have not previously been formalized, but some hearing officers require expert reports in proceedings before them.
We continue to believe that the aggregate benefits and costs of the final rules will depend, among other things, on the expected volume of administrative proceedings. For example, Rule 360 adjusts the potential timing of administrative proceedings, and an increase or a decrease in the number of administrative proceedings will scale up or down, respectively, the total magnitude of costs and benefits of the new timeline for administrative proceedings. Similarly, Rules 232 and 233 provide the framework for expanded use of depositions in administrative proceedings, and an increase or a decrease in the number of administrative proceedings may scale up or down, respectively, the total magnitude of the costs and benefits of the expanded use of depositions.
However, we are unable to precisely predict the economic effect of the final rules on administrative proceedings, as the number and type of proceedings can vary based on many factors unrelated to the Rules of Practice. Over the last three completed fiscal years, the number of new administrative proceedings initiated and not immediately settled has ranged from approximately 170 to approximately 230 proceedings, only a portion of which would be impacted by certain of the amended rules.
The amendments to Rules 232, 233, and 360, as described above, may benefit both respondents and the Division by providing them with additional time and tools to potentially discover additional relevant facts. Specifically, the amendments to Rule 233 permit respondents and the Division to notice the oral depositions of fact witnesses, expert witnesses and document custodians. The amendments to Rule 232 correspond with the new provisions for depositions in Rule 233 and establish the requirement that a proposed deponent be a fact witness, an expert witness, or a document custodian. The amendments to Rule 360 enlarge the potential maximum prehearing period. We anticipate that the potential for a longer maximum prehearing period would allow, in appropriate cases, additional time to review investigative records, conduct depositions under amended Rule 233, and prepare for a hearing.
These amendments may facilitate information acquisition during the prehearing stage, ultimately resulting in more focused hearings. We are unable to quantify these benefits, however, because any potential cost savings would depend on multiple factors, including the specific claims, facts, and defenses in a particular proceeding.
The depositions and a longer prehearing period will, however, impose additional costs compared to the current practice in administrative proceedings where, with limited exception, depositions are not permitted and maximum prehearing periods are shorter. We continue to believe that the costs of the adopted amendments will be borne by the Division as well as by respondents and deponents who provide deposition testimony. These costs will primarily stem from the potential costs of depositions and the extension of the maximum prehearing period.
Aggregate costs stemming from depositions depend on the number of depositions that respondents and the Division take and assume they attend depositions of third parties noticed by another party to the proceeding. Costs of depositions may include travel expenses, attorney's fees, and reporter and transcription expenses. Based on Commission staff experience, we estimate the cost to a respondent of conducting one non-expert deposition to be approximately $45,640, and the cost of conducting one expert witness deposition to be approximately $75,696.
Relative to the proposed amendments to Rule 233, the adopted amendments expand the potential use of depositions by allowing each side to request an additional two depositions from a hearing officer. This would place the ultimate limit on depositions at five depositions for each side in a single-respondent proceeding, and seven depositions for each side in a proceeding against multiple respondents. In single-respondent proceedings, if the Division and the respondent each take five depositions, one of which is of an expert witness, and each attend each other's depositions, then respondents may incur the cost of conducting or attending as many as ten depositions plus expert witness fees and costs—an estimated total of $486,456. Similarly, in multi-respondent proceedings, respondents may incur the cost of conducting or attending as many as fourteen depositions plus expert witness fees and costs—an estimated total of $669,016.
Similarly, the longer maximum prehearing periods permitted by the amendment to Rule 360 may impose costs on the parties. Based on our estimates of staffing requirements and corresponding hourly rates, we estimate that the potential to lengthen the overall timeline in 120-day proceedings by up to six months to allow more time for discovery may result in additional costs to respondents of up to $754,080.
The amendments related to the timing of hearings and the use of depositions may also affect the efficiency of proceedings. To the extent that the adopted amendments facilitate the discovery of relevant facts and information through depositions and the extension of the maximum prehearing periods, they may lead to more expeditious resolution of proceedings. For example, for cases that may benefit significantly from the additional information, there could be efficiency gains from the final rules if the costs associated with the use of depositions are smaller than the value of the information gained from depositions. However, we note that because parties may not take into account the costs that depositions may impose on other individuals and/or entities, a potential consequence of the adopted amendments to Rule 233 is that parties may engage in more discovery than is efficient. For example, for proceedings that may not benefit significantly from information gained from a deposition, requesting depositions may result in inefficiency by imposing costs on all attendees of the deposition, including the deposing party, the other parties to the proceeding, the deponent, and third parties, without any significant informational benefit. However, we believe that the amendments to Rules 232 and 233 may mitigate the risk of this efficiency loss by setting forth standards for the issuance of subpoenas and motions to quash deposition notices and subpoenas, and setting a limit on the maximum number of depositions each side may notice.
Ultimately, it is difficult to predict with any certainty the economic efficiency gains, if any, from the addition of depositions, a longer prehearing period, and associated rule changes. At the same time, we recognize that there are necessarily cost increases from longer hearing periods and additional discovery tools, and as we have explained, those costs are borne by respondents and the Division, as well as other attendees of depositions, including deponents, and third parties. We continue to believe that any such costs are appropriate given the benefits of such rule changes.
The final amendments to Rule 222 specify a set of submissions and disclosures that hearing officers may require from parties to a proceeding, and require parties to a proceeding who intend to call expert witnesses to submit information about these expert witnesses. Though producing submissions and disclosures may cause parties to proceedings to incur costs, these amendments may yield benefits by facilitating access to information that may aid in interpreting statements, evidence, and testimony during hearings. We are aware that some hearing officers may currently require submissions and disclosures similar to those referenced in amended Rule 222, so the final rule will impose costs and yield benefits only to the extent that they result in additional information being submitted to hearing officers beyond that submitted under current practice.
As discussed above, Rule 250 has been amended to provide that both sides to a proceeding shall be permitted, as a matter of right, to make certain dispositive motions in certain types of proceedings. The amendments to Rule 250 clarify how dispositive motions will operate in conjunction with the amendments to Rules 233 and 360, which permit parties to take depositions and provide for a longer maximum prehearing period.
Amended Rule 250 may improve the efficiency of administrative proceedings by eliminating unnecessary hearings. The ability of either side to bring a dispositive motion serves several functions, including those attendant to potential early resolution of claims. For example, in proceedings where the underlying facts are not in dispute, the granting of a dispositive motion may reduce the costs borne by all parties by narrowing the focus of or entirely eliminating the need for a hearing. On the other hand, where motions are filed in proceedings not susceptible to resolution via dispositive motion, the decision to allow dispositive motions could delay proceedings or otherwise result in inefficiencies. For example, if the hearing officer grants summary disposition, delays could result if the Commission subsequently remands the case for an evidentiary hearing. Such delays could result in costs to parties to the proceeding.
Because the amendments to Rule 250 largely clarify how pre-existing motion practice will operate alongside the amendments to Rules 233 and 360, the rule change may not result in a significant departure from current practice. Further, we cannot predict with certainty how practice will change in response to the availability of dispositive motions filed pursuant to amended Rules 250(a), (b), and (d) as a matter of right—rather than with leave of the hearing officer—given that parties will respond based on the individual facts of each case and their own cost estimates of filing the motions. We are thus unable to estimate the total potential costs associated with these amendments. Moreover, to the extent a party files a motion under amended Rule 250 where it would not have filed under previous Rule 250, we do not have sufficient information to quantify the individual costs associated with
As mentioned previously, although commenters generally supported extensions of the prehearing period previously proposed under Rule 360, some suggested that longer periods be adopted. Longer prehearing periods for discovery, whether restricted only to 120-day proceedings, or permitted for all proceedings as one commenter suggested, would allow parties more time to prepare for a hearing, but might adversely affect the timely and efficient resolution of administrative proceedings.
As alternatives to the final rule amending Rule 233, we could continue to permit depositions only when a witness is likely to be unable to attend or testify at a hearing, or we could authorize other limited discovery tools, such as the use of interrogatories or requests for admissions in lieu of depositions. Although alternatives such as interrogatories or admissions might reduce some of the costs of the discovery process (
Commenters also suggested that the Commission allow even more depositions per side than proposed. As we have noted previously, permitting parties to the proceedings to take additional depositions may result in both benefits and costs for all parties. Additional depositions could lead to more focused hearings, but may impose costs on entities involved in the depositions, and ultimate resolution of the proceeding may be delayed. We believe that the final amendments to Rule 233 that permit the hearing officer to grant an additional two depositions to a side will make administrative proceedings flexible enough to realize the benefits of additional depositions when they are necessary, while avoiding unnecessarily delaying proceedings for additional depositions.
Another alternative to amended Rule 233 would be to adopt the proposed limit of three depositions per side for single-respondent proceedings and five depositions per side for multi-respondent proceedings and not permit the hearing officer to allow two additional depositions per side. As discussed previously, the informational benefit of each additional deposition would depend on the particulars of the administrative proceeding, and some proceedings may present unique challenges that warrant affording the parties additional opportunities to conduct prehearing depositions. The Commission believes that providing an opportunity for two additional depositions strikes a balance between the potential benefits from additional fact-finding and the corresponding impact on the overall goal of timely resolving administrative proceedings.
The Commission finds, in accordance with Section 553(b)(3)(A) of the Administrative Procedure Act,
These amendments to the Rules of Practice are being adopted pursuant to statutory authority granted to the Commission, including section 3 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 15 U.S.C. 7202; section 19 of the Securities Act, 15 U.S.C. 77s; sections 4A, 19, and 23 of the Exchange Act, 15 U.S.C. 78d-1, 78s, and 78w; section 319 of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, 15 U.S.C. 77sss; sections 38 and 40 of the Investment Company Act, 15 U.S.C. 80a-37 and 80a-39; and section 211 of the Investment Advisers Act, 15 U.S.C. 80b-11.
Administrative practice and procedure.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 17 CFR part 201 is amended as follows:
5 U.S.C. 77f, 77g, 77h, 77h-1, 77j, 77s, 77u, 77sss, 77ttt, 78c(b), 78d-1, 78d-2, 78
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(iv)
(A) Any method specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section that is not prohibited by the law of the foreign country; or
(B) By any internationally agreed means of service that is reasonably calculated to give notice, such as those authorized by the Hague Convention on the Service Abroad of Judicial and Extrajudicial Documents; or
(C) Any method that is reasonably calculated to give notice:
(
(
(
(D) By any other means not prohibited by international agreement, as the Commission or hearing officer orders.
(v)
(3)
The requirements in this section apply to motions and related filings except where another rule expressly governs.
(b) * * * Briefs in opposition to a motion shall be filed within five days after service of the motion. * * *
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(iii) The granting of any stay pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall stay the timeline pursuant to § 201.360(a).
(a) * * *
(1)
(i) Exclude that person from such deposition, hearing or conference, or any portion thereof; and/or
(2)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(c)
(1) Simplification and clarification of the issues;
(2) Exchange of witness and exhibit lists and copies of exhibits;
(3) Timing of expert witness disclosures and reports, if any;
(4) Stipulations, admissions of fact, and stipulations concerning the contents, authenticity, or admissibility into evidence of documents;
(5) Matters of which official notice may be taken;
(6) The schedule for exchanging prehearing motions or briefs, if any;
(7) The method of service for papers other than Commission orders;
(8) The filing of any motion pursuant to § 201.250;
(9) Settlement of any or all issues;
(10) Determination of hearing dates;
(11) Amendments to the order instituting proceedings or answers thereto;
(12) Production, and timing for completion of the production, of documents as set forth in § 201.230, and prehearing production of documents in response to subpoenas duces tecum as set forth in § 201.232;
(13) Specification of procedures as set forth in § 201.202;
(14) Depositions to be conducted, if any, and date by which depositions shall be completed; and
(15) Such other matters as may aid in the orderly and expeditious disposition of the proceeding.
(b)
(i) A complete statement of all opinions the witness will express and the basis and reasons for them;
(ii) The facts or data considered by the witness in forming them;
(iii) Any exhibits that will be used to summarize or support them; and
(iv) A statement of the compensation to be paid for the study and testimony in the case.
(2)
(ii) Communications between a party's attorney and the party's expert witness who is required to provide a report under this section need not be furnished regardless of the form of the communications, except if the communications relate to compensation for the expert's study or testimony, identify facts or data that the party's attorney provided and that the expert considered in forming the opinions to be expressed, or identify assumptions that the party's attorney provided and that the expert relied on in forming the opinions to be expressed.
The revision and additions read as follows:
(b)
(1) * * *
(iv) The document reflects only settlement negotiations between the Division of Enforcement and a person or entity who is not a respondent in the proceeding; or
(2) Unless the hearing officer orders otherwise upon motion, the Division of Enforcement may redact information from a document if:
(i) The information is among the categories set forth in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (v) of this section; or
(ii) The information consists of the following with regard to a person other than the respondent to whom the information is being produced:
(A) An individual's social-security number;
(B) An individual's birth date;
(C) The name of an individual known to be a minor; or
(D) A financial account number, taxpayer-identification number, credit card or debit card number, passport number, driver's license number, or state-issued identification number other than the last four digits of the number.
(a)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(2)
(3)
(i) The proposed deponent was a witness of or participant in any event, transaction, occurrence, act, or omission that forms the basis for any claim asserted by the Division of Enforcement, any defense, or anything else required to be included in an answer pursuant to § 201.220(c) by any respondent in the proceeding (this excludes a proposed deponent whose only knowledge of these matters arises from the Division of Enforcement's investigation or the proceeding);
(ii) The proposed deponent is a designated as an “expert witness” under § 201.222(b); provided, however, that the deposition of an expert who is required to submit a written report under § 201.222(b) may only occur after such report is served; or
(iii) The proposed deponent has custody of documents or electronic data relevant to the claims or defenses of any party (this excludes Division of Enforcement or other Commission officers or personnel who have custody of documents or data that was produced by the Division to the respondent).
(f)
(a)
(1) If the proceeding involves a single respondent, the respondent may file written notices to depose no more than three persons, and the Division of Enforcement may file written notices to depose no more than three persons.
(2) If the proceeding involves multiple respondents, the respondents collectively may file joint written notices to depose no more than five persons, and the Division of Enforcement may file written notices to depose no more than five persons. The depositions taken under this paragraph (a)(2) shall not exceed a total of five depositions for the Division of Enforcement, and five depositions for all respondents collectively.
(3)
(i)
(B) Upon consideration of the motion and any opposing papers, the hearing officer will issue an order either granting or denying the motion. The hearing officer shall consider the motion on an expedited basis.
(C) The proceeding shall not automatically be stayed pending the determination of the motion.
(ii)
(A) Identifying each of the witnesses whom the moving side plans to depose pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section as well as the additional witnesses whom the side seeks to depose;
(B) Describing the role of each witness and proposed additional witness;
(C) Describing the matters concerning which each witness and proposed additional witness is expected to be questioned, and why the deposition of each witness and proposed additional witness is necessary for the moving side's arguments, claims, or defenses; and
(D) Showing that the additional deposition(s) requested will not be unreasonably cumulative or duplicative.
(iii) If the moving side proposes to take and submit the additional deposition(s) on written questions, as provided in § 201.234, the motion shall so state. The motion for additional depositions shall constitute a motion under § 201.234(a), and the moving party is required to submit its questions with its motion under this rule. The procedures for such a deposition shall be governed by § 201.234.
(4) A deponent's attendance may be ordered by subpoena issued pursuant to the procedures in § 201.232; and
(5) The Commission or hearing officer may rule on a motion that a deposition noticed under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section shall not be taken upon a determination under § 201.232(e). The fact that a witness testified during an investigation does not preclude the deposition of that witness.
(b)
(c)
(1) The name and address of the witness whose deposition is to be taken;
(2) The time and place of the deposition; provided that a subpoena for a deposition may command a person to attend a deposition only as follows:
(i) Within 100 miles of where the person resides, is employed, or regularly transacts business in person;
(ii) Within the state where the person resides, is employed, or regularly transacts business in person, if the person is a party or a party's officer;
(iii) At such other location that the parties and proposed deponent stipulate; or
(iv) At such other location that the hearing officer or the Commission determines is appropriate; and
(3) The manner of recording and preserving the deposition.
(d)
(e)
(2)
(f)
(g)
(i) The deposition officer's name and business address;
(ii) The date, time, and place of the deposition;
(iii) The deponent's name;
(iv) The deposition officer's administration of the oath or affirmation to the deponent; and
(v) The identity of all persons present.
(2)
(3)
(h)
(2)
(i)
(2)
(i) Before the deposition begins; or
(ii) Promptly after the basis for disqualification becomes known or, with reasonable diligence, could have been known.
(3)
(ii)
(A) It relates to the manner of taking the deposition, the form of a question or answer, the oath or affirmation, a party's conduct, or other matters that might have been corrected at that time; and
(B) It is not timely made during the deposition.
(4)
(j)
(2)
(ii)
(k)
(i) To review the transcript or recording; and
(ii) If there are changes in form or substance, to sign a statement listing the changes and the reasons for making them.
(2)
(l)
(2)
(A) Offer copies to be marked, attached to the deposition, and then used as originals—after giving all parties a fair opportunity to verify the copies by comparing them with the originals; or
(B) Give all parties a fair opportunity to inspect and copy the originals after they are marked—in which event the originals may be used as if attached to the deposition.
(ii)
(3)
(m)
(a)
(c)
(a) At a hearing, any person wishing to introduce a prior, sworn deposition taken pursuant to § 201.233 or § 201.234, investigative testimony, or other sworn statement or a declaration pursuant to 28 U.S.C. 1746, of a witness, not a party, otherwise admissible in the proceeding, may make a motion setting forth the reasons therefor. If only part of a statement or declaration is offered in evidence, the hearing officer may require that all relevant portions of the statement or declaration be introduced. If all of a statement or declaration is offered in evidence, the hearing officer may require that portions not relevant to the proceeding be excluded. A motion to introduce a prior sworn statement or declaration may be granted if:
(2) The witness is out of the United States, unless it appears that the absence of the witness was procured by the party offering the prior sworn statement or declaration;
(4) The party offering the prior sworn statement or declaration has been unable to procure the attendance of the witness by subpoena; or
(5) In the discretion of the Commission or the hearing officer, it would be desirable, in the interests of justice, to allow the prior sworn statement or declaration to be used. In making this determination, due regard shall be given to the presumption that witnesses will testify orally in an open hearing. If the parties have stipulated to accept a prior sworn statement or declaration in lieu of live testimony, consideration shall also be given to the convenience of the parties in avoiding unnecessary expense.
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(1)
(2)
(ii) For motions under paragraph (c) of this section, any opposition must be filed within 21 days after service of such a motion, and any reply must be filed within seven days after service of any opposition.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, the Commission or the hearing officer may receive relevant evidence and shall exclude all evidence that is irrelevant, immaterial, unduly repetitious, or unreliable.
(b) Subject to § 201.235, evidence that constitutes hearsay may be admitted if it is relevant, material, and bears satisfactory indicia of reliability so that its use is fair.
(a) * * *
(2)
(A) The completion of post-hearing briefing in a proceeding where the hearing has been completed; or
(B) The completion of briefing on a § 201.250 motion in the event the hearing officer has determined that no hearing is necessary; or
(C) The determination by the hearing officer that, pursuant to § 201.155, a party is deemed to be in default and no hearing is necessary.
(ii)
(3)
(ii) Either in addition to a certification of extension, or instead of a certification of extension, the Chief Administrative Law Judge may submit a motion to the Commission requesting an extension of the time period for filing the initial decision. First, the hearing officer presiding over the proceeding must consult with the Chief Administrative Law Judge. Following such consultation, the Chief Administrative Law Judge may determine, in his or her discretion, to submit a motion to the Commission requesting an extension of the time period for filing the initial decision. This motion may request an extension of any length but must be filed no later than 15 days prior to the expiration of the time specified in the certification of extension, or if there is no certification of extension, 30 days prior to the expiration of the time specified in the order instituting proceedings. The motion will be served upon all parties in the proceeding, who may file with the Commission statements in support of or in opposition to the motion. If the Commission determines that additional time is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, the Commission shall issue an order extending the time period for filing the initial decision.
(iii) The provisions of this paragraph (a)(3) confer no rights on respondents.
(b)
(c)
(b)
(c)
The revision reads as follows:
(d)
The revision and addition read as follows:
(a)
(1) Final disciplinary sanction;
(2) Denial or conditioning of membership or participation;
(3) Prohibition or limitation in respect to access to services offered by that self-regulatory organization or a member thereof; or
(4) Bar from association as to which a notice is required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 19(d)(1) of the Exchange Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(d)(1).
(c) * * * Any exception to a determination not supported in an
(b)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a)
(i) To the extent possible, a decision by the Commission on review of an interlocutory matter should be completed within 45 days of the date set for filing the final brief on the matter submitted for review.
(ii) To the extent possible, a decision by the Commission on a motion to stay a decision that has already taken effect or that will take effect within five days of the filing of the motion, should be issued within five days of the date set for filing of the opposition to the motion for a stay. If the decision complained of has not taken effect, the Commission's decision should be issued within 45 days of the date set for filing of the opposition to the motion for a stay.
(iii) Ordinarily, a decision by the Commission with respect to an appeal from the initial decision of a hearing officer, a review of a determination by a self-regulatory organization or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or a remand of a prior Commission decision by a court of appeals will be issued within eight months from the completion of briefing on the petition for review, application for review, or remand order. If the Commission determines that the complexity of the issues presented in a petition for review, application for review, or remand order warrants additional time, the decision of the Commission in that matter may be issued within ten months of the completion of briefing.
(iv) If the Commission determines that a decision by the Commission cannot be issued within the period specified in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, the Commission may extend that period by orders as it deems appropriate in its discretion. The guidelines in this paragraph (a) confer no rights or entitlements on parties or other persons.
(2) The guidelines in this paragraph (a) do not create a requirement that each portion of a proceeding or the entire proceeding be completed within the periods described. Among other reasons, Commission review may require additional time because a matter is unusually complex or because the record is exceptionally long. In addition, fairness is enhanced if the Commission's deliberative process is not constrained by an inflexible schedule. In some proceedings, deliberation may be delayed by the need to consider more urgent matters, to permit the preparation of dissenting opinions, or for other good cause. The guidelines will be used by the Commission as one of several criteria in monitoring and evaluating its adjudicatory program. The guidelines will be examined periodically, and, if necessary, readjusted in light of changes
(b)
(c)
By the Commission.
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, DHS.
Final rule.
This final rule, consistent with the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA), expands the class of individuals who may be eligible for a provisional waiver of certain grounds of inadmissibility based on the accrual of unlawful presence in the United States. The provisional unlawful presence waiver (“provisional waiver”) process allows certain individuals who are present in the United States to request from U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) a provisional waiver of these grounds of inadmissibility before departing the United States for consular processing of their immigrant visas—rather than applying for a waiver abroad after their immigrant visa interviews using the Form I-601, Waiver of Grounds of Inadmissibility (“Form I-601 waiver process”). The provisional waiver process is designed to encourage unlawfully present individuals to leave the United States, attend their immigrant visa interviews, and return to the United States legally to reunite with their U.S. citizen or lawful permanent resident (LPR) family members. Having an approved provisional waiver helps facilitate immigrant visa issuance at DOS, streamlines both the waiver and the immigrant visa processes, and reduces the time that applicants are separated from their U.S. citizen or LPR family members, thus promoting family unity. The rule is intended to encourage eligible individuals to complete the immigrant visa process abroad, promote family unity, and improve administrative efficiency.
This final rule is effective August 29, 2016.
Roselyn Brown-Frei, Office of Policy and Strategy, Residence and Naturalization Division, U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, Department of Homeland Security, 20 Massachusetts Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20529-2099, Telephone (202) 272-8377 (this is not a toll free number).
This final rule adopts the proposed rule that the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) published on July 22, 2015, with changes made in response to comments received. This final rule provides that eligibility for the provisional waiver will no longer be limited to the subset of statutorily qualified individuals who seek to immigrate as immediate relatives of U.S. citizens
This final rule, consistent with the INA, expands the provisional unlawful presence waiver process (hereinafter “provisional waiver process”), which specifies how an individual may be eligible to receive a provisional waiver of his or her inadmissibility for accrual of unlawful presence prior to departing the United States for processing of an immigrant visa application at a U.S. embassy or consulate abroad.
Generally, individuals who are in the United States and seeking lawful permanent resident (LPR) status must either obtain an immigrant visa abroad through what is known as “consular processing” with the Department of State (DOS) or apply to adjust their immigration status to that of an LPR in the United States, if eligible. Individuals present in the United States without having been inspected and admitted or paroled are typically ineligible to adjust their status in the United States. To obtain LPR status, such individuals must leave the United States for immigrant visa processing at a U.S. Embassy or consulate abroad. But because these individuals are present in the United States without having been inspected and admitted or paroled, their departures may trigger a ground of
Under subclause (I) of this provision, an individual who has been unlawfully present in the United States for more than 180 days but less than one year, and who then departs voluntarily from the United States before the commencement of removal proceedings, is inadmissible for 3 years from the date of departure.
The Secretary of Homeland Security (Secretary) may waive this ground of inadmissibility for an individual who can demonstrate that the refusal of his or her admission to the United States would result in extreme hardship to his or her U.S. citizen or LPR spouse or parent.
For some individuals, the Form I-601 waiver process led to lengthy separations of immigrant visa applicants from their family members, causing some U.S. citizens and LPRs to experience the significant emotional and financial hardships that Congress aimed to avoid when it authorized the waiver.
On January 3, 2013, DHS promulgated a final rule,
Administration of the provisional waiver process has shown that granting a provisional waiver prior to the departure of an immediate relative of a U.S. citizen can reduce the time that such family members are separated. The grant of a provisional waiver also reduces hardships to U.S. citizen families and lowers the processing costs for DHS and DOS. In light of these benefits, and because other individuals are statutorily eligible for waivers of the 3- and 10-year unlawful presence bars, DHS decided to remove restrictions that prevented certain individuals from seeking such waivers through the provisional waiver process. On July 22, 2015, DHS proposed to expand the class of individuals who may be eligible for provisional waivers beyond certain immediate relatives of U.S. citizens to all statutorily eligible individuals regardless of their immigrant visa classification. DHS also proposed to expand the class of individuals who could obtain provisional waivers, consistent with the statutory waiver authority, by permitting consideration of extreme hardship not only to U.S. citizen spouses or parents, but also to LPR spouses or parents.
In this final rule, DHS adopts the changes discussed in the proposed rule with several modifications in response to comments submitted on the proposed rule. The new modifications include:
(1) Clarifying that all individuals seeking provisional waivers, including those in removal proceedings before the Executive Office for Immigration Review (EOIR), must file applications for provisional waivers with USCIS.
(2) Allowing individuals to apply for provisional waivers even if USCIS has a reason to believe that they may be subject to other grounds of inadmissibility.
(3) Eliminating the proposed temporal limitations that would have restricted eligibility for provisional waivers based on DOS visa interview scheduling.
(4) Allowing individuals with final orders of removal, exclusion, or deportation to be eligible for provisional waivers provided that they have already applied for, and USCIS has approved, an Application for Permission to Reapply for Admission into the United States After Deportation or Removal, Form I-212.
(5) Clarifying that DHS must have actually reinstated a removal, deportation, or exclusion order in order for an individual who has returned to the United States unlawfully after removal to be ineligible for a provisional waiver on that basis.
In addition, DHS made several technical and non-substantive changes.
This rule's expansion of the provisional waiver process will create costs and benefits for newly eligible provisional waiver (Form I-601A) applicants, their U.S. citizen or LPR family members, and the Federal Government (namely, USCIS and DOS), as outlined in the Summary Table. This rule will impose fee, time, and travel
Newly eligible provisional waiver applicants and their U.S. citizen or LPR family members will benefit from this rule. Those applying for provisional waivers will receive advance notice of USCIS' decision to provisionally waive their 3- or 10-year unlawful presence bar before they leave the United States for their immigrant visa interview abroad. This offers applicants and their family members the certainty of knowing that the applicants have been provisionally approved for waivers of the 3- and 10-year unlawful presence bars before departing from the United States. Individuals with approved provisional waivers may experience shortened periods of separation from their family members living in the United States while they pursue issuance of immigrant visas abroad, thus reducing any related financial and emotional strains on the families. USCIS and DOS will continue to benefit from the operational efficiencies gained from the provisional waiver's role in streamlining immigrant visa application processing, but on a larger scale.
In the absence of this rule, DHS assumes that the majority of individuals who are newly eligible for provisional waivers under this rule will likely continue to pursue an immigrant visa through consular processing abroad and apply for waivers of grounds of inadmissibility resulting from the accrual of unlawful presence through the Form I-601 waiver process. Those who apply for unlawful presence waivers through the Form I-601 waiver process will incur fee, time, and travel costs similar to individuals applying for waivers through the provisional waiver process. However, without this rule, individuals who must seek a waiver of inadmissibility abroad through the Form I-601 waiver process after the immigrant visa interview may face longer separation times from their families in the United States and will experience less certainty regarding the approval of a waiver of the 3- or 10-year unlawful presence bar before departing from the United States. Absent a waiver, individuals who are subject to these bars would be unable to obtain LPR status for either 3 or 10 years.
Under section 212(a)(9)(B) of the INA, 8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(9)(B), an individual who has accrued more than 180 days of unlawful presence in the United States and then leaves the United States generally is inadmissible for a specified period after the individual's departure. The inadmissibility period lasts for 3 years if the individual accrued more than 180 days but less than 1 year of unlawful presence, and for 10 years if the individual accrued 1 year or more of unlawful presence. Under INA section 212(a)(9)(B)(v), 8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(9)(B)(v), the Secretary of Homeland Security (“Secretary”) has discretion to waive this ground of inadmissibility if the Secretary finds that denying the applicant's admission to the United States would result in extreme hardship to the applicant's U.S. citizen or LPR spouse or parent. INA section 103, 8 U.S.C. 1103, gives the Secretary the authority to prescribe regulations for the administration and enforcement of the immigration and naturalization laws of the United States.
On July 22, 2015, DHS published a notice of proposed rulemaking to expand eligibility for provisional waivers of certain grounds of inadmissibility based on the accrual of unlawful presence to all individuals who are statutorily eligible for a waiver
In response to the proposed rule, DHS received 606 public comments from individuals, advocacy groups, attorneys, organizations, schools, and local governments. Some of the comments were submitted through mass mailing or email campaigns or petitions expressing support for or opposition to the provisional waiver process in general. Opinions on the proposed rule varied, but the majority of commenters (472) were supportive of the proposed expansion. Many of these commenters made additional suggestions to improve the provisional waiver process overall. These suggestions are discussed below.
DHS received 82 comments opposed to the proposed rule. In many of these instances, these commenters argued that the Executive Branch lacks the legal authority to implement the proposed changes. Commenters indicated that expanding the program amounted to an abuse of authority. One commenter asserted that the rule exceeded the Secretary's authority under the INA and that provisionally approving a waiver before an individual departs from the United States based on a family unity rationale was arbitrary and capricious. Some commenters also believed that the provisional waiver process would grant legal status to individuals unlawfully present in the United States. Others asked that USCIS prioritize the lawful immigrant community over those unlawfully present in the United States.
DHS received 52 comments that either did not clearly express an opinion in support of or in opposition to the proposed rule or that did not address any aspect of the proposed rule. For example, a few commenters provided input on immigrants in general, immigration policy, the Federal government, and other government programs that are not within the scope of this rulemaking. Because these comments address nothing in the proposed rule, DHS provides no specific response to them.
Unless mentioned in this supplementary information, commenters did not make any specific suggestions for changes to the provisional waiver process based on what DHS outlined in the proposed rule. In preparing this final rule, DHS counted and considered each public comment and other relevant materials that appear in the Federal Docket Management System (FDMS). All comments received may be reviewed in FDMS at
This final rule adopts most of the regulatory amendments set forth in the proposed rule except for a few provisions, as explained in this preamble. The rationale for the proposed rule and the reasoning provided in its preamble remain valid with respect to the regulatory amendments adopted. Additionally, DHS has made several changes to the regulatory provisions based on the comments received. This final rule also adopts the technical regulatory amendments suggested in the proposed rule without change. This final rule does not address comments seeking changes in U.S. laws, regulations, or agency policies that are unrelated to the provisional waiver process or the clarifying technical amendments to 8 CFR 212.7. This final rule does not change the procedures or policies of other DHS components or Federal agencies, or resolve issues outside the scope of this rulemaking.
The 60-day public comment period for the proposed rule ended on September 21, 2015. The majority of comments came from supporters who agreed that the proposed rule would promote family unity and reduce the length of time family members would be separated. Many considered family unity as one of the core principles of U.S. immigration law and stated that this rulemaking benefitted the United States overall, not just families. Several commenters made suggestions for simplifying the provisional waiver process overall.
Some commenters identified themselves as U.S. citizens or LPR family members (including children) who were worried about their relatives' immigration situations and about being separated from their family members for prolonged time periods. Numerous commenters who urged DHS to implement the proposed expansion shared personal stories and described hardships they have experienced or may experience upon being separated from family members. Many reasoned that keeping families together assists the U.S. economy and otherwise strengthens the country, because many individuals who are undocumented work hard, pay taxes, and are concerned about the well-being of their children. Many asserted that the 3- and 10-year unlawful presence bars and other bars to admissibility are inhumane and cruel and that these laws need to change. Backlogs in the immigration system, such as visa backlogs, were raised generally by commenters as additional reasons for supporting this rule. Some commenters also believed that expanding eligibility for the provisional waiver process would streamline the waiver adjudication process for applicants inadmissible based on the accrual of unlawful presence in the United States, thereby making the immigrant visa process faster and more predictable. Finally, a commenter expressed the belief that expanding the process would reduce burdens on DOS.
Several commenters who disagreed with the proposed expansion argued that the Executive Branch lacks the legal authority to implement the proposed changes without congressional approval. Others stated that the proposed expansion is the Administration's way of circumventing existing laws, creating amnesty, and favoring those who are unlawfully present over lawful immigrants. Some considered the measure to be unconstitutional, arbitrary, and capricious. A number of commenters asserted that the expansion would reward law breakers, further illegal immigration, and lead to system abuse and fraud, as well as additional social problems.
For several commenters, unifying families was not an acceptable justification for the proposed rule. Some asserted that it is not the U.S. Government's place to accommodate people who are in the country illegally. Those commenters expressed that family separation is a natural consequence of an individual's choice to break the law. Others asserted that expanding the process would undermine the Nation's sovereignty, economy, security, and proper law enforcement efforts. Overall, these commenters believed that the expansion would erode the integrity of the immigration system.
Many of the commenters identified themselves as lawful immigrants or relatives of lawful immigrants. Some of these individuals voiced disappointment over the proposed expansion and indicated that the Federal Government's money and resources would be better invested in assisting U.S. citizens and lawful immigrants. These commenters emphasized that they have complied with the law, paid taxes, and worked hard toward maintaining lawful status,
One commenter suggested that local governments, rather than the Federal Government, should control the immigration process. This commenter indicated that local governments are in a better position to consider the costs of immigration measures to local communities. Other commenters considered the rule unnecessary and current regulations sufficient to address the immigrant community's needs. One commenter asked that DHS restrict and not expand the provisional waiver process in order to better control the U.S. border.
DHS has reviewed all of the public comments received in response to the proposed rule and addresses those comments focused on aspects in this final rule. DHS's responses to these comments are grouped by subject area, with a focus on the most common issues and suggestions raised by the commenters. The response to each comment also explains whether DHS made any changes to address the comment. DHS received no comments on the following topics addressed in the proposed rule: Inclusion of Diversity Visa selectees; inclusion of derivative spouses and children; the rejection criteria; the validity of an approved provisional waiver; and automatic revocation.
A number of commenters questioned the Department's legal authority to expand the provisional waiver process. Some commenters expressed the view that the rule constituted an attempt to circumvent Congress, and that it was as an effort in disregard of current immigration laws, including case law. Some commenters also stated that the proposed rule exceeded DHS authorities in implementing the Secretary's directive to expand eligibility for provisional waivers. Others asserted that the rule was arbitrary and capricious.
DHS disagrees that this rule's expansion of the provisional waiver process exceeds the Secretary's legal authority. As a preliminary matter, the Federal Government has plenary authority over immigration and naturalization, and Congress may enact legislation establishing immigration law and policy.
More specifically, Congress provided for a waiver of the 3- and 10-year unlawful presence bars in INA section 212(a)(9)(B)(v), 8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(9)(B)(v), for individuals who can demonstrate extreme hardship to certain qualifying relatives. That section does not restrict the manner in which eligible individuals can seek such waivers. In 2013, DHS created the provisional waiver process to allow certain immigrant visa applicants who are immediate relatives of U.S. citizens to provisionally apply for waivers before they leave the United States for their consular interviews. The creation of this process was merely a procedural change that addressed the manner in which eligible individuals can apply for the statutorily provided waiver of inadmissibility.
Finally, DHS disagrees with commenters who stated that the proposed rule is arbitrary and capricious. The commenters appear to assert that DHS exceeds its statutory authority by violating the substantive requirements of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA).
Many commenters believed that expanding eligibility for the provisional waiver as proposed to all statutorily
Accordingly, some commenters suggested that all individuals with approved immigrant visa petitions should be able to participate in the provisional waiver process, regardless of whether they are located inside or outside the United States. Other commenters asked that USCIS allow individuals with approved immigrant visa petitions to apply for provisional waivers regardless of their priority dates, especially if they had been present in the United States for many years.
Many commenters asked that DHS allow the following categories of individuals to apply for provisional waivers: (1) Married or unmarried individuals over the age of 21 with U.S. citizen parents; (2) individuals over the age of 21, whether single or married; (3) spouses of U.S. citizens without a criminal record and with good standing in their communities; (4) parents of U.S. citizens with approved petitions; (5) sons-in-law and daughters-in-law; and 6) self-petitioning widows and widowers of U.S. citizens. Some commenters urged DHS to prioritize relatives of U.S. citizens over relatives of LPRs. Some commenters asked that DHS focus not only on families, but also on sponsored employees, corporations, and self-sponsored business owners. Others requested that DHS include the following categories of individuals in the provisional waiver process: (1) Those with nonimmigrant investor-type visas; (2) well-educated professionals; (3) those with approved immigrant visa petitions but without any family in the United States; (4) spouses of nonimmigrant visa holders who are beneficiaries of approved employment-based immigrant visa petitions (Forms I-140); and (5) those with pending immigrant visa petitions. Many commenters requested that USCIS adjust an individual's status to that of an LPR upon approval of the waiver; others mistakenly believed that USCIS already does so.
The Secretary is authorized to waive the 3- and 10-year unlawful presence bars for individuals seeking admission to the United States as immigrants if they can show that the refusal of admission would result in extreme hardship to a qualifying U.S. citizen or LPR spouse or parent, and provided that the applicant warrants a favorable exercise of discretion.
DHS can only expand the pool of individuals eligible for this process to those who fall within one of the current statutory immigrant visa classifications and who meet the requirements for the unlawful presence waiver described in INA section 212(a)(9)(B)(v), 8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(9)(B)(v). DHS cannot expand eligibility to those who are not statutorily eligible for such waivers under current law. Similarly, DHS cannot change who is statutorily eligible to adjust status in the United States. Intending immigrants who are present in the United States but ineligible to adjust status must depart the United States and obtain their immigrant visas through consular processing abroad; approval of a provisional waiver does not change this requirement.
As indicated above, many commenters asked that DHS expand the provisional waiver process to include additional categories of individuals, including sons or daughters who have approved immigrant visa petitions and are over the age of 21 or married. To clarify, in the proposed rule, DHS sought to include
A large number of commenters suggested that individuals with approved family-sponsored and employment-based immigrant visa petitions should be permitted to obtain provisional waivers if immigrant visas are unavailable to them as a result of visa backlogs.
A few commenters suggested that individuals with or without approved provisional waivers should be given interim benefits while awaiting visa availability. For example, one commenter requested that USCIS grant deferred action and work authorization to undocumented individuals who are U.S.-educated professionals in nursing, medical, or engineering fields, are the beneficiaries of family-sponsored petitions, and have displayed good conduct. Another commenter requested that an individual with an approved provisional waiver be issued a temporary Social Security number and renewable work authorization for a minimum of 3 years. A commenter asked USCIS to provide work authorization and advance parole documents to enable travel outside of,
DHS acknowledges the concerns many intending immigrants face due to backlogs in available immigrant visa numbers. As noted, DHS is broadening the availability of the provisional waiver process to include all statutorily eligible individuals—including all beneficiaries of family-sponsored and employment-based immigrant visa petitions, as well as Diversity Visa selectees—who have a qualifying relative under the statute for purposes of the extreme hardship determination. Beneficiaries in family-sponsored and employment-based preference categories, as well as Diversity Visa immigrants, are subject to annual numerical limits that have been set by Congress.
DHS does not consider it appropriate to make an application for a provisional waiver, or the approval of such an application, a basis for granting interim benefits, including an advance parole document or employment authorization. In particular, because an approved immigrant visa petition and a waiver of inadmissibility do not independently confer any immigration status or otherwise afford lawful presence in the United States, neither may typically serve as the basis for interim benefits. Furthermore, issuance of interim benefits to individuals who are granted provisional waivers may encourage them to postpone their timely departures from the United States to pursue their immigrant visa applications. The purpose of the provisional waiver process is not to prolong an applicant's unlawful presence in the United States. Rather, the purpose is to facilitate the applicant's departure to attend an immigrant visa interview abroad so that they may complete their application process for an immigrant visa. Moreover, providing an advance parole document is unnecessary because the premise of the provisional waiver process is that the applicant, if eligible, will depart the United States and return with an immigrant visa.
The provisional waiver process is designed to encourage unlawfully present individuals to leave the United States, attend their immigrant visa interviews, and return to the United States legally to reunite with their U.S. citizen or LPR family members. Having an approved provisional waiver helps facilitate immigrant visa issuance at DOS, streamlines both the waiver and the immigrant visa processes, and reduces the time that applicants are separated from their U.S. citizen or LPR family members, thus promoting family unity.
A few commenters asked DHS to extend eligibility for provisional waivers to individuals outside the United States. Commenters argued that such individuals should be eligible for provisional waivers because they are often relatives of U.S. citizens with approved immigrant visa petitions and have immigrant visa applications pending with DOS. These commenters also suggested that those who need waivers of the 3- and 10-year unlawful presence bars but are now outside the United States should not be disadvantaged by their decision to ultimately comply with the immigration laws by departing the United States. The commenters believed that DHS should apply the same rules and processes to all visa applicants.
DHS understands the difficulties that U.S. citizens and LPRs face when their family members are outside the United States and are attempting to navigate the immigrant visa process. DHS notes, however, that individuals who are outside the United States and are eligible for waivers of the 3- and 10-year unlawful presence bars may apply for such waivers through the preexisting Form I-601 waiver process. Considering the existence of the Form I-601 waiver process, DHS continues to believe that expanding the provisional waiver process to those individuals abroad would duplicate steps already incorporated in the DOS immigrant visa process and would not be an efficient use of agency resources. DHS thus will not adopt the suggestion.
However, to alleviate some of the delays in waiver processing for those filing from abroad, USCIS has implemented the centralization of Form I-601 application filings, which no longer requires that applicants schedule “waiver filing” appointments with a U.S. embassy or consulate. Instead, Form I-601 applicants now file the waiver application directly with USCIS at a centralized location in the United States, thereby significantly reducing the time they are required to be outside the United States. By centralizing the processing of these waiver applications at locations in the United States, USCIS is able to better ensure that applications are processed in the most efficient manner possible.
Several commenters requested that USCIS clarify the term “extreme hardship” in guidance or regulations. Others suggested that the proposed rule was legally flawed because DHS had not promulgated the requirements for establishing extreme hardship. Commenters requested that DHS clearly define the term and apply it fairly, including by considering the financial, emotional, and other harmful effects that result from separating families. Commenters believed that clarifying the term would lead to greater consistency in adjudication. One commenter asked that extreme hardship examples be included in guidance and in the provisional waiver application form.
Many commenters also requested that USCIS ease the extreme hardship standard and its documentary requirements, including, for example, by presuming extreme hardship in certain cases involving vulnerable families. Commenters often referenced the interim rule at 8 CFR 240.64(d)
Other commenters believed that if an applicant demonstrates some or all of the factors listed in the Secretary's November 20, 2014 memorandum directing expansion of the provisional waiver program
A considerable number of commenters suggested alternative standards of extreme hardship or asked that DHS include additional individuals as qualifying relatives for purposes of the extreme hardship determination. For example, commenters believed that USCIS should find extreme hardship if: (1) The applicant has a U.S. citizen spouse or parent; (2) a family is separated, or a child is separated from his or her parents; (3) family members lose their jobs because they have to travel to other countries; (4) the applicant's child would experience extreme hardship; (5) the applicant's sibling would experience extreme hardship; (6) the applicant would trigger the 3- or 10-year unlawful presence bar when departing the United States; (7) the applicant has waited for a prolonged period for an immigrant visa to become available; (8) the applicant is the beneficiary of an employment-based immigrant visa petition (because beneficiaries of such petitions may not have U.S. citizen or LPR qualifying relatives);
One commenter suggested that USCIS should contact experts and declarants claiming personal knowledge of a qualifying relative's hardship claim by mail in order to verify that such claims are legitimate. This commenter also suggested that DHS should only consider hardship flowing from a qualifying relative's decision to remain in the United States and not the hardship such a relative may confront if he or she chooses to depart with the inadmissible applicant. That commenter viewed as “hypothetical” the hardship that may result if the qualifying relative chooses to depart, but as “verifi[able]” the hardship resulting from the choice of a qualifying relative to stay behind in the United States. According to the commenter, considering hypothetical hardship in another country is unnecessary and too difficult to document.
Other commenters proposed that DHS provide in its regulations a list of consequences or other factors typically associated with removal that adjudicators would consider when making extreme hardship recommendations. These commenters suggested that such a list of factors be drawn from historical data and precedent decisions. The commenters further suggested that such a list would be analogous to what is provided in the regulation for NACARA
Finally, another commenter requested that USCIS establish specific questions related to hardship so that USCIS officers can quickly determine whether a threshold level of extreme hardship has been demonstrated.
DHS cannot adopt suggestions to revise the statutory requirements for waivers of the unlawful presence grounds of inadmissibility under INA section 212(a)(9)(B), 8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(9)(B). The authorizing statute requires the applicant to show extreme hardship to a U.S. citizen or LPR spouse or parent, and DHS does not have the authority to change the statutory requirement. DHS also cannot approve a provisional waiver application if the applicant has not demonstrated extreme hardship to a qualifying relative as required by the INA.
DHS also declines in this rulemaking to define extreme hardship for purposes of the provisional waiver (or more generally), or to create a rebuttable
Finally, DHS cannot extend the special accommodation for beneficiaries of immigrant visa petitions described in INA section 204(l), 8 U.S.C. 1154(l), to self-petitioning widows and widowers of U.S. citizens when such citizens died prior to filing immigrant visa petitions on behalf of their spouses. Under this section, USCIS may approve, or reinstate the approval of, an immigrant visa petition despite the death of the petitioner or principal beneficiary, if at least one beneficiary was residing in the United States when the relative died and continues to reside in the United States. If USCIS approves or reinstates the approval of the immigrant visa petition, USCIS also has discretion to act favorably on “any related applications.” INA section 204(l), 8 U.S.C. 1154(l). When Congress enacted INA section 204(l), 8 U.S.C. 1154(l), USCIS interpreted “any related applications” to include waiver applications that a beneficiary would have been able to file had the qualifying relative not died. But that section applies, by its express terms, only to an individual who “immediately prior to the death of his or her qualifying relative was . . . the beneficiary of a pending or approved petition.” If the deceased qualifying relative had not filed an immigrant visa petition at the time of death, there is no “pending or approved” petition to which INA section 204(l), 8 U.S.C. 1154(l), can apply. Nor can there be said to be any “related applications.”
A large number of commenters supporting this rule stated that U.S. immigration laws are overly harsh, and that these laws harm families of U.S. citizens and LPRs. In general, many commenters asked DHS to waive certain grounds of inadmissibility for which the INA does not currently provide relief for immigrants.
Several commenters requested that the provisional waiver process be available to individuals who are barred for unlawful reentry after previous immigration violations under INA section 212(a)(9)(C), 8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(9)(C). Others suggested making the process available to individuals who are inadmissible under that section if they are spouses of U.S. citizens or LPRs. A few commenters asked that certain categories of individuals receive special treatment.
DHS considered these comments but did not adopt the suggested changes. DHS cannot waive grounds of inadmissibility for those who are not authorized to receive waivers under the immigration laws. Implementation of these suggestions thus would have exceeded DHS's statutory authority. Other suggestions did not support a principal goal of the provisional waiver process, which is to streamline immigrant visa issuance for individuals who are eligible for an immigrant visa and otherwise admissible to the United States
Because the text of the statute forecloses the issue, DHS also rejects the suggestion to expand the provisional waiver process to include individuals who are inadmissible based on a return (or attempted return) without admission after previous immigration violations under INA section 212(a)(9)(C)(i), 8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(9)(C)(i). The relevant forms of relief for individuals who are inadmissible under that section are found at INA section 212(a)(9)(C)(ii) and (iii), 8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(9)(C)(ii) and (iii).
Under current regulations, USCIS must deny a provisional waiver application if USCIS has “reason to believe” that the applicant may be subject to a ground of inadmissibility other than unlawful presence at the time of the immigrant visa interview abroad (“reason-to-believe standard”). 8 CFR 212.7(e)(4)(i).
Commenters also urged DHS to expand the scope of the January 24, 2014 field guidance memorandum on the reason-to-believe standard.
Considering the confusion that has resulted from application of the reason-to-believe standard, DHS is eliminating the standard from the provisional waiver process in this final rule. Under the 2013 Rule, an approved provisional waiver would take effect if DOS subsequently determined that the applicant was ineligible for an immigrant visa only on account of the 3- or 10-year unlawful presence bar under INA section 212(a)(9)(B)(i), 8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(9)(B)(i). Accordingly, DHS had originally incorporated the reason-to-believe standard in the 2013 Rule to preclude individuals from obtaining provisional waivers if they may have triggered other grounds of inadmissibility. DHS reasoned, in part, that because the goal of the provisional waiver process was to streamline immigrant visa processing, it would be of little benefit to applicants or to DHS to grant provisional waivers to applicants who would eventually be denied immigrant visas based on other grounds of inadmissibility.
Since the implementation of the provisional waiver program, however, stakeholders have raised concerns over the application of the reason-to-believe standard. Among other things, DHS understands that the standard causes confusion for applicants, as evidenced by the comments submitted to this rule. Despite the Department's repeated attempts to explain the reason-to-believe standard, for example, commenters continue to erroneously believe that when USCIS denies a provisional waiver application under the reason-to-believe standard, the agency has actually made an inadmissibility determination with respect to the relevant other ground(s) of inadmissibility.
Alternatively, as explained in the 2013 Rule, it would be counterproductive for USCIS to make other inadmissibility determinations during the adjudication of provisional waiver applications, given DOS's role in the immigrant visa process. It is DOS, and not USCIS, that generally determines admissibility under INA section 212(a), 8 U.S.C. 1182(a), as part of the immigrant visa process, which includes an in-depth, in-person interview conducted by DOS consular officers. Moreover, it is U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) that ultimately determines admissibility at the time that individuals seek admission at a port of entry.
These considerations have prompted DHS to revisit the current approach. In this final rule, DHS has decided to eliminate the reason-to-believe standard as a basis for denying provisional waiver applications. Accordingly, when adjudicating such applications, USCIS will only consider whether extreme hardship has been established and whether the applicant warrants a favorable exercise of discretion. However, although this final rule eliminates the reason-to-believe standard, the final rule retains the provision that provides for the automatic revocation of an approved provisional waiver application if the DOS consular officer ultimately determines that the applicant is ineligible for the immigrant visa based on other grounds of inadmissibility.
As has always been the case, DHS will continue to uphold the integrity and security of the provisional waiver process by conducting full background and security checks to assess whether an individual may be a threat to national security or public safety. If the background check or the individual's immigration file reveals derogatory information, including a criminal record, USCIS will analyze the significance of the information and may deny the provisional waiver application as a matter of discretion.
Finally, the extreme hardship and discretionary eligibility assessments made during a provisional waiver adjudication could be impacted by additional grounds of inadmissibility and other information that was not known and therefore not considered during the adjudication. Accordingly, USCIS is not bound by these determinations when adjudicating subsequent applications filed by the same applicant, such as an application filed to waive grounds of inadmissibility, including a waiver of the unlawful presence grounds of inadmissibility. In other words, because separate inadmissibility grounds and material information not before USCIS at the time of adjudication may alter the totality of the circumstances present in an individual's case, a prior determination that an applicant's U.S. citizen or LPR spouse would suffer extreme hardship if the applicant were refused admission (and that the applicant merits a provisional waiver as a matter of discretion) does not dictate that USCIS must make the same determination in the future, although the factors and circumstances underlying the prior decision may be taken into account when reviewing the cases under the totality of the circumstances.
The proposed rule would have made certain immediate relatives of U.S. citizens ineligible for provisional waivers if DOS had initially acted before January 3, 2013 to schedule their immigrant visa interviews. DHS had also proposed to make other applicants ineligible if DOS initially acted before the effective date of this final rule to schedule their immigrant visa interviews.
In response to comments, and after consulting with DOS, DHS is eliminating the restrictions based on the date that DOS acted to schedule the immigrant visa interview. USCIS will adjust its processing of petitions and applications so that neither DOS nor USCIS will be adversely affected by the elimination of this restriction. Please note, however, that elimination of these date restrictions does not alter other laws and regulations relating to the availability of immigrant visas. Applicants will still be unable to obtain immigrant visas until an immigrant visa number is available based on the applicant's priority date. Applicants will need to act promptly, once DOS notifies them that they can file their immigrant visa application. If applicants do not apply within one year of this notice, DOS has authority to terminate their registration for an immigrant visa.
In such a situation, applicants will have two options for continuing to pursue a provisional waiver. One option is for an applicant to ask DOS to reinstate the registration pursuant to 22 CFR 42.83(d). If DOS reinstates the registration, approval of the immigrant visa petition is also reinstated. Once such an applicant has paid the immigrant visa processing fee for the related immigrant visa application, the applicant can apply for a provisional waiver. A second option is for the
Commenters requested that DHS eliminate restrictions that prevent individuals in removal proceedings from seeking provisional waivers. Under the current regulations, those in removal proceedings may apply for and be granted provisional waivers only if their removal proceedings have been and remain administratively closed.
Another commenter noted that immigration courts are severely backlogged and that individuals in removal proceedings often have to wait months or years before their cases can be scheduled or heard. This commenter asserted that requiring the case to be administratively closed before an individual may apply for the provisional waiver places an undue burden on the courts and also creates significant delays. Commenters generally believed that it would be more efficient if individuals were able to pursue provisional waivers and request termination or dismissal of proceedings upon approval of the waivers. They requested that the regulations and the provisional waiver application (Form I-601A) clarify that removal proceedings may be resolved by termination, dismissal, or a grant of voluntary departure if the provisional waiver is approved. Commenters believed that such a solution would simplify the provisional waiver process, improve efficiency in the immigration court system, and further the spirit of expanding the process to all individuals who are statutorily eligible for waivers of the unlawful presence ground of inadmissibility at INA section 212(a)(9)(B)(i), 8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(9)(B)(i).
Due to agency efficiency and resource concerns, DHS declines to adopt the above recommendations. On November 20, 2014, the Secretary directed the Department's immigration components—USCIS, ICE, and CBP—to exercise prosecutorial discretion, when appropriate, as early as possible in proceedings to ensure that DHS's limited resources are devoted to the greatest degree possible to the pursuit of enforcement priorities.
DHS believes the aforementioned steps being undertaken by ICE and EOIR to determine whether cases should be administratively closed effectively balances the commenters' provisional waiver eligibility concerns and agency resources in considering the exercise of prosecutorial discretion. Consequently, this rule has not changed the provisional waiver process and will not permit individuals in active removal proceedings to apply for or receive provisional waivers, unless their cases are administratively closed. The Department believes that current processes provide ample opportunity for eligible applicants to seek a provisional waiver, while improving the allocation of government resources and ensuring national security, public safety, and border security.
Commenters asked DHS to provide eligibility for provisional waivers to individuals who are subject to final orders of removal, deportation, or exclusion. Commenters asserted that many of these individuals may already request consent to reapply for admission, under 8 CFR 212.2(j), by filing an Application for Permission to Reapply for Admission into the United States After Deportation or Removal, Form I-212, before departing the United States for immigrant visa processing. Upon receiving such consent, the individual's order of removal, deportation, or exclusion would no longer bar him or her from obtaining an immigrant visa abroad. One commenter reasoned that providing eligibility to spouses and children with removal orders would permit more families to stay together.
Many commenters suggested that USCIS allow individuals to file provisional waiver applications “concurrently”
As a preliminary matter, DHS notes that requiring the filing of separate Forms I-601A and I-212 simply reflects the fact that they are intended to address two separate grounds of inadmissibility, each with different waiver eligibility requirements. In response to the comments, however, DHS has amended the rule to allow individuals with final orders of removal, deportation, or exclusion to apply for provisional waivers if they have filed a Form I-212 application seeking consent to reapply for admission and such an application has been conditionally approved.
Anyone who departs the United States while a final order is outstanding is considered to have executed that order.
Given that an applicant still has to demonstrate visa eligibility, including admissibility, at the time of the immigrant visa interview and that DHS has decided to eliminate the reason-to-believe standard, the Department believes the goals of the provisional waiver process are supported by making it available to those with final orders only if they already have conditionally approved a Form I-212 application. The final rule thus extends eligibility for provisional waivers to such individuals.
Finally, DHS notes that approval of Forms I-601A and I-212 does not waive inadmissibility under INA section 212(a)(9)(C), 8 U.S.C 1182(a)(9)(C), for having returned to the United States without inspection and admission or parole after a prior removal or prior unlawful presence.
Commenters requested that DHS address how voluntary departure under INA section 240B, 8 U.S.C. 1229c, affects provisional waiver eligibility. One commenter asked that USCIS provide eligibility for provisional waivers to individuals who have been granted voluntary departure but who failed to depart as required. Another commenter requested that regulations and instructions should clarify that an individual in compliance with an order of voluntary departure is considered by USCIS: (a) Not to be currently in removal proceedings; and (b) not subject to a final order of removal.
DHS has determined that individuals granted voluntary departure will not be eligible for provisional waivers. First, if an individual obtains voluntary departure while in removal proceedings, the immigration judge is required by law to enter an alternate order of removal.
Second, a fundamental premise for a grant of voluntary departure is that the individual who is granted voluntary departure intends to leave the United States as required.
Under current regulations, an individual is ineligible for a provisional waiver if he or she has an Application to Register Permanent Residence or Adjust Status, Form I-485 (“application for adjustment of status”), pending with USCIS, regardless of whether the individual is in removal proceedings.
DHS declines to adopt this suggestion. DHS believes that the commenter misunderstands the purpose of filing applications for adjustment of status. Those applications may be filed only by individuals who are in the United States and meet the statutory requirements for adjustment of status. If the applicant is eligible for adjustment of status, approval of the application adjusts one's status to that of an LPR in the United States, thus making it unnecessary to go abroad and obtain an immigrant visa. For those who are in the United States but are not eligible for adjustment of status, filing an application for adjustment of status serves no legitimate purpose. These individuals may not adjust status in the United States and must instead depart the United States and seek an immigrant visa at a U.S. consulate through consular processing. As these individuals are not eligible for adjustment of status, DHS believes it is inappropriate to invite them to submit applications seeking adjustment of status. Moreover, DOS has its own application process for immigrant visas. Thus, even if USCIS were to forward a denied application for adjustment of status to DOS, that application would have no role in the individual's application process with DOS. The individual would still be required to submit the proper DOS immigrant visa application to seek his or her immigrant visa.
A few commenters suggested that DHS consider imposing restrictions in the provisional waiver process, including by adding eligibility criteria for provisional waivers, to better prioritize the classes of individuals eligible to seek such waivers.
DHS declines to impose limitations or eligibility requirements for obtaining provisional waivers beyond those currently provided by regulation or statute.
Two commenters suggested that those who have committed crimes should be precluded from participating in the provisional waiver process, and another commenter cautioned DHS against adopting a standard that would allow provisional waiver eligibility to the “wrong people,” in the commenter's view, such as those who hate American values and principles.
As indicated above, DHS continues to uphold the integrity and security of the provisional waiver process by conducting full background and security checks to assess whether an applicant may be a threat to national security or public safety. If the background check or the applicant's immigration file reveals derogatory information, including a criminal record, USCIS analyzes the significance of the information and may deny the provisional waiver application as a matter of discretion.
Several commenters criticized USCIS' practice with respect to issuing Requests for Evidence (RFEs) or Notices of Intent to Deny (NOIDs) in cases where the agency ultimately denies provisional waiver applications. Commenters criticized USCIS for both (1) issuing denials without first submitting RFEs that provide applicants the opportunity to correct deficiencies, and (2) issuing RFEs that failed to clearly articulate the deficiencies in submitted applications. With respect to the latter, commenters indicated that RFEs tend to use boilerplate language that makes it impossible for applicants to respond effectively, especially with respect to assessments of extreme hardship or application of the reason-to-believe standard. Noting that terms such as “reason to believe” and “extreme hardship” are vague, commenters requested that USCIS issue detailed and case-specific RFEs or NOIDs (rather than templates) when the agency intends to deny applications, thereby giving applicants an opportunity to cure any deficiencies before such denials are issued.
As provided in 8 CFR 212.7(e)(8), and notwithstanding 8 CFR 103.2(b)(16), USCIS may deny a provisional waiver without issuing an RFE or NOID. USCIS, however, is committed to issuing RFEs to address missing and critical information that relates to extreme hardship or that may affect how USCIS exercises its discretion. USCIS officers also have the discretion to issue RFEs whenever the officer believes that additional evidence would aid in the adjudication of an application. Due to the streamlined nature of the program, USCIS currently provides applicants only 30 days to respond to an RFE in such cases.
USCIS will continue to issue RFEs in provisional waiver cases based on the current USCIS RFE policy
As explained in the 2013 Rule, a NOID gives an applicant the opportunity to review and rebut derogatory information of which he or she may be unaware. Because provisional waiver adjudications do not involve full assessments of inadmissibility, however, USCIS is not issuing NOIDs describing all possible grounds of inadmissibility that may apply at the time of the immigrant visa interview. Rather, USCIS continues to decide an applicant's eligibility based on the submitted provisional waiver application and related background and security checks. If the applicant's provisional waiver is ultimately denied, he or she may file a new Form I-601A application in accordance with the form's instructions. Alternatively, the individual can file an Application for Waiver of Grounds of Inadmissibility, Form I-601, with USCIS after he or she attends the immigrant visa interview and after the DOS consular officer determines that the individual is inadmissible.
A number of commenters requested that USCIS amend the regulations to allow applicants the opportunity to appeal, or otherwise seek reconsideration, of denied applications. Commenters stated that the only option for challenging wrongful denials is to file new applications or to hope that USCIS will exercise its
DHS declines to allow applicants to appeal or otherwise seek reconsideration of denials. The final rule retains the prohibition on appeals and motions, other than
Moreover, the provisional waiver process is intended to be a streamlined process that is closely coordinated with DOS immigrant visa processing. Holding cases during an administrative appeal of a provisional waiver application would produce logistical complications for the respective agencies, interrupting the regular adjudication flow, and therefore would be counterproductive to streamlining efforts.
As with the 2013 Rule, commenters asked DHS to include confidentiality protections so that denials of provisional waiver applications would not automatically trigger removal proceedings. The commenters asserted that the Department should provide regulatory assurances stating that DHS will not put provisional waiver applicants in removal proceedings, even if their applications are denied. According to the commenters, such assurances were necessary because a new Administration might institute a change in policy in this area.
DHS declines to adopt these suggestions as the Department already has effective policies on these issues. DHS focuses its resources on its enforcement priorities, namely threats to national security, border security, or public safety.
One commenter requested that DHS allow for the concurrent filing of a Petition for Alien Relative, Form I-130 (“family-based immigrant visa petition”), with the application for a provisional waiver. The commenter reasoned that allowing the concurrent filing of the provisional waiver application and a family-based immigrant visa petition would create efficiencies for applicants and the U.S. Government by reducing paperwork and wait times. Other commenters asked that USCIS allow concurrent filing of a Form I-212 application for consent to reapply for admission with the provisional waiver application if the applicant also needs to overcome the inadmissibility bar for prior removal under INA section 212(a)(9)(A), 8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(9)(A), at the time of the immigrant visa interview. Given that processing of Form I-212 applications already takes place in the United States, these commenters believed that it would make sense to adjudicate the Form I-212 and provisional waiver applications at the same time and by the same officer.
DHS has considered these comments but maintains that concurrent filing would undermine the efficiencies that USCIS and DOS gain through the provisional waiver process. Currently, denials of family-based immigrant visa petitions are appealable to the BIA.
DHS also declines to allow concurrent filing of Form I-212 and provisional waiver applications. In the event that a Form I-212 application is denied, the applicant may file an administrative appeal with the AAO. If USCIS allowed the concurrent filing of Form I-212 and provisional waiver applications, USCIS would again be faced with administratively inefficient options in cases where the Form I-212 application is denied and the applicant seeks to appeal that denial. As noted above, the agency would again be faced with the choice of either 1) holding the provisional waiver application in abeyance until the appeal is decided, or 2) denying the provisional waiver application and later reopening it if the appeal is sustained. As previously discussed, the provisional waiver process is intended to streamline DHS and DOS processes ahead of immigrant visa interviews at consular posts. The delay in the adjudication of provisional waiver applications that would result from allowing additional procedural steps would decrease the efficiencies derived from the provisional waiver process and thus be counterproductive to these streamlining efforts. As indicated previously in this preamble, however, DHS will allow an individual who has been approved for consent to reapply for admission under 8 CFR 212.2(j) to seek a provisional waiver. By allowing individuals with conditionally approved Form I-212 applications to apply for provisional waivers, DHS further expands the class of eligible individuals who can benefit from provisional waivers and, at the same time, maintains the program's streamlined efficiency.
Several commenters believed that DHS should require provisional waiver applicants to pay fines or fees of up to several thousand dollars to remain in the United States and obtain LPR status. Other commenters appeared to suggest that DHS should generally impose financial penalties on individuals unlawfully in the United States.
Congress has given the Secretary the authority to administer and enforce the immigration and naturalization laws of the United States.
DHS received several comments related to fees. One commenter noted that Congress has already approved DHS's funding for this fiscal year, and that Congress did not authorize changes to the Department's budget. The commenter thus requested an explanation as to why DHS believes that funding is available to effectuate the changes proposed by this rule. Another commenter believed that DHS and DOS should return immigrant visa fees to applicants if their provisional waiver applications are ultimately denied. One commenter stated that the derivative spouses of primary beneficiaries should pay separate application fees.
In contrast to many other U.S. Government agencies, USCIS does not rely on appropriated funds for most of its budget. Rather, USCIS is a fee-based agency that is primarily funded by the fees paid by applicants and petitioners seeking immigration benefits. USCIS relies on these fees to fund the adjudication of provisional waiver applications; none of the funds used for these adjudications comes from funds appropriated annually by Congress.
Furthermore, as noted above, the fees received with provisional waiver applications and immigrant visa petitions cover the costs of adjudication. These fees are necessary regardless of whether the application or petition is ultimately approved or denied. Therefore, USCIS does not return fees when a petition, application, or request is denied. For its part, DOS determines its own fees pursuant to its own authorities.
Finally, an individual who applies for a provisional waiver must submit the application with the appropriate filing and biometrics fees, as outlined in the form's instructions and 8 CFR 103.7, even if the individual is a derivative beneficiary.
A few commenters recommended that DHS establish a premium processing fee to expedite processing of provisional waiver applications. One commenter indicated that the processing time for a provisional waiver application should not exceed 30 days under premium processing.
DHS declines to adopt the suggestion to extend premium processing to provisional waiver applications. The INA permits certain employment-based petitioners and applicants for immigration benefits to request premium processing for a fee.
DHS has not extended premium processing to any immigration benefit except for those authorized under INA section 286(u), 8 U.S.C. 1356(u). Notably, INA section 286(u) expressly authorizes premium processing only for employment-based petitions and applications. Even if USCIS could develop an expedited processing fee for other benefits, USCIS would not apply it to the provisional waiver process, as that process requires background checks over which USCIS does not control timing. Additionally, determining an appropriate fee for such a new process would require USCIS to estimate the costs of that service and engage in separate notice-and-comment rulemaking to establish the new fee. Thus, DHS will not establish a Form I-601A premium processing fee at this time.
One commenter stated that the processing time for a provisional waiver application should generally not exceed 30 days. Other commenters urged USCIS to expedite the processing of applications for family members of active duty members or honorably discharged veterans of the U.S. Armed Forces. One commenter asked that DHS and DOS expedite the immigrant visa interviews of individuals with approved provisional waivers.
DHS did not incorporate these suggestions in this final rule. DHS believes the provisional waiver process is well managed, and officers adjudicate cases quickly after receiving an applicant's background check results. Creating an expedited process for certain applicants, including relatives of military members and veterans, would create inefficiencies and potentially slow the process for all provisional waiver applicants.
Additionally, even if DHS were to expedite the provisional waiver process for certain applicants, they would still be required to spend time navigating the DOS immigrant visa process. DHS believes that expediting the processing of provisional waiver applications for certain individuals would generally not significantly affect the processing time of their immigrant visa processing with DOS. Individuals often file their provisional waiver applications with USCIS while the DOS National Visa Center (NVC) pre-processes their immigrant visa applications. The NVC pre-processing of immigrant visa applications usually runs concurrently with the USCIS processing of provisional waiver applications. Thus, even if DHS were to expedite the provisional waiver process for certain applicants, those applicants would nevertheless be required to wait for DOS to complete its process. Additionally, the processing time for immigrant visa applications at the NVC largely depends on other outside factors, including whether applicants submit necessary documents to the NVC on a timely basis throughout the process. In many cases, including those in which applicants
DHS reminds applicants, however, that they may request expedited adjudication of a provisional waiver application according to current USCIS expedite guidance.
One commenter requested that USCIS conduct background checks and drug testing for provisional waiver applicants.
DHS is not modifying the background checks and biometrics requirement in this rule to include drug testing. Individuals seeking provisional waivers already must provide biometrics for background and security checks. Based in part on the background check results, USCIS determines whether the applicant is eligible for the waiver, including whether a favorable exercise of discretion is warranted. DHS only collects the biometric information needed to run such checks and to adjudicate any requested immigration benefit. Additional testing, such as a medical examination, is required within the DOS immigrant visa process and for DOS's visa eligibility determinations. Performing medical tests as part of the provisional waiver process would duplicate the DOS process.
DHS received a number of comments that are outside the scope of this rule. For example, one commenter asked USCIS to publish guidance on whether an individual who is subject to the 3- or 10-year unlawful presence bar, but who has already returned to the United States, could satisfy the requisite inadmissibility period while in the United States. Other commenters suggested that those with approved provisional waivers should be permitted to seek adjustment of status in the United States. Many asked DHS to extend the period for accepting adjustment of status applications pursuant to INA section 245(i), 8 U.S.C. 1255(i). Others requested that DHS: create a new waiver for people who leave the United States because of family emergencies; make certain immigrant visa categories immediately available or create new immigrant visa categories; Create new inadmissibility periods for purposes of INA sections 212(a)(9)(B)(i) and 212(a)(9)(C), 8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(9)(B)(i) and 1182(a)(9)(C); and generally modify immigration laws, particularly those perceived as harsh.
Other commenters requested changes to DOS consular processes or regulations, which are also not within the scope of this rule. For example, commenters asked DHS to instruct DOS consular officers to issue immigrant visas to applicants with approved provisional waiver applications.
Because DHS believes that these suggestions are outside the scope of this rule, the suggestions will not be addressed in this rule.
In one comment requesting that the DOS visa interview scheduling cut-off date be eliminated as an ineligibility requirement, the commenter cited DHS's acknowledgement that the 2013 Rule's provisional waiver application projections were overestimated. Because of the overestimation in the 2013 Rule, the commenter suggested that DHS likely overestimated provisional waiver applications resulting from the 2015 Proposed Rule. Since publication of the 2015 Proposed Rule, DHS has adjusted its application projection method based on new, revised data from DOS and this rule's new provisional waiver eligibility criteria. DHS believes this new method will better project the provisional waiver applications resulting from the rule.
DHS received many comments affirming the benefits of the provisional unlawful presence waiver described in the 2015 Proposed Rule. Commenters agreed that the provisional waiver's expansion would provide greater certainty for families, promote family unity, improve administrative efficiency, improve communication between DHS and other government agencies, facilitate immigrant visa issuance, save time and resources, and relieve the emotional and financial hardships that family members experience from separation.
DHS also received several economic-related comments that were outside the scope of this rule. Several commenters mentioned that obtaining legal status, which both the provisional and general unlawful presence waivers may facilitate, provides a significant benefit to the undocumented individual as well as American society. According to the commenters, this is because obtaining legal status tends to increase taxable income, reduce poverty, contribute to job growth, help businesses gain qualified employees, and add to consumer spending. Although DHS agrees that obtaining legal status provides important economic benefits to once-undocumented individuals, and the United States in general, those benefits are not directly attributable to the provisional waiver eligibility
A different commenter asserted that non-U.S. citizen workers hurt the economy. DHS disagrees with this comment and finds that it is beyond the scope of this rule because obtaining a waiver of inadmissibility (provisional or not) for unlawful presence does not provide employment authorization for someone who is unlawfully present. Receiving such a waiver is just one step in the process for gaining the legal status required to lawfully work in the United States.
After careful consideration of the public comments, as previously summarized in this preamble, DHS adopts the regulatory amendments in the proposed rule without change, except for the provisions noted below. In addition to these substantive changes, DHS also has made edits to the text of various provisions that do not change the substance of the proposed rule.
Currently, 8 CFR 212.7(e)(1) specifies that all provisional waiver applications, including an application made by an individual in removal proceedings before EOIR, must be filed with USCIS. The provision implies, but does not specifically state, that USCIS has exclusive jurisdiction to adjudicate and decide provisional waivers. With this final rule, DHS modifies the regulatory text to clarify that USCIS has exclusive jurisdiction, regardless of whether the applicant is or was in removal, deportation, or exclusion proceedings.
Under the 2013 Rule, an individual is ineligible for a provisional waiver if “USCIS has reason to believe that the alien may be subject to grounds of inadmissibility other than unlawful presence under INA section 212(a)(9)(B)(i)(I) or (II), 8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(9)(B)(I) or (II), at the time of the immigrant visa interview with the Department of State.” 8 CFR 212.7(e)(4)(i). The 2015 Proposed Rule proposed to retain this requirement but requested any alternatives that may be more effective than the current provisional waiver process or the amended process in the proposed rule.
In the proposed rule, DHS sought to retain date restrictions that prevented immediate relatives of U.S. citizens from obtaining provisional waivers if DOS acted prior to January 3, 2013 to schedule their immigrant visa interviews.
Since the inception of the provisional waiver process, individuals have been ineligible for provisional waivers if they are 1) subject to final orders of removal issued under INA sections 217, 235, 238, or 240, 8 U.S.C. 1187, 1225, 1228, or 1229a; 2) subject to final orders of exclusion or deportation under former INA sections 236 or 242, 8 U.S.C. 1226 or 1252 (pre-April 1, 1997), or 3) subject to final orders under any other provision of law (including an
Notwithstanding this change, individuals will remain ineligible for provisional waivers if 1) they have returned unlawfully to the United States after removal, and 2) CBP or ICE, after service of notice under 8 CFR 241.8, has reinstated a prior order of removal, deportation, or exclusion. Under INA section 241(a)(5), 8 U.S.C. 1231(a)(5), reinstatement of a such an order makes the individual ineligible for waivers of inadmissibility and other forms of relief.
Currently, an individual is ineligible for a provisional waiver if he or she is subject to reinstatement of a prior order under INA section 241(a)(5), 8 U.S.C. 1231(a)(5).
In this final rule, DHS made several technical and non-substantive changes. First, DHS amended 8 CFR 212.7(e)(2) by adding the word “document” after the terms “employment authorization” and “advance parole.” Additionally, DHS simplified the text of 8 CFR 212.7(e)(5). Currently, that provision outlines filing conditions, which are also provided in the instructions to provisional waiver applications. DHS, therefore, revised the provision to refer individuals to the filing instructions of the form.
This rule will not result in the expenditure by State, local and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year, and it will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no actions were deemed necessary under the provisions of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.
This rule is not a major rule as defined by section 804 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Act of 1996. This rule will not result in an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more; a major increase in costs or prices; or significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or on the ability of United States-based companies to compete with foreign-based companies in domestic and export markets.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule is a “significant regulatory action,” although not an economically significant regulatory action, under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the Office of Management and Budget has reviewed this regulation. This effort is consistent with Executive Order 13563's call for agencies to “consider how best to promote retrospective analysis of rules that may be outmoded, ineffective, insufficient, or excessively burdensome, and to modify, streamline, expand, or repeal them in accordance with what has been learned.”
After careful consideration of public comments on the 2015 Proposed Rule,
This rule's expansion of the provisional waiver process will create costs and benefits to newly eligible provisional waiver (Form I-601A) applicants, their U.S. citizen or LPR family members, and the Federal Government (namely, USCIS and DOS), as outlined in Table 1. This rule will impose fee, time, and travel costs on an estimated 100,000 newly eligible individuals who choose to complete and submit provisional waiver applications and biometrics (fingerprints, photograph, and signature) to USCIS for consideration during the 10-year period of analysis (
Newly eligible provisional waiver applicants and their U.S. citizen or LPR family members will benefit from this rule. Individuals applying for a provisional waiver will receive advance notice of USCIS' decision to provisionally waive their 3- or 10-year unlawful presence bar under INA section 212(a)(9)(B), 8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(9)(B), before they leave the United States for their immigrant visa interviews abroad. This offers applicants and their family members the certainty of knowing that the applicants have been provisionally approved for a waiver of certain unlawful presence grounds of inadmissibility before departing from the United States. Individuals with approved provisional waivers may experience shortened periods of separation from their family members living in the United States while they pursue immigrant visas abroad, thus reducing related financial and emotional strains on the families. USCIS and DOS will continue to benefit from the operational efficiencies gained from the provisional waiver's role in streamlining immigrant visa application processing, but on a larger scale than currently in place.
In the absence of this rule, DHS assumes that the majority of individuals who would have been newly eligible for provisional waivers under this rule will likely continue to pursue an immigrant visa through consular processing abroad and apply for waivers of unlawful presence through the Form I-601 process. Those who apply for unlawful presence waivers through the Form I-601 process will incur fee, time, and travel costs similar to individuals applying for waivers through the provisional waiver process. However, without this rule, those who must seek a waiver of inadmissibility abroad through the Form I-601 process after the immigrant visa interview may face longer separation times from their families in the United States and experience less certainty regarding the approval of a waiver of the 3- or 10-year unlawful presence bar before departing from the United States.
Individuals who are in the United States and seeking LPR status must either obtain an immigrant visa abroad through consular processing with DOS or apply to adjust status in the United States, if eligible. Those present in the United States without having been inspected and admitted or paroled are typically ineligible to adjust status in the United States. To obtain LPR status, such individuals must leave the United States for immigrant visa processing at a U.S. Embassy or consulate abroad. Because these individuals are present in the United States without having been inspected and admitted or paroled, many have accrued enough unlawful presence to trigger the 3- or 10-year unlawful presence grounds of inadmissibility when leaving the United States for immigrant visa processing abroad.
Before the introduction of the provisional waiver process, individuals seeking immigrant visas through consular processing were only able to apply for a waiver of a ground of inadmissibility, such as unlawful presence,
In some instances, the Form I-601 waiver process led to lengthy separations of immigrant visa applicants from their U.S. citizen or LPR spouses, parents, and children, causing financial and emotional harm. The Form I-601 waiver process also created processing inefficiencies for both USCIS and DOS through repeated interagency communication and through multiple consular appointments or interviews.
With the goals of streamlining the inadmissibility waiver process, facilitating efficient immigrant visa issuance, and promoting family unity, DHS promulgated a rule that established an alternative inadmissibility waiver process on January 3, 2013 (“2013 Rule”).
To assess the initial effectiveness of the provisional waiver process, DHS decided to offer this process to a limited group—certain immediate relatives of U.S. citizens—in the 2013 Rule.
This final rule adopts most of the regulatory amendments set forth in the 2015 Proposed Rule except for a few provisions. In particular, USCIS, in response to public comments on the 2015 Proposed Rule, will eliminate the current provisional waiver provisions addressing ineligibility for: (1) Reason to believe that the applicant may be inadmissible on grounds other than unlawful presence at the time of the DOS immigrant visa interview (8 CFR 212.7(e)(4)(i)); (2) DOS initially acting before January 3, 2013 (for certain immediate relatives) or before the effective date of this final rule to schedule an applicant's immigrant visa interview (proposed 8 CFR 212.7(e)(4)(iv) and 212.7(e)(5)(ii)(G)); and (3) applicants who are subject to an administratively final order of exclusion, deportation, or removal (8 CFR 212.7(e)(4)(vi)).
Other than the changes outlined in this rulemaking, DHS will maintain all other eligibility requirements for the provisional waiver as currently described in 8 CFR 212.7(e), including the requirements to submit biometrics, pay the provisional waiver filing fee and the biometric services fee, and be present in the United States at the time of the provisional waiver application filing and biometrics appointment.
This rule's amendments will provide more individuals seeking immigrant visas and their U.S. citizen or LPR family members with the provisional waiver's main benefit of shortened family separation periods, while increasing USCIS and DOS efficiencies by streamlining the immigrant visa process for such applicants.
In this analysis, DHS draws on applicable DOS visa ineligibility statistics and historical provisional waiver application data to estimate the current demand for provisional waivers and the anticipated demand directly resulting from this final rule. Illustrating the past demand for provisional waivers, Table 2 displays the actual numbers of Form I-601A receipts, approvals, and denials recorded for March of fiscal year (FY) 2013
Of the provisional waiver applications adjudicated from FY 2013 to FY 2015, USCIS denied a total of 9 percent for the following reasons: An applicant's lack of a qualifying relative for the waiver's extreme hardship determination (0.8 percent);
The actual Form I-601A filing demands illustrated in Table 2 differ from the estimates in the 2013 Rule's economic impact analysis. When DHS conducted the 2013 Rule's economic impact analysis, DHS did not have statistics on unlawful presence inadmissibility findings for certain immediate relatives that would have allowed for a precise calculation of the rule's impact. Due to these limitations, DHS instead estimated the rule's impact based on various demand scenarios. In the analysis for this final rule, DHS uses actual USCIS receipts for provisional waiver applications to determine the future demand for provisional waivers, as discussed later.
Table 3 shows DOS's historical findings of immigrant visa ineligibility due to only unlawful presence inadmissibility grounds
Table 4 shows DOS's historical findings of immigrant visa ineligibility due to unlawful presence and any other inadmissibility ground barring visa eligibility.
Population
Population impacted by this rule, excluding immediate relatives.
In the 2015 Proposed Rule, DHS based the demand for Form I-601A applications with and without the rule on the FY 2013 to FY 2014 average ratio of Form I-601A receipts to immigrant visa ineligibility findings based on unlawful presence inadmissibility grounds. Since the publication of the proposed rule, DOS provided DHS with revised data. Based on a review of the revised DOS ineligibility data, DHS has determined that using a year-specific ratio of receipts to ineligibility findings is no longer the best option to predict future provisional waiver demand because of recent changes in Form I-601A filing trends. DOS's new data suggests that the majority of immediate relatives found ineligible for an immigrant visa by DOS based on unlawful presence inadmissibility grounds in one fiscal year have filed provisional unlawful presence waivers of inadmissibility prior to DOS's immigrant visa ineligibility finding, though the dates of these separate events is unknown. Because the time lag between such filings and ineligibility findings is unknown, making same-year comparisons between these data could result in erroneous conclusions. As such, DHS believes it is most appropriate to estimate the future demand for provisional waivers in the absence of this rule using historical Form I-601A filing data.
In the absence of this rule, DHS projects that Form I-601A receipts from immediate relative immigrants would increase from their three-year average of 41,612 (
DHS does not believe this rule will induce any new demand above the status quo for filing petitions or immigrant visa applications for this expanded group of individuals. DHS bases this assumption on the fact that most of the newly eligible visa categories to which this rule will now apply (namely, family-sponsored, employment-based, diversity, and certain special immigrant visa categories) are generally subject, unlike the immediate relative category, to statutory visa issuance limits and lengthy visa availability waits due to oversubscription.
With this rule's implementation, the number of provisional waiver applications is expected to increase from the figures listed in Table 5 as the provisional waiver eligibility criteria expands. This rule's broadened group of qualifying relatives for the provisional waiver's extreme hardship determination as well as its elimination or modification of current provisional waiver ineligibility provisions will allow some immediate relatives of U.S. citizens and LPRs to become eligible for provisional waivers. All other immigrant visa applicants
Some immediate relatives of U.S. citizens were denied provisional waivers under the 2013 Rule because USCIS had “reason to believe” that they were subject to a ground of inadmissibility other than unlawful presence. Others were denied because they were subject to a final order. This rule eliminates denials based on the reason-to-believe standard and modifies the ineligibility criteria related to final orders, thus allowing additional immediate relatives to become eligible for provisional waivers. As previously mentioned, Table 4 shows DOS's historical findings of immigrant visa ineligibility among immediate relatives due to unlawful presence and any other ground for denying visa issuance, such as being subject to a final order.
Table 6 shows that over a 10-year period of analysis, USCIS will receive approximately 44,000 provisional waiver applications from immediate relatives now eligible for provisional waivers based on this rule's elimination or modification of specific provisional
Due to additional data limitations, DHS cannot determine the exact number of immediate relatives eligible to apply for provisional waivers under the 2013 Rule who either continued taking steps necessary to obtain LPR status or who abandoned the immigrant visa process altogether after being denied provisional waivers for the ineligibility criteria eliminated or modified with this rule (
In addition to the population of immediate relatives illustrated in Table 6, this rule will affect a portion of all other immigrant visa applicants. To capture the population of all other immigrant visa applicants (that is, those who are not immediate relative immigrant visa applicants) that may file for a provisional waiver due to this rule, DHS uses the following historical data: (1) DOS immigrant visa ineligibility findings due to only unlawful presence inadmissibility grounds (the population included in the 2015 Proposed Rule); (2) DOS immigrant visa ineligibility findings due to unlawful presence and any other inadmissibility ground (the population potentially now included in this final rule); and (3) growth in the unauthorized immigrant population. In particular, DHS applies the previously discussed 2.5 percent compound annual growth rate of unauthorized immigrants from 2000 to 2012 to the sum of the FY 2013 to FY 2015 annual averages of all other immigrant visa ineligibility findings due to: (1) Only unlawful presence inadmissibility grounds; and (2) unlawful presence and any other inadmissibility ground, which equals 4,909 (
Table 8 outlines the entire population of immigrant visa applicants potentially impacted by this rule, as measured by the sum of Form I-601A receipts listed in Table 6 and Table 7. Across a 10-year period of analysis, DHS estimates that the provisional waiver applications from this rule's expanded population of individuals (including immediate relatives of U.S. citizens and LPRs, and
All public comments about specific elements of the projections, costs, or benefits of the rule are discussed earlier in the preamble.
Individuals who are newly eligible to apply for a provisional waiver strictly under this rule will bear the costs of this regulation. Although the waiver expansion may require the Federal Government (namely, DHS and USCIS) to expend additional resources on related adjudication personnel, equipment (
With the exception of applicants subject to final orders,
After USCIS receives an applicant's completed Form I-601A and its filing and biometric services fees, the agency sends the applicant a notice scheduling him or her to visit a USCIS Application Support Center (ASC) for biometrics collection. Along with an $85 biometric services fee, the applicant will incur the following costs to comply with the provisional waiver's biometrics submission requirement: (1) The opportunity cost of traveling to an ASC, (2) the opportunity cost of submitting his or her biometrics, and (3) the mileage cost of traveling to an ASC. While travel times and distances to an ASC vary, DHS estimates that an applicant's average roundtrip distance to an ASC is 50 miles, and that the average time for that trip is 2.5 hours. DHS estimates that an applicant waits an average of 1.17 hours for service and to have his or her biometrics collected at an ASC, adding up to a total biometrics-related time burden of 3.67 hours.
Accounting for all of the fee, time, and travel costs to comply with the provisional waiver requirements, DHS finds that each Form I-601A filing will cost an applicant $753.51. Table 9 shows that the overall cost of this rule to the expanded population of provisional waiver applicants will measure $75.7 million (undiscounted) over the 10-year period of analysis. DHS calculates this rule's total cost to applicants by multiplying the individual cost of completing the provisional waiver application requirements ($753.51) by the number of newly eligible individuals projected to apply for provisional waivers each year following the implementation of this rule (
The benefits of this rule are largely the result of streamlining the immigrant visa process for an expanded population of individuals who are inadmissible to the United States due to unlawful presence. This rule will provide applicants seeking provisional waivers and their family members advance notice of USCIS' decision on their provisional waiver application prior to leaving the United States for their immigrant visa interviews abroad, offering many individuals the certainty of knowing they have been provisionally approved for a waiver of certain unlawful presence grounds of inadmissibility before departing from the United States. For those newly eligible individuals who receive a provisional waiver through this rule and their U.S. citizen or LPR family members, this rule's primary benefits are its reduced separation time among family members during the immigrant visa process. Instead of attending multiple immigrant visa interviews and waiting abroad while USCIS adjudicates a waiver application as required under the Form I-601 process, the provisional waiver process allows individuals to file a provisional waiver application while in the United States and receive a notification of USCIS' decision on their provisional waiver application before departing for DOS consular processing of their immigrant visa applications. Although DHS cannot estimate with precision the exact amount of separation time families will save through this rule, DHS estimates that some newly eligible individuals and their U.S. citizen or LPR family members could experience several months of reduced separation time based on the average adjudication time for Form I-601 waiver applications.
Due to the unique nature of the Diversity Visa program, individuals seeking an immigrant visa through that program and wishing to use the provisional waiver process are likely to enjoy fewer overall benefits from this rule than others. Although an individual may be selected to participate in the Diversity Visa program, he or she may not ultimately receive an immigrant visa due to visa unavailability. Under this rule, Diversity Visa selectees and their derivatives who wish to use the provisional waiver process may file a waiver application before knowing whether their immigrant visa will ultimately be available to them. For those pursuing the Diversity Visa track, the risk of completing the provisional waiver process without being issued a visa is higher compared to applicants of other immigrant visa categories filing Form I-601A.
Based on USCIS and DOS efficiencies realized as a result of the current provisional waiver process, DHS believes that this rule could provide additional Federal Government efficiencies through its expansion to a larger population. As previously
This final rule will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the National Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in accordance with section 6 of Executive Order 13132, it is determined that this rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the preparation of a federalism summary impact statement.
Section 3(c) of Executive Order 12988 requires Executive agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in section 3(a) and section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DHS has completed the required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by law, this final rule meets the relevant standards of Executive Order 12988.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), all Departments are required to submit to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), for review and approval, any reporting and recordkeeping requirements inherent in a rule.
DHS received several comments from the public directly related to the revised form and its instructions, and, in accordance with 5 CFR 1320.11(f), DHS has considered the comments, provided detailed responses to the comments on the form, and explained any modifications it has made in its submission to OMB. The comments and responses are summarized below.
One commenter requested that USCIS adjudicate provisional waiver requests without requiring use of a specific form. The commenter believed requiring the completion of a standardized form effectively requires applicants to retain an immigration attorney, who may exploit them.
DHS has not accepted the suggestion. USCIS forms are generally designed for use by the public in a manner that standardizes the collection of necessary information and streamlines the adjudication of immigration benefits, which benefits both USCIS and applicants. Lack of a standardized information collection document, as well as the acceptance of ad hoc requests, could cause confusion and processing delays that adversely impact both USCIS and applicants. Standardized intake methods and forms help USCIS streamline processing requirements and minimize its costs, thereby moderating the fees it must charge for immigration benefit requests.
DHS received several suggestions for improving the section of the form collecting information about the applicant's immigrant visa petition. Two commenters asked USCIS to include a section for applicants on Form I-601
DHS will not adopt this suggestion because it appears to be related to Form I-601 and not Form I-601A, the form used for this rule. Form I-601A already includes questions about the name of the petitioning employer or sponsor. See Part 3, Information About Your Immigrant Visa Petition and Your Immigrant Visa Case, Item Numbers 3 through 6 of Form I-601A.
Two commenters wanted to ensure that derivative spouses of principal beneficiaries are eligible for the provisional waiver. They requested that USCIS specifically ask whether the individual is filing this application based on an approved Form I-140 petition as a derivative spouse of the primary beneficiary and to provide the USCIS receipt number for the Form I-140 petition.
DHS agrees with the need to collect additional information, as suggested by the commenters, in light of this final rule's extension of eligibility for the provisional waiver to spouses and children who accompany or follow to join principal immigrants. DHS has added questions to Form I-601A about derivative spouses or children that should address the concern raised by the commenters.
One commenter suggested that Form I-601A applicants should be permitted to use approximate dates and places of entry when filling out the form, rather than only specific dates or places of entry. The commenter reasoned that it may be difficult for some applicants, especially those who entered at a young age or without lawful status, to specify an exact entry date or place.
Consistent with these comments, DHS has revised Part 1 of Form I-601A to permit applicants to provide approximate dates and places of entry, if necessary. Specifically, DHS added the phrase “on or about” to “Date of Entry (mm/dd/yyyy)” and “(actual or approximate)” after “Place or Port-of-Entry (City or Town).”
One commenter requested that USCIS should not require Form I-601A applicants to provide all related court dispositions regarding criminal history if the disclosure of such court dispositions is prohibited by state law. The commenter was concerned that
DHS did not adopt this suggestion. DHS does not believe that an individual's request for his or her own court dispositions, and the subsequent disclosure of that information to USCIS, would violate confidentiality laws. Although state confidentiality laws may make it improper for a clerk of court to release information about a case to a third party, such laws do not prohibit the subjects of those proceedings from obtaining information about themselves.
A commenter suggested that USCIS add questions related to hardship that would allow officers to quickly determine whether a threshold level of extreme hardship has been demonstrated. The commenter cited the Application for Suspension of Deportation or Special Rule Cancellation of Removal, Form I-881, as an example of a form that poses specific questions related to the establishment of extreme hardship.
DHS has not accepted this suggestion. Although Form I-881 includes questions relating to potential hardship, that form—unlike the provisional waiver application (and the statutory inadmissibility waiver grounds upon which it is based)—is used solely to adjudicate relief under NACARA, and thus utilizes questions generally tracking pertinent regulations outlining hardship factors that may be considered under the NACARA program.
One commenter suggested clarifications to the Form I-601A instructions regarding documentation of criminal history in two scenarios: those involving brief detentions and those where criminal records do not exist. First, the commenter suggested a change to the instructions to clarify that the relevant documentation requirements do not apply to an applicant unless he or she has been arrested for, or charged with, a criminal offense (
In response to these suggestions, DHS has inserted the words “arrested but” and “or court” into the relevant instruction as suggested by the commenter. DHS agrees that the insertion of this language would provide additional clarity to applicants. DHS, however, did not add the words “if available” as suggested by the commenter, because USCIS believes it is self-evident that documents cannot be provided if they are not available. In this final rule, USCIS has provided applicants with various ways to prove the absence of a criminal conviction without necessarily specifying or limiting the types of documents USCIS will consider.
A commenter suggested adding language to the Form I-601A instructions clarifying the categories of individuals who may be eligible to apply for provisional waivers under this rule. Specifically, the commenter suggested adding the following underlined text to ensure that certain individuals are eligible to apply for provisional waivers: “Certain immigrant visa applicants who are relatives of U.S. citizen or Lawful Permanent Residents (LPRs)
DHS has not adopted this suggestion. DHS believes the pre-existing language accurately captures those who have the requisite family relationships to apply for provisional waivers, including those who have become newly eligible to apply under this rulemaking. DHS believes the additional language suggested by the commenter could be read to imply that an applicant is not required to have the requisite relationship with a U.S. citizen or LPR in order to apply for a provisional waiver. DHS has thus not amended this portion of the Form I-601A instructions.
One commenter suggested that DHS add language to the Form I-601A instructions stating that individuals who are not immediate relatives and who filed more than one Form I-601A application are still eligible to file a subsequent Form I-601A application even if DOS acted, before the effective date of this rule, to schedule their first immigrant visa interview.
DHS has not adopted this suggestion. As noted previously, this final rule eliminates the regulatory provisions that make individuals ineligible for provisional waivers depending on the date on which DOS initially acted to schedule their immigrant visa interviews. Therefore, the commenter's suggested amendment is now unnecessary.
One commenter suggested adding text to the Form I-601A instructions indicating that an applicant may request electronic notification of USCIS acceptance of the filing of Form I-601A by filing Form G-1145, E-Notification of Application/Petition Acceptance, along with Form I-601A.
DHS adopted this suggestion.
One commenter suggested changes to the Form I-601A instructions to make it easier for individuals with a physical or developmental disability or mental impairment to request waivers. Specifically, the commenter recommended replacing the portion of the Form I-601A instructions concerning the ability of a legal guardian to sign for a mentally incompetent individual with the following: “A designated representative may sign if the requestor is unable to sign due to a physical or developmental disability or mental impairment.”
DHS has not adopted this suggestion, as the Department believes that current regulations are sufficient to address the commenter's concerns. First, current regulations provide that a legal guardian may sign for an individual who is mentally incompetent.
One commenter requested that DHS include an example of a translation certification in the Form I-601A instructions.
DHS did not adopt this suggestion. Regulations require that any document containing foreign language submitted to USCIS must be accompanied by (1) a full English language translation that the translator has certified as complete and accurate, and (2) the translator's certification that he or she is competent to translate from the foreign language into English.
One commenter suggested providing applicants with additional instructions to help clarify when individuals are deemed to be admitted or to have entered without inspection. Specifically, the commenter suggested that DHS replace the term “EWI” (entry without inspection) with “no lawful status” in the Form I-601A instructions and to add a note to the instructions indicating that applicants without lawful status who entered at a port of entry may have nevertheless entered pursuant to inspection and admission. The commenter, citing to the decision of the Board of Immigration Appeals at
DHS has not adopted these suggestions. DHS believes that the form instructions are sufficiently clear for applicants to appropriately answer all relevant questions. DHS does not believe it is necessary to add reminders or warnings on the issue raised by the commenter, as DHS does not believe that an applicant will erroneously state that he or she is present without admission or parole.
One commenter requested that the Form I-601A instructions be amended to provide information about grants of voluntary departure and how such grants affect the provisional waiver process. Specifically, the commenter requested that the instructions include a provision specifying that an immigration judge may grant voluntary departure, or dismiss or terminate removal proceedings, prior to the applicant leaving the United States for immigrant visa processing.
DHS has not adopted this suggestion, as an individual granted voluntary departure is not eligible for a provisional waiver. USCIS, however, modified Form I-601A by including a question asking whether the applicant has been granted voluntary departure. USCIS also made corresponding amendments in the form instructions.
One commenter asserted that USCIS established an overly broad standard for denying Form I-601A applications, as well as other immigration benefits, due to the submission of false documents with such applications. To address this concern, the commenter suggested that the Form I-601A instructions be amended to indicate that applications will be denied only if the applicants submit “materially” false documents.
DHS has not adopted the commenter's suggestion, as there are existing statutory requirements regarding the use of false documents. DHS, however, has modified the relevant language in the form instructions to more closely match the language of 8 U.S.C. 1324c and 18 U.S.C. 1001(a), which relate to civil and criminal penalties for the use of false documents to defraud the U.S. Government or obtain an immigration benefit. The new language reads, “If you knowingly and willfully falsify or conceal a material fact or submit a false, altered, forged, or counterfeited writing or document with your Form I-601A, we will deny your Form I-601A and may deny any other immigration benefit.”
DHS has revised the Form I-601A as indicated in the preceding responses. The revised form and instructions are available for review at
As a result of the final rule's elimination or modification of certain provisional waiver eligibility criteria, and a result of newer and better data and historical source data revisions,
Overview of this information collection (OMB Control Number 1615-0123):
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, Public Law 104-121 (March 29, 1996), requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small businesses, small governmental jurisdictions, and small organizations during the development of their rules. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000.
DHS has reviewed this regulation in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act and certifies that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The factual basis for this determination is that this rule directly regulates individuals, who are not, for purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, within the definition of small entities established by 5 U.S.C. 601(6). DHS received no public comments challenging this certification.
Accordingly, DHS adopts the regulatory amendments proposed on July 22, 2015. In addition, DHS modifies certain provisions based on comments received in response to the proposed rule so that chapter I of title 8 of the Code of Federal Regulations reads as follows:
Administrative practice and procedure, Authority delegations (Government agencies), Freedom of information, Privacy, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Surety bonds.
Administrative practice and procedure, Aliens, Immigration, Passports and visas, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
5 U.S.C. 301, 552, 552a; 8 U.S.C. 1101, 1103, 1304, 1356; 31 U.S.C. 9701; Pub. L. 107-296, 116 Stat. 2135; 6 U.S.C. 1
8 U.S.C. 1101 and note, 1102, 1103, 1182 and note, 1184, 1187, 1223, 1225, 1226, 1227, 1255, 1359; 8 U.S.C. 1185 note (section 7209 of Pub. L. 108-458); 8 CFR part 2. Section 212.1(q) also issued under section 702, Pub. L. 110-229, 122 Stat. 754, 854.
The revision reads as follows:
(e)
(1)
(2)
(ii) A pending or an approved provisional unlawful presence waiver does not support the filing of any application for interim immigration benefits, such as employment authorization or an advance parole document. Any application for an advance parole document or employment authorization that is submitted in connection with a provisional unlawful presence waiver application will be rejected.
(3)
(i) Is present in the United States at the time of filing the application for a provisional unlawful presence waiver;
(ii) Provides biometrics to USCIS at a location in the United States designated by USCIS;
(iii) Upon departure, would be inadmissible only under section 212(a)(9)(B)(i) of the Act at the time of the immigrant visa interview;
(iv) Has a case pending with the Department of State, based on:
(A) An approved immigrant visa petition, for which the Department of State immigrant visa processing fee has been paid; or
(B) Selection by the Department of State to participate in the Diversity Visa Program under section 203(c) of the Act for the fiscal year for which the alien registered;
(v) Will depart from the United States to obtain the immigrant visa; and
(vi) Meets the requirements for a waiver provided in section 212(a)(9)(B)(v) of the Act.
(4)
(i) The alien is under the age of 17;
(ii) The alien does not have a case pending with the Department of State, based on:
(A) An approved immigrant visa petition, for which the Department of State immigrant visa processing fee has been paid; or
(B) Selection by the Department of State to participate in the Diversity Visa program under section 203(c) of the Act for the fiscal year for which the alien registered;
(iii) The alien is in removal proceedings, in which no final order has been entered, unless the removal proceedings are administratively closed and have not been recalendared at the time of filing the application for a provisional unlawful presence waiver;
(iv) The alien is subject to an administratively final order of removal, deportation, or exclusion under any provision of law (including an
(v) CBP or ICE, after service of notice under 8 CFR 241.8, has reinstated a prior order of removal under section 241(a)(5) of the Act, either before the filing of the provisional unlawful presence waiver application or while the provisional unlawful presence waiver application is pending; or
(vi) The alien has a pending application with USCIS for lawful permanent resident status.
(5)
(ii) An application for a provisional unlawful presence waiver will be rejected and the fee and package returned to the alien if the alien:
(A) Fails to pay the required filing fee or correct filing fee for the provisional unlawful presence waiver application;
(B) Fails to sign the provisional unlawful presence waiver application;
(C) Fails to provide his or her family name, domestic home address, and date of birth;
(D) Is under the age of 17;
(E) Does not include evidence of:
(
(
(
(F) Fails to include documentation evidencing:
(
(
(6)
(ii)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(ii) Denial of an application for a provisional unlawful presence waiver is not a final agency action for purposes of
(10)
(11)
(12)
(i) Does not take effect unless, and until, the alien who applied for and obtained the provisional unlawful presence waiver:
(A) Departs from the United States;
(B) Appears for an immigrant visa interview at a U.S. Embassy or consulate; and
(C) Is determined to be otherwise eligible for an immigrant visa by the Department of State in light of the approved provisional unlawful presence waiver.
(ii) Waives, upon satisfaction of the conditions described in paragraph (e)(12)(i), the alien's inadmissibility under section 212(a)(9)(B) of the Act only for purposes of the application for an immigrant visa and admission to the United States as an immigrant based on the approved immigrant visa petition upon which a provisional unlawful presence waiver application is based or selection by the Department of State to participate in the Diversity Visa Program under section 203(c) of the Act for the fiscal year for which the alien registered, with such selection being the basis for the alien's provisional unlawful presence waiver application;
(iii) Does not waive any ground of inadmissibility other than, upon satisfaction of the conditions described in paragraph (e)(12)(i), the grounds of inadmissibility under section 212(a)(9)(B)(i)(I) or (II) of the Act.
(13)
(14)
(i) The Department of State denies the immigrant visa application after completion of the immigrant visa interview based on a finding that the alien is ineligible to receive an immigrant visa for any reason other than inadmissibility under section 212(a)(9)(B)(i)(I) or (II) of the Act. This automatic revocation does not prevent the alien from applying for a waiver of inadmissibility for unlawful presence under section 212(a)(9)(B)(v) of the Act and 8 CFR 212.7(a) or for any other relief from inadmissibility on any other ground for which a waiver is available and for which the alien may be eligible;
(ii) The immigrant visa petition approval associated with the provisional unlawful presence waiver is at any time revoked, withdrawn, or rendered invalid but not otherwise reinstated for humanitarian reasons or converted to a widow or widower petition;
(iii) The immigrant visa registration is terminated in accordance with section 203(g) of the Act, and has not been reinstated in accordance with section 203(g) of the Act; or
(iv) The alien enters or attempts to reenter the United States without inspection and admission or parole at any time after the alien files the provisional unlawful presence waiver application and before the approval of the provisional unlawful presence waiver takes effect in accordance with paragraph (e)(12) of this section.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |